UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
 
(Mark One)
o
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
OR
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December   31, 2018
 
OR
 
 
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from _________________ to _________________
 
OR
o
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Date of event requiring this shell company report _________________
Commission file number: 001-36231 
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
 
Republic of the Marshall Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
9, Boulevard Charles III Monaco 98000
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Mr. Emanuele Lauro
377-9798-5715
info@scorpiobulkers.com
9, Boulevard Charles III Monaco 98000
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile, and address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
Title of each class
  
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
  
New York Stock Exchange
7.50% Senior Notes due 2019
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act.
NONE
(Title of class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.



NONE
(Title of class)
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
As of December 31, 2018 , there were 71,217,258 outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes
 
No
x
 
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes
 
No
x
 
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
Yes
x
No
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes
x
No
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer   o
 
Accelerated filer   x
 
Non-accelerated filer   o
 
Emerging growth company   o
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.                          o
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: 
x
 
U.S. GAAP
 
 
 
 
 
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the international Accounting Standards Board
 
 
 
 
 
Other
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:



 
 
 Item 17
 
 Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes
 
No
x
 



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Scorpio Bulkers Inc. desires to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this cautionary statement in connection therewith. This document and any other written or oral statements made by the Company or on its behalf may include forward-looking statements, which reflect its current views with respect to future events and financial performance. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides safe harbor protections for forward-looking statements in order to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their business. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, and underlying assumptions and other statements, which are other than statements of historical facts. This document includes assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events. These statements are intended as “forward-looking statements.” We caution that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events may and often do vary from actual results and the differences can be material. When used in this document, the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “targets,” “projects,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” “could” and similar expressions or phrases may identify forward-looking statements.
All statements in this document that are not statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, such matters as:
our future operating or financial results;
statements about planned, pending or recent acquisitions, business strategy and expected capital spending or operating expenses, including drydocking, surveys, upgrades and insurance costs;
the strength of world economies;
the stability of Europe and the Euro;
fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates;
changes in the supply of drybulk vessels, including when caused by new newbuilding vessel orders or changes to or terminations of existing orders, and vessel scrapping levels;
general drybulk shipping market conditions, including fluctuations in charter hire rates and vessel values;
changes in demand in the drybulk shipping industry, including the market for our vessels;
changes in the value of our vessels;
changes in our operating expenses, including bunker prices, drydocking and insurance costs;
compliance with, and our liabilities under, governmental, tax environmental and safety laws and regulations;
changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;
potential liability from pending or future litigation;
general domestic and international political conditions;
potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents or political events;
our ability to procure or have access to financing, our liquidity and the adequacy of cash flows for our operations;
our continued borrowing availability under our debt agreements and compliance with the covenants contained therein;
our ability to successfully employ our drybulk vessels;
our ability to fund future capital expenditures and investments in the construction, acquisition and refurbishment of our vessels (including the amount and nature thereof and the timing of completion thereof, the delivery and commencement of operations dates, expected downtime and lost revenue);
potential exposure or loss from investment in derivative instruments or other equity investments in which we invest;


Table of Contents

potential conflicts of interest involving members of our board and senior management and our significant shareholders;
our expectations regarding the availability of vessel acquisitions and our ability to complete acquisition transactions planned;
vessel breakdowns and instances of off-hire; and
drybulk shipping market trends, charter rates and factors affecting supply and demand.
We have based these statements on assumptions and analyses formed by applying our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate in the circumstances. All future written and verbal forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in or referred to in this section. We undertake no obligation, and specifically decline any obligation, except as required by law, to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this annual report might not occur.
See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” for a more complete discussion of these risks and uncertainties and for other risks and uncertainties. These factors and the other risk factors described in this annual report are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause actual results or developments to differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors also could harm our results. Consequently, there can be no assurance that actual results or developments anticipated by us will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences to, or effects on, us. Given these uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1.
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2.
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3.
KEY INFORMATION
Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Scorpio Bulkers,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to the registrant, Scorpio Bulkers Inc., and its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. We use the term deadweight tons, or dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, in describing the size of our vessels.
On December 31, 2015, we effected a one-for-twelve reverse stock split. All share and per share information throughout this annual report has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split. The par value was not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split.
A.
Selected Financial Data
The selected Consolidated Statement of Operations data and the Consolidated Balance Sheet data presented for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 , 2016 , 2015 and 2014, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Such selected financial data should be read in connection with the consolidated financial statements contained in this report.
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Dollars in thousands, except per share data
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total vessel revenue
$
242,502

 
$
162,205

 
$
78,402

 
$
62,521

 
$
48,987

Total operating expenses
199,192

 
187,777

 
179,133

 
554,130

 
166,475

Operating Income (loss)
43,310

 
(25,572
)
 
(100,731
)
 
(491,609
)
 
(117,488
)
Total other (loss) income
(56,008
)
 
(34,154
)
 
(24,104
)
 
(19,180
)
 
923

Net loss
$
(12,698
)
 
$
(59,726
)
 
$
(124,835
)
 
$
(510,789
)
 
$
(116,565
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
71,827

 
71,794

 
56,174

 
21,410

 
11,466

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
71,827

 
71,794

 
56,174

 
21,410

 
11,466

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic loss per share
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.83
)
 
$
(2.22
)
 
$
(23.86
)
 
$
(10.17
)
Diluted loss per share
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.83
)
 
$
(2.22
)
 
$
(23.86
)
 
$
(10.17
)



1

Table of Contents

 
As of December 31,
Dollars in thousands
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
67,495

 
$
68,535

 
$
101,734

 
$
200,300

 
$
272,673

Assets held for sale

 

 

 
172,888

 
43,781

Vessels, net
1,507,918

 
1,534,782

 
1,234,081

 
764,454

 
66,633

Vessels under construction

 
6,710

 
180,000

 
288,282

 
866,844

Equity method investment
92,281

 

 

 

 

Total assets
1,703,826

 
1,643,410

 
1,547,157

 
1,473,093

 
1,321,024

Current liabilities (including current portion of bank loans, financing obligations and Senior Notes, net)
152,614

 
58,590

 
24,550

 
124,577

 
20,265

Bank loans, net
621,179

 
576,967

 
493,793

 
342,314

 
29,549

Financing obligations
69,229

 
17,747

 

 

 

Senior Notes, net

 
72,726

 
72,199

 
71,671

 
71,222

Total liabilities
843,022

 
726,030

 
590,542

 
538,562

 
121,036

Shareholders’ equity
860,804

 
917,380

 
956,615

 
934,561

 
1,199,988


B.
Capitalization and Indebtedness
Not applicable.
C.
Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
D.
Risk Factors
The following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and ownership of our securities, including our common shares and our 7.50% Senior Notes due 2019, which we refer to as our Senior Notes. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash available for the payment of dividends on our common shares and interest on our Senior Notes, or the trading price of our securities.
INDUSTRY SPECIFIC RISK FACTORS
Charter hire rates for drybulk vessels are volatile, which has in the past and may in the future adversely affect our earnings, revenue and profitability and our ability to comply with our loan covenants.
The drybulk shipping industry is cyclical with high volatility in charter hire rates and profitability. The degree of charter hire rate volatility among different types of drybulk vessels has varied widely, and in recent years charter hire rates for drybulk vessels have declined significantly from historically high levels. In the past, time charter and spot market charter rates for drybulk carriers have declined below operating costs of vessels. The Baltic Dry Index, or the BDI, a daily average of charter rates for key drybulk routes published by the Baltic Exchange Limited, which has long been viewed as the main benchmark to monitor the movements of the drybulk vessel charter market and the performance of the entire drybulk shipping market, declined from a high of 11,793 on May 20, 2008 to a low of 290 on February 10, 2016, which represents a decline of 98%. In 2018, the BDI ranged from a low of 948 on April 6, 2018, to a high of 1,774 on July 24, 2018. As of February 28, 2019, the BDI was 658.


2

Table of Contents

Fluctuations in charter rates result from changes in the supply of and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply of and demand for the major commodities carried by water internationally. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are also unpredictable. Since we primarily charter our vessels in the spot market we are exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of the spot market. Spot market charter hire rates may fluctuate significantly based upon available charters and the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity, and we may be unable to keep our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets. Alternatively, charter rates available in the spot market may be insufficient to enable our vessels to operate profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates would affect asset values and adversely affect our profitability, cash flows and ability to pay dividends on our common shares, and interest on our Senior Notes. Furthermore, a continued decrease in charter rates may cause asset values to decline, and we may have to record an impairment charge in our consolidated financial statements which could adversely affect our financial results.
Factors that influence demand for drybulk vessel capacity include:
supply of and demand for energy resources, commodities and industrial products;
changes in the exploration or production of energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;
the location of regional and global production and manufacturing facilities;
the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, consumer and industrial products;
the globalization of production and manufacturing;
global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities, embargoes and strikes;
natural disasters;
disruptions and developments in international trade;
changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including the distance cargo is transported by sea;
environmental and other regulatory developments;
currency exchange rates; and
weather.
Factors that influence the supply of drybulk vessel capacity include:
the number of newbuilding orders and deliveries, including slippage in deliveries;
the number of shipyards and ability of shipyards to deliver vessels;
port and canal congestion;
the scrapping rate of older vessels;
speed of vessel operation;
vessel casualties; and
the number of vessels that are out of service, namely those that are laid-up, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for hire.
In addition to the prevailing and anticipated freight rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage costs, the efficiency and age profile of the existing drybulk fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions.
We anticipate that the future demand for our drybulk vessels will be dependent upon economic growth in the world’s economies, including China and India, seasonal and regional changes in demand, changes in the capacity of the global drybulk fleet and the sources and supply of drybulk cargo to be transported by sea. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Global economic conditions may continue to negatively impact the drybulk shipping industry.
Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. Relatively weak global economic conditions during periods of volatility have and may continue to have a number of adverse consequences for drybulk and other shipping sectors, including, among other things:
low charter rates, particularly for vessels employed on short-term time charters or in the spot market;
decreases in the market value of drybulk vessels and limited second-hand market for the sale of vessels;

3

Table of Contents

limited financing for vessels;
widespread loan covenant defaults; and
declaration of bankruptcy by certain vessel operators, vessel owners, shipyards and charterers.
The occurrence of one or more of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
If economic conditions throughout the world decline, particularly in China and the rest of the Asia-Pacific region, this could negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and ability to obtain financing, and may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. The credit markets in the United States and Europe have experienced contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity since the financial crisis in 2008, and the U.S. federal and state governments and European authorities have implemented or are considering a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets and may implement additional regulations in the future. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws.
As a result of any renewed concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets may increase as lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that financing will be available to the extent required, or that we will be able to refinance our credit facilities, on acceptable terms or at all. If financing or refinancing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete the acquisition of our newbuildings and additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.
We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions may adversely affect our business or impair our ability to borrow amounts under credit facilities or any future financial arrangements.
Economic slowdown in the Asia Pacific region, particularly in China, may have a materially adverse effect on us, as we anticipate a significant number of the port calls made by our vessels will continue to involve the loading or discharging of drybulk commodities in ports in the Asia Pacific region. Before the global economic financial crisis that began in 2008, China had one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of GDP, which had a significant impact on shipping demand. The growth rate of China’s GDP is estimated to be approximately 6.5% for the year ended December 31, 2018, which is 0.3% lower than the growth rate for the year ended December 31, 2017. This forecasted growth would be China’s slowest growth rate for the previous five years, and continues to remain below pre-2008 levels. Our business, financial condition and results of operations, ability to pay dividends, as well as our future prospects, will likely be materially and adversely affected by an economic downturn in China or other countries in the Asia Pacific region.
The fair market values of our vessels have declined and may decline further, which could cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our credit facilities, or result in an impairment charge, and we may incur a loss if we sell vessels following a decline in their market value.
The fair market values of drybulk vessels, including our vessels, have generally experienced high volatility and have declined in recent years. The fair market value of our vessels may continue to fluctuate depending on a number of factors, including:
prevailing level of charter rates;
general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;
types, sizes and ages of vessels;
supply of and demand for vessels;
other modes of transportation;
cost of newbuildings;
governmental or other regulations;
the need to upgrade vessels as a result of charterer requirements, technological advances in vessel design or equipment or otherwise;
technological advances; and

4

Table of Contents

competition from other shipping companies and other modes of transportation.
If the fair market values of our vessels decline further, we may not be in compliance with certain covenants contained in our secured credit facilities, which may result in an event of default. In such circumstances, we may not be able to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing. If we are not able to comply with the covenants in our secured credit facilities, and are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on our fleet. In addition, if we sell one or more of our vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale may be less than the vessel’s carrying value on our consolidated financial statements, resulting in a loss and a reduction in earnings.
Conversely, if vessel values are elevated at a time when we wish to acquire additional vessels, the cost of such acquisitions may increase and this could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.
A reduction in charter rates and other market deterioration may require us to record impairment charges related to our long-lived assets (our vessels) and such charges may be large and have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
At December 31, 2018 , we had vessels of $1.5 billion in total on our consolidated balance sheet, representing 175 % of our shareholders’ equity.
Our vessels are assessed if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our vessels and vessels under construction below their carrying value. As of December 31, 2018, we have determined that the estimated undiscounted future cash flows (as determined under U.S. GAAP) of our vessels exceeded the carrying value. However, if our charter rates decline, we may be required to record impairment charges on our vessels and vessels under construction, which would require us to write down the carrying value of these assets to their fair value. Since vessels and vessels under construction comprise a substantial portion of our balance sheet, such charges could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.
Our operations are subject to numerous international, national, state and local laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Air Act, the U.S. Clean Water Act, or the CWA, and the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, and regulations of the International Maritime Organization, or IMO, including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL) including the designation of Emission Control Areas, or ECAs, thereunder, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS), the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (as from time to time amended), or the LL Convention.
Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or implementation of operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with them or the impact thereof on the resale prices or useful lives of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations. For example, the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, which was adopted by the UN International Maritime Organization in February 2004 and entered into force on September 8, 2017, calls for the phased introduction of mandatory reducing living organism limits in ballast water over time (as discussed further below). In order to comply with these living organism limits, vessel owners must install expensive ballast water treatment systems or make port facility disposal arrangements and modify existing vessels to accommodate those systems.
Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States.

5

Table of Contents

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, and certificates with respect to our operations, and satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition, and our future ability to pay dividends on our common shares, and interest on our Senior Notes.
Regulations relating to ballast water discharge coming into effect during September 2019 may adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
The IMO has imposed updated guidelines for ballast water management systems specifying the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged from a vessel’s ballast water. Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels constructed before September 8, 2017 must comply with the updated D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019. For most vessels, compliance with the D-2 standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms. Our vessels have been fitted with alternate management systems (“AMS”) (IMO-approved ballast water treatment systems) that comply with the updated guideline and standards, and all but two of these have also been approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. While we believe that our vessels have been fitted with systems that comply with the updated guideline and standards, we cannot be assured that these systems will be approved by the regulatory bodies of every jurisdiction in which we may wish to conduct our business.  If they are not approved it could have an adverse material impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations depending on the available ballast water treatment systems and the extent to which existing vessels must be modified to accommodate such systems.
Furthermore, United States regulations are currently changing. Although the 2013 Vessel General Permit (“VGP”) program and U.S. National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”) are currently in effect to regulate ballast discharge, exchange and installation, the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act (“VIDA”), which was signed into law on December 4, 2018, requires that the U.S. Coast Guard develop implementation, compliance, and enforcement regulations regarding ballast water within two years. The new regulations could require the installation of new equipment, which may cause us to incur substantial costs.
Sulfur regulations to reduce air pollution from ships are likely to require retrofitting of vessels and may cause us to incur significant costs.
In October 2016, the International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels, set January 1, 2020 as the implementation date for vessels to comply with its low sulfur fuel oil requirement, which cuts sulfur levels from 3.5% to 0.5%. The interpretation of "fuel oil used on board" includes use in main engines, auxiliary engines and boilers. Shipowners may comply with this regulation by (i) using 0.5% sulfur fuels on board, which is likely to be available around the world by 2020 but likely at a higher cost; (ii) installing scrubbers for cleaning of the exhaust gas; or (iii) by retrofitting vessels to be powered by liquefied natural gas, which may not be a viable option for shipowners due to the lack of supply network and high costs involved in this process. Costs of compliance with these regulatory changes may be significant and may have a material adverse effect on our future performance, results of operations, cash flows and financial position.
On November 30, 2018, we entered into agreements with third parties to purchase Exhaust Gas Cleaning Systems, known as “Scrubbers,” for 18 of our vessels in 2019 and 10 of our vessels in 2020 for an estimated total cost of $41.9 million, or approximately $1.5 million per vessel. The systems that are being fitted are of ‘hybrid ready’ design, which allows them to be upgraded to a ‘closed loop’ configuration at a future date. As part of these agreements, we also have an option to purchase exhaust gas cleaning systems for up to 18 additional vessels in 2020.
An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity may prolong or further depress the current low charter rates, which may limit our ability to operate our drybulk carriers profitably.
The supply of drybulk vessels has increased significantly since the beginning of 2006. According to SSY, as of December 2018, newbuilding orders have been placed for approximately 11.2% of the existing fleet capacity. Vessel supply growth has been outpacing vessel demand growth over the past few years causing downward pressure on charter rates. Until the new supply is fully absorbed by the market, charter rates may continue to be under pressure due to vessel supply in the near to medium term.

6

Table of Contents

World events could affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Past terrorist attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks around the world, continue to cause uncertainty in the world’s financial markets and may affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Continuing conflicts and recent developments in Russia, North Korea, the Middle East, including Iran, Iraq, Syria, Egypt and North Africa, and the presence of U.S. or other armed forces in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea, the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia and West Africa. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our operating results, revenues and costs.
Negative trends in the global economy that emerged in 2008 continue to adversely affect global economic conditions. In addition, the world economy is currently facing a number of new challenges. Geopolitical events such as the withdrawal of the U.K. from the European Union, or "Brexit," and changes in U.S. trade policies, treaties and tariffs. Brexit, or similar events in other jurisdictions, could impact global markets, including foreign exchange and securities markets; any resulting changes in currency exchange rates, tariffs, treaties and other regulatory matters could in turn adversely impact our business and operations.
Further, governments may turn to trade barriers to protect their domestic industries against foreign imports, thereby depressing shipping demand. In particular, leaders in the United States have indicated the United States may seek to implement more protective trade measures. President Trump was elected on a platform promoting trade protectionism. The results of the presidential election have thus created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States, China and other exporting countries, including with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs. For example, on January 23, 2017, President Trump signed an executive order withdrawing the United States from the Trans-Pacific Partnership, a global trade agreement intended to include the United States, Canada, Mexico, Peru and a number of Asian countries. In March 2018, President Trump announced tariffs on imported steel and aluminum into the United States that could have a negative impact on international trade generally. Most recently, in January 2019, the United States announced expanded sanctions against Venezuela, which may have an effect on its oil output and in turn affect global oil supply. Protectionist developments, or the perception they may occur, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions, and may significantly reduce global trade. Moreover, increasing trade protectionism may cause an increase in (a) the cost of goods exported from regions globally, (b) the length of time required to transport goods and (c) the risks associated with exporting goods. Such increases may significantly affect the quantity of goods to be shipped, shipping time schedules, voyage costs and other associated costs, which could have an adverse impact on our charterers' business, operating results and financial condition and could thereby affect their ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and to renew and increase the number of their time charters with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and our ability to pay any cash distributions to our shareholders.
Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have had and may continue to have an adverse effect on our business.
Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea, the Indian Ocean and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Sea piracy incidents continue to occur with drybulk vessels particularly vulnerable to such attacks. If these piracy attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as “war risk” zones by insurers or Joint War Committee “war and strikes” listed areas, premiums payable for such coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including due to employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. Furthermore, while we believe the charterer remains liable for charter payments when a vessel is seized by pirates, the charterer may dispute this and withhold charter hire until the vessel is released. A charterer may also claim that a vessel seized by pirates was not “on-hire” for a certain number of days and is therefore entitled to cancel the charter party, a claim that we would dispute. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any detention hijacking as a result of an act of piracy against our vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability, of insurance for our vessels, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the U.S. or other governments, which could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our common shares.
Although we do not expect that our vessels will call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and other authorities or countries identified by the U.S. government or other authorities as state sponsors of terrorism, such as Iran, Sudan, Syria and North Korea, from time to time on charterers’ instructions, our vessels may call on ports located in such countries in the future. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application,

7

Table of Contents

as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time.
Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines or other penalties and could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our securities may adversely affect the price at which our securities trade. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our securities may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.
Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could affect our operating results.
We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in volatility in our operating results to the extent that we enter into new charter agreements or renew existing agreements during a time when charter rates are weaker or we operate our vessels on the spot market or index based time charters, which may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results. The drybulk sector is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere. The celebration of Chinese New Year in the first quarter of each year, also results in lower volumes of seaborne trade into China during this period. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. As a result, our revenues from our drybulk carriers may be weaker during the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and, conversely, our revenues from our drybulk carriers may be stronger in fiscal quarters ended December 31 and March 31.
We are subject to international safety regulations and requirements imposed by our classification societies and the failure to comply with these regulations and requirements may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.
The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires ship owners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation of vessels and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. In addition, vessel classification societies impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels.
The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Each of our vessels is ISM Code-certified. However, if we are subject to increased liability for non-compliance or if our insurance coverage is adversely impacted as a result of non-compliance, it may negatively affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and interest on our Senior Notes. If any of our vessels are denied access to, or are detained in, certain ports as a result of non-compliance with the ISM Code, our revenues may be adversely impacted.
In addition, the hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and the Safety of Life at Sea Convention. The cost of maintaining our vessels’ classifications may be substantial. If any vessel does not maintain its class or fails any annual, intermediate or special survey, the vessel will be unable to trade between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable, which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls could increase costs and disrupt our business.

8

Table of Contents

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures may result in the seizure of contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading, trans-shipment or delivery of cargo, and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.
It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Rising fuel, or bunker, prices may adversely affect our profits.
Since we primarily employ our vessels in the spot market or in spot market-oriented pools, we expect that fuel, or bunkers, will be typically the largest expense in our shipping operations for our vessels. While we believe that we will experience a competitive advantage as a result of increased bunker prices due to the greater fuel efficiency of our vessels compared to the average global fleet, changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce our profitability and the competitiveness of our business compared to other forms of transportation.
We operate drybulk vessels worldwide and as a result, our business has inherent operational risks, which may reduce our revenue or increase our expenses, and we may not be adequately covered by insurance.
The international shipping industry is an inherently risky business involving global operations. Our vessels and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, mechanical failures, human error, environmental accidents, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. In addition, transporting cargoes across a wide variety of international jurisdictions creates a risk of business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes and boycotts, the potential for changes in tax rates or policies, and the potential for government expropriation of our vessels. Any of these events may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.
Furthermore, the operation of certain vessel types, such as drybulk carriers, has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the vessel can be an operational risk. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk carriers are often subjected to battering treatment during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold) and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach at sea. Hull breaches in drybulk carriers may lead to the flooding of the vessels’ holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessel’s bulkheads, leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels, we may be unable to prevent these events. Any of these circumstances or events may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends on our common shares and interest on our Senior Notes. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.
In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred. We procure insurance for the vessels in our fleet against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against. These insurances include marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which include pollution risks and crew insurances, and war risk insurance. Currently, the amount of coverage for liability for pollution, spillage and leakage available to us on commercially reasonable terms through protection and indemnity associations and providers of excess coverage is $1.0 billion per vessel per occurrence.
We have procured hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage, and war risk insurance for our fleet. We do not maintain for our vessels insurance against loss of hire, which covers business interruptions that result from the loss of use of a vessel. We cannot assure you that we will be adequately insured against any or all risks, or that we will be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our fleet in the future. For example, in the past more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution. Additionally, our insurers may not pay particular claims, or may default on claims they are required to pay. Our insurance policies may contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue. Moreover, insurers may

9

Table of Contents

default on claims they are required to pay. Any significant loss or liability for which we are not insured could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
Maritime claimants could arrest or attach one or more of our vessels, which could interrupt our cash flows.
Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo, lenders, and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flows and require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could attempt to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our vessels.
Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and available cash.
A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes its owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes its charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our revenues.
Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could result in fines, criminal penalties, contract terminations and an adverse effect on our business.
We operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or the FCPA. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties and curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.
COMPANY SPECIFIC RISK FACTORS
We cannot assure you that our available liquidity will be sufficient to meet our ongoing capital and operating needs.
We are exposed to the cyclicality and volatility of spot market charter hire rates, which have fluctuated, and may continue to fluctuate, significantly based upon available charters and the supply of and demand for seaborne shipping capacity. If charter rates available in the spot market are insufficient to enable our vessels to operate profitably it could adversely affect our available liquidity, profitability, cash flows, and financial results. Furthermore, a prolonged period of depressed charter rates or a significant decrease in charter rates may negatively impact our liquidity position and may cause our vessel values to decline, which could, among other things, affect our ability to comply with the financial covenants in our loan agreements. Please see “The fair market values of our vessels have declined and may decline further, which could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow, cause us to breach certain financial covenants in our credit facilities, or result in an impairment charge, and we may incur a loss if we sell vessels following a decline in their market value” and “We are leveraged, which could significantly limit our ability to execute our business strategy, and we may be unable to comply with our covenants in our credit facilities that impose operating and financial restrictions on us, which could result in a default under the terms of these agreements.”

10

Table of Contents

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.
We have entered, and may enter, into various contracts, including pooling arrangements, time charters, spot voyage charters, bareboat charters, shipbuilding contracts, credit facilities and other agreements. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, and various expenses. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers may no longer need a vessel that is then under charter or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. As a result, charterers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter agreements or avoid their obligations under those contracts. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates given currently depressed drybulk carrier charter rate levels. As a result, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and interest on our Senior Notes, and comply with covenants in our credit facilities.
We are, and expect to continue to be, dependent on spot market-oriented pools and spot charters and currently low spot charter rates, or any further decrease in spot charter rates in the future will result in significant operating losses.
All of our vessels are employed in the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool or the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, which we refer to together as the Scorpio Pools. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we earned approximately 36% and 64% of our revenue from the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, respectively. The Scorpio Pools in which our vessels operate are spot market-oriented commercial pools managed by our commercial manager, which are exposed to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. The spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon drybulk carrier supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, including within the Scorpio Pools, depends on, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and, there have been periods when spot charter rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.
Our ability to renew expiring charters or obtain new charters will depend on the prevailing market conditions at the time. If we are not able to obtain new charters in direct continuation with previous charters or for our newbuilding vessels upon their delivery to us, or if new charters are entered into at charter rates substantially below the existing charter rates or on terms otherwise less favorable compared to previous charter terms, our revenues and profitability could be adversely affected.
We cannot assure you that our Board of Directors will continue to declare dividends.
Our board of directors, or our Board of Directors, declared and we paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.02 per share in 2018. However, we cannot assure you that we will continue to declare dividends in the future. The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will always be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, restrictions contained in our credit facilities and the requirements of Marshall Islands law. The timing and amount of any dividends declared will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition and cash requirements and availability, our ability to obtain debt and equity financing on acceptable terms as contemplated by our growth strategy, the terms of our outstanding indebtedness and the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us. The international drybulk shipping industry is highly volatile, and we cannot predict with certainty the amount of cash, if any, that will be available for distribution as dividends in any period. Also, there may be a high degree of variability from period to period in the amount of cash that is available for the payment of dividends.
We may incur expenses or liabilities or be subject to other circumstances in the future that reduce or eliminate the amount of cash that we have available for distribution as dividends, including as a result of the risks described herein. Our growth strategy contemplates that we will finance our acquisitions of additional vessels through debt financings or the net proceeds of future equity issuances on terms acceptable to us. If financing is not available to us on acceptable terms, our Board of Directors may determine to finance or refinance acquisitions with cash from operations, which would reduce the amount of any cash available for the payment of dividends.

11

Table of Contents

In general, under the terms of our credit facilities, we are not permitted to pay dividends if there is a default or a breach of a loan covenant. Please see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information relating to restrictions on our ability to pay dividends under the terms of our credit facilities.
The Republic of Marshall Islands laws generally prohibit the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend. We may not have sufficient surplus in the future to pay dividends and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient funds or surplus to make distributions to us. We can give no assurance that we will continue to declare dividends on our common shares in the future. Please see “Item 8. Financial Information-A. Consolidated Statements and other Financial Information-Dividend Policy.”
We may have difficulty managing growth properly.
As of the date of this annual report, our operating fleet of 57 vessels consists of 56 wholly-owned or finance leased drybulk vessels (including 19 Kamsarmax vessels and 37 Ultramax vessels), and one time chartered-in Ultramax vessel. One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations, and we may, in the future, increase the size of our fleet through timely and selective acquisitions. Our future growth will primarily depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:
identify suitable drybulk carriers, including newbuilding slots at shipyards and/or shipping companies for acquisitions at attractive prices;
obtain required financing for our existing and new operations;
identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning drybulk carriers for acquisitions or joint ventures;
integrate any acquired drybulk carriers or businesses successfully with our existing operations, including obtaining any approvals and qualifications necessary to operate vessels that we acquire;
hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;
identify additional new markets;
enhance our customer base; and
improve our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls.
Our failure to effectively identify, acquire, develop and integrate any drybulk carriers or businesses, or our inability to effectively manage the size of our fleet, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Furthermore, the number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we expand the size of our fleet in the drybulk sector, and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. In addition, if we further expand our fleet, we will need to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shore side administrative and management personnel. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to hire suitable employees as we expand our fleet. If we or our crewing agent encounters business or financial difficulties, we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to grow our financial and operating systems or to recruit suitable employees as we expand our fleet, our financial performance may be adversely affected and, among other things, the amount of cash available for distribution as dividends to our shareholders may be reduced. Finally, acquisitions may require additional equity issuances, which may dilute our common shareholders if issued at lower prices than the price at which they acquired their shares, or debt issuances (with amortization payments), both of which could lower our available cash. If any such events occur, our financial condition may be adversely affected.
Additionally, in the event we undertake newbuilding projects, construction projects are subject to risks of delay or cost overruns inherent in any large construction project from numerous factors. Significant cost overruns or delays could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, failure to complete a project on time may result in the delay of revenue from that vessel.
In addition, in the event the shipyard does not perform under its contract and we are unable to enforce the refund guarantee with a third-party bank for any reason, we may lose all or part of our investment, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. The expansion of our fleet may impose significant additional responsibilities on our management and staff, and the management and staff of our commercial and technical managers, and may necessitate that we, and they, increase the number of personnel. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth.

12

Table of Contents

Operating secondhand vessels exposes us to increased operating costs which may adversely affect our earnings and, as our fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.
We have and may continue to acquire and operate secondhand vessels. While we typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to acquisition, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, purchasers of secondhand vessels do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that they acquire. A secondhand vessel may have conditions or defects that we were not aware of when we bought the vessel and which may require us to incur costly repairs to the vessel. These repairs may require us to put a vessel into drydock, which would reduce our operating days.
Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.
The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could adversely affect our earnings.
In general, the cost of maintaining a vessel in good operating condition increases with the age of the vessel. As our vessels age typically they will become less fuel-efficient and more costly to maintain than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations and safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may also require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.
Technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.
The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new drybulk carriers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters expire and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition could be adversely affected.
In the highly competitive international shipping industry, we may not be able to compete for charters with new entrants or established companies with greater resources, and as a result, we may be unable to employ our vessels profitably.
Our vessels are employed in a highly competitive market that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of drybulk cargo by sea is intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to the charterers. Due in part to the highly fragmented market, competitors with greater resources could enter the drybulk shipping industry and operate larger fleets through consolidations or acquisitions and may be able to offer lower charter rates and higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. If we are unable to successfully compete with other drybulk shipping companies, our results of operations would be adversely impacted.
We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on us.
We may be, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, asbestos and other toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the potential costs to resolve them may have a material adverse effect on us. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

13

Table of Contents

We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.
We are a holding company and our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to satisfy our financial obligations and to pay dividends to our shareholders depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our Board of Directors may exercise its discretion not to declare dividends.
Our costs of operating as a public company are significant, and our management is required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations. We cannot assure you that our internal controls and procedures over financial reporting will be sufficient.
We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the other rules and regulations of the SEC, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and as such, we will have significant legal, accounting and other expenses. These reporting obligations impose various requirements on public companies, including changes in corporate governance practices, and these requirements may continue to evolve. We and our management personnel, and other personnel, if any, need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we need to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We dedicate a significant amount of time and resources and incur substantial accounting expenses to ensure compliance with these regulatory requirements. We will continue to evaluate areas such as corporate governance, corporate control, internal audit, disclosure controls and procedures and financial reporting and accounting systems. We will make changes in any of these and other areas, including our internal control over financial reporting, which we believe are necessary. However, these and other measures we may take may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely and reliable basis.
Because we are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, it may be difficult to serve us with legal process or enforce judgments against us, our directors or our management.
We are organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands, and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, the majority of our directors and officers are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for someone to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States if they believe that their rights have been infringed under securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Marshall Islands and of other jurisdictions may prevent or restrict them from enforcing a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors or officers.
The international nature of our operations may make the outcome of any bankruptcy proceedings difficult to predict.
We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and we conduct operations in countries around the world. Consequently, in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving us or any of our subsidiaries, bankruptcy laws other than those of the United States could apply. If we become a debtor under U.S. bankruptcy law, bankruptcy courts in the United States may seek to assert jurisdiction over all of our assets, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. There can be no assurance, however, that we would become a debtor in the United States, or that a U.S. bankruptcy court would be entitled to, or accept, jurisdiction over such a bankruptcy case, or that courts in other countries that have jurisdiction over us and our operations would recognize a U.S. bankruptcy court’s jurisdiction if any other bankruptcy court would determine it had jurisdiction.
We may have to pay tax on U.S. source income, which would reduce our earnings and cash flow.
Under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves and our subsidiaries, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S. source shipping income and such income is

14

Table of Contents

subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for any deductions, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.
We believe that we qualify for this statutory exemption for our 2018 taxable year and we expect to so qualify for our subsequent taxable years. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption and thereby cause us to become subject to U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. source shipping income. For example, there is a risk that we could no longer qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code for a particular taxable year if “non-qualified” shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in our stock were, in combination with each other, to own 50% or more of the outstanding shares of our stock on more than half the days during the taxable year. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances on our tax-exempt status or that of any of our subsidiaries.
If we are not entitled to this exemption under Section 883 of the Code for any taxable year, we would be subject for such taxable year to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on our U.S. source shipping income on a gross basis. The imposition of this taxation could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings and cash available for distribution to our shareholders and to pay amounts due on our Senior Notes.
U.S. tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to our U.S. shareholders.
A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income,” including cash. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services to third parties does not constitute “passive income.” U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.
For our 2018 taxable year and subsequent taxable years, whether we will be treated as a PFIC will depend upon the nature and extent of our operations. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities does not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute passive assets. There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our method of operation. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or a court of law will accept our position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any taxable year if there were to be changes in the nature and extent of our operations.
If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. shareholders may face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and information reporting obligations. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders made an election available under the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders), such shareholders would be liable to pay U.S. federal income tax upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of our common shares at the then prevailing income tax rates applicable to ordinary income plus interest as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder’s holding period of our common shares. See “Item 10. Additional Information - E. Taxation - U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations - U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders - Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our common shares if we are or were to be treated as a PFIC.
Risks Related to Our Relationship with the Scorpio Group of Companies (“Scorpio”) and its Affiliates
We are dependent on our managers and their ability to hire and retain key personnel, and there may be conflicts of interest between us and our managers that may not be resolved in our favor.
Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our technical manager, Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, our commercial manager, Scorpio Commercial Management, or SCM, and our management team and upon our and our managers’ ability to hire and retain key members of our and their management teams, respectively. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition. Difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel could adversely affect our results of operations. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers.

15

Table of Contents

Our technical and commercial managers are affiliates of Scorpio, which is owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, and our Vice President, Mr. Filippo Lauro, are members. Conflicts of interest may arise between us, on the one hand, and our commercial and technical managers, on the other hand. These conflicts may arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operation of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed by other companies affiliated with our commercial or technical managers. In particular, as of the date of this annual report, our commercial and technical managers, which are operated by entities affiliated with Scorpio, provide commercial and technical management services to approximately 180 and 145 vessels, respectively, in addition to vessels in our fleet, and our commercial and technical managers may operate additional vessels that will compete with our vessels in the future. Such conflicts may have an adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, certain members of Scorpio may benefit from economies of scale, all of which may not be passed along to us.
Our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Secretary do not devote all of their time to our business, which may hinder our ability to operate successfully.
Our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Secretary participate in business activities not associated with us, some of whom serve as members of the management teams of Scorpio Tankers Inc. (NYSE: STNG), or Scorpio Tankers, and Nordic American Offshore Ltd (NYSE: NAO), or NAO, and are not required to work full-time on our affairs. We expect that each of our executive officers will continue to devote a substantial portion of their business time to the management of the Company. Additionally, our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Vice President and Secretary serve in similar positions in other entities within Scorpio. As a result, such executive officers may devote less time to us than if they were not engaged in other business activities and may owe fiduciary duties to both our shareholders as well as shareholders of other companies which they may be affiliated with, including Scorpio Tankers, NAO and Scorpio. This may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers and it is not certain that any of these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our commercial and technical managers are each privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.
Our vessels are commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM. SCM’s and SSM’s ability to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our commercial manager’s or technical manager’s financial strength, and because each is a privately held company, information about the financial strength of our commercial manager and technical manager is not available. As a result, we and our shareholders might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our commercial manager or technical manager even though their financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on us.
We rely on our information systems to conduct our business, and failure to protect these systems against security breaches could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Additionally, if these systems fail or become unavailable for any significant period of time, our business could be harmed.
The efficient operation of our business, including processing, transmitting and storing electronic and financial information, is dependent on computer hardware and software systems.  Information systems are vulnerable to security breaches by computer hackers and cyber terrorists.  We rely on industry accepted security measures and technology to securely maintain confidential and proprietary information maintained on our information systems.  However, these measures and technology may not adequately prevent security breaches.  In addition, the unavailability of the information systems or the failure of these systems to perform as anticipated for any reason could disrupt our business and could result in decreased performance and increased operating costs, causing our business and results of operations to suffer.  Any significant interruption or failure of our information systems or any significant breach of security could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDEBTEDNESS
Servicing our current or future indebtedness limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels.
Borrowing under our credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow from operations to paying interest on our indebtedness under such facilities. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and

16

Table of Contents

cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the drybulk carrier industry. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:
seeking to raise additional capital;
refinancing or restructuring our debt;
selling drybulk carriers; or
reducing or delaying capital investments.
However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or if some other default occurs under our credit facilities, our lenders could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt.
We are exposed to volatility in the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, and have entered into derivative contracts, which can result in higher than market interest rates and charges against our income.
The loans under our secured credit facilities are generally advanced at a floating rate based on LIBOR, which has been stable, but was volatile in prior years, which can affect the amount of interest payable on our debt, and which, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our earnings and cash flow. Recently, however, there is uncertainty relating to the LIBOR calculation process which may result in the phasing out of LIBOR in the future. Indeed, the banks currently reporting information used to set LIBOR will likely stop such reporting after 2021, when their commitment to reporting information ends. The Alternative Reference Rate Committee, or "Committee", a committee convened by the Federal Reserve that includes major market participants, has proposed an alternative rate to replace U.S. Dollar LIBOR: the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or "SOFR." As a result, lenders have insisted on provisions that entitle the lenders, in their discretion, to replace published LIBOR as the base for the interest calculation with their cost-of-funds rate. If we are required to agree to such a provision in future loan agreements, our lending costs could increase, which would have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flow. As a result, our financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
We have entered, and may enter, into derivative contracts to hedge our overall exposure to interest rate risk exposure. Entering into swaps and derivatives transactions is inherently risky and presents various possibilities for incurring significant expenses. The derivatives strategies that we employ, and may employ, may not be successful or effective, and we could, as a result, incur substantial additional interest costs. Please see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk - Interest Rate Risk.”
We are leveraged, which could significantly limit our ability to execute our business strategy and we may be unable to comply with our covenants in our credit facilities that impose operating and financial restrictions on us, which could result in a default under the terms of these agreements.
As of December 31, 2018, we had $841.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities, financing obligation and debt securities.
Our credit facilities impose operating and financial restrictions on us, that limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries party thereto, to:
pay dividends and make capital expenditures if we do not repay amounts drawn under our credit facilities or if there is another default under our credit facilities;
incur additional indebtedness, including the issuance of guarantees;
create liens on our assets;
change the flag, class or management of our vessels or terminate or materially amend the management agreement relating to each vessel;
sell our vessels;
merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person; and/or
enter into a new line of business.
Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and interest on our Senior Notes, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

17

Table of Contents

In addition, our secured credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants, including ratios and covenants based on the market value of the vessels in our fleet. Should our charter rates or vessel values materially decline in the future, we may seek to obtain waivers or amendments from our lenders with respect to such financial ratios and covenants, or we may be required to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet any such financial ratios and satisfy any such financial covenants. In 2016, we amended our credit facilities to reduce the minimum liquidity, interest coverage ratio and loan-to-value ratio covenants, as well as to amend the definition of net worth used in the leverage and net worth covenants. There can be no assurances that our lenders will grant any waivers or additional amendments in the future.
Events beyond our control, including changes in the economic and business conditions in the shipping markets in which we operate, may affect our ability to comply with these covenants. We cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios or satisfy these covenants or that our lenders will waive any failure to do so or amend these requirements. A breach of any of the covenants in, or our inability to maintain the required financial ratios under, our credit facilities would prevent us from borrowing additional money under our credit facilities and could result in a default under our credit facilities. If a default occurs under our credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare the outstanding debt, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on the collateral securing that debt, which could constitute all or substantially all of our assets. Moreover, in connection with any waivers or amendments to our credit facilities that we may obtain, our lenders may impose additional operating and financial restrictions on us or modify the terms of our existing credit facilities. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, repurchase our common shares, make capital expenditures, or incur additional indebtedness.
Furthermore, our debt agreements contain cross-default provisions that may be triggered if we default under the terms of any one of our financing agreements. In the event of default by us under one of our debt agreements, the lenders under our other debt agreements could determine that we are in default under such other financing agreements. Such cross defaults could result in the acceleration of the maturity of such debt under these agreements and the lenders thereunder may foreclose upon any collateral securing that debt, including our vessels, even if we were to subsequently cure such default. In the event of such acceleration or foreclosure, we might not have sufficient funds or other assets to satisfy all of our obligations, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Please see “Item 5. Operating Financial Review and Prospects-B. Liquidity and Capital Resources-Credit Facilities, Finance Lease and Unsecured Notes.”
RISKS RELATING TO OUR COMMON SHARES
We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in the United States. The rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the Marshall Islands may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in the United States. While the BCA provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we cannot predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as U.S. courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction which has developed a relatively more substantial body of case law.
The market price of our common shares has fluctuated widely and may fluctuate widely in the future, or there may be no continuing public market for you to resell our common shares.
The market price of our common shares has fluctuated widely since our common shares began trading on the NYSE in December 2013, and may continue to do so as a result of many factors such as actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results and those of other public companies in our industry, mergers and strategic alliances in the shipping industry, market conditions in the shipping industry, particularly the drybulk sector, changes in government regulation, shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecast by securities analysts, announcements concerning us or our competitors and the general state of the securities market. Further, there may be no continuing active or liquid public market for our common shares.

18

Table of Contents

If the market price of our common shares falls below $5.00 per share, under NYSE rules, our shareholders will not be able to use such shares as collateral for borrowing in margin accounts. This inability to continue to use our common shares as collateral may lead to sales of such shares creating downward pressure on and increased volatility in the market price of our common shares.
The shipping industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile. The market for common shares in this industry may be equally volatile. Therefore, we cannot assure you that you will be able to sell any of our common shares you may have purchased at a price greater than or equal to its original purchase price, or that you will be able to sell them at all.
Future sales of our common shares could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize us to issue 212.5 million common shares, of which we had issued approximately 79.8 million common shares as of December 31, 2018 . Sales of a substantial number of common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common shares. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future. We intend to issue additional common shares in the future. Our shareholders may incur dilution from any future equity offering and upon the issuance of additional common shares upon the exercise of options we may grant to certain of our executive officers, or upon the issuance of additional common shares pursuant to our equity incentive plan.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, or could make it difficult for our shareholders to replace or remove our current Board of Directors, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our Board of Directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. These provisions include:
authorizing our Board of Directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock without shareholder approval;
providing for a classified Board of Directors with staggered, three-year terms;
establishing certain advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings;
prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;
limiting the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders;
authorizing the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares entitled to vote for the directors; and
establishing super majority voting provisions with respect to amendments to certain provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws.
These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and shareholders’ ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

ITEM 4.
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A.
History and Development of the Company
Scorpio Bulkers Inc. is an international shipping company that was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands pursuant to the BCA on March 20, 2013. In December 2013, we completed our underwritten initial public offering of 2,608,333 common shares at $117.00 per share, and in January 2014, the underwriters in the initial public offering exercised their option to purchase an additional 391,250 common shares. In February 2014, we completed our offer to exchange unregistered common shares that were previously issued in Norwegian equity private placements (other than the common shares owned by affiliates of us) for common shares that were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, which we refer to as the Exchange Offer. Upon completion of the Exchange Offer, holders of 7,980,565 unregistered common shares validly tendered their shares in exchange for such registered common shares, representing a participation rate of 99.7%. On July 31, 2014, we delisted from the Norwegian Over-the-Counter List, or Norwegian OTC List. Our common shares are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “SALT.”

19

Table of Contents

Our principal executive offices are located at 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000 and our telephone number at that location is +377-9798-5715. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC's Internet site is http://www.sec.gov. The address of the Company's Internet site is http://www.scorpiobulkers.com/.
B.
Business Overview
We are an international shipping company that owns and operates the latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt. All of our owned vessels have carrying capacities of greater than 60,000 dwt. Our vessels transport a broad range of major and minor bulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are employed primarily in the spot market or in spot market-oriented pools of similarly sized vessels. As of the date of this annual report, our operating fleet of 57 vessels consisted of 56 wholly-owned or finance leased drybulk vessels and one time chartered-in drybulk vessel, which we refer to collectively as our “Operating Fleet” (see below table for details). Our owned and financed leased fleet has a total carrying capacity of approximately 3.9 million dwt.
Our Fleet
The following tables set forth certain summary information regarding our Operating Fleet as of the date of this annual report:
Operating Fleet
Owned and Finance Leased fleet **
Vessel Name
 
Year Built
 
 DWT
Kamsarmax Vessels
 
 
 
 
SBI Samba
 
2015
 
84,000

SBI Rumba
 
2015
 
84,000

SBI Capoeira
 
2015
 
82,000

SBI Electra  *
 
2015
 
82,000

SBI Carioca
 
2015
 
82,000

SBI Conga
 
2015
 
82,000

SBI Flamenco *
 
2015
 
82,000

SBI Bolero
 
2015
 
82,000

SBI Sousta
 
2016
 
82,000

SBI Rock
 
2016
 
82,000

SBI Lambada
 
2016
 
82,000

SBI Reggae
 
2016
 
82,000

SBI Zumba
 
2016
 
82,000

SBI Macarena
 
2016
 
82,000

SBI Parapara
 
2017
 
82,000

SBI Mazurka
 
2017
 
82,000

SBI Swing
 
2017
 
82,000

SBI Jive
 
2017
 
82,000

SBI Lynx
 
2018
 
82,000

Total Kamsarmax
 
 
 
1,562,000

Ultramax Vessels
 
 
 
 
SBI Antares
 
2015
 
61,000

SBI Athena
 
2015
 
64,000

SBI Bravo
 
2015
 
61,000

SBI Leo
 
2015
 
61,000

SBI Echo
 
2015
 
61,000

SBI Lyra
 
2015
 
61,000

SBI Tango
 
2015
 
61,000

SBI Maia
 
2015
 
61,000

SBI Hydra
 
2015
 
61,000


20

Table of Contents


Vessel Name
 
Year Built
 
 DWT
SBI Subaru
 
2015
 
61,000

SBI Pegasus
 
2015
 
64,000

SBI Ursa
 
2015
 
61,000

SBI Thalia
 
2015
 
64,000

SBI Cronos
 
2015
 
61,000

SBI Orion
 
2015
 
64,000

SBI Achilles
 
2016
 
61,000

SBI Hercules
 
2016
 
64,000

SBI Perseus
 
2016
 
64,000

SBI Hermes
 
2016
 
61,000

SBI Zeus
 
2016
 
60,200

SBI Hera
 
2016
 
60,200

SBI Hyperion
 
2016
 
61,000

SBI Tethys
 
2016
 
61,000

SBI Phoebe
 
2016
 
64,000

SBI Poseidon
 
2016
 
60,200

SBI Apollo
 
2016
 
60,200

SBI Samson
 
2017
 
64,000

SBI Phoenix
 
2017
 
64,000

SBI Gemini
 
2015
 
64,000

SBI Libra
 
2017
 
64,000

SBI Puma
 
2014
 
64,000

SBI Jaguar
 
2014
 
64,000

SBI Cougar
 
2015
 
64,000

SBI Aries
 
2015
 
64,000

SBI Taurus
 
2015
 
64,000

SBI Pisces
 
2016
 
64,000

SBI Virgo
 
2017
 
64,000

Total Ultramax
 
 
 
2,307,800

Aggregate Owned and Financed Leased DWT
 
3,869,800

    
* During the first quarter of 2019, we agreed to sell the SBI Electra and SBI Flamenco. The vessels are expected to be delivered to the buyer in June 2019.  
** Our vessels are flagged in the Republic of the Marshall Islands or Liberia.  
Time chartered-in vessel
Vessel Type
 
Year Built
 
DWT
 
Where Built
 
Daily Base Rate
 
Earliest Expiry
Ultramax
 
2017
 
62,100

 
Japan
 
$
10,125

 
30-Sep-19
 
(1)  
Aggregate Time Chartered-in DWT
62,100

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
(1)  
This vessel has been time chartered-in for 22 to 24 months at our option at $10,125 per day. We have the option to extend this time charter for one year at $10,885 per day.  
Employment of Our Fleet
We typically operate our vessels in spot market-oriented commercial pools, in the spot market or, under certain circumstances, on time charters.
Spot Market-Oriented Commercial Pools
To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we participate in commercial pools with other shipowners with similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial managers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management

21

Table of Contents

is performed by each shipowner. The managers of the pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market but may also arrange time charter agreements. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance vessel utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages, which is when cargo is transported on the return leg of a journey, and contracts of affreightment, or COAs, thus generating higher effective time charter equivalent, or TCE, revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market, while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.
As of the date of this annual report, all of the vessels in our Operating Fleet are employed in one of the Scorpio Pools, which are spot market-oriented commercial pools managed by our commercial manager, which exposes us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates. Our vessels participate in the Scorpio Pools under the same contractual terms and conditions as the third party vessels in the pool. Each pool aggregates the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distributes the net earnings calculated on (i) the number of pool points for the vessel, which are based on vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics, and (ii) the number of days the vessel operated in the period. SCM, a Monaco corporation controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family of which our co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member, as is our Vice President, is responsible for the administration of the pool and the commercial management of the participating vessels, including marketing the pool, negotiating charters, including voyage charters, short duration time charters and COAs, conducting pool operations, including the distribution of pool cash earnings, and managing bunker (fuel oil) purchases, port charges and administrative services for the vessels. SCM, as operator of the Scorpio Pools, charges $300 a day for each vessel, whether owned by us or chartered-in, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. See “-Management of our Business” below.
The pool participants remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their vessels. The earnings of all of the vessels are aggregated and divided according to the relative performance capabilities of the vessel and the actual earning days each vessel is available.
Spot Market
A spot market voyage charter is generally a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. Under spot market voyage charters, we pay specific voyage expenses such as port, canal and bunker costs. Spot charter rates are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year-to-year basis.
Fluctuations derive from imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenue that is less predictable than those under time charters, but may enable us to capture increased profit margins during periods of improvements in drybulk vessel charter rates. Downturns in the drybulk industry would result in a reduction in profit margins.
Time Charters
Time charters give us a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time. Time charters also mitigate in part the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business, which is generally weaker in the second and third quarters of the year. We opportunistically employ vessels under time charter contracts. We may also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing agreements, which enable us to benefit when the spot market rates increase.
Management of Our Business
In 2016, we agreed to amend our master agreement, or the Master Agreement, with SCM and SSM, and our administrative services agreement, or the Administrative Services Agreement, with Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, under a deed of amendment, or the Deed of Amendment. Pursuant to the terms of the Deed of Amendment, on December 9, 2016, we entered into definitive documentation to memorialize the agreed amendments to the Master Agreement, or the Amended and Restated Master Agreement. The Amended and Restated Master Agreement and the Administrative Services Agreement as amended by the Deed of Amendment, or the Amended Administrative Services Agreement, are effective as from September 29, 2016.
In December 2017, we agreed to amend the Amended and Restated Master Agreement to amend and restate the technical management agreement thereunder subject to bank consents being obtained (where required), which were subsequently obtained. On February 22, 2018, we entered into definitive documentation to memorialize the agreed amendments to the Amended and Restated Master Agreement under a deed of amendment, or the Amendment Agreement. The Amended and Restated Master Agreement as amended by the Amendment Agreement, or the Revised Master Agreement, is effective as from January 1, 2018.
Set forth below is a description of the other material terms of the Revised Master Agreement and the Amended Administrative Services Agreement. Please also see Note 15, Related Party Transactions, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein for additional information.

22

Table of Contents

Commercial and Technical Management - Revised Master Agreement
Our vessels are commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM pursuant to the Revised Master Agreement, which may be terminated by either party upon 24 months’ notice, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of the Revised Master Agreement. In the event of the sale of one or more vessels, a notice period of three months’ and a payment equal to three months of management fees will apply, provided that the termination does not amount to a change of control, including a sale of substantially all vessels, in which case a payment equal to 24 months of management fees will apply. Additional vessels that we may charter-in or acquire in the future are expected to be managed under the Revised Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms as the Revised Master Agreement.
SCM’s commercial management services include securing employment for our vessels in the spot market or on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Pools (spot market-oriented vessel pools) including the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the currently inactive Scorpio Capesize Pool in which our owned, finance leased and time chartered-in vessels are employed and from which a significant portion of our revenue is generated. For commercial management of any of our vessels that does not operate in one of these pools, we pay SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Scorpio Ultramax Pool and Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool participants, including us and third-party owners of similar vessels, pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture.
SSM’s technical management services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards. We pay SSM an annual fee of $160,000 plus charges for certain itemized services per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our owned or finance leased vessels. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, previously provided us with construction supervisory services while our vessels were being constructed in shipyards. For these services, we compensated SSM for its direct expenses, which varied between $200,000 and $500,000 per vessel. Please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Commercial and Technical Management Agreements” for additional information.
Amended Administrative Services Agreement
In 2016, we entered into the Amended Administrative Services Agreement with SSH for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services for which we reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct and indirect expenses incurred while providing such services. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within Scorpio.
SSH also arranges vessel sales and purchases for us, for which we previously paid SSH a fee, payable in our common shares, for arranging vessel acquisitions, including newbuildings. The amount of common shares payable was determined by dividing $250,000 by the market value of our common shares based on the volume weighted average price of our common shares over the 30 trading day period immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to acquire any vessel. As of the date of this annual report, we issued an aggregate of 180,716 common shares to SSH in connection with the deliveries of newbuilding vessels. In November 2014, SSH agreed to waive its fee on vessel acquisitions contracted after November 20, 2014, for so long as the closing price of our common shares remained below a specified threshold. Effective September 29, 2016, pursuant to the terms of the Amended Administrative Services Agreement, we agreed with SSH to eliminate this fee on all future acquisitions.
In addition, SSH has agreed with us not to own any drybulk carriers greater than 30,000 dwt for so long as the Amended Administrative Services Agreement is in full force and effect. This agreement may be terminated by SSH upon 12 months’ notice or by us with 24 months’ notice.
Recent and Other Developments
Share Repurchase Program
During the fourth quarter of 2018, we repurchased a total of approximately 4.5 million shares of our common stock under the then existing share repurchase programs at an aggregate cost of approximately $27.0 million, or an average cost of $6.05 per share, which was funded from available cash resources. As of January 25, 2019, $24.8 million remained available under the then existing share repurchase program.
On January 25, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program to purchase up to an aggregate of $50.0 million of our common shares. This new share repurchase program replaced our previous share repurchase program that

23

Table of Contents

was authorized in October 2018 and that was terminated in conjunction with the authorization of the new share repurchase program. The specific timing and amounts of the repurchases will be in the sole discretion of management and may vary based on market conditions and other factors. We are not obligated under the terms of the program to repurchase any of our common shares. The authorization has no expiration date.
Dividend
In the fourth quarter of 2018, our Board of Directors declared and we paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.02 per share totaling approximately $1.5 million.
On January 25, 2019, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.02 per share, payable on or about March 15, 2019, to all shareholders of record as of February 15, 2019. As of February 15, 2019, 71,217,258 shares were outstanding.
Investment in Scorpio Tankers Inc.
On October 12, 2018, we invested $100.0 million in a related party, Scorpio Tankers Inc. (NYSE:STNG), or Scorpio Tankers, for approximately 54.1 million common shares of Scorpio Tankers, representing approximately 10.9% of its then issued and outstanding common shares. The investment was part of a larger $337.0 million equity raise through a public offering of common shares by Scorpio Tankers.
We measure our investment in Scorpio Tankers based on the quoted market price of Scorpio Tankers’ common stock, discounted for a temporary lack of marketability as at December 31, 2018 pursuant to the terms of a lock-up agreement we entered into at the time of the investment. The lock-up agreement expired on January 7, 2019. At December 31, 2018, we recorded a $7.7 million non-cash loss and $0.5 million cash dividend related income from our investment in Scorpio Tankers, which were recorded in Income (loss) from equity investment, on our Consolidated Statement of Operations.
On January 18, 2019, Scorpio Tankers effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split and as such we now own approximately 5.4 million common shares of Scorpio Tankers.
IMO 2020
In November 2018, we entered into agreements with third parties to purchase exhaust gas cleanings systems, or scrubbers, for 18 of our vessels in 2019 and for 10 of our vessels in 2020.  The total value of these agreements is estimated to be $41.9 million.  The systems that are being fitted are of ‘hybrid ready’ design, which allows them to be upgraded to a ‘closed loop’ configuration at a future date. As part of these agreements, we also have an option to purchase exhaust gas cleaning systems for up to 18 additional vessels in 2020.
As of March 15, 2019, our projected scrubber installation schedule and estimated payments for such installation on all the vessels in our owned or finance leased fleet is as follows (dollars in thousands):
 
 
Number of Vessels by Type
 
Estimated Payments (1)
 
 
 
Ultramax
 
Kamsarmax
 
 
Q1 2019
 

 

 
$
4,904

 
Q2 2019
 

 
3

 
11,547

 
Q3 2019
 
9

 
1

 
19,365

 
Q4 2019
 
1

 
4

 
24,578

 
Q1 2020
 
11

 
1

 
26,783

 
Q2 2020
 
9

 
4

 
24,666

 
Q3 2020
 
4

 
4

 
13,823

 
Q4 2020
 
3

 

 
5,580

 
Q1 2021
 

 

 
859

 
Total
 
37

 
17

 
$
132,105

 
(1) Includes estimated cash payments for scrubbers that are due in advance of the scheduled service and may be scheduled to occur in quarters prior to the actual installation. In addition to these installment payments, these amounts also include estimates

24

Table of Contents

of the installation costs of such systems. The timing of the payments set forth are estimates only and may vary as the timing of the related installations finalize.

$21.4 Million Lease Financing - SBI Samba

In February 2019, we entered into a financing transaction with an unaffiliated third party involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Samba, a 2015 Japanese built Kamsarmax vessel, for consideration of $21.4 million. As part of the transaction, we have agreed to make payments of $6,850 per day under a five-year bareboat charter agreement with the buyer.

The transaction also provides us with the option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the third anniversary of the sale until the end of the bareboat charter agreement. This transaction is expected to increase our liquidity by approximately $6.9 million after repayment of outstanding debt under the credit facility under which the vessels were previously financed. 

CMBFL Lease Financing

In March 2019, we agreed to sell and leaseback three Ultramax vessels (SBI Pegasus, SBI Subaru and SBI Ursa) and four Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Lambada, SBI Macarena, SBI Carioca and SBI Capoeira) to CMB Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. Upon completion, which is estimated to take place in the second quarter of 2019, our liquidity is expected to increase by $57.2 million in aggregate ($45.4 million upon closing after the repayment of outstanding debt and an additional tranche of up to $11.8 million for installation of scrubbers on the seven vessels). As part of the agreements, we will bareboat charter-in the vessels for a period of seven years. In addition, the Company has purchase options beginning after the end of the third year of each agreement.  There is also a purchase option for each vessel upon the expiration of each agreement.

Vessel Sales
In March 2019, we entered into agreements with unaffiliated third parties to sell the SBI Electra and SBI Flamenco, two 2015 Chinese built Kamsarmax vessels, for approximately $48.0 million in aggregate. Delivery of the vessels is estimated to take place in the second quarter of 2019. It is estimated that our liquidity will increase by approximately $18.6 million after the repayment of the vessels’ outstanding debt under the credit facility under which the vessels were previously financed.

Our Customers

We believe that developing strong relationships with the end users of our services allows us to better satisfy their needs with appropriate and capable vessels. All of our vessels are employed in Scorpio Pools, which are spot market-oriented commercial pools managed by our commercial manager, SCM. A prospective charterer’s financial condition, creditworthiness, reliability and track record are important factors in negotiating our vessels’ employment, which SCM evaluates on our behalf. We earned 36% and 64% of our revenue from the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2018, 42% and 58% of our revenue from the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2017, and 40% and 60% of our revenue (including commissions from SCM) from the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2016.
Seasonality
We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. This seasonality may result in quarter to quarter volatility in our operating results. The drybulk carrier market is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months may disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. As a result, revenues of drybulk carrier operators in general have historically been weaker during the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and, conversely, been stronger in fiscal quarters ended December 31 and March 31. This seasonality may materially affect our operating results and cash available for the payment of dividends.
Competition
We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on our reputation and that of our commercial manager. We compete primarily with other independent and state-owned drybulk vessel-owners. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership of drybulk vessels is highly fragmented and is divided among publicly listed companies, state-controlled owners and private shipowners.

25

Table of Contents

Industry and Market Conditions
The Drybulk Shipping Industry
Except as otherwise indicated, the statistical information and industry and market data contained in this section is based on or derived from statistical information and industry and market data collated and prepared by SSY Consultancy & Research Ltd (“SSY”). The data is based on SSY's review of such statistical information and market data available at the time (including internal surveys and sources, independent financial information, independent external industry publications, reports or other publicly available information). Due to the incomplete nature of the statistical information and market data available, SSY has had to make some estimates where necessary when preparing the data. The data is subject to change and may differ from similar assessments obtained from other analysts of shipping markets. While reasonable care has been taken in the preparation of the data, SSY has not undertaken any independent verification of the information and market data obtained from published sources.
Industry Overview
Drybulk shipping mainly comprises the shipment of minerals, such as iron ore and coal, other industrial raw materials and various agricultural products. Of these, the major cargoes are iron ore, coal and grain. The remaining minor bulk cargoes include steel products, bauxite/alumina, nickel ore, cement, petroleum coke, forest products, fertilizers and non-grain agricultural products, such as sugar.
Charterers in the drybulk shipping industry range from cargo owners (such as mining companies and grain houses) to end-users (such as steel producers and power utilities) and also include a number of different trading companies and ship operators.
Total international seaborne drybulk trade is estimated to have reached a new annual record of approximately 4.65 billion tonnes in 2018. This represents an increase of an estimated 2.6% from the 2017 level and an estimated 15.0% from the 2013 level, which was close to the compound annual average growth rate, or CAGR, for the period 2013 to 2018. With the exception of 2009, when the global economy was in recession, seaborne drybulk trade has recorded positive annual growth in every year since 1998. While the 2018 trade estimates set out in the table below will be subject to revision, as final trade statistics become available, our current estimates indicate a third consecutive year in which annual growth in seaborne trade volumes exceeded 100 million tonnes, albeit that this growth was unevenly distributed between the various dry bulk cargo types.
World Seaborne Drybulk Trade
(million tonnes)
Cargo/Year
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2013-18 % Growth
CAGR
Major Bulks
2,825
3,000
2,992
3,088
3,192
3,238
15%
3%
Iron Ore
1,256
1,391
1,414
1,484
1,532
1,524
21%
4%
Coal
1,200
1,186
1,128
1,130
1,155
1,201
—%
—%
Grains
369
423
450
474
505
513
39%
7%
Minor Bulks
1,222
1,242
1,264
1,293
1,347
1,417
16%
3%
Total
4,047
4,242
4,256
4,381
4,539
4,655
15%
3%
Totals may not add due to rounding
Cargo Types
Iron ore:   The key raw material for steelmaking, and single largest seaborne drybulk cargo, iron ore trade expanded more than three-fold between 2002 and 2017 on the back of unprecedented Chinese import demand. Preliminary estimates for 2018 do however indicate the first annual decrease for 17 years, but only marginally with an estimated decline of 0.5% to 1,524 million tonnes, or Mt. By comparison, the CAGR was approximately 4% for the five years since 2013. Last year’s decline in trade was despite positive growth in world steel production in 2018, which rose by an estimated 4.6% to a new all-time high, led by increases in China. In addition to China which, as described elsewhere in this section, has become the dominant importer accounting for over two-thirds of seaborne imports in 2018, the main import markets for iron ore are Japan, Western Europe and South Korea. South and Southeast Asia generated positive import growth in 2018. Exports are dominated by Australia and Brazil, which together accounted for an estimated 83% of the seaborne market in 2018 with a large majority of their cargoes carried by Capesize vessels given the favorable unit economies. This market share has increased from 75% in 2013, mainly due to the introduction of additional

26

Table of Contents

Australian export capacity, with both countries recording new annual export records in 2018. Other iron ore exporters include South Africa, Canada, India, Sweden, Ukraine and West Africa.
Coal:  At an estimated 1,201 Mt in 2018, global seaborne coal trade increased by an estimated 4.0% from its 2017 level and represented only the second year of positive annual growth since 2013 against a background of improved overall energy demand. By comparison, the CAGR was close to zero percent for the entire five-year period from 2013 to 2018. Coal trade is comprised of two main categories: (1) steam coal (which is chiefly used for electricity generation, but also by industrial users, such as the cement industry) and (2) coking coal (a key input for blast furnace steelmaking). Both categories experienced lower trade volumes between 2013 and 2016, but steam coal trade in 2018 is estimated to have risen above the previous annual all-time high level in 2013 for the first time.
Although the import market for coal was historically dominated by import demand from Japan and Western Europe, the last 10 to 15 years has seen China and India emerge as key importers of both categories of coal. The leading exporter of coking coal is Australia, followed by the United States and Canada. Indonesia is the largest exporter of steam coal, ahead of Australia, the former Soviet Union, Colombia, South Africa and the United States.
Between 2005 and 2013, China transformed from a major steam coal exporting nation to the single largest importer, representing the strength of the country’s domestic demand for power generation. However, imports represent a very small share (i.e. less than 10%) of coal consumption in China (which is the world’s largest coal producer) and, as a result, imports have been subject to major fluctuations in response to changes in domestic market conditions. For example, in 2014 China recorded a sharp annual decline in steam coal imports, in light of an oversupplied domestic coal market and government intervention to restrict imports. The rate of decline quickened in 2015, reducing the country’s steam coal imports to a six-year low, before the downward trend was reversed in 2016 with both coking and steam coal imports increasing, mainly as a result of government-driven cuts in domestic coal production. Further Chinese government interventions aimed at managing the domestic coal market since 2017 contributed to some significant monthly variations in import volumes, but the combined annual total for coking and steam coal imports in 2018 was only 1.2% below the corresponding level in 2017.
India remained the world’s single largest coal importer in 2018, with strong gains in both steam and coking coal volumes, which are estimated to have pushed the aggregate annual volume above its previous peak in 2014. Annual growth in Indian imports had been dampened between 2014 and 2017, mainly due to rising domestic coal production. Japan, South Korea and Taiwan, together with Western Europe, remain major import markets, while South East Asia and Latin America have grown in importance as coal import generators. Although investments in new port facilities enabled the participation of Capesize vessels in the Asia-led coal trade growth during the period from 2010 to 2013, more recent changes in coal trade patterns (in particular, the rising share of exports from Indonesia, Russia and the US) has chiefly benefitted demand for Panamax and Handymax vessels.
Grains:  Seaborne grain trade is comprised of wheat, coarse grains (corn, barley, oats, rye and sorghum) and soybeans/meal, which together totaled an estimated new record of 513 Mt in 2018, according to preliminary trade data. This was up by an estimated 1.6% from 2017 and compares with a CAGR of approximately 7.0% for the period from 2013 to 2018, which is the highest of the major bulk cargoes. In addition, the grain trades remain an important source of freight market volatility due to both the seasonality of export flows, year-on-year variations in crop surpluses and deficits and, latterly, by import tariffs.
Soy is the largest of the three main categories of grain trade with Brazil, the United States and Argentina the leading export countries. The principal markets are in Europe and Far East Asia with China being the world’s single largest soybean importer. Shipments are dominated by Panamax and Handymax vessels. The introduction of import tariffs by China on U.S. soybeans in 2018 boosted soybean volumes from Brazil to China at the expense of the U.S. suppliers, leading U.S. suppliers to seek alternative markets. This contributed to slower, yet still positive, world soybean and meal trade growth of 2.7% in 2018. Wheat and coarse grains are also primarily carried by mid-size vessels with the United States, Canada, Russia, Ukraine, Argentina, Brazil, Australia and the European Union being the main exporting regions. In addition to Far East Asia and Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Latin America are all significant import markets.
Minor Bulks:   A diversity of cargo types are covered under this heading with different sets of demand drivers. Nevertheless, together at approximately 1.4 billion tonnes per annum these trades represent a major source of employment for the smaller Handysize and Handymax vessels.
In recent years the pattern of minor bulk trade has been altered by government restrictions on the export of key industrial ores in South East Asia. This was led by an Indonesian ban on the export of unprocessed mineral ores beginning in January 2014, which reduced the country’s combined exports of bauxite and nickel ore from 121 Mt in 2013 to zero in 2015 and 2016. Bauxite trade did benefit from a sharp increase in exports from Malaysia in 2015, but in early 2016 the Malaysian government announced a temporary suspension of domestic bauxite mining, which was subsequently extended into the first quarter of 2019. This turned

27

Table of Contents

the focus of importers in China (the world’s biggest bauxite market) to longer haul supplies, particularly from West Africa (where fronthaul cargoes are now predominantly carried by Capesize vessels). Since the beginning of 2017 the Indonesian government has moved to partially relax its ban on unprocessed mineral ore exports with limited volumes re-entering the international market and in February 2019 it was reported that bauxite mining in Malaysia can resume from April (albeit under strict conditions). However, uncertainties continue to surround the availability of South East Asian mineral ores with, for example, reported mining restrictions imposed by the government of the Philippines potentially constraining nickel ore exports.
Despite these constraints, total minor bulk trade is estimated to have achieved a new annual record in 2018. The estimated CAGR for minor bulk trade volumes for the period from 2013 to 2018 was 3.0%.
Demand for Drybulk Shipping
Drybulk trade is a function of levels of (a) economic activity, (b) the industrialization/urbanization of developing countries, (c) population growth (plus changes in dietary habits) and (d) regional shifts in cargo supply/demand balances, which can occur, for example, due to the development of new export/import capacity or depletion/development of mineral reserves. The distances shipped chiefly reflect regional commodity surpluses and deficits. Generally, the more concentrated the sources of cargo supply, the greater the average distance shipped .
Ship demand is determined by the overall volumes of cargo moved and the distance that these are shipped, or tonne-mile demand, as well as changes in vessel efficiency. These changes may be caused by such factors as (1) vessel speed (which will change in response to movements in fuel costs and freight market earnings); (2) port delays (which have been a common occurrence in the last 15 years as inland and port logistics in several key export areas struggled to meet surging global demand) and (3) laden to ballast ratios, or how much time vessels spend sailing empty on re-positioning voyages. Ballasting has also been on the increase over the last 10 to 15 years due to the widening imbalance in cargo flows between the Atlantic and Pacific Basins.
World seaborne drybulk trade followed a steady underlying upward trend during the 1980s and 1990s. CAGR in the major drybulk cargoes over this period was an estimated 2.5%, before accelerating sharply to 6.3% during the period from 2000 to 2009 and being sustained at an estimated 4.9% between 2010 and 2018.
The growth in drybulk trade volumes since 2000 has been primarily due to the rapid industrialization and urbanization of China. From approximately 130 Mt in 2000, Chinese drybulk imports have increased more than thirteen-fold, as illustrated in the chart below. Such an expansion was facilitated by investments in new mining and port facilities in key exporting areas around the world initially in response to Chinese-driven rises in commodity prices from 2004 to 2011 and subsequently reflecting movements in the commodity price cycle.
The table below provides a more detailed comparison of China’s drybulk imports from 2013 to 2018, which shows a new annual record last year with preliminary data indicating an increase in aggregate volumes of approximately 29 Mt to approximately 1,763 Mt in 2018. This was despite an annual decline in imports of iron ore, which had made the greatest contribution to China’s drybulk import growth over the last five years. The 247 Mt estimated increase in iron ore imports between 2013 and 2018 reflects not only increases in domestic steel production (and, therefore, iron ore consumption) to meet the needs of an industrializing and urbanizing economy as well as exports of steel products, but also the substitution of higher-quality imported iron ore for lower-quality domestic supplies and increases in port stocks. Consequently, iron ore imports grew more rapidly than Chinese steel production between 2013 and 2017.
However, the relationship between domestic steel production and iron ore consumption changed in 2018, as the net fall in iron ore imports was accompanied by record levels of Chinese steel production. This was partly due to the government-enforced removal of scrap steel-consuming induction furnace capacity in 2017 (which had hitherto been excluded from official Chinese steel production statistics) for environmental reasons. This move not only inflated steel production growth in 2018 official data, but also constrained iron ore consumption growth due to the abundance of steel scrap previously used in induction furnaces. In addition, winter curtailment measures introduced by the government to combat pollution by heavy industry restricted iron ore sintering to the detriment of imported iron ore fines. There was also some destocking at China’s iron ore ports in 2018.
With grains impacted by tariffs, coal and, especially, the minor bulks drove Chinese drybulk import growth in 2018. Bauxite (the main raw material for the aluminium industry) was the single largest category of minor bulk cargo imported by China in 2018, at an estimated 86.6 Mt, which was 26% above the annual total in 2017 and the highest year on record. This growth was dominated by Guinea, the biggest bauxite supplier to China, followed by Australia. There was continued resumption in imports from Indonesia in 2018, which had been the leading source of Chinese bauxite imports prior to 2014, but volumes remained modest by historical standards. The re-emergence of some Indonesian supplies helped lift China’s total annual nickel ore imports from 35.0 Mt in 2017 to an estimated 45.3 Mt in 2018.

28

Table of Contents

Chinese Drybulk Imports (Million Tonnes)
 
2013
2017
2018
CAGR
Iron Ore
820.3
1,075.4
1,064.8
5%
Coal*
327.2
271.1
280.8
(2)%
Bauxite/Alumina
75.4
71.6
88.0
3%
Grains
78.0
121.2
108.6
7%
Other**
204.9
195.4
221.2
1%
Total of above
1,505.8
1,734.7
1,763.4
3%
* Includes lignite, which is excluded from SSY’s estimates for seaborne coal trade and categorized as a minor bulk.
** Includes mineral ores (such as nickel), pulp/wood chip/logs and petroleum coke.
Source: Chinese Customs

Growth in China’s iron ore trades over the last 15 years has mainly been to the benefit of Capesize vessels, hauling cargoes from West Australia and Brazil. Australia and Indonesia are the primary sources of Chinese coal imports, while in the grain trades increased Chinese demand for soybeans from Latin America and the United States has boosted tonne-mile demand for Panamax and Supramax vessels.

Outside of China, most of the additional growth in drybulk cargo import demand during the past five years has been generated by other Asian economies. For example, and despite setbacks since 2014, Indian coal imports in 2018 were estimated to be 45 Mt higher than their corresponding level in 2013, reflecting the strength of demand from electricity generators and the cement and steel industries. Although India has added several Capesize coal import terminals in recent years, a majority of the coal cargoes arriving in the country are shipped by Supramax, Panamax and Kamsarmax vessels. More established Asian import markets, such as South Korea, have also contributed to the region’s import growth with its combined imports of coal and iron ore increasing by an estimated 32 Mt between 2013 and 2018.
In contrast, European mineral imports staged only a partial recovery from their cyclical lows in 2009 and have remained below their 2007 totals, before trending lower in 2014. This is due in part to slow economic growth in the Eurozone, but also in part to policy-driven changes in the region’s energy mix away from coal. Consequently, Asia’s share of world seaborne major bulk imports is estimated to have climbed to approximately 79% from approximately 60% in the middle of the last decade and 53% to 54% in 2000.
As a result, the fastest drybulk trade growth has been seen within the Pacific Basin, which has been supplemented by increases in front-haul trade from the Atlantic to the Pacific (chiefly iron ore on Capesize vessels and grains on Panamaxes and Supramaxes, but also U.S. coal).
A1A02.JPG

29

Table of Contents

A2.JPG
           
Drybulk Global Fleet
The cargoes outlined above are predominantly carried by drybulk carriers of more than 10,000 dwt. Drybulk carriers are single-decked ships that transport dry cargoes in “bulk” form, that is loose within cargo holds, rather than in bags, crates or on pallets.
As of the end of December 2018, the total fleet of 10,000+ dwt drybulk carriers numbered approximately 10,920 vessels of 830.6 million deadweight tonnes, or Mdwt.
This fleet is divided into four principal size segments: Handysize (10,000-39,999 dwt), Handymax (40,000-64,999 dwt), Panamax (65,000-99,999 dwt) and Capesize (100,000+ dwt). Aside from size, the main distinction between drybulk vessel types is whether they are geared (that is, equipped with cranes for loading/discharge) or gearless. The main characteristics of these four vessel types are summarized below, while the table below summarizes the current structure of the fleet by age and size. It shows that in terms of deadweight capacity, the Capesize sector is the largest with 40.4% of the end-of-December 2018 total, followed by Panamaxes at 24.9%, Handymaxes at 23.6% and Handysizes at 11.1%.
Handysize (10,000-39,999 dwt):  These ships carry the widest range of cargoes of any drybulk size segment and are the most dependent on the minor bulks for employment. They are usually equipped with cargo-handling gear (cranes or derricks) and are widely used on routes to and from draft-restricted ports that (a) cannot receive larger ships and (b) often lack their own land-based cargo-handling equipment. Many such loading or discharge facilities are located in the developing nations. Due to the limited economies of scale that these vessels offer, compared to larger tonnage vessels, many of these ships are extensively employed on intra-regional, shorter-haul trades. Special designs of ships are associated with the carriage of such cargoes as steel products and logs, or open-hatch and log-fitted vessels; some variants also exist in terms of cargo-handling equipment, such as grab-fitted tonnage possessing scoops that facilitate unloading of certain cargo types.
Handymax (40,000-64,999 dwt):  This segment of the drybulk carrier fleet contains three distinct sub-categories - the traditional Handymax size (40,000-49,999 dwt), the Supramax size (50,000-59,999 dwt) and the Ultramax size (60,000-64,999 dwt). There are some Ultramax newbuilding designs of above 65,000 dwt, but as these are much fewer in number than existing gearless vessels of 65-69.9 kdwt, they currently fall in SSY’s Panamax size range. Despite their increased size, these vessels retain a high degree of trading flexibility as their cargo gear enables them to load and/or discharge at ports with limited facilities. They are more widely deployed on longer-haul routes than are Handysizes (due to the greater scale economies that they offer). Whereas the traditional Handymax types have gained market share from the sub-40,000 dwt fleet of Handysizes over the past 20 years, the new generation of Supramax and Ultramax vessels are also competing for business on Panamax routes.
Panamax   (65,000-99,999 dwt):  The strict definition of a Panamax bulk carrier is a ship able to transit the Panama Canal fully laden. However, in recent years this definition has become blurred as (1) only a minority of the vessels in this size range pass

30

Table of Contents

through the Panama Canal in any 12-month period and (2) the opening of an additional trade lane with a new set of locks in mid-2016 expanded the Panama Canal’s dimensions to enable the transit of ships of maximum beam, or extreme vessel breadth, of 49 metres, maximum length overall, or LOA, of 366m and maximum draft of 15.2m tropical fresh water, or TFW. This compares with the pre-existing, and still operational, locks which can accommodate ships to a maximum of 32.3m beam, 294.1m LOA and 12m TFW draft. For these reasons our fleet definition stretches from 65,000 to 99,999 dwt, encompassing three main sub-types: traditional Panamaxes (70,000-79,999 dwt), Kamsarmaxes (82,000-83,000 dwt, which prior to the enlargement were the largest bulk carrier to transit the Panama Canal fully laden) and post-Panamaxes (85,000-99,999 dwt). The base load demand for these vessel types is provided by coal and grain cargoes, although they also participate in a number of other trades (including iron ore, bauxite and fertilizers). Only a small minority of vessels in this size range are equipped with cargo gear as most of the ports served have well developed cargo loading or discharge terminals.
Capesize (100,000+dwt):  These ships are almost exclusively deployed in the iron ore and coal trades, which benefit most from their scale economies. There are three main sub-types: small Capes (100,000-119,999 dwt), standard Capes (160,000-209,999 dwt, which are mainly concentrated between 170,000 dwt and 180,000 dwt, but also include Newcastlemaxes of 200,000-209,999 dwt) and Very Large Ore Carriers (220,000 dwt and above). In recent years the average size of these Very Large Ore Carriers has been increasing, through the serial ordering of 400,000 dwt and 325,000 dwt designs.
Drybulk Carrier Fleet by Size/Age (Million Dwt):
As of December 31, 2018
Built/Dwt
10-39,999
40-64,999
65-99,999
100,000+
Total
Pre-1994
3.9
2.9
2.9
7.2
17.0
1994-98
7.5
11.0
10.1
10.1
38.7
1999-03
7.3
16.0
21.6
18.5
63.3
2004-08
10.5
26.6
34.0
45.5
116.5
2009-13
40.9
84.5
90.3
169.2
384.8
2014-18
22.3
55.2
48.0
85.0
210.4
Total Fleet
92.4
196.2
206.9
335.5
830.7
Average Age
      10 Yrs
9 Yrs
 9 Yrs
8 Yrs
9 Yrs
Totals may not add due to rounding

Ownership
Unlike other specialist areas of the world shipping fleet, ownership in the drybulk segment is highly fragmented, with SSY’s database showing approximately 2,000 different owners. The largest 50 owners account for approximately 34% of the fleet in terms of deadweight carrying capacity, but this includes a large number of Chinese-flagged vessels that will trade on domestic as well as international routes.
While such analysis will tend to understate levels of market concentration, due to the operation of vessel pools and chartered in fleets, the drybulk segment is sufficiently competitive to ensure that vessel spot market earnings are extremely responsive to fluctuations in the supply/demand balance globally and regionally.
Supply of Drybulk Shipping
The supply of drybulk carriers is fundamentally determined by the delivery of new vessels from the world’s shipbuilding industry and the removal of older vessels, mainly through demolition.
Newbuilding deliveries not only reflect the demand from ship owners for new tonnage, but also available shipyard capacity. Following a sharp upswing in demand for new vessels in all of the main sectors of the commercial shipping industry during the last decade, and an accompanying rise in shipbuilding prices to record levels in 2007 to 2008, there was a massive China-led expansion in world shipbuilding capacity. In the case of the drybulk sector, annual newbuilding deliveries surged from 24.4 Mdwt in 2008 (and an average of 19.1 Mdwt p.a. between 2000 and 2007, inclusive) to 44.3 Mdwt in 2009, 79.8 Mdwt in 2010 and a peak of 100.6 Mdwt in 2012.

31

Table of Contents

The resulting impact on freight market balances and vessel earnings, as described elsewhere in this section, led to sharply-reduced levels of drybulk carrier ordering in 2011 and 2012, which led to a slower pace of newbuilding deliveries in 2013 at an estimated 61.7 Mdwt followed by a further slowdown to 47.8 Mdwt in 2014.
There was an increase in drybulk carrier newbuilding investments during 2013, which continued into 2014 and reversed the downward trend in the newbuilding orderbook. These orders were focused on new, more fuel-efficient ship designs, for which shipyard descriptions offer significantly lower fuel consumption compared with existing vessels through a combination of new technology main engines and refinements of hull forms.
The rising costs of bunker fuels between 2004 and 2012 are illustrated in the chart below, which is based on the 58,238 dwt Supramax vessel specifications used by the Baltic Exchange in constructing its daily Supramax Index. Using estimated bunker prices in Singapore, our calculations assume that at a speed of 14.0 knots the vessel consumes 33 tonnes of 380cst fuel oil per day laden and 32 tonnes per day in ballast. However, SSY stresses that (1) there is a wide variance in individual vessel fuel consumptions, even within the same size segments, and (2) as described earlier in this section, many vessels have been operating at slower speeds in order to lower their daily fuel consumption and costs.
Our calculations show an increase at sea, at full speed, from approximately $5,600 per day in 2004 to approximately $21,700 per day in 2012. Reflecting the general decline in world oil prices, annual average bunker fuel costs for our Supramax example fell from approximately $18,200 per day in 2014 to approximately $7,500 per day in 2016. A partial rebound in global oil prices from the lows of early 2016 lifted estimated Supramax bunkering costs to an average of approximately $10,600 per day in 2017 and a four-year high of approximately $14,000/day in 2018. Last year’s average did, however, cover a wide range of daily bunkering costs from a high of approximately $17,100/day to a low of approximately $10,700/day, reflecting volatility in world oil markets.
Although bunkering costs fell towards the end of 2018, this remains a key area of attention for the shipping industry due to the International Maritime Organization’s mandated requirement for a lowering of the global limit for sulphur in marine fuel from the current 3.5% to 0.5% from January 1, 2020. In order to comply, shipowners will have to either switch to alternative bunker fuels or invest in the installation of scrubbers to allow the continued use of existing bunker fuels.
Reflecting the increased ordering of more fuel-efficient vessels, there was a small net rise in drybulk carrier newbuilding deliveries in 2015 to 48.9 Mdwt, but the downward trend resumed in 2016 and continued in 2017 and 2018 with last year’s annual newbuilding delivery total of 28.2 Mdwt the lowest since 2008.
After a sharp reduction in new drybulk carrier ordering in 2015 and 2016, in response to the deterioration in freight market conditions, there was some revival in the contracting of new vessels in 2017 and 2018 as vessel earnings firmed. At an estimated 95.3 Mdwt, the total tonnage on order at the end of December 2018 represented approximately 11.5% of the existing fleet, compared with 10.1% at the end of December 2017. To provide some longer-term perspective, the corresponding end-year shares were 56.1% in 2007, 57.3% in 2009 and 67.6% in 2008, as illustrated in the chart below.
The table below summarizes the confirmed drybulk carrier orderbook as of the end of December 2018, by vessel size and scheduled year of delivery. These delivery dates can be subject to delay. For example, 2018 deliveries were an estimated 15% below the scheduled total as of January 1, 2018, which compared with a corresponding average rate of slippage from scheduled delivery dates in the previous five years of approximately 34.6%.
Drybulk Carrier Newbuilding Orderbook by Size Range (Million Dwt): As of December 31, 2018
Delivery
10-39,999
40-64,999
65-99,999
100,000+
Total
2019
3.5
9.6
14.3
21.9
49.3
2020
1.5
5.8
10.2
20.8
38.3
2021
0.3
0.9
0.5
5.5
7.2
2022+
0.7
0.7
Total
5.3
16.3
25
48.9
95.5
% of Fleet
5.7%
8.3%
12.1%
14.5%
11.5%
Totals may not add due to rounding


32

Table of Contents

A3.JPG

A4.JPG

Typically, drybulk carriers are scrapped between the ages of 25 and 30 years, but the removal of 20-24 year-old vessels is common during periods of freight market weakness, and there have also been examples of scrapping of 15-19 year-old vessels (especially in the larger-sized vessels). In 2018, against the background of a generally firmer freight market, the average age of Handysize and Handymax vessels scrapped was over 30 years, whereas for Panamax and Capesize vessels it was 24-25 years. However, demolition is not simply a function of the fleet’s age profile. Several factors will influence an owner’s decision on whether to scrap older vessels, notably (1) actual and anticipated returns from the charter market, (2) the relative running costs and fuel-efficiency of the vessel, (3) prospective expenditure at classification society surveys (which, as well as general costs of repair and maintenance can be impacted by new regulations, such as the International Maritime Organization’s convention on Ballast Water Management, where effective implementation for existing vessels is now scheduled to enter into force in September 2019) and (4) the second-hand re-sale value (that is, whether it provides a premium to scrap). For much of the period from 2000 to 2009, returns from the drybulk charter markets supported continued investment in vessel life extension, and scrapping volumes fell to minimal levels. This, however, ensured an accumulation of older tonnage in the fleet and, as a result, demolition proved extremely responsive to a deterioration in freight market conditions. For instance, deletions from the drybulk fleet rose from 3.6 Mdwt in 2008 to 14.7 Mdwt in 2009 and reached a new annual record of 35.4 Mdwt in 2012. Over the last five years, scrapping

33

Table of Contents

volumes have remained very reactive to changes in vessel earnings with, for example, deletions dropping to a 10-year low of 4.8 Mdwt in 2018 from approximately 30.0 Mdwt p.a. in both 2015 and 2016.
The low levels of demolition in 2018 helped to ensure a net rise in the pool of drybulk tonnage aged over 15 years. At the end of December 2018, there were approximately 17.0 Mdwt of ships aged 25 years or older in the drybulk carrier fleet, with an additional 38.7 Mdwt aged 20 to 24 years and 63.3 Mdwt aged 15 to 19 years. The highest concentration of vessels 20+ years old was in the Handysize sector, accounting for 12.3% of dwt capacity in this size range as of the end of December 2018, compared with 7.1% of Handymaxes, 6.3% of Panamaxes and 5.2% of Capesizes.
As the chart below illustrates, historically high levels of ship demolition contributed to a marked slowdown in the rate of drybulk carrier net fleet growth in 2015 and 2016 with the estimated 2.2% rise in 2016 representing the lowest annual percentage increase since the 1990s. There was some re-acceleration in fleet supply growth in 2017 with an estimated net rise in total drybulk tonnage of 3.0%, before edging lower to an estimated 2.9% between 1 January and 31 December 2018, despite the limited scrapping activity. However, this remained well below the rapid rates of expansion over the five-year period from 2009 to 2013 when the total drybulk fleet grew at an annual average of 11.3% p.a.
All of the four main segments of the drybulk fleet grew at a similar rate in 2018, ranging from an estimated 2.3% for Handysizes to 3.4% for Capesizes. A greater contrast is apparent when reviewing fleet developments over the period between 2013 and 2018, when the 10,000-39,999 dwt Handysize fleet grew at an estimated CAGR of 1.8%, compared with 4.5% for 40,000-64,999 dwt Handymaxes, 2.7% for 65,000-99,999 dwt Panamaxes and 2.7% for 100,000+ dwt Capes. Reflecting its faster than average growth, the Handymax sector’s share of total dwt capacity has risen from 22.0% at the end of 2013 to an estimated 23.6% as of the end of December 2018. By comparison, the same five-year period saw a decreased share of the fleet accounted for by Handysizes, falling from 11.8% to 11.1%, Panamaxes, from 25.3% to 24.9% and Capesizes, from 41.0% to 40.4%.
A5.JPG
Charter Market & Freight Rates
The chartering of drybulk vessels can take several different forms, the most typical of which are summarized below.
(a) Single voyage (“spot”) charter
This involves the hire of a vessel for just one stipulated voyage, carrying a designated quantity of a named commodity. For most such charters, an individual ship is specified that will carry out the voyage to be undertaken. The terms of the agreement between the charterer and vessel owner usually define the port (or ports) of cargo loading and discharge, the dates between which the cargo is to be loaded, and the cargo-handling terms. The vessel owner will receive from the charterer a mutually agreed-upon payment (normally quoted as a US$ per ton freight rate). In return, the ship owner pays all voyage expenses (such as the costs of fuel consumed on the voyage, plus port expenses), all operating costs (such as insurance and crewing of the vessel), and capital expenses (such as the servicing of any mortgage debt on the ship).

34

Table of Contents

(b) Contract of affreightment, or COA
Under a COA, the vessel owner and charterer agree to terms for the carriage of a designated volume of a given commodity on a specified route (or routes), with such shipments being carried out on a regular basis. The agreement does not normally identify an individual ship that will be used to fulfill its terms, but includes more general specifications on the vessels to be used (such as maximum age). Under the terms of a COA, freight is normally paid on a mutually agreed-upon US$ per ton basis, with the vessel owner then meeting all voyage, operating and capital costs incurred in the execution of such a charter.
(c) Time charter
Under a time charter, the charterer takes the ship on hire for either (1) a trip between designated delivery and re-delivery positions or (2) for a designated period (for example, 12 months). The freight rate agreed upon between the ship owner and charterer is in terms of a daily hire rate (in U.S. dollars), rather than as a US$ per ton figure. For longer term period charters, this may escalate at a rate mutually agreed upon between vessel owner and charterer. Under the terms of such charters, the vessel owner meets the ship’s operating and capital costs, with the charterer paying all variable voyage expenses (mainly fuel costs, plus port and canal dues). In addition, and unless otherwise stipulated in the charter agreement, the period charterer is able to trade the vessel to and from whichever loading and discharge ports that it may choose, carrying whichever cargoes they prefer.
(d) Bareboat charter
Under a bareboat charter, the vessel owner effectively relinquishes control of its ship to the charterer (usually for a period of several years). The ship owner receives an agreed-upon level of remuneration (which may again escalate at a mutually agreed-upon rate) for the duration of the charter, and remains responsible for the vessel’s capital costs. In return, the charterer assumes total control of the vessel, thereby becoming responsible for operating the ship and meeting all costs of such operation (such as crewing, repairs and maintenance), as well as the direct voyage expenses incurred (such as fuel costs and port expenses) when it is trading.
Freight Rates
Freight rates are determined by the balance of tonnage demand and tonnage supply. Primarily as the result of record newbuilding deliveries, fleet utilization rates have dropped sharply from the peak levels of 2007, as illustrated by movements in key freight market indicators.
Given the diversity of routes and cargoes traded by the drybulk fleet, freight market measures tend to focus on average worldwide spot earnings (expressed in US$ per day). The most recognized of these measures are published on a daily basis by the Baltic Exchange in London. In addition to global averages for standard designs of Handysize (28,000 dwt), Supramax (58,328 dwt), Panamax (74,000 dwt) and Capesize (180,000 dwt) vessels, together with a number of component routes, the Baltic Exchange also publishes a daily composite Index for the entire drybulk market (the BDI or Baltic Exchange Dry Index).
From its all-time high of almost 12,000 points in May 2008, just prior to the global financial crisis, the BDI fell to below 700 points in December of the same year. After partial recovery in 2009, negative pressure on freight markets returned under the weight of sustained fleet supply growth. At 920 points in 2012, the BDI’s annual average was a 26-year low. A combination of sharply reduced fleet supply, generally slower vessel speeds and new peaks for dry bulk trade lifted the 2013 annual average of the BDI to 1,206 points. Yet, despite continued spot market volatility, the corresponding 2014 level slipped to 1,105 points and spot market weakness intensified in 2015, chiefly due to a sharp slowdown in drybulk trade growth, with the BDI’s annual average falling to 718 points. This was followed by new daily, monthly and quarterly lows in the first quarter of 2016, when weak global steel production, disruptions to cargo availability and lower bunker prices, together with negative seasonal factors, all contributed to the further weakening in the freight market. Despite a partial rebound over the rest of the year, the BDI’s annual average in 2016 of 673 points was the lowest since its inception in 1985.
However, 2017 did see the first rise in the BDI’s annual average for four years, to 1,145 points, and this was followed by further gains in 2018, when the annual average of 1,353 points was a 7-year high. Volatility remained a feature of drybulk spot markets in 2018 with the BDI fluctuating between a low of 948 points and a high of 1,774 points. August proved to be the strongest month of the year for the BDI for only the second time since its inception (but the second time in three years) with a monthly average of 1,710 points, before slipping towards the end of 2018. Further falls in freight rates were recorded in the early weeks of 2019, as dry bulk trade was impacted by a combination of negative seasonal, exceptional and cyclical factors. As a result, the BDI slipped to its lowest levels since 2016 with a monthly average of 629 points in February 2019.
The first of the charts below traces developments in representative 12-month charter rates for the four main vessel sizes from January 2003 to late February 2019, encompassing the all-time highs in vessel earnings and the subsequent slump in rates.

35

Table of Contents

The second chart looks in more detail at developments since the beginning of 2013. It shows the Capesize-led rebound from mid-2013 to the first quarter of 2014 and subsequent slide to the depressed levels in the first quarter of 2016 before the commencement of a revival during the second half of 2016. This was followed by further increases in 2017 and 2018, which saw period rates rise to their highest levels since 2014 before some softening towards the end of last year and into early 2019. These assessments are based on existing modern (that is, under 10 years of age) vessels. Within these individual size ranges, period rates will vary according to such factors as vessel age, size, fuel consumption and yard of build.
Although both charts show the extent to which vessel earnings in the different size ranges move broadly in tandem, they also highlight that the sharpness of market rises and falls vary in degree. Those size groups that carry the narrowest range of cargoes, or those employed on the least number of routes, tend to experience the greatest variations in charter rates. Hence, in the drybulk shipping sector, earnings of Capesizes have been prone to fluctuate to a far greater degree than those of smaller vessels (with their greater trading versatility, assisted by the cargo gear on these vessel types).
A6.JPG
A7.JPG
Asset Values

36

Table of Contents

In addition to the global balance between the demand for new vessels and available shipbuilding capacity, newbuilding prices are also influenced by changes in vessel construction costs, due to such factors as movements in steel plate prices or exchange rates against the U.S. dollar in key shipbuilding nations (principally China, Japan and South Korea).
Panamax bulk carrier newbuilding prices in Japan peaked at $56 million in the third quarter of 2008 and subsequently fell to $29 million in the final quarter of 2012. By the end of 2013 Japanese prices had climbed to a 38-month high of $35 million, chiefly as the result of recovering newbuilding demand, and remained at similar levels through much of 2014. However, prices entered a downward trend in 2015 which continued into 2016 and, by the final quarter of that year, Japanese Panamax newbuilding prices reached their lowest level since 2003 at an estimated $23.5 million. From these lows there was a sharp rebound in Japanese prices to an estimated $33.0 million during the second half of 2018, which was the highest level in four years and has been sustained into the first quarter of 2019.
Second-hand values are primarily shaped by actual and anticipated earnings, newbuilding replacement costs (which are relevant for modern vessels) and residual scrap value (more relevant for older units). To an extent, prices are also influenced by the availability and cost of ship financing, as this will help to determine whether investors are able to realize their demand for new or second-hand vessels.
The charts below compare the development of representative newbuilding, five-year old and ten-year old second-hand prices for Handysize, Handymax, Panamax and Capesize vessels since 2003. Individual vessel prices vary according to such factors as specific size, age, cargo gear, yard of build and fuel consumption. Following the pattern of the charter markets, prices peaked between mid-2007 and mid-2008. Such was the shortage of shipbuilding capacity during that period, with a lengthening lead time between contracting and delivery, that demand for existing vessels with prompt delivery briefly created the unusual situation where second-hand vessels were priced at a premium to newbuildings.
Consequently, the percentage decline in second-hand prices between 2008 and 2012 was more severe than for newbuildings. Prices showed a firmer trend from the beginning of 2013 to March 2014, when five-year old values rose by an average of approximately 50%, led by a 60-70% increase in Capesize prices. The onset of generally weaker spot and period charter rates began to erode second-hand values during the latter months of 2014, and downward pressure intensified during 2015 and into 2016, sharply reducing prices. By the end of February 2016, Panamax five-year old prices of approximately $11.0 million were at their lowest since the 1980s. However, from these lows, second-hand prices have shown a significant improvement, with Panamax five-year old values reaching approximately $20.5 million at the end of 2017 and approximately $22.5 million in June 2018, before ending the year at approximately $21.0 million. There were similar percentage movements in Supramax and Handysize five-year old prices over the same period, while Capesize values are estimated to have shown smaller, but still substantial, percentage increases from the lows of 2016.

         A8.JPG


37

Table of Contents

A9.JPG

A10.JPG

38

Table of Contents

A11.JPG
  
Environmental and Other Regulations in the Shipping Industry
Government regulation and laws significantly affect the ownership and operation of our fleet. We are subject to international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered relating to safety and health and environmental protection including the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.
A variety of government and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard (“USCG”), harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the temporary suspension of the operation of one or more of our vessels.
Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations frequently change and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.
International Maritime Organization
The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels (the “IMO”), has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as “MARPOL,” adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (“SOLAS Convention”), and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (the “LL Convention”). MARPOL establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged forms. MARPOL is applicable to drybulk, tanker and LNG carriers, among other vessels, and is broken into six Annexes, each

39

Table of Contents

of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried in bulk in liquid or in packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, lastly, relates to air emissions. Annex VI was separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997.
In 2013, the IMO’s Marine Environmental Protection Committee, or the “MEPC,” adopted a resolution amending MARPOL Annex I Condition Assessment Scheme, or “CAS.” These amendments became effective on October 1, 2014, and require compliance with the 2011 International Code on the Enhanced Programme of Inspections during Surveys of Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, or “ESP Code,” which provides for enhanced inspection programs. We may need to make certain financial expenditures to comply with these amendments.
In June 2015 the IMO formally adopted the International Code of Safety for Ships using Gases or Low flashpoint Fuels, or the IGF Code, which is designed to minimize the risks involved with ships using low flashpoint fuels- including LNG. The IGF Code will be mandatory under SOLAS through the adopted amendments. The IGF Code and the amendments to SOLAS became effective January 1, 2017.
Air Emissions
In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from vessels. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from all commercial vessel exhausts and prohibits “deliberate emissions” of ozone depleting substances (such as halons and chlorofluorocarbons), emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks, and the shipboard incineration of specific substances. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions, as explained below. Emissions of “volatile organic compounds” from certain vessels, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs) are also prohibited. We believe that all our vessels are currently compliant in all material respects with these regulations.
The MEPC, adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide, particulate matter and ozone depleting substances, which entered into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships. On October 27, 2016, at its 70th session, the MEPC agreed to implement a global 0.5% m/m sulfur oxide emissions limit (reduced from 3.50%) starting from January 1, 2020. This limitation can be met by using low-sulfur complaint fuel oil, alternative fuels, or certain exhaust gas cleaning systems. Once the cap becomes effective, ships will be required to obtain bunker delivery notes and International Air Pollution Prevention (“IAPP”) Certificates from their flag states that specify sulfur content. Additionally, at MEPC 73, amendments to Annex VI to prohibit the carriage of bunkers above 0.5% Sulphur on ships were adopted and will take effect March 1, 2020. These regulations subject ocean-going vessels to stringent emissions controls, and may cause us to incur substantial costs.
Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain “Emission Control Areas,” or (“ECAs”). As of January 1, 2015, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.1%. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs. Currently, the IMO has designated four ECAs, including specified portions of the Baltic Sea area, North Sea area, North American area and United States Caribbean area. Ocean-going vessels in these areas will be subject to stringent emission controls and may cause us to incur additional costs. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO, or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.
Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation. At the MEPC meeting held from March to April 2014, amendments to Annex VI were adopted which address the date on which Tier III Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) standards in ECAs will go into effect. Under the amendments, Tier III NOx standards apply to ships that operate in the North American and U.S. Caribbean Sea ECAs designed for the control of NOx with a marine diesel engine installed and constructed on or after January 1, 2016. Tier III requirements could apply to areas that will be designated for Tier III NOx in the future. At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, the MEPC approved the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxide for ships built after January 1, 2021. The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009. As a result of these designations or similar future designations, we may be required to incur additional operating or other costs.
As determined at the MEPC 70, the new Regulation 22A of MARPOL Annex VI is effective as of March 1, 2018 and requires ships above 5,000 gross tonnage to collect and report annual data on fuel oil consumption to an IMO database, with the first year of data collection commencing on January 1, 2019. The IMO intends to use such data as the first step in its roadmap (through 2023) for developing its strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships, as discussed further below.

40

Table of Contents

As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships. All ships are now required to develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans (“SEEMPS”), and new ships must be designed in compliance with minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile as defined by the Energy Efficiency Design Index (“EEDI”). Under these measures, by 2025, all new ships built will be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014.
We may incur costs to comply with these revised standards. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Safety Management System Requirements
The SOLAS Convention was amended to address the safe manning of vessels and emergency training drills.  The Convention of Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims (the “LLMC”) sets limitations of liability for a loss of life or personal injury claim or a property claim against ship owners. We believe that our vessels are in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LL Convention standards.
Under Chapter IX of the SOLAS Convention, or the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (the “ISM Code”), our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we and our technical management team have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.
The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. We have obtained applicable documents of compliance for our offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance and safety management certificate are renewed as required.
Regulation II-1/3-10 of the SOLAS Convention governs ship construction and stipulates that ships over 150 meters in length must have adequate strength, integrity and stability to minimize risk of loss or pollution. Goal-based standards amendments in SOLAS regulation II-1/3-10 entered into force in 2012, with July 1, 2016 set for application to new oil tankers and bulk carriers. The SOLAS Convention regulation II-1/3-10 on goal-based ship construction standards for bulk carriers and oil tankers, which entered into force on January 1, 2012, requires that all oil tankers and bulk carriers of 150 meters in length and above, for which the building contract is placed on or after July 1, 2016, satisfy applicable structural requirements conforming to the functional requirements of the International Goal-based Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers (GBS Standards).
Amendments to the SOLAS Convention Chapter VII apply to vessels transporting dangerous goods and require those vessels be in compliance with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (“IMDG Code”). Effective January 1, 2018, the IMDG Code includes (1) updates to the provisions for radioactive material, reflecting the latest provisions from the International Atomic Energy Agency, (2) new marking, packing and classification requirements for dangerous goods, and (3) new mandatory training requirements.
The IMO has also adopted the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers (“STCW”). As of February 2017, all seafarers are required to meet the STCW standards and be in possession of a valid STCW certificate. Flag states that have ratified SOLAS and STCW generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS and STCW requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.
The IMO's Maritime Safety Committee and MEPC, respectively, each adopted relevant parts of the International Code for Ships Operating in Polar Water (the “Polar Code”). The Polar Code, which entered into force on January 1, 2017, covers design, construction, equipment, operational, training, search and rescue as well as environmental protection matters relevant to ships operating in the waters surrounding the two poles. It also includes mandatory measures regarding safety and pollution prevention as well as recommendatory provisions. The Polar Code applies to new ships constructed after January 1, 2017, and after January 1, 2018, ships constructed before January 1, 2017 are required to meet the relevant requirements by the earlier of their first intermediate or renewal survey.

41

Table of Contents

Furthermore, recent action by the IMO’s Maritime Safety Committee and United States agencies indicate that cybersecurity regulations for the maritime industry are likely to be further developed in the near future in an attempt to combat cybersecurity threats. For example, cyber-risk management systems must be incorporated by ship-owners and managers by 2021. This might cause companies to create additional procedures for monitoring cybersecurity, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures. The impact of such regulations is hard to predict at this time.
Pollution Control and Liability Requirements
The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatories to such conventions. For example, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments (the “BWM Convention”) in 2004. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 9, 2017. The BWM Convention requires ships to manage their ballast water to remove, render harmless, or avoid the uptake or discharge of new or invasive aquatic organisms and pathogens within ballast water and sediments. The BWM Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits, and require all ships to carry a ballast water record book and an international ballast Water management certificate. 
On December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of BWM Convention so that the dates are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention. This, in effect, makes all vessels delivered before the entry into force date “existing vessels” and allows for the installation of ballast water management systems on such vessels at the first International Oil Pollution Prevention (IOPP) renewal survey following entry into force of the convention. The MEPC adopted updated guidelines for approval of ballast water management systems (G8) at MEPC 70. At MEPC 71, the schedule regarding the BWM Convention’s implementation dates was also discussed and amendments were introduced to extend the date existing vessels are subject to certain ballast water standards. Ships over 400 gross tons generally must comply with a “D-1 standard,” requiring the exchange of ballast water only in open seas and away from coastal waters. The “D-2 standard” specifies the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged, and compliance dates vary depending on the IOPP renewal dates. Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels must comply with the D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019. For most ships, compliance with the D-2 standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms. Ballast Water Management systems, which include systems that make use of chemical, biocides, organisms or biological mechanisms, or which alter the chemical or physical characteristics of the Ballast Water, must be approved in accordance with IMO Guidelines (Regulation D-3). Costs of compliance with these regulations may be substantial.
Once mid-ocean ballast exchange ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory under the BWM Convention, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and may have a material effect on our operations. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The U.S., for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements.
The IMO also adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage (the “Bunker Convention”) to impose strict liability on ship owners (including the registered owner, bareboat charterer, manager or operator) for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the LLMC). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.
Ships are required to maintain a certificate attesting that they maintain adequate insurance to cover an incident. In jurisdictions, such as the United States where the Bunker Convention has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or on a strict-liability basis.
Anti‑Fouling Requirements
In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti‑fouling Systems on Ships, or the “Anti‑fouling Convention.” The Anti‑fouling Convention, which entered into force on September 17, 2008, prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels. Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages will also be required to undergo an initial survey before the vessel is put into service or before an International Anti‑fouling System Certificate is issued for the first time; and subsequent surveys when the anti‑fouling systems are altered or replaced. We have obtained Anti‑fouling System Certificates for all of our vessels that are subject to the Anti‑fouling Convention.

42

Table of Contents

Compliance Enforcement
Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively. As of the date of this report, each of our vessels is ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificates will be maintained in the future . The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.
United States Regulations
The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (“OPA”) established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all “owners and operators” whose vessels trade or operate within the U.S., its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S.’s territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the U.S. The U.S. has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, except in limited circumstances, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define “owner and operator” in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel. Both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.
Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels, including bunkers (fuel). OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:
(i)    injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs;
(ii)    injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;
(iv)    loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;
(iii)    net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;
(v)    lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and
(vi)    net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.
OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs. Effective December 21, 2015, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels, edible oil tank vessels, and any oil spill response vessels, to the greater of $1,100 per gross ton or $939,800 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsible party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.
CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damages for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations. The limitation

43

Table of Contents

on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.
OPA and CERCLA each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including maritime tort law. OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We comply with the USCG’s financial responsibility regulations by providing applicable certificates of financial responsibility.
The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico resulted in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including higher liability caps under OPA, new regulations regarding offshore oil and gas drilling, and a pilot inspection program for offshore facilities. However, several of these initiatives and regulations have been or may be revised. For example, the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement’s (“BSEE”) revised Production Safety Systems Rule (“PSSR”), effective December 27, 2018, modified and relaxed certain environmental and safety protections under the 2016 PSSR. Additionally, the BSEE released proposed changes to the Well Control Rule, which could roll back certain reforms regarding the safety of drilling operations, and the U.S. President proposed leasing new sections of U.S. waters to oil and gas companies for offshore drilling, expanding the U.S. waters that are available for such activity over the next five years. The effects of these proposals are currently unknown. Compliance with any new requirements of OPA and future legislation or regulations applicable to the operation of our vessels could impact the cost of our operations and adversely affect our business.
OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. Many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law. Moreover, some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters, although in some cases, states which have enacted this type of legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining vessel owners’ responsibilities under these laws. We intend to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where the our vessels call.
We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1.0 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage, it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operation.
Other United States Environmental Initiatives
The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970 (including its amendments of 1977 and 1990) (“CAA”) requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. The CAA requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, some of which regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations which may affect our vessels.
The U.S. Clean Water Act (“CWA”) prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. In 2015, the EPA expanded the definition of “waters of the United States” (“WOTUS”), thereby expanding federal authority under the CWA. Following litigation on the revised WOTUS rule, in December 2018, the EPA and Department of the Army proposed a revised, limited definition of “waters of the United States.” The effect of this proposal on U.S. environmental regulations is still unknown.
The EPA and the USCG have also enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge, compliance with which requires the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial costs, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. Waters.  The EPA will regulate these ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain vessels within United States waters pursuant to the Vessel Incidental Discharge Act (“VIDA”), which was signed into law on December 4, 2018 and will replace the 2013 Vessel General Permit (“VGP”) program (which authorizes discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels and contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters, stringent requirements for scrubbers, and requirements for the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants) and current Coast Guard ballast water management regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act (“NISA”), such as mid-ocean ballast exchange programs and installation of approved USCG technology.  VIDA establishes a new framework for the regulation of vessel incidental discharges under Clean Water Act (CWA), requires the EPA to develop performance standards

44

Table of Contents

for those discharges within two years of enactment, and requires the U.S. Coast Guard to develop implementation, compliance, and enforcement regulations within two years of EPA’s promulgation of standards.  Under VIDA, all provisions of the 2013 VPG and USCG regulations regarding ballast water treatment remain in force and effect until the EPA and U.S. Coast Guard regulations are finalized.  Non-military, non-recreational vessels greater than 79 feet in length must continue to comply with the requirements of the VGP, including submission of a Notice of Intent (“NOI”) or retention of a PARI form and submission of annual reports. We have submitted NOIs for our vessels where required. Compliance with the EPA, U.S. Coast Guard and state regulations could require the installation of ballast water treatment equipment on our vessels or the implementation of other port facility disposal procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.
European Union Regulations
In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the ship is in danger. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims. Regulation (EU) 2015/757 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2015 (amending EU Directive 2009/16/EC) governs the monitoring, reporting and verification of carbon dioxide emissions from maritime transport, and, subject to some exclusions, requires companies with ships over 5,000 gross tonnage to monitor and report carbon dioxide emissions annually starting on January 1, 2018, which may cause us to incur additional expenses.
The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, and flag as well as the number of times the ship has been detained. The European Union also adopted and extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply. Furthermore, the EU has implemented regulations requiring vessels to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. The EU Directive 2005/33/EC (amending Directive 1999/32/EC) introduced requirements parallel to those in Annex VI relating to the sulfur content of marine fuels. In addition, the EU imposed a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in EU ports.
Greenhouse Gas Regulation
Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions with targets extended through 2020. International negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol, and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the U.S. and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The 2015 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from ships. On June 1, 2017, the U.S. President announced that the United States intends to withdraw from the Paris Agreement. The timing and effect of such action has yet to be determined, but the Paris Agreement provides for a four-year exit process.
At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, a draft outline of the structure of the initial strategy for developing a comprehensive IMO strategy on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from ships was approved. In accordance with this roadmap, in April 2018, nations at the MEPC 72 adopted an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships. The initial strategy identifies “levels of ambition” to reducing greenhouse gas emissions, including (1) decreasing the carbon intensity from ships through implementation of further phases of the EEDI for new ships; (2) reducing carbon dioxide emissions per transport work, as an average across international shipping, by at least 40% by 2030, pursuing efforts towards 70% by 2050, compared to 2008; and (3) reducing the total annual greenhouse emissions by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 while pursuing efforts towards phasing them out entirely. The initial strategy notes that technological innovation, alternative fuels and/or energy sources for international shipping will be integral to achieve the overall ambition. These regulations could cause us to incur additional substantial expenses.
The EU made a unilateral commitment to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions from its member states from 20% of 1990 levels by 2020. The EU also committed to reduce its emissions by 20% under the Kyoto Protocol’s second period from 2013 to 2020. Starting in January 2018, large ships calling at EU ports are required to collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information.

45

Table of Contents

In the United States, the EPA issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources, and proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. However, in March 2017, the U.S. President signed an executive order to review and possibly eliminate the EPA’s plan to cut greenhouse gas emissions. The EPA or individual U.S. states could enact environmental regulations that would affect our operations.
Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the EU, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol or Paris Agreement, that restricts emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or certain weather events.
International Labour Organization
The International Labor Organization (the “ILO”) is a specialized agency of the UN that has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 (“MLC 2006”). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance is required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade. We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with and are certified to meet MLC 2006.
Vessel Security Regulations
Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security such as the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 (“MTSA”). To implement certain portions of the MTSA, the USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and at certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.
Similarly, Chapter XI-2 of the SOLAS Convention imposes detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code (“the ISPS Code”). The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism. To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate (“ISSC”) from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained, expelled from, or refused entry at port until they obtain an ISSC. The various requirements, some of which are found in the SOLAS Convention, include, for example, on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status; on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore; the development of vessel security plans; ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull; a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel's history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship's identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and compliance with flag state security certification requirements.
The USCG regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel’s compliance with the SOLAS Convention security requirements and the ISPS Code. Future security measures could have a significant financial impact on us. We intend to comply with the various security measures addressed by MTSA, the SOLAS Convention and the ISPS Code.
Inspection by Classification Societies
The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage and lending that a vessel be certified “in class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, the IACS. The IACS has adopted harmonized Common Structural Rules, or the Rules, which apply to oil tankers and bulk carriers constructed on or after July 1, 2015. The Rules attempt to create a level of consistency between IACS Societies. All our vessels will be certified as being “in class” by the American Bureau of Shipping, or ABS, and Det Norske Veritas, or DNV, major classification societies. All new and secondhand vessels that we acquire must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memorandum of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

46

Table of Contents

A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys, drydockings and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel’s machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel. If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, the vessel will be unable to carry cargo between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable which could cause us to be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any such violation of covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance
General
The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, physical damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy incidents, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes near unlimited liability upon shipowners, operators and bareboat charterers of any vessel trading in the exclusive economic zone of the United States for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for shipowners and operators trading in the United States market. We carry insurance coverage as customary in the shipping industry. However, not all risks can be insured, specific claims may be rejected, and we might not be always able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.
Hull and Machinery Insurance
We maintain marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which will include the risk of partial, actual or constructive total loss, for all of our vessels. Each of our vessels is covered up to at least fair market value with deductibles of $100,000-$150,000 per vessel per incident. We also maintain increased value coverage for most of our vessels. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover the sum insured under the increased value policy in addition to the sum insured under the hull and machinery policy. Increased value insurance also covers excess liabilities which are not recoverable under our hull and machinery policy by reason of under insurance. Under our war risks coverage a total loss would also be paid in the event a vessel were confiscated or detained by unauthorized persons. We generally do not maintain insurance against loss of hire (except for certain charters for which we consider it appropriate), which covers business interruptions that result in the loss of use of a vessel.
Protection and Indemnity Insurance
Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, and covers our third-party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses of injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or “clubs.” Our coverage is limited to approximately $8.0 billion, except for pollution which is limited to $1.0 billion. If pollution liability costs are greater than $1.0 billion, the International Oil Pollution Funds would be expected to be utilized.
Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The 13 P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. The International Group’s website states that the Pool provides a mechanism for sharing all claims in excess of $10 million up to, currently, approximately US$ 8.2 billion. As a member of a P&I Association, which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the shipping pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.
Permits and Authorizations
We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel’s crew and the age of a vessel. We believe that we have obtained all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional

47

Table of Contents

laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.
C.
Organizational Structure
Scorpio Bulkers Inc. is a company incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands. We own our vessels through separate wholly-owned subsidiaries that are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Please see Exhibit 8.1 to this annual report for a list of our current subsidiaries.
D.
Property, Plants and Equipment
Our only material physical assets consist of our vessels which are owned through our separate wholly owned subsidiaries.
For a description of our fleet, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Our Fleet.”

ITEM 4A.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

ITEM 5.
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
A.
Operating Results
The following presentation of management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.
Overview
We are an international shipping company that owns and operates the latest generation of newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt. All of our owned vessels have carrying capacities of greater than 60,000 dwt. Our vessels transport a broad range of major and minor bulk commodities, including ores, coal, grains, and fertilizers, along worldwide shipping routes, and are employed primarily in the spot market or in spot market-oriented pools of similarly sized vessels.
We are organized by vessel type into two operating segments:
Ultramax Operations: includes vessels ranging from approximately 60,200 dwt to 64,000 dwt.
Kamsarmax Operations: includes vessels ranging from approximately 82,000 dwt to 84,000 dwt.
Certain of the corporate general and administrative and financial expenses incurred by us are not attributable to any specific segment. Accordingly, these costs are not allocated to any of our segments and are included in the results below as “Corporate.”
We generate revenues by charging customers for the transportation of their drybulk cargoes using our vessels. Historically, these services generally have been provided under the following basic types of contractual relationships:
Commercial Pools , whereby we participate with other shipowners to operate a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, which offers customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools negotiate charters primarily in the spot market but may also arrange time charter agreements. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs (described below), thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market.
Voyage charters , which are charters for short intervals that are priced on current, or “spot,” market rates.

48

Table of Contents

Time charters , which are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current market rates.
For all of our vessels in contractual relationships, we are responsible for crewing and other vessel operating costs for our owned or finance leased vessels and the charterhire expense for vessels that we time charter-in.
The table below illustrates the primary distinctions among these different employment arrangements:
 
Voyage Charter
 
Time Charter
 
Commercial Pool
Typical contract length
Single voyage
 
One year or more
 
Varies
Hire rate basis
Varies
 
Daily
 
Varies
Voyage expenses
We pay
 
Customer pays
 
Pool pays
Vessel operating costs for owned vessels
We pay
 
We pay
 
We pay
Charterhire expense for vessels chartered-in
We pay
 
We pay
 
We pay
Off-hire
Customer does not pay
 
Customer does not pay
 
Pool does not pay
During 2018, and as of the date of this annual report, all of our owned, finance leased and time chartered-in vessels are operating in the Scorpio Pools.
Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts
We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts. These include the following:
Hire rate. The basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel.
Vessel revenues.  Vessel revenues primarily include revenues from time charters, pool revenues and voyage charters. Vessel revenues are affected by hire rates and the number of days a vessel operates. Vessel revenues are also affected by the mix of business between vessels on time charter, vessels in pools and vessels operating on voyage charter. Revenues from vessels in pools and on voyage charter are more volatile, as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates.
Voyage charters.  Voyage charters or spot voyages are charters under which the customer pays a transportation charge for the movement of a specific cargo between two or more specified ports. We pay all of the voyage expenses.
Voyage expenses.  Voyage expenses primarily include bunkers, port charges, canal tolls, cargo handling operations and brokerage commissions paid by us under voyage charters, as well as brokerage commissions and miscellaneous voyage expenses that we are unable to collect under time charter and pool arrangements. These expenses are subtracted from voyage charter revenues to calculate TCE revenues.
Vessel operating costs.  For our owned vessels, we are responsible for vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees.
Technical management fees are paid to SSM, which is controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family. Pursuant to our Revised Master Agreement, SSM provides us with technical services, and we provide it with the ability to subcontract technical management of our vessels.
Charterhire.  Charterhire is the amount we pay the owner for time chartered-in vessels. The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current market rates. The vessel’s owner is responsible for crewing and other vessel operating costs.
Drydocking.  We periodically drydock each of our owned vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, each vessel is drydocked every 30 months to 60 months. We capitalize a substantial portion of the costs incurred during drydocking and amortize those costs on a straight-line basis from the completion of a drydocking to the estimated completion of the next drydocking. We immediately expense costs for routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking that do not improve or extend the useful lives of

49

Table of Contents

the assets. The number of drydockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of drydocking expenditures.
Depreciation.  Depreciation expense typically consists of:
charges related to the depreciation of the historical cost of our owned vessels (less an estimated residual value) over the estimated useful lives of the vessels;
charges related to the amortization of drydocking expenditures over the estimated number of years to the next scheduled drydocking; and
amortization of assets under finance lease.
Time charter equivalent (TCE) revenue or rates.  We report TCE revenues, a non-GAAP financial measure, because (i) we believe it provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with voyage revenues and voyage expenses, the most directly comparable U.S.-GAAP measure, (ii) it assists our management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of our vessels and in evaluating their financial performance, (iii) it is a standard shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company’s performance irrespective of changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters, time charters and bareboat charters) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods, and (iv) we believe that it presents useful information to investors. TCE revenue is vessel revenue less voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges. The TCE rate achieved on a given voyage is expressed in U.S. dollars/day and is generally calculated by taking TCE revenue and dividing that figure by the number of revenue days in the period. For a reconciliation of TCE revenue, deduct voyage expenses from revenue on our Statement of Operations. Please also see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Revenue days.  Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less the total number of off-hire days during the period associated with repairs or drydockings. Consequently, revenue days represent the total number of days available for the vessel to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when a vessel is available to earn revenue, yet is not employed, are included in revenue days. We use revenue days to show changes in net vessel revenues between periods.
Contract of affreightment.  A contract of affreightment, or COA, relates to the carriage of specific quantities of cargo with multiple voyages over the same route and over a specific period of time which usually spans a number of years. A COA does not designate the specific vessels or voyage schedules that will transport the cargo, thereby providing both the charterer and shipowner greater operating flexibility than with voyage charters alone. The charterer has the flexibility to determine the individual voyage scheduling at a future date while the shipowner may use different vessels to perform these individual voyages. As a result, COAs are mostly entered into by large fleet operators, such as pools or shipowners with large fleets of the same vessel type. We pay the voyage expenses while the freight rate normally is agreed on a per cargo ton basis.
Commercial pools.  To increase vessel utilization and revenues, we participate in commercial pools with other shipowners and operators of similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial charterers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. Pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.
Operating days .  Operating days are the total number of available days in a period with respect to the owned vessels, before deducting available days due to off-hire days and days in drydock. Operating days is a measurement that is only applicable to our owned vessels, not our chartered-in vessels.
Off-hire.  Time a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydockings. For time chartered-in vessels, we do not pay the charterhire expense when the vessel is off-hire.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, management uses certain “non-GAAP financial measures” as such term is defined in Regulation G promulgated by the SEC. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s operating performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts that are included in, or excluded from, the most directly

50

Table of Contents

comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Management believes the presentation of these measures provides investors with greater transparency and supplemental data relating to our financial condition and results of operations, and therefore a more complete understanding of factors affecting our business than GAAP measures alone. In addition, management believes the presentation of these matters is useful to investors for period-to-period comparison of results as the items may reflect certain unique and/or non-operating items such as asset sales, write-offs, contract termination costs or items outside of management’s control.
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, adjusted net loss and related per share amounts, as well as adjusted EBITDA and TCE revenue are non-GAAP financial measures that we believe provide investors with a means of evaluating and understanding how our management evaluates our operating performance.  These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, as substitutes for, nor superior to financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Reconciliations of EBITDA, and TCE revenue as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, as well as reconciliations of adjusted net loss and related per share amounts and adjusted EBITDA in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are provided below.
EBITDA
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
In thousands
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net loss
 
$
(12,698
)
 
$
(59,726
)
 
$
(124,835
)
Add Back:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest expense
 
39,180

 
27,307

 
16,326

Depreciation and amortization (1)
 
74,070

 
67,710

 
62,835

EBITDA
 
$
100,552

 
$
35,291

 
$
(45,674
)
(1) Includes depreciation, amortization of deferred financing costs and restricted stock amortization.
Adjusted net loss
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2017
 
2016
 
In thousands, except per share amounts
Amount
 
Per share
 
Amount
 
Per share
 
Net loss
$
(59,726
)
 
$
(0.83
)
 
$
(124,835
)
 
$
(2.22
)
 
Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss / write down on assets held for sale
17,701

 
0.25

 
12,433

 
0.22

 
Write down of deferred financing cost
470

 
0.01

 
2,456

 
0.05

 
Charterhire contract termination

 

 
10,000

 
0.18

 
Total adjustments
18,171

 
0.26

 
24,889

 
0.45

 
Adjusted net loss
$
(41,555
)
 
$
(0.57
)
 
$
(99,946
)
 
$
(1.77
)
 

51

Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA
 
 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
In thousands
 
2017
 
2016
Net loss
 
$
(59,726
)
 
$
(124,835
)
Impact of Adjustments (1)
 
18,171

 
24,889

Adjusted net loss
 
(41,555
)
 
(99,946
)
Add Back:
 
 
 
 
Net interest expense
 
27,307

 
16,326

Depreciation and amortization (2)
 
67,710

 
62,835

Adjusted EBITDA
 
$
53,462

 
$
(20,785
)
(1) Includes loss/write down on assets held for sale of $17.7 million and a write off of deferred financing costs of $0.5 million for 2017 and loss/write down on assets held for sale of $12.4 million, a write off of deferred financing costs of $2.5 million and charterhire contract termination charges of $10.0 million for 2016.
(2) Includes depreciation, amortization of deferred financing costs and restricted stock amortization.
TCE Revenue
Time Charter Equivalent, or TCE, revenue is defined as voyage revenues less voyage expenses. Such TCE revenue, divided by the number of our available days during the period, or revenue days, is TCE per revenue day, which we believe is consistent with industry standards. TCE per revenue day is a common shipping industry performance measure used primarily to compare daily earnings generated by vessels on time charters with daily earnings generated by vessels on voyage charters, because charter hire rates for vessels on voyage charters are generally not expressed in per-day amounts while charter hire rates for vessels on time charters generally are expressed in such amounts.
 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
In thousands
2018
 
2017
 
Vessel Revenues
$
242,502

 
$
162,205

 
Less:
 
 
 
 
Voyage expenses
(549
)
 
(429
)
 
TCE revenue
$
241,953

 
$
161,776

 
Executive Summary for the Year Ended December 31, 2018
For the year ended December 31, 2018 , our GAAP net loss was $12.7 million or $0.18 loss per diluted share compared to a GAAP net loss of $59.7 million , or $0.83 loss per diluted share in the same period in 2017. Results for the year ended December 31, 2018 include a non-cash loss of $7.7 million and a cash dividend of $0.5 million, or $0.10 loss per diluted share from our equity investment in Scorpio Tankers and a write-off of deferred financing costs of $3.8 million, or $0.05 loss per diluted share, related to the refinancing of existing debt. EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $100.6 million and $35.3 million , respectively (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures). Excluding the loss/write-off of vessels and assets held for sale of  $17.7 million and the write-off of deferred financing costs on the credit facility related to those specific vessels of  $0.5 million , our adjusted net loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 was  $41.6 million , or  $0.57  adjusted loss per diluted share, and adjusted EBITDA was $53.5 million (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures below). There were no such non-GAAP adjustments to our net income for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Total vessel revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $242.5 million , an increase of 50% from $162.2 million for the same period in 2017 . Our TCE revenue (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures) for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $242.0 million compared to $161.8 million for the same period in 2017. The rates earned in 2018 by both our Ultramax and Kamsarmax Operations were driven by a decrease in the supply of tonnage and the United States and China trade war which resulted in longer voyages as Chinese imports from the United States were replaced with imports from South America.

52

Table of Contents

Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $199.2 million compared to $187.8 million for the same period in 2017 . The year over year increase relates to increases in vessel operating costs and depreciation resulting from the increase in the size of our fleet, offset in part by the loss/write-off of vessels and assets held for sale of  $17.7 million recorded in 2017.
During 2018, we repurchased 7.1 million shares under the Board of Directors authorized stock repurchase program at a cost of approximately $45.7 million, or at an average cost of $6.44 per share. We also maintained our $0.02 quarterly dividend, paying out approximately $6.0 million in cash in aggregate.
During 2018, we also invested $100.0 million in Scorpio Tankers for approximately 54.1 million, or 10.9% (as of October 12, 2018), of Scorpio Tankers’ issued and outstanding common shares. The investment was part of a larger $337.0 million equity raise through a public offering of common shares by Scorpio Tankers. On January 18, 2019, Scorpio Tankers effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split and as such we now own approximately 5.4 million common shares of Scorpio Tankers.
Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017
Ultramax Operations
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
Change
 
% Change
TCE Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
$
155,197

 
$
94,380

 
$
60,817

 
64
Voyage expenses
330

 
129

 
201

 
156
TCE Revenue
$
154,867

 
$
94,251

 
$
60,616

 
64
Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel operating costs
71,220

 
51,445

 
19,775

 
38
Charterhire expense
3,754

 
975

 
2,779

 
285
Vessel depreciation
37,287

 
29,797

 
7,490

 
25
General and administrative expense
4,344

 
3,389

 
955

 
28
Total operating expenses
$
116,605

 
$
85,606

 
$
30,999

 
36
Operating income
$
38,262

 
$
8,645

 
$
29,617

 
343
Vessel revenue for our Ultramax Operations increased to $155.2 million in 2018 from $94.4 million in 2017. Despite tariffs and sanctions disrupting 2018, rates earned by our Ultramax Operations increased by 23% compared to 2017 due to lower levels of tonnage supply, grain exports from the South American and Black Sea markets and petcoke and coal cargoes out of the United States Gulf.
TCE revenue (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures) for our Ultramax Operations was $154.9 million for 2018 and was associated with a day-weighted average of 37 vessels owned and one vessel time chartered-in, compared to $94.3 million for the prior year, which was associated with a day-weighted average of 29 vessels owned. TCE revenue per day was $11,226 and $9,159 for 2018 and 2017, respectively.
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
Ultramax Operations:
2018
 
2017
 
Change
 
% Change
TCE Revenue
$
154,867

 
$
94,251

 
$
60,616

 
64
TCE Revenue / Day
$
11,226

 
$
9,159

 
$
2,067

 
23
Revenue Days
13,795

 
10,291

 
3,504

 
34

53


Our Ultramax Operations vessel operating costs were $71.2 million in 2018, relating to 37 vessels owned on average during the period and included approximately $4.2 million of takeover and contingency costs. Vessel operating costs for the prior year were $51.4 million and related to 29 vessels owned on average during the period. Daily operating costs excluding takeover costs, contingency expenses and other non-operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $4,962 and $4,842, respectively. The increase is due to an increase of purchases of spares and stores, as well as freight and forwarding expense.
Charterhire expense for our Ultramax Operations was approximately $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 , and relates to the vessel we have time chartered-in at $10,125 per day since the end of the third quarter of 2017.
Ultramax Operations depreciation increased to $37.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $29.8 million in the prior year reflecting the increase in our weighted average vessels owned to 37 from 29 .
General and administrative expense for our Ultramax Operations was $4.3 million for 2018 and $3.4 million in the prior year period. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of administrative service fees, which are incurred on a per vessel per day basis, and bank charges, which are incurred based on the number of transactions. The increase versus the prior year reflects the growth of the fleet.
Kamsarmax Operations
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
Change
 
% Change
TCE Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
$
87,305

 
$
67,825

 
$
19,480

 
29

Voyage expenses
219

 
300

 
(81
)
 
(27
)
TCE Revenue
$
87,086

 
$
67,525

 
$
19,561

 
29

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel operating costs
34,255

 
35,336

 
(1,081
)
 
(3
)
Charterhire expense
422

 
4,417

 
(3,995
)
 
(90
)
Vessel depreciation
19,320

 
18,713

 
607

 
3

General and administrative expense
2,069

 
1,916

 
153

 
8

Loss / write down on assets held for sale

 
17,701

 
(17,701
)
 
(100
)
Total operating expenses
$
56,066

 
$
78,083

 
$
(22,017
)
 
(28
)
Operating loss
$
31,020

 
$
(10,558
)
 
$
41,578

 
394

Vessel revenue for our Kamsarmax Operations increased to $87.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $67.8 million in the prior year. Rates earned by our Kamsarmax Operations during the year ended December 31, 2018 increased 31% compared to 2017, as supply was down due to a lack of new deliveries, as well as increased ton per mile utilization due to an increase in voyages from the east coast of South America to China resulting from the United States and China trade wars.
TCE revenue (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures) for our Kamsarmax Operations was $87.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 associated with a day-weighted average of 19 vessels owned, compared to $67.5 million for the prior year, associated with a day-weighted average of 18 vessels owned and one vessel time chartered-in. TCE revenue per day was $13,127 and $10,051 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
Kamsarmax Operations:
2018
 
2017
 
Change
 
% Change
TCE Revenue
$
87,086

 
$
67,525

 
$
19,561

 
29

TCE Revenue / Day
$
13,127

 
$
10,051

 
$
3,076

 
31

Revenue Days
6,634

 
6,718

 
(84
)
 
(1
)

54


Kamsarmax Operations vessel operating costs were $34.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 , which related to the 19 vessels owned on average during the period and included approximately $1.1 million of takeover costs and contingency expenses. Vessel operating costs for the prior year were $35.3 million and related to the 18 vessels owned on average during the period. Daily operating costs excluding takeover costs, contingency expenses and other non-operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $4,940 and $5,028, respectively.
While we do not time charter-in any Kamsarmax vessels, we have a profit and loss sharing agreement relating to one Kamsarmax vessel with a third party and during the year ended December 31, 2018 , our share of the loss on that vessel was $0.4 million compared to $0.8 million in the prior year period. During the prior year period, a Kamsarmax vessel was time chartered-in through August 2017 at a cost of $3.6 million.
Kamsarmax Operations depreciation increased to $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from $18.7 million in the prior year period. Our weighted average vessels owned was 19 and 18 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
General and administrative expense for the Kamsarmax Operations was $2.1 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively. The expense consists primarily of administrative services fees, which are incurred on a per vessel per day basis, and bank charges, which are incurred based on the number of transactions.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded a write-down on assets held for sale of $17.7 million related to the sale of two Kamsarmax vessels to an unaffiliated third party.
Corporate
Certain general and administrative expenses we incur as well as all of our financial expenses and income or losses from an equity investment are not attributable to a specific segment. Accordingly, these costs are not allocated to our segments. These general and administrative expenses, including compensation, audit, legal and other professional fees, as well as the costs of being a public company, such as director fees, increased slightly year over year totaling $25.9 million and $23.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
We recorded a non cash loss of $7.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2018 and a cash dividend of $0.5 million on our equity investment in Scorpio Tankers.
Financial expenses, net increased to $49.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 from $35.0 million in the prior year period due to an increase in the LIBOR rate and higher levels of debt related to the increase in overall fleet size and debt refinancing, as well as the write-off of $3.8 million of deferred financing costs related to such refinancing.

55


Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016
Ultramax Operations
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
Change
 
% Change
TCE Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
$
94,380

 
$
46,718

 
47,662

 
102

Voyage expenses
129

 
36

 
93

 
258

TCE Revenue
$
94,251

 
$
46,682

 
$
47,569

 
102

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 

 

Vessel operating costs
51,445

 
41,749

 
9,696

 
23

Charterhire expense
975

 
5,033

 
(4,058
)
 
(81
)
Charterhire termination

 
7,500

 
(7,500
)
 
(100
)
Vessel depreciation
29,797

 
22,040

 
7,757

 
35

General and administrative expense
3,389

 
2,725

 
664

 
24

Loss / write down on assets held for sale

 
(130
)
 
130

 
100

Total operating expenses
$
85,606

 
$
78,917

 
$
6,689

 
8

Operating loss
$
8,645

 
$
(32,235
)
 
$
40,880

 
127

Vessel revenue for our Ultramax Operations increased to $94.4 million in 2017 from $46.7 million in 2016 due to significant increases in both rates and revenue days, the latter of which is associated with the growth of our fleet.
TCE revenue (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures) for our Ultramax Operations was $94.3 million for 2017 and was associated with a day-weighted average of 28 vessels owned, compared to $46.7 million for 2016, which was associated with a day-weighted average of 22 vessels owned and one vessel time chartered-in. TCE revenue per day was $9,159 and $5,896 for 2017 and 2016, respectively. Increased worldwide demand across all bulk sectors, regions and commodities, as well as a reduction in supply drove the increase in rates for both of our vessel types.
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
Ultramax Operations:
2017
 
2016
 
Change
 
% Change
TCE Revenue
$
94,251

 
$
46,682

 
$
47,569

 
102
TCE Revenue / Day
$
9,159

 
$
5,896

 
$
3,263

 
55
Revenue Days
10,291

 
7,917

 
2,374

 
30
Our Ultramax Operations vessel operating costs were $51.4 million in 2017, including approximately $1.2 million of takeover costs associated with new deliveries and $0.6 million of other non-operating expenses and related to 28 vessels owned, on average during the period. Vessel operating costs for 2016 were $41.7 million and related to 22 vessels owned, on average during the period. Daily operating costs excluding takeover and other non-operating expenses for 2017 were $4,842.
Charterhire expense for our Ultramax Operations decreased to $1.0 million in 2017 from $5.0 million in 2016. We did not time charter-in any Ultramax vessels until the end of the third quarter of 2017, when we chartered-in one Ultramax vessel at $10,125 per day. During 2016, we recorded a $7.5 million charge to terminate three time charter-in contracts.
Ultramax Operations vessel depreciation increased to $29.8 million in 2017 from $22.0 million in 2016, reflecting the increase in our weighted average vessels owned to 28 from 22.
General and administrative expense for our Ultramax Operations was $3.4 million for 2017 and $2.7 million for 2016. The increase was due to an increase in administrative services fees, reflecting the growth of our fleet.

56


During 2016, we recorded a reversal of loss/write off of vessels and assets held for sale related to Ultramax vessels held for sale at December 31, 2015, due to accrual adjustments and other cost true ups.
Kamsarmax Operations
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
2016
 
Change
 
% Change
TCE Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
$
67,825

 
$
31,684

 
$
36,141

 
114

Voyage expenses
300

 
(81
)
 
381

 
470

TCE Revenue
$
67,525

 
$
31,765

 
$
35,760

 
113

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 

 

Vessel operating costs
35,336

 
27,083

 
8,253

 
30

Charterhire expense
4,417

 
12,323

 
(7,906
)
 
(64
)
Charterhire termination

 
2,500

 
(2,500
)
 
(100
)
Vessel depreciation
18,713

 
14,522

 
4,191

 
29

General and administrative expense
1,916

 
1,718

 
198

 
12

Loss / write down on assets held for sale
17,701

 
11,557

 
6,144

 
53

Total operating expenses
$
78,083

 
$
69,703

 
$
8,380

 
12

Operating loss
$
(10,558
)
 
$
(37,938
)
 
$
27,380

 
72

Vessel revenue for our Kamsarmax Operations increased to $67.8 million in 2017 from $31.7 million in 2016 due to significant increases in both rates and revenue days, the latter of which is associated with the growth of our fleet.
TCE revenue (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures) for our Kamsarmax Operations was $67.5 million for 2017 and was associated with a day-weighted average of 18 vessels owned and one vessel time chartered-in, compared to $31.8 million for 2016, which was associated with a day-weighted average of 14 vessels owned and two vessels time chartered-in. TCE revenue per day was $10,051 and $5,639 for 2017 and 2016, respectively. Increased worldwide demand across all bulk sectors, regions and commodities, as well as a reduction in supply drove the increase in rates for both of our vessel types.
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
Kamsarmax Operations:
2017
 
2016
 
Change
 
% Change
TCE Revenue
$
67,525

 
$
31,765

 
$
35,760

 
113
TCE Revenue / Day
$
10,051

 
$
5,639

 
$
4,412

 
78
Revenue Days
6,718

 
5,633

 
1,085

 
19
Kamsarmax Operations vessel operating costs were $35.3 million in 2017, including approximately $1.4 million of takeover costs associated with new deliveries and $1.0 million of other non-operating expenses and related to 18 vessels owned, on average during the period. Vessel operating costs for 2016 were $27.1 million and related to 14 vessels owned, on average during the period. Daily operating costs excluding takeover and other non-operating expenses for 2017 were $5,028.
Charterhire expense for our Kamsarmax Operations decreased to $4.4 million in 2017 from $12.3 million in 2016 reflecting the reduction in the number of vessels time chartered-in from four at the start of 2016 to none at the end of 2017. During 2016, we recorded a $2.5 million charge to terminate one time charter-in contract.
Kamsarmax Operations vessel depreciation increased to $18.7 million in 2017 from $14.5 million in 2016 reflecting the increase in our weighted average vessels owned to 18 from 14.
General and administrative expense for our Kamsarmax Operations was $1.9 million and $1.7 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase was due to an increase in administrative services fees, reflecting the growth of our fleet.

57


During 2017, we recorded a write down on assets held for sale related to the sale of two Kamsarmax vessels to an unaffiliated third party and in 2016, we recorded a write down of vessels and assets held for sale related to the cancellation of a shipbuilding contract for a Kamsarmax vessel.
Corporate
Corporate general and administrative and financial expenses increased from $53.3 million in 2016 to $57.9 million in 2017, as increases in financial expenses due to increasing LIBOR rates, higher levels of debt and reduced capitalization of interest outweighed decreases in restricted stock amortization as prior year grants, with higher fair values than current grants, vested and were fully expensed.
During 2017 and 2016, we wrote off $0.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of deferred financing costs accumulated on credit facilities for which the related vessels were sold or the commitments were otherwise reduced.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases”, which was intended to improve financial reporting of leasing transactions. The ASU requires organizations that lease assets, or lessees, to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases with terms of more than twelve months. The accounting for lease arrangements by the lessors will remain largely unchanged from current U.S. GAAP. The ASU also requires additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures to help financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018 although early adoption is permitted. The ASU requires reporting organizations to take a modified retrospective transition approach.
In our review of our contracts to assess the overall impact of the guidance, we determined that the existing pool arrangements meet the definition of leases under ASU 2016-02. As lessor, we lease our vessels to pools, which manage the vessels in order to enter into transportation contracts with their customers and enjoy the economic benefits derived from such arrangements.  Furthermore, the pools can direct the use of a vessel (subject to certain limitations in the pool or charter agreement) throughout the period of use. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements”, which amended FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 842, “Leases”, to (i) provide a practical expedient for lessors regarding the separation of the lease and non-lease components of a contract and (ii) add an optional transition method that would permit entities to apply the new requirements by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the year of the adoption. In our assessment, we concluded that the criteria for not separating the lease and non-lease components of our arrangements are met since: (a) the timing and pattern of transfer are the same for both the lease and non-lease components, (b) the lease component of the  contracts, if accounted for separately, would be classified as an operating lease, and (c) the lease component is the predominant component in the arrangement. Therefore, we will account for the combined component as an operating lease in accordance with ASC 842. As a result, an entity’s reporting for the comparative periods presented in the financial statements in which it adopts the new lease standard will continue to be in accordance with current GAAP. We adopted this new standard on January 1, 2019, applying the optional transition option, with no restatement of comparative figures for prior periods. We do not expect this standard to impact the accounting for our vessels operating within the pools or under time chartered-out arrangements.

The standard will result in the recognition of right-of-use assets and corresponding liabilities, on the basis of the discounted remaining future minimum lease payments, for chartered-in vessel commitments of over 12 months only, which have historically been reported as operating leases and recognized solely in the income statement on a straight-line basis. The impact of this standard as it pertains to time or bareboat chartered-in vessels will not have an impact upon first time adoption, as the Company’s operating fleet includes only one chartered-in vessel at December 31, 2018, which has a lease term of less than 12 months and does not require recognition on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Critical Accounting Estimates
    
Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In many instances, the application of such principles requires management to make estimates or to apply subjective principles to particular facts and circumstances. A change in the estimates or a variance in the application, or interpretation of U.S. GAAP could yield a materially different accounting result. A summary of our critical accounting estimates where we believe that the estimations, judgments or interpretations that we made, if different, would have yielded the most significant differences in our consolidated financial statements, can be found in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In addition, for a summary of all of our significant accounting policies see Note 1,  Organization and Basis of Presentation , in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

58


Vessels and depreciation
We record the value of our vessels at their cost (which includes acquisition costs directly attributable to the vessel including capitalized interest and expenditures made to prepare the vessel for its initial voyage) less accumulated depreciation. We depreciate our vessels on a straight-line basis to their residual value over their estimated useful lives of 25 years from the date the vessel is ready for its first voyage. The estimated useful life of 25 years is management’s best estimate and is also consistent with industry practice for similar vessels. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by an estimated scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the historical four years average scrap market rates at the balance sheet date.

An increase in the useful life of a vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

When regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, or when the cost of complying with such regulations is not expected to be recovered, we will adjust the vessel’s useful life to end at the date such regulations preclude such vessel’s further commercial use.

The carrying value of our vessels does not represent the fair market value of such vessels or the amount we could obtain if we were to sell any of our vessels, which could be more or less. Under U.S. GAAP, we would not record a loss if the fair market value of a vessel (excluding its charter) is below its carrying value unless and until we determine to sell that vessel or the vessel is impaired as discussed below under “ Impairment of long-lived assets held for use .”

Pursuant to our bank credit facilities, prior to drawdown of loans under the credit facilities we submit to the lenders valuations of the vessels collateralizing the relevant facility. Thereafter, we will regularly submit to the lenders valuations of our vessels on an individual charter free basis in order to evidence our compliance with the collateral maintenance covenants under our bank credit facilities.  Such a valuation is not necessarily the same as the amount any vessel may bring upon sale, which may be more or less, and should not be relied upon as such.  We have received valuations on each vessel in our fleet as of December 31, 2018 . If we were to apply those valuations to the carrying value of our vessels as of December 31, 2018 , the aggregate carrying value would exceed the aggregate fair value of our vessels by approximately $135.7 million . The fair values of our vessels can fluctuate depending on the shipyards and the dates of delivery. These assumptions have not been taken into account in the amounts disclosed above.
Impairment of long-lived assets held for use
In accordance with ASC subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant and Equipment, long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset or asset group and its eventual disposition.

For purposes of recognition and measurement of an impairment loss, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets, which is generally at the vessel pool level for vessels operating within pools. In performing our impairment review, we perform a recoverability test comparing an estimate of undiscounted cash flows to carrying value to determine if the asset group is impaired. In developing our estimates of undiscounted cash flows, we make significant assumptions and estimates about future performance, with the most significant assumptions relating to (i) charter rates on expiry of existing charters, which are based on the current fixing applicable to five-year time charter rates and thereafter, the ten-year historical average for each category of vessel (ii) off-hire days, which are based on actual off-hire statistics for our fleet (iii) operating costs, based on current levels escalated over time based on long term trends (iv) drydocking frequency, duration and cost, (v) estimated useful life which is assessed as a total of 25 years and (vi) estimated scrap values.

An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of the asset group is greater than both the undiscounted cash flows and its fair value. In instances where the carrying value of an asset group is not recoverable, measurement of the impairment loss is based upon the amount by which the collective fair values of the vessels in the asset group exceed their collective carrying values. The fair values are determined based upon available market data as well as third party valuations performed on each individual vessel.

During our fourth quarter 2018 assessment, we determined that the undiscounted future income streams expected to be generated by each asset group, over their remaining operating lives exceeded and therefore would be sufficient to recover their

59


respective carrying values and, accordingly, we confirmed that our vessels were not impaired under U.S. GAAP. As of December 31, 2018 we owned 56 vessels with an average remaining useful life of 22 years.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, there were no changes in circumstances or events that indicated that the carrying amount of our vessel pools or vessels under construction may not be recoverable and therefore, an assessment of impairment was not performed.    

During our fourth quarter 2016 assessment, we determined that the undiscounted future income streams expected to be generated by each asset group, over their remaining operating lives exceeded and therefore would be sufficient to recover their respective carrying values and, accordingly, we confirmed that our vessels were not impaired under U.S. GAAP. As of December 31, 2016 we owned 42 vessels with an average remaining useful life of 24 years.

In our impairment testing, we also examine the sensitivity of the future income streams expected to be earned by reviewing other scenarios relative to the initial assumptions we used to see if the resulting impact would have resulted in a different conclusion. Accordingly, we perform sensitivity analyses based on more conservative charter rates and expected useful lives for our vessels. In the first sensitivity analysis, we lowered charter rate assumptions to 96% of the long-term averages of Kamsarmax and Ultramax vessels, respectively (holding all other critical assumptions constant), while in our second sensitivity analysis; we decreased our vessels’ estimated useful lives by approximately 9% for each vessel class (holding all other critical assumptions constant). We then evaluated the outcomes of the sensitivity analyses performed to assess their impact on our conclusions. In both analyses, we found that there was no impairment of any of our assets or asset groups.

Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. There can be no assurance as to how long charter rates and vessel values will remain at their currently low levels or whether they will improve by any significant degree. Charter rates may decrease, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability, and any future assessments of vessel impairment.

Management will continue to monitor developments in charter rates in the markets in which it participates with respect to the expectation of future rates over an extended period of time that are utilized in the analyses.

Valuation of equity investment
On October 12, 2018, we invested $100.0 million in a related party, Scorpio Tankers, through participation in a public offering on a basis equivalent to other investors. We use the fair value option in accounting for our investment in Scorpio Tankers based upon the quoted market price of Scorpio Tankers common stock discounted for a lack of marketability due to our inability to sell the common stock until January 7, 2019. In calculating the lack of marketability discount, we relied on the Finnerty Model, an alternative option-based approach that estimates a discount as an average strike put option, effectively assuming that if the stock were freely tradable, the holder could sell evenly over the restriction period. Inputs to this model included expected option life, risk-free interest rate and expected volatility.
B.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary source of funds for our short-term and long-term liquidity needs will be the cash flows generated from our vessels, which primarily operate in the Scorpio Pools, in the spot market or on time charter. We believe that the Scorpio Pools reduce volatility because (i) they aggregate the revenues and expenses of all pool participants and distribute net earnings to the participants based on an agreed upon formula and (ii) some of the vessels in the pool are on time charter. Furthermore, spot charters provide flexibility and allow us to fix vessels at prevailing rates.
At December 31, 2018, cash and cash equivalents totaled $67.5 million . We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents balance and operating cash flows, our ability to sell or refinance certain vessels or to sell our investment in Scorpio Tankers, as well as our access to credit markets will be sufficient to meet our short-term and long-term liquidity needs for the next 12 months from the date of this annual report, which are primarily comprised of debt repayment obligations and contractual payments for exhaust gas cleaning systems (see Liquidity Risk section of Note 1, Organization and Basis of Presentation, to the consolidated financial statements).
Equity Issuances
On May 30, 2018, our shareholders approved an amendment to our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to increase our total number of authorized shares to 262.5 million, consisting of 212.5 million common shares and 50.0 million preferred shares at the annual general meeting of shareholders.

60


In November 2017, in connection with the purchase of three Ultramax vessels, we issued warrants to purchase approximately 1.6 million common shares at an exercise price of $8.10 per share to an unaffiliated third party as part of the total consideration paid. The warrants were exercised and we issued the shares in January 2018.
In connection with the purchase of one Ultramax vessel, we issued approximately 0.9 million common shares to the parent of the seller of the vessel on December 29, 2017, upon delivery of such vessel.
    During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we issued 12,946 common shares and 51,679 common shares, respectively, both with a fair value of $0.1 million, to SSH pursuant to the Amended Administrative Services Agreement, relating to our Newbuilding Program.
On June 20, 2016, we issued 23.0 million common shares, par value $0.01 per share, at $3.05 per share in an underwritten public offering. SSH purchased an aggregate of approximately 5.3 million common shares at the public offering price. We received approximately $67.5 million of net proceeds from the issuance.

On June 1, 2016, our shareholders approved an amendment to our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to increase our total number of authorized shares to 162.5 million, consisting of 112.5 million common shares and 50.0 million preferred shares at the annual general meeting of shareholders.
On March 22, 2016, we issued 21.0 million common shares, par value $0.01 per share, at $3.00 per share in an underwritten public offering. SSH and certain of our directors purchased an aggregate of 5,030,000 common shares at the public offering price. We received approximately $60.6 million of net proceeds from the issuance.
For a description of issuances of common shares pursuant to our Equity Incentive Plan, please see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees - B. Compensation - Equity Incentive Plan.”
Cash Flow
Operating Activities
The table below summarizes the effect of the major components of operating cash flow.
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net loss
 
$
(12,698
)
 
$
(59,726
)
 
$
(124,835
)
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
81,247

 
84,181

 
73,644

Related party balances
 
(195
)
 
(7,568
)
 
5,656

Effect of changes in other working capital and operating assets and liabilities
 
2,092

 
2,695

 
(6,661
)
Net cash used in operating activities
 
$
70,446

 
$
19,582

 
$
(52,196
)
The cash flow provided by operating activities for 2018 reflects the increase in time charter rates earned during the period. Our non-cash items include vessel depreciation, amortization of restricted stock and deferred financing costs, and a non-cash loss on our investment in Scorpio Tankers.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities of $122.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 reflects the equity investment we made in Scorpio Tankers, and installments paid to the shipyard, as well as new equipment purchases and building supervision costs for the newly constructed SBI Lynx. We also made our first payment pursuant to the contract for the purchase and installation of exhaust gas cleaning systems.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities of $51.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2018 reflects the net proceeds of $110.4 million from increased debt financing, partially offset by $45.7 million of share repurchases (7.1 million shares at an average price of $6.44 per share) and the payment of quarterly cash dividends totaling $0.08 per share, or an aggregate of $6.0 million in 2018.

61


Credit Facilities, Finance Lease and Unsecured Notes
$330.0 Million Credit Facility
On July 29, 2014, we entered into a $330.0 million senior secured credit facility, or the $330.0 Million Credit Facility, with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Deutsche Bank AG London to finance a portion of the purchase price of 22 of the vessels then in our Newbuilding Program, which was subsequently reduced by $15.0 million due to the sale of one of the vessels that was to collateralize this facility. This facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.925% and has a term of seven years. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred cross-collateralized mortgage on each of 13 of the vessels financed by this loan (consisting of nine Ultramax vessels and four Kamsarmax vessels) and guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
During 2018, we repaid approximately $84.8 million of our $330.0 Million Credit Facility as two of the Kamsarmax vessels and six of the Ultramax vessels previously financed by this loan are now financed under the $34.0 Million Credit Facility and the $90.0 Million Credit Facility, respectively.
As of December 31, 2018 , approximately $140.7 million was outstanding.
$67.5 Million Credit Facility
On July 30, 2014, we entered into a $67.5 million credit facility, or the $67.5 Million Credit Facility, with a leading European financial institution. The proceeds of this facility were used to fund a portion of the purchase price of four of the vessels then in our Newbuilding Program that secure this facility. This facility had a seven year term from the date of delivery of each such vessel securing the loan, with customary financial and restrictive covenants. This facility bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95%. The $67.5 Million Credit Facility was secured by, among other things, a first priority mortgage on four of the vessels then in our Newbuilding Program (two Ultramax and two Kamsarmax vessels), and a parent company guarantee.
As of December 31, 2018 , this facility has been fully repaid and terminated.
$409.0 Million Credit Facility
On December 30, 2014, we entered into a $409.0 million senior secured credit facility, or the $409.0 Million Credit Facility, with Nordea Bank Finland PLC, New York Branch, and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) to partially finance a portion of the acquisition of 20 of the vessels then in our Newbuilding Program (six Ultramax, nine Kamsarmax, and five Capesize vessels). This credit facility was subsequently (i) reduced by $136.0 million due to the sale of five Capesize vessels and the addition of one Ultramax vessel to the security package under the facility, (ii) further reduced by $14.6 million due to the cancellation of a shipbuilding contract for a Kamsarmax vessel that would serve as partial security under the facility, and (iii) further reduced by approximately $22.5 million due to the drop in vessel values. As amended, this credit facility was used to finance a portion of the purchase price of 15 vessels (seven Ultramax and eight Kamsarmax vessels). This facility bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00% and had a term of six years. This facility was secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on each of the 15 vessels.

As of December 31, 2018 , this facility has been fully repaid and terminated.
$42.0 Million Credit Facility
On January 30, 2015, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $42.0 million, or the $42.0 Million Credit Facility, with a leading European financial institution to finance a portion of the purchase price of two Kamsarmax vessels which were delivered to us, and subsequently upsized by $10.8 million to finance a portion of the purchase price of one Ultramax vessel. Each tranche for the Kamsarmax vessels has a final maturity of six years from the drawdown date of the respective vessel, and the tranche for the Ultramax vessel matures on September 21, 2021. This facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.97%. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the three vessels and guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
During 2018, we repaid approximately $8.2 million of the $42.0 Million Credit Facility upon the completion of the $19.0 Million Lease Financing - SBI Tango transaction. As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $14.1 million .

62


$12.5 Million Credit Facility
On December 22, 2015, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $12.5 million, or the $12.5 Million Credit Facility, which was used to finance a portion of the purchase price of one Ultramax vessel which was delivered to us. The facility has a maturity date of December 22, 2020. This facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00%. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the Ultramax vessel and guaranteed by the vessel owning subsidiary.
As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $9.4 million .
$27.3 Million Credit Facility
On December 22, 2015, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $27.3 million, or the $27.3 Million Credit Facility, which was used to finance a portion of the purchase price of two Ultramax vessels then in our Newbuilding Program. During 2018, we repaid approximately $8.8 million of the $27.3 Million Credit Facility upon the completion of the $20.5 Million Lease Financing - SBI Hermes transaction and refinanced the SBI Hermes. This facility has a maturity of five years from the drawdown date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95%. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the Ultramax vessel and guaranteed by the vessel owning subsidiary.
As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $9.0 million .
$85.5 Million Credit Facility
On December 5, 2017, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $85.5 million, or the $85.5 Million Credit Facility, which was used to finance a portion of the purchase price of six Ultramax vessels we acquired in the fourth quarter of 2017. The facility has a maturity date of February 15, 2023 and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.85%. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the six Ultramax vessels and guaranteed by each vessel owning subsidiary.
As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $79.0 million.
$38.7 Million Credit Facility
On December 13, 2017, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $38.7 million, or the $38.7 Million Credit Facility, which was used to finance a portion of the purchase price of three Ultramax vessels we acquired in the fourth quarter of 2017. The facility has a maturity date of December 13, 2022 and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.85%. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the three Ultramax vessels and guaranteed by each vessel owning subsidiary.
As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $35.1 million.
$12.8 Million Credit Facility
On June 21, 2018, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $12.8 million, or the $12.8 Million Credit Facility. The loan facility was used to finance up to 50% of the fair market value of the SBI Lynx. The facility has a final maturity date of June 15, 2023 and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.40% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the vessel and guaranteed by the vessel owning subsidiary.
As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $12.3 million.
$60.0 Million Credit Facility
On September 11, 2018, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $60.0 million, or the $60.0 Million Credit Facility. The loan facility was used to finance up to 60% of the fair market value of two Ultramax vessels (SBI Perseus and SBI Phoebe) and two Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Electra and SBI Flamenco). The facility has a final maturity date of five years from drawdown date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the four vessels and guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $58.8 million.
$30.0 Million Credit Facility

63


On September 13, 2018, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $30.0 million, or the $30.0 Million Credit Facility, with ING Bank N.V. to refinance two Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Zumba and SBI Parapara). The facility has a final maturity date of five years from drawdown date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.20% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the two Kamsarmax vessels and guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $29.4 million.
$184.0 Million Credit Facility
On September 21, 2018, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $184.0 million, or the $184.0 Million Credit Facility, with Nordea Bank AB (publ), acting through its New York branch, and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) to refinance up to 60% of the fair market value of six Ultramax vessels (SBI Athena, SBI Thalia, SBI Zeus, SBI Hera, SBI Poseidon and SBI Apollo) and six Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Conga, SBI Bolero, SBI Sousta, SBI Rock, SBI Reggae and SBI Mazurka). The facility, which is comprised of a term loan of up to $104.0 million and a revolver of up to $80.0 million, has a final maturity date of five years from signing date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.40% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the 12 vessels and guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $180.2 million.
$34.0 Million Credit Facility
On October 3, 2018, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $34.0 million, or the $34.0 Million Credit Facility, with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank to refinance up to 62.5% of the fair market value of two Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Jive and SBI Swing).  The loan facility, which is comprised of a term loan up to $17.0 million and a revolver up to $17.0 million, has a final maturity date of seven years from signing date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.35% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the two vessels and guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $34.0 million.
$90.0 Million Credit Facility
On November 8, 2018, we entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $90.0 million, or the $90.0 Million Credit Facility, with Nordea Bank Abp, acting through its New York branch, and DVB Bank SE. The loan facility, which has a final maturity date of five years from signing date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.35% per annum, was used to finance up to 60% of the fair market value of six Ultramax vessels (SBI Orion, SBI Hyperion, SBI Tethys, SBI Hercules, SBI Samson and SBI Phoenix). This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the six vessels and is guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
As of December 31, 2018 , the outstanding balance on this facility was approximately $90.0 million.
$19.6 Million Lease Financing - SBI Rumba
In October 2017, we entered into a financing transaction with unaffiliated third parties involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Rumba, a 2015 Japanese built Kamsarmax vessel, for consideration of approximately $19.6 million. As part of the transaction, we have agreed to make monthly payments of $164,250 under a nine and a half year bareboat charter agreement with the buyers, which we have the option to extend for a further six months. The cost of the financing is equivalent to an implied fixed interest rate of 4.23% for 10 years. If converted to floating interest rates, based on the expected weighted average life of the transaction, the equivalent margin at the then prevailing swap rates would be LIBOR plus 2.07%. The agreement also provides us with the option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the fifth anniversary of the sale and until the end of the agreement.  
$19.0 Million Lease Financing - SBI Echo
On July 18, 2018, we closed a financing transaction with an unaffiliated third party involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Echo, a 2015 Japanese built Ultramax vessel, for consideration of $19.0 million. As part of the transaction, we agreed with the buyer to bareboat charter the vessel for a period of five years at $5,400 per day. If converted to floating interest rates, based on the expected weighted average life of the transaction, the equivalent cost of financing at the then prevailing swap rates would have been LIBOR plus 1.97% per annum. The transaction also provides us with the option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the third anniversary of the sale until the end of the bareboat charter agreement.

64


$19.0 Million Lease Financing - SBI Tango
On July 18, 2018, we closed a financing transaction with an unaffiliated third party involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Tango, a 2015 Japanese built Ultramax vessel, for consideration of $19.0 million. As part of the transaction, we agreed to make payments of $5,400 per day under a five-year bareboat charter agreement with the buyer. If converted to floating interest rates, based on the expected weighted average life of the transaction, the equivalent cost of financing at the then prevailing swap rates would have been LIBOR plus 1.65% per annum. The transaction also provides us with the option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the third anniversary of the sale until the end of the bareboat charter agreement.
$20.5 Million Lease Financing - SBI Hermes
On November 16, 2018, we closed a financing transaction with an unaffiliated third party involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Hermes, a 2016 Japanese built Ultramax vessel, for consideration of $20.5 million. As part of the transaction, we agreed with the buyer to bareboat charter the vessel for a period of five years at $5,850 per day. The transaction also provides us with an option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the third anniversary of the sale until the end of the bareboat charter agreement. If converted to floating interest rates, based on the expected weighted average life of the transaction, the equivalent cost of financing at the then prevailing swap rates would have been LIBOR plus a margin of 1.43% per annum.
As of December 31, 2018 , we had $767.4 million of outstanding borrowings under the credit agreements and lease financings described above as shown in the following table (dollars in thousands):
 
 
December 31, 2018
 
March 20, 2019
 
 
Amount outstanding
 
Amount outstanding
 
$330 Million Credit Facility
 
140,677

 
140,677

 
$42 Million Credit Facility
 
14,105

 
14,105

 
$12.5 Million Credit Facility
 
9,400

 
9,400

 
$27.3 Million Credit Facility
 
9,008

 
9,008

 
$85.5 Million Credit Facility
 
78,972

 
78,972

 
$38.7 Million Credit Facility
 
35,100

 
35,100

 
$19.6 Million Lease Financing - SBI Rumba
 
18,101

 
17,898

 
$12.8 Million Credit Facility
 
12,325

 
12,325

 
$19.0 Million Lease Financing - SBI Tango
 
18,451

 
18,259

 
$19.0 Million Lease Financing - SBI Echo
 
18,481

 
18,300

 
$30.0 Million Credit Facility
 
29,420

 
29,420

 
$34.0 Million Credit Facility
 
34,000

 
34,000

 
$60.0 Million Credit Facility
 
58,797

 
57,594

 
$184.0 Million Credit Facility
 
180,229

 
180,229

 
$20.5 Million Lease Financing - SBI Hermes
 
20,299

 
20,092

 
$90.0 Million Credit Facility
 
90,000

 
88,025

 
Total
 
$
767,365

 
$
763,404

 
Our secured credit facilities are secured by, among other things: a first priority mortgage over the relevant collateralized vessels; a first priority assignment of earnings, and insurances from the mortgaged vessels for the specific facility; a pledge of the earnings account of the mortgaged vessels for the specific facility; and a pledge of the equity interests of each vessel owning subsidiary under the specific facility.
$21.4 Million Lease Financing - SBI Samba

In February 2019, we entered into a financing transaction with an unaffiliated third party involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Samba, a 2015 Japanese built Kamsarmax vessel, for a consideration of $21.4 million. As part of the transaction, we agreed to make payments of $6,850 per day under a five-year bareboat charter agreement with the buyer. The transaction also provides us with the option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the third anniversary of the sale until the end of the bareboat charter agreement. This transaction, which is expected to close in the second quarter of 2019, is expected to

65


increase our liquidity by approximately $6.9 million after repayment of outstanding debt under the $42 Million Credit Facility, under which the SBI Samba was previously financed. 

CMBFL Lease Financing

In March 2019, we agreed to sell and leaseback three Ultramax vessels (SBI Pegasus, SBI Subaru and SBI Ursa) and four Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Lambada, SBI Macarena, SBI Carioca and SBI Capoeira) to CMB Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. Upon completion, which is estimated to take place in the second quarter of 2019, our liquidity is expected to increase by $57.2 million in aggregate ($45.4 million upon closing after the repayment of outstanding debt and an additional tranche of up to $11.8 million for installation of scrubbers on the seven vessels). As part of the agreements, we will bareboat charter-in the vessels for a period of seven years. In addition, we have purchase options beginning after the end of the third year of each agreement.  There is also a purchase option for each vessel upon the expiration of each agreement.

Vessel Sales

In March 2019, we entered into agreements with unaffiliated third parties to sell the SBI Electra and SBI Flamenco, two 2015 Chinese built Kamsarmax vessels, for approximately $48.0 million in aggregate. Delivery of the vessels is estimated to take place in the second quarter of 2019. It is estimated that our liquidity will increase by approximately $18.6 million after the repayment of outstanding debt under the $38.7 Million Credit Facility under which the vessels were previously financed.

Loan Covenants
Certain of our credit facilities discussed above, have, among other things, the following financial covenants, as amended or waived, the most stringent of which require us to maintain:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00 .
Consolidated tangible net worth (adjusted for a minimum amount of $100.0 million in historical non-operating costs and to exclude certain future non-operating items, including impairments), no less than $500.0 million plus (i)  25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after December 31, 2013 and (ii)  50% of the value of any new equity issues occurring on or after December 31, 2013.
The ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense calculated on a year-to-date basis of greater than 1.00 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, 2.50 to 1.00 for the quarter ending September 30, 2019, calculated on a year-to-date basis and 2.50 to 1.00 for each quarter thereafter, calculated on a trailing four quarter basis.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $0.7 million per owned vessel.
Maintain a minimum fair value of the collateral for each credit facility, such that the aggregate fair value of the vessels collateralizing the credit facility is between 140% and 150% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under such credit facility, or, if we do not meet these thresholds to prepay a portion of the loan or provide additional security to eliminate the shortfall.
Our credit facilities discussed above have, among other things, the following restrictive covenants which would restrict our ability to:
incur additional indebtedness;
sell the collateral vessel, if applicable;
make additional investments or acquisitions;
pay dividends; and
effect a change of control of us.
A violation of any of the financial covenants contained in our credit facilities described above may constitute an event of default under all of our credit facilities, which, unless cured within the grace period set forth under the credit facility, if applicable, or waived or modified by our lenders, provides our lenders with the right to, among other things, require us to post additional collateral, enhance our equity and liquidity, increase our interest payments, pay down our indebtedness to a level where we are in compliance with our loan covenants, sell vessels in our fleet, reclassify our indebtedness as current liabilities and accelerate our

66


indebtedness and foreclose their liens on our vessels and the other assets securing the credit facilities, which would impair our ability to continue to conduct our business.
Furthermore, our credit facilities contain a cross-default provision that may be triggered by a default under one of our other credit facilities. A cross-default provision means that a default on one loan would result in a default on certain of our other loans. Because of the presence of cross-default provisions in certain of our credit facilities, the refusal of any one lender under our credit facilities to grant or extend a waiver could result in certain of our indebtedness being accelerated, even if our other lenders under our credit facilities have waived covenant defaults under the respective credit facilities. If our secured indebtedness is accelerated in full or in part, it would be very difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance our debt or obtain additional financing and we could lose our vessels and other assets securing our credit facilities if our lenders foreclose their liens, which would adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.
Moreover, in connection with any waivers of or amendments to our credit facilities that we have obtained, or may obtain in the future, our lenders may impose additional operating and financial restrictions on us or modify the terms of our existing credit facilities. These restrictions may further restrict our ability to, among other things, pay dividends, make capital expenditures or incur additional indebtedness, including through the issuance of guarantees. In addition, our lenders may require the payment of additional fees, require prepayment of a portion of our indebtedness to them, accelerate the amortization schedule for our indebtedness and increase the interest rates they charge us on our outstanding indebtedness.
As of December 31, 2018 , we were in compliance with all of the financial covenants contained in the credit facilities that we had entered into as of that date.
Please see Note 11, Debt, to our consolidated financial statements for additional information about our credit facilities.
Senior Notes due 2019
On September 22, 2014, we issued $65.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7.50% senior unsecured notes due 2019, or our Senior Notes, in a registered public offering. The Senior Notes will mature on September 15, 2019, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time, or from time to time, after September 15, 2016. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable quarterly on each of March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, commencing on December 15, 2014. We used the net proceeds we received to fund installment payments due under our Newbuilding Program. On October 16, 2014, we issued an additional $8.625 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes, pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Senior Notes. Our Senior Notes due 2019 commenced trading on the NYSE on September 29, 2014 under the symbol “SLTB.”
The indenture governing our Senior Notes contains certain restrictive covenants, including:
(a)
Limitation on Borrowings . We are prohibited from letting net borrowings equal or exceed 70% of our total assets, which are calculated as all of our assets of the types presented on our consolidated balance sheet.
(b)
Limitation on Minimum Tangible Net Worth . We shall ensure that our net worth always exceeds $500 million.
(c)
Reports . Following any cross default, we shall promptly notify the holders of our Senior Notes of the occurrence of such cross default.
(d)
Limitation on Asset Sales . We shall not, and shall not permit any subsidiary to, in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, sell, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of our or any such subsidiary’s assets (including capital stock and warrants, options or other rights to acquire capital stock) other than pursuant to a Permitted Asset Sale or a Limited Permitted Asset Sale (as such terms are defined in the indenture governing our Senior Notes and described below), unless (A) we receive, or the relevant subsidiary receives, consideration at the time of such asset sale at least equal to the fair market value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors, of the assets subject to such asset sale, and (B) within 365 days after the receipt of any net proceeds from an asset sale, we or the relevant subsidiary, as the case may be, shall apply all such net proceeds to certain permitted purposes, including the repayment of secured indebtedness, capital expenditures, repayment of unsecured indebtedness, acquire all or substantially all of the assets or, or the capital stock of, a person primarily engaged in a permitted business; provided, that in the case of the acquisition of capital stock of any person, such person is or becomes a subsidiary of the Company.
For purposes of this covenant: a Permitted Asset Sale includes certain specified asset sales, certain vessel losses not to exceed 10% of the consolidated aggregate market value of our assets and any transaction or series of transactions involving assets disposed of for fair market value and having an aggregate market value in any one fiscal year of up to 25% of the consolidated aggregate market value of our assets; and a Limited Permitted Asset Sale includes any

67


transaction or series of transactions during a single fiscal year, the net proceeds of which are not otherwise applied pursuant to the requirements set forth in this clause (d), that results in net proceeds in excess of 25% of the consolidated aggregate market value of our assets .
As of December 31, 2018 , we were in compliance with the financial covenants of our Senior Notes.
If a Limited Permitted Asset Sale occurs, we must make an offer to purchase our Senior Notes having a principal amount equal to the excess proceeds of such Limited Permitted Asset Sale at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount of our Senior Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
In addition, if a Change of Control (as defined in the indenture for the Senior Notes) occurs, holders of our Senior Notes have the right, at their option, to require us to purchase any or all of such holders’ Senior Notes at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount of our Senior Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest.
In addition, if an event of default or an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice or the lapse of time, would constitute an event of default under our Senior Notes has occurred and is continuing, or we are not in compliance with the covenant described under Limitation on Borrowings or Limitation on Minimum Tangible Net Worth described above, then none of the Company or any subsidiary will be permitted to declare or pay any dividends or return any capital to its equity holders (other than the Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) or authorize or make any other distribution, payment or delivery of property or cash to its equity holders (other than the Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), or redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for value, any interest of any class or series of its equity interests (or acquire any rights, options or warrants relating thereto but not including convertible debt) now or hereafter outstanding and held by persons other than the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary, or repay any subordinated loans to equity holders (other than the Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) or set aside any funds for any of the foregoing purposes.
In December 2016, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20.0 million of the outstanding Senior Notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions. The specific timing and amounts of the repurchases, which will be funded by available cash, will be in the sole discretion of management and vary based on market conditions and other factors. This authorization has no expiration date. As of December 31, 2018 , the full $20.0 million remained available for repurchase under this authorization.
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.
Not applicable
D. Trend Information
See “Item 4. Information on the Company - B. Business Overview - Industry and Market Conditions.”
E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of  December 31, 2018 , we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, however, we were committed to make charter-hire payments to a third party for a chartered-in vessel. That arrangement is accounted for as an operating lease. Please see “Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations” for our other contractual obligations and commitments.

68


F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
The following table sets forth our total contractual obligations at December 31, 2018 :
(in millions of U.S. dollars)
 
Less than
1 year
 
1 to 3
years
 
3 to 5
years
 
More
than 5
years
 
Total
Exhaust cleaning systems (1)
 
$
32.9

 
$
7.8

 
$

 
$

 
$
40.7

Time charter-in commitments (2)
 
2.8

 

 

 

 
2.8

Senior Notes (3)
 
73.6

 

 

 

 
73.6

Bank loans (4)
 
61.5

 
241.3

 
367.4

 
21.9

 
692.1

Interest payments (5)
 
40.6

 
58.6

 
29.8

 
1.7

 
130.7

Financing obligation (6)
 
8.0

 
16.1

 
53.5

 
12.8

 
90.4

Commercial management fee (7)
 
1.5

 

 

 

 
1.5

Technical management fee (8)
 
2.2

 

 

 

 
2.2

Total
 
$
223.1

 
$
323.8

 
$
450.7

 
$
36.4

 
$
1,034.0

(1)
Represents the unpaid installments as of December 31, 2018 relating to the purchase of exhaust gas cleaning systems.
(2)
Represents the amounts expected to be paid by us on the vessel that we have time chartered-in as of December 31, 2018 , assuming we redeliver the vessel to its owner on the earliest redelivery date.
(3)
Represents the repayment of our Senior Notes which mature in September 2019.
(4)
Represents the repayment of installments under the bank loans outstanding as of December 31, 2018 .
(5)
Represents the interest payments on outstanding balances of our Senior Notes at 7.50% per annum and bank loans at the interest rates in effect at December 31, 2018 .
(6)
Represents the monthly payments under bareboat charter agreements.
(7)
Represents the fixed component of the termination fees we would have to pay our commercial manager, SCM, of $300 per day for a notice period of three months’ and a payment equal to three months of management fees for each vessel that we own as of December 31, 2018 . Due to the variable nature of the commissions, they have been excluded from the above table.
(8)
Represents the termination fees we would have to pay our technical manager, SSM, of $0.2 million per vessel per year for a notice period of three months’ and a payment equal to three months of management fees for each vessel that we own as of December 31, 2018 .

ITEM 6.
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
A.
Directors and Senior Management
Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers. Our Board of Directors is elected annually on a staggered basis, and each director elected holds office for a three-year term or until their successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of their death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of their term of office. Our Class C directors will serve for a term expiring at the 2019 annual meeting of shareholders, our Class A directors will serve for a term expiring at the 2020 annual meeting, and our Class B directors will serve for a term expiring at the 2021 annual meeting. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our Board of Directors and hold office until a successor is elected. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers listed below is Scorpio Bulkers Inc., 9, Boulevard Charles III, MC 98000 Monaco.

69

Table of Contents

Name
 
Age
 
Position
Emanuele A. Lauro
 
40

 
Chairman, Class A Director and Chief Executive Officer
Robert Bugbee
 
58

 
Class B Director and President
Cameron Mackey
 
50

 
Chief Operating Officer
Filippo Lauro
 
42

 
Vice President
Hugh Baker
 
51

 
Chief Financial Officer
Fan Yang
 
30

 
Secretary
Einar Michael Steimler
 
70

 
Class B Director
Roberto Giorgi
 
68

 
Class A Director
Christian M. Gut
 
39

 
Class C Director
Thomas Ostrander
 
68

 
Class A Director
James B. Nish
 
60

 
Class C Director
Berit Ledel Henriksen
 
65

 
Class B Director
On December 4, 2018, Ms. Anoushka Kachelo resigned as Secretary of the Company and Ms. Fan Yang was appointed as Secretary of the Company.
On February 27, 2019, the Company increased the size of its Board of Directors from seven to eight members, and appointed Berit Ledel Henriksen to serve as a Class B Director, effective as of the same date. The Board of Directors has determined that Ms. Henriksen is an “independent director” as such term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the New York Exchange Listing Manual.
Biographical information concerning the directors and executive officers listed above is set forth below.
Emanuele A. Lauro,  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Emanuele A. Lauro, the Company’s co-founder, has served as our Chairman and Class A Director since April 2013 and as our Chief Executive Officer since July 1, 2013. Mr. Lauro has also served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Scorpio Tankers (NYSE: STNG) since its initial public offering in April 2010, and as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Nordic American Offshore Ltd. (NYSE: NAO) since December 2018. He also served as Director of the Standard Club from May 2013 to January 2019. Mr. Lauro joined Scorpio in 2003 and has continued to serve there in a senior management position since 2004. Under his leadership, Scorpio has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to become a leading operator and manager of more than 230 vessels in 2018. Over the course of the last several years, Mr. Lauro has founded and developed all of the Scorpio Pools in addition to several other ventures such as Scorpio Logistics, which owns and operates specialized assets engaged in the transshipment of dry cargo commodities and invests in coastal transportation and port infrastructure developments in Asia and Africa since 2007. Mr. Lauro has a degree in international business from the European Business School, London. Mr. Lauro is the brother of our Vice President, Mr. Filippo Lauro.
Robert Bugbee,  President and Director
Robert Bugbee, the Company’s co-founder, has served as our Class B Director since April 2013 and as our President since July 1, 2013. Mr. Bugbee has more than 34 years of experience in the shipping industry. Mr. Bugbee has also served as President and Director of Scorpio Tankers since its initial public offering in April 2010 and as President and a Director of Nordic American Offshore Ltd. since December 2018. He joined Scorpio in March 2009 and has continued to serve there in a senior management position. Prior to joining Scorpio, Mr. Bugbee was a partner at Ospraie Management LLP between 2007 and 2008, a company which advises and invests in commodities and basic industry. From 1995 to 2007, Mr. Bugbee was employed at OMI Corporation, or OMI, a NYSE-listed tanker company sold in 2007. While at OMI, Mr. Bugbee served as President from January 2002 until the sale of the company, and before that served as Executive Vice President since January 2001, Chief Operating Officer since March 2000 and Senior Vice President from August 1995 to June 1998. Mr. Bugbee joined OMI in February 1995. Prior to this, he was employed by Gotaas-Larsen Shipping Corporation since 1984. During this time he took a two year sabbatical from 1987 for the M.I.B. Program at the Norwegian School for Economics and Business Administration in Bergen. He has a B.A. (Honors) from London University.
Cameron Mackey,  Chief Operating Officer

70

Table of Contents

Cameron Mackey has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 2013. Mr. Mackey has also served as Chief Operating Officer of Scorpio Tankers since its initial public offering in April 2010 and as a Director since May 2013, and as Chief Operating Officer of Nordic American Offshore Ltd. since December 2018. He joined Scorpio in March 2009, where he continues to serve in a senior management position. Prior to joining Scorpio, he was an equity and commodity analyst at Ospraie Management LLC from 2007 to 2008. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President of OMI Marine Services LLC from 2004 to 2007, where he was also in Business Development from 2002 to 2004. He has been employed in the shipping industry since 1994 and, earlier in his career, was employed in unlicensed and licensed positions in the merchant navy, primarily on tankers in the international fleet of Mobil Oil Corporation, where he held the qualification of Master Mariner. He has an M.B.A. from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a B.S. from the Massachusetts Maritime Academy and a B.A. from Princeton University.
Filippo Lauro, Vice President
Filippo Lauro has served as an executive officer of the Company with the title of Vice President since June 2016. Mr.  Filippo Lauro has also served as Vice President of Scorpio Tankers since May 2015, and as Vice President of Nordic American Offshore Ltd. since December 2018. He joined Scorpio in 2010 and has continued to serve there in a senior management position. Prior to joining Scorpio, Mr. Filippo Lauro was the founder of and held senior executive roles in several private companies, primarily active in real estate, golf courses and resorts development. Mr. Filippo Lauro is the brother of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro.
Hugh Baker,  Chief Financial Officer
Hugh Baker has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2013. Since 2012, Mr. Baker has also been employed by Scorpio Tankers focusing on business development and finance. For three years before joining Scorpio, Mr. Baker was a Managing Director in the investment banking team at Evercore Partners in New York, concentrating on the shipping industry. Prior to Evercore, he was the Head of Shipping at HSH Nordbank in New York and was previously a Managing Director in the ship finance team at ING Bank in London. Prior to banking, Mr. Baker worked in commercial roles for Greek-owned shipping companies in London. Mr. Baker has a BA from the London School of Economics and a MSc in Shipping, Trade & Finance from Cass Business School. Mr. Baker is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers.
Fan Yang,  Secretary
Fan Yang has served as our Secretary since December 2018. Ms. Yang joined Scorpio in February 2018 and also serves as Secretary of Scorpio Tankers. Ms. Yang is admitted as a solicitor of the Supreme Court of England and Wales. Prior to joining Scorpio, Ms. Yang was in private practice in London at Travers Smith LLP and Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP, and led a law reform project at the Law Commission, an independent body that makes recommendations for the reform of the law of England and Wales to Parliament. She has a BA in Law from the University of Cambridge.
Roberto Giorgi,  Director
Roberto Giorgi has served as our Class A Director since the closing of our initial public offering in December 2013. Mr. Giorgi has also served as Chairman of Fraser Yachts since September 2014 and as a committee member of Skuld P&I Club since June 2013. From 2014 to 2015, he served as Honorary President and member of the Group Executive of V.Ships, the world’s largest ship management company. From 1988 to 2014, Mr. Giorgi has held various roles within V.Ships, including President of V.Ships Ship Management, Managing Director of V.Ships New York, head of V.Ships Leisure in the cruise sector, and head of V.Ship’s ship management operation from its Monaco office. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Giorgi also served as President of InterManager, the international trade association for third-party and in-house ship managers, whose members between them are responsible for approximately 3,700 ships and more than 200,000 crew members. Prior to joining the V.Ships Group, he attended the San Giorgio Nautical College in Genoa (1964 - 1969) and sailed from Deck Cadet to First Officer with Navigazione Alta Italia, Italian line and Sitmar Cruises. Before joining the merchant marine, he spent one year (1970/71) in the Naval Academy of Leghorn and sailed with the Italian Navy as Lieutenant.
Einar Michael Steimler,  Director
Einar Michael Steimler has served as our Class B Director since the closing of our initial public offering in December 2013 and is our lead independent director. Mr. Steimler has also served as a director of DHT Holdings Inc. (NYSE:DHT), where he is also a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees, and the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Steimler has over 46 years of experience in the shipping industry. In 2000, he was instrumental in the formation of Tanker (UK) Agencies, the commercial agent to Tankers International. He served as its Chief Executive Officer until the end of 2007,

71

Table of Contents

and subsequently as its Chairman until 2011. From 1998 to 2010, Mr. Steimler served as a Director of Euronav NV (EURN:EN Brussels). He has been involved in both sale and purchase and chartering brokerage in the tanker, gas and chemical sectors and was a founder of Stemoco, a Norwegian ship brokerage firm. He graduated from the Norwegian School of Business Management in 1973 with a degree in Economics.
Christian M. Gut,  Director
Christian M. Gut has served as our Class C Director since the closing of our initial public offering in December 2013. Mr. Gut is the founder and manager of P2P Lending Fund, a Luxembourg based fund (SICAV-RAIF) launched in 2018 focused on marketplace consumer lending. He has over 15 years of experience in the consulting industry in the Asia Pacific region. Mr. Gut started his professional career at ThyssenKrupp Technologies AG (as it then was) in Essen, Germany in 2002. He later joined Singapore based EABC Pte Ltd., or EABC, in 2003 where he served as Director from 2006 to 2018. EABC’s services comprise market intelligence and strategy, sales promotion and support to project management in selected Asia Pacific countries, principally Australia. Furthermore, Mr. Gut co-founded and was a past manager of the Stellar Energy Fund, launched in Singapore in 2006, which invested in energy focused private companies to finance projects and expansion plans in Asia, Middle East and Europe in the following industries: oil trading and bunkering, gas E&P, solar, geothermal and power generating heat plants. Mr. Gut has a Bachelor’s degree in international business from the European Business School in London.
Thomas Ostrander, Director
Thomas Ostrander has served as our Class A director since January 2016. From 2013 to 2015, Mr. Ostrander served as Chief Financial Officer of U.S. Alliance Paper Inc., a privately held business involved in consumer tissue converting and marketing in the eastern half of the United States. From 2011 to 2013, he served as a Managing Director at GCA Savvian, a global investment bank. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Ostrander served as a Managing Director and Sector Head in the Industrial Group at Banc of America Securities. From 1989 to 2006, he held various roles within Citigroup (legacy Salomon Brothers), where he was most recently Chairman of the Global Industrial Group for North America. Prior to that, he was Head of the Global Industrial Group for North America and Co-Head of the Global group. From 1976 to 1989, he served in various roles, including as a Managing Director, and he was a member of the Board of Directors of New York based Kidder Peabody & Co., where he also was Co-Founder and Co-Head of Equity Capital Markets. Furthermore, Mr. Ostrander was a Director of Westmoreland Coal Company for over 12 years, where he served as Chairman of the Corporate Governance Committee and was a member of the Audit, Compensation and Benefits, Finance and Nominating Committees. Mr. Ostrander has an MBA from Harvard Business School and an AB from the University of Michigan in Economics and Accounting.
James B. Nish, Director
James B. Nish has served as our Class C director since January 2016. Mr. Nish has over 30 years of experience in investment banking, serving clients across a variety of international industrial markets. Since 2015, he has served as a Board member and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. (NASDAQ: ROCK), a manufacturer and distributor of products for building markets, and was also appointed as Chairman of its Capital Structure and Asset Management Committee in 2018. Mr. Nish has also served as a Board member of the CSG Group since 2014, a private company that provides security alarm monitoring and related home automation services to subscribers in the United States. From 2008 to 2012, he was Group Head of Middle Corporate Investment Banking at J.P. Morgan. From 1986 to 2008, Mr. Nish served as Co-Chairman of the Investment Banking Commitment Committee and Group Head of the General Industries Group of Bear Stearns & Co. Inc., where he organized and managed investment banking coverage of a diversified group of industrial companies.  Mr. Nish is a Certified Public Accountant and Adjunct Professor in both the Undergraduate Business School and MBA Programs at Baruch College, Zicklin School of Business in New York and at Pace University, Lubin School of Business in New York, where he teaches a number of courses in both the Accounting and Finance departments. Mr. Nish has an MBA from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a BS from the State University of New York at Buffalo in Accounting and Business.
Berit Ledel Henriksen, Director

72

Table of Contents

Berit Ledel Henriksen has served as our Class B Director since February 2019. Ms. Henriksen has extensive experience from the banking and finance industries. She serves as a director of Ferd Holding AS, a Norwegian investment company that manages a broad portfolio of privately owned and Nordic listed companies. Furthermore, Ms. Henriksen serves on the board of directors of three privately held companies in Norway and Canada, and on the Nomination Committees of Equinor ASA and Norsk Hydro ASA, two Norwegian listed companies. She is also a member of Norsk Hydro ASA’s Corporate Assembly. From 1985 to 2017, Ms. Henriksen held a range of management positions at DNB, Norway's largest financial services group, where she focused on shipping, energy and other international industries. Ms. Henriksen most recently served as DNB’s Executive Vice President and Global Head of Energy, and was Head of DNB Americas in New York between 1998 and 2004. She also previously held various other bank related board positions. Ms. Henriksen has an MBA from the Ivey Business School at the University of Western Ontario, and a BSc from the Dalhousie University in Halifax, Canada.
B.
Compensation
Each of our non-employee directors receive cash compensation in the aggregate amount of $60,000 annually, plus either (i) an additional fee of $10,000 per year for each committee on which a director serves or (ii) an additional fee of $20,000 per year for each committee for which a director serves as Chairman. In addition, our lead independent director receives an additional fee of $20,000 per year. All actual expenses incurred while acting in their capacity as a director are reimbursed. For each board or committee meeting the non-employee director attends, the director receives $2,000. There are no material post-employment benefits for our executive officers or directors.  By law, our employees in Monaco are entitled to a one-time payment of up to two months salary upon retirement if they meet certain minimum service requirements. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we paid an aggregate compensation to our directors and senior management of approximately $6.3 million.
Executive Officers
We have employment agreements with the majority of our executive officers. These employment agreements remain in effect until terminated in accordance with their terms upon no less than 24 months’ prior written notice. Pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements, our executive officers are prohibited from disclosing or unlawfully using any of our material confidential information.
Upon a change in control of us, the annual bonus provided under the employment agreement becomes a fixed bonus of between 150% and 250% of the executive’s base salary, depending on the terms of the employment agreement applicable to each executive.
Any such executive may be entitled to receive upon termination an assurance bonus equal to such fixed bonus and an immediate lump-sum payment in an amount equal to up to three times the sum of the executive’s then current base salary and the assurance bonus. If an executive’s employment is terminated for cause or voluntarily by the employee, he shall not be entitled to any salary, benefits or reimbursements beyond those accrued through the date of his termination, unless he voluntarily terminated his employment in connection with certain conditions. Those conditions include a change in control combined with a significant geographic relocation of his office, a material diminution of his duties and responsibilities, and other conditions identified in the employment agreement.
We believe that it is important to align the interests of our directors and management with that of our shareholders. In this regard, we have determined that it will generally be beneficial to us and to our shareholders for our directors and management to have a stake in our long-term performance. We expect to have a meaningful component of our compensation package for our directors and management consist of equity interests in us in order to provide them on an on-going basis with a meaningful percentage of ownership in us.
Equity Incentive Plan
Our Board of Directors has adopted an equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the Equity Incentive Plan, under which directors, officers and employees of us and our subsidiaries, as well as employees of affiliated companies are eligible to receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common shares. As of December 31, 2018 , we had reserved a total of 5,931,962 common shares, for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in the Equity Incentive Plan. Our Equity Incentive Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee.
Under the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date

73

Table of Contents

of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.
The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator.
Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the Equity Incentive Plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.
Our Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Equity Incentive Plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of Equity Incentive Plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our Board of Directors, the Equity Incentive Plan will expire ten years from the date the Equity Incentive Plan is adopted.
On September 28, 2018, we granted 1,189,350 restricted shares with an aggregate fair value of $8.6 million to our officers, employees and members of our Board of Directors pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan. Of these restricted shares, 150,000 restricted shares vest in three equal annual installments beginning June 10, 2019 and 1,039,350 restricted shares vest in three equal annual installments beginning on June 10, 2020.
On February 2, 2018, we granted 646,182 restricted shares with an aggregate fair value of $4.8 million to our officers, employees, members of our Board of Directors and SSH employees pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan. These awards will vest in three equal annual installments beginning on December 9, 2019.
On June 1, 2017, we granted 150,000 restricted shares with an aggregate fair value of $0.9 million to our independent directors pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan. These awards will vest in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.
On July 28, 2016, we granted 2,582,000 restricted shares to our officers, employees, members of our Board of Directors and SSH employees pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan. Of these restricted shares, 150,000 restricted shares vest in three equal annual installments beginning June 5, 2017 and 2,432,000 restricted shares vest in three equal annual installments beginning on June 5, 2018. The aggregate fair value of these awards is $8.4 million.
Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards. Please see Note 10, Equity Incentive Plan, to our Consolidated Financial Statements included herein for additional information.
C.
Board Practices
Our Board of Directors currently consists of eight directors, six of whom have been determined by our Board of Directors to be independent under the rules of the NYSE and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Mr. Steimler is our lead independent director. Our Board of Directors has an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Compensation Committee. Our Audit Committee is comprised of Messrs. Ostrander, Nish and Giorgi. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and our Compensation Committee are comprised of Messrs. Steimler, Giorgi and Gut. The Audit Committee, which operates under a charter, among other things, reviews our external financial reporting, engages our external auditors and oversees our internal audit activities, procedures and the adequacy of our internal controls. In addition, provided that no member of the Audit Committee has a material interest in such transaction, the Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing transactions that we may enter into in the future with other members of Scorpio that our Board of Directors believes may present potential conflicts of interests between us and Scorpio. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board of Directors nominees for director and directors for appointment to board committees and advising the board with regard to corporate governance practices. Our shareholders may also nominate directors in accordance with procedures set forth in our bylaws. The Compensation Committee oversees our equity incentive plan and recommends director and senior employee compensation.
D.
Employees
For the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 , and 2016 we had six, six, and three full time equivalents (excluding our executive officers), respectively.

74

Table of Contents

Our executive officers are employed by us and our support staff is provided by SSH pursuant to the Amended Administrative Services Agreement. Our technical manager, SSM, is responsible for identifying, screening and recruiting, directly or through a crewing agent, the officers and all other crew members for our vessels that are employed by our vessel-owning subsidiaries.
E.
Share ownership
The common shares beneficially owned by our directors and our executive officers are disclosed in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders.”

ITEM 7.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS.
A.
Major shareholders.
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common shares for (i) owners of more than five percent of our common shares and (ii) our directors and executive officers, of which we are aware as of March 15, 2019. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed in the table below, are entitled to one vote for each share of our common stock held.
Name
 
No. of Shares
 
 
% Owned (1)
Scorpio Holdings Limited
 
13,977,513

(2
)
 
19.6
%
GRM Investments Ltd.
 
12,839,328

(3
)
 
18.0
%
Evermore Global Advisors, LLC *
 
6,248,277

(4
)
 
8.8
%
Raging Capital Management LLC
 
3,538,399

(5
)
 
5.0
%
Directors and executive officers as a group
 
4,122,353

 
 
5.8
%
____________________
(1)
Calculated based on 71,217,258 common shares outstanding as of March 15, 2019.
(2)
This information is derived from a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on February 22, 2019 by Scorpio Holdings Limited, Scorpio Services Holding Limited, Scorpio Assets Holding Limited, Scorpio Assets SALT Limited, and Ms. Annalisa Lolli-Ghetti. Ms. Annalisa Lolli-Ghetti may be deemed to be the ultimate beneficial owner of these shares by virtue of being the majority shareholder of Scorpio Holdings Limited. Emanuele Lauro, our Director and Chief Executive Officer, Robert Bugbee, our Director and President, and Cameron Mackey, our Chief Operating Officer, own 10%, 10% and 7% of Scorpio Holdings Limited, respectively.
(3)
This information is derived from Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on July 25, 2017.
(4)
This information is derived from Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 11, 2019.
(5)
This information is derived from Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2018.
* Includes common shares held by funds managed thereby.
As of March 15, 2019, we had 64 shareholders of record, 15 of which were located in the United States and held an aggregate of 67,619,958 shares of our common stock, representing 94.9% of our outstanding common shares. However, one of the U.S. shareholders of record is Cede & Co., a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, which held 65,545,567 shares of our common stock, as of that date. Accordingly, we believe that the shares held by Cede & Co. include common shares beneficially owned by both holders in the United States and non-U.S. beneficial owners. We are not aware of any arrangements the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in our change of control.

75

Table of Contents

B.
Related Party Transactions
Management of Our Fleet
Commercial and Technical Management Agreements - Revised Master Agreement
Our vessels are commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM pursuant to the Revised Master Agreement, which may be terminated by either party upon 24 months’ notice, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of the Revised Master Agreement. In the event of the sale of one or more vessels, a notice period of three months’ and a payment equal to three months of management fees will apply, provided that the termination does not amount to a change of control, including a sale of substantially all vessels, in which case a payment equal to 24 months of management fees will apply. SCM and SSM are companies affiliated with us. The vessel we charter-in is also commercially managed by SCM. We expect that additional vessels that we may charter-in or acquire in the future will also be managed under the Revised Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.
SCM’s services include securing employment for our vessels in the spot market and on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Pools in which our vessels are employed. For commercial management of any of our vessels that does not operate in one of these pools, we pay SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Scorpio Pool participants, including us and third-party owners of similar vessels, are each expected to pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture.
SSM’s services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards. We pay SSM an annual fee of $160,000 plus charges for certain itemized services per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our owned vessels. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, previously provided us with construction supervisory services while our vessels were being constructed in shipyards. For these services, we compensated SSM for its direct expenses, which varied between $200,000 and $500,000 per vessel.
Amended Administrative Services Agreement
In 2016, we entered into the Amended Administrative Services Agreement with SSH for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a company affiliated with us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within Scorpio. Pursuant to the Amended Administrative Services Agreement, we reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above.
SSH also arranges vessel sales and purchases for us. We previously paid SSH a fee, payable in our common shares, for arranging vessel acquisitions, including newbuildings. The amount of common shares payable was determined by dividing $250,000 by the market value of our common shares based on the volume weighted average price of our common shares over the 30 trading day period immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to acquire any vessel. As of the date of this annual report, we issued an aggregate of 180,716 common shares to SSH in connection with the deliveries of newbuilding vessels. Effective September 29, 2016, pursuant to the terms of the Amended Administrative Services Agreement, we agreed with SSH to eliminate this fee on all future acquisitions.
SSH has agreed with us not to own any drybulk carriers greater than 30,000 dwt for so long as the Amended Administrative Services Agreement is in full force and effect. This agreement may be terminated by SSH upon 12 months’ prior written notice or by us with 24 months’ notice.
The fees and rates charged as vessel operating costs by the related party port agent are based on the prevailing market rates for such services in each respective region.
Other Related Party Transactions
In 2016, an Executive Officer of the Company acquired a minority interest, which in 2018 increased to a majority interest, in an insurance broker which arranges hull and machinery and war risk insurance for certain of our owned and finance leased vessels. This broker has arranged such policies for the Company since 2013 and the extent of the coverage and the manner in which the policies are priced did not change as a result of this transaction. In September 2018 the Executive Officer disposed of their interest in the insurance broker in its entirety to a third party not affiliated with the Company. The amounts recorded reflect the amortization of the policy premiums, which are paid directly to the broker, who then remits the premiums to the underwriters. Such payments, which are made in advance, are classified as prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance

76

Table of Contents

Sheet until they are expensed at which point they are recorded as vessel operating expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
On October 12, 2018, we invested $100.0 million in Scorpio Tankers, a related party of ours, for approximately 54.1 million shares of Scorpio Tankers, representing approximately 10.9% of Scorpio Tankers’ then issued and outstanding common shares. The investment was part of a larger $337.0 million equity raise through a public offering of common shares by Scorpio Tankers. Scorpio Tankers owns and operates a fleet of tankers transporting petroleum products.  Certain of our directors and executive officers serve in similar positions in Scorpio Tankers and in other entities within Scorpio. On January 18, 2019, Scorpio Tankers effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split and as such we now own approximately 5.4 million common shares of Scorpio Tankers.
Please see Note 15, Related Party Transactions , to our consolidated financial statements for additional information about our related party transactions.
Related Party Balances
For the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , we had the following balances with entities controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family and with Scorpio Tankers (herein referred to as “related parties”), which have been included in the consolidated statement of operations (amounts in thousands):
 
For the year ended December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Vessel revenue
 
 
 
 
 
Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool
$
87,305

 
$
67,825

 
$
31,319

Scorpio Ultramax Pool
155,197

 
94,380

 
46,227

SCM

 

 
856

Total vessel revenue
$
242,502

 
$
162,205

 
$
78,402

Voyage expense
 
 
 
 
 
SCM
$

 
$
172

 
$
319

Vessel operating cost
 
 
 
 
 
SSM
$
13,361

 
$
9,379

 
$
7,191

Port agent
117

 
13

 

Insurance brokerage
1,721

 

 

Total vessel operating cost
$
15,199

 
$
9,392

 
$
7,191

General and administrative expense:
 
 
 
 
 
SCM
$
45

 
$
108

 
$
43

SSM
99

 

 

SSH
6,707

 
5,643

 
3,949

Scorpio UK Limited
1,665

 
971

 
862

Total general and administrative expense
$
8,516

 
$
6,722

 
$
4,854

Income (loss) from equity investment
 
 
 
 
 
Scorpio Tankers Inc.
$
(7,178
)
 
$

 
$

Write down on assets held for sale
 
 
 
 
 
SCM  
$

 
$
147

 
$
500

SSM

 
200

 
500

Total write down on assets held for sale
$

 
$
347

 
$
1,000


77

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2018 and 2017 , we had the following balances with related parties, which have been included in the consolidated balance sheets (amounts in thousands):
 
As of December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
Assets
 
 
 
Due from related parties-current:
 
 
 
Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool
$
4,017

 
$
3,977

Scorpio Ultramax Pool
3,321

 
2,578

Total due from related parties-current
$
7,338

 
$
6,555

Due from related parties non-current:
 
 
 
Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool
$
4,806

 
$
5,080

Scorpio Ultramax Pool
10,542

 
10,741

Total due from related parties non-current
$
15,348

 
$
15,821

Equity investment in Scorpio Tankers Inc.
$
92,281

 
$

Liabilities
 
 
 
Due to related parties-current:
 
 
 
SCM
$
8

 
$

SSM
116

 
69

SSH
357

 
297

Total due from related parties-current
$
481

 
$
366

Please see “Item 3. Key Information - D. Risk Factors - Risks Related to our Relationship with Scorpio and its Affiliates”.
Related Party Share Issuances
On June 20, 2016, we issued 23.0 million common shares, par value $0.01 per share, at $3.05 per share in an underwritten public offering. SSH purchased an aggregate of approximately 5.3 million common shares at the public offering price.
On March 22, 2016, we issued 21.0 million common shares, par value $0.01 per share, at $3.00 per share in an underwritten public offering. SSH and certain of our directors purchased an aggregate of approximately 5.0 million common shares at the public offering price.
For information on additional share issuances under the Equity Incentive Plan see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees - B. Equity Incentive Plan.”
C.
INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
Not applicable.
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A.
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

78

Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings
To our knowledge, we are not currently a party to any lawsuit that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. As such, we do not believe that pending legal proceedings, taken as a whole, should have any significant impact on our financial statements. From time to time in the future we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. While we expect that these claims would be covered by our existing insurance policies, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We have not been involved in any legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
Dividend Policy
The declaration and payment of dividends is subject at all times to the discretion of our Board of Directors. The timing and amount of dividends, if any, depends on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, fleet renewal and expansion, restrictions in our loan agreements, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends and other factors.
We are a holding company with no material assets other than the equity interests in our wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay dividends, if any, depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. Our credit facilities have restrictions on our ability, and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries, to pay dividends in the event of a default or breach of covenants under the credit facility agreement. Under such circumstances, we or our subsidiaries may not be able to pay dividends so long as we are in default or have breached certain covenants of the credit facility without our lender’s consent or waiver of the default or breach. In addition, Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends (i) other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or (ii) when a company is insolvent or (iii) if the payment of the dividend would render the company insolvent.
In addition, we may incur expenses or liabilities, including extraordinary expenses, decreases in revenues, including as a result of unanticipated off-hire days or loss of a vessel, or increased cash needs that could reduce or eliminate the amount of cash that we have available for distribution as dividends.
During 2018, our Board of Directors declared and we paid a quarterly cash dividends of $0.02 per share totaling approximately $6.0 million in the aggregate. In January 2019, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.02 per share, payable on or about March 15, 2019, to all shareholders of record as of February 15, 2019. Please see “Item 10. Additional Information - E. Taxation” for additional information relating to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of our dividend payments, if any are declared in the future.
B.
Significant Changes.
There have been no significant changes since the date of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

79


ITEM 9.
OFFER AND THE LISTING
A.
Offer and Listing Details.
Please see “Item 9. Offer and the Listing - C. Markets”
B.
Plan of Distribution
Not applicable
C.
Markets
Our common shares have traded on the NYSE since December 12, 2013, under the symbol “SALT,” and our Senior Notes have traded on the NYSE since September 29, 2014 under the symbol “SLTB.” During the period from July 3, 2013 through July 31, 2014, our common shares minimally traded on the Norwegian OTC under the symbol “SALT.”
D.
Selling Shareholders
Not applicable.
E.
Dilution
Not applicable.
F.
Expenses of the Issue
Not applicable.
ITEM 10.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A.
Share capital.
Not applicable.
B.
Memorandum and Articles of Association.
Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and bylaws have been filed as Exhibit 3.1 and Exhibit 3.2, respectively, to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-192246), declared effective by the SEC on December 11, 2013, and are hereby incorporated by reference into this annual report. In December 2015, upon receiving shareholder approval, we amended our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to effect a one-for-twelve reverse stock split of our common shares, par value $0.01 per share, and to reduce the total number of authorized common shares to 56,250,000 shares. In June 2016, upon receiving shareholder approval, we amended our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to increase the aggregate number of shares of capital stock that we are authorized to issue to One Hundred and Sixty-Two Million Five Hundred Thousand (162,500,000), consisting of One Hundred and Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand (112,500,000) common shares, par value $0.01 per share, and Fifty Million (50,000,000) preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share. In June 2018, upon receiving shareholder approval, we amended our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to increase the aggregate number of shares of capital stock that we are authorized to issue to Two Hundred and Sixty-Two Million Five Hundred Thousand (262,500,000), consisting of Two Hundred and Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand (212,500,000) common shares, par value $0.01 per share, and Fifty Million (50,000,000) preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share. These amendments to our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation are filed as exhibits to this annual report.
Information regarding the rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of our shares is described in the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock” in the accompanying prospectus to our Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-222013) declared effective by the SEC on December 27, 2017, provided that since the date of such Registration Statement, our authorized capital stock includes 212.5 million common shares, of which 71.2 million were issued and outstanding as of March 15, 2019.
C.
Material contracts.

80

Table of Contents

Attached as exhibits to this annual report are the contracts we consider to be both material and outside the ordinary course of business during the two-year period immediately preceding the date of this annual report. We refer you to “Item 4. Information on the Company”, “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - B. Liquidity and Capital Resources”, “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation” and “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” for a discussion of these agreements.
Other than as set forth above, there were no material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we were a party during the two-year period immediately preceding the date of this annual report.
D.
Exchange controls.
Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.
E.
Taxation  
The following is a discussion of the material Marshall Islands and U.S. federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition by a U.S. Holder and a Non-U.S. Holder, each as defined below, with respect to our common shares. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning common shares to all categories of investors, some of which, such as dealers in securities or commodities, financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, U.S. expatriates, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax, persons who hold common shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or integrated investment, U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the United States dollar, persons required to recognize income no later than when such income is included on an “applicable financial statement” and investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our common shares, may be subject to special rules. This discussion deals only with holders who hold our common shares as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under U.S. federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of our common shares.
Marshall Islands Tax Considerations
In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, the following are the material Marshall Islands tax consequences of our activities to us and of our common shares to our shareholders. We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by us to our shareholders.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, our U.S. counsel, the following are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of our activities to us, and of the ownership of our common shares to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, each as defined below. The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax matters is based on the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Regulations, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
U.S. Federal Income Taxation of Operating Income: In General
We anticipate that we will earn substantially all our income from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a spot or time charter basis, from participation in a pool or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, all of which we refer to as “shipping income.”
Unless we qualify from an exemption from U.S. federal income taxation under Section 883 of the Code, or Section 883, as discussed below, a foreign corporation will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation on its “shipping income” that is treated as derived from sources within the United States, to which we refer as “U.S. source shipping income.” For U.S. federal income tax purposes, “U.S. source shipping income” includes 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.
Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources entirely outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax.

81

Table of Contents

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between U.S. ports is considered to be 100% derived from U.S. sources. However, we are not permitted by U.S. law to engage in the transportation that produces 100% U.S. source shipping income.
In the absence of exemption from tax under Section 883, we anticipate that our gross U.S. source shipping income would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax imposed without allowance for deductions, as described below.
Exemption of Operating Income from U.S. Federal Income Taxation
Under Section 883 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, a foreign corporation will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation of its U.S. source shipping income if:
(1) it is organized in a “qualified foreign country,” which is one that grants an “equivalent exemption” from tax to corporations organized in the U.S. in respect of each category of shipping income for which exemption is being claimed under Section 883; and
(2) one of the following tests is met: (A) more than 50% of the value of its shares is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by “qualified shareholders,” which as defined includes individuals who are “residents” of a qualified foreign country, to which we refer as the “50% Ownership Test”; or (B) its shares are “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in a qualified foreign country or in the United States, to which we refer as the “Publicly-Traded Test.”
The Republic of the Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction where we are incorporated, has been officially recognized by the IRS as a qualified foreign country that grants the requisite “equivalent exemption” from tax in respect of each category of shipping income we earn and currently expect to earn in the future. Therefore, we will be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation with respect to our U.S. source shipping income if we satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test.
Given the widely held nature of our common shares, we do not currently anticipate circumstances under which we would be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test.
Publicly-Traded Test
The Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 883 provide, in pertinent part, that shares of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. Our common shares, which constitute our sole class of issued and outstanding stock, are “primarily traded” on the NYSE, which is an established market for these purposes.
Under the Treasury Regulations, our common shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of our shares representing more than 50% of our outstanding stock, by both total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, are listed on such market, to which we refer as the “listing threshold.” Our common shares, which constitutes our sole class of issued and outstanding stock, are listed on the NYSE. Accordingly, we will satisfy the listing threshold.
The Treasury Regulations also require that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold, (1) such class of stock is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one-sixth of the days in a short taxable year, which we refer to as the “trading frequency test”; and (2) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market during the taxable year must be at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year, which we refer to as the “trading volume” test. Even if this were not the case, the Treasury Regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied if, as is expected to be the case with our common shares, such class of stock is traded on an established securities market in the United States and such shares are regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such shares.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of shares will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of outstanding stock, to which we refer as the “5% Override Rule.”
For purposes of being able to determine the persons who actually or constructively own 5% or more of the vote and value of our common shares, or “5% Shareholders,” the Treasury Regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on

82

Table of Contents

Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the SEC, as owning 5% or more of our common shares. The Treasury Regulations further provide that an investment company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.
In the event the 5% Override Rule is triggered, the Treasury Regulations provide that the 5% Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if we can establish that within the group of 5% Shareholders, qualified shareholders (as defined for purposes of Section 883) own sufficient number of shares to preclude non-qualified shareholders in such group from owning 50% or more of our common shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.
We believe that we satisfied the Publicly-Traded Test for the 2018 taxable year and were not subject to the 5% Override Rule, and we intend to take that position on our 2018 U.S. federal income tax returns.
Taxation in Absence of Section 883 Exemption
If the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable, our U.S. source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, or the “4% gross basis tax regime,” to the extent that such income is not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below. Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income would be treated as being U.S. source shipping income, the maximum effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on our shipping income would never exceed 2% (i.e., 50% of 4% gross basis tax regime).
To the extent our U.S. source shipping income is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” U.S. source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to U.S. federal income tax, currently imposed at a rate of up to 21%. In addition, we would generally be subject to the 30% “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.
Our U.S. source shipping income would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if:
(1)
we have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S. source shipping income; and
(2)
substantially all of our U.S. source shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.
We do not intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, it is anticipated that none of our U.S. source shipping income will be treated as “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, which we refer to as ECI.
U.S. Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels
Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.
U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders
As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a holder that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of common shares and is an individual U.S. citizen or resident, a U.S. corporation or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

83

Table of Contents

If a partnership holds the common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding the common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.
Distributions
Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our common shares and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations generally will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common shares will generally be treated as foreign source dividend income and will generally constitute “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.
Dividends paid on our common shares to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such U.S. Holders at preferential tax rates provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE); (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (as discussed in detail below); (3) the non-corporate U.S. Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend; and (4) certain other conditions are met.
There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common shares will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of such non-corporate U.S. Holders. Any dividends paid by us which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a non-corporate U.S. Holder.
Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend” generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in a common share-paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
Assuming we do not constitute a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences
Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds shares in a foreign corporation classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” or a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder holds our common shares, either
(1)
at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), which we refer to as the income test; or
(2)
at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income, which we refer to as the asset test.
For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, cash will be treated as an asset which is held for the production of passive income. In addition, we will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute “passive income” unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

84

Table of Contents

For our 2018 taxable year and subsequent taxable years, whether we will be treated as a PFIC will depend upon the nature and extent of our operations. In making the determination as to whether we are a PFIC, we intend to treat the gross income that we derive or that we are deemed to derive from the spot chartering and time chartering activities of us or any of our subsidiaries as services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that we or our wholly owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. We believe that there is substantial legal authority supporting our position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. In the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.
As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which election we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, as discussed below. If we were treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will generally be required to file IRS Form 8621 with respect to its ownership of our common shares, and may be subject to additional U.S. tax or information reporting obligations in connection with the acquisition, holding or disposition of our common shares.
Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election
If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF election, which U.S. Holder we refer to as an “Electing Holder,” the Electing Holder must report for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each of our taxable years during which we are a PFIC that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. No portion of any such inclusions of ordinary earnings will be treated as “qualified dividend income.” Net capital gain inclusions of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for preferential capital gains tax rates. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect any income included under the QEF election. Distributions of previously taxed income will not be subject to tax upon distribution but will decrease the Electing Holder’s tax basis in the common shares. An Electing Holder would not, however, be entitled to a deduction for its pro rata share of any losses that we incur with respect to any taxable year. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. A U.S. Holder would make a timely QEF election for our common shares by filing IRS Form 8621 with his U.S. federal income tax return for the first year in which he held such shares when we were a PFIC. If we determine that we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we intend to provide each U.S. Holder with information necessary for the U.S. Holder to make the QEF election described above. If we were treated as a PFIC for our 2018 taxable year, we anticipate that, based on our current projections, we would not have a significant amount of taxable income or gain that would be required to be taken into account by U.S. Holders making a QEF election effective for such taxable year.
Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election
If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate will be the case, our shares are treated as “marketable stock,” a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury Regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares. The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount recognized. Any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the U.S. Holder.

85

Table of Contents

Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election
If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, which we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. Under these special rules:
(1)
the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common shares;
(2)
the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income and would not be “qualified dividend income”; and
(3)
the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.
U.S. Federal Income Taxation of “Non-U.S. Holders”
As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common shares (other than a partnership) and who is not a U.S. Holder.
If a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax adviser.
Dividends on Common Shares
A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common shares, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. In general, if the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of an applicable U.S. income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, unless:
(1)
the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States; in general, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an applicable U.S. income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States; or
(2)
the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and who also meets other conditions.
Income or Gains Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business
If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dividends on the common shares and gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the shares, that are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business (and, if required by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders. In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, its earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, which are subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional U.S. federal branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty.

86

Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, and the payment of gross proceeds on a sale or other disposition of our common shares, made within the United States to a non-corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to information reporting. Such payments or distributions may also be subject to backup withholding if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:
(1)
fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
(2)
is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns; or
(3)
in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.
Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding with respect to dividend payments or other taxable distributions on our common shares by certifying their status on an applicable IRS Form W-8. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies that it is a non-U.S. person, under penalties of perjury, or it otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has some other contacts with the United States. Such information reporting requirements will not apply, however, if the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a refund may generally be obtained of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed the taxpayer’s U.S. federal income tax liability by filing a timely refund claim with the IRS.
Individuals who are U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. entities) who hold “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations). Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our common shares, unless the common shares are held in an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations in respect of our common shares.
F.
Dividends and paying agents.
Not applicable.
G.
Statement by experts.
Not applicable.
H.
Documents on display.
We file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this annual report and the accompanying exhibits are available from http://www.sec.gov .
Shareholders may also request a copy of our filings at no cost, by writing to us at the following address: 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco, 98000 or telephoning us at + 377 9798 5715.
I.
Subsidiary Information
Not applicable.

87

Table of Contents


ITEM 11.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our unhedged variable-rate borrowings. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our operating margins, results of operations and our ability to service our debt. As of December 31, 2018, we have variable-rate borrowings totaling $841.0 million . A one percent increase in LIBOR rates would increase our interest payments by approximately $8.4 million per year from January 1, 2019. We entered into interest rate cap agreements, in which we receive payments if floating rates rise above a specified cap rate, to help mitigate the interest rate volatility associated with the variable rate interest on the amounts outstanding. Please see Note 12, Derivatives , to our Consolidated Financial Statements included herein for additional information.
Spot Market Rate Risk
The cyclical nature of the drybulk industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue that we earn from our vessels, particularly those vessels that operate in the spot market or participate in pools that are concentrated in the spot market such as the Scorpio Pools. Our owned and chartered-in vessels operated for 20,429 days in the spot market or in the Scorpio Pools during 2018. Additionally, we have the ability to remove our vessels from the pools on relatively short notice if attractive time charter opportunities arise. A $1,000 per day increase or decrease in spot rates for our operating fleet of 57 vessels would increase or decrease our operating income by $20.4 million on an annual basis.
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues and the majority of our operating expenses will be in U.S. dollars. However, we will incur some of our combined expenses in other currencies, particularly the Euro. The amount and frequency of some of these expenses (such as vessel repairs, supplies and stores) may fluctuate from period to period. Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies will increase the U.S. dollar cost of us paying such expenses. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations.
There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. We have not entered into any hedging contracts to protect against currency fluctuations. However, we have some ability to shift the purchase of goods and services from one country to another and, thus, from one currency to another, on relatively short notice. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future.
ITEM 12.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 13.
DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
None.
ITEM 14.
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
None.
ITEM 15.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
A.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures

88

Table of Contents

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Our controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives.
We carried out an evaluation under the supervision, and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15e under the Securities Act) as of December 31, 2018 . Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2018 to provide reasonable assurance that (1) information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.
B.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
In accordance with Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act, the management of the Company is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of adequate internal controls over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Management has performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on the provisions of Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission or COSO in 2013. Based on our assessment, management determined that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2018 based on the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO (2013).
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting, at December 31, 2018 , has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements for that year, which are filed as a part of this annual report. PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
C. Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm.
The attestation report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit is presented on page F-2 of the Financial Statements filed as part of this annual report.
D.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
None

ITEM 16A.
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. James B. Nish, who serves on the Audit Committee, qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” and that he is “independent” under the rules of the NYSE and the rules and regulations of the SEC.


89

Table of Contents

ITEM 16B.
CODE OF ETHICS
We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, directors, officers and agents. A copy of our Code of Conduct and Ethics, as in effect on the date hereof, has been filed as an exhibit to this annual report.
Shareholders may also request a copy of our Code of Conduct and Ethics at no cost, by writing to us at 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco, 98000 or telephoning us at + 377 9798 5715.

ITEM 16C.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
A.
Audit Fees
Our principal accountant for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, and the audit fees for those periods were approximately $349,000 and $417,000 respectively.
B.
Audit-Related Fees
None.
C.
Tax Fees
None.
D.
All Other Fees
None.
E.
Audit Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
Our Audit Committee pre-approves all audit, audit-related and non-audit services not prohibited by law to be performed by our independent auditors and associated fees prior to the engagement of the independent auditor with respect to such services.
F.
Audit Work Performed by Other Than Principal Accountant if Greater Than 50%
Not applicable.

ITEM 16D.
EXEMPTIONS FROM LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.


90

Table of Contents

ITEM 16E.
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
The following table sets forth our stock repurchase activity during 2018, including the number of shares purchased, the average price paid per share, the number of shares repurchased as part of a publicly announced plan or program and the amount yet to be used on share repurchases under the plan or program.
Period
 
Total Number of Common Shares Purchased
 
Average Price Paid per Common Share
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan or Program (a)
 
Maximum Amount that May Yet Be Expected on Share Repurchases Under the Plan or Program (a)
January 2018
 

 
$

 

 
$
39.0

February 2018
 

 
$

 

 
$
39.0

March 2018
 
1,169,965

 
$
7.39

 
1,169,965

 
$
30.4

April 208
 

 
$

 

 
$
30.4

May 2018
 

 
$

 

 
$
30.4

June 2018
 

 
$

 

 
$
30.4

July 2018
 

 
$

 

 
$
30.4

August 2018
 
510,134

 
$
6.78

 
510,134

 
$
26.9

September 2018
 
961,380

 
$
6.87

 
961,380

 
$
20.3

October 2018
 
1,846,710

 
$
6.44

 
1,846,710

 
$
40.0

November 2018
 
2,383,022

 
$
5.83

 
2,383,022

 
$
26.1

December 2018
 
231,187

 
$
5.26

 
231,187

 
$
24.8

 
 
7,102,398

 
$
6.44

 
7,102,398

 
 
(a) On October 19, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program to purchase up to $50.0 million of our common stock in open market or privately negotiated transactions. This share repurchase program replaced the previous $50.0 million share repurchase program authorized in September 2017 and that was terminated in conjunction with the authorization of this new share repurchase program. The specific timing and amounts of the repurchases were in the sole discretion of management and were subject to variation based on market conditions and other factors, but we were not obligated under the terms of the program to repurchase any of our common stock. The authorization had no expiration date.

On January 25, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program to purchase up to an aggregate of $50.0 million of our common shares. This new share repurchase program replaced our previous share repurchase program that was authorized in October 2018 and that was terminated in conjunction with the authorization of the new share repurchase program. The specific timing and amounts of the repurchases will be in the sole discretion of management and may vary based on market conditions and other factors. We are not obligated under the terms of the program to repurchase any of our common shares. The authorization has no expiration date.
In 2016, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20.0 million of our outstanding Senior Notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions. As of December 31, 2018, the entire $20.0 million was available.

ITEM 16F.
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
None.


91

Table of Contents

ITEM 16G.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Pursuant to an exception for foreign private issuers, we, as a Marshall Islands company, are not required to comply with the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards. We believe that our established practices in the area of corporate governance are in line with the spirit of the NYSE standards and provide adequate protection to our shareholders. In this respect, we have voluntarily adopted NYSE required practices, such as (i) having a majority of independent directors, (ii) establishing audit, compensation and nominating committees and (iii) adopting a Code of Conduct and Ethics.
There are two significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the practices required by the NYSE. The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. The NYSE also requires that all independent directors meet in an executive session at least once a year. Marshall Islands law and our bylaws do not require our non-management directors to regularly hold executive sessions without management. During 2018 and through the date of this annual report, our non-management directors met in executive session five times. The NYSE requires companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The guidelines must address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an annual performance evaluation. We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Marshall Islands law and we have not adopted such guidelines.
ITEM 16H.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 17.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

ITEM 18.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements, together with the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit thereon, beginning on page F-1, are filed as a part of this annual report.
Separate consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for Scorpio Tankers as of and for the three years ended December 31, 2018 are being provided pursuant to Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X as Exhibit 99.1.


92

Table of Contents

ITEM 19.
EXHIBITS
 
 
Number
Description
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
4.4

 
4.5

 
4.6

 
4.7

 
4.8

 
4.9

 
4.10

 
4.11

 
4.12

 
4.13

 
4.14

 
4.15

 
4.16

 
4.17

 
4.18

 
4.19

 
4.20

 
4.21

 
4.22

 
4.23

 
4.24

 
4.25

 
4.26

 
4.27

 
4.28

 
4.29

 
4.30

 
4.31

 
4.32

 
4.33

 
4.34

 

93

Table of Contents

4.35

 
4.36

 
4.37

 
8.1

 
11.1

 
12.1

 
12.2

 
13.1

 
13.2

 
15.1

 
15.2

 
99.1

 
101. INS

 
XBRL Instance Document
101. SCH

 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101. CAL

 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Calculation Linkbase
101. DEF

 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Definition Linkbase
101. LAB

 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Label Linkbase
101. PRE

 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Presentation Linkbase

(1)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, which was declared effective by the SEC on December 11, 2013 (File No. 333-192246).
(2)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, which was declared effective by the SEC on September 15, 2014 (File No. 333-197949).
(3)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K, filed with the SEC on September 25, 2014.
(4)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the SEC on April 2, 2015.
(5)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K, filed with the SEC on January 4, 2016.
(6)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the SEC on March 1, 2016.
(7)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2017.
(8)
Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 6-K, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2018.
(9)
The financial statements as of and for the three years ended December 31, 2018 of Scorpio Tankers Inc., prepared by Scorpio Tankers and audited by its independent registered public accounting firm, are included in this Annual Report pursuant to Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X.



94

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
Dated March 20, 2019
 
 
Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
 
(Registrant)
 
 
 
/s/ Emanuele Lauro
 
 
 
Emanuele Lauro
 
Chief Executive Officer

95

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Page

 
 
 
 
 
 

F- 1



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit


F- 2


PWCSIA01.JPG
PricewaterhouseCoopers is represented by PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, 63 rue de Villiers - 92200 Neuilly-sur-Seine, France.

Marseille, France

March 20, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

F- 3

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)


 
 As of December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents
$
67,495

 
$
68,535

Due from related parties
7,338

 
6,555

Inventories
3,595

 
3,674

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
5,671

 
3,791

Total current assets
84,099

 
82,555

Non-current assets
 
 
 

Vessels, net
1,507,918

 
1,534,782

Equity investment
92,281

 

Vessels under construction

 
6,710

Deferred financing cost, net
3,706

 
3,068

Other assets
474

 
474

Due from related parties
15,348

 
15,821

Total non-current assets
1,619,727

 
1,560,855

Total assets
$
1,703,826

 
$
1,643,410

 
 
 
 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 
 
 

Current liabilities
 
 
 

Bank loans, net
$
60,310

 
$
46,993

Financing obligation
4,594

 
1,144

Senior Notes, net
73,253

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
13,976

 
10,087

Due to related parties
481

 
366

Total current liabilities
152,614

 
58,590

Non-current liabilities
 
 
 

Bank loans, net
621,179

 
576,967

Financing obligation
69,229

 
17,747

Senior Notes, net

 
72,726

Total non-current liabilities
690,408

 
667,440

Total liabilities
843,022

 
726,030

Commitment and contingencies (Note 7)


 


Shareholders’ equity
 
 
 

Preferred shares, $0.01 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

 

Common shares, $0.01 par value per share; authorized 212,500,000 and 112,500,000 shares as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively; issued and outstanding 71,217,258 and 74,902,364 shares as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively
796

 
762

Paid-in capital
1,747,648

 
1,745,844

Common shares held in treasury, at cost; 8,567,846 and 1,465,448 shares at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively
(56,720
)
 
(11,004
)
Accumulated deficit
(830,920
)
 
(818,222
)
Total shareholders’ equity
860,804

 
917,380


F- 4

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)


Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
1,703,826

 
$
1,643,410


See notes to the consolidated financial statements.


F- 5

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)


 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Revenue:
 
 
 
 

 
 
Vessel revenue
 
$

 
$

 
$

Vessel revenue-related party pools
 
242,502

 
162,205

 
78,402

Total vessel revenue
 
242,502

 
162,205

 
78,402

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 

 
 

Voyage expenses
 
549

 
257

 
(364
)
Voyage expenses-related party
 

 
172

 
319

Vessel operating costs
 
90,276

 
77,272

 
61,641

Vessel operating costs-related party
 
15,199

 
9,392

 
7,191

Charterhire expense
 
4,176

 
5,392

 
17,356

Charterhire termination
 

 

 
10,000

Vessel depreciation
 
56,607

 
48,510

 
36,562

General and administrative expenses
 
23,869

 
22,359

 
29,141

General and administrative expenses-related party
 
8,516

 
6,722

 
4,854

Loss / write down on assets held for sale
 

 
17,354

 
11,433

Loss / write down on assets held for sale-related party
 

 
347

 
1,000

Total operating expenses
 
199,192

 
187,777

 
179,133

Operating income (loss)
 
43,310

 
(25,572
)
 
(100,731
)
Other income (expense):
 
 
 
 

 
 

Interest income
 
1,107

 
1,100

 
933

Income (loss) from equity investment-related party
 
(7,178
)
 

 

Foreign exchange gain (loss)
 
(68
)
 
(292
)
 
(116
)
Financial expense, net
 
(49,869
)
 
(34,962
)
 
(24,921
)
Total other expense
 
(56,008
)
 
(34,154
)
 
(24,104
)
Net loss
 
$
(12,698
)
 
$
(59,726
)
 
$
(124,835
)
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 

 
 

Basic
 
71,827

 
71,794

 
56,174

Diluted
 
71,827

 
71,794

 
56,174

Loss per common share:
 
 
 
 

 
 

Basic
 
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.83
)
 
$
(2.22
)
Diluted
 
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.83
)
 
$
(2.22
)
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements.


F- 6

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
(Dollars in thousands)


 
Number of
shares
outstanding
 
Common
stock
 
Paid-in
capital
 
Treasury stock
 
Accumulated deficit
 
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2015
28,686,561

 
$
287

 
$
1,567,905

 
$

 
$
(633,661
)
 
$
934,531

Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(124,835
)
 
(124,835
)
Net proceeds from common stock offering:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Public offering
44,000,000

 
440

 
127,672

 

 

 
128,112

Common stock issued to SSH
51,679

 

 
198

 

 

 
198

Issuance of shares of restricted stock, net of forfeitures
2,560,436

 
26

 
(26
)
 

 

 

Restricted stock amortization

 

 
18,609

 

 

 
18,609

Balance as of December 31, 2016
75,298,676

 
$
753

 
$
1,714,358

 
$

 
$
(758,496
)
 
$
956,615

Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(59,726
)
 
(59,726
)
Common stock issued to SSH
12,946

 

 
82

 

 

 
82

Common stock issued purchase of vessels
910,802

 
9

 
7,368

 

 

 
7,377

Warrants issued for vessel purchase

 

 
12,900

 

 

 
12,900

Purchase of common stock for treasury
(1,465,448
)
 

 

 
(11,004
)
 

 
(11,004
)
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.02 per common share)

 

 
(1,509
)
 

 

 
(1,509
)
Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures
145,388

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock amortization

 

 
12,645

 

 

 
12,645

Balance as of December 31, 2017
74,902,364

 
762

 
1,745,844

 
(11,004
)
 
(818,222
)
 
917,380

Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(12,698
)
 
(12,698
)
Common stock issued
1,592,594

 
16

 
(16
)
 

 

 

Purchase of common stock for treasury
(7,102,398
)
 

 

 
(45,716
)
 

 
(45,716
)
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.08 per common share)
 
 

 
(6,042
)
 

 

 
(6,042
)
Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures
1,824,698

 
18

 
(18
)
 

 

 

Restricted stock amortization
 
 

 
7,880

 

 

 
7,880

Balance as of December 31, 2018
71,217,258

 
796

 
1,747,648

 
(56,720
)
 
(830,920
)
 
860,804


See notes to the consolidated financial statements.


F- 7

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)


 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Operating activities
 
 
 

 
 
Net loss
$
(12,698
)
 
$
(59,726
)
 
$
(124,835
)
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted stock amortization
7,880

 
12,645

 
18,609

Vessel depreciation
56,607

 
48,510

 
36,562

Amortization of deferred financing costs
9,582

 
6,085

 
4,137

Write off of deferred financing costs

 
470

 
3,781

Loss / write down on assets held for sale

 
16,471

 
10,555

Net unrealized losses on investments
7,719

 

 

Dividend income on equity investment
(541
)
 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Increase (decrease) in inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets
(1,798
)
 
1,982

 
(483
)
Decrease (increase) in accounts payable and accrued expenses
3,890

 
713

 
(6,178
)
(Decrease) increase in related party balances
(195
)
 
(7,568
)
 
5,656

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
70,446

 
19,582

 
(52,196
)
Investing activities
 
 
 

 
 
Equity investment
(100,000
)
 

 

Dividend income on equity investment
541

 

 

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale

 
44,340

 
271,376

Payments on assets classified as held for sale

 

 
(98,445
)
Drydock and scrubber payments
(1,235
)
 

 

Payments for vessels and vessels under construction
(21,799
)
 
(217,033
)
 
(408,307
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(122,493
)
 
(172,693
)
 
(235,376
)
Financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 
128,112

Common stock repurchased
(45,716
)
 
(11,004
)
 

Dividends paid
(6,042
)
 
(1,509
)
 

Proceeds from issuance of debt
469,225

 
287,554

 
247,243

Repayments of long term debt
(358,858
)
 
(153,003
)
 
(185,239
)
Debt issue cost paid
(7,602
)
 
(2,126
)
 
(1,110
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
51,007

 
119,912

 
189,006

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(1,040
)
 
(33,199
)
 
(98,566
)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
68,535

 
101,734

 
200,300

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$
67,495

 
$
68,535

 
$
101,734

Supplemental cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid
$
39,727

 
$
27,667

 
$
22,647

Non-cash investing and financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts payable vessels and vessels under construction
$

 
$

 
$
207

Issuance of common stock

 

 
147

Interest capitalized

 
361

 
6,951

Issuance of shares and warrants for vessel purchases

 
20,268

 


F- 8

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)


See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F- 9

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)


1.
Organization and Basis of Presentation
Company
Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and its subsidiaries (together “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company”) is an international shipping company that owns and operates the latest generation newbuilding drybulk carriers with fuel-efficient specifications and carrying capacities of greater than 30,000 dwt in the international shipping markets. Scorpio Bulkers Inc. was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on March 20, 2013.
As of December 31, 2018 , the Company owned or finance leased 56 vessels (consisting of 19 Kamsarmax vessels and 37 Ultramax vessels) and time chartered-in one Ultramax vessel.
Our vessels are commercially managed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM, which is majority owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family of which Emanuele Lauro, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Filippo Lauro, our Vice President, are members. SCM’s services include securing employment, in pools, in the spot market, and on time charters.
Our vessels are technically managed by Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, which is majority owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family. SSM facilitates vessel support such as crew, provisions, deck and engine stores, insurance, maintenance and repairs, and other services as necessary to operate the vessels such as drydocks and vetting/inspection under a technical management agreement.
We also have an administrative services agreement with Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, which is majority owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family. The administrative services provided under this agreement primarily include accounting, legal compliance, financial, information technology services, the provision of administrative staff, and office space. Under the administrative services agreement, we also reimburse SSH for any direct or indirect expenses that it incurs in providing these services. 
Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for the fair presentation of results.
Other comprehensive income is net income and thus not presented separately.
Going concern
The Company’s revenue is primarily derived from pool revenue. The bulker shipping industry is volatile and has experienced a sustained cyclical downturn recently. While the outlook has brightened, if the recovery is not sustained, this could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The fair market values of the Company’s vessels also experience high volatility. The fair market value of the vessels may increase or decrease depending on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the prevailing level of charter rates and day rates, general economic and market conditions affecting the international shipping industry, types, sizes and ages of vessels, supply and demand for vessels, availability of or developments in other modes of transportation, competition from other shipping companies, cost of newbuildings, governmental or other regulations and technological advances. In addition, as vessels grow older they generally decline in value. If the fair market value of vessels declines, the Company may not be in compliance with certain provisions of its credit facilities and it may not be able to refinance its debt. The prepayment of certain credit facilities may be necessary for the Company to maintain compliance with certain covenants in the event that the value of its vessels falls below a certain level. Additionally, if the Company sells any of its vessels at a time when vessel prices have fallen, the sale price may be less than the vessel’s carrying value on its consolidated financial statements, resulting in a loss on sale or an impairment loss being recognized, ultimately leading to a reduction in earnings. Furthermore, if vessel values fall significantly, this could indicate a decrease in the recoverable amount for the vessel which may result in an impairment adjustment in the carrying value of the vessel.

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded assets, nor to the amounts and classification of liabilities

F- 10

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

that may be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements represent the consolidation of the accounts of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and its subsidiaries in conformity with U.S. GAAP. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in unconsolidated companies (generally 20 to 50 percent ownership), in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence but neither has a controlling interest nor is the primary beneficiary, are accounted for under the equity method. Under certain criteria indicated in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 810, Consolidation, a partially-owned affiliate would be consolidated as a variable interest entity when it has less than a 50% ownership if the Company was the primary beneficiary of that entity. At the present time, there are no interests in variable interest entities.
Accounting estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosures of contingent assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses. Actual results could differ from those results.
In addition to the estimates noted above, significant estimates include vessel valuations, useful life of vessels, and residual value of vessels.
Revenue recognition
The Company adopted ASU 2014-9, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”, for the reporting period commencing on January 1, 2018 and elected to use the modified retrospective approach. The core principal of the standard is that an entity will recognize revenue at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring such goods or services to a customer (as defined in the standard). Its adoption primarily changes the method of recognizing revenue for voyage charters from the discharge-to-discharge method to the loading-to-discharge method. Under the discharge-to-discharge method, revenue is recognized from the discharge of the prior voyage, or contract date of the current voyage if later, until the discharge of the current voyage. Under the load-to-discharge method, revenue is recognized from the load of a voyage until its discharge. The quantitative impact of the adoption of this new guidance did not have any effect on the timing of revenue recognition and therefore required no adjustment to the opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2018 as the Company was not engaged in any voyage charters. At the present time, virtually all of the Company’s revenues are sourced from commercial pools which, along with time charters, fall under the guidance of US GAAP for leases. In commercial pools the Company participates with other shipowners to operate a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, which offers customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. The operation of the pool enables both pool customers and participants to share the benefits achieved from these efficiencies. Under pooling arrangements, vessels are leased to and placed at the disposal and control of the pool during their participation in the pool. The Pool Manager negotiates and enters into arrangements for the commercial employment and operation of the pool vessels so as to secure the highest earnings to be shared among the pool participants. All revenues earned by the pool from the operation of the pool vessels, after deduction of all costs involved in the operation of the pool, is shared among the pool participants based upon pool points, in accordance with the contract.
Voyage expenses
Voyage expenses primarily include bunkers, port charges, canal tolls, cargo handling operations and brokerage commissions paid by us under voyage charters, brokerage commissions and miscellaneous voyage expenses that the Company is unable to recoup under time charter and pool arrangements.
Charterhire expense
Charterhire expense is the amount we pay the owner for time chartered-in vessels. The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at charter rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on drybulk indices, inflation, interest rates, profit sharing, or current market rates. The vessel’s owner is responsible for crewing and other vessel operating costs. Charterhire expense is recognized ratably over the charterhire period.

F- 11

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

Operating leases
Costs in respect of operating leases are charged to the Consolidated Statement of Operations on a straight line basis over the lease term.
Vessel operating costs
Vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees, are expensed as incurred.
Technical management fees are paid to SSM (See Note 15, Related Party Transactions ). Pursuant to the Revised Master Agreement, SSM provides us with technical services, and we provide it with the ability to subcontract technical management of our vessels.
Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries are maintained in the currency of the primary economic environment in which we operate (its functional currency), which in all cases is U.S. dollars. For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, our results and financial position are also expressed in U.S. dollars.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries, transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. Any change in exchange rate between the date of recognition and the date of settlement may result in a gain or loss which is included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are retranslated into the functional currency at rates ruling at that date. All resultant exchange differences are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, and that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
Inventories
Inventories consist mainly of lubricating oils used in the operations of the vessels and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first in first out method.
Assets held for sale
Assets held for sale include vessels and contracts for the construction of vessels and are classified in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment . The Company considers such assets to be held for sale when all of the following criteria are met:
management commits to a plan to sell the property;
it is unlikely that the disposal plan will be significantly modified or discontinued;
the property is available for immediate sale in its present condition;
actions required to complete the sale of the property have been initiated;
sale of the property is probable and we expect the completed sale will occur within one year ; and
the property is actively being marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable given its current market value.
Upon designation as an asset held for sale, the Company records the asset at the lower of its carrying value or its estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell, and, if the asset is a vessel, the Company ceases depreciation.
Vessels, net

F- 12

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

Vessels, net is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Included in vessel costs are acquisition costs directly attributable to the acquisition of a vessel including capitalized interest and expenditures made to prepare the vessel for its initial voyage. Vessels are depreciated to their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 25 years from the date the vessel is ready for its first voyage. The estimated useful life of 25 years is management’s best estimate and is also consistent with industry practice for similar vessels. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by an estimated scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the historical four years average scrap market rates at the balance sheet date.
When regulations place limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, or when the cost of complying with such regulations is not expected to be recovered, we will adjust the vessel’s useful life to end at the date such regulations preclude such vessel’s further commercial use.
The carrying value of the Company’s vessels does not represent the fair market value of such vessels or the amount it could obtain if it were to sell any of its vessels, which could be more or less. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company would not record a loss if the fair market value of a vessel (excluding its charter) is below its carrying value unless and until it determines to sell that vessel or the vessel is impaired as discussed below under “ Impairment of long-lived assets held for use .” 
Vessels under construction
Vessels under construction are measured at cost and include costs incurred that are directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. These costs include installment payments made to the shipyards, capitalized interest, professional fees, and other costs deemed directly attributable to the construction of the asset. Vessels under construction are not depreciated.
Deferred drydocking costs
The vessels are required to undergo planned drydocks or underwater inspections for replacement of certain components, major repairs and maintenance of other components, which cannot be carried out while the vessels are operating, approximately every 30 months or 60 months depending on the nature of work and external requirements. These drydock costs are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. When the drydock expenditure occurs prior to the expiry of the period, the remaining balance is expensed. The Company had no drydocking activity during the three year s ended December 31, 2018 .
We only include in deferred drydocking those direct costs that are incurred as part of the drydocking to meet regulatory requirements, or are expenditures that add economic life to the vessel, increase the vessel’s earnings capacity or improve the vessel’s efficiency. Direct costs include shipyard costs as well as the costs of placing the vessel in the shipyard; cost of travel, lodging and subsistence of personnel sent to the drydocking site to supervise; and the cost of hiring a third party to oversee the drydocking. Expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs, whether incurred as part of the drydocking or not, are expensed as incurred.
Impairment of long-lived assets held for use
In accordance with ASC subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant and Equipment , long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset or asset group and its eventual disposition.

For purposes of recognition and measurement of an impairment loss, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets, which is generally at the vessel pool level for vessels operating within pools. In performing its impairment review, the Company performs a recoverability test comparing an estimate of undiscounted cash flows to carrying value to determine if the asset group is impaired. In developing its estimates of undiscounted cash flows, the Company makes significant assumptions and estimates about future performance, with the most significant assumptions relating to (i) charter rates on expiry of existing charters, which are based on the current fixing applicable to five -year time charter rates and thereafter, the ten -year historical average for each category of vessel (ii) off-hire days, which are based on actual off-hire statistics for the Company’s fleet (iii) operating costs, based on current levels escalated over time based on long term trends (iv) drydocking frequency, duration and cost (v) estimated useful life which is assessed as a total of 25 years and (vi) estimated scrap values. In the case of an indication of impairment, the results of a recoverability test would also be sensitive to the discount rate applied.


F- 13

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of the asset group is greater than both the undiscounted cash flows and its fair value. In instances where the carrying value of an asset group is not recoverable, measurement of the impairment loss is based upon the amount by which the collective fair values of the vessels in the asset group exceed their collective carrying values. The fair values are determined based upon available market data as well as third party valuations performed on each individual vessel.

During our fourth quarter 2018 assessment, we determined that the undiscounted future income streams expected to be generated by each asset group, over their remaining operating lives exceeded and therefore would be sufficient to recover their respective carrying values and, accordingly, we confirmed that our vessels were not impaired under U.S. GAAP. As of December 31, 2018 we owned 56 vessels with an average remaining useful life of 22 years.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, there were no changes in circumstances or events that indicated that the carrying amount of our vessel pools or vessels under construction may not be recoverable and therefore, an assessment of impairment was not performed.

During our fourth quarter 2016 assessment, we determined that the undiscounted future income streams expected to be generated by each of our asset groups, over their remaining operating lives exceeded and therefore would be sufficient to recover their respective carrying values and, accordingly, we confirmed that our vessels were not impaired under U.S. GAAP.  As of December 31, 2016 we owned 42 vessels with an average remaining useful life of 24 years.

In our impairment testing, we also examine the sensitivity of the future income streams expected to be earned by reviewing other scenarios relative to the initial assumptions we used to see if the resulting impact would have resulted in a different conclusion. Accordingly, we perform sensitivity analyses based on more conservative charter rates and expected useful lives for our vessels. In the first sensitivity analysis, we lowered charter rate assumptions to 96% of the long-term averages of Kamsarmax and Ultramax vessels, respectively (holding all other critical assumptions constant), while in our second sensitivity analysis; we decreased our vessels’ estimated useful lives by approximately 9% for each vessel class (holding all other critical assumptions constant). We then evaluated the outcomes of the sensitivity analyses performed to assess their impact on our conclusions. In both analyses, we found that there was no impairment of any of our assets or asset groups.
Although we believe that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. There can be no assurance as to how long charter rates and vessel values will remain at their currently low levels or whether they will improve by any significant degree. Charter rates may decrease, which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability, and any future assessments of vessel impairment.
Management will continue to monitor developments in charter rates in the markets in which it participates with respect to the expectation of future rates over an extended period of time that are utilized in the analyses.
Fair value of financial instruments
Substantially all of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value or amounts approximating fair value. Cash and cash equivalents, interest rate caps, amounts due to / from charterers, accounts payable and long-term debt, are carried at market value or estimated fair value. Please also see “ Equity Investments ” below.

F- 14

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

Deferred financing costs, net
Deferred financing costs, included in other assets or as a reduction to debt balances (as described above), consist of fees, commissions and legal expenses associated with obtaining or modifying loan facilities. These costs are amortized over the life of the related debt using the effective interest rate method and are included in Financial expense, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Amortization was $9.6 million , $6.1 million , and $ 4.1 million , respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016. Deferred financing costs were $37.8 million and $30.2 million , and accumulated amortization was $21.7 million and $12.1 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Amortization for the next five years based on balances as of December 31, 2018 are as follows (in millions):
2019
 
$
4.5

 
2020
 
3.7

 
2021
 
2.8

 
2022
 
2.1

 
2023
 
1.3

 
Total
 
$
14.4

 
The Company wrote off $3.8 million of deferred financing costs during the year ended December 31, 2018 related to the refinancing of existing debt. The Company wrote off $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 associated with the portion of deferred financing costs accumulated on credit facilities for which the commitments were reduced due to the sale of vessels.
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is determined by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, while diluted earnings per share is determined by dividing net income (loss) by the average number of common stock adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents by application of the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the diluted calculation if their effect is anti-dilutive.
Share-based Compensation
We follow ASC Subtopic 718-10, Compensation-Stock Compensation , for restricted stock issued under our equity incentive plan. Share-based compensation expense requires measurement of compensation cost for share-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the vesting period. The restricted stock awards granted to our employees and directors have graded vesting schedules and contain only service conditions. The Company recognizes compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards.
The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date.
Income tax
Scorpio Bulkers Inc. is incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and its vessel owning subsidiaries are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands. In accordance with the income tax laws of the Marshall Islands, we are not subject to Marshall Islands income tax. We are also exempt from income tax in other jurisdictions including the United States of America due to tax treaties or domestic tax laws; therefore, we will not have any tax charges, benefits, or balances.
Concentration of credit risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are amounts due from charterers and from related parties. With respect to balances due from the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, and the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool (see Note 15, Related Party Transactions ), the Company, through SCM, limits its credit risk by performing ongoing credit evaluations and, when deemed necessary, requires letters of credit, guarantees or collateral.  The Company earned 36% , and 64% of its revenues from two customers during the year ended December 31, 2018 . The Company earned 42%  and 58% of its revenues, from two customers during the year ended December 31, 2017 . During the year ended December 31, 2016 , the Company earned 40% and 60% of its revenues (including commissions from SCM) from two customers. Management does not believe significant risk exists in connection with the Company’s concentrations of credit at December 31, 2018 due to the number of charterers with which the pools conduct business.

F- 15

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

At December 31, 2018 , the Company maintains all of its cash and cash equivalents with seven financial institutions.  None of the Company’s cash and cash equivalent balances are covered by insurance in the event of default by these financial institutions.
Interest rate risk
The Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through its variable-rate borrowings which consist of borrowings under its secured credit facilities. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our margins, net income and our ability to service our debt.  The Company has entered into derivative contracts to hedge its overall exposure to interest rate risk exposure (see Derivative financial instruments below for further information).
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in raising funds to meet commitments associated with financial instruments. We manage liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and borrowing facilities and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows.
Current economic conditions make forecasting difficult, and there is the possibility that our actual trading performance during the coming year may be materially different from expectations. Additionally, it is also likely that additional, currently uncommitted, sources of financing will be required to meet the financial commitments relating to the scheduled maturities of our Senior Notes due 2019 and to finance the final portion of our investment in exhaust gas cleaning systems (“scrubbers”). We could also pursue other means to raise liquidity, such as through the sale of vessels, to meet these obligations. There can be no assurance that these or other measures will be successful and a deterioration in economic conditions or a failure to refinance our debt that is maturing could cause us to breach our debt covenants and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Based on internal forecasts and projections, which assume the refinancing of certain outstanding debt and the financing of the final portion of our investment in scrubbers, and that take into account reasonably possible changes in our trading performance, in addition to our ability to (i) sell or refinance certain vessels or to (ii) sell our investment in Scorpio Tankers Inc. (“Scorpio Tankers”), we believe that we have adequate financial resources to continue in operation and meet our financial commitments (including but not limited to debt service obligations, installments relating to the purchase of exhaust gas cleaning systems and charterhire commitments) for a period of at least 12 months from the date of issuance of this annual report. Accordingly, we continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing our financial statements.
Currency and exchange rate risk
The international shipping industry’s functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. Virtually all of our revenues and most of our operating costs are in U.S. Dollars. We incur certain operating expenses in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, and the foreign exchange risk associated with these operating expenses is immaterial.
Equity Investments
We account for equity investments under the equity method. Equity investments for which we have the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control over the investee and are not the primary beneficiary of the investee’s activities are accounted for under the equity method. At December 31, 2018, the Company’s equity method investments consist solely of an approximately 10.5% common stock ownership interest in a related party over which it has the ability to exercise significant influence, Scorpio Tankers acquired in October 2018. In accounting for its investment in Scorpio Tankers, the Company has elected to use the fair value option, available under ASC 825 for investments subject to the equity method of accounting, as it more accurately reflects the economic substance of its ownership interest in Scorpio Tankers. The initial election of the fair value option did not have any impact on the Company’s earnings. The Company measures its fair value based upon the quoted market price of Scorpio Tankers common stock. Our share of gains and losses in the fair value of the Scorpio Tankers investment as well as dividend income are recorded in Income (loss) from equity investment - related party in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. At December 31, 2018, the Company did not have any cost method investments.
Derivative financial instruments
The Company uses derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate caps, to hedge certain interest rate exposure. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

F- 16

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

All derivative financial instruments are carried on the balance sheet at fair value. Fair value of derivatives is determined by reference to observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by market data. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether the derivative has been designated as and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship. The use of derivative instruments has been limited to interest rate cap agreements. The fair values of derivative instruments are included in Other assets in the accompanying balance sheets. The Company has not elected to designate any of its derivative instruments as hedging instruments under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging , and as such the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized in Financial expense, net in current earnings during the period of change.
The valuation of interest rate cap agreements is determined using the Black Model, which considers among other factors, the contractual terms of derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and expected volatility, adjusted for counter-party risk. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or we elect not to apply hedge accounting.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases”, which was intended to improve financial reporting of leasing transactions. The ASU requires organizations that lease assets, or lessees, to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases with terms of more than twelve months. The accounting for lease arrangements by the lessors will remain largely unchanged from current U.S. GAAP. The ASU also requires additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures to help financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2018 although early adoption is permitted. The ASU requires reporting organizations to take a modified retrospective transition approach.
In its review of its contracts to assess the overall impact of the guidance, the Company has determined that the existing pool arrangements meet the definition of leases under ASU 2016-02. As lessor, the Company leases its vessels to pools, which manage the vessels in order to enter into transportation contracts with their customers and enjoy the economic benefits derived from such arrangements.  Furthermore, the pools can direct the use of a vessel (subject to certain limitations in the pool or charter agreement) throughout the period of use. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements”, which amended FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 842, “Leases”, to (i) provide a practical expedient for lessors regarding the separation of the lease and non-lease components of a contract and (ii) add an optional transition method that would permit entities to apply the new requirements by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the year of the adoption. In its assessment, the Company concluded that the criteria for not separating the lease and non-lease components of its arrangements are met since: (a) the timing and pattern of transfer are the same for both the lease and non-lease components, (b) the lease component of the contracts, if accounted for separately, would be classified as an operating lease, and (c) the lease component is the predominant component in the arrangement. Therefore, the Company will account for the combined component as an operating lease in accordance with ASC 842. As a result, an entity’s reporting for the comparative periods presented in the financial statements in which it adopts the new lease standard will continue to be in accordance with current GAAP. The Company adopted this new standard on January 1, 2019, applying the optional transition option, with no restatement of comparative figures for prior periods. The Company does not expect this standard to impact the accounting for its vessels operating within the pools or under time chartered-out arrangements.
The standard will result in the recognition of right-of-use assets and corresponding liabilities, on the basis of the discounted remaining future minimum lease payments, for chartered-in vessel commitments of over 12 months only, which have historically been reported as operating leases and recognized solely in the income statement on a straight-line basis. The impact of this standard as it pertains to time or bareboat chartered-in vessels will not have an impact upon first time adoption, as the Company’s operating fleet includes only one chartered-in vessel at December 31, 2018, which has a lease term of less than twelve months and does not require recognition on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.


F- 17

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

Recently adopted accounting standards

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting”, which clarifies when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment must be accounted for as modifications. Under the new guidance, an entity will not apply modification accounting to a share-based payment award if all of the following are the same immediately before and after the change: (i) the award’s fair value, (ii) the award’s vesting conditions, and (iii) the award’s classification as an equity or liability instrument. The new guidance does not change the accounting for modifications. The guidance is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017 for all entities. The adoption of ASU 2017-09 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or financial disclosures.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Restricted Cash”. When cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents are presented in more than one line item on the balance sheet, the new guidance requires a reconciliation of the totals in the statement of cash flows to the related captions in the balance sheet. This reconciliation can be presented either on the face of the statement of cash flows or in the notes to the financial statements. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. The adoption of ASU 2016-018 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”, which addresses classification issues related to the statement of cash flows. Classification issues relate to (i) debt repayment or debt extinguishment costs, (ii) settlement of zero-coupon bonds, (iii) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, (iv) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, (v) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies, (vi) distributions received from equity method investees, (vii) beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and (viii) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The guidance is effective for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606). This standard requires entities to (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Company adopted ASU 2014-9 for the reporting period commencing on January 1, 2018 and elected to use the modified retrospective approach. Its adoption primarily changes the method of recognizing revenue for voyage charters from the discharge-to-discharge method to the loading-to-discharge method. Under the discharge-to-discharge method, revenue is recognized from the discharge of the prior voyage, or contract date of the current voyage if later, until the discharge of the current voyage. Under the load-to-discharge method, revenue is recognized from the load of a voyage until its discharge. The Company’s quantitative assessment of the effects of the adoption of this new guidance indicated that the financial impact of the change in timing of revenue recognition as outlined above required no adjustment to the opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2018 as the Company was not engaged in any voyage charters. At the present time, virtually all of the Company’s revenues are sourced from commercial pools which, along with time charters, fall under the guidance of ASC Topic 842 “Leases”.

2.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes $10.1 million and $20.2 million of short-term deposits with original maturities of less than three months , at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

F- 18

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

3.
Earnings Per Common Share 
The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations (amounts in thousands, except per share data):
 
 
For the years ended December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net loss for basic and diluted earnings per share
 
$
(12,698
)
 
$
(59,726
)
 
$
(124,835
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares of common stock and common stock equivalents:
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Weighted average shares basic
 
71,827

 
71,794

 
56,174

Effect of dilutive securities
 

 

 

Weighted average common shares - diluted
 
71,827

 
71,794

 
56,174

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.83
)
 
$
(2.22
)
Diluted
 
$
(0.18
)
 
$
(0.83
)
 
$
(2.22
)
The following is a summary of share equivalents not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effects would have been anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 (in thousands).
 
 
For the years ended December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Share equivalents
 
3,754

 
4,734

 
3,600

4.
Vessels
At December 31, 2018 , the Company owned or financed leased 19 Kamsarmax vessels and 37 Ultramax vessels. A rollforward of activity within vessels is as follows (in thousands):
Balance December 31, 2016
$
1,234,081

Transfer from vessels under construction and other additions
203,682

Vessel purchases
207,000

Vessel sales
(61,471
)
Depreciation
(48,510
)
Balance December 31, 2017
$
1,534,782

Transfer from vessels under construction and other additions
29,743

Depreciation
(56,607
)
Balance December 31, 2018
$
1,507,918

Depreciation includes depreciation related to our finance leased vessels. All of our vessels serve as collateral against existing loan facilities.
In November 2018, the Company entered into agreements with third parties to purchase exhaust gas cleanings systems (“scrubbers”) for 18 of its vessels in 2019 and for 10 of its vessels in 2020.  The total value of these agreements is estimated to be  $41.9 million .  The systems that are being fitted are of ‘hybrid ready’ design, which allows them to be upgraded to a ‘closed loop’ configuration at

F- 19

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

a future date. As part of the agreement, the Company also has an option to purchase exhaust gas cleaning systems for up to 18  additional vessels in 2020.
Vessel Purchases
During 2017, the Company acquired nine Ultramax vessels from two unaffiliated third parties for an aggregate of $207.0 million ( $186.7 million in cash and $20.3 million in the Company’s common stock). All of the vessels were built in Chinese shipyards. Two were built in 2014, four were built in 2015, one was built in 2016 and two were built in 2017.
Vessel Sales
During 2017, the Company sold the SBI Charleston and SBI Cakewalk, two 2014 built Kamsarmax vessels, for approximately $22.5 million each, recorded a loss of $17.7 million and wrote off $0.5 million of deferred financing costs. The Company also repaid the related debt of approximately $20.1 million .
Owned or Finance Leased vessels
Vessel Name
 
Year Built
 
DWT
 
Vessel Type
SBI Antares
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Athena
 
2015
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Bravo
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Leo
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Echo
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Lyra
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Tango
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Maia
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Hydra
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Subaru
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Pegasus
 
2015
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Ursa
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Thalia
 
2015
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Cronos
 
2015
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Orion
 
2015
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Achilles
 
2016
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Hercules
 
2016
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Perseus
 
2016
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Hermes
 
2016
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Zeus
 
2016
 
60,200

 
Ultramax
SBI Hera
 
2016
 
60,200

 
Ultramax
SBI Hyperion
 
2016
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Tethys
 
2016
 
61,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Phoebe
 
2016
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Poseidon
 
2016
 
60,200

 
Ultramax
SBI Apollo
 
2016
 
60,200

 
Ultramax
SBI Samson
 
2017
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Phoenix
 
2017
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Aries
 
2015
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Taurus
 
2015
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Gemini
 
2015
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Pisces
 
2016
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Libra
 
2017
 
64,000

 
Ultramax

F- 20

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

Vessel Name
 
Year Built
 
DWT
 
Vessel Type
SBI Virgo
 
2017
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Jaguar
 
2014
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Cougar
 
2015
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
SBI Puma
 
2014
 
64,000

 
Ultramax
Total Ultramax
 
 
 
2,307,800

 
 
SBI Samba
 
2015
 
84,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Rumba
 
2015
 
84,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Capoeira
 
2015
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Electra
 
2015
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Carioca
 
2015
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Conga
 
2015
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Flamenco
 
2015
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Bolero
 
2015
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Sousta
 
2016
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Rock
 
2016
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Lambada
 
2016
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Reggae
 
2016
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
 SBI Zumba
 
2016
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Macarena
 
2016
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Parapara
 
2017
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Swing
 
2017
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Mazurka
 
2017
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Jive
 
2017
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
SBI Lynx
 
2018
 
82,000

 
Kamsarmax
Total Kamsarmax
 
 
 
1,562,000

 
 
Total Owned or Finance Leased Vessels DWT
 
3,869,800

 
 

5.
Vessels under construction
The Company had no vessels under construction at December 31, 2018. Vessels under construction amounted to $6.7 million as of December 31, 2017 .
A rollforward of activity within vessels under construction is as follows (in thousands):
Balance December 31, 2016
$
180,000

Installment payments and other
29,642

Capitalized interest
361

Transferred to vessels
(203,293
)
Balance December 31, 2017
$
6,710

Installment payments and other
20,366

Transferred to vessels
(27,076
)
Balance December 31, 2018
$

During 2017, the Company agreed to acquire one Kamsarmax vessel from an unaffiliated third party for $25.5 million . $6.7 million of the contract price was paid as of December 31, 2017, with the remainder of the contract price paid in full and the vessel delivered from the Chinese shipyard in which it was constructed during 2018.

F- 21

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

6.
Assets Held for Sale
The Company did not have any vessels classified as held for sale at December 31, 2018 or 2017.
During 2017, the Company entered into agreements with an unaffiliated third party to sell the SBI Charleston and SBI Cakewalk, two 2014 built Kamsarmax vessels, for approximately $22.5 million each. As such, the Company classified these vessels as held for sale until the completion of the sale, recorded a loss of $17.7 million and wrote off $0.5 million of deferred financing costs. The Company also repaid the related debt of approximately $20.1 million in full.

7.
Commitment and Contingencies
Legal Matters
The Company is periodically involved in litigation and various legal matters that arise in the normal course of business. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes which are not predictable. At the current time, the Company does not believe that any legal matters could have a material adverse effect on its financial position or future results of operations and therefore has no t recorded any reserves in relation thereto as of December 31, 2018 .
Capital Commitments
At December 31, 2018 , the Company is a party to an agreement to purchase exhaust gas cleaning systems for 18 of its vessels in 2019 and for 10 of its vessels in 2020. The total value of these agreements is estimated to be $41.9 million , of which $40.7 million remained unpaid at December 31, 2018 . Payments are expected to be made throughout 2019 and 2020 as the scrubber systems are installed on the vessels, with final payments expected to be made in the first quarter of 2021.
Time chartered-in vessels
The Company time charters-in one vessel, which was entered into and operated out of a spot market-oriented commercial pool managed by our commercial manager. The Company has an agreement to charter-in one drybulk vessel. The terms of the time charter-in contract are summarized as follows:
Vessel Type
Year Built
DWT
Where Built
Daily Base Rate
Earliest Expiry
Ultramax
2017
62,100

Japan
$10,125
30-Sept-19
Aggregate TC DWT
 
62,100

 
 
 
The future minimum obligation under the non-cancellable time charter-in agreement as of December 31, 2018 was $2.8 million .
Debt
See Note 11, Debt , to the consolidated financial statements for a schedule of debt and financing obligation payments as of December 31, 2018 .
Other
The Company also has certain commitments related to the commercial and technical management of its vessels. As of December 31, 2018 , we would be obligated to pay termination fees of $3.8 million to SCM and SSM if we were to cancel our service agreements with them as of December 31, 2018 . We are also required to pay SCM for each vessel that we own an amount equal to three months of commissions that SCM would have expected to earn had the contracts not been terminated.  Due to the variable nature of the commissions, they have been excluded from these figures.
There are no material post-employment benefits for our executive officers or directors.  By law, our employees in Monaco are entitled to a one-time payment of up to two months salary upon retirement if they meet certain minimum service requirements. 



F- 22

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

8.
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
As of
(in thousands)
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Accounts payable
$
4,948

 
$
3,907

Accrued operating
1,705

 
2,580

Accrued administrative
7,323

 
3,600

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
13,976

 
$
10,087

Accounts payable primarily consists of obligations to suppliers arising in the normal course of business. Accrued operating relates to obligations arising from operation of the Company’s owned, financed leased and chartered-in vessels, such as operating costs. Accrued administrative relates to obligations that are corporate or financing in nature, such as payroll, professional fees, interest and commitment fees.
9.
Common Shares
As of December 31, 2018 the Company had:
Approximately 71.2 million common shares outstanding, the $0.01 par value of which is recorded as common stock of $0.8 million .
Paid-in capital of $1.7 billion which substantially represents the excess net proceeds from common stock issuances over the par value as well as the amount of cumulative restricted stock amortization.
Treasury stock of $56.7 million representing the cost at which the Company repurchased approximately 8.6 million shares
Share Repurchase Program
In October 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program to purchase up to an aggregate of  $50.0 million  of its common shares (the “New Share Repurchase Program”). This New Share Repurchase Program replaced the Company’s Share Repurchase Program that was previously authorized in September 2017 and that was terminated in conjunction with the New Share Repurchase Program. The specific timing and amounts of the repurchases were in the sole discretion of management and subject to variation based on market conditions and other factors. The Company was not obligated under the terms of the program to repurchase any of its common shares. The authorization had no expiration date. As of December 31, 2018 , $24.8 million remained available under the program. The New Share Repurchase Program was terminated on January 25, 2019; please see Note 18 “ Subsequent Events ”.

Dividend
During 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors declared and we paid quarterly cash dividends totaling $0.08 per share, or $6.0 million .

Other
In June 2018, upon receiving shareholder approval, the Company further amended its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to increase the Company’s total number of authorized shares to 262,500,000, consisting of 212,500,000 common shares and 50,000,000 preferred shares.
In connection with an agreement to purchase three Ultramax vessels, on November 5, 2017, the Company issued warrants to purchase approximately 1.6 million common shares at an exercise price of $8.10 per share to an unaffiliated third party as part of the total consideration paid. The warrants were exercised in the first quarter of 2018.

F- 23

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

In connection with an agreement to purchase one Ultramax vessel, on December 4, 2017, the Company issued approximately 0.9 million common shares to an unaffiliated third party. The shares were issued to the seller of the vessel upon delivery of such vessel on December 29, 2017.
During 2017, the Company issued a total of 12,946 shares, with a fair value of $0.1 million to SSH pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement relating to our Newbuilding Program.
In June 2016, upon receiving shareholder approval, the Company further amended its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to increase the Company’s total number of authorized shares to 162,500,000 , consisting of 112,500,000 common shares and 50,000,000 preferred shares.
During 2016, the Company issued a total of 51,679 shares, with a fair value of $0.2 million , to SSH pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement in connection with the deliveries of newbuilding vessels.
During 2016, the Company issued an aggregate of 44.0 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at $3.00 per share in two separate underwritten public offerings. SSH and certain of the Company's directors purchased an aggregate of  $10.3 million common shares at the public offering prices. The Company received approximately $128.1 million of net proceeds from the issuance.
10.
Equity Incentive Plan
The Scorpio Bulkers Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan, was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and became effective on September 30, 2013 and was last amended to reserve additional common shares for issuance pursuant to the Plan on August 20, 2018. Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the Plan), unless otherwise provided by the Plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full. The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of Plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2018 , we had reserved a total of 5,931,962 common shares for issuance under the Plan, subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in the Plan. The Plan is administered by the Company’s Compensation Committee. The Plan will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors, unless terminated, or extended by the Board of Directors. After the termination date, no further awards shall be granted pursuant to the Plan, but previously granted awards will remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions.
Under the Plan, the Company is permitted to grant incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common shares.
Under the terms of the Plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the Plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the Plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant. The Company did not grant any option awards or stock appreciation rights under the Plan during the three years ended December 31, 2018.
The Plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the Plan administrator. Generally, restricted stock granted under the Plan vests in one of the following manners: (a) annually in three equal installments, if the independent director has continued to serve on the Board of Directors from the grant date to the applicable vesting date or (b) serial vest on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant so long as the award recipient is employed on such date. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense (see Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Polices ) over this three-year period or four-year period, as applicable.
The Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $7.9 million , $12.6 million , and $18.6 million for the year s ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, related to restricted stock awards, which is included in General and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

F- 24

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

A summary of activity for restricted stock awards during the three year s ended December 31, 2018 is as follows:
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value $
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
1,248,163

 
53.56

Granted
2,582,000

 
3.26

Vested
(208,266
)
 
107.82

Forfeited
(21,564
)
 
51.50

Outstanding at December 31, 2016
3,600,333

 
14.36

Granted
150,000

 
6.25

Vested
(604,151
)
 
44.80

Forfeited
(4,612
)
 
5.33

Outstanding at December 31, 2017
3,141,570

 
8.13

Granted
1,835,532

 
7.33

Vested
(1,212,629
)
 
11.79

Forfeited
(10,834
)
 
6.57

Outstanding at December 31, 2018
3,753,639

 
6.56

As of December 31, 2018 , there was $13.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of approximately one year . During 2018, restricted stock with a fair value of approximately $8.9 million vested.

F- 25

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

11.
Debt
The Company’s long-term debt consists of Senior Notes, bank loans and finance leases, summarized as follows:
 
December 31,
(amounts in thousands)
2018
 
2017
 
 
 
 
Senior Notes
$
73,625

 
$
73,625

 
 
 
 
Credit Facilities:
 
 
 
$409 Million Credit Facility

 
174,443

$330 Million Credit Facility
140,677

 
247,876

$42 Million Credit Facility
14,105

 
22,354

$67.5 Million Credit Facility

 
40,461

$12.5 Million Credit Facility
9,400

 
10,183

$27.3 Million Credit Facility
9,008

 
18,213

$85.5 Million Credit Facility
78,972

 
85,500

$38.7 Million Credit Facility
35,100

 
38,700

$19.6 Million Lease Financing - SBI Rumba
18,101

 
19,268

$12.8 Million Credit Facility
12,325

 

$19.0 Million Lease Financing - SBI Tango
18,451

 

$19.0 Million Lease Financing - SBI Echo
18,481

 

$30.0 Million Credit Facility
29,420

 

$34.0 Million Credit Facility
34,000

 

$60.0 Million Credit Facility
58,797

 

$184.0 Million Credit Facility
180,229

 

$20.5 Million Lease Financing - SBI Hermes
20,299

 

$90.0 Million Credit Facility
90,000

 

Total bank loans and lease financings outstanding
767,365

 
656,998

Less: Current portion
(66,156
)
 
(49,266
)
 
$
701,209

 
$
607,732

 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
(amounts in thousands)
Current
 
Non-current
 
Total
 
Current
 
Non-current
 
Total
Total bank loans, financing obligations and senior notes, gross
139,781

 
701,209

 
840,990

 
49,266

 
681,357

 
730,623

Unamortized deferred financing costs
(1,624
)
 
(10,801
)
 
(12,425
)
 
(1,129
)
 
(13,917
)
 
(15,046
)
Total bank loans, financing obligations and senior notes, net
138,157

 
690,408

 
828,565

 
48,137

 
667,440

 
715,577



F- 26

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

The future principal and estimated interest payments (based on the interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2018) under the Company’s long-term debt over the next five years on the Company’s Senior Notes, credit facilities and financing obligations as of December 31, 2018 is as follows:
(amounts in thousands)
Principal on Bank Loans and Senior Notes
Interest on Bank Loans and Senior Notes
Financing Obligations
Total
2019
135,093

40,586

8,048

183,727

2020
70,234

32,807

8,048

111,089

2021
171,110

25,782

8,048

204,940

2022
62,824

18,515

8,048

89,387

2023
304,540

11,329

45,479

361,348

Thereafter
21,857

1,700

12,841

36,398

Total
765,658

130,719

90,512

986,889

Unsecured Senior Notes
On September 22, 2014, the Company issued $65.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.5% Senior Notes due September 2019, or the Senior Notes, and on October 16, 2014 the Company issued an additional $8.6 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes when the underwriters partially exercised their option to purchase additional Senior Notes on the same terms and conditions.
All terms mentioned are defined in the indenture governing the Senior Notes.
The Senior Notes will mature on September 15, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 7.5% per year, payable quarterly on each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15. The Senior Notes are redeemable at the Company’s option in whole or in part, at any time on or after September 15, 2016 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.
The Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all of our existing and future senior unsecured and unsubordinated debt and are effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. No sinking fund is provided for the Senior Notes . The Senior Notes were issued in minimum denominations of $25.00 and integral multiples of $25.00 in excess thereof and are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SLTB”. The Senior Notes require us to comply with certain covenants, including financial covenants, restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets and prohibitions on paying dividends or returning capital to equity holders if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of such payment. If the Company undergoes a change of control, holders may require us to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their notes at a change of control repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the change of control purchase date.
The financial covenants include:
Net borrowings shall not equal or exceed 70% of total assets.
Tangible net worth shall always exceed $500.0 million .
The outstanding balance at December 31, 2018 was $73.6 million , which is classified as a current liability and the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants relating to the Senior Notes as of that date.
In December 2016, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $20.0 million of our outstanding Senior Notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions. The specific timing and amounts of the repurchases, which will be funded by available cash, will be in the sole discretion of management and vary based on market conditions and other factors. This authorization has no expiration date. As of December 31, 2018 , the full $20.0 million remained available for repurchase under this authorization.

F- 27

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

Secured Credit Facilities
The Company had 12 credit agreements in place, which are all collateralized by certain of the Company’s vessels. The following is a summary of those credit agreements as of December 31, 2018.
 
 
$330 Million Credit Facility
 
$42 Million Credit Facility
 
$12.5 Million Credit Facility
 
$27.3 Million Credit Facility
 
$85.5 Million Credit Facility
 
$38.7 Million Credit Facility
 
$12.8 Million Credit Facility
 
$30.0 Million Credit Facility
 
$60.0 Million Credit Facility
 
$184.0 Million Credit Facility
 
$34.0 Million Credit Facility
 
$90.0 Million Credit Facility
Date of Agreement
 
July 29,
2014
 
January 30, 2015
 
December 22, 2015
 
December 22, 2015
 
December 5, 2017
 
December 13, 2017
 
June 21, 2018
 
September 13, 2018
 
September 11, 2018
 
September 21, 2018
 
October 3, 2018
 
November 8, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Vessels Financed
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Kamsarmax
 
4

 
1

 

 

 

 

 
1

 
2

 
2

 
6

 
2

 

    Ultramax
 
9

 

 
1

 
1

 
6

 
3

 

 

 
2

 
6

 

 
6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate-LIBOR+
 
2.925
%
 
2.970
%
 
3.000
%
 
2.950
%
 
2.850
%
 
2.850
%
 
2.400
%
 
2.200
%
 
2.250
%
 
2.400
%
 
2.350
%
 
2.350
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitment Fee
 
1.170
%
 
1.120
%
 
%
 
1.180
%
 
1.140
%
 
0.998
%
 
0.960
%
 
0.880
%
 
0.900
%
 
0.960
%
 
1.175
%
 
1.000
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity Date
 
July 29, 2021
 
6 years from each drawdown
 
December 22, 2020
 
5 years from each drawdown
 
February 15, 2023
 
December 13, 2022
 
June 15, 2023
 
September 18, 2023
 
September 14, 2023
 
September 21, 2023
 
October 3, 2025
 
November 8, 2023
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount drawn down (in thousands)
 
294,225
 
48,870

 
11,750

 
23,250

 
85,500

 
38,700

 
12,750

 
29,975

 
60,000

 
184,000

 
34,000

 
90,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount outstanding (in thousands)
 
140,677

 
14,105

 
9,400

 
9,008

 
78,972

 
35,100

 
12,325

 
29,420

 
58,797

 
180,229

 
34,000

 
90,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carrying Value of Vessels Collateralized (in thousands)
 
341,875

 
30,507

 
28,723

 
29,463

 
137,819

 
62,314

 
27,188

 
58,584

 
108,364

 
347,736

 
52,822

 
163,961

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$12.8 Million Credit Facility
On June 21, 2018, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to  $12.8 million . The loan facility was used to finance up to 50% of the fair market value of the SBI Lynx. The facility has a final maturity date of June 15, 2023 and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.40% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the vessel and guaranteed by the vessel owning subsidiary.
$60.0 Million Credit Facility
On September 11, 2018, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to  $60.0 million . The loan facility was used to finance up to 60% of the fair market value of two Ultramax vessels (SBI Perseus and SBI Phoebe) and two Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Electra and SBI Flamenco). The facility has a final maturity date of five years from drawdown date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the four vessels and guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
$30.0 Million Credit Facility
On September 13, 2018, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to  $30.0 million with ING Bank N.V. to refinance two Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Zumba and SBI Parapara). The facility has a final maturity date of five years from drawdown

F- 28

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.20% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the two Kamsarmax vessels and guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
$184.0 Million Credit Facility
On September 21, 2018, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to  $184.0 million with Nordea Bank AB (publ), acting through its New York branch, and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) to refinance up to 60% of the fair market value of six Ultramax vessels (SBI Athena, SBI Thalia, SBI Zeus, SBI Hera, SBI Poseidon and SBI Apollo) and six Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Conga, SBI Bolero, SBI Sousta, SBI Rock, SBI Reggae and SBI Mazurka). The facility, which is comprised of a term loan of up to  $104.0 million  and a revolver of up to $80.0 million , has a final maturity date of five years from signing date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.40% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the 12 vessels and guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
$34.0 Million Credit Facility
On October 3, 2018, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $34.0 million with Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank to refinance up to 62.5% of the fair market value of two Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Jive and SBI Swing).  The loan facility, which is comprised of a term loan up to  $17.0 million  and a revolver up to  $17.0 million , has a final maturity date of seven years from signing date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.35% per annum. This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the two vessels and guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
$90.0 Million Credit Facility
On November 8, 2018, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility for up to $90.0 million with Nordea Bank Abp, acting through its New York branch, and DVB Bank SE. The loan facility, which has a final maturity date of five years from signing date and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.35% per annum, is being used to finance up to 60% of the fair market value of six Ultramax vessels (SBI Orion, SBI Hyperion, SBI Tethys, SBI Hercules, SBI Samson and SBI Phoenix). This facility is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage on the six vessels and is guaranteed by each of the vessel owning subsidiaries.
Finance Leases
$19.6 Million Lease Financing - SBI Rumba
In October 2017, the Company entered into a financing transaction with respect to one of its Kamsarmax vessels with unaffiliated third parties involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Rumba, a 2015 Japanese built Kamsarmax vessel, for consideration of approximately $19.6 million . As part of the transaction, the Company will make monthly payments of $164,250 under a nine and a half year bareboat charter agreement with the buyer, which the Company has the option to extend for a further six months . The agreement also provides the Company the option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the fifth anniversary of the sale and until the end of the agreement.
$19.0 Million Lease Financing - SBI Echo
On July 18, 2018, the Company entered into a financing transaction with an unaffiliated third party involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Echo, a 2015 Japanese built Ultramax vessel, for consideration of  $19.0 million . As part of the transaction, the Company will make payments of $5,400 per day under a five-year bareboat charter agreement with the buyer. The agreement also provides the Company with the option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the third anniversary of the sale until the end of the bareboat charter agreement.
$19.0 Million Lease Financing - SBI Tango

On July 18, 2018, the Company entered into a financing transaction with an unaffiliated third party involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Tango, a 2015 Japanese built Ultramax vessel, for consideration of $19.0 million . As part of the transaction, the Company will make payments of  $5,400 per day under a five-year bareboat charter agreement with the buyer. The agreement also provides the Company with the option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the third anniversary of the sale until the end of the bareboat charter agreement.

F- 29

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)


$20.5 Million Lease Financing - SBI Hermes
On November 16, 2018, the Company closed a financing transaction with an unaffiliated third party involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Hermes, a 2016 Japanese built Ultramax vessel, for consideration of  $20.5 million . As part of the transaction, the Company will make payments of  $5,850 per day under a five-year bareboat charter agreement with the buyer. The transaction also provides the Company with the option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the third anniversary of the sale until the end of the bareboat charter agreement.
In addition to the credit agreements described above, which are in effect as of December 31, 2018, the Company entered into the following agreements which were repaid in full during the year ended December 31, 2018.
$67.5 Million Credit Facility
On July 30, 2014, we entered into a $67.5 million credit facility which was originally used to finance a portion of the purchase price of two Ultramax and two Kamsarmax vessels. During the third quarter of 2018, the Company fully repaid this loan and terminated the credit facility. The four vessels previously financed by this loan are now financed under the $60.0 million Credit Facility.
$409.0 Million Credit Facility
On December 30, 2014, we entered into a $409.0 million senior secured credit facility with Nordea Bank Finland PLC, New York Branch, and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) which was used to partially finance a portion of the purchase price of eight Kamsarmax and seven Ultramax vessels. During the third quarter of 2018, the Company fully repaid this loan and terminated the credit facility. Two of the Kamsarmax vessels previously financed by this loan are now financed under the $30.0 million Credit Facility, 12 vessels previously financed by this loan are now financed under the $184.0 million Credit Facility and the SBI Echo is now financed under the $19.0 million Lease Financing - SBI Echo.
Each of the Company’s credit agreements, as amended through December 31, 2018, has, among other things, financial covenants with which the Company must comply. The most stringent are as follows:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00 .
Consolidated tangible net worth (adjusted for a minimum amount of $100.0 million in historical non-operating costs and to exclude certain future non-operating items, including impairments) no less than $500.0 million plus (i)  25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after December 31, 2013 and (ii)  50% of the value of any new equity issues occurring on or after December 31, 2013.
The ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense calculated on a year to date basis of greater than 1.00 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, 2.50 to 1.00 for the quarter ending September 30, 2019, calculated on a year-to-date basis and 2.50 to 1.00 for each quarter thereafter, calculated on a trailing four quarter basis.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $0.7 million per owned vessel.
Maintain a minimum fair value of the collateral for each credit facility, such that the aggregate fair value of the vessels collateralizing the credit facility is between 140% and 150% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under such credit facility, or, if we do not meet these thresholds to prepay a portion of the loan or provide additional security to eliminate the shortfall.
The Company’s credit facilities discussed above have, among other things, the following restrictive covenants which could restrict the Company’s ability to, among other things:
incur additional indebtedness;
sell the collateral vessel, if applicable;
make additional investments or acquisitions;
pay dividends; and
effect a change of control of the Company.

F- 30

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

In addition, the Company’s credit facilities and finance leases contain customary events of default, including cross-default provisions. As of December 31, 2018 , the Company was in compliance with all the financial covenants of each of its credit facilities and finance leases. The Company expects to remain in compliance with the financial covenants of each of its credit facilities and finance leases for the next twelve months.
Interest rates on all of the Company’s secured credit facilities during the year ended December 31, 2018 ranged from 4.3% to 5.8% . The Company records its interest expense as a component of Financial expense, net on its Consolidated Statement of Operations. For the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , Financial expense, net consists of:
 
Year ended December 31,
(in thousands)
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Interest expense
$
39,855

 
$
27,719

 
$
16,002

Amortization of deferred financing costs
9,582

 
6,085

 
4,137

Write off of deferred financing costs

 
470

 
3,781

Change in the fair value of interest rate caps
(27
)
 
63

 

Other, net
459

 
625

 
1,001

 
$
49,869

 
$
34,962

 
$
24,921



F- 31

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

12.
Derivatives
The Company is exposed to, among other things, the impact of changes in interest rates in the normal course of business. The Company manages the exposure to and volatility arising from these risks, and utilizes derivative financial instruments to offset a portion of these risks. The Company uses derivative financial instruments only to the extent necessary to hedge identified business risks and does not enter into such transactions for speculative purposes. 

The Company uses variable rate debt as a source of funds for use in the Company's investment activities. These debt obligations expose the Company to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases. Interest rate cap agreements are used to manage interest rate risk associated with floating-rate borrowings under the Company’s credit facilities. The interest rate cap agreements utilized by the Company effectively modify the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk by converting a portion of the Company’s floating-rate debt to a fixed-rate basis through December 31, 2020, thereby reducing the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense.
The Company has not elected to designate any of its derivative instruments as hedging instruments under ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”, and as such the gain or loss on the derivative is recognized in current earnings during the period of change and is included in Financial expense, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Information pertaining to outstanding interest rate caps is as follows:

Aggregate Notional Amount (in millions)
 
Start Date
 
End Date
 
Offsets Variable Rate Debt Attributable to Fluctuations Above:
$100
 
November 9, 2017
 
December 31, 2020
 
Three Month LIBOR of 3.5%
$100
 
November 9, 2017
 
December 31, 2020
 
Three Month LIBOR of 3.5%
$100
 
November 21, 2017
 
December 31, 2020
 
Three Month LIBOR of 3.5%

The aggregate fair value of these interest rate caps was  $0.2 million  at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and is included in Other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. During 2018 and 2017, we recorded a reduction of expense of less than $0.1 million and an increase in expense of $0.1 million , respectively, representing the change in the fair value of these caps to Financial expense, net on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Refer to Note 14, Fair value of Financial Instruments , for related fair value disclosures.


F- 32

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

13.
Equity Method Investment
On October 12, 2018 the Company invested $100.0 million in a related party, Scorpio Tankers, through participation in a public offering on a basis equivalent to other investors. As a result of this investment, the Company became a significant investor in Scorpio Tankers, holding a total of approximately 54.1 million shares of common stock, which was approximately 10.9% of the then issued and outstanding shares of Scorpio Tankers. While the Company was not directly invested in Scorpio Tankers, prior to this investment, it shared a number of shareholders, directors and officers (see Note 15, Related Party Transactions ), which along with its investment interest indicated its ability to exercise significant influence. Accordingly, this investment is accounted for under the equity method. The Company uses the fair value option in accounting for its investment in Scorpio Tankers based upon the quoted market price of Scorpio Tankers common stock discounted for a lack of marketability due to our inability to sell the shares until January 7, 2019. As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s share of investee net assets exceeded its carrying value in its equity method investment by approximately $100.8 million .
Below is a table of equity investment activity (in thousands):
 
 
2018
Beginning balance
 
$

Investment in Scorpio Tankers
 
100,000

Gain (loss) from change in fair value of investment in Scorpio Tankers
 
(7,719
)
   Equity Method investments at fair value
 
$
92,281

Dividend income from Scorpio Tankers common stock
 
$
541



The following table represents summarized information regarding the Company’s equity investee as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

 
 
December 31, 2018
Total revenues
 
$
585,047

Operating income
 
10,542

   Net loss
 
(190,071
)
 
 
 
Current assets
 
$
687,341

Non-current assets
 
4,096,823

   Total assets
 
$
4,784,164

Current liabilities
 
$
447,200

Non-current liabilities
 
2,497,952

   Total liabilities
 
$
2,945,152



F- 33

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

14.
Fair value of financial instruments
The carrying amount and fair value of financial instruments at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were as follows (in thousands):
 
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
Level
 
Carrying value
 
Fair Value
 
Carrying value
 
Fair Value
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
1
 
$
67,495

 
$
67,495

 
$
68,535

 
$
68,535

Other assets - interest rate cap
2
 
219

 
219

 
192

 
192

Equity investment - Common stock of Scorpio Tankers Inc.
2
 
92,281

 
92,281

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank loans, net
1
 
681,489

 
681,489

 
623,960

 
623,960

     Financing obligation
1
 
73,823

 
73,823

 
18,891

 
18,891

Senior Notes, net
1
 
73,253

 
74,214

 
72,726

 
74,921

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, various methods are used including market, income and cost approaches. Based on these approaches, certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability are used, including assumptions about risk and/or the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market-corroborated, or generally unobservable firm inputs. Valuation techniques that are used maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, fair value measured financial instruments are categorized according to the fair value hierarchy prescribed by ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”. The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:
Level 1: Fair value measurements using unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Fair value measurements using correlation with (directly or indirectly) observable market-based inputs, unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data, or quoted prices in markets that are not active.
Level 3: Fair value measurements using inputs that are significant and not readily observable in the market.
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, and that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
The interest rate caps were measured at fair value using implied volatility rates of each caplet and the yield curve for the related periods.
At December 31, 2018, the Company held an equity investment consisting of approximately 54.1 million shares of common stock of Scorpio Tankers at an estimated fair value of $92.3 million . Although a quoted market price in active securities markets was available for these shares at December 31, 2018, we were prohibited from selling our shares through January 7, 2019, pursuant to the terms of a lock-up agreement we entered into at the time of the investment. Accordingly, a discount for lack of marketability was included when arriving at the appropriate fair value of the shares, which value was reduced from the quoted market value of $95.1 million at December 31, 2018, to $92.3 million . The discount for marketability was calculated using the Finnerty Model, an option-based approach that takes into account the remaining term until the end of the restriction, the risk free rate and expected volatility. Unrealized gains and losses are included in Income (loss) from equity investment in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

F- 34

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

The carrying value of our secured bank loans are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The Company believes the carrying amounts of its bank loans at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 approximate fair value because the interest rates on these instruments change with, or approximate, market interest rates. These amounts are shown net of $10.5 million and $13.8 million of unamortized deferred financing fees on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
The Senior Notes are publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange and are considered a level 1 item. The carrying values shown in the table are the face value of the notes net of $0.4 million and $0.9 million of unamortized deferred financing fees as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
Certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities are carried at contracted amounts that approximate fair value. Assets and liabilities that are recorded at contracted amounts approximating fair value consist primarily of balances with related parties, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses.

15.
Related Party Transactions
The Company’s Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family, which is the majority owner and controls the Scorpio group of companies (“Scorpio”), including SSM, which provides the Company with vessel technical management services, SCM, which provides the Company with vessel commercial management services, SSH, which provides the Company and other related entities with administrative services and services related to the acquisition of vessels and Scorpio UK Limited (“SUK”) which provides the Company with vessel chartering services. SSH also has a majority equity interest in a port agent that provides supply and logistical services for the Company’s vessels operating in its regions. In 2009, the Lolli-Ghetti family founded Scorpio Tankers Inc. (“Scorpio Tankers”) (NYSE: “STNG”), a large international shipping company engaged in seaborne transportation of refined petroleum products, of which Mr. Emanuele Lauro is currently the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The Company’s Co-Founder, President and Director, Mr. Robert Bugbee, is also the President and a Director of Scorpio Tankers and has a senior management position at Scorpio. The Company’s Vice President, Mr. Filippo Lauro is also the Vice President of Scorpio Tankers and has a senior management position at Scorpio.

In 2016, we agreed to amend our master agreement, or the Master Agreement, with SCM and SSM, and our administrative services agreement. or the Administrative Services Agreement, with SSH, under a deed of amendment, or the Deed of Amendment. Pursuant to the terms of the Deed of Amendment, on December 9, 2016, we entered into definitive documentation to memorialize the agreed amendments to the Master Agreement, or the Amended and Restated Master Agreement. The Amended and Restated Master Agreement and the Administrative Services Agreement as amended by the Deed of Amendment, or the Amended Administrative Services Agreement, were effective as from September 29, 2016.

In December 2017, we agreed to amend the Amended and Restated Master Agreement to amend and restate the technical management agreement thereunder subject to bank consents being obtained (where required), which were subsequently obtained. On February 22, 2018, we entered into definitive documentation to memorialize the agreed amendments to the Amended and Restated Master Agreement under a deed of amendment, or the Amendment Agreement. The Amended and Restated Master Agreement as amended by the Amendment Agreement, or the Revised Master Agreement is effective as from January 1, 2018.

Amended Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into the Amended Administrative Services Agreement with SSH for the provision of administrative staff, office space and accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services for which the Company reimburses SSH for the reasonable direct and indirect expenses incurred while providing such services. Such costs are classified as general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
SSH also arranges vessel sales and purchases for the Company, for which it previously paid SSH a fee, payable in its common shares, for arranging vessel acquisitions, including newbuildings. The amount of common shares payable was determined by dividing $250,000 by the market value of the Company’s common shares based on the volume weighted average price of its common shares over the 30 trading day period immediately preceding the contract date of a definitive agreement to acquire any vessel. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company issued 12,946 and 51,679 , respectively, of its common shares to SSH.

F- 35

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

In addition, SSH has agreed with the Company not to own any drybulk carriers greater than 30,000 dwt for so long as the Amended Administrative Services Agreement is in full force and effect. This agreement may be terminated by SSH upon 12 months ’ notice or by the Company upon 24 months ’ notice.
The services provided to the Company by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within Scorpio.
The Company issued 5,000,000 and 5,250,000 shares to SSH for $15.0 million and $16.0 million , respectively, as part of two separate public offerings occurring in March and June 2016.
Revised Master Agreement

The Company’s vessels are commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM pursuant to the Revised Master Agreement, which may be terminated by either party upon 24 months notice, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of the Revised Master Agreement. In the event of a sale of any vessels, a notice period of three months and a payment equal to three months of management fees will apply, provided that the termination does not amount to a change of control, including a sale of substantially all vessels, in which case a payment equal to 24 months of management fees will apply. Additional vessels that the Company may acquire in the future are expected to be managed under the Revised Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms as the Revised Master Agreement.
 
SCM’s commercial management services include securing employment for the Company’s vessels in the spot market and on time charters. SCM also manages the Scorpio Pools (spot market-oriented vessel pools) including the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the currently inactive Scorpio Capesize Pool in which the Company’s owned, finance leased and time chartered-in vessels are employed and from which a significant portion of its revenue is generated. The Scorpio Ultramax Pool and the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool participants, including the Company and third-party owners of similar vessels, pay SCM a pool management fee of $300 per vessel per day, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture. The Company typically has balances due from these pools, consisting primarily of working capital, undistributed earnings and reimbursable costs. These receivables are either classified as current or non-current assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheet depending upon whether the associated vessel is expected to exit the pool within the next 12 months . The Company is also allocated general and administrative expenses from SCM. The Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Ultramax Pool were significant customers for the year ended December 31, 2018 , accounting for 36% and 64% of the Company’s total vessel revenue, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2017 , the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Ultramax Pool accounted for 42%  and 58% of the Company’s total vessel revenue, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2016 , the Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and the Scorpio Ultramax Pool accounted for 40% and 60% of the Company’s total vessel revenue (including commissions from SCM), respectively.
For the commercial management of any of the Company’s vessels that do not operate in one of these pools, it pays SCM a daily fee of $300 per vessel, plus a 1.75% commission on the gross revenues per charter fixture, which are classified as voyage expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Prior to the amendment to the Master Agreement effective as from September 29, 2016, contracts for the construction of vessels that were sold or cancelled prior to the Company taking delivery of the vessels resulted in a termination fee of $0.5 million per vessel and the termination fee for a vessel which was under SCM management was two years of daily fees of $300 , or $0.2 million per vessel plus 1.00% of the estimated revenue SCM would have generated for the vessel over the next two years . This fee was classified as a loss/write off of vessels and assets held for sale in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Following the amendment to the Master Agreement on September 29, 2016, the fees due for a termination of the commercial management arrangements in the event of the sale of one or more vessels, provided it does not amount to a change of control of the Company, including a sale of substantially all vessels, was reduced to a three month notice period and payment equal to three months of management fees.
Effective January 1, 2018, pursuant to the Revised Master Agreement, the fixed annual technical management fee was reduced from $200,000 to $160,000 , and certain services previously provided as part of the fixed fee are itemized. The aggregate cost, including the costs that are now itemized, for the services provided under the technical management agreement do not materially differ from the annual management fee charged prior to the amendment.
SSM’s technical management services include providing technical support, such as arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, supervising the maintenance and performance of vessels, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, and monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance and customer standards.

F- 36

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

The Company pays SSM an annual fee of $160,000 plus charges for certain itemized services per vessel to provide technical management services for each of its owned or finance leased vessels, which is a component of vessel operating cost in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In addition, representatives of SSM, including certain subcontractors, previously provided the Company with construction supervisory services while its vessels were being constructed in shipyards. For these services, SSM was compensated for its direct expenses, which varied between $0.2 million and $0.5 million per vessel.
Prior to the amendment to the Master Agreement effective as from September 29, 2016, contracts for the construction of vessels that were sold or canceled prior to the Company taking delivery of the vessels resulted in a termination fee of $0.5 million per vessel and the termination fee for a vessel which was under SSM management was two years of annual fees of $0.2 million per vessel, or $0.4 million per vessel. This fee was included in loss/write off of vessels and assets held for sale in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Following the amendment to the Master Agreement effective as from September 29, 2016, the fees due for a termination of the technical management arrangements in the event of the sale of any vessels,  provided  it does not amount to a change of control of the Company, including a sale of substantially all vessels, have been reduced to a notice period of three months and a payment equal to three months of management fees.
SUK allocates salaries of certain SUK employees to the Company for services performed for the Company.
The fees and rates charged as vessel operating costs by the related party port agent are based on the prevailing market rates for such services in each respective region.

In 2016, an Executive Officer of the Company acquired a minority interest, which in 2018 increased to a majority interest, in an insurance broker which arranges hull and machinery and war risk insurance for certain of our owned and finance leased vessels. This broker has arranged such policies for the Company since 2013 and the extent of the coverage and the manner in which the policies are priced did not change as a result of this transaction. In September 2018 the Executive Officer disposed of their interest in the insurance broker in its entirety to a third party not affiliated with the Company. The amounts recorded reflect the amortization of the policy premiums, which are paid directly to the broker, who then remits the premiums to the underwriters. Such payments, which are made in advance, are classified as prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet until they are expensed at which point they are recorded as vessel operating expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

In October 2018, the Company invested $100.0 million in Scorpio Tankers for approximately 54.1 million , or 10.9% (as of October 12, 2018), of Scorpio Tankers’ issued and outstanding common shares. The investment was part of a larger $337.0 million equity raise through a public offering of common shares by Scorpio Tankers. Scorpio Tankers is a large international shipping company incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands engaged in seaborne transportation of refined petroleum products. The Company and Scorpio Tankers have a number of common shareholders. They also share a number of directors and officers, including Mr. Emanuele Lauro who serves as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of both companies, Mr. Robert Bugbee, who serves as President and a Director of both companies, Mr. Cameron Mackey, who serves as Chief Operating Officer of both companies, and Mr. Filippo Lauro, who serves as the Vice President of both companies. There are no other significant transactions between the Company and Scorpio Tankers. As discussed in Note 1, Organization and Basis of Presentation , this investment is accounted for under the equity method.

Transactions with entities controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family and with Scorpio Tankers (herein referred to as related party affiliates) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheet are summarized in the following tables (in thousands).

F- 37

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Vessel revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool
 
$
87,305

 
$
67,825

 
$
31,319

Scorpio Ultramax Pool
 
155,197

 
94,380

 
46,227

SCM
 

 

 
856

Total vessel revenue
 
$
242,502

 
$
162,205

 
$
78,402

Voyage expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
SCM
 
$

 
$
172

 
$
319

Vessel operating cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
SSM
 
$
13,361

 
$
9,379

 
7,191

Port agent
 
117

 
13

 

Insurance brokerage
 
1,721

 

 

Total vessel operating cost
 
$
15,199

 
$
9,392

 
$
7,191

General and administrative expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
SCM
 
$
45

 
$
108

 
$
43

SSM
 
99

 

 

SSH
 
6,707

 
5,643

 
3,949

SUK
 
1,665

 
971

 
862

Total general and administrative expense
 
$
8,516

 
$
6,722

 
$
4,854

Income (loss) from equity investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scorpio Tankers Inc.
 
$
(7,178
)
 
$

 
$

Write down on assets held for sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
SCM
 
$

 
$
147

 
$
500

SSM
 

 
200

 
500

Total write down on assets held for sale
 
$

 
$
347

 
$
1,000




F- 38

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , we had the following balances with related parties, which have been included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:
 
December 31,
 
2018
 
2017
Assets
 
 
 
Due from related parties-current:
 
 
 
Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool
$
4,017

 
$
3,977

Scorpio Ultramax Pool
3,321

 
2,578

Total due from related parties-current
$
7,338

 
$
6,555

Due from related parties non-current:
 
 
 
Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool
$
4,806

 
$
5,080

Scorpio Ultramax Pool
10,542

 
10,741

Total due from related parties non-current
$
15,348

 
$
15,821

Equity investment in Scorpio Tankers Inc.
$
92,281

 
$

Liabilities
 
 
 
Due to related parties-current :
 
 
 
SCM
$
8

 
$

SSM
116

 
69

SSH
357

 
297

Total due to related parties-current
$
481

 
$
366



F- 39

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

16.
Segment Reporting
Effective January 1, 2016, the Company is organized by vessel type into two operating segments through which the Company’s chief operating decision maker manages the Company’s business. The Kamsarmax and Ultramax Operations segments include the following:
Kamsarmax - includes vessels ranging from approximately 82,000 DWT to 84,000 DWT
Ultramax - includes vessels ranging from approximately 60,200 DWT to 64,000 DWT
Although each vessel within its respective class qualifies as an operating segment under U.S. GAAP, each vessel also exhibits similar long-term financial performance and similar economic characteristics to the other vessels within the respective vessel class, thereby meeting the aggregation criteria in U.S. GAAP. We have therefore chosen to present our segment information by vessel class using the aggregated information from the individual vessels.
The Company’s vessels regularly move between countries in international waters, over dozens of trade routes and, as a result, the disclosure of financial information about geographic areas is impracticable.
Certain expenses incurred by the Company are not attributable to any specific segment. Accordingly, these costs are not allocated to the Company’s Kamsarmax or Ultramax segments and are included in the results below as “Corporate”.
The following schedule presents segment information about the Company’s operations and identifiable assets for the year s ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 (in thousands).
December 31, 2018
 
Kamsarmax
 
Ultramax
 
Corporate
 
Total
Vessel revenue
 
$
87,305

 
$
155,197

 


 
$
242,502

Voyage expenses
 
219

 
330

 


 
549

Vessel operating cost
 
34,255

 
71,220

 


 
105,475

Charterhire expense
 
422

 
3,754

 


 
4,176

Vessel depreciation
 
19,320

 
37,287

 


 
56,607

General and administrative expenses
 
2,069

 
4,344

 
25,972

 
32,385

Interest income
 


 


 
1,107

 
1,107

Income (loss) from equity investment
 


 


 
(7,178
)
 
(7,178
)
Foreign exchange gain (loss)
 


 


 
(68
)
 
(68
)
Financial expense, net
 


 


 
(49,869
)
 
(49,869
)
Segment loss
 
$
31,020

 
$
38,262

 
$
(81,980
)
 
$
(12,698
)





F- 40

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

December 31, 2017
 
Kamsarmax
 
Ultramax
 
Corporate
 
Total
Vessel revenue
 
$
67,825

 
$
94,380

 


 
$
162,205

Voyage expenses
 
300

 
129

 


 
429

Vessel operating cost
 
35,336

 
51,445

 
(117
)
 
86,664

Charterhire expense
 
4,417

 
975

 


 
5,392

Vessel depreciation
 
18,713

 
29,797

 


 
48,510

General and administrative expenses
 
1,916

 
3,389

 
23,776

 
29,081

Loss / write down on assets held for sale
 
17,701

 


 


 
17,701

Interest income
 


 


 
1,100

 
1,100

Foreign exchange gain (loss)
 


 


 
(292
)
 
(292
)
Financial expense, net
 


 


 
(34,962
)
 
(34,962
)
Segment loss
 
$
(10,558
)
 
$
8,645

 
$
(57,813
)
 
$
(59,726
)
December 31, 2016
 
Kamsarmax
 
Ultramax
 
Corporate
 
Total
Vessel revenue
 
$
31,684

 
$
46,718

 


 
$
78,402

Voyage expenses
 
(81
)
 
36

 


 
(45
)
Vessel operating cost
 
27,083

 
41,749

 


 
68,832

Charterhire expense
 
12,323

 
5,033

 


 
17,356

Charterhire termination
 
2,500

 
7,500

 


 
10,000

Vessel depreciation
 
14,522

 
22,040

 


 
36,562

General and administrative expenses
 
1,718

 
2,725

 
29,552

 
33,995

Loss / write down on assets held for sale
 
11,557

 
(130
)
 
1,006

 
12,433

Interest income
 


 


 
933

 
933

Foreign exchange loss
 


 


 
(116
)
 
(116
)
Financial expense, net
 


 


 
(24,921
)
 
(24,921
)
Segment loss
 
$
(37,938
)
 
$
(32,235
)
 
$
(54,662
)
 
$
(124,835
)
Identifiable assets, classified by the segment by which the Company operates, are as follows:
Identifiable assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Held by vessel owning subsidiaries or allocated to segments:
 
 
 
 
   Kamsarmax
 
$
553,790

 
$
549,444

   Ultramax
 
994,812

 
1,028,798

Held by parent and other subsidiaries, not allocated to segments:
 
 
 
 
  Cash and cash equivalents
 
55,884

 
59,278

  Other
 
99,340

 
5,890

Total identifiable assets
 
$
1,703,826

 
$
1,643,410




F- 41

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)

17.
Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations
The following tables set forth certain unaudited financial data for the Company's quarterly operations in 2018 and 2017. The following information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual information presented elsewhere in this report and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the quarterly periods presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

(amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited) 2018 Quarter Ended
 
(Unaudited) 2017 Quarter Ended
 
First Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
 
First Quarter (1)
 
Second Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Fourth Quarter
Revenues
$
54,253

 
$
60,614

 
$
62,464

 
$
65,171

 
$
37,428

 
$
37,742

 
$
38,608

 
$
51,127

Operating loss
4,468

 
12,049

 
12,987

 
13,806

 
(26,173
)
 
(4,734
)
 
(2,555
)
 
7,891

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
(5,772
)
 
800

 
(353
)
 
(7,373
)
 
(34,564
)
 
(13,418
)
 
(10,674
)
 
(1,068
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
$
(0.08
)
 
$
0.01

 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
(0.11
)
 
$
(0.48
)
 
$
(0.19
)
 
$
(0.15
)
 
$
(0.01
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
$
(0.08
)
 
$
0.01

 
$
(0.01
)
 
$
(0.11
)
 
$
(0.48
)
 
$
(0.19
)
 
$
(0.15
)
 
$
(0.01
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
72,702

 
72,494

 
72,749

 
69,387

 
71,735

 
71,804

 
71,936

 
71,702

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
72,702

 
74,718

 
72,749

 
69,387

 
71,735

 
71,804

 
71,936

 
71,702

Earnings per share for quarterly periods are based on the weighted average common shares outstanding in individual quarters; thus, the sum of earnings per share of the quarters may not equal the amounts reported for the full year.

(1)  
First quarter 2017 results include a loss / write down on assets held for sale of $17.7 million.


18.
Subsequent Events
Investment in Scorpio Tankers Inc.

On January 18, 2019, Scorpio Tankers effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split and as such the Company now owns approximately 5.4 million common shares of Scorpio Tankers.

Dividend

On January 25, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.02 per share, payable on or about March 15, 2019, to all shareholders of record as of February 15, 2019.

Share Repurchase Program

On January 25, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program to purchase up to an aggregate of $50.0 million of the Company’s common shares. This new share repurchase program replaced the Company’s previous share repurchase program that was authorized in October 2018 and that was terminated in conjunction with the authorization of the new share repurchase program. The specific timing and amounts of the repurchases will be in the sole discretion of management and may vary based on market conditions and other factors. The Company is not obligated under the terms of the program to repurchase any of its common shares. The authorization has no expiration date.

F- 42

Table of Contents
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in thousands, except per share, per day and per vessel data)


$21.4 Million Lease Financing - SBI Samba

In February 2019, the Company entered into a financing transaction with an unaffiliated third party involving the sale and leaseback of the SBI Samba, a 2015 Japanese built Kamsarmax vessel, for a consideration of  $21.4 million . As part of the transaction, the Company will make payments of $6,850 per day under a five -year bareboat charter agreement with the buyer. The transaction also provides the Company with the option to repurchase the vessel beginning on the third anniversary of the sale until the end of the bareboat charter agreement.

Vessel Sales
In March 2019, the Company entered into agreements with unaffiliated third parties to sell the SBI Electra and SBI Flamenco, two 2015 Chinese built Kamsarmax vessels, for approximately $48.0 million in aggregate. Delivery of the vessels is estimated to take place in the second quarter of 2019. The Company expects to take a charge of approximately $8.0 million , including the write off of deferred finance charges costs, in the first quarter of 2019.

CMBFL Lease Financing

In March 2019, the Company agreed to sell and leaseback three Ultramax vessels (SBI Pegasus, SBI Subaru and SBI Ursa) and four Kamsarmax vessels (SBI Lambada, SBI Macarena, SBI Carioca and SBI Capoeira) to CMB Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. As part of the agreements, the Company will bareboat charter-in the vessels for a period of seven years . In addition, the Company has purchase options beginning after the end of the third year of each agreement.  There is also a purchase option for each vessel upon the expiration of each agreement.



F- 43






Exhibit 4.28
Execution version


Dated 21 June 2018
$12,750,000
TERM LOAN FACILITY
SBI LYNX SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
as Borrower
and
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
as Guarantor
and
BNP PARIBAS
as Mandated Lead Arranger
and
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Part B of Schedule 1
as Lenders
and
BNP PARIBAS
as Facility Agent
and
BNP PARIBAS
as Security Agent





FACILITY AGREEMENT
relating to
the financing of part of the purchase price of one Kamsarmax bulk carrier
with hull number YZJ2015-2215 (tbn "SBI Lynx")
currently under construction at Jiangsu New Yangziijang Shipbuilding Co. Ltd, China

Index
Clause      Page

Section 1 Interpretation      2
1      Definitions and Interpretation      2
Section 2 The Facility      25
2      The Facility      25
3      Purpose      25
4      Conditions of Utilisation      25
Section 3 Utilisation      27
5      Utilisation      27
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation      30
6      Repayment      30
7      Prepayment and Cancellation      31
Section 5 Costs of Utilisation      34
8      Interest      34
9      Interest Periods      35
10      Changes to the Calculation of Interest      35
11      Fees      37
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations      38
12      Tax Gross Up and Indemnities      38
13      Increased Costs      41
14      Other Indemnities      43
15      Mitigation by the Finance Parties      45
16      Costs and Expenses      46
Section 7 Guarantee      47
17      Guarantee and Indemnity      47
Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default      50
18      Representations      50
19      Information Undertakings      55
20      Financial Covenants      58
21      General Undertakings      59
22      Insurance Undertakings      65
23      Ship Undertakings      70
24      Security Cover      75
25      Application of Earnings      76
26      Events of Default      78
Section 9 Changes to Parties      82
27      Changes to the Lenders      82
28      Changes to the Obligors      87
Section 10 The Finance Parties      88
29      The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Reference Banks      88





30      The Security Agent      98
31      Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties      112
32      Sharing among the Finance Parties      112
Section 11 Administration      114
33      Payment Mechanics      114
34      Set-Off      117
35      Contractual recognition of Bail-In      117
36      Notices      117
37      Calculations and Certificates      119
38      Partial Invalidity      119
39      Remedies and Waivers      119
40      Settlement or Discharge Conditional      120
41      Irrevocable Payment      120
42      Amendments and Waivers      120
43      Confidentiality      122
44      Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations      125
45      Counterparts      127
Section 12 Governing Law and Enforcement      128
46      Governing Law      128
47      Enforcement      128

Schedules

Schedule 1 The Parties      129
Part A The Obligors      129
Part B The Original Lenders      130
Part C The Servicing Parties      131
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent      132
Part A Conditions Precedent to Utilisation Request      132
Part B Conditions Precedent to delivery date      134
Part C Conditions subsequent      136
Schedule 3 Requests      137
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate      138
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement      140
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate      143
Schedule 7 Timetables      144

Execution

Execution Pages      145





















THIS AGREEMENT is made on _____ June 2018
PARTIES
(1)
SBI LYNX SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, Republic of the Marshall Islands, as borrower (the " Borrower ")
(2)
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, Republic of the Marshall Islands, as guarantor (the " Guarantor ")
(3)
BNP PARIBAS , a French société anonyme registered with the Registre du Commerce et des Sociétés of Paris under number 662 042 449 with its registered office at 16 Boulevard des Italiens, 75009 Paris, France, a s mandated lead arranger (the " Mandated Lead Arranger ")
(4)
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as lenders (the " Original Lenders ")
(5)
BNP PARIBAS , a French société anonyme registered with the Registre du Commerce et des Sociétés of Paris under number 662 042 449 with its registered office at 16 Boulevard des Italiens, 75009 Paris, France, as agent of the other Finance Parties (the " Facility Agent ")
(6)
BNP PARIBAS , a French société anonyme registered with the Registre du Commerce et des Sociétés of Paris under number 662 042 449 with its registered office at 16 Boulevard des Italiens, 75009 Paris, France, as security agent for the Secured Parties (the " Security Agent ")
BACKGROUND
The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a facility of up to the lesser of: (i) $12,750,000, (ii) 50 per cent. of the Contract Price and (iii) 50 per cent. of the Market Value for the purpose of financing part of the Contract Price of the Ship which is to be constructed by the Builder for, and purchased by, the Borrower pursuant to the Shipbuilding Contract.


OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
Section 1

Section 2
Section 3 Interpretation
1
Definitions and Interpretation
1.
Definitions
In this Agreement:
" Account Bank " means BNP Paribas (Suisse) SA, a Swiss société anonyme acting through its office at Place de Hollande 2, CP CH-1211, Geneva 11, Switzerland.
" Accounts " means the Earnings Account and the Retention Account.
" Account Security " means a document creating Security over any Account in agreed form.
" Advance " means the borrowing of the Loan under this Agreement.
" Affected Lender " has the meaning given to it in paragraph (b) of Clause 10.3 ( Market disruption ).
" Affiliate " means, in relation to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person or is a director or officer of such person, and for the purposes of this definition, the term "control" (including the terms "controlling", "controlled by" and "under common control with") of a person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 20% or more of the voting stock of such person or to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract or otherwise.
" Approved Brokers " means any international reputable firm of insurance brokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.
" Approved Classification " means the highest available classification with an Approved Classification Society.





" Approved Classification Society " means any classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.
" Approved Closing Procedure " means a procedure whereby the Advance may be combined with funds of the Borrower to pay all sums payable by the Borrower to the Seller pursuant to the Shipbuilding Contract by being remitted at least three Business Days prior to the Delivery Date as required pursuant to the Shipbuilding Contract, on the request of the Borrower to a suspense account held with the Seller's bank on the basis of instructions set out in an MT199 SWIFT message providing that such amount is to be held to the order of the Facility Agent and not to be released to the Seller until a named representative of the Facility Agent countersigns the protocol of delivery and acceptance for the Ship as between the Borrower and the Seller, such MT199 SWIFT message to include such other terms as the Facility Agent may require including, without limitation, a return of proceeds provision if the Delivery Date has not occurred within 10 Business Days of the date of the MT199 SWIFT message.
" Approved Commercial Manager " means:
(a)
Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the Principality of Monaco or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries, or any Affiliates or Subsidiaries of the Guarantor; or
(b)
any other company proposed by the Guarantor, which the Facility Agent may, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, approve (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) from time to time as the commercial manager of the Ship.
" Approved Flag " means the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Republic of Liberia, Singapore or such other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.
" Approved Manager " means the Approved Commercial Manager and/or the Approved Technical Manager.
" Approved Pooling Arrangement " means the Scorpio Bulkers Kamsarmax Pool and any other pooling arrangement:
(a)
run by any Affiliate of the Approved Commercial Manager; or
(b)
proposed by the Borrower and approved in writing by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) prior to the Ship's entry into such pooling arrangement.
" Approved Pooling Charter " means any charter relating to the Ship where the charterer is an Affiliate of the Guarantor or is entered into pursuant to an Approved Pooling Agreement.
" Approved Technical Manager " means:
(a)
Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M. of 9, rue de Gabian, MC98000, the Principality of Monaco or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries, or any Affiliates or Subsidiaries of the Guarantor;
(b)
any of (i) V. Ships Ship Management of 1 st Floor, 63 Queen Victoria Street, EC4N 4UA, London, United Kingdom, (ii) D'Amico International Shipping of 20 Boulevard de Suisse, Monte Carlo, MC98000, the Principality of Monaco, (iii) Hellespont Shipping of 93 Leoforos Posidonos, 16674, Glyfada, Greece and (iv) C.P. Offen Tankschiffreederei (GmbH & Co.) KG of Bleichenbruecke 10, 20354, Hamburg, Germany; or
(c)
any other company proposed by the Guarantor, which the Facility Agent may, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, approve (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) from time to time as the technical manager of the Ship.
" Approved Valuer " means any of: (i) Braemar Seascope Limited, (ii) Clarkson PLC, (iii) RS Platou, (iv) Galbraith's Ltd., (v) Maersk Brokers, (vi) Fearnleys or any international reputable firm of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.
" Assignment Agreement " means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.
" Authorisation " means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.
" Availability Period " means the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of:
(a)
the Delivery Date of the Ship; and





(b)
15 October 2018;
or such other date as the Lenders and the Borrower may agree.
" Available Amounts " means amounts readily available for drawing by the Guarantor under committed revolving credit facilities with a maturity date in excess of twelve (12) months and which remain undrawn and could be drawn for general working capital or other general corporate purposes and provided that no event of default has occurred and is continuing under any such revolving credit facility and the Guarantor is entitled to borrow under such committed revolving credit facility.
" Available Commitment " means a Lender's Commitment minus:
(a)
the amount of its participation in the outstanding Loan; and
(b)
in relation to the proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in the Advance that is due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.
" Available Facility " means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment.
" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
" Bail-In Legislation " means:
(a)
in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and
(b)
in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.
" Break Costs " means the amount (if any) by which:
(a)
the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or an Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;
exceeds
(b)
the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.
" Builder " means (i) Jiangsu New Yangziijang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in the People's Republic of China whose registered office is at Jingjiang Park of Jiangyin Economic Development Zone1, Jingjiang City, Jiangsu Province, the People's Republic of China, and (ii) Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in the People's Republic of China whose registered office is at 38 Shiyugang Road, Jiangyin City, Jiangsu Province, the People's Republic of China.
" Business Day " means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Paris, London, New York, Geneva, Amsterdam and, in relation to and for the purposes of Clause 5 only, including the definition of Approved Closing Procedure, Shanghai.
" Capitalised Lease " means, as applied to any person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such person, as lessee, in conformity with US GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such person.
" Capitalised Lease Obligation " means the rental obligations under a Capitalised Lease.
" Cash Equivalents " means:
(a)
securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the US or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the US is pledged in support thereof);
(b)
time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits held with any commercial bank of recognized standing organised under the laws of the US, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;
(c)
time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits held with any Lender; and
(d)
such other securities or instruments as the Majority Lenders shall agree in writing,





and in respect of both (a) and (b) above, with a Rating Category of at least "A+" by S&P and "A" by Moody's (or the equivalent used by another Rating Agency) in each case having maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition.
" Charter " means any charter or other contract of employment relating to the Ship having a duration (including, without limitation, by virtue of any optional extensions) of more than 12 months entered into or to be entered into by the Borrower with a charterer and on terms and conditions acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) other than an Approved Pooling Charter.
" Charter Guarantee " means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument (whether or not already issued) supporting a Charter.
" Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
" Commercial Management Agreement " means the agreement entered into between the Borrower and the Approved Commercial Manager regarding the commercial management of the Ship.
" Commitment " means:
(a)
in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading "Commitment" in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and
(b)
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or in any other form agreed between the Guarantor and the Facility Agent.
" Confidential Information " means all information relating to any Obligor, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:
(a)
any Obligor or any of its advisers; or
(b)
another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any Obligor or any of its advisers,
in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:
(a)
information that:
(A)
is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 43 ( Confidentiality ); or
(B)
is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Obligor or any of its advisers; or
(C)
is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and
(b)
any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.
" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent.
" Consolidated Funded Debt " means, for any accounting period, the sum of the following for the Guarantor determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied:
(a)
all Financial Indebtedness; and





(b)
all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with US GAAP would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet),
provided that balance sheet accruals for future dry-dock expenses shall not be classified as Consolidated Funded Debt.
" Consolidated Liquidity " means, on a consolidated basis at any time, the sum of (i) cash, (ii) Cash Equivalents, in each case held by the Guarantor on a freely available and unencumbered basis and (iii) Available Amounts, provided however that 66 2/3 per cent. of the Consolidated Liquidity shall at all times consist of cash.
" Consolidated Tangible Net Worth " means, on a consolidated basis, the total shareholders' equity (including retained earnings) of the Guarantor, minus goodwill, and as adjusted to exclude (i) any incurred losses/write downs on assets sold and/or held for sale on or after 31 December 2013, (ii) any incurred losses on termination of shipbuilding contracts on or after 31 December 2013 and (iii) any impairment charges taken on assets on or after 31 December 2013.
" Consolidated Total Capitalization " means Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus Consolidated Funded Debt.
" Contract Price " means the price payable for the Ship under clause 1 and article II of the Shipbuilding Contract, subject to adjustment as provided in article II of the Shipbuilding Contract.
" Corresponding Debt " means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.
" Deed of Covenant " means, if applicable, the deed of covenant collateral to the Mortgage and creating Security over the Ship, the Earnings, the Insurances and the Requisition Compensation in agreed form.
" Default " means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.
" Delegate " means any delegate, agent, attorney, co-trustee or other person appointed by the Security Agent.
" Delivery Date " means the date on which the Ship is delivered by the Seller to the Borrower under the Shipbuilding Contract.
" Disruption Event " means either or both of:
(a)
a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties or, if applicable, any Obligor; or
(b)
the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party or, if applicable, any Obligor preventing that, or any other, Party or, if applicable, any Obligor:
(a)
from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or
(b)
from communicating with other Parties or, if applicable, any Obligor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,
and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party or, if applicable, any Obligor whose operations are disrupted.
" Document of Compliance " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.
" dollars " and " $ " mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.
" Earnings " means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower or the Security Agent and which arise out of or in connection with or relate to the use or operation of the Ship, including (but not limited to):
(a)
except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b) below:
(i)
all freight, hire and passage moneys including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising out of or in connection with a Charter or a Charter Guarantee;
(ii)
the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;





(iii)
compensation payable to the Borrower or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of the Ship for hire or use;
(iv)
remuneration for salvage and towage services;
(v)
demurrage and detention moneys;
(vi)
without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship;
(vii)
all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;
(viii)
all monies which are at any time payable to the Borrower in relation to general average contribution; and
(b)
if and whenever the Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship.
" Earnings Account " means:
(a)
an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank designated "SBI Lynx Shipping Company Limited - Earnings Account"; or
(b)
any other account (with that or another office of the Account Bank or with a bank or financial institution other than the Account Bank) which is designated by the Facility Agent as the Earnings Account of the Borrower for the purposes of this Agreement,
including any related sub-accounts.
" EEA Member Country " means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.
" Environmental Approval " means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.
" Environmental Claim " means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, " claim " includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.
" Environmental Incident " means:
(a)
any release, emission, spill or discharge of Environmentally Sensitive Material whether within the Ship or from the Ship into any other vessel or into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water; or
(b)
any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than the Ship and which involves a collision between the Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or the Ship and/or any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or
(c)
any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from the Ship and in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.
" Environmental Law " means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.





" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.
" Equity Interests " of any person means:
(a)
any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and
(b)
all rights to purchase, warrants or option or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such person.
" Equity Proceeds " means the net cash proceeds from the issuance of common preferred stock of the Borrower (excluding the issuance of restricted stock).
" EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the document described as such and published by the LMA from time to time.
" Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 26 ( Events of Default ).
" Facility " means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).
" Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.
" FATCA " means:
(a)
sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;
(b)
any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or
(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.
" FATCA Application Date " means:
(a)
in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;
(b)
in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or
(c)
in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019,
or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.
" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
" Fee Letter " means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and the Borrower setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ).
" Finance Document " means:
(a)
this Agreement;
(b)
any Fee Letter;
(c)
any Utilisation Request;
(d)
any Security Document;
(e)
any Manager's Undertaking;
(f)
any Subordination Deed;





(g)
any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or
(h)
any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.
"Finance Party " means the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, a Lender or the Account Bank.
" Financial Indebtedness " means, with respect to any person (the " Debtor ") at any date of determination (without duplication):
(a)
all obligations of the Debtor for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the Debtor;
(b)
all obligations of the Debtor evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(c)
all obligations of the Debtor in respect of any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or equivalent made available to the Debtor (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto);
(d)
all obligations of the Debtor to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereto or the completion of such services, except trade payables;
(e)
all Capitalised Lease Obligations of the Debtor as lessee;
(f)
all financial indebtedness of persons other than the Debtor secured by any Security on any asset of the Debtor, whether or not financial indebtedness is assumed by the Debtor, provided that the amount of such financial indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such financial indebtedness; and
(g)
all financial indebtedness of persons other than the Debtor under any guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the Debtor to the extent such financial indebtedness is guaranteed, indemnified, etc. by the Debtor.
The amount of Financial Indebtedness of any Debtor at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations described in (f) and (g) above, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided that (i) the amount outstanding at any time of any Financial Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such Financial Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of such original issue discount of such Financial Indebtedness at such time and (ii) Financial Indebtedness shall not include any liability for taxes.
" Funding Rate " means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ).
" General Assignment " means the general assignment to be entered into between the Security Agent and the Borrower creating Security over:
(h)
the Earnings, the Insurances, any Requisition Compensation; and
(i)
any existing or future Charter and any related Charter Guarantee,
in agreed form.
" Group " means the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being.
" Holding Company " means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.
" Indemnified Person " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ).
" Insurances " means:
(a)
all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to the Ship, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to the Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and
(b)
all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.
" Interest Payment Date " has the meaning given to it in Clause 8.2 ( Payment of interest ).





" Interest Period " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).
" Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
(a)
the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and
(b)
the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,
each as of the Specified Time for dollars.
" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization's (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
" ISSC " means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.
" Lender " means:
(a)
any Original Lender; and
(b)
any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ),
which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with this Agreement.
" LIBOR " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:
(a)
the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or
(b)
as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ),
and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.
" LMA " means the Loan Market Association or any successor organisation.
" Loan " means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facility and a " part of the Loan " means the Advance, or any other part of the Loan as the context may require.
" Major Casualty " means any casualty to the Ship in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.
" Majority Lenders " means:
(a)
if no Advance has yet been made, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; or
(b)
at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Loan immediately before such repayment.
" Management Agreement " means the Technical Management Agreement or the Commercial Management Agreement
" Manager's Undertaking " means the letter of undertaking from the Approved Technical Manager and the letter of undertaking from the Approved Commercial Manager subordinating the rights of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager respectively against the Ship and the Borrower to the rights of the Finance Parties in agreed form.
" Margin " means 2.4 per cent. per annum.
" Market Value " means, in relation to the Ship or any other vessel, at any date, the market value of the Ship or vessel shown by the average of two valuations prepared:
(a)
as at a date not more than 30 days previously;





(b)
by Approved Valuers;
(c)
with or without physical inspection of the Ship or vessel (as the Facility Agent may require); and
(d)
on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any charter or other contract of employment,
after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with a sale described in paragraph (d) above.
" Material Adverse Effect " means a material adverse effect on:
(a)
the business, operations, property, performance, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Obligor;
(b)
the ability of any Obligor or any Approved Manager to perform their respective obligations under any Finance Document; or
(c)
the validity, legality or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.
" Month " means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:
(a)
(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;
(b)
if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and
(c)
if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.
The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.
" Moody's " means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody's Corporation, and its successors.
" Mortgage " means a first priority mortgage on the Ship under the laws of the Approved Flag executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent or, as the case may be, the Lenders in agreed form.
" Net Debt " means Financial Indebtedness less cash and Cash Equivalents.
" Obligor " means the Borrower and/or the Guarantor in its capacity as guarantor and/or shareholder.
" Original Financial Statements " means the audited financial statements of the Guarantor for its financial year ended 31 December 2017.
" Original Jurisdiction " means, in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement.
" Overseas Regulations " means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).
" Parallel Debt " means any amount which an Obligor owes to the Security Agent under Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or under that Clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document.
" Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
" Party " means a party to this Agreement.
" Permitted Charter " means:
(a)
a charter or other contract of employment relating to the Ship:
(A)
which is a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter;
(B)
the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 12 months plus a redelivery allowance of not more than 30 days;





(C)
which is entered into on bona fide arm's length terms at the time at which the Ship is fixed; and
(D)
in relation to which not more than two months' hire is payable in advance,
(a)
and any other charter or other contract of employment relating to the Ship which is approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.
" Permitted Financial Indebtedness " means:
(a)
any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;
(b)
any Financial Indebtedness not exceeding $500,000 and incurred by the Borrower in the normal course of business; and
(c)
any loan granted to the Borrower directly or indirectly by the Guarantor which is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Deed or otherwise and which is, in the case of any such Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower, the subject of Subordinated Debt Security (if requested).
" Permitted Security " means:
(a)
Security created by the Finance Documents;
(b)
any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any Obligor in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;
(c)
liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest;
(d)
liens for salvage;
(e)
liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest; and
(f)
any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of the Ship:
(a)
not as a result of any default or omission by the Borrower;
(b)
not being enforced through arrest; and
(c)
subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 23.14 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ),
and provided such lien does not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps).
" Person " has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.33 ( Sanctions ).
" Potential Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 26 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.
" Protected Party " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).
" Quotation Day " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).
" Rating Agency " means any of:
(a)
S&P and Moody's; or
(b)
If S&P or Moody's or both of them are not making ratings of securities publicly available, a nationally recognized US rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), which will be substituted for S&P or Moody's or both, as the case may be.
" Receiver " means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.
" Reference Bank Quotation " means any quotation supplied to the Facility Agent by a Reference Bank.
" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:





(a)
(other than where paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in dollars for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or
(b)
if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.
" Reference Banks " means BNP Paribas, London Branch or such other entities as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Borrower.
" Related Fund " in relation to a fund (the " first fund "), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.
" Relevant Interbank Market " means the European interbank market.
" Relevant Jurisdiction " means, in relation to an Obligor:
(a)
England and Wales, the Principality of Monaco, New York State of the US, the Netherlands and the Republic of the Marshall Islands;
(b)
if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, its place of incorporation;
(c)
if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) or (b) above, a country in which it has the centre of its main interests or in which its central management and control is or has recently been exercised; and
(d)
the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.
" Repayment Date " means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).
" Repayment Instalment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).
" Repeating Representation " means each of the representations set out in Clause 18 ( Representations ) except Clause 18.10 ( Insolvency ), Clause 18.11 ( No filing or stamp taxes ) and Clause 18.12 ( Deduction of Tax ) and any representation of any Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a "Repeating Representation" or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.
" Representative " means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.
" Requisition " means:
(a)
any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or acquisition of the Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto ) by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and
(b)
any capture or seizure of the Ship (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever.
" Requisition Compensation " includes all compensation or other moneys payable to the Borrower by reason of any Requisition or any arrest or detention of the Ship in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.
" Resolution Authority " means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
" Retention Account " means:
(a)
an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank designated "SBI Lynx Shipping Company Limited - Retention Account"; or
(b)
any other account (with that or another office of the Account Bank or with a bank or financial institution other than the Account Bank) which is designated by the Facility Agent as the Retention Account for the purposes of this Agreement,
including any related sub-accounts.
" Retention Date " means each of 15 April, 15 May, 15 October and 15 November of each year, the first being 15 October 2018 and the last being 15 May 2023.





" Safety Management Certificate " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.
" Safety Management System " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.
" Sanctioned Country " has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.33 ( Sanctions ).
" Sanctioned Person " has the meaning given to it in Clause 18.33 ( Sanctions ).
" Sanctions " means any economic or trade sanctions or restrictive measures enacted, administered, imposed or enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty's Treasury, the State Secretariat for Economic Affairs of Switzerland (SECO) or the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag.
" Screen Rate " means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page LIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.
" Secured Liabilities " means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Obligor to any Secured Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.
" Secured Party " means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement and any Receiver or Delegate.
" Security " means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.
" Security Assets " means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.
" Security Document " means:
(a)
any Shares Security;
(b)
any Mortgage;
(c)
any Deed of Covenant;
(d)
any General Assignment;
(e)
any Account Security;
(f)
any Subordinated Debt Security;
(g)
any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities (provided always that the Manager's Undertaking shall be excluded from this item (g)); or
(h)
any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.
" Security Period " means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.
" Security Property " means:
(a)
the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;
(b)
all obligations expressed to be undertaken by an Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by an Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties;
(c)
the Security Agent's interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents;
(d)
any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Secured Parties,
except:
(a)
rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and
(b)
any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.





" Seller " means Jiangsu Tianchen Marine Import & Export Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in the People's Republic of China whose registered office is at Room 602, No.260 Furong Road, Jiangyin City, Jiangsu Province, the People's Republic of China and the Builder.
" Servicing Party " means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.
" Shares Security " means a document creating Security over the share capital in the Borrower in agreed form.
" Ship " means a Kamsarmax bulk carrier, having Builder's hull number YZJ2015-2215, which is under construction by the Builder for, and is to be purchased by, the Borrower under the Shipbuilding Contract and which, on delivery, is to be registered in the name of the Borrower under the Approved Flag.
" Shipbuilding Contract " means the shipbuilding contract novation deed dated 3 November 2017 and made between, inter alios, (i) the Builder and (ii) the Borrower for the construction by the Builder of the Ship and its purchase by the Borrower.
" Specified Time " means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 7 ( Timetables ).
" S&P " means Standard and Poor's Rating Services, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies Inc., and its successors.
" Subordinated Creditor " means:
(a)
an Obligor; or
(b)
any other person who becomes a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with this Agreement.
" Subordinated Debt Security " means, if requested, a Security over Subordinated Liabilities entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form.
" Subordinated Finance Document " means:
(a)
a Subordinated Loan Agreement; and
(b)
any other document relating to or evidencing Subordinated Liabilities.
" Subordinated Liabilities " means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by the Borrower to a Subordinated Creditor whether under the Subordinated Finance Documents or otherwise.
" Subordinated Loan Agreement " means a loan agreement entered into or to be entered into between (i) the Borrower and (ii) a Subordinated Creditor.
" Subordination Deed " means a subordination deed entered into or to be entered into by any Subordinated Creditor and the Security Agent in agreed form.
" Subsidiary " means any company or entity directly or indirectly controlled by that person (for which purpose, control means either the ownership of more than 50 per cent. of the voting share capital (or equivalent right of ownership) of that company or entity, or the power to direct its policies and management, whether by contract or otherwise; and for the purposes of this Agreement, a company is to be treated as a subsidiary even if the relevant shares are registered in the name of (a) a nominee, or (b) any party holding security over those shares, or that secured party's nominee).
" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).
" Tax Credit " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).
" Tax Deduction " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).
" Tax Payment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).
" Technical Management Agreement " means the agreement entered into between the Borrower and the Approved Technical Manager regarding the technical management of the Ship.
" Termination Date " means 15 June 2023.
" Third Parties Act " has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ).
" Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Commitments, being $12,750,000 at the date of this Agreement.
" Total Loss " means:
(a)
actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship; or
(b)
any Requisition of the Ship unless the Ship is returned to the full control of the Borrower within 3 Months of such Requisition.
" Total Loss Date " means, in relation to the Total Loss of the Ship:
(a)
in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;





(b)
in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earlier of:
(a)
the date on which a notice of abandonment is given (or deemed or agreed to be given) to the insurers; and
(b)
the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and
(c)
in the case of any other type of Total Loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.
" Transaction Document " means:
(a)
a Finance Document;
(b)
the Shipbuilding Contract;
(c)
a Subordinated Finance Document;
(d)
any Charter; and
(e)
any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrower.
" Transaction Security" means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the Security Documents.
" Transfer Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrower.
" Transfer Date " means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:
(a)
the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and
(b)
the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.
" UK Establishment " means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.
" Unpaid Sum " means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.
" US " means the United States of America.
" US GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the US as in effect from time to time.
" Utilisation " means the utilisation of the Facility.
" Utilisation Date " means the date of the Utilisation, being the date on which the Advance is to be made.
" Utilisation Request " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 ( Requests ).
" VAT " means:
(a)
any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and
(b)
any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.
" Write-down and Conversion Powers " means:
(a)
in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and
(b)
in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:
(a)
any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or Affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and
(b)
any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.





2.
Construction
(a)
Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:
(i)
the " Account Bank ", the " Mandated Lead Arranger ", the " Facility Agent ", any " Finance Party ", any " Lender ", any " Party ", any " Secured Party ", the " Security Agent ", any " Obligor " or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;
(ii)
" assets " includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;
(iii)
a liability which is " contingent " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;
(iv)
" document " includes a deed and also a letter, fax, email or telex;
(v)
" expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;
(vi)
a " Finance Document ", a " Security Document " or a " Transaction Document " or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;
(vii)
a " group of Lenders " includes all the Lenders;
(viii)
" indebtedness " includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;
(ix)
" law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;
(x)
" proceedings " means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;
(xi)
a " person " includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);
(xii)
a " regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
(xiii)
a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;
(xiv)
a time of day is a reference to Paris time;
(xv)
any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;
(xvi)
words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and
(xvii)
" including " and " in particular " (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.
(b)
The determination of the extent to which a rate is " for a period equal in length " to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(c)
Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.
(d)
Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.
(e)
A Potential Event of Default is "continuing" if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is "continuing" if it has not been remedied or waived.
3.
Construction of insurance terms
In this Agreement:
" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ), approved in writing by the Facility Agent;





" excess risks " means the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;
" obligatory insurances " means all insurances effected, or which the Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document;
" policy " includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;
" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group Association, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02) (1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) (1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision; and
" war risks " includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).
4.
Agreed forms of Finance Documents
References in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) to any Finance Document being in "agreed form" are to that Finance Document:
(a)
in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by the Borrower and the Facility Agent); or
(b)
in any other form agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders or, where Clause 42.2 ( All Lender matters ) applies, all the Lenders.
5.
Third party rights
(a)
Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
(b)
Subject to Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.
(c)
Any Receiver, or Delegate or any other person described in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ), paragraph (b) of Clause 29.11 ( Exclusion of liability ), Clause 29.22 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 29.23 ( Third Party Reference Banks ) or Clause 30.11 ( Exclusion of liability ), may, subject to this Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.

Section 4

Section 5
Section 6 The Facility
2
The Facility
1.
The Facility
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower a dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Commitments.
2.
Finance Parties' rights and obligations
(a)
The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
(b)
The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance





Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.
(c)
A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.
3
Purpose
1.
Purpose
The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purpose of financing the Ship in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the lower of:
(a)
$12,750,000;
(b)
50 per cent. of the Contract Price; and
(c)
50 per cent. of the Market Value of the Ship.
2.
Monitoring
No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.
4
Conditions of Utilisation
1.
Initial conditions precedent
The Borrower may not deliver the Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
2.
Further conditions precedent to prepositioning of funds
The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date and before the Advance is made available:
(i)
no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance;
(ii)
the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true; and
(iii)
the Ship has neither been sold nor become a Total Loss.
3.
Further conditions precedent to release of the Advance
The Lenders will only be obliged to release the Advance to the account of the Seller on the Delivery Date if:
(i)
no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance;
(ii)
the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true;
(iii)
the Ship has neither been sold nor become a Total Loss; and
(iv)
the Facility Agent has received, or is satisfied it will receive when the Advance is released, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
4.
Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent
(a)
The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause 4.3 ( Further conditions precedent to release of the Advance ).
(b)
Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.
5.
Waiver of conditions precedent
If the Lenders, at their discretion, permit the Advance to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or Clause 4.3 ( Further conditions precedent to release of the Advance ) has been satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the Utilisation Date or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrower.





6.
Conditions Subsequent
The Borrower will deliver to the Facility Agent the documents specified in Part C of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent within the applicable time periods specified.

Section 7

Section 8
Section 9 Utilisation
5
Utilisation
1.
Delivery of the Utilisation Request
(a)
The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time (or such other time as the Facility Agent may, with the authorisation of all Lenders, agree with the Borrower).
(b)
The Borrower may not deliver the Utilisation Request if, as a result of the proposed Utilisation, more than one Advance would have been made.
(c)
The Borrower must request that the Facility is advanced either (i) to the Seller's bank in accordance with the Approved Closing Procedure or (ii) to the Borrower in the event that the Borrower provide evidence together with the relevant Utilisation Request that the Borrower is the registered owner of the Ship.
(d)
In the event that the Advance which has been advanced to the Seller's bank in accordance with the Approved Closing Procedure is subsequently returned to the Facility Agent, such moneys shall be held by the Facility Agent in a non-interest bearing suspense account in the name of the Facility Agent until such time as the Borrower notifies the Facility Agent that, either:
(i)
the Advance shall be re-advanced to the Seller's bank in accordance with the Approved Closing Procedure provided that (i) the Borrower continues to be in compliance with its obligations pursuant to Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause 4.3 ( Further conditions precedent to release of the Advance ), and (ii) the date of such re-advance falls within the Availability Period; or
(ii)
the Loan shall be mandatorily prepaid provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Clause 7.6 ( Restrictions ) will apply to this Clause 5.1(d)(ii) mutatis mutandis .
2.
Completion of the Utilisation Request
(a)
The Utilisation Request must be signed by an officer or a duly authorised attorney-in-fact of the Borrower and, once served, it cannot be revoked without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders. The Utilisation Request will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:
(i)
the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;
(ii)
the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and
(iii)
the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).
(b)
Only one Advance may be requested in the Utilisation Request.
3.
Currency and amount
(a)
The currency specified in the Utilisation Request must be dollars.
(b)
The Loan shall be advanced in a single amount and the amount of the proposed Advance under the Loan shall not exceed the amount of the Loan.
(c)
The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility and must not exceed the Total Commitments.
4.
Lenders' participation
(a)
If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in the Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.
(b)
The amount of each Lender's participation in the Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately before making the Advance.
(c)
The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance by the Specified Time.
5.
Cancellation of Commitments
The Commitments which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period shall then be cancelled.





6.
Prepositioning of funds
(a)
The Facility Agent shall, on the Utilisation Date preposition the amounts which the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect of the Advance by making payment of such amounts:
(i)
to such suspense account held with the Seller's bank and as specified in the Utilisation Request;
(ii)
in like funds as the Facility Agent received from the Lenders in respect of the Advance; and
(iii)
on terms that:
(A)
such amounts shall be held to the order of the Facility Agent until such time as the Advance may be released to the Seller in accordance with Clause 5.7 ( Disbursement of Advance to third party );
(B)
such prepositioning shall constitute the making of the Advance and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's participation in the Advance; and
(C)
the date on which the Advance is prepositioned shall constitute the Utilisation Date.
(b)
If, in respect of the Utilisation of the Advance, the Lenders, at the request of the Borrower and on terms acceptable to all the Lenders and in their absolute discretion, preposition funds with the Seller's bank or any other bank, the Borrower and the Guarantor:
(i)
agree to pay interest on the amount of the funds so prepositioned at the rate described in Clause 8.1 ( Calculation of interest ) on the basis of successive interest periods of one day and so that interest shall be paid together with the first payment of interest on the Advance after the Delivery Date or, if the Delivery Date does not occur, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent; and
(ii)
shall, without duplication, indemnify each Finance Party against any costs, loss or liability it may incur in connection with such arrangement.

7.
Disbursement of Advance to third party
A payment by the Facility Agent under Clause 5.6 ( Prepositioning of funds ) to the Seller's bank shall constitute the making of the Advance and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's participation in the Advance.

Section 10

Section 11
Section 12 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation
6
Repayment
1.
Repayment of Loan
The Borrower shall repay the Loan by:
(a)
ten (10) equal consecutive semi-annual instalments; and
(b)
together with the tenth and final instalment, one balloon instalment in an amount equal to two thirds (2/3) of the Facility; and
the first of which shall be repaid on 15 December 2018 and the last on the Termination Date (each a " Repayment Instalment ").
2.
Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments
(a)
If the Borrower cancels the whole or any part of any Available Commitment in accordance with Clause 7.5 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or if the Available Commitment of any Lender is cancelled under Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then the Repayment Instalments falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Available Commitments so cancelled;
(b)
If the whole or any part of any Available Commitment is cancelled in accordance with Clause 7.2 ( Automatic cancellation ) or if the whole or part of any Commitment is cancelled pursuant to Clause 5.5 ( Cancellation of Commitments ), the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata for each Lender by the amount of the Commitments so cancelled, first against the balloon and then in inverse chronological order reducing the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that cancellation;





(c)
If any part of the Loan is repaid or prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.5 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid;
(d)
If any part of the Loan is prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ), Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) then the amount of the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata for each Lender by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid, first against the balloon and then in inverse chronological order reducing the amount of each Repayment Instalment falling after that prepayment.
3.
Termination Date
On the Termination Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.
4.
Reborrowing
The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.
7
Prepayment and Cancellation
1.
Illegality
If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Advance or the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:
(a)
that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
(b)
upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrower, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and
(c)
the Borrower shall prepay that Lender's participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid.
2.
Automatic cancellation
The unutilised Commitment (if any) of each Lender shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the Utilisation Date immediately after the Advance is made available.
3.
Voluntary prepayment of Loan
The Borrower may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice (or such shorter period as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may approve from time to time), prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of that amount).
4.
Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss
(a)
If the Ship is sold (without prejudice to paragraph 21.12(a) of Clause 21.12 ( Disposals )) or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall repay the Loan together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents. Such repayment shall be made:
(i)
in the case of a sale of the Ship, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or
(ii)
in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and (ii) the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.
5.
Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender
(a)
If:
(i)
any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or under that Clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document; or





(ii)
any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs );
the Borrower may, whilst in the case of sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) above the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender's participation in the Loan or give the Facility Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) below.
(b)
On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.
(c)
On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender's participation in the Loan.
(d)
The Borrower may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 10 Business Days' prior notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrower which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the Loan and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Facility Agent has not given a notification under Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement )), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.
(e)
The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i)
the Borrower shall have no right to replace a Lender acting in its capacity as a Servicing Party;
(ii)
neither the Facility Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;
(iii)
in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and
(iv)
the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (d) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations and internal policies in relation to that transfer.
(f)
A Lender shall perform the checks described in sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (e) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (d) above and shall notify the Facility Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.
6.
Restrictions
(a)
Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.
(b)
Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.
(c)
The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.
(d)
The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.
(e)
No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.
(f)
If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lenders, as appropriate.
(g)
If all or part of any Lender's participation the Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender's Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.





7.
Application of prepayments
Any prepayment of any part of the Loan (other than a prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) or 7.5 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender )) shall be applied:
(a)
firstly, to reimburse any Break Costs and any other costs and expenses of the Finance Parties in connection with such prepayment;
(b)
secondly, pro rata to each Lender's participation in that part of the Loan; and
(c)
thirdly, any surplus to be paid to the Borrower.

Section 13

Section 14
Section 15 Costs of Utilisation
8
Interest
1.
Calculation of interest
The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:
(a)
the Margin; and
(b)
LIBOR.
2.
Payment of interest
The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (each an " Interest Payment Date ").
3.
Default interest
(a)
If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ) shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.
(b)
If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan:
(i)
the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan; and
(ii)
the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.
(c)
Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.
4.
Notification of rates of interest
(a)
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.
(b)
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum.
9
Interest Periods
1.
Selection of Interest Periods
(a)
Each Interest Period shall be six (6) Months, or such other period as agreed by the Borrower and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders).
(b)
An Interest Period in respect of the Loan or any part of the Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.
(c)
In respect of a Repayment Instalment, the Borrower may request that an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it and, subject to paragraph (a) above, select a longer Interest Period for the remaining part of the Loan.





(d)
The first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date and end on the first Repayment Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.
(e)
The Loan shall have one Interest Period only at any time.
2.
Non-Business Days
If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
10
Changes to the Calculation of Interest
1.
Unavailability of Screen Rate
(a)
Interpolated Screen Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.
(b)
Reference Bank Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:
(i)
dollars; or
(ii)
the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,
the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.
(c)
Cost of funds : If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for dollars or the relevant Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.
(d)
If the Screen Rate ceases to be the reference rate for the determination of interest rates in commercial transactions similar to that documented by the Finance Documents, the applicable LIBOR shall be such other published rate as the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrower may agree from time to time or, in the absence of such agreement, as the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may determine and notify to the Borrower from time to time.
2.
Calculation of Reference Bank Rate
(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.
(b)
If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.
3.
Market disruption
(a)
If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed fifty (50) per cent. of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan) (the " Relevant Lender ") that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from the wholesale market for dollars would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.
(b)
If, at least two Business Days before a Utilisation Date, the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender (the " Affected Lender ") that for any reason it is unable to obtain dollars in the Relevant Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in the Advance, the Affected Lender's obligation to participate in the Advance shall be suspended while that situation continues.
4.
Cost of funds
(a)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies, the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:
(i)
the Margin; and
(ii)
the weighted average of the rates notified to the Facility Agent by each Lender as soon as practicable and in any event within one Business Day of the first day of that Interest Period (or, if earlier, on the date falling two Business Days before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period) to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant





Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.
(b)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies and the Facility Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.
(c)
Subject to Clause 42.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.
(d)
If this Clause ý10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies pursuant to Clause ý10.3 ( Market disruption ) and a Lender's Funding Rate is less than LIBOR, the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.
(e)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.
5.
Break Costs
(a)
The Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.
(b)
Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.
11
Fees
1.
Commitment fee
(a)
The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 40 per cent. of the Margin per annum on that Lender's Available Commitment beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of: (i) the Utilisation of the Advance and (ii) the last day of the Availability Period.
(b)
The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of six Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period, or, if earlier, on Utilisation of the Advance, and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.
2.
Arrangement fee
The Borrower shall pay to the Mandated Lead Arranger for its own account an arrangement fee in an amount specified in a Fee Letter.


Section 16

Section 17
Section 18 Additional Payment Obligations
12
Tax Gross Up and Indemnities
1.
Definitions
(a)
In this Agreement:
" Protected Party " means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.
" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.
" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).
(b)
Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) reference to "determines" or "determined" means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.





2.
Tax gross-up
(a)
Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.
(b)
The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower and that Obligor.
(c)
If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.
(d)
If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.
(e)
Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.
3.
Tax indemnity
(a)
The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.
(b)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:
(i)
with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:
(A)
under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or
(B)
under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,
if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or
(ii)
to the extent a loss, liability or cost:
(A)
is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or
(B)
relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.
(c)
A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors.
(d)
A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ), notify the Facility Agent.
4.
Tax Credit
If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:
(a)
a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and
(b)
that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,
the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.
5.
Stamp taxes
The Obligors shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.





6.
VAT
(a)
All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).
(b)
If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Finance Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):
(i)
(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and
(ii)
(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.
(c)
Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.
(d)
Any reference in this Clause 12.6 ( VAT ) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union)) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).
(e)
In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.
7.
FATCA Information
(a)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:
(i)
confirm to that other Party whether it is:
(A)
a FATCA Exempt Party; or
(B)
not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
(ii)
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and





(iii)
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.
(b)
If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.
(c)
Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
(i)
any law or regulation;
(ii)
any fiduciary duty; or
(iii)
any duty of confidentiality.
(d)
If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
8.
FATCA Deduction
(a)
Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.
(b)
Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify each Obligor and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.
13
Increased Costs
1.
Increased costs
(a)
Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within three (3) Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:
(i)
the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or
(ii)
compliance with any law or regulation made,
in each case after the date of this Agreement; or
(iii)
the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV.
(b)
In this Agreement,
(i)
" Basel III " means:
(A)
the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;
(B)
the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and
(C)
any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III".
(ii)
" CRD IV " means:





(A)
Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012;
(B)
Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; and
(C)
any other law or regulation which implements Basel III.
(iii)
" Increased Costs " means:
(A)
a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;
(B)
an additional or increased cost; or
(C)
a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,
which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.
2.
Increased cost claims
(a)
A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.
(b)
Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.
3.
Exceptions
Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:
(a)
attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;
(b)
attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;
(c)
compensated for by Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);
(d)
attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party of any law or regulation; or
(e)
compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ).
14
Other Indemnities
1.
Currency indemnity
(a)
If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a " Sum "), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the " First Currency ") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the " Second Currency ") for the purpose of:
(i)
making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or
(ii)
obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,
that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.
(b)
Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.
2.
Other indemnities
(a)
Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:
(i)
the occurrence of any Event of Default;





(ii)
a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );
(iii)
funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Advance requested by the Borrower in the Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Secured Party alone); or
(iv)
the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.
(b)
Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) an " Indemnified Person "), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, the Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.
(c)
Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:
(i)
arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or
(ii)
in connection with any Environmental Claim.
(d)
Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.
3.
Mandatory Cost
The Borrower shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:
(a)
in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank (or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and
(b)
in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions),
which, in each case, is referable to that Lender's participation in the Loan.
4.
Indemnity to the Facility Agent
Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against:
(a)
any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:
(i)
investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;
(ii)
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or
(iii)
instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and
any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.





5.
Indemnity to the Security Agent
(a)
Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:
(i)
in relation to or as a result of:
(A)
any failure by the Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses );
(B)
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;
(C)
the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;
(D)
the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;
(E)
any default by any Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;
(F)
any action by any Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and
(G)
instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and
(ii)
acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct).
(b)
The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Security Assets in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.
15
Mitigation by the Finance Parties
1.
Mitigation
(a)
Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ), Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.
(b)
Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.
2.
Limitation of liability
(a)
Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).
(b)
A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if either:
(i)
a Default has occurred and is continuing; or
(ii)
in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.
16
Costs and Expenses
1.
Transaction expenses
The Obligors shall, on demand, pay the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Secured Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:
(a)
this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement;
(b)
the Transaction Security; and
(c)
any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.
2.
Amendment costs
If:
(a)
an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or





(b)
an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 33.9 ( Change of currency ); or
(c)
an Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security,
the Obligors shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Secured Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.
3.
Enforcement and preservation costs
The Obligors shall, on demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against that Secured Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights.

Section 19

Section 20
Section 21 Guarantee
17
Guarantee and Indemnity
1.
Guarantee and indemnity
The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a)
guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents;
(b)
undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever the Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and
(c)
agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of the Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.
2.
Continuing guarantee
This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.
3.
Reinstatement
If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.
4.
Waiver of defences
The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:
(a)
any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;





(b)
the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;
(c)
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or any other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;
(d)
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;
(e)
any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;
(f)
any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or
(g)
any insolvency or similar proceedings.
5.
Immediate recourse
The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.
6.
Appropriations
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:
(a)
refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and
(b)
hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor's liability under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ).
7.
Deferral of Guarantor's rights
All rights which the Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against the Borrower or its respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ):
(a)
to be indemnified by the Borrower;
(b)
to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, the Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents;
(c)
to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;
(d)
to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity );
(e)
to exercise any right of set-off against the Borrower; and/or
(f)
to claim or prove as a creditor of the Borrower in competition with any Secured Party.
If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the





Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 33 ( Payment Mechanics ).
8.
Additional security
This guarantee and any other Security given by the Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.
9.
Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security
Clauses 17.2 ( Continuing guarantee ), 17.3 ( Reinstatement ), 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), 17.5 ( Immediate recourse ), 17.6 ( Appropriations ), 17.7 ( Deferral of Guarantor's rights ) and 17.8 ( Additional security ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which the Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

Section 22

Section 23
Section 24 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default
18
Representations
1.
General
Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 ( Representations ) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.
2.
Status
(a)
It is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction.
(b)
It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.
3.
Share capital and ownership
(a)
The Borrower is authorised to issue 1500 registered shares each having a par value of $0.01, all of which shares have been issued fully paid.
(b)
The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in the Borrower is held by the Guarantor free of any Security or any other claim.
(c)
None of the shares in the Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.
4.
Binding obligations
The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.
5.
Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security
(a)
Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery and, where applicable, registration as provided for in that Finance Document create the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.
(b)
No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.
(c)
The Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Secured Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority as it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.
(d)
No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.
6.
Non-conflict with other obligations
The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:





(a)
any law or regulation applicable to it;
(b)
its constitutional documents; or
(c)
any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.
7.
Power and authority
(a)
It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise:
(i)
its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents; and
(ii)
in the case of the Borrower, the registration of the Ship under the Approved Flag.
(b)
No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.
8.
Validity and admissibility in evidence
All Authorisations required or desirable:
(a)
to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and
(b)
to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,
have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.
9.
Governing law and enforcement
(a)
The choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.
(b)
Any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.
10.
Insolvency
No:
(a)
corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 26.8 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or
(b)
creditors' process described in Clause 26.9 ( Creditors' process ),
has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to an Obligor; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 26.7 ( Insolvency ) applies to any Obligor.
11.
No filing or stamp taxes
Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.
12.
Deduction of Tax
It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.
13.
No default
(a)
No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and on the Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of the Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.
(b)
No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject.





14.
No misleading information
(a)
Any factual information provided by any Obligor for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.
(b)
The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.
(c)
Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.
15.
Financial Statements
(a)
The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied.
(b)
The Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the financial condition of the Guarantor as at the end of the relevant financial year and results of operations during the relevant financial year (on a consolidated basis).
(c)
The most recent financial statements of the Guarantor delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ):
(i)
have been prepared in accordance with Clause 19.4 ( Requirements as to financial statements ); and
(ii)
give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year (on a consolidated basis).
(d)
Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Guarantor delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) there has been no material adverse change in the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group.
16.
Pari passu ranking
Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
17.
No proceedings pending or threatened
(a)
No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it.
(b)
No judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against it.
18.
No rebates etc.
There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, inducement, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (however described) to the Borrower, the Seller or a third party in connection with the purchase by the Borrower of the Ship, other than as disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date of this Agreement.
19.
Valuations
(a)
All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.
(b)
It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.
(c)
There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.
20.
No breach of laws
It has not breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.





21.
No Charter
The Ship is not subject to any charter or other contract of employment other than Permitted Charter or Approved Pooling Charter.
22.
Compliance with Environmental Laws
All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of the Ship and the business of each Obligor and each Approved Manager (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.
23.
No Environmental Claim
No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any Obligor, any Approved Manager or the Ship.
24.
No Environmental Incident
No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.
25.
ISM and ISPS Code compliance
All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrower, the Approved Technical Manager and the Ship have been complied with.
26.
Taxes paid
(a)
It is not overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.
(b)
No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it with respect to Taxes.
27.
Financial Indebtedness
The Borrower has no Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.
28.
Overseas companies
No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.
29.
Good title to assets
It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.
30.
Ownership
(a)
The Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of all rights and interests which the Shipbuilding Contract creates in favour of the Borrower.
(b)
With effect on and from the Delivery Date, the Borrower will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Ship, the Earnings and the Insurances.
(c)
With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Obligor.
(d)
The constitutional documents of each Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the shares of the Borrower on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security Documents.
31.
Centre of main interests and establishments
For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 2015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (recast)(the " Regulation "), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Monaco and it has no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.





32.
Place of business
No Obligor has a place of business in any country other than Monaco and its head office functions are carried out in the case of each Obligor at 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000.
33.
Sanctions
(a)
No Obligor, nor any of their Subsidiaries, directors or officers, or, to the best knowledge of each Obligor, any of its Affiliates, agents or employees is an individual or entity (a " Person "), that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are: (i) the target of any Sanctions (a " Sanctioned Person ") or (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions broadly prohibiting dealings with such government, country or territory (a " Sanctioned Country ").
(b)
No proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Sanctioned Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner in breach of Sanctions.
34.
Anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-money laundering
No Obligor nor any of their Subsidiaries, directors or officers, or, to the best knowledge of each Obligor, any of its (or any Obligor's) Affiliates, agents or employees, has engaged in any activity or conduct which would violate any applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption or anti-money laundering laws, regulations or rules in any applicable jurisdiction and each Obligor has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designed to prevent violation of such laws, regulations and rules.
35.
Validity and completeness of the Transaction Documents
(a)
Each of the Transaction Documents to which any Obligor is a party constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of that Obligor.
(b)
The copies of the Transaction Documents delivered to the Facility Agent before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies.
(c)
No amendments or additions to the Transaction Documents have been agreed nor has any Obligor waived any of its respective rights under the Transaction Documents.
36.
Repetition
The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of the Utilisation Request, on the Delivery Date and the first day of each Interest Period.
19
Information Undertakings
1.
General
The undertakings in this Clause 19 ( Information Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.
2.
Financial statements
The Guarantor shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:
(a)
as soon as they become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited financial statements for that financial year; and
(b)
as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each half of each of its financial years, its unaudited financial statements for that financial half year.
3.
Compliance Certificate
(a)
The Guarantor shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
(b)
Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by one director of the Guarantor.
4.
Requirements as to financial statements
(a)
Each set of financial statements delivered by the Guarantor pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director of the Guarantor as giving a true and fair view (if audited) or fairly representing





(if unaudited) the financial condition of the Guarantor and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
(b)
The Guarantor shall procure that each set of its financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using US GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in US GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors deliver to the Facility Agent:
(i)
a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the US GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Guarantor's Financial Statements were prepared; and
(ii)
sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.
Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.
5.
Information: miscellaneous
Each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):
(a)
all documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;
(b)
promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any Obligor, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;
(c)
promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied;
(d)
promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:
(i)
the Ship, goods transported on the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances;
(ii)
the Security Assets;
(iii)
compliance of the Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;
(iv)
the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group,
as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request; and
(e)
promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it, as may be required by any regulatory authority or as may be required pursuant to such Finance Party's internal policy requirements.
6.
Notification of Default
(a)
Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).
(b)
Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).
7.
Use of websites
(a)
Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the " Website Lenders ") which accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Facility Agent (the " Designated Website ") if:
(i)
the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;
(ii)
both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and





(iii)
the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent.
If any Lender (a " Paper Form Lender ") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.
(b)
The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the Facility Agent.
(c)
An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:
(i)
the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;
(ii)
the password specifications for the Designated Website change;
(iii)
any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;
(iv)
any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or
(v)
if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.
If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (i) or (v) of paragraph (c) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.
(d)
Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Obligors shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.
8.
" Know your customer " checks
(a)
Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that any Approved Manager will, promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, if a Lender proposes to assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, if a Lender proposes to assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer, any prospective new Lender, to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations and internal policies pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
(b)
Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations and internal policies pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
20
Financial Covenants
1.
Minimum liquidity
The Guarantor shall maintain Consolidated Liquidity of no less than the greater of (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) $700,000 per vessel owned by the Group.
2.
Minimum Tangible Net Worth
The Guarantor shall maintain a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than $500,000,000 plus (i) 25 per cent. of the Guarantor's cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after 31 December 2013 and (ii) 50 per cent. of the value of the Equity Proceeds realized from any issuance of Equity Interest in the Guarantor occurring on or after 31 December 2013.





3.
Maximum Leverage
The Guarantor shall maintain a ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalization of not more than 0.60 to 1.00, to be tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter.
4.
Most Favoured Nations
If, at any time within the period from the date of this Agreement to 30 July 2020, the Guarantor enters into new credit facilities which include financial covenants more favourable to the lenders or finance parties under such facilities than the ones set out in this Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ), the Guarantor shall promptly inform the Facility Agent, following which this Agreement shall be deemed amended so that such more favourable covenants are granted to the Finance Parties pursuant to this Agreement.
21
General Undertakings
1.
General
The undertakings in this Clause 21 ( General Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.
2.
Authorisations
Each Obligor shall promptly:
(a)
obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and
(b)
supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of the Ship to enable it to:
(i)
perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;
(ii)
ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of the Ship or any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and
(iii)
own and operate the Ship (in the case of the Borrower).
3.
Compliance with Sanctions and laws
(a)
No Obligor shall directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Advance, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or any other Person:
(i)
to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, (x) a Sanctioned Person and that would result in a violation of Sanctions or (y) a Sanctioned Country;
(ii)
to use in repayment of any moneys due to the Finance Parties any earnings of the Ship paid directly or indirectly from any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country, territory or port, that, at the time of such payment, is, a Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Country; or
(iii)
in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Advance hereunder, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor, Mandated Lead Arranger, Lender, Facility Agent or Security Agent or otherwise).
(b)
Each Obligor shall:
(i)
comply, or procure compliance with all laws, regulations or rules to which it may be subject, relating to the Ship, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration, including, but not limited to, all Sanctions, the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and
(ii)
without limiting paragraph (i) above, not employ the Ship nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law, regulation or rule including but not limited to all Sanctions, the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.
(c)
Without limiting sub‑paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall procure:
(i)
that the Ship shall not be used directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of a Sanctioned Person;
(ii)
that the Ship shall not be used directly or indirectly in trading to a Sanctioned Country;
(iii)
that the Ship shall not be used directly or indirectly in any transport of any goods in breach of Sanctions;
(iv)
that the Ship shall not be traded in any manner which would expose the Ship, any Obligor, any other charterer of the Ship, crew or insurers to breach any Sanctions;





(v)
that the Ship shall not be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; and
(vi)
that each charterparty (including any sub-charterparty) in respect of the Ship shall contain, for the benefit of the Borrower, language which broadly gives effect to the provisions of sub‑paragraph (ii) of paragraph (b) above and of this paragraph (c) and which permits refusal of employment or voyage orders if compliance would result in a breach of Sanctions.
4.
Environmental compliance
Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that any approved Manager will:
(a)
comply with all Environmental Laws;
(b)
obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals; and
(c)
implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,
where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.
Environmental Claims
Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that any Approved Manager will, promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:
(a)
any Environmental Claim against any Obligor or any Approved Manager which is current, pending or threatened; and
(b)
any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any Obligor or any Approved Manager,
where the claim, if determined against that Obligor or Approved Manager, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.
Taxation
(a)
Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:
(i)
such payment is being contested in good faith;
(ii)
adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and, in case of the Guarantor, the costs required to contest them have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 19.2 ( Financial statements ); and
(iii)
such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
No Obligor shall change its residence for Tax purposes so as to become tax resident in any jurisdiction outside of its Original Jurisdiction.
7.
Overseas companies
Each Obligor shall promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.
8.
No change to centre of main interests
No Obligor shall change the location of its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) from that stated in relation to it in Clause 18.31 ( Centre of main interests and establishments ) and it will create no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.
9.
Pari passu ranking
Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents as the case may be rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.





10.
Title
(a)
The Borrower shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in:
(i)
the Shipbuilding Contract;
(ii)
with effect from the Delivery Date, the Ship, the Earnings and Insurances; and
(iii)
with effect on and from its creation or intended creation, any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by the Borrower.
(b)
The Guarantor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in, with effect on and from its creation or intended creation, any assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by the Guarantor.
11.
Negative pledge
(a)
No Obligor shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets which are the subject of Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
(b)
The Borrower shall not:
(i)
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor;
(ii)
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;
(iii)
enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or
(iv)
enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,
in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.
(c)
Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security and paragraph 21.11(b)(ii) above does not apply to any right to receive payment in connection with demurrage claims in relation to the Ship.
12.
Disposals
(a)
The Borrower shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances).
(b)
Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any charter or other contract of employment relating to the Ship to which Clause 23.14 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ) applies or to the sale of the Ship on arm's length for its Market Value if the Borrower can demonstrate prior to such sale to the Facility Agent's satisfaction that the net proceeds of such sale shall be sufficient to enable the Borrower to comply with its mandatory prepayment obligation under Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) and, upon such sale, the net proceeds of such sale are sufficient to enable the Borrower to comply with its mandatory prepayment obligation under Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ).
13.
Merger
No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.
14.
Change of business
(a)
The Guarantor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Guarantor from that carried out at the date of this Agreement.
(b)
The Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of the Ship.
15.
Financial Indebtedness
The Borrower shall not incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except Permitted Financial Indebtedness.
16.
Expenditure
The Borrower shall not incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing the Ship.
17.
Share capital
The Borrower shall not:
(a)
purchase, cancel or redeem any of its share capital;





(b)
increase or reduce its authorised share capital;
(c)
issue any further shares except to the Guarantor and provided such new shares are made subject to the terms of the Shares Security immediately upon the issue of such new shares in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the terms of the Shares Security are complied with;
(d)
appoint any further director officer or secretary of the Borrower (unless the provisions of the Shares Security are complied with).
18.
Dividends
The Borrower may make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its share capital provided that:
(a)
there is no Event of Default which is continuing; and
(b)
the making or payment of such dividend or distribution would not result in the occurrence of an Event of Default.
19.
Accounts
The Borrower shall not open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except for (i) the Accounts and (ii) any bank accounts opened and maintained with ABN Amro Bank N.V..
20.
Other transactions
The Borrower shall not:
(a)
be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another Obligor and where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;
(b)
give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which the Borrower assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.
(c)
enter into any material agreement other than:
(i)
the Transaction Documents;
(ii)
any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and
(d)
enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or
(e)
acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.
21.
Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled
No Obligor shall do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything which is likely to:
(a)
make it unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;
(b)
cause any obligation of an Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable;
(c)
cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;
(d)
cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and
(e)
imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.
22.
Charter Assignment
Upon a Charter being entered into, the Borrower shall serve to the Charterer a notice of assignment of Charter under the General Assignment and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to procure that the Charterer provides its acknowledgement.
23.
Further assurance
(a)
Each Obligor shall promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):





(i)
to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent, any Receiver or the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;
(ii)
to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable;
(iii)
to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Secured Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents; and/or
(iv)
to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.
(b)
Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.
(c)
At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed by itself pursuant to this Clause 21.23 ( Further assurance ), that Obligor shall deliver to the Security Agent a certificate signed by two of that Obligor's directors or officers which shall:
(i)
set out the text of a resolution of that Obligor's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Security Agent; and
(ii)
state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors or officers and is valid under that Obligor's articles of association or other constitutional documents.
22
Insurance Undertakings
1.
General
The undertakings in this Clause 22 ( Insurance Undertakings ) remain in force from the Delivery Date throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.
2.
Maintenance of obligatory insurances
The Borrower shall keep the Ship insured at its expense against:
(a)
fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);
(b)
war risks (including war hull and machinery and war protection and indemnity risks and blocking and trapping cover);
(c)
protection and indemnity risks (including freight, demurrage and defence risks for the maximum amount available through a first class protection and indemnity association that is a member of the International Group Association and third party liability cover for oil pollution); and
(d)
all other risks as are customarily insured against by leading operators of ships of the same age and type as the Ship in accordance with then current industry practice and taking into account the Ship's trading area.
3.
Terms of obligatory insurances
The Borrower shall effect such insurances:
(a)
in dollars;
(b)
in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:
(i)
120 per cent. of the Loan; and
(ii)
the Market Value of the Ship;





(c)
in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;
(d)
in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship;
(e)
on approved terms; and
(f)
through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.
4.
Further protections for the Finance Parties
In addition to the terms set out in Clause 22.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:
(a)
subject always to paragraph (b) and to the extent that they accord with market practice, name the Borrower as the only named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:
(i)
in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;
(A)
to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and
(B)
to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and
(ii)
in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;
and every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the Borrower and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;
(b)
whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;
(c)
name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;
(d)
provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;
(e)
provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and
(f)
provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if the Borrower fails to do so.
5.
Renewal of obligatory insurances
The Borrower shall:
(a)
at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:
(i)
notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which it proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and
(ii)
obtain the Facility Agents' approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above;
(b)
at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent's approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and
(c)
procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall, prior to the renewal, notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.





6.
Copies of policies; letters of undertaking
The Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:
(a)
pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and
(b)
a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:
(i)
they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 22.4 ( Further protections for the Finance Parties );
(ii)
they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;
(iii)
they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;
(iv)
they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the Borrower or its agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;
(v)
if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;
(vi)
they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of the Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and
(vii)
they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.
7.
Copies of certificates of entry
The Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship is entered provide the Security Agent with:
(a)
a certified copy of the certificate of entry for the Ship;
(b)
a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of Majority Lenders; and
(c)
a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to the Ship.
8.
Deposit of original policies
The Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.
9.
Payment of premiums
The Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.
10.
Guarantees
The Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.
11.
Compliance with terms of insurances
(a)
The Borrower shall not do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.
(b)
Without limiting paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall:
(i)
take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 22.6 ( Copies of policies; letters of undertaking )) ensure that the obligatory





insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;
(ii)
not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;
(iii)
make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship is entered to maintain cover for trading to the US and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and
(iv)
not employ the Ship, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
12.
Alteration to terms of insurances
The Borrower shall not make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.
13.
Settlement of claims
(a)
The Borrower shall not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty.
(b)
The Borrower shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.
14.
Provision of copies of communications
The Borrower shall provide to the Security Agent, at the time of such request, copies of all written communications between the Borrower and:
(a)
the Approved Brokers;
(b)
the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c)
the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters,
which relate directly or indirectly to:
(i)
the Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and
(ii)
any credit arrangements made between the Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.
15.
Provision of information
The Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:
(a)
obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or
(b)
effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 22.16 ( Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances ) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,
and the Borrower shall, upon demand, indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.
16.
Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances
The Security Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew:
(a)
a mortgagee's interest insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan; and
(b)
a mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan,
and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Finance Parties in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.





23
Ship Undertakings
1.
General
The undertakings in this Clause 23 ( Ship Undertakings ) remain in force on and from the Delivery Date and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.
2.
Ship's names and registration
The Borrower shall:
(a)
keep the Ship registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;
(b)
not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled; and
(c)
not change the name of the Ship,
provided that any change of flag of the Ship shall be subject to:
(i)
the Ship remaining subject to Security securing the Secured Liabilities created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that Ship and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority Security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require; and
(ii)
the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require.
3.
Repair and classification
The Borrower shall keep the Ship in a good and safe condition and state of repair:
(a)
consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and
(b)
so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of recommendations and conditions.
4.
Classification society undertaking
The Borrower shall instruct the Approved Classification Society (and procure that the Approved Classification Society undertakes with the Security Agent):
(a)
to send to the Security Agent, following receipt of a written request from the Security Agent, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to the Ship;
(b)
to allow the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Borrower and the Ship at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them;
(c)
to notify the Security Agent immediately in writing if the Approved Classification Society:
(i)
receives notification from the Borrower or any person that the Approved Classification Society of the Ship is to be changed; or
(ii)
becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship's class under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower or the Ship's membership of the Approved Classification Society;
(d)
following receipt of a written request from the Security Agent:
(i)
to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, including confirmation that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or
(ii)
to confirm that the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Security Agent in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.
(e)
The Borrower shall not change the Approved Classification Society other than to another Approved Classification Society with the prior notification of the Facility Agent.





5.
Modifications
The Borrower shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship or materially reduce its value.
6.
Removal and installation of parts
(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrower shall not remove any material part of the Ship, or any item of equipment installed on the Ship unless:
(i)
the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;
(ii)
the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and
(iii)
the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on the Ship, the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage.
(b)
The Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship.
7.
Surveys
The Borrower shall submit the Ship regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports.
8.
Inspection
The Borrower shall, at the cost and expense of the Borrower, permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship once in each 12 month period to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections, provided that following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Borrower shall, at the cost and expense of the Borrower, permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship for such purpose at any time. The Security Agent shall use reasonable efforts not to interfere with the operation and normal trading of the Ship when exercising its rights under this Clause 23.8.
9.
Prevention of and release from arrest
(a)
The Borrower shall promptly discharge:
(i)
all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances;
(ii)
all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; and
(iii)
all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances.
(b)
The Borrower shall immediately and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, take all steps necessary to procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.
10.
ISPS Code
Without limiting paragraph (b) of Clause 21.3 ( Compliance with Sanctions and laws ), the Borrower shall:
(a)
procure that the Ship and the company responsible for the Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and
(b)
maintain an ISSC for the Ship; and
(c)
notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.
11.
Trading in war zones
In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), the Borrower shall not cause or permit the Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship's war risks insurers unless:





(a)
the prior written consent of the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders has been given; and
(b)
the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may require.
12.
Provision of information
Without prejudice to Clause 19.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) the Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:
(a)
the Ship, its employment, position and engagements;
(b)
the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;
(c)
any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship and any payments made by it in respect of the Ship;
(d)
any towages and salvages; and
(e)
its compliance, the Approved Manager's compliance and the compliance of the Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,
and, upon the Facility Agent's request, promptly provide copies of any current charter or other contract of employment relating to the Ship, of any current guarantee of any such charter, the Ship's Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.
13.
Notification of certain events
The Borrower shall immediately notify the Facility Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:
(a)
any casualty to the Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;
(b)
any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(c)
any requisition of the Ship for hire;
(d)
any requirement or recommendation made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is complied with;
(e)
any arrest or detention of the Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or the Earnings;
(f)
any unscheduled dry docking of the Ship;
(g)
any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Ship, or any Environmental Incident;
(h)
any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, an Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship; or
(i)
any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,
and the Borrower shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to the Borrower's, any such Approved Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.
14.
Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.
The Borrower shall not:
(a)
let the Ship on demise charter for any period;
(b)
enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship other than:
(i)
an Approved Pooling Charter; or
(ii)
a Permitted Charter,
(c)
amend, supplement, cancel or terminate a Management Agreement without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, provided that amendments to the provisions relating to the management fees, termination fees and insurances shall be permitted if such changes do not and shall not affect the rights of the Finance Parties in an adverse manner in the context of the Finance Documents;
(d)
appoint a manager of the Ship other than the Approved Technical Manager or the Approved Commercial Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager's appointment, provided that





amendments to the provisions relating to the management fees, termination fees and insurances shall be permitted if such changes do not and shall not affect the rights of the Finance Parties in an adverse manner in the context of the Finance Documents;
(e)
de activate or lay up the Ship; or
(f)
put the Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Ship or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.
15.
Sub-contracting of management services
For the avoidance of doubt:
(a)
the Approved Commercial Manager shall have the right to sub-contract all or part of its management services to another Approved Commercial Manager provided that such sub-contractor shall grant a manager's undertaking in favour of the Security Agent (in form and substance acceptable to the Facility Agent);
(b)
the Approved Technical Manager shall have the right to sub-contract all or part of its management services to another Approved Technical Manager provided that such sub-contractor shall grant a manager's undertaking in favour of the Security Agent (in form and substance acceptable to the Facility Agent); and
(c)
any Approved Commercial Manager and Approved Technical Manager to whom management services are sub-contracted as per (a) or (b) above shall be referred as a "Approved Sub-Manager".
16.
Notice of Mortgage
The Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship as a valid first preferred mortgage, carry on board the Ship a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master's cabin of the Ship a framed printed notice stating that the Ship is mortgaged by the Borrower to the Security Agent.
17.
Sharing of Earnings
The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings provided always that the Ship may be entered into any Approved Pooling Arrangement.
18.
Change of an Approved Manager
If, subject to Clause 23.14(c), there is a change of an Approved Manager, Approved Sub-Manager or the appointment of an Approved Sub-Manager, the Borrower shall:
(a)
promptly provide the Facility Agent with a copy of the management agreement pursuant to which such Approved Manager or Approved Sub-Manager is to be appointed; and
(b)
procure that the new Approved Manager or Approved Sub-Manager, as the case may be, provides to the Facility Agent on or prior to the commencement of its appointment, a Manager's Undertaking.
19.
Notification of compliance
The Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 23 ( Ship Undertakings ).
24
Security Cover
1.
Minimum required security cover
Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) applies if, on or after the Delivery Date, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower that:
(i)
the Market Value of the Ship; plus
(ii)
the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ),
is below 140 per cent. of the Loan.
2.
Provision of additional security; prepayment
If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), the Borrower shall:





(a)
on or before the date falling 30 days after the date (the " Prepayment Date ") on which the Facility Agent's notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall; or
(b)
instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders:
(i)
has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and
(ii)
is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require,
in either case, before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation. If additional security has been provided and the Borrower has evidenced that such additional security is no longer required to comply with Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) for a minimum period of three (3) Months, the Facility Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, release such additional security.
3.
Value of additional vessel security
The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.
4.
Valuations binding
Any valuation under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ) shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower.
5.
Provision of information
(a)
The Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.
(b)
If the Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.
6.
Prepayment mechanism
Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ) but ignoring any restriction as to prepayments being made on the last day of the Interest Period.
7.
Provision of valuations
(a)
The Facility Agent shall obtain two valuations in respect of the Ship and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ), from Approved Valuers, to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Market Value of the Ship on or not more than 30 days before the Delivery Date and on two occasions in each year on 30 June and 31 December. The cost of such valuations shall be borne by the Borrower.
(b)
In relation to paragraph (a) above, if, in respect of the Ship, the two valuations differ by more than ten per cent. (10%) of the lower valuation, the Borrower shall (at the cost and expense of the Borrower) have the right to request the Facility Agent to obtain a third valuation from a further Approved Valuer, and in such case the Market Value shall be the average of the three valuations.
(c)
Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, a Lender may (at the cost and expense of such Lender or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the cost and expense of the Borrower) at any time request the Facility Agent to obtain two valuations in respect of the Ship and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ), from Approved Valuers, to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Market Value of the Ship.
25
Application of Earnings
1.
Payment of Earnings
The Borrower shall ensure that, subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment, all the Earnings are paid in to the Earnings Account. Subject to Clause 25.2 ( Retentions ), the monies standing to the credit of the





Earnings Account shall, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and for so long as the same is continuing, be freely available to the Borrower.
2.
Retentions
(a)
The Borrower shall ensure that, on each Retention Date (or on such other dates as the Facility Agent may from time to time specify) there is transferred to the Retention Account out of the Earnings received in the Earnings Account:
(i)
one-third of the amount of the Repayment Instalment falling due under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ) on the next Repayment Date; and
(ii)
the relevant fraction of the aggregate amount of interest on the Loan which is payable under this Agreement in respect of any Interest Period then current.
(b)
The " relevant fraction " is a fraction of which:
(i)
the numerator is one; and
(ii)
the denominator is:
(A)
the number of months comprised in the relevant then current Interest Period; or
(B)
if the period is shorter, the number of months from the later of the commencement of the relevant current Interest Period or the last due date for payment of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan to the next due date for payment of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan under this Agreement.
3.
Shortfall in Earnings
(a)
If the credit balance on the Earnings Account is insufficient on any of the Retention Dates to be transferred to the Retention Account under Clause 25.2 ( Retentions ) the Borrower shall make up the amount of the insufficiency on demand from the Facility Agent.
(b)
Without prejudicing the Facility Agent's right to make such demand at any time, the Facility Agent may, if so authorised by the Majority Lenders, permit the Borrower to make up all or part of the insufficiency by increasing the amount of any transfer under Clause 25.2 ( Retentions ) from the Earnings received in the next or subsequent Retention Date.
4.
Application of retentions
(a)
The Security Agent has sole signing rights in relation to the Retention Accounts.
(b)
Until an Event of Default occurs, the Facility Agent shall instruct the Security Agent to release to it, on each Repayment Date and on each Interest Payment Date, for distribution to the Finance Parties in accordance with Clause 33.2 ( Distributions by the Facility Agent ) so much of the then balance on the Retention Account as equals:
(i)
the Repayment Instalment due on that Repayment Date; and
(ii)
the amount of interest payable on that Interest Payment Date.
5.
Location of Accounts
The Borrower shall promptly:
(a)
comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of the Accounts (or any of them); and
(b)
execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Accounts.
26
Events of Default
1.
General
Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 26 ( Events of Default ) is an Event of Default except for Clause 26.19 ( Acceleration ) and Clause 26.20 ( Enforcement of security ).
2.
Non-payment
An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:
(i)
its failure to pay is caused by:
(A)
administrative or technical error; or
(B)
a Disruption Event; and





(ii)
payment is made within three Business Days of its due date.
3.
Specific obligations
A breach occurs of Clause 4.5 ( Waiver of conditions precedent ), Clause 20 ( Financial Covenants ), Clause 21.3 ( Compliance with Sanctions and laws ), Clause 21.10 ( Title ), Clause 21.11 ( Negative pledge ), Clause 21.21 ( Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled ), Clause 22.2 ( Maintenance of obligatory insurances ), Clause 22.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), Clause 22.5 ( Renewal of obligatory insurances ) or Clause 24 ( Security Cover ).
4.
Other obligations
(a)
An Obligor does not comply with any provision of any material contract and/or the Transaction Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 26.2 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 26.3 ( Specific obligations )).
(b)
No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 15 days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrower or (if earlier) any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.
5.
Misrepresentation
Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by any Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or when made or deemed to be made.
6.
Cross default
(a)
Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.
(b)
Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
(c)
Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).
(d)
Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial indebtedness of that Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 26.6 ( Cross default ) in respect of a person other than the Borrower if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than $10,000,000 or its equivalent in any other currency.
7.
Insolvency
(a)
An Obligor:
(i)
is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;
(ii)
is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;
(iii)
suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or
(iv)
by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.
(b)
The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).
(c)
A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.
8.
Insolvency proceedings
(a)
Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:
(i)
the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor;
(ii)
a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor;
(iii)
the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or any of its assets; or
(iv)
enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor,
or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.





(b)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.
9.
Creditors' process
Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of an Obligor (other than an arrest or detention of the Ship referred to in Clause 26.14 ( Arrest )) and is not discharged within 30 days.
10.
Ownership of the Borrower
The Borrower is not or ceases to be a 100% directly owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor.
11.
Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking
(a)
It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor or any Approved Manager to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other Transaction Documents.
(b)
Any obligation of an Obligor or any Approved Manager under the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable.
(c)
Any Finance Document or any other Transaction Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.
(d)
Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.
12.
Security imperilled
Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.
13.
Cessation of business
Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.
14.
Arrest
Any arrest of the Ship or its detention in the exercise or the purported exercise of any lien or claim unless it is redelivered to the full control of the Borrower within 90 days of such arrest or detention.
15.
Expropriation
The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets other than:
(a)
an arrest or detention of the Ship referred to in Clause 26.14 ( Arrest ); or
(b)
any Requisition.
16.
Repudiation and rescission of agreements
Any Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.
17.
Litigation
Any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency are started or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency is made in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any Obligor or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.
Material adverse change
Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.





19.
Acceleration
On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:
(a)
cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;
(b)
declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable; and/or
(c)
declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or
(d)
exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents,
and the Facility Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and the Security Agent may take any action referred to in Clause 26.20 ( Enforcement of security ) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.
20.
Enforcement of security
On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 26.19 ( Acceleration ), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.

Section 25

Section 26
Section 27 Changes to Parties
27
Changes to the Lenders
1.
Assignments and transfers by the Lenders
Subject to this Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ), a Lender (the " Existing Lender ") may:
(a)
assign any of its rights; or
(b)
transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,
under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund, credit insurer or reinsurer or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the " New Lender ").
2.
Conditions of assignment or transfer
(a)
The consent of the Borrower is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:
(i)
to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; or
(ii)
made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.
(b)
The consent of the Borrower to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time.
(c)
The consent of the Facility Agent is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
(d)
An assignment will only be effective on:
(i)
receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and
(ii)
performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations and internal policies in relation to such assignment to a New





Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.
(e)
Each Obligor agrees that all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Obligor had against the Existing Lender.
(f)
A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.
(g)
If:
(i)
a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and
(ii)
as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or under that Clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ),
then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (g) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.
(h)
Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.
3.
Assignment or transfer fee
The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,000.
4.
Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders
(a)
Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:
(i)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;
(ii)
the financial condition of any Obligor;
(iii)
the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or
(iv)
the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,
and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.
(b)
Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Secured Parties that it:
(i)
has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and
(ii)
will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities throughout the Security Period.
(c)
Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:
(i)
accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or





(ii)
support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.
5.
Procedure for transfer
(a)
Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 27.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.
(b)
The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations and internal policies in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.
(c)
Subject to Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:
(i)
to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the " Discharged Rights and Obligations ");
(ii)
each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;
(iii)
the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and
(iv)
the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".
6.
Procedure for assignment
(a)
Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 27.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.
(b)
The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations and internal policies in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.
(c)
Subject to Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:
(i)
the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;
(ii)
the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the " Relevant Obligations ") expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and
(iii)
the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.





(d)
Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 27.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 27.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).
7.
Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower
The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrower a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.
8.
Security over Lenders' rights
(a)
In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ), each Lender may, without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:
(i)
any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the European Central Bank) including, without limitation, any assignment of rights to a special purpose vehicle where Security over securities issued by such special purpose vehicle is to be created in favour of a federal reserve or central bank (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the European Central Bank) and any assignment to any securitisation vehicle, trust or fund for the purpose of the Lender refinancing or hedging its exposure or granting security over such rights to secure obligations of the Lender; and
(ii)
in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,
except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:
(A)
release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
(B)
require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.
(b)
The limitations on assignments or transfers by a Lender set out in any Finance Document shall not apply to the creation of Security pursuant to paragraph (i) above.
(c)
The limitations and provisions referred to in paragraph (b) above shall further not apply to any assignment or transfer of rights under the Finance Documents or of the securities issued by the special purpose vehicle, made by a federal reserve or central bank (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the European Central Bank) to a third party in connection with the enforcement of Security created pursuant to paragraph (a) above.
(d)
Any Lender may disclose such Confidential Information as that Lender shall consider appropriate to a federal reserve or central bank (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the European Central Bank) to (or through) whom it creates Security pursuant to paragraph (i) above, and any federal reserve or central bank (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the European Central Bank) may disclose such Confidential Information to a third party to whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) rights under the Finance Documents or the securities issued by the special purpose vehicle in connection with the enforcement of such Security.
9.
Pro rata interest settlement
If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a " pro rata basis" to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 27.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):
(a)
any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (" Accrued Amounts ") and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six





Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and
(b)
The rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:
(i)
when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and
(ii)
the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.
(c)
In this Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) references to "Interest Period" shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.
28
Changes to the Obligors
1.
Assignment or transfer by Obligors
No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.
2.
Release of security
(a)
If a disposal of any asset subject to security created by a Security Document is made in the following circumstances:
(i)
the disposal is permitted by the terms of any Finance Document;
(ii)
all the Lenders agree to the disposal;
(iii)
the disposal is being made at the request of the Security Agent in circumstances where any security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable; or
(iv)
the disposal is being effected by enforcement of a Security Document,
the Security Agent may release the asset(s) being disposed of from any security over those assets created by a Security Document. However, the proceeds of any disposal (or an amount corresponding to them) must be applied in accordance with the requirements of the Finance Documents (if any).
(b)
If the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this Clause 28.2 ( Release of security ) (at the request and expense of the Borrower) each Finance Party must enter into any document and do all such other things which are reasonably required to achieve that release. Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to enter into any such document. Any release will not affect the obligations of any other Obligor under the Finance Documents.

Section 28

Section 29
Section 30 The Finance Parties
29
The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Reference Banks
1.
Appointment of the Facility Agent
(a)
Each of the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Lenders appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.
(b)
Each other Finance Party authorises the Facility Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
2.
Instructions
(a)
The Facility Agent shall:
(i)
unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:
(A)
all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and
(B)
in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and





(ii)
not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or, if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).
(b)
The Facility Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Facility Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.
(c)
Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.
(d)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:
(i)
where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;
(ii)
where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;
(iii)
in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Parties.
(e)
If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Facility Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Facility Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Facility Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.
(f)
In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion the Facility Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Finance Parties.
(g)
The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.
(h)
Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 29.2 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties. The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.
(i)
The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.
3.
Duties of the Facility Agent
(a)
The Facility Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.
(c)
Without prejudice to Clause 27.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.
(d)
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.
(e)
If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.





(f)
If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.
(g)
The Facility Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).
4.
Role of the Mandated Lead Arranger
Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.
5.
No fiduciary duties
(a)
Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.
(b)
Neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger shall be bound to account to other Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.
6.
Application of receipts
Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts ).
7.
Business with the Obligors
The Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any Obligor.
8.
Rights and discretions
(a)
The Facility Agent may:
(i)
rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;
(ii)
assume that:
(A)
any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and
(B)
unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and
(iii)
rely on a certificate from any person:
(A)
as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or
(B)
to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,
as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.
(b)
The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:
(i)
no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 26.2 ( Non-payment ));
(ii)
any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and
(iii)
any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than the Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.
(c)
The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.
(d)
Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.





(e)
The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.
(f)
The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:
(i)
be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or
(ii)
be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,
unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
(g)
Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under the Finance Documents.
(h)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.
(i)
Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
9.
Responsibility for documentation
Neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is responsible or liable for:
(a)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, an Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;
(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or
(c)
any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party or Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.
10.
No duty to monitor
The Facility Agent shall not be bound to enquire:
(a)
whether or not any Default has occurred;
(b)
as to the performance, default or any breach by any Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or
(c)
whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.
11.
Exclusion of liability
(a)
Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) or any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Facility Agent), the Facility Agent will not be liable for:
(i)
any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;
(ii)
exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or
(iii)
any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or





(iv)
without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:
(A)
any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or
(B)
the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,
including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.
(b)
No Party other than the Facility Agent may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.
(c)
The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.
(d)
Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger to carry out:
(i)
any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or
(ii)
any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,
on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger.
(e)
Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Facility Agent's liability, any liability of the Facility Agent arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Facility Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Facility Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Facility Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Facility Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.
12.
Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent
(a)
Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).
(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.
(c)
Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to an Obligor.





13.
Resignation of the Facility Agent
(a)
The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.
(b)
Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.
(c)
If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.
(d)
If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Facility Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Facility Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Facility Agent) agree with the proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause 29 ( The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Reference Banks ) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees and those amendments will bind the Parties.
(e)
The retiring Facility Agent shall make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Facility Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.
(f)
The Facility Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.
(g)
Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ) and this Clause 29 ( The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Reference Banks ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Facility Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.
(h)
The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be for the account of the Borrower.
(i)
The consent of any Borrower (or any other Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.
(j)
The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:
(i)
the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;
(ii)
the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or
(iii)
the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;
and (in each case) the Borrower or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrower or that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.





14.
Confidentiality
(a)
In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.
(b)
If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.
(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.
15.
Relationship with the other Finance Parties
(a)
Subject to Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:
(i)
entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and
(ii)
entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,
unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(b)
Each Finance Party shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent. Each Finance Party shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Facility Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent and any reference to any instructions being given by or sought from any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties by or to the Security Agent in this Agreement must be given or sought through the Facility Agent.
(c)
Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 36.5 ( Electronic communication )) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) and sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 36.5 ( Electronic communication ) and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.
16.
Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties
Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:
(a)
the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor;
(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;
(c)
whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document





entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;
(d)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and
(e)
the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.
17.
Facility Agent's management time
Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 30.12 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).
18.
Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent
If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.
19.
Reliance and engagement letters
Each Secured Party confirms that each of the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Facility Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Mandated Lead Arranger or the Facility Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.
20.
Full freedom to enter into transactions
Without prejudice to Clause 29.7 ( Business with the Obligors ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:
(a)
to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);
(b)
to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:
(i)
any securities issued or to be issued by any Obligor or any other person; or
(ii)
any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and
(c)
to provide advice or other services to any Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,
and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.





21.
Reference Banks
If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Facility Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrower) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.
22.
Role of Reference Banks
(a)
No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Facility Agent.
(b)
No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation.
(c)
No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer; employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 29.22 ( Role of Reference Banks ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.
23.
Third Party Reference Banks
A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 29.22 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ) and Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.
30
The Security Agent
1.
Trust
(a)
The Security Agent declares that it holds the Security Property on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.
(b)
Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
2.
Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)
(a)
Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.
(b)
The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:
(i)
shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;
(ii)
is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.
(c)
For purposes of this Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ), the Security Agent:
(i)
is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;
(ii)
acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and
(iii)
shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).
(d)
The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:
(i)
decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and
(ii)
increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased,
and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be:
(A)
decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and
(B)
increased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has increased,
in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.





(e)
All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts ).
(f)
This Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.
3.
Enforcement through Security Agent only
The Secured Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion arising under the Security Documents except through the Security Agent.
4.
Instructions
(a)
The Security Agent shall:
(i)
unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:
(A)
all Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and
(B)
in all other cases, the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf); and
(ii)
not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).
(b)
The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.
(c)
Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.
(d)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:
(i)
where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;
(ii)
where a Finance Document requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;
(iii)
in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the relevant Secured Parties.
(iv)
in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent's discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of:
(A)
Clause 30.28 ( Application of receipts );
(B)
Clause 30.29 ( Permitted Deductions ); and
(C)
Clause 30.30 ( Prospective liabilities ).
(e)
If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Security Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Security Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Security Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.
(f)
In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where either:
(i)
it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion; or
(ii)
the exercise of that discretion is subject to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (d) above,
the Security Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Secured Parties.





(g)
The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.
(h)
Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 30.4 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action in the exercise of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.
(i)
The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.
5.
Duties of the Security Agent
(a)
The Security Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
(b)
The Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party.
(c)
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.
(d)
If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.
(e)
The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).
6.
No fiduciary duties
(a)
Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Obligor.
(b)
The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Secured Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.
7.
Business with the Obligors
The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any Obligor.
8.
Rights and discretions
(a)
The Security Agent may:
(i)
rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;
(ii)
assume that:
(A)
any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;
(B)
unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked;
(C)
if it receives any instructions to act in relation to the Transaction Security, that all applicable conditions under the Finance Documents for so acting have been satisfied; and
(iii)
rely on a certificate from any person:
(A)
as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or
(B)
to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,
as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.
(b)
The Security Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with the other Finance Parties through the Facility Agent and may give to the Facility Agent any notice or other communication required to be given by the Security Agent to any Finance Party.





(c)
The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as security agent for the Secured Parties) that:
(i)
no Default has occurred;
(ii)
any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and
(iii)
any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all Obligors.
(d)
The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.
(e)
Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (f) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Facility Agent or the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.
(f)
The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.
(g)
The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:
(i)
be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or
(ii)
be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,
unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
(h)
Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under the Finance Documents.
(i)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.
(j)
Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
9.
Responsibility for documentation
None of the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate is responsible or liable for:
(a)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, an Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;
(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or
(c)
any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.
10.
No duty to monitor
The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire:
(a)
whether or not any Default has occurred;
(b)
as to the performance, default or any breach by any Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or





(c)
whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.
11.
Exclusion of liability
(a)
Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate), none of the Security Agent nor any Receiver or Delegate will be liable for:
(i)
any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;
(ii)
exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or
(iii)
any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or
(iv)
without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:
(A)
any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or
(B)
the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,
including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.
(b)
No Party other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.
(c)
The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose.
(d)
Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out:
(i)
any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or
(ii)
any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,
on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.
(e)
Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate, any liability of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent, the Receiver or Delegate has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.





12.
Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent
(a)
Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and every Delegate, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).
(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrower shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.
(c)
Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Security Agent to an Obligor.
13.
Resignation of the Security Agent
(a)
The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.
(b)
Alternatively, the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.
(c)
If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent may appoint a successor Security Agent.
(d)
The retiring Security Agent shall make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.
(e)
The Security Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon:
(i)
the appointment of a successor; and
(ii)
the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all the Security Property to that successor.
(f)
Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 30.25 ( Winding up of trust ) and paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Security Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.
(g)
The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrower.
(h)
The consent of any Borrower (or any other Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.
14.
Confidentiality
(a)
In acting as Security Agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.
(b)
If information is received by a division or department of the Security Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.
(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.





15.
Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties
Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:
(a)
the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor;
(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;
(c)
whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;
(d)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and
(e)
the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.
16.
Security Agent's management time
(a)
Any amount payable to the Security Agent under Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 30.12 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Security Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Security Agent may notify to the Borrower and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Security Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).
(b)
Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, in the event of:
(i)
a Default;
(ii)
the Security Agent being requested by an Obligor or the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Borrower agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents; or
(iii)
the Security Agent and the Borrower agreeing that it is otherwise appropriate in the circumstances,
the Borrower shall pay to the Security Agent any additional remuneration (together with any applicable VAT) that may be agreed between them or determined pursuant to paragraph (c) below.
(c)
If the Security Agent and the Borrower fail to agree upon the nature of the duties, or upon the additional remuneration referred to in paragraph (b) above or whether additional remuneration is appropriate in the circumstances, any dispute shall be determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Borrower or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales (the costs of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Borrower) and the determination of any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Parties.
17.
Reliance and engagement letters
Each Secured Party confirms that the Security Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Security Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.
18.
No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security
The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:





(a)
require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Obligor to any of the Security Assets;
(b)
obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;
(c)
register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any law or regulation or to give notice to any person of the execution of any Finance Document or of the Transaction Security;
(d)
take, or to require any Obligor to take, any step to perfect its title to any of the Security Assets or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under any law or regulation; or
(e)
require any further assurance in relation to any Finance Document.
19.
Insurance by Security Agent
(a)
The Security Agent shall not be obliged:
(i)
to insure any of the Security Assets;
(ii)
to require any other person to maintain any insurance; or
(iii)
to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in any Finance Document,
and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of the lack of, or inadequacy of, any such insurance.
(b)
Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Majority Lenders request it to do so in writing and the Security Agent fails to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.
20.
Custodians and nominees
The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any asset of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.
21.
Delegation by the Security Agent
(a)
Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in its capacity as such.
(b)
That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Secured Parties.
(c)
No Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.
22.
Additional Security Agents
(a)
The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:
(i)
if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Secured Parties; or
(ii)
for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirement, restriction or condition which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or
(iii)
for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction,
and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrower and the Finance Parties of that appointment.
(b)
Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents) and the duties, obligations and responsibilities that are given or imposed by the instrument of appointment.





(c)
The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable VAT) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.
23.
Acceptance of title
The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any Obligor may have to any of the Security Assets and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.
24.
Releases
Upon a disposal of any of the Security Assets pursuant to the enforcement of the Transaction Security by a Receiver, a Delegate or the Security Agent, the Security Agent is irrevocably authorised (at the cost of the Obligors and without any consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from any other Secured Party) to release, without recourse or warranty, that property from the Transaction Security and to execute any release of the Transaction Security or other claim over that asset and to issue any certificates of non-crystallisation of floating charges that may be required or desirable.
25.
Winding up of trust
If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that:
(a)
all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Security Documents have been fully and finally discharged; and
(b)
no Secured Party is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents,
then
(i)
the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Security Documents; and
(ii)
any Security Agent which has resigned pursuant to Clause 30.13 ( Resignation of the Security Agent ) shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each Security Document.
26.
Powers supplemental to Trustee Acts
The rights, powers, authorities and discretions given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by law or regulation or otherwise.
27.
Disapplication of Trustee Acts
Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent permitted by law and regulation, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.
28.
Application of receipts
All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to the terms of any Finance Document, under Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or in connection with the realisation or enforcement of all or any part of the Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 29.22 ( Role of Reference Banks ), the " Recoveries ") shall be held by the Security Agent on trust to apply them at any time as the Security Agent (in its discretion) sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law (and subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 29.22 ( Role of Reference Banks )), in the following order of priority:
(a)
in discharging any sums owing to the Security Agent (in its capacity as such) (other than pursuant to Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ), any Receiver or any Delegate;





(b)
in payment or distribution to the Facility Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the other Secured Parties, for application towards the discharge of all sums due and payable by any Obligor under any of the Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts );
(c)
if none of the Obligors is under any further actual or contingent liability under any Finance Document, in payment or distribution to any person to whom the Security Agent is obliged to pay or distribute in priority to any Obligor; and
(d)
the balance, if any, in payment or distribution to the relevant Obligor.
29.
Permitted Deductions
The Security Agent may, in its discretion:
(a)
set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and
(b)
pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).
30.
Prospective liabilities
Following enforcement of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts ) in respect of:
(a)
any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and
(b)
any part of the Secured Liabilities,
that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.
31.
Investment of proceeds
Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts ) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent's discretion in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 30.31 ( Investment of proceeds ).
32.
Currency conversion
(a)
For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Secured Liabilities the Security Agent may convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.
(b)
The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.
33.
Good discharge
(a)
Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Liabilities by the Security Agent may be made to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.
(b)
The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.
34.
Amounts received by Obligors
If any of the Obligors receives or recovers any amount which, under the terms of any of the Finance Documents, should have been paid to the Security Agent, that Obligor will hold the amount received or recovered on trust for the Security Agent and promptly pay that amount to the Security Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.





35.
Application and consideration
In consideration for the covenants given to the Security Agent by each Obligor in relation to Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) the Security Agent agrees with each Obligor to apply all moneys from time to time paid by such Obligor to the Security Agent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ).
36.
Full freedom to enter into transactions
Without prejudice to Clause 30.7 ( Business with the Obligors ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:
(a)
to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);
(b)
to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:
(i)
any securities issued or to be issued by any Obligor or any other person; or
(ii)
any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and
(c)
to provide advice or other services to the Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,
and, in particular, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.
31
Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties
No provision of this Agreement will:
(a)
interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
(b)
oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or
(c)
oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.
32
Sharing among the Finance Parties
1.
Payments to Finance Parties
If a Finance Party (a " Recovering Finance Party ") receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 33 ( Payment Mechanics ) (a " Recovered Amount ") and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:
(a)
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;
(b)
the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 33 ( Payment Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and
(c)
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the " Sharing Payment ") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts ).





2.
Redistribution of payments
The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the " Sharing Finance Parties ") in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.
3.
Recovering Finance Party's rights
On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 32.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.
4.
Reversal of redistribution
If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:
(a)
each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the " Redistributed Amount "); and
(b)
as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.
5.
Exceptions
(a)
This Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.
(b)
A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:
(i)
it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and
(ii)
that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

Section 31

Section 32
Section 33 Administration
33
Payment Mechanics
1.
Payments to the Facility Agent
(a)
On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.
(b)
Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Facility Agent) and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.
2.
Distributions by the Facility Agent
Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 33.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and Clause 33.4 ( Clawback and pre-funding ) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency, as specified by that Party or, in the





case of an Advance, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrower in the Utilisation Request.
3.
Distributions to an Obligor
The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 34 ( Set-Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.
4.
Clawback and pre-funding
(a)
Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.
(b)
Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.
(c)
If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrower:
(i)
the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower of that Lender's identity and the Borrower shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and
(ii)
the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrower shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.
5.
Application of receipts; partial payments
(a)
If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:
(i)
first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate under the Finance Documents;
(ii)
secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest and fees due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;
(iii)
thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;
(iv)
fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.
(b)
The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary, or instruct the Security Agent to vary (as applicable) the order set out in sub-paragraphs (ii) to (iv) of paragraph (a) above.
(c)
Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.
6.
No set-off by Obligors
All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.
7.
Business Days
(a)
Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
(b)
During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.





8.
Currency of account
(a)
Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.
(b)
Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.
(c)
Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.
9.
Change of currency
(a)
Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:
(i)
any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrower); and
(ii)
any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).
(b)
If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.
10.
Currency Conversion
(a)
For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.
(b)
The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.
11.
Disruption to Payment Systems etc.
If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:
(a)
the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;
(b)
the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;
(c)
the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
(d)
any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties and Obligors as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers );
(e)
the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ); and
(f)
the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.
34
Set-Off
A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.





35
Contractual recognition of Bail-In
Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:
(a)
any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):
(i)
a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;
(ii)
a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and
(iii)
a cancellation of any such liability; and
(b)
a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.
36
Notices
1.
Communications in writing
Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.
2.
Addresses
The address and, if applicable, fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:
(a)
in the case of the Borrower, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties );
(b)
in the case of each Lender or any Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;
(c)
in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ); and
(d)
in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ),
or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.
3.
Delivery
(a)
Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:
(i)
if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or
(ii)
if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,
and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.
(b)
Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).
(c)
All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.
(d)
Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.
(e)
Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.





4.
Notification of address and fax number
Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.
5.
Electronic communication
(a)
Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:
(i)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and
(ii)
notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.
(b)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.
(c)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.
(d)
Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.
(e)
Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 36.5 ( Electronic communication ).
6.
English language
(a)
Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.
(b)
All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:
(i)
in English; or
(ii)
if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.
37
Calculations and Certificates
1.
Accounts
In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.
2.
Certificates and determinations
Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.
3.
Day count convention
Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.
38
Partial Invalidity
If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.





39
Remedies and Waivers
No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of a Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
40
Settlement or Discharge Conditional
Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.
41
Irrevocable Payment
If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, an Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of Obligor to a Finance Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.
42
Amendments and Waivers
1.
Required consents
(a)
Subject to Clause 42.2 ( All Lender matters ) and Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.
(b)
The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers ).
(c)
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 29.8 ( Rights and discretions ), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.
2.
All Lender matters
Subject to Clause 42.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), an amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:
(a)
the definition of "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );
(b)
a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents (other than in relation to Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan )) in respect of a prepayment made pursuant to Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) or Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss );
(c)
a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;
(d)
a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;
(e)
an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility;
(f)
a change to any Obligor;
(g)
any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;
(h)
this Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers );
(i)
any change to the preamble ( Background ), Clause 2 ( The Facility ), Clause 3 ( Purpose ), Clause 5 ( Utilisation ), Clause 6.2 ( Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled prepayments ), Clause 8 ( Interest ), Clause 25 ( Application of Earnings ), Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ), Clause 46 ( Governing Law ) or Clause 47 ( Enforcement );
(j)
any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);





(k)
(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document), the nature or scope of:
(i)
the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity );
(ii)
the Security Assets; or
(iii)
the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed,
(except in the case of sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document); and
(iv)
the release of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,
shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.
3.
Other exceptions
(a)
An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party, the Mandated Lead Arranger or a Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party, that Reference Bank or, as the case may be, the Mandated Lead Arranger.
(b)
The Borrower and the Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.
4.
Replacement of Screen Rate
(a)
Subject to Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ), if the Screen Rate is not available for dollars, any amendment or waiver which relates to providing for another benchmark rate to apply in relation to dollars, in place of that Screen Rate (or which relates to aligning any provision of a Finance Document to the use of that benchmark rate) may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower.
(b)
If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within 15 Business Days (unless the Borrower and the Facility Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request) of that request being made:
(i)
its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and
(ii)
its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.
5.
Obligor Intent
Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 1.2 ( Construction ) and 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), each Obligor expressly confirms that it intends that any guarantee contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document and any Security created by any Finance Document shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.
43
Confidentiality
1.
Confidentiality
Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 43.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 43.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.
2.
Disclosure of Confidential Information
Any Finance Party may disclose:





(a)
to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;
(b)
to any person (including risk participants or sub-participants, including but not limited to credit insurers and persons involved in their activities):
(i)
to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
(ii)
with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation or risk participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
(iii)
appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (d) of Clause 29.15 ( Relationship with the other Finance Parties ));
(iv)
who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above;
(v)
to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;
(vi)
to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;
(vii)
to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 27.8 ( Security over Lenders' rights );
(viii)
who is a Party, an Obligor or any related entity of an Obligor;
(ix)
as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or
(x)
with the consent of the Borrower;
in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:
(A)
in relation to sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;
(B)
in relation to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;
(C)
in relation to sub-paragraphs (v), (vi) and (vii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;





(c)
to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Finance Party;
(d)
to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors.
3.
Disclosure to numbering service providers
(a)
Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:
(i)
names of Obligors;
(ii)
country of domicile of Obligors;
(iii)
place of incorporation of Obligors;
(iv)
date of this Agreement;
(v)
Clause 46 ( Governing Law );
(vi)
the names of the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger;
(vii)
date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;
(viii)
amount of Total Commitments;
(ix)
currency of the Facility;
(x)
type of Facility;
(xi)
ranking of Facility;
(xii)
Termination Date for Facility;
(xiii)
changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i) to (xii) above; and
(xiv)
such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrower,
to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.
(b)
The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.
(c)
Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (xiv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.
(d)
The Facility Agent shall notify the Guarantor and the other Finance Parties of:
(i)
the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Facility Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and
(ii)
the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.
4.
Entire agreement
This Clause 43 ( Confidential Information) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.
5.
Inside information
Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable





legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.
6.
Notification of disclosure
Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:
(a)
of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub‑paragraph (v) of paragraph (b) of Clause 43.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and
(b)
upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 43 ( Confidentiality ).
7.
Continuing obligations
The obligations in this Clause 43.7 ( Continuing obligations ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:
(a)
the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and
(b)
the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.
44
Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations
1.
Confidentiality and disclosure
(a)
The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.
(b)
The Facility Agent may disclose:
(i)
any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrower pursuant to Clause 8.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ); and
(ii)
any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.
(c)
The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate:
(i)
to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives, if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;
(ii)
any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
(iii)
any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no





requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and
(iv)
any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.
(d)
The Facility Agent's obligations in this Clause 45 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and reference bank quotations) relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to sub paragraph (i) of paragraph (b) above) the Facility Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.
2.
Related obligations
(a)
The Facility Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Facility Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.
(b)
The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:
(i)
of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of Clause 44.1 ( Confidentiality and disclosure ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and
(ii)
upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ).
3.
No Event of Default
No Event of Default will occur under Clause 26.4 ( Other obligations ) by reason only of an Obligor's failure to comply with this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ).
45
Counterparts
Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

Section 34

Section 35
Section 36 Governing Law and Enforcement
46
Governing Law
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
47
Enforcement
1.
Jurisdiction
(a)
Unless specifically provided in another Finance Document in relation to that Finance Document, the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a " Dispute ").
(b)
The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.
2.
Service of process
(a)
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor:
(i)
irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited at its business address for the time being, presently at 10 Lower Grosvenor Place, London SW1W 0EN, as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document provided that any communication shall be marked on the paper envelope with "SALT BNPP Transaction - for the urgent attention of the Legal Department"; and
(ii)
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.





(b)
If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrower (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 10 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.
This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
Schedule 1

The Parties
PartA
The Obligors
Name of Borrower
Place of Incorporation
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
Address for Communication
SBI Lynx Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
93573
c/o Scorpio Bulkers Inc., 9 Boulevard Charles III, 98000 Monaco
Attn: Legal Department
Fax No: + 3 77 97 77 83 46
Email: legal@scorpiogroup.net


Name of Guarantor
Place of Incorporation
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
Address for Communication
Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
Republic of the Marshall Islands
60299
9 Boulevard Charles III, 98000 Monaco
Attn: Legal Department
 
 
 
Fax No: + 3 77 97 77 83 46
Email: legal@scorpiogroup.net







PartB


The Original Lenders
Name of Original Lender
Commitment
Address for Communication
BNP Paribas
$12,750,000
Millénaire 4
35 rue de la Gare
ACI : CVA05A1
75019 Paris
France
Fax: +33(0) 1 42 98 43 55

E-mail: tgmo.shipping@bnpparibas.com

Attention: Middle Office Shipping & Offshore - Transportation Group







PartC


The Servicing Parties
Name of Facility Agent
Address for Communication
BNP Paribas
Millénaire 4
35 rue de la Gare
ACI : CVA05A1
75019 Paris
France
Fax: +33(0)1 42 98 43 55

E-mail: tgmo.shipping@bnpparibas.com

Attention: Middle Office Shipping & Offshore - Transportation Group
 
 
 
 
Name of Security Agent
Address for Communication
BNP Paribas
Millénaire 4
35 rue de la Gare
ACI : CVA05A1
75019 Paris
France
Fax: +33(0)1 42 98 43 55

E-mail: tgmo.shipping@bnpparibas.com

Attention: Middle Office Shipping & Offshore - Transportation Group























Schedule 2


Conditions Precedent

PART A
Conditions Precedent to Utilisation Request
1
Obligors
1.
A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.
2.
A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor:
(a)
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
(b)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and
(c)
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including , if relevant, a Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
3.
An original of the power of attorney of each Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
4.
A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.
5.
A copy of a resolution signed by the Guarantor as the holder of the issued shares in the Borrower, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party.
6.
A certificate of each Obligor (signed by an officer) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Obligor to be exceeded.
7.
A certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by an officer) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.
8.
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement
2
Shipbuilding Contract
1.
Copies of the Shipbuilding Contract and of all documents signed or issued by the Borrower or the Seller (or any of them) under or in connection with it.
2.
Such documentary evidence as the Facility Agent and its legal advisers may require in relation to the due authorisation and execution by the Borrower and the Seller of the Shipbuilding Contract and of all documents to be executed by the Borrower and the Seller.
3.
A copy of the Seller's invoice relating to the final instalment of the Contract Price under the Shipbuilding Contract.
3
Finance Documents
1.
A duly executed original of each Finance Document not otherwise referred in Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).
2.
If applicable, a duly executed original of any Subordination Deed and copies of each Subordinated Finance Document.
3.
A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document not otherwise referred in Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).
4
Security
1.
A duly executed original of the Shares Security (and of each document to be delivered under it).
2.
If applicable, a duly executed original of any Subordinated Debt Security.
5
Legal opinions
1.
A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.





2.
A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in New York, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.
6
Other documents and evidence
1.
Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 47.1(a) ( Service of process ) has accepted its appointment.
2.
A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.
3.
The Original Financial Statements.
4.
The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Accounts.
5.
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date.
6.
Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.








































PART B

Conditions Precedent to delivery date
1.
Obligors
a.
A certificate of an authorised signatory of each relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Delivery Date.
b.
If necessary, for each relevant Obligor documents of the type listed in paragraph 1 of Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ), in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.
2.
Ship and other security
a.
A duly executed original of the Mortgage and the General Assignment and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them together with documentary evidence that the Mortgage has been duly registered as a valid first preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag.
b.
Documentary evidence that the Ship:
i.
has been unconditionally delivered by the Seller to, and accepted by, the Borrower under the Shipbuilding Contract and that the full purchase price payable and all other sums due to the Seller under such Shipbuilding Contract, other than the sums to be financed pursuant to the Utilisation of the Advance, have been paid to the Seller (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the prepositioning with the Seller (or any escrow agent) of the amount of any equity contribution in relation to the final instalment of the Contract Price under the Shipbuilding Contract);
ii.
is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the Borrower under the Approved Flag;
iii.
is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;
iv.
maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and
v.
is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.
c.
Documents establishing that the Ship will, as from the Delivery Date, be managed commercially by the Approved Commercial Manager and managed technically by the Approved Technical Manager on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, together with:
i.
a Manager's Undertaking for each of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager; and
ii.
copies of the Approved Technical Manager's Document of Compliance and of the Ship's Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable Safety Management System which the Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to the Ship including without limitation an ISSC.
d.
At the expense of the Borrower, an opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Facility Agent may require.
e.
Valuations of the Ship, addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 30 days before the Delivery Date from two Approved Valuers, the average of which shows a value for such Ship of not less than 140 per cent. of the Loan.
3.
Legal opinions
Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of the Ship, England and Wales and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require.
4.
Other documents and evidence
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Delivery Date for the relevant Advance.







PART C
Conditions subsequent
1.
Within 3 Months after the Delivery Date, a duly executed original of the Account Security (and of each document to be delivered under it).
2.
A legal opinion of Schellenberg Wittmer Ltd, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in Switzerland, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement and any other legal opinions from s such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require.






















































Schedule 3


Requests
UTILISATION REQUEST
From:      SBI Lynx Shipping Company Limited
To:      BNP Paribas
Dated: [—] 2018
Dear Sirs
$12,750,000 Facility Agreement dated [—] 2018 (the " Agreement " )
1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.
2
We wish to borrow the Advance on the following terms:
Proposed Utilisation Date:
[—] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
Amount:      [—] or, if less, the Available Facility
3
We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) of this Agreement as they relate to the Advance to which this Utilisation Request refers is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.
4
The proceeds of this Advance should be credited to [account].
5
This Utilisation Request is cannot be revoked without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders.
Yours faithfully



____________________                          _
[—]                                     
authorised signatory for                             
SBI Lynx Shipping Company Limited                                 


























Schedule 4
Form of Transfer Certificate
To:      BNP PARIBAS as Facility Agent
From:      [The Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [The New Lender] (the " New Lender ")
Dated: [—]
Dear Sirs
$12,750,000 Facility Agreement dated [—] 2018 (the " Agreement " )
1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.
2
We refer to Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement:
(a)
the Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender's rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement;
(b)
the proposed Transfer Date is [—];
(c)
the Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.
3
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 27.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.
4
This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.
5
This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
6
This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.
Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.
























THE SCHEDULE

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred
[insert relevant details]
[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details
for notices and account details for payments.]

[Existing Lender]      [New Lender]
By: [—]      By: [—]


This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [—].
[Facility Agent]
By: [—]



































Schedule 5


Form of Assignment Agreement
To:
BNP Paribas as Facility Agent and [—] as Borrower, for and on behalf of each Obligor
From:      [the Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [the New Lender] (the " New Lender ")

Dated: [—]
Dear Sirs
$12,750,000 Facility Agreement dated [—] 2018 (the " Agreement " )
1
We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.
2
We refer to Clause 27.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) of the Agreement:
(a)
the Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule;
(b)
the Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule;
(c)
the New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above;
(d)
all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Obligor had against the Existing Lender.
3
The proposed Transfer Date is [—].
4
On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.
5
The Facility Office and address, fax, number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.
6
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 27.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.
7
This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 27.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ) of the Agreement, to the Borrower (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.
8
This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.
9
This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.
10
This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.
Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.








THE SCHEDULE
Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession
[insert relevant details]
[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices
and account details for payments]

[Existing Lender]      [New Lender]
By: [—]      By: [—]

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [—].
Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.
[Facility Agent]
By:

































Schedule 6


Form of Compliance Certificate

To:      BNP Paribas as Facility Agent
From:      Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
Dated: [—]

Dear Sirs
M.V. "SBI Lynx"- Facility Agreement dated [—] 2018 (the " Agreement " )
1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.
2
We confirm that: [Insert details of covenants to be certified]
3
[We confirm that no Default is continuing.]
4
The Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true.


Signed:      ________________________     
Director of Scorpio Bulkers Inc.         
































Schedule 7


Timetables

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of the Utilisation Request ))
Two Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of the Utilisation Request )) or the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))
Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation )
Two Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date.
LIBOR is fixed
Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time
Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 10.2 ( Calculation of Reference Bank Rate )
Noon on the Quotation Day

















































Execution Pages

BORROWER

SIGNED by            ) /s/ Micha Withoft
duly authorised              )
for and on behalf of          )
SBI LYNX SHIPPING
COMPANY LIMITED      )
in the presence of:          ) MICHA WITHOFT
Witness' signature:          ) /s/ Laura Thompson
Witness' name:              ) Laura Thompson
Witness' address:          ) Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M
“Le Millenium”, 9 Boulevard Charles III
Monaco MC 98000


GUARANTOR

SIGNED by            ) /s/ Eleni Elpis Nassopoulou
duly authorised              )
for and on behalf of          )
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.      )
in the presence of:          ) ELENI ELPIS NASSOPOULOU
Witness' signature:          ) /s/ Laura Thompson
Witness' name:              ) Laura Thompson
Witness' address:          ) Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M
“Le Millenium”, 9 Boulevard Charles III
Monaco MC 98000


ORIGINAL LENDERS

SIGNED by              ) /s/ Konstantina Kyprianidou
duly authorised              )
for and on behalf of          )
BNP PARIBAS              ) Konstantina Kyprianidou
in the presence of:          ) Attorney-in-Fact
Witness' signature:          ) /s/ Parit Patani
Witness' name:              ) Parit Patani
Witness' address:          ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
28, avenue Victor Hugo
75116 Paris



MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER






SIGNED by            ) /s/ Konstantina Kyprianidou
duly authorised              )
for and on behalf of          )
BNP PARIBAS              ) Konstantina Kyprianidou
in the presence of:          ) Attorney-in-Fact
Witness' signature:          ) /s/ Parit Patani
Witness' name:              ) Parit Patani
Witness' address:          ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
             28, avenue Victor Hugo
75116 Paris





FACILITY AGENT

SIGNED by            ) /s/ Konstantina Kyprianidou
duly authorised              )
for and on behalf of          )
BNP PARIBAS              ) Konstantina Kyprianidou
in the presence of:          ) Attorney-in-Fact
Witness' signature:          ) /s/ Parit Patani
Witness' name:              ) Parit Patani
Witness' address:          ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
28, avenue Victor Hugo
75116 Paris





SECURITY AGENT

SIGNED by            ) /s/ Konstantina Kyprianidou
duly authorised              )
for and on behalf of          )
BNP PARIBAS              ) Konstantina Kyprianidou
in the presence of:          ) Attorney-in-Fact
Witness' signature:          ) /s/ Parit Patani
Witness' name:              ) Parit Patani
Witness' address:          ) Watson Farley & Williams LLP
28, avenue Victor Hugo
75116 Paris







EXHIBIT 4.29
“BARECON 2001” STANDARD BAREBOAT CHARTER      PART1
 


1. Shipbroker
BIMCO STANDARD BAREBOAT CHARTER CODE NAME: “BARECON 2001”
ITOCHU CORPORATION
TOKBM Section, 5-1, Kita-Aoyama 2-chome,
Minato-ku, Tokyo, 107-8077, Japan
PART I
2. Place and date
In Monaco
 
 July ___, 2018
3. Owners / Place of business (Cl. 1)
4. Bareboat Charterers / Place of business (Cl. 1)
MAC LIR CORPORATION guaranteed by Yanagida Industries Corp. in a separate letter of guarantee in a form acceptable to the Charterers.
SBI Echo Shipping Company Limited, a Marshall Islands corporation guaranteed by Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
 
 
 
 
5. Vessel's name, call sign and flag (Cl. 1 and 3)
 
M/V SBI Echo, V7KD7, Marshall Islands
 
 
6. Type of Vessel
7. GT / NT
Bulk Carrier
34835 / 20238
 
 
8. When / Where built
9. Total DWT (abt . ) in metric tons on summer freeboard
2015 / Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd
61 000 MT
 
 
10. Classification Society (Cl. 3)
11. Date of last special survey by the Vessel's classification society
American Bureau of Shipping
N/A
 
 
12. Further particulars of Vessel (also indicate minimum number of months' validity of class certificates agreed acc. to Cl. 3)
 IMO No. 9714692
 
 
13. Port or Place of delivery (Cl.3)
World Wide in Charterers’ option

14. Time for delivery (Cl.4)

See Clause 32
15. Cancelling date (Cl.5)

 N/A
16. Port or Place of redelivery (Cl. 15)
Safety afloat at an accessible safe berth or anchorage at a safe port or place within Singapore / Japan Range, port in Charterers’ option (however not applicable in case the Charterers exercise the Purchase Option as per clause 35)
17. No. of months' validity of trading and class certificates upon redelivery (Cl. 15)
Minimum 3 months (however not applicable in case the Charterers exercise the Purchase Option as per clause 35)
 
    
18. Running days' notice if other than stated in Cl.4
19. Frequency of dry-docking Cl. 10(g)
N/A
As required by Classification Society
 
 
20. Trading Limits (Cl.6)
 

worldwide trading within current IWL excluding any country boycotted by the UN.
The Charterers shall be allowed to breach the IWL subject to payment by the Charterers of any and all premiums, expenses, costs and risks of the Charterers and, where required by the relevant insurance terms, the underwriters’ approval.
 
 
21. Charter Period (Cl. 2)
22. Charter hire (Cl. 11)
5 years from delivery (See also Clause 33)
USD 5,400/Day (See also Clause 11).
23. New class and other safety requirements (state percentage of Vessel's insurance value acc. to Box 29 (Cl. 10(a)(ii))
N/A
 
24. Rate of interest payable acc. to Cl.11(f) and, if applicable, acc. to PART IV
25. Currency and method of payment (Cl.11)
4%
USD, payable monthly in advance by bank transfer
 
 
26. Place of payment; also state beneficiary and bank account (Cl. 11)
27. Bank guarantee / bond (sum and place) (Cl. 24 (optional)
The Iyo Bank, Ltd.
   N/A
28. Mortgage(s), if any (state whether Cl. 12(a) or (b) applies; if 12(b) applies, state date of Financial Instrument and name of Mortgagee(s)/Place of business) (Cl. 12)
29. Insurance (hull and machinery and war risks) (state value acc. to Cl.13(f) or, if applicable, acc. to Cl. 14(k)) (also state if Cl.14 applies)
N/A
See Clause 34





30. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Owners' account limited to (Cl. 13(b) or, if applicable, Cl. 14(g))
31. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Charterers' account limited to (Cl. 13(b) or, if applicable, Cl. 14(g))
N/A
N/A
 
 
32. Latent defects (only to be filled in if period other than stated in Cl.3)
33. Brokerage commission and to whom payable (Cl.27)
N/A  
N/A
 
 
34. Grace period (state number of clear banking days) (Cl. 28)
35. Dispute Resolution (state 30(a), 30(b) or 30(c); if 30(c) agreed, Place of Arbitration   must  be stated (Cl. 30)
 6 Banking Days
London as place of arbitration, English Law, Clause 30(a)
 
 
36. War cancellation (indicate countries agreed) (Cl. 26(f))
 
 N/A
 
 
37. Newbuilding Vessel (indicate with 'yes' or 'no' whether PART III applies) ( optional)
38. Name and place of Builders (only to be filled in if PART III applies)
No
N/A
 
 
39. Vessel's Yard Building No. (only to be filled in if PART III applies)
40. Date of Building Contract (only to be filled in if PART III applies)
N/A
 N/A
 
 
41. Liquidated damages and costs shall accrue to (state party acc. to Cl. 1)
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
42. Hire/Purchase agreement (indicate with 'yes' or 'no' whether PART IV applies) (optional)
43. Bareboat Charter Registry (indicate with 'yes' or 'no' whether PART IV applies) (optional)
No. See however Clause 35
No
 
 
44. Flag and Country of the Bareboat Charter Registry (only to be filled in if PART V applies)
45. Country of the Underlying Registry (only to be filled in if PART V applies)
N/A
N/A
 
 
46. Number of additional clauses covering special provisions, if agreed
 
   Clause 32 - 44
PREAMBLE - It is mutually agreed that this Contract shall be performed subject to the conditions contained in this Charter which shall include PART I and PART II. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further. It is further mutually agreed that PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V shall only apply and shall only form part of this Charter if expressly agreed and stated in Boxes 37, 42 and 43. If PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V apply, it is further agreed that in the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and PART II shall prevail over those of PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V to the extent of such conflict but no further.
Signature (Owners)
Signature (Charterers)
MAC LIR CORPORATION
 
SBI Echo Shipping Company Limited
/s/ Nuinoskae Nakai
By:Nuinosake Nakai
Title: Director (President)
/s/ Hugh Baker
By:Hugh Baker
Title: Director














PART II
“gBARECON 2001” Standard Bareboat Charter
1. Definitions
In this Charter, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:
“Banking Day” shall mean a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday):
on which banks and financial markets are open for business in Tokyo, New York, Monaco, the Netherlands and London;
“MOA” shall have the definition given to it in the Riders hereto;
“Redelivery MOA” shall means the memorandum of agreement attached hereto as Appendix C;
“The Owners” shall mean the party identified in Box 3;
“The Charterers” shall mean the party identified in Box 4;
“The Vessel” shall mean the vessel named in Box 5 and with particulars as stated in Boxes 6 to 12;
“Financial instrument” means the mortgage, deed of covenant or other such financial security instrument as annexed to this Charter and stated in Box 28.

2. Charter Period
In consideration of the hire detailed in Box 22, the Owners have agreed to let and the Charterers have agreed to hire the Vessel for the period stated in Box 21 (the “Charter Hire Period”) . See also Clause 33.

3. Delivery - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED -See Clauses 32 and 33
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
(a) The Owners shall before and at the time of delivery exercise due diligence to make the Vessel seaworthy and in every respect ready in hull, machinery and equipment for service under this Charter. The Vessel shall be delivered by the Owners and taken over by the Charterers at the port or place indicated in Box 13 in such ready safe berth as the Charterers may direct in accordance with Clause 32.
(b) The Vessel shall be properly documented on delivery in accordance with the laws of the Flag State indicated in Box 5 and the requirements of the Classification Society stated in Box 10. The Vessel upon delivery shall have her survey cycles up to date and trading and class certificates valid for at least the number of months agreed in Box 12.
(c) The delivery of the Vessel by the Owners and the taking over of the Vessel by the Charterers shall constitute a full performance by the Owners of all the Owners’ obligations under this Clause 3, and thereafter the Charterers shall not be entitled to make or assert any claim against the Owners on account of any conditions, representations or warranties expressed or implied with respect to the Vessel but the Owners shall be liable for the cost of but not the time for repairs or renewals occasioned by latent defects in the Vessel, her machinery or appurtenances, existing at the time of delivery under this Charter, provided such defects have manifested themselves within twelve (12) months after delivery unless otherwise provided in Box 32.

4. Time for Delivery - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED - See Clause 32
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
The Vessel shall not be delivered before the date indicated in Box 14 the Owners shall exercise due diligence to deliver the Vessel not later than the date indicated in Box 15. Unless otherwise agreed in Box 18, the Owners shall definite notice of the date on which the Vessel is expected to be ready for delivery. The Owners shall keep the Charterers closely advised

5. Cancelling - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED - See Clause 32
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
(a) Should the Vessel not be delivered latest by the cancelling date indicated in Box 15, this Charter shall be deemed cancelled. the Charterers shall have the option of cancelling this Charter by giving the Owners notice of cancellation within thirty-six (36) running hours after the cancelling date stated in Box 15, failing which this Charter shall remain in full force and effect.
(b) If it appears that the Vessel will be delayed beyond the cancelling date, the Owners may, as soon as they are in a position to state with reasonable certainty the day on which the Vessel should be ready, give notice thereof to the Charterers asking whether they will exercise their option of cancelling, and the option must then be declared within one hundred and sixty-eight (168) running hours of the receipt by the Charterers of such notice or within thirty-six (36) running hours after the cancelling date, whichever is the earlier. If the Charterers do not then exercise their option of cancelling, the seventh day after the readiness date stated in the date indicated in Box 15 for the purpose of this Clause 5.
(c) Cancellation under this Clause 5 shall be without prejudice to any claim the Charterers may otherwise have on the Owners under this Charter.






6. Trading Restrictions
The Vessel shall be employed in lawful trades for the carriage of suitable lawful merchandise within the trading limits indicated in Box 20. The Charterers undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer the Vessel to be employed otherwise than in conformity with the terms of the contracts of insurance (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) without first complying with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe. The Charterers also undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer her employment in any trade or business which is forbidden by the law of any country to which the Vessel may sail or is otherwise illicit or in carrying illicit or prohibited goods or in any manner whatsoever which may render her liable to condemnation, destruction, seizure or confiscation. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Charter it is agreed that nuclear fuels or radioactive products or waste are specifically excluded from the cargo permitted to be loaded or carried under this Charter. This exclusion does not apply to radio-isotopes used or intended to be used for any industrial, commercial, agricultural, medical or scientific purposes to loading thereof.

7. Surveys on Delivery and Redelivery
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
There will be no On-hire Survey on delivery. The Owners and Charterers shall each appoint surveyors for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of delivery and redelivery hereunder. The Owners shall bear all expenses of the On-hire Survey for the surveyor appointed by them in respect of the Off-hire Survey including loss of time, if any, at the daily equivalent to the rate of hire or pro rata thereof and the Charterers shall bear all expenses for the surveyor appointed by them in respect of the Off-hire Survey including loss of time, if any, at the daily equivalent to the rate of hire or pro rata thereof.

8. Inspection
The Owners shall have the right once per calendar year at any time after giving reasonable notice, however not less than 15 days, to the Charterers and provided that it does not unduly interfere with the commercial operation of the Vessel to inspect or survey the Vessel or instruct a duly authorized surveyor to carry out such inspection or survey on their behalf:
(a) to ascertain the condition of the Vessel and satisfy themselves that the Vessel is being properly repaired and maintained. The costs and fees for any inspection or survey made under this Clause 8 shall be paid by the Owners unless the Vessel is found to require repairs or maintenance in order to achieve the condition so provided; and
(b) in dry-dock if the Charterers have not dry-docked her in accordance with Clause 10(g). The costs and fees for such inspection or survey shall be paid by the Charterers.
(c) for any other commercial reason they consider necessary (provided it does not unduly interfere with the commercial operation of the Vessel). The costs and fees for such inspection and survey shall be paid by the Owners.
All time used in respect of inspection, survey or repairs shall account as the Charter Period.
The Charterers shall also permit, the Owners to inspect the Vessel’s log books whenever reasonably requested with ongoing Class Records (as to the ongoing Class Records the Charterer shall supply once a year) and shall whenever required by the Owners furnish them with full information regarding any major casualties or other major accidents or significant damage to the Vessel.

9. Inventories, Oil and Stores
A complete inventory of the Vessel’s entire equipment shall be provided by the Charterers to the Owners in conjunction with the Owners on delivery of the Vessel. There shall be no payment by the Charterers for any such items on delivery. Unless the Vessel is acquired by the Charterers in accordance with Clause 35, the Charterers and the Owners, respectively, shall at the time of delivery and redelivery and where Charterers have not exercised their option to purchase the Vessel in accordance with this Charter take over and pay for all bunkers, lubricating oil, unbroached provisions, paints, ropes and other consumable stores (excluding spare parts) in the said Vessel at the then current market prices at the ports of delivery and redelivery, respectively . The Charterers shall ensure that all spare parts listed in the inventory and used during the Charter Period are replaced at their expense prior to redelivery of the Vessel.

10. Maintenance and Operation
(a)(i) Maintenance and Repairs - During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be in the full possession and at the absolute disposal for all purposes of the Charterers and under their complete control in every respect. The Charterers shall maintain the Vessel, her machinery, boilers, appurtenances and spare parts in a good state of repair, in efficient operating condition and in accordance with good commercial maintenance practice and at their own expense they shall at all times keep the Vessel’s Class fully up to date with the Classification Society indicated in Box 10 and maintain all other necessary certificates in force at all times.

(ii) New Class and Other Safety Requirements - In the event of any improvement, structural changes or new equipment





becoming necessary for the continued operation of the Vessel by reason of new class requirements or by compulsory legislation (“Works”), the Charterers shall bear all such expenses, costs and time for effecting such improvement or structural change, provided however that in the event this Charter is terminated by reason of Owners’ default, Owners shall make good to Charterers any reasonable share of the expenditure incurred by Charterers in respect of any such Works (all such costs always excluding the Charterers’ loss of time, the “Works Costs”) as set out below .
The Charterers’ share of the Works Costs shall be calculated as: Works Costs x remaining days of the Charter at the time of early Termination / total amortization period, as applicable (the “Charterers’ Share of the Works”).
The Owners’ share of the Works Costs shall be calculated as: Works Costs less Charterers’ Share of the Works (the “Owners’ Share of the Works”) .
The Owners shall pay the Owners’ Share of the Works within seven (7) Banking Days from the receipt of the notice from the Charterers which describes the amount of the Owners’ Share of the Works and the calculation basis with its supporting evidences. 
Either party shall have the right to refer the determination of who shares what part of the excess to the dispute resolution method set out in Clause 30.

(iii) Financial Security - The Charterers shall maintain financial security or responsibility in respect of third party liabilities as required by any government, including federal, state or municipal or other division or authority thereof, to enable the Vessel, without penalty or charge, lawfully to enter, remain at, or leave any port, place, territorial or contiguous waters of any country, state or municipality in performance of this Charter without any delay. This obligation shall apply whether or not such requirements have been lawfully imposed by such government or division or authority thereof. The Charterers shall make and maintain all arrangements by bond or otherwise as may be necessary to satisfy such requirements at the Charterers’ sole expense and the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against all consequences whatsoever (including loss of time) for any failure or inability to do so.

(b) Operation of the Vessel - The Charterers shall at their own expense and by their own procurement man, victual, navigate, operate, supply, fuel and, whenever required, repair the Vessel during the Charter Period and they shall pay all charges and expenses of every kind and nature whatsoever incidental to their use and operation of the Vessel under this Charter, including annual flag State fees and any foreign general municipality and/or state taxes. The Master, officers and crew of the Vessel shall be the servants of the Charterers for all purposes whatsoever, even if for any reason appointed by the Owners. Charterers shall comply with the regulations regarding officers and crew in force in the country of the Vessel’s flag or any other applicable law.

(c) The Charterers shall keep the Owners advised of any planned dry-docking and major repairs of the Vessel, as reasonably required.

(d) Flag and Name of Vessel - During the Charter Period, the Charterers shall have the liberty to paint the Vessel in their own colours, install and display their funnel insignia and fly their own house flag. The Charterers shall also have the liberty, with the Owners’ consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to change the flag and/or the name of the Vessel during the Charter Period. Painting and re-painting, instalment and re-instalment, registration and re-registration, if required by the Owners, shall be at the Charterers’ expense and time.

(e) Changes to the Vessel - Subject to Clause 10(a)(ii), the Charterers shall make no structural changes in the Vessel or changes in the machinery, boilers, appurtenances or spare parts without in each instance first securing the Owners’ approval thereof, which approval not to be unreasonably withheld. If the Owners so agree, the Charterers shall, if the Owners so require, restore the Vessel to its former condition before the termination of this Charter (always excluding any time where the Charterers have exercised their right to purchase the Vessel).
 

(f) Use of the Vessel’s Outfit, Equipment and Appliances - The Charterers shall have the use of all outfit, equipment, and appliances on board the Vessel at the time of delivery, provided the same or their substantial equivalent shall be returned to the Owners on redelivery in the same good order and condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The Charterers shall from time to time during the Charter Period replace such items of equipment as shall be so damaged or worn as to be unfit for use. The Charterers are to procure that all repairs to or replacement of any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment be effected in such manner (both as regards workmanship and quality of materials) as not to diminish the value of the Vessel. The Charterers have the right to fit additional equipment at their expense and risk. Any equipment including radio equipment on hire on the Vessel at time of delivery shall be kept and maintained by the Charterers and the Charterers shall assume the obligations and liabilities of the Owners under any lease contracts in connection therewith and shall reimburse the Owners for all expenses incurred in connection therewith, also for any new equipment required in order to comply with radio regulations.






(g) Periodical Dry-Docking - The Charterers shall dry-dock the Vessel and clean and paint her underwater parts whenever the same may be necessary, but not less than once during the period stated in Box 19 or, if Box 19 has been left blank, every sixty (60) calendar months after delivery or such other period as may be required by the Classification Society or the applicable flag State.

11. Hire
(a) The Charterers shall pay hire due to the Owners punctually in accordance with the terms of this Charter in respect of which time shall be of the essence.
(b) The Charterers shall pay to the Owners for the hire of the Vessel a lump sum in the amount indicated in Box 22 which shall be payable monthly in advance, the first lump sum being payable on the date and hour of the Vessel’s delivery to the Charterers and subsequent lump sums being payable in equal monthly installments. Subject to as otherwise provided in this Charter, hire shall be paid continuously throughout the Charter Period.
(c) Subject to as otherwise expressly provided in this Charter, payment of hire shall be made in cash and in full free of bank charges without discount, deduction and set-off in the currency and in the manner indicated in Box 25 and at the place mentioned in Box 26.
(d) Final payment of hire, if for a period of less than one (1) month thirty (30) running days , shall be calculated proportionally according to the number of days and hours remaining before redelivery and advance payment to be effected accordingly.
(e) Should the Vessel be lost or missing, hire shall cease from the date and time when she was lost or last heard of. The date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as lost or missing shall be ten (10) days after the Vessel was last reported or when the Vessel is posted as any hire paid in advance to be adjusted accordingly.
(f) Any delay in payment of hire or other amount payable and due by the Charterers under this Charter shall entitle the Owners to interest at the rate per annum as agreed in Box 24. If Box 24 has not been filled in, the three months Interbank offered rate in London (LIBOR or its successor) for the currency stated in Box 25, as quoted by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or its successor) the British Bankers’ Association (BBA) on the date when the hire fell due, increased by 2 per cent., shall apply.
(g) Payment of interest due under sub-clause 11(f) shall be made within seven (7) running days of the date of the Owners’ invoice specifying the amount payable or, in the absence of an invoice, at the time of the next hire payment date.

12. Mortgage - See also Clause 36
(only to apply if Box 28 has been appropriately filled in)
(a) The Owners warrant that they have not effected any mortgage(s) of the Vessel and that they shall not effect any mortgage(s) without the prior consent of the Charterers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(b) The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage according to the Financial Instrument. The Charterers undertake to provide such information and documents to enable the Owners to comply, with all such instructions or directions in regard to the employment, insurances, operation, repairs and maintenance of the Vessel as laid down in the Financial Instrument or as may be directed from time to time during the currency of the Charter by the mortgagee(s) in conformity with the Financial Instrument, provided however that nothing to be done under this Clause 12(b) shall require the Charterers to do more than they are required to do otherwise under this Charter. The Owners warrant that they have not effected any mortgage(s) other than as stated in Box 28 and that they shall not agree to any amendment of the mortgage(s) referred to in Box 28 or effect any other mortgage(s) without the prior consent of the Charterers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. (Optional, Clauses 12(a) and 12(b) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 28).

13. Insurance and Repairs - See also Clause 34
In relation to repairs to the Vessel effected by Charterers in accordance with this paragraph, Owners will indemnify Charterers up to the value of the insurance proceeds which are paid out by the insurers but retained by the lender/mortgagee under the Financial Instrument as a result of a breach of the terms of the Financial Instrument by the Owners, provided always that Charterers are in full compliance with the terms of this Charter
(a) During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against hull and machinery, war and Protection and Indemnity risks (and any risks against which it is compulsory to insure for the operation of the Vessel, including maintaining financial security in accordance with sub-clause 10(a)(iii)) in such form as the Owners shall in writing approve, which approval shall not be un-reasonably withheld. Such insurances shall be arranged by the Charterers to protect the interests of both the Owners and the Charterers and the mortgagee(s) (if any), and The Charterers shall be at liberty to protect under such insurances the interests of any managers they may appoint. Insurance policies shall cover the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective interests.
Subject to the provisions of the Financial Instrument, if any, and the approval of the Owners and the insurers, the





Charterers shall effect all insured repairs and shall undertake settlement and reimbursement from the insurers of all costs in connection with such repairs as well as insured charges, expenses and liabilities to the extent of coverage under the insurances herein provided for.
The Charterers also to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses covered by the insurances and/or not exceeding any possible franchise(s) or deductibles provided for in the insurances. All time used for repairs under the provisions of sub-clause 13(a) and for repairs of any and all latent defects according to Clause 3(c) above , including but not limited to any deviation, shall be for the Charterers’ account.

(b) The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the written consent of the insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such insurers is necessary.

(c) The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners, provide information and promptly execute such documents as may be reasonably required to enable the Owners to comply with the insurance provisions of the Financial Instrument.



(d) The Owners shall upon the request of the Charterers, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Charterers to abandon the Vessel to insurers and claim a constructive total loss.

(e) For the purpose of insurance coverage against hull and machinery and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause 13(a), the value of the Vessel is the sum indicated in Box 29.

14. Insurance, Repairs and Classification - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 29, in which event Clause 13 shall be considered deleted).
(a) During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Owners at their expense against hull and machinery and war risks under the form of policy or policies attached hereto. The Owners and/or insurers shall not have any right of recovery or subrogation against the Charterers on account of loss of or any damage to the Vessel or her machinery or appurt- enances covered by such insurance, or on account of payments made to discharge claims against or liabilities of the Vessel or the Owners covered by such insurance. Insurance policies shall cover the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective interests.
(b) During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against Protection and Indemnity risks (and any risks against which it is compulsory to insure for the operation of the Vessel, including maintaining financial security in accordance with sub-clause 10(a)(iii)) in such form as the Owners shall in writing approve which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(c) In the event that any act or negligence of the Charterers shall vitiate any of the insurance herein provided, the Charterers shall pay to the Owners all losses and indemnify the Owners against all claims and demands which would otherwise have been covered by such insurance.
(d) The Charterers shall, subject to the approval of the repairs, and the Charterers shall undertake settlement of all miscellaneous expenses in connection with such repairs as well as all insured charges, expenses and liabilities, to the extent of coverage under the insurances provided for under the provisions of sub-clause 14(a). The Charterers to be secured reimbursement through presentation of accounts.
(e) The Charterers to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses incurred thereby in respect of all other repairs not covered by the insurances and/or not exceeding any possible franchise(s) or deductibles provided for in the insurances.
(f) All time used for repairs under the provisions of sub-clauses 14(d) and 14(e) and for repairs of latent defects according to Clause 3 above, including any form part of the Charter Period. The Owners shall not be responsible for any expenses as are incident to the use and operation of the Vessel for such time as may be required to make such repairs.
(g) If the conditions of the above insurances permit additional insurance to be placed by the parties such cover shall be limited to the amount for each party set out in Box 30 and Box 31, respectively. The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the written consent of the insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such insurers is necessary.
(h) Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances required under sub-clause 14(a), all insurance payments for such loss shall be paid to the Owners, who shall distribute the moneys between themselves and the Charterers according to their respective interests.
(i) If the Vessel becomes an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances arranged by the Owners in accordance with sub-clause 14(a), this Charter shall terminate as of the date of such loss.





(j) The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Owners to abandon the Vessel to the insurers and claim a constructive total loss.
(k) For the purpose of insurance coverage against hull and machinery and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause 14(a), the value of the Vessel is the sum indicated in Box 29.
(l) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-clause 10(a), it is agreed that under the provisions of Clause Class fully up to date with the Classification Society indicated in Box 10 and maintain all other necessary certificates in force at all times.

15. Redelivery
At the expiration of the Charter Period the Vessel shall be redelivered by the Charterers to the Owners at a safe and ice-free port or place as indicated in Box 16, in such ready safe berth as the Owners may direct. The Charterers shall give the Owners not less than thirty (30) running days’ preliminary notice of expected date, range of ports of redelivery or port or place of redelivery and not less than fourteen (14) running days’ definite notice of expected date and port or place of redelivery.
Any changes thereafter in the Vessel’ position shall be notified immediately to the Owners.
The Charterers warrant that they will not permit the Vessel to commence a voyage (including any preceding ballast voyage) which cannot reasonably be expected to be completed in time to allow redelivery of the Vessel within the Charter Period. Notwithstanding the above, should the Charterers fail to redeliver the Vessel within The Charter Period, the Charterers shall pay the daily equivalent to the rate of hire stated in Box 22 for the number of days by which the Charter Period is exceeded. All other terms, conditions and provisions of this Charter shall continue to apply. Subject to the provisions of Clause 10, the Vessel shall be redelivered to the Owners in the same or as good structure, state, condition and class as that in which she was delivered, fair wear and tear not affecting class excepted and the Charterer shall clean swept holds to be grain ready. The Vessel upon redelivery shall have her survey cycles up to date and trading and valid class certificates valid for at least the number of months agreed in Box 17.

16. Non-Lien
The Charterers will not suffer, nor permit to be continued, any lien or encumbrance incurred by them or their agents, which might have priority over the title and interest of the Owners in the Vessel. The Charterers further agree to fasten to the Vessel in a conspicuous place and to keep so fastened during the Charter Period a notice reading as follows:
“This Vessel is the property of the Owners. It is under charter to the Charterers and by the terms of the Charter Party neither the Charterers nor the Master have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed on the Vessel any lien.”

17. Indemnity
(a) The Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against any loss, damage or expense incurred by the Owners arising out of or in relation to the operation of the Vessel by the Charterers, and against any lien of whatsoever nature arising out of an event occurring during the Charter Period. If the Vessel be arrested or otherwise detained by reason of claims or liens arising out of her operation hereunder by the Charterers, the Charterers shall at their own expense take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable time the Vessel is released, including the provision of bail.
Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Charterers agree to indemnify the Owners against all consequences or liabilities arising from the Master, officers or agents signing Bills of Lading or other documents.
(b) If the Vessel be arrested or otherwise detained by reason of a claims or claims against the Owners, the Owners shall at their own expense take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable time the Vessel is released, including the provision of bail.
In such circumstances, the Owners shall indemnify the Charterers against any loss, damage or expense incurred by the Charterers (including hire paid under this Charter) as a direct consequence of such arrest or detention.
 
18. Lien
The Owners to have a lien upon all cargoes, sub-hires and sub-freights belonging or due to the Charterers and any Bill of Lading freight for all claims under this Charter, and the Charterers to have a lien on the Vessel for all moneys paid in advance and not earned.

19. Salvage
All salvage and towage performed by the Vessel shall be for the Charterers’ benefit and the cost of repairing damage occasioned thereby shall be borne by the Charterers.

20. Wreck Removal
In the event of the Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against any sums whatsoever which the Owners shall become liable to pay and shall pay in consequence of the Vessel





becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation.

21. General Average
The Owners shall not contribute to General Average.

22. Assignment, Sub-Charter and Sale
(a) The Charterers shall not assign this Charter nor sub-charter the Vessel on a bareboat basis except with the prior consent in writing of the Owners, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Owners shall approve.
(b) The Owners shall not sell the Vessel during the currency of this Charter except with the prior written consent of the Charterers, which shall always be subject to the buyer accepting an assignment of this Charter.

23. Contracts of Carriage
*) (a) The Charterers are to procure that all documents issued during the Charter Period evidencing the terms and conditions agreed in respect of carriage of goods shall contain a paramount clause incorporating any compulsorily applicable in the trade; if no such legislation exists, the documents shall incorporate the Hague or Hague-Visby Rules. The documents shall also contain the New Jason Clause and the Both-to-Blame Collision Clause.
*) (b) The Charterers are to procure that all passenger tickets issued during the Charter Period for the carriage of passengers and their luggage under this Charter shall contain a paramount clause incorporating any legislation liability for passengers and their luggage compulsorily applicable in the trade; if no such legislation exists, the passenger tickets shall incorporate the Athens Convention Relating to the Carriage of Passengers and their Luggage by Sea, 1974, and any protocol thereto. *) Delete as applicable.

24. Bank Guarantee - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
(Optional, only to apply if Box 27 filled in) The Charterers undertake to furnish, before delivery of the Vessel, at first class bank guarantee or bond in sum and the place as indicated in Box 27 as guarantee for full performance of their obligations under this Charter.

25. Requisition/Acquisition
(a) In the event of the Requisition for Hire of the Vessel by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as “Requisition for Hire”) irrespective of the date during the Charter Period when length thereof and whether or not it be for an indefinite or a limited period of time, and irrespective of whether it may or will remain in force for the remainder of the Charter Period, this Charter shall not be deemed thereby or thereupon to be frustrated or otherwise terminated and the Charterers shall continue to pay the stipulated hire in the manner provided by this Charter until the time when the Charter would have terminated pursuant to any of the provisions hereof always provided however that in the event of “Requisition for Hire” any Requisition Hire or compensation received or receivable by the Owners shall be payable to the Charterers during the remainder of the Charter Period or the period of the “Requisition for Hire” whichever be the shorter.

(b) In the event of the Owners being deprived of their ownership in the Vessel by any Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as “Compulsory Acquisition”), then, irrespective of the date during the Charter Period when “Compulsory Acquisition” may occur, this Charter shall be deemed terminated as of the date such “Compulsory Acquisition”, In such event charter hire to be considered as earned and to be paid up to the date and time of such as “Compulsory Acquisition”.

26. War
(a) For the purpose of this Clause, the words “War Risks” shall include any war (whether actual or threatened), act of war, civil war, hostilities, revolution, rebellion, civil commotion, warlike operations, the laying of mines (whether actual or reported), acts of piracy, acts of terrorists, acts of hostility or malicious damage, blockades (whether imposed against all vessels or imposed selectively against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever), by any person, body, terrorist or political group, or the Government of any state whatsoever, which may be dangerous or are likely to be or to become dangerous to the Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel.
(b) The Vessel, unless the written consent of the Owners be first obtained, shall not continue to or go through any port, place, area or zone (whether of land or sea), or any waterway or canal, where it reasonably appears that the Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel, in the reasonable judgement of the Owners, may be, or are likely to be, exposed to War Risks. Should the Vessel be within any such place as aforesaid, which only becomes dangerous or is likely to be or to become dangerous, after the entry into it, the Owners shall have the right to require the Vessel to leave such area.
(c) The Vessel shall not load contraband cargo, or to pass through any blockade, whether such blockade be imposed





on all vessels, or is imposed selectively in any way whatsoever against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever, or to proceed to an area where she shall be subject, or is likely to be subject to a belligerent’s right of search and/or confiscation.
(d) If the insurers of the war risks insurance, when Clause 14 is applicable, should require payment of premiums and/or calls because, pursuant to the and remain within, any area or areas which are specified by such insurers as being subject to additional premiums because of War Risks, then such premiums and/or calls shall be reimbursed by the Charterers to the Owners at the same time as the next payment of hire is due.
(e) The Charterers shall have the liberty:
(i) to comply with all orders, directions, recommendations or advice as to departure, arrival, routes, sailing in convoy, ports of call, stoppages, destinations, discharge of cargo, delivery, or in any other way whatsoever, which are given by the Government of the Nation under whose flag the Vessel sails, or any other Government, body or group whatsoever acting with the power to compel compliance with their orders or directions;
(ii) to comply with the orders, directions or recommendations of any war risks underwriters who have the authority to give the same under the terms of the war risks insurance;
(iii) to comply with the terms of any resolution of the Security Council of the United Nations, any directives of the European Community Union, the effective orders of any other Supranational body which has the right to issue and give the same, and with national laws aimed at enforcing the same to which the Owners are subject, and to obey the orders and directions of those who are charged with their enforcement.

(f) In the event of outbreak of war (whether there be a declaration of war or not ) (i) between any two or more of the following countries: the United States of America; Russia; the United Kingdom; France; and the People’s Republic of China, (ii) between any two or more of the countries stated in Box 36, both the Owners and the Charterers shall have the right to cancel this Charter, whereupon the Charterers shall redeliver the Vessel to the Owners in accordance with Clause 15, if the Vessel has cargo on board after discharge thereof at destination, or if debarred under this Clause from reaching and entering it at a near open and safe port as directed by the Owners, or if the Vessel has no cargo on board, at the port at which the Vessel then is or if at sea at a near, open and safe port as directed by the Owners. In all cases hire shall continue to be paid in accordance with Clause 11 and except as aforesaid all other provisions of this Charter shall apply until redelivery .

27. Commission - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
The Owners to pay a commission at the rate indicated in Box 33 to the Brokers named in Box 33 on any hire paid under the Charter. If no rate is indicated in Box 33, the commission to be paid by the Owners shall cover the actual expenses of the Brokers and a reasonable fee for their work. If the full hire is not paid owing to breach of the Charter by either of the parties the party liable therefor shall indemnify the Brokers against their loss of commission. Should the parties agree to cancel the Charter, the Owners shall indemnify the Brokers against any loss of commission but in such case the commission shall not exceed the brokerage on one year’s hire.

28. Termination
(a) Charterers’ Default
The Owners shall be entitled to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers and terminate the Charter with immediate effect by written notice to the Charterers if:
(i) (1) the Charterers fail to pay hire in accordance with Clause 11. However, where there is a failure to make punctual payment of hire due to oversight, negligence, errors or omissions on the part of the Charterers or their bankers, the Owners shall give the Charterers written notice of the number of clear Banking Days stated in Box 34 (as recognized at the agreed place of payment) in which to rectify the failure, and when so rectified within such number of days following the Owners’ notice the payment shall stand as regular and punctual. Failure by the Charterers to pay hire within the number of days stated in Box 34 of their receiving the Owners notice as provided herein, shall entitle the Owners to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers and terminate the Charter without further notice; or
(2) at any time the total amount of the outstanding and unpaid hires in accordance with clause 11 of this Charter then due exceeds USD 334,800 and as long as continues.
(ii) the Charterers fail to comply with the requirements of:
(1) Clause 6 (Trading Restrictions); or
(2) Clause 13(a) (Insurance and Repairs) provided that the Owners shall have the option, by written notice to the Charterers, to give the Charterers a specified number of days grace within which to rectify the failure without prejudice to the Owners’ right to withdraw and terminate under this Clause if the Charterers fail to comply with such notice;
(iii) the Charterers fail to rectify any failure to comply with the requirements of sub-clause 10(a)(i) (Maintenance and Repairs) as soon as practically possible after the Owners have requested them to do so in writing and in any event so that the Vessel’s insurance cover is not prejudiced.
(iv ) if the Guarantor (defined in Clause 37.3 hereof);





(1) the Guarantor ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and that such de-listing shall have a material adverse effect on the Guarantor's ability to fulfil its respective obligations under the Guarantee to which it is a party; or

(2) has a stockholder’s equity (excluding treasury stock and any impairment charges on assets) in accordance with GAAP of below USD 100 million; or

(3) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Guarantor seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, and solely in the case of an involuntary proceeding:
(i) such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or
(ii) any of the actions sought in such involuntary proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or
(4) without the prior written consent of the Owners to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall threaten to dispose of the whole or a substantial part of its assets; or
(5) all or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interest in, the Guarantor are seized, nationalized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government (provided always that that any wrongful seizure, nationalization, expropriation and/or compulsory acquisition shall be excluded) and such occurrence would adversely affect the Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under the Guarantee.

In case of (iv) above, upon receiving the Owners’ notice the Charterers have the option to purchase the Vessel or accept Owners’ notice to withdraw the Vessel or terminate the BBC Charter.
If the Charterers select the Option to purchase the Vessel, the price shall be as per the Purchase Option Price in Clause 35 after the end of year three (3), the price from the Delivery Date until the end of year three (3) shall be reasonably agreed by both parties which shall be calculated based on the Purchase Option Price.



(b) Owners’ Default
If the Owners shall by any act or omission be in breach of their obligations under this Charter to the extent that the Charterers are deprived of the use of the Vessel and such breach continues for a period of fourteen (14) running days after written notice thereof has been given by the Charterers to the Owners, the Charterers shall be entitled to terminate this Charter with immediate effect by written notice to the Owners. The Charterers shall be entitled to cease paying hire from the date that they are deprived of the use of the Vessel and have given written notice thereof to the Owners until such date as the Owners comply with their obligations under this Charter again or until termination of this Charter pursuant to this Clause.

(c) Loss of Vessel - See Clause 34
This Charter shall be deemed to be terminated if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss. For the purpose of this sub-clause, the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless she has either become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.
(d) Either party shall be entitled to terminate this Charter with immediate effect by written notice to the other party and its Guarantor in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of the other party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangements or composition with its creditors.
(e) The termination of this Charter shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination and to any claim that either party might have.

29. Repossession
In the event of the termination of this Charter in accordance with the applicable provisions of Clause 28, the Owners shall have the right to repossess the Vessel from the Charterers at her current or next port of call, or at a port or place convenient to them without hindrance or interference by the Charterers, courts or local authorities. Pending physical repossession of the Vessel in accordance with this Clause 29, the Charterers shall hold the Vessel as gratuitous bailee only to the Owners. The Owners shall arrange for an authorised representative to board the Vessel as soon as reasonably practicable following the termination of the Charter. The Vessel shall be deemed to be repossessed by the





Owners from the Charterers upon the boarding of the Vessel by the Owners’ representative. All arrangements and expenses relating to the settling of wages, Master, officers and crew shall be the sole responsibility of the Charterers, unless the Charter is terminated pursuant to Clause 28(b) or by the Charterers pursuant to clause 28(d) as a result of an event, order or resolution of the Owners’ case .

30. Dispute Resolution
This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement. If a second arbitrator is appointed in accordance with the Arbitration Act, the two arbitrators shall appoint a third arbitrator. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon a third arbitrator within twenty one (21) days after appointment of the second arbitrator, either of the said two arbitrators may apply to the President for the time being of LMAA to appoint the third arbitrator. Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator. In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD 50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
*) (b) This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. *)
(c) This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed
by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.
(d) Notwithstanding (a), (b) or (c) above, the parties may agree at any time to refer to mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract. In the case of a dispute in respect of which arbitration has been commenced under (a), (b) or (c) above, the following shall apply:-
(i) Either party may at any time and from time to time elect to refer the dispute or part of the dispute to mediation by service on the other party of a written party to agree to mediation.
(ii) The other party shall thereupon within 14 calendar days of receipt of the Mediation Notice confirm that they agree to mediation, in which case the parties shall thereafter agree a mediator within a further 14 calendar days, failing which on the application of either party a mediator will be appointed promptly person as the Tribunal may designate for that purpose. The mediation shall be conducted in such place and in accordance with such procedure and on such terms as the parties may agree or, in the event of disagreement, as may be set by the mediator.
(iii) If the other party does not agree to mediate, that fact may be brought to the attention of the Tribunal and may be taken into account by the Tribunal when allocating the costs of the arbitration as between the parties. (iv) The mediation shall not affect the right of either party to seek such relief or take such steps as it considers necessary to protect its interest.
(v) Either party may advise the Tribunal that they have agreed to mediation. The arbitration procedure shall continue during the conduct of the mediation but the Tribunal may take the mediation timetable into account when setting the timetable for steps in the arbitration.
(vi) Unless otherwise agreed or specified in the mediation terms, each party shall bear its own costs incurred in the mediation and the parties shall share
(vii) The mediation process shall be without prejudice and confidential and no information or documents disclosed during it shall be revealed to the Tribunal except to the extent that they are disclosable under the law and procedure governing the arbitration. (Note: The parties should be aware that the mediation process may not necessarily interrupt time





limits.)
(e) If Box 35 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 30(a) of this Clause shall apply. Sub-clause 30(d) shall apply in all cases. *) Sub-clauses 30(a), 30(b) and 30(c) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 35.

31. Notices (See Clause 43)
(a) Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax,telex,registered or recorded mail or by personal service.
(b) The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 3 and 4 respectively.
























































PART III
PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR NEWBUILDING VESSELS ONLY
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 37)

1. Specifications and Building Contract
(a) The Vessel shall be constructed in accordance with the Building Contract (hereafter called “the Building Contract”) as annexed to this Charter, made between the Builders and the Owners and in accordance with the specifications and plans annexed thereto, such Building Contract, specifications and plans having been counter- signed as approved by the Charterers.
(b) No change shall be made in the Building Contract or in the specifications or plans of the Vessel as approved by consent.
(c) The Charterers shall have the right to send their during the course of her construction to satisfy themselves that construction is in accordance with such approved specifications and plans as referred to under sub-clause (a) of this Clause.
(d) The Vessel shall be built in accordance with the Building Contract and shall be of the description set out therein. Subject to the provisions of sub-clause 2(c)(ii) hereunder, the Charterers shall be bound to accept the Vessel from the Owners, completed and constructed in accordance with the Building Contract, on the date of delivery by the Builders. The Charterers undertake that having accepted the Vessel they will not thereafter raise any claims against the Owners in respect of the Vessel’s performance or specification or defects, if any. Nevertheless, in respect of any repairs, replacements or defects which appear within the first 12 months from delivery by the Builders, the Owners shall endeavour to compel the Builders to repair, replace or remedy any defects or to recover from the Builders any expenditure incurred in carrying out such repairs, replacements or remedies. limited to the extent the Owners have a valid claim against the Builders under the guarantee clause of the Building Contract (a copy whereof has been supplied to the Charterers). The Charterers shall be bound to accept such sums as the Owners are reasonably able to recover under this Clause and shall make no further claim on the Owners for the difference between the amount(s) so recovered and the actual expenditure on repairs, replacement or remedying defects or for any loss of time incurred. Any liquidated damages for physical defects or deficiencies shall accrue to the account of the party stated in Box 41(a) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties. The costs of pursuing a claim or claims against the Builders under this Clause (including any liability to the Builders) shall be borne by the party stated in Box 41(b) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties.

2. Time and Place of Delivery
(a) Subject to the Vessel having completed her acceptance trials including trials of cargo equipment inaccordance with the Building Contract and specifications to the satisfaction of the Charterers, the Owners shall give and the Charterers shall take delivery of the Vessel afloat when ready for delivery and properly documented at the dock, wharf or place as may be agreed between the parties hereto and the Builders. Under the Building Contract the Builders have estimated that the Vessel will be ready for delivery to the Owners as therein provided but the delivery date for the purpose of this Charter shall be the date when the Vessel is in fact ready for delivery by the Builders after completion of trials whether that be before or after as indicated in the Building Contract. The Charterers shall not be entitled to refuse acceptance of delivery of the Vessel and upon and after such acceptance, subject to Clause 1(d), the Charterers shall not be entitled to make any claim against the Owners in respect of any conditions, representations or warranties, whether express or implied, as to the seaworthiness of the Vessel or in respect of delay in delivery.
(b) If for any reason other than a default by the Owners under the Building Contract, the Builders become entitled under that Contract not to deliver the Vessel to the Owners, the Owners shall upon giving to the Charterers written notice of Builders becoming so entitled, be excused from giving delivery of the Vessel to the Charterers and upon receipt of such notice by the Charterers this Charter shall cease to have effect.
(c) If for any reason the Owners become entitled under the Building Contract to reject the Vessel the Owners shall,before exercising such right of rejection, consult the Charterers and thereupon (i) if the Charterers do not wish to take delivery of the Vessel they shall inform the Owners within seven (7) running days by notice in writing and upon receipt by the Owners of such notice this Charter shall cease to have effect; or
(ii) if the Charterers wish to take delivery of the Vessel they may by notice in writing within seven (7) running days require the Owners to negotiate with the Builders as to the terms on which delivery should be taken and/or refrain from exercising their right to rejection and upon receipt of such notice the Owners shall commence such negotiations and/ or take delivery of the Vessel from the Builders and deliver her to the Charterers;
(iii) in no circumstances shall the Charterers be entitled to reject the Vessel unless the Owners are able to reject the Vessel from the Builders;
(iv) if this Charter terminates under sub-clause (b) or (c) of this Clause, the Owners shall thereafter not be liable to the Charterers for any claim under or arising out of this Charteror its termination.
(d) Any liquidated damages for delay in delivery under the Building Contract and any costs incurred in pursuing a claim





therefor shall accrue to the account of the party stated in Box 41(c) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties.

3. Guarantee Works
If not otherwise agreed, the Owners authorise the Charterers to arrange for the guarantee works to be performed in accordance with the building contract terms, and hire to continue during the period of guarantee works. The Charterers have to advise the Owners about the performance to the extent the Owners may request.

4. Name of Vessel
The name of the Vessel shall be mutually agreed between the Owners and the Charterers and the Vessel shall be painted in the colours, display the funnel insignia and fly the house flag as required by the Charterers.

5. Survey on Redelivery The Owners and the Charterers shall appoint surveyors for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of re-delivery. Without prejudice to Clause 15 (Part II), the Charterers shall bear all survey expenses and all other costs, if any, including the cost of docking and undocking, if required, as well as all repair costs incurred. The Charterers shall also bear all loss of time spent in connection with any docking and undocking as well as repairs, which shall be paid at the rate of hire per day or pro rata.















































PART IV
HIRE/PURCHASE AGREEMENT
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 42)

    




























































On expiration of this Charter and provided the Charterers have fulfilled their obligations according to Part I and II as well as Part III, if applicable, it is agreed, that on payment of the final payment of hire as per Clause 11 the Charterers have purchased the Vessel with everything belonging to her and the Vessel is fully paid for.

In the following paragraphs the Owners are referred to as the Sellers and the Charterers as the Buyers.

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Sellers and taken over by the Buyers on expiration of the Charter.

The Sellers guarantee that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all encumbrances and maritime liens or any debts whatsoever other than those arising from anything done or not done by the Buyers or any existing mortgage agreed not to be paid off by the time of delivery. Should any claims, which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery be made against the Vessel, the Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify the Buyers against all consequences of such claims to the extent it can be proved that the Sellers are responsible for such claims. Any taxes, notarial, consular and other charges and expenses connected with the purchase and account. Any taxes, consular and other charges and shall be for Sellers’ account.

In exchange for payment of the last month’s hire instalment the Sellers shall furnish the Buyers with a Bill of Sale duly attested and legalized, together with a certificate setting out the registered encumbrances, if any. On delivery of the Vessel the Sellers shall provide deliver a certificate of deletion to the Buyers. The Sellers shall, at the time of delivery, hand to the Buyers all classification certificates (for hull, engines, anchors, chains, etc.), as well as all plans which may

The Wireless Installation and Nautical Instruments, unless on hire, shall be included in the sale without any extra payment.

The Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be at Buyers, subject to the conditions of this Contract and the Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be delivered and taken over as she is at the time of delivery, after which the Sellers shall have no responsibility for possible faults or deficiencies of any description.

The Buyers undertake to pay for the repatriation of the Master, officers and other personnel if appointed by the Sellers to the port where the Vessel entered the Bareboat Charter as per Clause 3 (Part II) or to pay the equivalent cost for their journey to any other place.
































PART V
PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR VESSELS REGISTERED IN A BAREBOAT CHARTER REGISTRY
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 43)

1. Definitions
For the purpose of this PART V, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:
“The Bareboat Charter Registry” shall mean the registry of the State whose flag the Vessel will fly and in which the Charterers are registered as the bareboat charterers during the period of the Bareboat Charter. “The Underlying Registry” shall mean the registry of the state in which the Owners of the Vessel are registered as Owners and to which jurisdiction and control of the Vessel will revert upon termination of the Bareboat Charter Registration.

2. Mortgage
The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage and the provisions of Clause 12(b) (Part II) shall apply.

3. Termination of Charter by Default
If the Vessel chartered under this Charter is registered in a Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 44, and if the Owners shall default in the payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s) specified in Box 28, the Charterers shall, if so required by the mortgagee, direct the Owners to re-register the Vessel in the Underlying Registry as shown in Box 45.
In the event of the Vessel being deleted from the Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 44, due to a default by the Owners in the payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s), the Charterers shall have the right to terminate this Charter forthwith and without prejudice to any other claim they may have against the Owners under this Charter.



































Rider Clauses 32 to 44
to be deemed incorporated to the
Bareboat Charter Party
Dated ____th July 2018
(the “Charter”)

Between
SBI Echo Shipping Company Limited as Charterers
and
MAC LIR CORPORATION as Owners
in respect of the vessel
MV “SBI Echo”

 
32.      Delivery
(a) Pursuant to the memorandum of agreement dated ___th July 2018 (the “MOA”) made between the Owners (in the MOA, the Owners are referred to as the “Buyers”) and SBI Echo Shipping Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as the “Sellers”) the parties thereto have agreed for the sale and purchase of the Vessel by the Owners.

(b) The Owners shall give and the Charterers shall take delivery of the Vessel under this Charter on strictly “as is, where is” basis, immediately after the delivery of the Vessel from the Sellers to the Owners under the MOA. The delivery date and time for the purpose of this Charter shall be deemed to be the same date and time as when the Vessel is delivered from the Sellers to the Owners under the MOA. The date when the Charterers take delivery of the Vessel hereunder is referred to as the “Delivery Date”.

(c) Provided the Vessel has been delivered to the Buyers in accordance with the terms of the MOA, the Charterers shall not be entitled to refuse acceptance of delivery of the Vessel under this Charter. The Vessel shall be delivered strictly as she is and where she is at the time of delivery without any warranty or guarantee of condition, fitness for purpose or similar type of condition warranty and without any recourse to or representation or warranty from the Owners. The Charterers hereby acknowledge and agree that the Owners make no representation or warranty, express or implied (and whether by statute or otherwise) as to the seaworthiness, merchantability, condition, design, operation, performance, capacity or fitness for use or as to the eligibility of the Vessel for any particular trade or otherwise (collectively referred to as the “Vessel’s Conditions” including those conditions in respect of any belongings to the Vessel). The Charterers waive all their rights to claim to the Owners on any legal grounds whatsoever in respect of the Vessel’s Conditions.

(d) Unless the parties hereto otherwise agree in writing, if the MOA is cancelled, terminated or rescinded for any reason whatsoever this Charter shall terminate automatically without any liability between the parties hereunder.

(e) It is acknowledged that the Charterers or Scorpio Ultramax Pool Ltd at the time of delivery of the Vessel hereunder, own any bunkers, unused lubricating and hydraulic oils and greases in storage tanks and unopened drums and unused stores and provisions (hereinafter referred to as “Remaining Bunkers and Supplies”) remaining on board the Vessel on the Delivery Date and thereby the Owners and the Charterers will not settle Remaining Bunkers and Supplies at the time of delivery of the Vessel hereunder.

33. Charter Period

Subject always to the provisions hereto, the period of the chartering of the Vessel hereunder (hereinafter referred to as the “Charter Period”) shall be five (5) years commencing on the Delivery Date, provided





always that the chartering of the Vessel hereunder may be terminated pursuant to Clauses 28, 34, 35 or otherwise.

34. Insurance, Total Loss and Compulsory Acquisition

(a)
For the purposes of this Charter, the term “Total Loss” shall mean any actual or constructive or compromised or agreed or arranged total loss of the Vessel including any such total loss as may arise during a Requisition for Hire.

(b)
The Charterers undertake with the Owners that throughout the Charter Period:
(i)
without prejudice to the Charterers’ obligations under Clause 13 hereof, they (the Charterers) shall keep the Vessel insured on the basis of the London Underwriters “Institute Time Clause-Hull” and “Institute War and Strikes Clauses” as amended, or on such similar terms as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Owners and the Mortgagee with such insurers (including Hull & Machinery, War Risk and P&I associations) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Owners with deductibles reasonably acceptable to the Owners and that any P&I association which is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs and current H&M and/or any H&M underwriters with a Standard & Poor’s security rating equal or higher than A - and/or A.M. Best equal or higher than B+ underwriters shall be deemed to be pre-approved (it being agreed and understood by the Charterers that there shall be no element of self-insurance or insurance through captive insurance companies without the prior written consent of the Owners). The Charterers agree that the Owners shall be assured as the co-assured in such insurances;

(ii)
the policies in respect of the insurances against fire and usual marine risks and the policies or entries in respect of the insurances against war risks shall, in each case, be endorsed to the effect that payment of a claim for a Total Loss shall be made to the Owners (or the Mortgagees as assignees thereof) (who shall upon the receipt thereof apply the same in the manner described in Clause 34(e) hereof);

(iii)
upon request the Charterers shall procure that duplicates of all cover notes, policies and certificates of entry shall be furnished to the Owners for their custody;

(iv)
the Charterers shall procure that the insurers and the war risk and protection and indemnity associations with which the Vessel is entered shall:
          
(A)
furnish the Owners and the Mortgagee with a letter or letter of undertaking in such form having regard to general insurance market practice as may from time to time be reasonably required by the Owners; and

(B)
supply to the Owners such information in relation to the insurances effected, or to be effected, with them as the Owners may from time to time require; and

(v)
the Charterers shall procure that the policies, entries or other instruments evidencing the insurances are endorsed to the effect that the insurers shall give to the Owners not less than fourteen (14) days prior written notification of any amendment, suspension, cancellation or termination of the insurances, unless subject to any automatic termination/cancellation of cover provisions in the relevant insurances, in which event, if such insurances are automatically terminated/cancelled, the Owners shall be advised promptly and Charterers shall immediately procure re-instatement or replacement insurances of those terminated/cancelled insurances.

(c)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Clause 13 and any other provisions hereof, the Vessel shall be kept insured during the Charter Period in respect of marine and war risks on hull and machinery basis (including increased value if applicable) for not less than the amounts specified in column (b) of the table set out below in respect of the one-year period during the Charter Period specified





in column (a) (on the assumption that the first such period commences on the Delivery Date) against such amount (hereinafter referred to as the “Minimum Insured Value”):

Minimum Insured Value

The Minimum Insured Value shall be 110% of the USD 19,000,000 amount from the first (1) year to the end of the third (3) year without any de-escalation.
(a) (b)
Year Minimum Insured Value
1 st USD 20,900,000
2 nd USD 20,900,000
3 rd USD 20,900,000

And after the fourth (4) year, value as follows;
(a) (b)
Year Minimum Insured Value
4 th USD 16,118,300
5 th USD 14,505,700


or 110% of the market value of the Vessel as between a willing seller and a willing buyer in charter-free condition (the “Market Value”) at the applicable time. If Owners consider the Market Value to be higher than the Minimum Insured Value set out in column (b) above, but the Charterers have not increased the insured value but still followed the Minimum Insured Value set out in column (b) above, then the Owners may, unless the parties agree on the Market Value, request the Charterers to obtain a valuation of the Market Value of the Vessel from Clarksons Shipbrokers, Arrow Valuations or Braemar ACM Shipbroking or another reputable shipbroker agreed upon between the Owners and the Charterers. If the Market Value as determined by the appointed shipbrokers is lower or equal to the Minimum Insured Value at the material time, such shipbrokers’ costs of valuation shall be borne by the Owners. If the Market Value as determined by the appointed shipbrokers is higher than the Minimum Insured Value at the material time, such shipbrokers’ costs of valuation shall be borne by the Charterers, who shall also arrange for the necessary amendment of relevant insurances.

(d)
If the Vessel becomes a Total Loss or becomes subject to Compulsory Acquisition the chartering of the Vessel to the Charterers hereunder shall cease and the Charterers shall:
 
(i)
immediately pay to the Owners all hire, and any other amounts, which have fallen due for payment under this Charter and have not been paid as at up to the date on which the Total Loss or Compulsory Acquisition occurred as described below (the “Date of Loss”) together with interest thereon as set out in Clause 11(f) and shall cease to be under any liability to pay any hire or any other amounts, thereafter becoming due and payable under this Charter. All hire and any other amounts prepaid by the Charterers relating to the period after the Date of Loss shall be forthwith refunded by the Owners and any hire paid in advance to be adjusted/reimbursed;

(ii)
For the purpose of ascertaining the Date of Loss:
    
(A)
an actual total loss of the Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred at noon (London time) on the actual date the Vessel was lost but in the event of the date of the loss being unknown the actual total loss shall be deemed to have occurred at noon (London time) on the date on which it is acknowledged by the insurers to have occurred;

(B)
a constructive, compromised, agreed, or arranged total loss of the Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred at noon (London time) on the date that notice claiming such a total loss of the Vessel is given to the insurers, or, if the insurers do not admit such a claim, at the date and time at which a





total loss is subsequently admitted by the insurers or the date and time adjudged by a competent court of law or arbitration tribunal to have occurred. Either the Owners or, with the prior written consent of the Owners (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), the Charterers shall be entitled to give notice claiming a constructive total lose but prior to the giving of such notice there shall be consultation between the Charterers and the Owners and the party proposing to give such notice shall be supplied with all such information as such party may request; and

(C)
Compulsory Acquisition shall be deemed to have occurred at the time of occurrence of the relevant circumstances described in Clause 25(b) hereof.

(e)
All moneys payable under the insurance effected by the Charterers pursuant to Clauses 13 and 34, or other compensation, in respect of a Total Loss or pursuant to Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel shall be received in full by the Owners (or the Mortgagees as assignees thereof) and applied by the Owners (or, as the case may be, the Mortgagees):

FIRSTLY, in payment of all the Owners’ or the Charterers’ costs incidental to the collection thereof,

SECONDLY, in or towards payment to the Owners (to the extent that the Owners have not already received the same in full) of a sum equal the aggregate of the Minimum Insured Value and all interest thereon pursuant to Clause 34(e) hereof,

THIRDLY, in payment of any surplus to the Charterers by way of compensation for early termination.

(f)
In respect of partial losses, any payment by the Underwriters not exceeding USD 500,000 shall be paid directly to the Charterers who shall apply the same to effect the repairs in respect of which payment is made. Any moneys in excess of USD 500,000 payable under such insurance other than Total Loss shall be paid to the Charterers subject to the prior written consent of the Owners but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the absence of such prior written consent the money shall be paid to the Owners and/or the Mortgagee .

(g)
The provisions of Clauses 13 and 34 hereof shall not apply in any way to the proceeds of any additional insurance cover effected by the Owners and / or the Charterers for their own account and benefit.

35. Charterers’ option to purchase the Vessel

35.1
The Charterers have the option (hereinafter the “Purchase Option”) to purchase the Vessel at any time during the Charter Period, starting from the 3rd Delivery Date anniversary date and until the end of the 5th year of the Charter Period, at following prices to be calculated on a pro rata basis based on the date declared by the Charterers in accordance with Clause 35.2 hereof (hereinafter the “Purchase Option Price”):
    
(i)
at a price of USD 16,950,000.- at the end of year 3 of this Charter;
(ii)
at a price of USD 15,050,000.- at the end of year 4 of this Charter; and
(iii)
at a price of USD 13,150,000.- at the end of year 5 of this Charter.

The Purchase Option Price to be paid to the Owners upon delivery of the Vessel under the Redelivery MOA shall be the following:
    
The Purchase Option Price = A - [ (A-B) / 365 x C]

Where:
A: the amount indicated above at the end of the Charter year immediately prior to the applicable delivery date under the Redelivery MOA





B: the amount indicated above at the end of the Charter year when delivery under the Redelivery MOA is to occur
C: the actual number of days lasting from the commencement of the Charter year in which the delivery date under the Redelivery MOA is to occur .


35.2
The Charterers shall declare the Purchase Option by giving to the Owners a minimum of one hundred twenty (120) days prior written notice of their option to exercise to Purchase Option. The Redelivery MOA shall only become effective upon Charterers giving notice in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 35.2.

35.3
The full amount of the Purchase Option Price shall be paid to the Owners’ nominated account upon delivery of the Vessel in accordance with the Redelivery MOA .

35.4
Should the Vessel become a Total Loss between the time when the Purchase Option has been exercised by the Charterers and the proposed transfer date, then this Clause 35 shall cease to apply and Clause 34 shall apply instead.

35.5
This Charter and all further rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate upon the Vessel being delivered to the buyer under the Redelivery MOA (as evidenced by a signed and timed protocol of delivery and acceptance).

35.6
For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchace Option Price includes the value of any belongings to the Vessel at the time of delivery under the Redelivery MOA.

36. Mortgage, notice and quiet enjoyment letter

36.1 The Charterers agree that the Owners shall be entitled at any time following the issuance of a quiet enjoyment letter pursuant to Clause 36.2 to grant to The Iyo Bank, Ltd. (the “Mortgagee”), a first ranking mortgage on the Vessel, such security to be on terms agreed between the Owners and the Mortgagee.

36.2 The Owners undertake to procure that the Mortgagee will issue in favour of the Charterers a relevant quiet enjoyment letter in the form set out in Appendix A hereto prior to granting a mortgage to the Mortgagee .

36.3 The Charterers shall place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and in the cabin of the Master of the Vessel a printed notice in the following form:

NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

“This vessel is subject to a First Preferred Mortgage made by MAC LIR CORPORATION as owner, to The Iyo Bank, Ltd., as mortgagee, pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 3 of the Marshall Islands Maritime Act of 1990 as amended. Under the terms of the said Mortgage, neither the above owner, nor any charterer nor the Master of this Vessel has any power, right or authority whatever to create, incur or permit to be imposed on this Vessel any lien or encumbrance except for crew's wages and salvage” .

37. Assignment and Performance Guarantee
37.1
This Charter shall be binding upon and enure for the benefit of the Owners and the Charterers and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

37.2
The Owners shall not be entitled to assign or transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Charter including Performance Guarantee, unless with the prior written consent of the Charterers,





except to (for assignment purposes only, but including assignments of the Owners’ hull and machinery, war risks and P&I insurances in respect of the Vessel) the Mortgagee. The obligations of the Charterers under any assignment of insurances in respect of the Vessel by the Owners or otherwise shall be limited to (i) confirming receipt of any notice of assignment received by the Charterers and (ii) sending such notice to the relevant insurer/underwriter and club/association in respect of the aforementioned hull and machinery, war risks and P&I insurances. The Charterers consent to the Owners’ entering into the assignment of this Charter with the Mortgagee under the standard industry terms and further undertake to acknowledge receipt of the notice of such assignment from the Owners to the Mortgagee. Any assignment or transfer by the Owners under this Clause shall be effected without varying any of the rights of the Charterers under this Charter.

37.3
Any and all performances of the Charterers hereunder shall be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Charterers’ Guarantor”) in the form set out in Appendix B which shall be satisfactory to the Owners and the Charterers’ Guarantor.

38. Charterers’ disclosure
38.1
Upon Owners reasonable request Charterers during the Charter Period, (i) shall inform the position and voyage details of the Vessel and other relevant information (including but not limited to the name of the sub-charterers and the managers of the Vessel) in a manner satisfactory to the Owners and however no more than three (3) times during the Charter Period; and (ii) provide a copy of relevant documents of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) of ISM code to the Owners which shall be procured and complied with by the Charterers and the “Company” (as defined by the ISM code and so defined in this Charter) at expense, cost and time of the Charterers during the Charter Period.

38.2
The Owners are entitled to inspect copies of the Vessel's logs and records subject to a prior written notice from the Owners at any reasonable time.


39. Compliance and Sanctions

39.1 Owners’ Compliance

(a)
The Owners warrant that they have not breached or are not violation of any sanctions regime imposed by the UN and/or the US and/or the EU and/or the U.K. involving countries amongst others, Iran, Syria, Cuba, as of the time of the execution hereof.

(b)
Should the Owner appear on the OFAC/SDN list of the U.S. Department of the Treasury before delivery of the Vessel hereunder, then the Owners will be in default and the Charter will automatically and without any further action be terminated. In such case, the Charterers will be entitled to claim any and all reasonable costs, expenses and damages incurred together with interest.

39.2 Charterers’ Compliance

(a)
The Charterers warrant neither they nor the Vessel nor the intended managers of the Vessel (“Forthcoming Vessel Managers”) has breached or is in violation of any sanctions regime imposed by the UN and/or the US and/or the EU and/or the U.K. involving countries but not limited to, Iran, Syria, Cuba, as of the time of the execution hereof.

(b)
Should the Charterers and/or the Vessel and/or the Forthcoming Vessel Managers breach Clause 39.2 (a) hereof and/or appear on the OFAC/SDN list of the U.S. Department of the Treasury before delivery of the Vessel hereunder, then the Charterers will be in default and the Charter will automatically and





without any further action be terminated. In such case, the Owners shall be entitled to claim any and all reasonable costs, expenses and damages incurred together with interest.

4 0. Communication

40.1
Except as otherwise provided for in this Charter, all notices or other communications under or in respect of this Charter to either party hereto shall be in writing and shall be made or given to such party at the address, or e-mail address appearing below (or at such other address, or e-mail address as such party may hereafter specify for such purposes to the other by notice in writing):

(a)
if to the Owners at:

MAC LIR CORPORATION
2-6-20, Chidori, Araicho, Takaasgo, Hyogo 676-004, Japan
Tel: +81-79-442-1521
Fax: +81-79-442-0637
Email: n-nakai@yanagida.co.jp
 

(ii)      if to the Charterers at:
SBI Echo Shipping Company Limited
c/o Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
‘Le Millenium’, 9 Boulevard Charles III
98000 Monaco
Att: Legal Department
Tel: +337-9798-5700
Fax: +337-9777-8346
Email: legal@scorpiogroup.net

or letter shall be deemed to be received upon receipt by the addressee of such communication. Email shall be deemed to be delivered if no failure notice or non-delivery notice is received by the sender of such email within twenty-four (24) hours of sending the relevant email or a delivery receipt message is received by the sender in respect of the relevant email.

40.2
A written notice includes a notice by e-mail. A notice or other communication received on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt shall be deemed to be served on the next following working day in such place. Subject always to the foregoing sentence, any communication by personal delivery or letter shall be deemed to be received on delivery to the addressee of such communication, any communication by e-mail shall be deemed to be received upon receipt of the transmission by the addressee in fully legible form and any communication by facsimile shall be deemed to be received upon appropriate acknowledgment by the addressee’s receiving equipment.

40.3
All communications and documents delivered pursuant to or otherwise relating to this Charter shall either be in English or accompanied by a certified English translation.

41. Confidentiality
This Charter including all negotiations, fixtures and written correspondence shall remain strictly confidential between the Owners, the Charterers, the Mortgagee and other relevant parties such as insurance companies in respect of the Vessel.

The provisions of this Charter, and all related documents and negotiations, fixtures and written correspondence are strictly private and conଁdential between the Charterers, the Owners, the Owners’ financiers/banks and each party will use all reasonable efforts to ensure that no disclosure relating to any





of the foregoing will be made or issued by or on behalf of any party to this Charter provided that:

(a)
each party may make disclosures with respect to this Charter with the express prior written consent of the other Party and in such case the parties hereto will agree in advance the terms and publication dates of any press announcements .
and

(b) each party may make appropriate disclosures on a need to know basis and subject to similar disclosure restrictions to their respective shareholders or prospective shareholders, bankers or other financiers, or professional advisors, or as necessary to rating agencies, or as required by the rules or regulations of any applicable stock exchange or similar body (whether or not having the force of law), or as required by any court order or applicable law, rule or regulation.

42. Expenses and Taxes

Any annual tonnage tax that relates to the registration of the Vessel with the Marshall Islands shall be paid by the Charterers throughout the Charter Period.
Any and all reasonable and documented legal fees for documentations relating to MOA and the Charter including any addenda, schedule or appendix whatsoever thereto shall be paid by the Charterer promptly against the invoice, throughout the Charter Period.
Any annual corporate tax which is or will be imposed to the Owners shall be paid by the Owners throughout the Charter Period.

43.
Miscellaneous

43.1
No failure or delay on the part of either party hereto to exercise any power, right or remedy under this Charter shall operate or be interpreted as a waiver hereof or thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by a party hereto of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise hereof or thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy by such party. No waiver by either party of any of the terms and conditions of this Charter shall be binding unless it is made in writing and delivered to the other party. Any such waiver shall relate only to such matter, non-compliance or breach as it expressly relates to and shall not apply to any subsequent or other matter, non-compliance or breach. In addition, any such waiver may be given subject to any conditions thought fit by the relevant party granting the same.

43.2
Any amendment of any provision of this Charter shall only be effective if the Owners and the Charterers so agree in writing. Any consent by the Owners under this Charter must be made in writing. In addition, any such waiver or consent may be given subject to any conditions thought fit by the relevant party granting the same.

43.3
The remedies provided in this Charter are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

43.4
If any provision of this Charter is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof or affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

43.5
This Charter may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Charter by signing any such counterpart.






43.6
Any person who is not a party to this Charter shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.

43.7
In the event of any inconsistency in the terms set out in Part I and Part II of this Charter and the Additional Clauses (i.e. Clauses 32 to 44) of this Charter, then the terms of the Additional Clauses shall prevail.

44. Designated Entities

44.1
The provisions of this clause shall apply in relation to any sanction, prohibition or restriction imposed on any specified persons, entities or bodies including the designation of specified vessels or fleets under United Nations Resolutions or trade or economic sanctions, laws or regulations of the European Union or the United States of America.

44.2
The Owners and the Charterers respectively warrant for themselves that at the date of this fixture and throughout the duration of this Charter they are not subject to any of the sanctions, prohibitions, restrictions or designation which prohibit or render unlawful any performance under this Charter or any sublet or any Bills of Lading.

44.3
If at any time during the performance of this Charter either party becomes aware that the other party is in breach of warranty as aforesaid, the party not in breach shall comply with the laws and regulations of any Government to which that party or the Vessel is subject, and follow any orders or directions which may be given by anybody acting with powers to compel compliance, including where applicable the Owners’ flag State. In the absence of any such orders, directions, laws or regulations, the party not in breach may, in its option, terminate the Charter forthwith or, if cargo is on board, direct the Vessel to any safe port of that party’s choice and there discharge the cargo or part thereof.

44.4
If, in compliance with the provisions of this Clause, anything is done or is not done, such shall not be deemed a deviation but shall be considered due fulfilment of this Charter.

44.5
Notwithstanding anything in this Clause to the contrary, the Owners or the Charterers shall not be required to do anything which constitutes a violation of the laws and regulations of any State to which either of them is subject.

44.6
The Owners or the Charterers shall be liable to indemnify the other party against any and all claims, losses, damage, costs and fines whatsoever suffered by the other party resulting from any breach of warranty as aforesaid.






















IN WITNESS HEREOF the Owners and the Charterers have signed and executed TWO
COPIES of this Agreement the day and year first written.


For the Owners:
             For the Charterers:
MAC LIR CORPORATION
         SBI Echo Shipping Company Limited


/s/ Nuinosuke Nakai __________________
/s/ Hugh Baker _________________________
Name: Nuinosuke Nakai
Name: Hugh Baker
Title: Director (President)
Title: Director




List of Appendices:

Appendix A:
Quiet Enjoyment Letter
Appendix B:      Form of Performance Guarantees
Appendix C :      Redelivery MOA

 








































PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE with respect to the MOA and the Charterparty

To:
MAR LIR CORPORATION (the “ Buyers ”)

Re:
m/v SBI Echo, IMO 9714692 (the “ Vessel ”) (i) a Memorandum of Agreement dated ___ July 2018 entered into between SBI Echo Shipping Company Limited (the “ Sellers ”), as sellers and the Buyers, as buyers (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise thereto, hereinafter referred to as the “ MOA ”) and (ii) a Bareboat Charterparty dated ___ July 2018 entered into between the Buyers, as owners and the Sellers, as charterers (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modiଁed from time to time, including all appendices, exhibits and schedules thereto, hereinafter referred to as the “ Charterparty ”).

In consideration of the payment of the sum of USD 1 (United States Dollars One) the receipt and sufficiency of which we hereby acknowledge, we SCORPIO BULKERS INC., incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands with registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Islands hereby agree as follows:

1.
Unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the due, punctual and faithful performance by the Sellers of any and all terms, provisions, conditions, obligations and agreements as sellers under the MOA and as charterers under the Charterparty. It is also guaranteed by us that any payment by us under this guarantee shall be made within four (4) banking days (Monaco, London, New York, the Netherlands, Tokyo) following your written demand to the address specified in paragraph 3 below, attesting that Sellers have failed without legitimate reason to perform any obligation (payment obligation or otherwise) under the MOA and/or the Charterparty.

2.
This guarantee automatically expires and becomes null and void at the earliest of (a) termination of the MOA and/or the Charterparty arising out of in connection with any Buyers’ default, (b) redelivery of the Vessel to the Buyers under the Charterparty (except where there is a Sellers’ default under the Charterparty in which case this guarantee shall survive until Sellers’ obligations to the Buyers under the Charterparty are discharged) or (c) such date when Sellers’ obligations as sellers under the MOA and as charterers under the Charterparty are discharged.

3.
Any demand for payment or otherwise made under paragraph 1 above shall be addressed as follows: Scorpio Bulkers Inc., “Le Millenium”, 9 Boulevard Charles III, 98000 Monaco Attention: Legal Department, E-mail: legal@scorpiogroup.net .

4.
We represent and warrant to you that we are duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, that we have the power to conduct our business as it is now carried on and that this guarantee constitutes valid and legally binding and enforceable obligations on ourselves and it will be the case throughout the continuance of this guarantee.

5.
This guarantee shall not be affected by amendment or waiver of the MOA, the Charterparty or the insolvency, bankruptcy or similar proceedings in respect of the Sellers and/or us.

6.
If any provision of this guarantee is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof or affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

This guarantee shall in all respects be governed by and construed and take effect according to English law and the parties hereto agree that all claims or disputes arising out of or in connection with this guarantee shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.
Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of SCORPIO BULKERS INC.








By: __ /s/ Hugh Baker ______________________
Name: Hugh Baker
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Date: 6 July 2018







Exhibit 4.30
“BARECON 2001” STANDARD BAREBOAT CHARTER      PART1
 


1. Shipbroker
BIMCO STANDARD BAREBOAT CHARTER CODE NAME: “BARECON 2001”
ITOCHU CORPORATION
TOKBM Section, 5-1, Kita-Aoyama 2-chome,
Minato-ku, Tokyo, 107-8077, Japan
PART I
2. Place and date
In Monaco
 
April 17, 2018
3. Owners / Place of business (Cl. 1)
4. Bareboat Charterers / Place of business (Cl. 1)
MAC LIR CORPORATION guaranteed by Yanagida Industries Corp. in a separate letter of guarantee in a form acceptable to the Charterers.
SBI Tango Shipping Company Limited, a Cayman Islands company to be re-domiciled to the Marshall Islands on delivery hereunder and guaranteed by Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
 
 
 
 
5. Vessel's name, call sign and flag (Cl. 1 and 3)
 
M/V SBI Tango, V7KC3, Marshall Islands
 
 
6. Type of Vessel
7. GT / NT
Bulk Carrier
34835 / 20238
 
 
8. When / Where built
9. Total DWT (abt . ) in metric tons on summer freeboard
2015 / Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd
61 000 MT
 
 
10. Classification Society (Cl. 3)
11. Date of last special survey by the Vessel's classification society
American Bureau of Shipping
N/A
 
 
12. Further particulars of Vessel (also indicate minimum number of months' validity of class certificates agreed acc. to Cl. 3)
 IMO No. 9714707
 
 
13. Port or Place of delivery (Cl.3)
World Wide in Charterers’ option

14. Time for delivery (Cl.4)

See Clause 32
15. Cancelling date (Cl.5)

 N/A
16. Port or Place of redelivery (Cl. 15)
Safety afloat at an accessible safe berth or anchorage at a safe port or place within Singapore / Japan Range, port in Charterers’ option (however not applicable in case the Charterers exercise the Purchase Option as per clause 35)
17. No. of months' validity of trading and class certificates upon redelivery (Cl. 15)
Minimum 3 months (however not applicable in case the Charterers exercise the Purchase Option as per clause 35)
 
    
18. Running days' notice if other than stated in Cl.4
19. Frequency of dry-docking Cl. 10(g)
N/A
As required by Classification Society
 
 
20. Trading Limits (Cl.6)
 

worldwide trading within current IWL excluding any country boycotted by the UN.
The Charterers shall be allowed to breach the IWL subject to payment by the Charterers of any and all premiums, expenses, costs and risks of the Charterers and, where required by the relevant insurance terms, the underwriters’ approval.
 
 
21. Charter Period (Cl. 2)
22. Charter hire (Cl. 11)
5 years from delivery (See also Clause 33)
USD 5,400/Day (See also Clause 11).
23. New class and other safety requirements (state percentage of Vessel's insurance value acc. to Box 29 (Cl. 10(a)(ii))
N/A
 
24. Rate of interest payable acc. to Cl.11(f) and, if applicable, acc. to PART IV
25. Currency and method of payment (Cl.11)
4%
USD, payable monthly in advance by bank transfer
 
 
26. Place of payment; also state beneficiary and bank account (Cl. 11)
27. Bank guarantee / bond (sum and place) (Cl. 24 (optional)
The Yamaguchi Bank Ltd. / Kobe branch
Address : 2-5-9, Yamate-Dori, Chuo-Ku, Kobe-City, Hyogo-Prefecture, 650-0011
SWIFT: YMBKJPJT
   N/A





28. Mortgage(s), if any (state whether Cl. 12(a) or (b) applies; if 12(b) applies, state date of Financial Instrument and name of Mortgagee(s)/Place of business) (Cl. 12)
29. Insurance (hull and machinery and war risks) (state value acc. to Cl.13(f) or, if applicable, acc. to Cl. 14(k)) (also state if Cl.14 applies)
N/A
See Clause 34
30. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Owners' account limited to (Cl. 13(b) or, if applicable, Cl. 14(g))
31. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Charterers' account limited to (Cl. 13(b) or, if applicable, Cl. 14(g))
N/A
N/A
 
 
32. Latent defects (only to be filled in if period other than stated in Cl.3)
33. Brokerage commission and to whom payable (Cl.27)
N/A  
N/A
 
 
34. Grace period (state number of clear banking days) (Cl. 28)
35. Dispute Resolution (state 30(a), 30(b) or 30(c); if 30(c) agreed, Place of Arbitration   must  be stated (Cl. 30)
 6 Banking Days
London as place of arbitration, English Law, Clause 30(a)
 
 
36. War cancellation (indicate countries agreed) (Cl. 26(f))
 
 N/A
 
 
37. Newbuilding Vessel (indicate with 'yes' or 'no' whether PART III applies) ( optional)
38. Name and place of Builders (only to be filled in if PART III applies)
No
N/A
 
 
39. Vessel's Yard Building No. (only to be filled in if PART III applies)
40. Date of Building Contract (only to be filled in if PART III applies)
N/A
 N/A
 
 
41. Liquidated damages and costs shall accrue to (state party acc. to Cl. 1)
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
42. Hire/Purchase agreement (indicate with 'yes' or 'no' whether PART IV applies) (optional)
43. Bareboat Charter Registry (indicate with 'yes' or 'no' whether PART IV applies) (optional)
No. See however Clause 35
No
 
 
44. Flag and Country of the Bareboat Charter Registry (only to be filled in if PART V applies)
45. Country of the Underlying Registry (only to be filled in if PART V applies)
N/A
N/A
 
 
46. Number of additional clauses covering special provisions, if agreed
 
   Clause 32 - 47
PREAMBLE - It is mutually agreed that this Contract shall be performed subject to the conditions contained in this Charter which shall include PART I and PART II. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further. It is further mutually agreed that PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V shall only apply and shall only form part of this Charter if expressly agreed and stated in Boxes 37, 42 and 43. If PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V apply, it is further agreed that in the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and PART II shall prevail over those of PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V to the extent of such conflict but no further.
Signature (Owners)
Signature (Charterers)
MAC LIR CORPORATION

 
SBI Tango Shipping Company Limited
/s/ Nuinoskae Nakai             
By: Nuinoskae Nakai
Title: Director (President)
/s/ Hugh Baker                 
By: Hugh Baker
Title: Director












PART II
“gBARECON 2001” Standard Bareboat Charter
1. Definitions
In this Charter, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:
“Banking Day” shall mean a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday):
on which banks and financial markets are open for business in Tokyo, New York, Monaco, the Netherlands and London;
“MOA” shall have the definition given to it in the Riders hereto;
“Redelivery MOA” shall means the memorandum of agreement attached hereto as Appendix C;
“The Owners” shall mean the party identified in Box 3;
“The Charterers” shall mean the party identified in Box 4;
“The Vessel” shall mean the vessel named in Box 5 and with particulars as stated in Boxes 6 to 12;
“Financial instrument” means the mortgage, deed of covenant or other such financial security instrument as annexed to this Charter and stated in Box 28.

2. Charter Period
In consideration of the hire detailed in Box 22, the Owners have agreed to let and the Charterers have agreed to hire the Vessel for the period stated in Box 21 (the “Charter Hire Period”) . See also Clause 33.

3. Delivery - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED -See Clauses 32 and 33
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
(a) The Owners shall before and at the time of delivery exercise due diligence to make the Vessel seaworthy and in every respect ready in hull, machinery and equipment for service under this Charter. The Vessel shall be delivered by the Owners and taken over by the Charterers at the port or place indicated in Box 13 in such ready safe berth as the Charterers may direct in accordance with Clause 32.
(b) The Vessel shall be properly documented on delivery in accordance with the laws of the Flag State indicated in Box 5 and the requirements of the Classification Society stated in Box 10. The Vessel upon delivery shall have her survey cycles up to date and trading and class certificates valid for at least the number of months agreed in Box 12.
(c) The delivery of the Vessel by the Owners and the taking over of the Vessel by the Charterers shall constitute a full performance by the Owners of all the Owners’ obligations under this Clause 3, and thereafter the Charterers shall not be entitled to make or assert any claim against the Owners on account of any conditions, representations or warranties expressed or implied with respect to the Vessel but the Owners shall be liable for the cost of but not the time for repairs or renewals occasioned by latent defects in the Vessel, her machinery or appurtenances, existing at the time of delivery under this Charter, provided such defects have manifested themselves within twelve (12) months after delivery unless otherwise provided in Box 32.

4. Time for Delivery - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED - See Clause 32
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
The Vessel shall not be delivered before the date indicated in Box 14 the Owners shall exercise due diligence to deliver the Vessel not later than the date indicated in Box 15. Unless otherwise agreed in Box 18, the Owners shall definite notice of the date on which the Vessel is expected to be ready for delivery. The Owners shall keep the Charterers closely advised

5. Cancelling - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED - See Clause 32
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
(a) Should the Vessel not be delivered latest by the cancelling date indicated in Box 15, this Charter shall be deemed cancelled. the Charterers shall have the option of cancelling this Charter by giving the Owners notice of cancellation within thirty-six (36) running hours after the cancelling date stated in Box 15, failing which this Charter shall remain in full force and effect.
(b) If it appears that the Vessel will be delayed beyond the cancelling date, the Owners may, as soon as they are in a position to state with reasonable certainty the day on which the Vessel should be ready, give notice thereof to the Charterers asking whether they will exercise their option of cancelling, and the option must then be declared within one hundred and sixty-eight (168) running hours of the receipt by the Charterers of such notice or within thirty-six (36) running hours after the cancelling date, whichever is the earlier. If the Charterers do not then exercise their option of cancelling, the seventh day after the readiness date stated in the date indicated in Box 15 for the purpose of this Clause 5.
(c) Cancellation under this Clause 5 shall be without prejudice to any claim the Charterers may otherwise have on the Owners under this Charter.






6. Trading Restrictions
The Vessel shall be employed in lawful trades for the carriage of suitable lawful merchandise within the trading limits indicated in Box 20. The Charterers undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer the Vessel to be employed otherwise than in conformity with the terms of the contracts of insurance (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) without first complying with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe. The Charterers also undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer her employment in any trade or business which is forbidden by the law of any country to which the Vessel may sail or is otherwise illicit or in carrying illicit or prohibited goods or in any manner whatsoever which may render her liable to condemnation, destruction, seizure or confiscation. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Charter it is agreed that nuclear fuels or radioactive products or waste are specifically excluded from the cargo permitted to be loaded or carried under this Charter. This exclusion does not apply to radio-isotopes used or intended to be used for any industrial, commercial, agricultural, medical or scientific purposes to loading thereof.

7. Surveys on Delivery and Redelivery
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
There will be no On-hire Survey on delivery. The Owners and Charterers shall each appoint surveyors for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of delivery and redelivery hereunder. The Owners shall bear all expenses of the On-hire Survey for the surveyor appointed by them in respect of the Off-hire Survey including loss of time, if any, at the daily equivalent to the rate of hire or pro rata thereof and the Charterers shall bear all expenses for the surveyor appointed by them in respect of the Off-hire Survey including loss of time, if any, at the daily equivalent to the rate of hire or pro rata thereof.

8. Inspection
The Owners shall have the right once per calendar year at any time after giving reasonable notice, however not less than 15 days, to the Charterers and provided that it does not unduly interfere with the commercial operation of the Vessel to inspect or survey the Vessel or instruct a duly authorized surveyor to carry out such inspection or survey on their behalf:
(a) to ascertain the condition of the Vessel and satisfy themselves that the Vessel is being properly repaired and maintained. The costs and fees for any inspection or survey made under this Clause 8 shall be paid by the Owners unless the Vessel is found to require repairs or maintenance in order to achieve the condition so provided; and
(b) in dry-dock if the Charterers have not dry-docked her in accordance with Clause 10(g). The costs and fees for such inspection or survey shall be paid by the Charterers.
(c) for any other commercial reason they consider necessary (provided it does not unduly interfere with the commercial operation of the Vessel). The costs and fees for such inspection and survey shall be paid by the Owners.
All time used in respect of inspection, survey or repairs shall account as the Charter Period.
The Charterers shall also permit, the Owners to inspect the Vessel’s log books whenever reasonably requested with ongoing Class Records (as to the ongoing Class Records the Charterer shall supply once a year) and shall whenever required by the Owners furnish them with full information regarding any major casualties or other major accidents or significant damage to the Vessel.

9. Inventories, Oil and Stores
A complete inventory of the Vessel’s entire equipment shall be provided by the Charterers to the Owners in conjunction with the Owners on delivery of the Vessel. There shall be no payment by the Charterers for any such items on delivery. Unless the Vessel is acquired by the Charterers in accordance with Clause 35, the Charterers and the Owners, respectively, shall at the time of delivery and redelivery and where Charterers have not exercised their option to purchase the Vessel in accordance with this Charter take over and pay for all bunkers, lubricating oil, unbroached provisions, paints, ropes and other consumable stores (excluding spare parts) in the said Vessel at the then current market prices at the ports of delivery and redelivery, respectively . The Charterers shall ensure that all spare parts listed in the inventory and used during the Charter Period are replaced at their expense prior to redelivery of the Vessel.

10. Maintenance and Operation
(a)(i) Maintenance and Repairs - During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be in the full possession and at the absolute disposal for all purposes of the Charterers and under their complete control in every respect. The Charterers shall maintain the Vessel, her machinery, boilers, appurtenances and spare parts in a good state of repair, in efficient operating condition and in accordance with good commercial maintenance practice and at their own expense they shall at all times keep the Vessel’s Class fully up to date with the Classification Society indicated in Box 10 and maintain all other necessary certificates in force at all times.

(ii) New Class and Other Safety Requirements - In the event of any improvement, structural changes or new equipment





becoming necessary for the continued operation of the Vessel by reason of new class requirements or by compulsory legislation (“Works”), the Charterers shall bear all such expenses, costs and time for effecting such improvement or structural change, provided however that in the event this Charter is terminated by reason of Owners’ default, Owners shall make good to Charterers any reasonable share of the expenditure incurred by Charterers in respect of any such Works (all such costs always excluding the Charterers’ loss of time, the “Works Costs”) as set out below .
The Charterers’ share of the Works Costs shall be calculated as: Works Costs x remaining days of the Charter at the time of early Termination / total amortization period, as applicable (the “Charterers’ Share of the Works”).
The Owners’ share of the Works Costs shall be calculated as: Works Costs less Charterers’ Share of the Works (the “Owners’ Share of the Works”) .
The Owners shall pay the Owners’ Share of the Works within seven (7) Banking Days from the receipt of the notice from the Charterers which describes the amount of the Owners’ Share of the Works and the calculation basis with its supporting evidences. 
Either party shall have the right to refer the determination of who shares what part of the excess to the dispute resolution method set out in Clause 30.

(iii) Financial Security - The Charterers shall maintain financial security or responsibility in respect of third party liabilities as required by any government, including federal, state or municipal or other division or authority thereof, to enable the Vessel, without penalty or charge, lawfully to enter, remain at, or leave any port, place, territorial or contiguous waters of any country, state or municipality in performance of this Charter without any delay. This obligation shall apply whether or not such requirements have been lawfully imposed by such government or division or authority thereof. The Charterers shall make and maintain all arrangements by bond or otherwise as may be necessary to satisfy such requirements at the Charterers’ sole expense and the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against all consequences whatsoever (including loss of time) for any failure or inability to do so.

(b) Operation of the Vessel - The Charterers shall at their own expense and by their own procurement man, victual, navigate, operate, supply, fuel and, whenever required, repair the Vessel during the Charter Period and they shall pay all charges and expenses of every kind and nature whatsoever incidental to their use and operation of the Vessel under this Charter, including annual flag State fees and any foreign general municipality and/or state taxes. The Master, officers and crew of the Vessel shall be the servants of the Charterers for all purposes whatsoever, even if for any reason appointed by the Owners. Charterers shall comply with the regulations regarding officers and crew in force in the country of the Vessel’s flag or any other applicable law.

(c) The Charterers shall keep the Owners advised of any planned dry-docking and major repairs of the Vessel, as reasonably required.

(d) Flag and Name of Vessel - During the Charter Period, the Charterers shall have the liberty to paint the Vessel in their own colours, install and display their funnel insignia and fly their own house flag. The Charterers shall also have the liberty, with the Owners’ consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to change the flag and/or the name of the Vessel during the Charter Period. Painting and re-painting, instalment and re-instalment, registration and re-registration, if required by the Owners, shall be at the Charterers’ expense and time.

(e) Changes to the Vessel - Subject to Clause 10(a)(ii), the Charterers shall make no structural changes in the Vessel or changes in the machinery, boilers, appurtenances or spare parts without in each instance first securing the Owners’ approval thereof, which approval not to be unreasonably withheld. If the Owners so agree, the Charterers shall, if the Owners so require, restore the Vessel to its former condition before the termination of this Charter (always excluding any time where the Charterers have exercised their right to purchase the Vessel).
 

(f) Use of the Vessel’s Outfit, Equipment and Appliances - The Charterers shall have the use of all outfit, equipment, and appliances on board the Vessel at the time of delivery, provided the same or their substantial equivalent shall be returned to the Owners on redelivery in the same good order and condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The Charterers shall from time to time during the Charter Period replace such items of equipment as shall be so damaged or worn as to be unfit for use. The Charterers are to procure that all repairs to or replacement of any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment be effected in such manner (both as regards workmanship and quality of materials) as not to diminish the value of the Vessel. The Charterers have the right to fit additional equipment at their expense and risk. Any equipment including radio equipment on hire on the Vessel at time of delivery shall be kept and maintained by the Charterers and the Charterers shall assume the obligations and liabilities of the Owners under any lease contracts in connection therewith and shall reimburse the Owners for all expenses incurred in connection therewith, also for any new equipment required in order to comply with radio regulations.






(g) Periodical Dry-Docking - The Charterers shall dry-dock the Vessel and clean and paint her underwater parts whenever the same may be necessary, but not less than once during the period stated in Box 19 or, if Box 19 has been left blank, every sixty (60) calendar months after delivery or such other period as may be required by the Classification Society or the applicable flag State.

11. Hire
(a) The Charterers shall pay hire due to the Owners punctually in accordance with the terms of this Charter in respect of which time shall be of the essence.
(b) The Charterers shall pay to the Owners for the hire of the Vessel a lump sum in the amount indicated in Box 22 which shall be payable monthly in advance, the first lump sum being payable on the date and hour of the Vessel’s delivery to the Charterers and subsequent lump sums being payable in equal monthly installments. Subject to as otherwise provided in this Charter, hire shall be paid continuously throughout the Charter Period.
(c) Subject to as otherwise expressly provided in this Charter, payment of hire shall be made in cash and in full free of bank charges without discount, deduction and set-off in the currency and in the manner indicated in Box 25 and at the place mentioned in Box 26.
(d) Final payment of hire, if for a period of less than one (1) month thirty (30) running days , shall be calculated proportionally according to the number of days and hours remaining before redelivery and advance payment to be effected accordingly.
(e) Should the Vessel be lost or missing, hire shall cease from the date and time when she was lost or last heard of. The date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as lost or missing shall be ten (10) days after the Vessel was last reported or when the Vessel is posted as any hire paid in advance to be adjusted accordingly.
(f) Any delay in payment of hire or other amount payable and due by the Charterers under this Charter shall entitle the Owners to interest at the rate per annum as agreed in Box 24. If Box 24 has not been filled in, the three months Interbank offered rate in London (LIBOR or its successor) for the currency stated in Box 25, as quoted by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or its successor) the British Bankers’ Association (BBA) on the date when the hire fell due, increased by 2 per cent., shall apply.
(g) Payment of interest due under sub-clause 11(f) shall be made within seven (7) running days of the date of the Owners’ invoice specifying the amount payable or, in the absence of an invoice, at the time of the next hire payment date.

12. Mortgage - See also Clause 36
(only to apply if Box 28 has been appropriately filled in)
(a) The Owners warrant that they have not effected any mortgage(s) of the Vessel and that they shall not effect any mortgage(s) without the prior consent of the Charterers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(b) The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage according to the Financial Instrument. The Charterers undertake to provide such information and documents to enable the Owners to comply, with all such instructions or directions in regard to the employment, insurances, operation, repairs and maintenance of the Vessel as laid down in the Financial Instrument or as may be directed from time to time during the currency of the Charter by the mortgagee(s) in conformity with the Financial Instrument, provided however that nothing to be done under this Clause 12(b) shall require the Charterers to do more than they are required to do otherwise under this Charter. The Owners warrant that they have not effected any mortgage(s) other than as stated in Box 28 and that they shall not agree to any amendment of the mortgage(s) referred to in Box 28 or effect any other mortgage(s) without the prior consent of the Charterers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. (Optional, Clauses 12(a) and 12(b) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 28).

13. Insurance and Repairs - See also Clause 34
In relation to repairs to the Vessel effected by Charterers in accordance with this paragraph, Owners will indemnify Charterers up to the value of the insurance proceeds which are paid out by the insurers but retained by the lender/mortgagee under the Financial Instrument as a result of a breach of the terms of the Financial Instrument by the Owners, provided always that Charterers are in full compliance with the terms of this Charter
(a) During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against hull and machinery, war and Protection and Indemnity risks (and any risks against which it is compulsory to insure for the operation of the Vessel, including maintaining financial security in accordance with sub-clause 10(a)(iii)) in such form as the Owners shall in writing approve, which approval shall not be un-reasonably withheld. Such insurances shall be arranged by the Charterers to protect the interests of both the Owners and the Charterers and the mortgagee(s) (if any), and The Charterers shall be at liberty to protect under such insurances the interests of any managers they may appoint. Insurance policies shall cover the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective interests.
Subject to the provisions of the Financial Instrument, if any, and the approval of the Owners and the insurers, the





Charterers shall effect all insured repairs and shall undertake settlement and reimbursement from the insurers of all costs in connection with such repairs as well as insured charges, expenses and liabilities to the extent of coverage under the insurances herein provided for.
The Charterers also to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses covered by the insurances and/or not exceeding any possible franchise(s) or deductibles provided for in the insurances. All time used for repairs under the provisions of sub-clause 13(a) and for repairs of any and all latent defects according to Clause 3(c) above , including but not limited to any deviation, shall be for the Charterers’ account.

(b) The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the written consent of the insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such insurers is necessary.

(c) The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners, provide information and promptly execute such documents as may be reasonably required to enable the Owners to comply with the insurance provisions of the Financial Instrument.



(d) The Owners shall upon the request of the Charterers, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Charterers to abandon the Vessel to insurers and claim a constructive total loss.

(e) For the purpose of insurance coverage against hull and machinery and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause 13(a), the value of the Vessel is the sum indicated in Box 29.

14. Insurance, Repairs and Classification - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 29, in which event Clause 13 shall be considered deleted).
(a) During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Owners at their expense against hull and machinery and war risks under the form of policy or policies attached hereto. The Owners and/or insurers shall not have any right of recovery or subrogation against the Charterers on account of loss of or any damage to the Vessel or her machinery or appurt- enances covered by such insurance, or on account of payments made to discharge claims against or liabilities of the Vessel or the Owners covered by such insurance. Insurance policies shall cover the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective interests.
(b) During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against Protection and Indemnity risks (and any risks against which it is compulsory to insure for the operation of the Vessel, including maintaining financial security in accordance with sub-clause 10(a)(iii)) in such form as the Owners shall in writing approve which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(c) In the event that any act or negligence of the Charterers shall vitiate any of the insurance herein provided, the Charterers shall pay to the Owners all losses and indemnify the Owners against all claims and demands which would otherwise have been covered by such insurance.
(d) The Charterers shall, subject to the approval of the repairs, and the Charterers shall undertake settlement of all miscellaneous expenses in connection with such repairs as well as all insured charges, expenses and liabilities, to the extent of coverage under the insurances provided for under the provisions of sub-clause 14(a). The Charterers to be secured reimbursement through presentation of accounts.
(e) The Charterers to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses incurred thereby in respect of all other repairs not covered by the insurances and/or not exceeding any possible franchise(s) or deductibles provided for in the insurances.
(f) All time used for repairs under the provisions of sub-clauses 14(d) and 14(e) and for repairs of latent defects according to Clause 3 above, including any form part of the Charter Period. The Owners shall not be responsible for any expenses as are incident to the use and operation of the Vessel for such time as may be required to make such repairs.
(g) If the conditions of the above insurances permit additional insurance to be placed by the parties such cover shall be limited to the amount for each party set out in Box 30 and Box 31, respectively. The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the written consent of the insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such insurers is necessary.
(h) Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances required under sub-clause 14(a), all insurance payments for such loss shall be paid to the Owners, who shall distribute the moneys between themselves and the Charterers according to their respective interests.
(i) If the Vessel becomes an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances arranged by the Owners in accordance with sub-clause 14(a), this Charter shall terminate as of the date of such loss.





(j) The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Owners to abandon the Vessel to the insurers and claim a constructive total loss.
(k) For the purpose of insurance coverage against hull and machinery and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause 14(a), the value of the Vessel is the sum indicated in Box 29.
(l) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-clause 10(a), it is agreed that under the provisions of Clause Class fully up to date with the Classification Society indicated in Box 10 and maintain all other necessary certificates in force at all times.

15. Redelivery
At the expiration of the Charter Period the Vessel shall be redelivered by the Charterers to the Owners at a safe and ice-free port or place as indicated in Box 16, in such ready safe berth as the Owners may direct. The Charterers shall give the Owners not less than thirty (30) running days’ preliminary notice of expected date, range of ports of redelivery or port or place of redelivery and not less than fourteen (14) running days’ definite notice of expected date and port or place of redelivery.
Any changes thereafter in the Vessel’ position shall be notified immediately to the Owners.
The Charterers warrant that they will not permit the Vessel to commence a voyage (including any preceding ballast voyage) which cannot reasonably be expected to be completed in time to allow redelivery of the Vessel within the Charter Period. Notwithstanding the above, should the Charterers fail to redeliver the Vessel within The Charter Period, the Charterers shall pay the daily equivalent to the rate of hire stated in Box 22 for the number of days by which the Charter Period is exceeded. All other terms, conditions and provisions of this Charter shall continue to apply. Subject to the provisions of Clause 10, the Vessel shall be redelivered to the Owners in the same or as good structure, state, condition and class as that in which she was delivered, fair wear and tear not affecting class excepted and the Charterer shall clean swept holds to be grain ready. The Vessel upon redelivery shall have her survey cycles up to date and trading and valid class certificates valid for at least the number of months agreed in Box 17.

16. Non-Lien
The Charterers will not suffer, nor permit to be continued, any lien or encumbrance incurred by them or their agents, which might have priority over the title and interest of the Owners in the Vessel. The Charterers further agree to fasten to the Vessel in a conspicuous place and to keep so fastened during the Charter Period a notice reading as follows:
“This Vessel is the property of the Owners. It is under charter to the Charterers and by the terms of the Charter Party neither the Charterers nor the Master have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed on the Vessel any lien.”

17. Indemnity
(a) The Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against any loss, damage or expense incurred by the Owners arising out of or in relation to the operation of the Vessel by the Charterers, and against any lien of whatsoever nature arising out of an event occurring during the Charter Period. If the Vessel be arrested or otherwise detained by reason of claims or liens arising out of her operation hereunder by the Charterers, the Charterers shall at their own expense take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable time the Vessel is released, including the provision of bail.
Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Charterers agree to indemnify the Owners against all consequences or liabilities arising from the Master, officers or agents signing Bills of Lading or other documents.
(b) If the Vessel be arrested or otherwise detained by reason of a claims or claims against the Owners, the Owners shall at their own expense take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable time the Vessel is released, including the provision of bail.
In such circumstances, the Owners shall indemnify the Charterers against any loss, damage or expense incurred by the Charterers (including hire paid under this Charter) as a direct consequence of such arrest or detention.
 
18. Lien
The Owners to have a lien upon all cargoes, sub-hires and sub-freights belonging or due to the Charterers and any Bill of Lading freight for all claims under this Charter, and the Charterers to have a lien on the Vessel for all moneys paid in advance and not earned.

19. Salvage
All salvage and towage performed by the Vessel shall be for the Charterers’ benefit and the cost of repairing damage occasioned thereby shall be borne by the Charterers.

20. Wreck Removal
In the event of the Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against any sums whatsoever which the Owners shall become liable to pay and shall pay in consequence of the Vessel





becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation.

21. General Average
The Owners shall not contribute to General Average.

22. Assignment, Sub-Charter and Sale
(a) The Charterers shall not assign this Charter nor sub-charter the Vessel on a bareboat basis except with the prior consent in writing of the Owners, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Owners shall approve.
(b) The Owners shall not sell the Vessel during the currency of this Charter except with the prior written consent of the Charterers, which shall always be subject to the buyer accepting an assignment of this Charter.

23. Contracts of Carriage
*) (a) The Charterers are to procure that all documents issued during the Charter Period evidencing the terms and conditions agreed in respect of carriage of goods shall contain a paramount clause incorporating any compulsorily applicable in the trade; if no such legislation exists, the documents shall incorporate the Hague or Hague-Visby Rules. The documents shall also contain the New Jason Clause and the Both-to-Blame Collision Clause.
*) (b) The Charterers are to procure that all passenger tickets issued during the Charter Period for the carriage of passengers and their luggage under this Charter shall contain a paramount clause incorporating any legislation liability for passengers and their luggage compulsorily applicable in the trade; if no such legislation exists, the passenger tickets shall incorporate the Athens Convention Relating to the Carriage of Passengers and their Luggage by Sea, 1974, and any protocol thereto. *) Delete as applicable.

24. Bank Guarantee - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
(Optional, only to apply if Box 27 filled in) The Charterers undertake to furnish, before delivery of the Vessel, at first class bank guarantee or bond in sum and the place as indicated in Box 27 as guarantee for full performance of their obligations under this Charter.

25. Requisition/Acquisition
(a) In the event of the Requisition for Hire of the Vessel by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as “Requisition for Hire”) irrespective of the date during the Charter Period when length thereof and whether or not it be for an indefinite or a limited period of time, and irrespective of whether it may or will remain in force for the remainder of the Charter Period, this Charter shall not be deemed thereby or thereupon to be frustrated or otherwise terminated and the Charterers shall continue to pay the stipulated hire in the manner provided by this Charter until the time when the Charter would have terminated pursuant to any of the provisions hereof always provided however that in the event of “Requisition for Hire” any Requisition Hire or compensation received or receivable by the Owners shall be payable to the Charterers during the remainder of the Charter Period or the period of the “Requisition for Hire” whichever be the shorter.

(b) In the event of the Owners being deprived of their ownership in the Vessel by any Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as “Compulsory Acquisition”), then, irrespective of the date during the Charter Period when “Compulsory Acquisition” may occur, this Charter shall be deemed terminated as of the date such “Compulsory Acquisition”, In such event charter hire to be considered as earned and to be paid up to the date and time of such as “Compulsory Acquisition”.

26. War
(a) For the purpose of this Clause, the words “War Risks” shall include any war (whether actual or threatened), act of war, civil war, hostilities, revolution, rebellion, civil commotion, warlike operations, the laying of mines (whether actual or reported), acts of piracy, acts of terrorists, acts of hostility or malicious damage, blockades (whether imposed against all vessels or imposed selectively against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever), by any person, body, terrorist or political group, or the Government of any state whatsoever, which may be dangerous or are likely to be or to become dangerous to the Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel.
(b) The Vessel, unless the written consent of the Owners be first obtained, shall not continue to or go through any port, place, area or zone (whether of land or sea), or any waterway or canal, where it reasonably appears that the Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel, in the reasonable judgement of the Owners, may be, or are likely to be, exposed to War Risks. Should the Vessel be within any such place as aforesaid, which only becomes dangerous or is likely to be or to become dangerous, after the entry into it, the Owners shall have the right to require the Vessel to leave such area.
(c) The Vessel shall not load contraband cargo, or to pass through any blockade, whether such blockade be imposed





on all vessels, or is imposed selectively in any way whatsoever against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever, or to proceed to an area where she shall be subject, or is likely to be subject to a belligerent’s right of search and/or confiscation.
(d) If the insurers of the war risks insurance, when Clause 14 is applicable, should require payment of premiums and/or calls because, pursuant to the and remain within, any area or areas which are specified by such insurers as being subject to additional premiums because of War Risks, then such premiums and/or calls shall be reimbursed by the Charterers to the Owners at the same time as the next payment of hire is due.
(e) The Charterers shall have the liberty:
(i) to comply with all orders, directions, recommendations or advice as to departure, arrival, routes, sailing in convoy, ports of call, stoppages, destinations, discharge of cargo, delivery, or in any other way whatsoever, which are given by the Government of the Nation under whose flag the Vessel sails, or any other Government, body or group whatsoever acting with the power to compel compliance with their orders or directions;
(ii) to comply with the orders, directions or recommendations of any war risks underwriters who have the authority to give the same under the terms of the war risks insurance;
(iii) to comply with the terms of any resolution of the Security Council of the United Nations, any directives of the European Community Union, the effective orders of any other Supranational body which has the right to issue and give the same, and with national laws aimed at enforcing the same to which the Owners are subject, and to obey the orders and directions of those who are charged with their enforcement.

(f) In the event of outbreak of war (whether there be a declaration of war or not ) (i) between any two or more of the following countries: the United States of America; Russia; the United Kingdom; France; and the People’s Republic of China, (ii) between any two or more of the countries stated in Box 36, both the Owners and the Charterers shall have the right to cancel this Charter, whereupon the Charterers shall redeliver the Vessel to the Owners in accordance with Clause 15, if the Vessel has cargo on board after discharge thereof at destination, or if debarred under this Clause from reaching and entering it at a near open and safe port as directed by the Owners, or if the Vessel has no cargo on board, at the port at which the Vessel then is or if at sea at a near, open and safe port as directed by the Owners. In all cases hire shall continue to be paid in accordance with Clause 11 and except as aforesaid all other provisions of this Charter shall apply until redelivery .

27. Commission - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
The Owners to pay a commission at the rate indicated in Box 33 to the Brokers named in Box 33 on any hire paid under the Charter. If no rate is indicated in Box 33, the commission to be paid by the Owners shall cover the actual expenses of the Brokers and a reasonable fee for their work. If the full hire is not paid owing to breach of the Charter by either of the parties the party liable therefor shall indemnify the Brokers against their loss of commission. Should the parties agree to cancel the Charter, the Owners shall indemnify the Brokers against any loss of commission but in such case the commission shall not exceed the brokerage on one year’s hire.

28. Termination
(a) Charterers’ Default
The Owners shall be entitled to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers and terminate the Charter with immediate effect by written notice to the Charterers if:
(i) (1) the Charterers fail to pay hire in accordance with Clause 11. However, where there is a failure to make punctual payment of hire due to oversight, negligence, errors or omissions on the part of the Charterers or their bankers, the Owners shall give the Charterers written notice of the number of clear Banking Days stated in Box 34 (as recognized at the agreed place of payment) in which to rectify the failure, and when so rectified within such number of days following the Owners’ notice the payment shall stand as regular and punctual. Failure by the Charterers to pay hire within the number of days stated in Box 34 of their receiving the Owners notice as provided herein, shall entitle the Owners to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers and terminate the Charter without further notice; or
(2) at any time the total amount of the outstanding and unpaid hires in accordance with clause 11 of this Charter then due exceeds USD 334,800 and as long as continues.
(ii) the Charterers fail to comply with the requirements of:
(1) Clause 6 (Trading Restrictions); or
(2) Clause 13(a) (Insurance and Repairs) provided that the Owners shall have the option, by written notice to the Charterers, to give the Charterers a specified number of days grace within which to rectify the failure without prejudice to the Owners’ right to withdraw and terminate under this Clause if the Charterers fail to comply with such notice;
(iii) the Charterers fail to rectify any failure to comply with the requirements of sub-clause 10(a)(i) (Maintenance and Repairs) as soon as practically possible after the Owners have requested them to do so in writing and in any event so that the Vessel’s insurance cover is not prejudiced.
(iv ) if the Guarantor (defined in Clause 37.3 hereof);





(1) the Guarantor ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and that such de-listing shall have a material adverse effect on the Guarantor's ability to fulfil its respective obligations under the Guarantee to which it is a party; or

(2) has a stockholder’s equity (excluding treasury stock and any impairment charges on assets) in accordance with GAAP of below USD 100 million; or

(3) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Guarantor seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, and solely in the case of an involuntary proceeding:
(i) such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or
(ii) any of the actions sought in such involuntary proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or
(4) without the prior written consent of the Owners to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall threaten to dispose of the whole or a substantial part of its assets; or
(5) all or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interest in, the Guarantor are seized, nationalized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government (provided always that that any wrongful seizure, nationalization, expropriation and/or compulsory acquisition shall be excluded) and such occurrence would adversely affect the Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under the Guarantee.

In case of (iv) above, upon receiving the Owners’ notice the Charterers have the option to purchase the Vessel or accept Owners’ notice to withdraw the Vessel or terminate the BBC Charter.
If the Charterers select the Option to purchase the Vessel, the price shall be as per the Purchase Option Price in Clause 35 after the end of year three (3), the price from the Delivery Date until the end of year three (3) shall be reasonably agreed by both parties which shall be calculated based on the Purchase Option Price.



(b) Owners’ Default
If the Owners shall by any act or omission be in breach of their obligations under this Charter to the extent that the Charterers are deprived of the use of the Vessel and such breach continues for a period of fourteen (14) running days after written notice thereof has been given by the Charterers to the Owners, the Charterers shall be entitled to terminate this Charter with immediate effect by written notice to the Owners. The Charterers shall be entitled to cease paying hire from the date that they are deprived of the use of the Vessel and have given written notice thereof to the Owners until such date as the Owners comply with their obligations under this Charter again or until termination of this Charter pursuant to this Clause.

(c) Loss of Vessel - See Clause 34
This Charter shall be deemed to be terminated if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss. For the purpose of this sub-clause, the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless she has either become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.
(d) Either party shall be entitled to terminate this Charter with immediate effect by written notice to the other party and its Guarantor in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of the other party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangements or composition with its creditors.
(e) The termination of this Charter shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination and to any claim that either party might have.

29. Repossession
In the event of the termination of this Charter in accordance with the applicable provisions of Clause 28, the Owners shall have the right to repossess the Vessel from the Charterers at her current or next port of call, or at a port or place convenient to them without hindrance or interference by the Charterers, courts or local authorities. Pending physical repossession of the Vessel in accordance with this Clause 29, the Charterers shall hold the Vessel as gratuitous bailee only to the Owners. The Owners shall arrange for an authorised representative to board the Vessel as soon as reasonably practicable following the termination of the Charter. The Vessel shall be deemed to be repossessed by the





Owners from the Charterers upon the boarding of the Vessel by the Owners’ representative. All arrangements and expenses relating to the settling of wages, Master, officers and crew shall be the sole responsibility of the Charterers, unless the Charter is terminated pursuant to Clause 28(b) or by the Charterers pursuant to clause 28(d) as a result of an event, order or resolution of the Owners’ case .

30. Dispute Resolution
This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement. If a second arbitrator is appointed in accordance with the Arbitration Act, the two arbitrators shall appoint a third arbitrator. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon a third arbitrator within twenty one (21) days after appointment of the second arbitrator, either of the said two arbitrators may apply to the President for the time being of LMAA to appoint the third arbitrator. Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator. In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD 50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
*) (b) This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. *)
(c) This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed
by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.
(d) Notwithstanding (a), (b) or (c) above, the parties may agree at any time to refer to mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract. In the case of a dispute in respect of which arbitration has been commenced under (a), (b) or (c) above, the following shall apply:-
(i) Either party may at any time and from time to time elect to refer the dispute or part of the dispute to mediation by service on the other party of a written party to agree to mediation.
(ii) The other party shall thereupon within 14 calendar days of receipt of the Mediation Notice confirm that they agree to mediation, in which case the parties shall thereafter agree a mediator within a further 14 calendar days, failing which on the application of either party a mediator will be appointed promptly person as the Tribunal may designate for that purpose. The mediation shall be conducted in such place and in accordance with such procedure and on such terms as the parties may agree or, in the event of disagreement, as may be set by the mediator.
(iii) If the other party does not agree to mediate, that fact may be brought to the attention of the Tribunal and may be taken into account by the Tribunal when allocating the costs of the arbitration as between the parties. (iv) The mediation shall not affect the right of either party to seek such relief or take such steps as it considers necessary to protect its interest.
(v) Either party may advise the Tribunal that they have agreed to mediation. The arbitration procedure shall continue during the conduct of the mediation but the Tribunal may take the mediation timetable into account when setting the timetable for steps in the arbitration.
(vi) Unless otherwise agreed or specified in the mediation terms, each party shall bear its own costs incurred in the mediation and the parties shall share
(vii) The mediation process shall be without prejudice and confidential and no information or documents disclosed during it shall be revealed to the Tribunal except to the extent that they are disclosable under the law and procedure governing the arbitration. (Note: The parties should be aware that the mediation process may not necessarily interrupt time





limits.)
(e) If Box 35 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 30(a) of this Clause shall apply. Sub-clause 30(d) shall apply in all cases. *) Sub-clauses 30(a), 30(b) and 30(c) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 35.

31. Notices (See Clause 43)
(a) Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax,telex,registered or recorded mail or by personal service.
(b) The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 3 and 4 respectively.
























































PART III
PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR NEWBUILDING VESSELS ONLY
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 37)

1. Specifications and Building Contract
(a) The Vessel shall be constructed in accordance with the Building Contract (hereafter called “the Building Contract”) as annexed to this Charter, made between the Builders and the Owners and in accordance with the specifications and plans annexed thereto, such Building Contract, specifications and plans having been counter- signed as approved by the Charterers.
(b) No change shall be made in the Building Contract or in the specifications or plans of the Vessel as approved by consent.
(c) The Charterers shall have the right to send their during the course of her construction to satisfy themselves that construction is in accordance with such approved specifications and plans as referred to under sub-clause (a) of this Clause.
(d) The Vessel shall be built in accordance with the Building Contract and shall be of the description set out therein. Subject to the provisions of sub-clause 2(c)(ii) hereunder, the Charterers shall be bound to accept the Vessel from the Owners, completed and constructed in accordance with the Building Contract, on the date of delivery by the Builders. The Charterers undertake that having accepted the Vessel they will not thereafter raise any claims against the Owners in respect of the Vessel’s performance or specification or defects, if any. Nevertheless, in respect of any repairs, replacements or defects which appear within the first 12 months from delivery by the Builders, the Owners shall endeavour to compel the Builders to repair, replace or remedy any defects or to recover from the Builders any expenditure incurred in carrying out such repairs, replacements or remedies. limited to the extent the Owners have a valid claim against the Builders under the guarantee clause of the Building Contract (a copy whereof has been supplied to the Charterers). The Charterers shall be bound to accept such sums as the Owners are reasonably able to recover under this Clause and shall make no further claim on the Owners for the difference between the amount(s) so recovered and the actual expenditure on repairs, replacement or remedying defects or for any loss of time incurred. Any liquidated damages for physical defects or deficiencies shall accrue to the account of the party stated in Box 41(a) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties. The costs of pursuing a claim or claims against the Builders under this Clause (including any liability to the Builders) shall be borne by the party stated in Box 41(b) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties.

2. Time and Place of Delivery
(a) Subject to the Vessel having completed her acceptance trials including trials of cargo equipment inaccordance with the Building Contract and specifications to the satisfaction of the Charterers, the Owners shall give and the Charterers shall take delivery of the Vessel afloat when ready for delivery and properly documented at the dock, wharf or place as may be agreed between the parties hereto and the Builders. Under the Building Contract the Builders have estimated that the Vessel will be ready for delivery to the Owners as therein provided but the delivery date for the purpose of this Charter shall be the date when the Vessel is in fact ready for delivery by the Builders after completion of trials whether that be before or after as indicated in the Building Contract. The Charterers shall not be entitled to refuse acceptance of delivery of the Vessel and upon and after such acceptance, subject to Clause 1(d), the Charterers shall not be entitled to make any claim against the Owners in respect of any conditions, representations or warranties, whether express or implied, as to the seaworthiness of the Vessel or in respect of delay in delivery.
(b) If for any reason other than a default by the Owners under the Building Contract, the Builders become entitled under that Contract not to deliver the Vessel to the Owners, the Owners shall upon giving to the Charterers written notice of Builders becoming so entitled, be excused from giving delivery of the Vessel to the Charterers and upon receipt of such notice by the Charterers this Charter shall cease to have effect.
(c) If for any reason the Owners become entitled under the Building Contract to reject the Vessel the Owners shall,before exercising such right of rejection, consult the Charterers and thereupon (i) if the Charterers do not wish to take delivery of the Vessel they shall inform the Owners within seven (7) running days by notice in writing and upon receipt by the Owners of such notice this Charter shall cease to have effect; or
(ii) if the Charterers wish to take delivery of the Vessel they may by notice in writing within seven (7) running days require the Owners to negotiate with the Builders as to the terms on which delivery should be taken and/or refrain from exercising their right to rejection and upon receipt of such notice the Owners shall commence such negotiations and/ or take delivery of the Vessel from the Builders and deliver her to the Charterers;
(iii) in no circumstances shall the Charterers be entitled to reject the Vessel unless the Owners are able to reject the Vessel from the Builders;
(iv) if this Charter terminates under sub-clause (b) or (c) of this Clause, the Owners shall thereafter not be liable to the Charterers for any claim under or arising out of this Charteror its termination.
(d) Any liquidated damages for delay in delivery under the Building Contract and any costs incurred in pursuing a claim





therefor shall accrue to the account of the party stated in Box 41(c) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties.

3. Guarantee Works
If not otherwise agreed, the Owners authorise the Charterers to arrange for the guarantee works to be performed in accordance with the building contract terms, and hire to continue during the period of guarantee works. The Charterers have to advise the Owners about the performance to the extent the Owners may request.

4. Name of Vessel
The name of the Vessel shall be mutually agreed between the Owners and the Charterers and the Vessel shall be painted in the colours, display the funnel insignia and fly the house flag as required by the Charterers.

5. Survey on Redelivery The Owners and the Charterers shall appoint surveyors for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of re-delivery. Without prejudice to Clause 15 (Part II), the Charterers shall bear all survey expenses and all other costs, if any, including the cost of docking and undocking, if required, as well as all repair costs incurred. The Charterers shall also bear all loss of time spent in connection with any docking and undocking as well as repairs, which shall be paid at the rate of hire per day or pro rata.















































PART IV
HIRE/PURCHASE AGREEMENT
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 42)

    




























































On expiration of this Charter and provided the Charterers have fulfilled their obligations according to Part I and II as well as Part III, if applicable, it is agreed, that on payment of the final payment of hire as per Clause 11 the Charterers have purchased the Vessel with everything belonging to her and the Vessel is fully paid for.

In the following paragraphs the Owners are referred to as the Sellers and the Charterers as the Buyers.

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Sellers and taken over by the Buyers on expiration of the Charter.

The Sellers guarantee that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all encumbrances and maritime liens or any debts whatsoever other than those arising from anything done or not done by the Buyers or any existing mortgage agreed not to be paid off by the time of delivery. Should any claims, which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery be made against the Vessel, the Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify the Buyers against all consequences of such claims to the extent it can be proved that the Sellers are responsible for such claims. Any taxes, notarial, consular and other charges and expenses connected with the purchase and account. Any taxes, consular and other charges and shall be for Sellers’ account.

In exchange for payment of the last month’s hire instalment the Sellers shall furnish the Buyers with a Bill of Sale duly attested and legalized, together with a certificate setting out the registered encumbrances, if any. On delivery of the Vessel the Sellers shall provide deliver a certificate of deletion to the Buyers. The Sellers shall, at the time of delivery, hand to the Buyers all classification certificates (for hull, engines, anchors, chains, etc.), as well as all plans which may

The Wireless Installation and Nautical Instruments, unless on hire, shall be included in the sale without any extra payment.

The Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be at Buyers, subject to the conditions of this Contract and the Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be delivered and taken over as she is at the time of delivery, after which the Sellers shall have no responsibility for possible faults or deficiencies of any description.

The Buyers undertake to pay for the repatriation of the Master, officers and other personnel if appointed by the Sellers to the port where the Vessel entered the Bareboat Charter as per Clause 3 (Part II) or to pay the equivalent cost for their journey to any other place.
































PART V
PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR VESSELS REGISTERED IN A BAREBOAT CHARTER REGISTRY
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 43)

1. Definitions
For the purpose of this PART V, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:
“The Bareboat Charter Registry” shall mean the registry of the State whose flag the Vessel will fly and in which the Charterers are registered as the bareboat charterers during the period of the Bareboat Charter. “The Underlying Registry” shall mean the registry of the state in which the Owners of the Vessel are registered as Owners and to which jurisdiction and control of the Vessel will revert upon termination of the Bareboat Charter Registration.

2. Mortgage
The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage and the provisions of Clause 12(b) (Part II) shall apply.

3. Termination of Charter by Default
If the Vessel chartered under this Charter is registered in a Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 44, and if the Owners shall default in the payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s) specified in Box 28, the Charterers shall, if so required by the mortgagee, direct the Owners to re-register the Vessel in the Underlying Registry as shown in Box 45.
In the event of the Vessel being deleted from the Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 44, due to a default by the Owners in the payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s), the Charterers shall have the right to terminate this Charter forthwith and without prejudice to any other claim they may have against the Owners under this Charter.



































Rider Clauses 32 to 45
to be deemed incorporated to the
Bareboat Charter Party
Dated 17th April 2018
(the “Charter”)

Between
SBI Tango Shipping Company Limited as Charterers
and
MAC LIR CORPORATION as Owners
in respect of the vessel
MV “SBI Tango”

 
32.      Delivery
(a) Pursuant to the memorandum of agreement dated 17th April 2018 (the “MOA”) made between the Owners (in the MOA, the Owners are referred to as the “Buyers”) and SBI Tango Shipping Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as the “Sellers”) the parties thereto have agreed for the sale and purchase of the Vessel by the Owners.

(b) The Owners shall give and the Charterers shall take delivery of the Vessel under this Charter on strictly “as is, where is” basis, immediately after the delivery of the Vessel from the Sellers to the Owners under the MOA. The delivery date and time for the purpose of this Charter shall be deemed to be the same date and time as when the Vessel is delivered from the Sellers to the Owners under the MOA. The date when the Charterers take delivery of the Vessel hereunder is referred to as the “Delivery Date”.

(c) Provided the Vessel has been delivered to the Buyers in accordance with the terms of the MOA, the Charterers shall not be entitled to refuse acceptance of delivery of the Vessel under this Charter. The Vessel shall be delivered strictly as she is and where she is at the time of delivery without any warranty or guarantee of condition, fitness for purpose or similar type of condition warranty and without any recourse to or representation or warranty from the Owners. The Charterers hereby acknowledge and agree that the Owners make no representation or warranty, express or implied (and whether by statute or otherwise) as to the seaworthiness, merchantability, condition, design, operation, performance, capacity or fitness for use or as to the eligibility of the Vessel for any particular trade or otherwise (collectively referred to as the “Vessel’s Conditions” including those conditions in respect of any belongings to the Vessel). The Charterers waive all their rights to claim to the Owners on any legal grounds whatsoever in respect of the Vessel’s Conditions.

(d) Unless the parties hereto otherwise agree in writing, if the MOA is cancelled, terminated or rescinded for any reason whatsoever this Charter shall terminate automatically without any liability between the parties hereunder.

(e) It is acknowledged that the Charterers at the time of delivery of the Vessel hereunder, own any bunkers, unused lubricating and hydraulic oils and greases in storage tanks and unopened drums and unused stores and provisions (hereinafter referred to as “Remaining Bunkers and Supplies”) remaining on board the Vessel on the Delivery Date and thereby the Owners and the Charterers will not settle Remaining Bunkers and Supplies at the time of delivery of the Vessel hereunder.

33. Charter Period

Subject always to the provisions hereto, the period of the chartering of the Vessel hereunder (hereinafter referred to as the “Charter Period”) shall be five (5) years commencing on the Delivery Date, provided





always that the chartering of the Vessel hereunder may be terminated pursuant to Clauses 28, 34, 35 or otherwise.

34. Insurance, Total Loss and Compulsory Acquisition

(a)
For the purposes of this Charter, the term “Total Loss” shall mean any actual or constructive or compromised or agreed or arranged total loss of the Vessel including any such total loss as may arise during a Requisition for Hire.

(b)
The Charterers undertake with the Owners that throughout the Charter Period:
(i)
without prejudice to the Charterers’ obligations under Clause 13 hereof, they (the Charterers) shall keep the Vessel insured on the basis of the London Underwriters “Institute Time Clause-Hull” and “Institute War and Strikes Clauses” as amended, or on such similar terms as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Owners and the Mortgagee with such insurers (including Hull &Machinery, War Risk and P&I associations) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Owners with deductibles reasonably acceptable to the Owners and that any P&I association which is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs and current H&M and/or any H&M underwriters with a Standard & Poor’s security rating equal or higher than A - and/or A.M. Best equal or higher than B+ underwriters shall be deemed to be pre-approved (it being agreed and understood by the Charterers that there shall be no element of self-insurance or insurance through captive insurance companies without the prior written consent of the Owners). The Charterers agree that the Owners shall be assured as the co-assured in such insurances;

(ii)
the policies in respect of the insurances against fire and usual marine risks and the policies or entries in respect of the insurances against war risks shall, in each case, be endorsed to the effect that payment of a claim for a Total Loss shall be made to the Owners (or the Mortgagees as assignees thereof) (who shall upon the receipt thereof apply the same in the manner described in Clause 34(e) hereof);

(iii)
upon request the Charterers shall procure that duplicates of all cover notes, policies and certificates of entry shall be furnished to the Owners for their custody;

(iv)
the Charterers shall procure that the insurers and the war risk and protection and indemnity associations with which the Vessel is entered shall:
          
(A)
furnish the Owners and the Mortgagee with a letter or letter of undertaking in such form having regard to general insurance market practice as may from time to time be reasonably required by the Owners; and

(B)
supply to the Owners such information in relation to the insurances effected, or to be effected, with them as the Owners may from time to time require; and

(v)
the Charterers shall procure that the policies, entries or other instruments evidencing the insurances are endorsed to the effect that the insurers shall give to the Owners not less than fourteen (14) days prior written notification of any amendment, suspension, cancellation or termination of the insurances, unless subject to any automatic termination/cancellation of cover provisions in the relevant insurances, in which event, if such insurances are automatically terminated/cancelled, the Owners shall be advised promptly and Charterers shall immediately procure re-instatement or replacement insurances of those terminated/cancelled insurances.

(c)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Clause 13 and any other provisions hereof, the Vessel shall be kept insured during the Charter Period in respect of marine and war risks on hull and machinery basis (including increased value if applicable) for not less than the amounts specified in column (b) of the table set out below in respect of the one-year period during the Charter Period specified





in column (a) (on the assumption that the first such period commences on the Delivery Date) against such amount (hereinafter referred to as the “Minimum Insured Value”):

Minimum Insured Value

The Minimum Insured Value shall be 110% of the USD 19,000,000 amount from the first (1) year to the end of the third (3) year without any de-escalation.
(a) (b)
Year Minimum Insured Value
1 st USD 20,900,000
2 nd USD 20,900,000
3 rd USD 20,900,000

And after the fourth (4) year, value as follows;
(a) (b)
Year Minimum Insured Value
4 th USD 16,118,300
5 th USD 14,505,700


or 110% of the market value of the Vessel as between a willing seller and a willing buyer in charter-free condition (the “Market Value”) at the applicable time. If Owners consider the Market Value to be higher than the Minimum Insured Value set out in column (b) above, but the Charterers have not increased the insured value but still followed the Minimum Insured Value set out in column (b) above, then the Owners may, unless the parties agree on the Market Value, request the Charterers to obtain a valuation of the Market Value of the Vessel from Clarksons Shipbrokers, Arrow Valuations or Braemar ACM Shipbroking or another reputable shipbroker agreed upon between the Owners and the Charterers. If the Market Value as determined by the appointed shipbrokers is lower or equal to the Minimum Insured Value at the material time, such shipbrokers’ costs of valuation shall be borne by the Owners. If the Market Value as determined by the appointed shipbrokers is higher than the Minimum Insured Value at the material time, such shipbrokers’ costs of valuation shall be borne by the Charterers, who shall also arrange for the necessary amendment of relevant insurances.

(d)
If the Vessel becomes a Total Loss or becomes subject to Compulsory Acquisition the chartering of the Vessel to the Charterers hereunder shall cease and the Charterers shall:
 
(i)
immediately pay to the Owners all hire, and any other amounts, which have fallen due for payment under this Charter and have not been paid as at up to the date on which the Total Loss or Compulsory Acquisition occurred as described below (the “Date of Loss”) together with interest thereon as set out in Clause 11(f) and shall cease to be under any liability to pay any hire or any other amounts, thereafter becoming due and payable under this Charter. All hire and any other amounts prepaid by the Charterers relating to the period after the Date of Loss shall be forthwith refunded by the Owners and any hire paid in advance to be adjusted/reimbursed;

(ii)
For the purpose of ascertaining the Date of Loss:
    
(A)
an actual total loss of the Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred at noon (London time) on the actual date the Vessel was lost but in the event of the date of the loss being unknown the actual total loss shall be deemed to have occurred at noon (London time) on the date on which it is acknowledged by the insurers to have occurred;

(B)
a constructive, compromised, agreed, or arranged total loss of the Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred at noon (London time) on the date that notice claiming such a total loss of the Vessel is given to the insurers, or, if the insurers do not admit such a claim, at the date and time at which a





total loss is subsequently admitted by the insurers or the date and time adjudged by a competent court of law or arbitration tribunal to have occurred. Either the Owners or, with the prior written consent of the Owners (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), the Charterers shall be entitled to give notice claiming a constructive total lose but prior to the giving of such notice there shall be consultation between the Charterers and the Owners and the party proposing to give such notice shall be supplied with all such information as such party may request; and

(C)
Compulsory Acquisition shall be deemed to have occurred at the time of occurrence of the relevant circumstances described in Clause 25(b) hereof.

(e)
All moneys payable under the insurance effected by the Charterers pursuant to Clauses 13 and 34, or other compensation, in respect of a Total Loss or pursuant to Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel shall be received in full by the Owners (or the Mortgagees as assignees thereof) and applied by the Owners (or, as the case may be, the Mortgagees):

FIRSTLY, in payment of all the Owners’ or the Charterers’ costs incidental to the collection thereof,

SECONDLY, in or towards payment to the Owners (to the extent that the Owners have not already received the same in full) of a sum equal the aggregate of the Minimum Insured Value and all interest thereon pursuant to Clause 34(e) hereof,

THIRDLY, in payment of any surplus to the Charterers by way of compensation for early termination.

(f)
In respect of partial losses, any payment by the Underwriters not exceeding USD 500,000 shall be paid directly to the Charterers who shall apply the same to effect the repairs in respect of which payment is made. Any moneys in excess of USD 500,000 payable under such insurance other than Total Loss shall be paid to the Charterers subject to the prior written consent of the Owners but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the absence of such prior written consent the money shall be paid to the Owners and/or the Mortgagee .

(g)
The provisions of Clauses 13 and 34 hereof shall not apply in any way to the proceeds of any additional insurance cover effected by the Owners and / or the Charterers for their own account and benefit.

35. Charterers’ option to purchase the Vessel

35.1
The Charterers have the option (hereinafter the “Purchase Option”) to purchase the Vessel at any time during the Charter Period, starting from the 3rd Delivery Date anniversary date and until the end of the 5th year of the Charter Period, at following prices to be calculated on a pro rata basis based on the date declared by the Charterers in accordance with Clause 35.2 hereof (hereinafter the “Purchase Option Price”):
    
(i)
at a price of USD 16,650,000.- at the end of year 3 of this Charter;
(ii)
at a price of USD 14,750,000.- at the end of year 4 of this Charter; and
(iii)
at a price of USD 12,850,000.- at the end of year 5 of this Charter.

The Purchase Option Price to be paid to the Owners upon delivery of the Vessel under the Redelivery MOA shall be the following:
    
The Purchase Option Price = A - [ (A-B) / 365 x C]

Where:
A: the amount indicated above at the end of the Charter year immediately prior to the applicable delivery date under the Redelivery MOA





B: the amount indicated above at the end of the Charter year when delivery under the Redelivery MOA is to occur
C: the actual number of days lasting from the commencement of the Charter year in which the delivery date under the Redelivery MOA is to occur .


35.2
The Charterers shall declare the Purchase Option by giving to the Owners a minimum of one hundred twenty (120) days prior written notice of their option to exercise to Purchase Option. The Redelivery MOA shall only become effective upon Charterers giving notice in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 35.2.

35.3
The full amount of the Purchase Option Price shall be paid to the Owners’ nominated account upon delivery of the Vessel in accordance with the Redelivery MOA .

35.4
Should the Vessel become a Total Loss between the time when the Purchase Option has been exercised by the Charterers and the proposed transfer date, then this Clause 35 shall cease to apply and Clause 34 shall apply instead.

35.5
This Charter and all further rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate upon the Vessel being delivered to the buyer under the Redelivery MOA (as evidenced by a signed and timed protocol of delivery and acceptance).

35.6
For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchace Option Price includes the value of any belongings to the Vessel at the time of delivery under the Redelivery MOA.

36. Mortgage, notice and quiet enjoyment letter

36.1 The Charterers agree that the Owners shall be entitled at any time following the issuance of a quiet enjoyment letter pursuant to Clause 36.2 to grant to The Yamaguchi Bank, Ltd. / Kobe Branch (the “Mortgagee”), a first ranking mortgage on the Vessel, such security to be on terms agreed between the Owners and the Mortgagee.

36.2 The Owners undertake to procure that the Mortgagee will issue in favour of the Charterers a relevant quiet enjoyment letter in the form set out in Appendix A hereto prior to granting a mortgage to the Mortgagee .

36.3 The Charterers shall place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and in the cabin of the Master of the Vessel a printed notice in the following form:

NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

“This vessel is subject to a First Preferred Mortgage made by MAC LIR CORPORATION as owner, to The Yamaguchi Bank, Ltd. / Kobe Branch, as mortgagee, pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 3 of the Marshall Islands Maritime Act of 1990 as amended. Under the terms of the said Mortgage, neither the above owner, nor any charterer nor the Master of this Vessel has any power, right or authority whatever to create, incur or permit to be imposed on this Vessel any lien or encumbrance except for crew's wages and salvage” .

37. Assignment and Performance Guarantee
37.1
This Charter shall be binding upon and enure for the benefit of the Owners and the Charterers and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

37.2
The Owners shall not be entitled to assign or transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Charter including Performance Guarantee, unless with the prior written consent of the Charterers,





except to (for assignment purposes only, but including assignments of the Owners’ hull and machinery, war risks and P&I insurances in respect of the Vessel) the Mortgagee. The obligations of the Charterers under any assignment of insurances in respect of the Vessel by the Owners or otherwise shall be limited to (i) confirming receipt of any notice of assignment received by the Charterers and (ii) sending such notice to the relevant insurer/underwriter and club/association in respect of the aforementioned hull and machinery, war risks and P&I insurances. The Charterers consent to the Owners’ entering into the assignment of this Charter with the Mortgagee under the standard industry terms and further undertake to acknowledge receipt of the notice of such assignment from the Owners to the Mortgagee. Any assignment or transfer by the Owners under this Clause shall be effected without varying any of the rights of the Charterers under this Charter.

37.3
Any and all performances of the Charterers hereunder shall be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Charterers’ Guarantor”) in the form set out in Appendix B which shall be satisfactory to the Owners and the Charterers’ Guarantor.

38. Charterers’ disclosure
38.1
Upon Owners reasonable request Charterers during the Charter Period, (i) shall inform the position and voyage details of the Vessel and other relevant information (including but not limited to the name of the sub-charterers and the managers of the Vessel) in a manner satisfactory to the Owners and however no more than three (3) times during the Charter Period; and (ii) provide a copy of relevant documents of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) of ISM code to the Owners which shall be procured and complied with by the Charterers and the “Company” (as defined by the ISM code and so defined in this Charter) at expense, cost and time of the Charterers during the Charter Period.

38.2
The Owners are entitled to inspect copies of the Vessel's logs and records subject to a prior written notice from the Owners at any reasonable time.


39. Compliance and Sanctions

39.1 Owners’ Compliance

(a)
The Owners warrant that they have not breached or are not violation of any sanctions regime imposed by the UN and/or the US and/or the EU and/or the U.K. involving countries amongst others, Iran, Syria, Cuba, as of the time of the execution hereof.

(b)
Should the Owner appear on the OFAC/SDN list of the U.S. Department of the Treasury before delivery of the Vessel hereunder, then the Owners will be in default and the Charter will automatically and without any further action be terminated. In such case, the Charterers will be entitled to claim any and all reasonable costs, expenses and damages incurred together with interest.

39.2 Charterers’ Compliance

(a)
The Charterers warrant neither they nor the Vessel nor the intended managers of the Vessel (“Forthcoming Vessel Managers”) has breached or is in violation of any sanctions regime imposed by the UN and/or the US and/or the EU and/or the U.K. involving countries but not limited to, Iran, Syria, Cuba, as of the time of the execution hereof.

(b)
Should the Charterers and/or the Vessel and/or the Forthcoming Vessel Managers breach Clause 39.2 (a) hereof and/or appear on the OFAC/SDN list of the U.S. Department of the Treasury before delivery of the Vessel hereunder, then the Charterers will be in default and the Charter will automatically and





without any further action be terminated. In such case, the Owners shall be entitled to claim any and all reasonable costs, expenses and damages incurred together with interest.

4 0. Communication

40.1
Except as otherwise provided for in this Charter, all notices or other communications under or in respect of this Charter to either party hereto shall be in writing and shall be made or given to such party at the address, or e-mail address appearing below (or at such other address, or e-mail address as such party may hereafter specify for such purposes to the other by notice in writing):

(a)
if to the Owners at:

MAC LIR CORPORATION
2-6-20, Chidori, Araicho, Takaasgo, Hyogo 676-004, Japan
Tel: +81-79-442-1521
Fax: +81-79-442-0637
Email: n-nakai@yanagida.co.jp
 

(ii)      if to the Charterers at:
SBI Tango Shipping Company Limited
c/o Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
‘Le Millenium’, 9 Boulevard Charles III
98000 Monaco
Att: Legal Department
Tel: +337-9798-5700
Fax: +337-9777-8346
Email: legal@scorpiogroup.net

or letter shall be deemed to be received upon receipt by the addressee of such communication. Email shall be deemed to be delivered if no failure notice or non-delivery notice is received by the sender of such email within twenty-four (24) hours of sending the relevant email or a delivery receipt message is received by the sender in respect of the relevant email.

40.2
A written notice includes a notice by e-mail. A notice or other communication received on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt shall be deemed to be served on the next following working day in such place. Subject always to the foregoing sentence, any communication by personal delivery or letter shall be deemed to be received on delivery to the addressee of such communication, any communication by e-mail shall be deemed to be received upon receipt of the transmission by the addressee in fully legible form and any communication by facsimile shall be deemed to be received upon appropriate acknowledgment by the addressee’s receiving equipment.

40.3
All communications and documents delivered pursuant to or otherwise relating to this Charter shall either be in English or accompanied by a certified English translation.

41. Confidentiality
This Charter including all negotiations, fixtures and written correspondence shall remain strictly confidential between the Owners, the Charterers, the Mortgagee and other relevant parties such as insurance companies in respect of the Vessel.

The provisions of this Charter, and all related documents and negotiations, fixtures and written correspondence are strictly private and conଁdential between the Charterers, the Owners, the Owners’ financiers/banks and each party will use all reasonable efforts to ensure that no disclosure relating to any





of the foregoing will be made or issued by or on behalf of any party to this Charter provided that:

(a)
each party may make disclosures with respect to this Charter with the express prior written consent of the other Party and in such case the parties hereto will agree in advance the terms and publication dates of any press announcements .
and

(b) each party may make appropriate disclosures on a need to know basis and subject to similar disclosure restrictions to their respective shareholders or prospective shareholders, bankers or other financiers, or professional advisors, or as necessary to rating agencies, or as required by the rules or regulations of any applicable stock exchange or similar body (whether or not having the force of law), or as required by any court order or applicable law, rule or regulation.

42. Expenses and Taxes

Any annual tonnage tax that relates to the registration of the Vessel with the Marshall Islands shall be paid by the Charterers throughout the Charter Period.
Any and all reasonable and documented legal fees for documentations relating to MOA and the Charter including any addenda, schedule or appendix whatsoever thereto shall be paid by the Charterer promptly against the invoice, throughout the Charter Period.
Any annual corporate tax which is or will be imposed to the Owners shall be paid by the Owners throughout the Charter Period.

43.
Miscellaneous

43.1
No failure or delay on the part of either party hereto to exercise any power, right or remedy under this Charter shall operate or be interpreted as a waiver hereof or thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by a party hereto of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise hereof or thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy by such party. No waiver by either party of any of the terms and conditions of this Charter shall be binding unless it is made in writing and delivered to the other party. Any such waiver shall relate only to such matter, non-compliance or breach as it expressly relates to and shall not apply to any subsequent or other matter, non-compliance or breach. In addition, any such waiver may be given subject to any conditions thought fit by the relevant party granting the same.

43.2
Any amendment of any provision of this Charter shall only be effective if the Owners and the Charterers so agree in writing. Any consent by the Owners under this Charter must be made in writing. In addition, any such waiver or consent may be given subject to any conditions thought fit by the relevant party granting the same.

43.3
The remedies provided in this Charter are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

43.4
If any provision of this Charter is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof or affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

43.5
This Charter may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Charter by signing any such counterpart.






43.6
Any person who is not a party to this Charter shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.

43.7
In the event of any inconsistency in the terms set out in Part I and Part II of this Charter and the Additional Clauses (i.e. Clauses 32 to 44) of this Charter, then the terms of the Additional Clauses shall prevail.

44. Designated Entities

44.1
The provisions of this clause shall apply in relation to any sanction, prohibition or restriction imposed on any specified persons, entities or bodies including the designation of specified vessels or fleets under United Nations Resolutions or trade or economic sanctions, laws or regulations of the European Union or the United States of America.

44.2
The Owners and the Charterers respectively warrant for themselves that at the date of this fixture and throughout the duration of this Charter they are not subject to any of the sanctions, prohibitions, restrictions or designation which prohibit or render unlawful any performance under this Charter or any sublet or any Bills of Lading.

44.3
If at any time during the performance of this Charter either party becomes aware that the other party is in breach of warranty as aforesaid, the party not in breach shall comply with the laws and regulations of any Government to which that party or the Vessel is subject, and follow any orders or directions which may be given by anybody acting with powers to compel compliance, including where applicable the Owners’ flag State. In the absence of any such orders, directions, laws or regulations, the party not in breach may, in its option, terminate the Charter forthwith or, if cargo is on board, direct the Vessel to any safe port of that party’s choice and there discharge the cargo or part thereof.

44.4
If, in compliance with the provisions of this Clause, anything is done or is not done, such shall not be deemed a deviation but shall be considered due fulfilment of this Charter.

44.5
Notwithstanding anything in this Clause to the contrary, the Owners or the Charterers shall not be required to do anything which constitutes a violation of the laws and regulations of any State to which either of them is subject.

44.6
The Owners or the Charterers shall be liable to indemnify the other party against any and all claims, losses, damage, costs and fines whatsoever suffered by the other party resulting from any breach of warranty as aforesaid.

45. Re-domiciling of the Charterers

The Charterers irrevocably warrant and undertake with the Owners that:
(a) the permitted re-domiciling of the Charterers into the jurisdiction set forth in Box 4 of this Charter shall not in any way (i) affect the liability of the Charterers under the MOA and this Charter and the obligations of the Charterers to complete observance, fulfil and perform pursuant to the MOA and this Charter, and (ii) prejudice any and all the Owners’ rights, title, interest and remedies in and under the MOA and this Charter; and
(b) the above re-domiciling shall not in any way affect any validity and/or enforceability of the whole or any part of the MOA and this Charter and if any alteration, modification or further documentation is required due to the said re-domiciling in order to maintain the MOA and/or this Charter, the Charterers shall at their expense execute such documents or take any necessary steps; and





(c) upon completion of the above re-domiciling, on demand, the Charterers shall furnish the Owners with the certificates and documentation issued by the relevant authority.




IN WITNESS HEREOF the Owners and the Charterers have signed and executed TWO
COPIES of this Agreement the day and year first written.


For the Owners:
             For the Charterers:
MAC LIR CORPORATION
SBI Tango Shipping Company Limited


________________________________
_______________________________
Name:
Name:
Title:
             Title:




List of Appendices:

Appendix A:
Quiet Enjoyment Letter
Appendix B:      Form of Performance Guarantees
Appendix C :      Redelivery MOA

 































PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE with respect to the MOA and the Charterparty

To:
MAC LIR CORPORATION (the “ Buyers ”)

Re:
m/v SBI Tango, IMO 9714707 (the “ Vessel ”) (i) a Memorandum of Agreement dated __ [month] 2018 entered into between SBI Tango Shipping Company Limited (the “ Sellers ”), as sellers and the Buyers, as buyers (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise thereto, hereinafter referred to as the “ MOA ”) and (ii) a Bareboat Charterparty dated __ [month] 2018 entered into between the Buyers, as owners and the Sellers, as charterers (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modiଁed from time to time, including all appendices, exhibits and schedules thereto, hereinafter referred to as the “ Charterparty ”).

In consideration of the payment of the sum of USD 1 (United States Dollars One) the receipt and sufficiency of which we hereby acknowledge, we SCORPIO BULKERS INC., incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands with registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Islands hereby agree as follows:

1.
Unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the due, punctual and faithful performance by the Sellers of any and all terms, provisions, conditions, obligations and agreements as sellers under the MOA and as charterers under the Charterparty. It is also guaranteed by us that any payment by us under this guarantee shall be made within four (4) banking days (Monaco, London, New York, the Netherlands, Tokyo) following your written demand to the address specified in paragraph 3 below, attesting that Sellers have failed without legitimate reason to perform any obligation (payment obligation or otherwise) under the MOA and/or the Charterparty.

2.
This guarantee automatically expires and becomes null and void at the earliest of (a) termination of the MOA and/or the Charterparty arising out of in connection with any Buyers’ default, (b) redelivery of the Vessel to the Buyers under the Charterparty (except where there is a Sellers’ default under the Charterparty in which case this guarantee shall survive until Sellers’ obligations to the Buyers under the Charterparty are discharged) or (c) such date when Sellers’ obligations as sellers under the MOA and as charterers under the Charterparty are discharged.

3.
Any demand for payment or otherwise made under paragraph 1 above shall be addressed as follows: Scorpio Bulkers Inc., “Le Millenium”, 9 Boulevard Charles III, 98000 Monaco Attention: Legal Department, E-mail: legal@scorpiogroup.net .

4.
We represent and warrant to you that we are duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, that we have the power to conduct our business as it is now carried on and that this guarantee constitutes valid and legally binding and enforceable obligations on ourselves and it will be the case throughout the continuance of this guarantee.

5.
We irrevocably warrant and undertake with you that:
(a)
the permitted re-domiciling of the Sellers into the jurisdiction set forth in Box 4 of the Charterparty shall not in any way (i) affect the liability of the Sellers under the MOA and the Charterparty and the obligations of the Sellers to complete observance, fulfill and perform pursuant to the MOA and the Charterparty and (ii) prejudice any and all the Buyers’ rights, title, interest and remedies in and under the MOA, the Charterparty and also this guarantee; and
(b)
the above re-domiciling shall not in any way affect any validity and/or enforceability of the whole or any part of the MOA, the Charterparty and also this guarantee and if any alteration, modification or further documentation is required due to the said re-domiciling in order to maintain the MOA, the Charterparty and/or this guarantee, the Sellers shall at their expense execute such documents or take any necessary steps; and
(c)
upon completion of the above re-domiciling, on demand, the Sellers shall furnish the Buyers with the certificates and documentation issued by the relevant authority.
6.
This guarantee shall not be affected by amendment or waiver of the MOA, the Charterparty or the insolvency, bankruptcy or similar proceedings in respect of the Sellers and/or us.






7.
If any provision of this guarantee is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof or affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

This guarantee shall in all respects be governed by and construed and take effect according to English law and the parties hereto agree that all claims or disputes arising out of or in connection with this guarantee shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.
Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of SCORPIO BULKERS INC.



By: ___ /s/ Hugh Baker _____________________________
Name: Hugh Baker
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Date:








EXHIBIT 4.31
EXECUTION VERSION





Dated 13 September 2018












US$29,975,000

TERM LOAN FACILITY

SBI ZUMBA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED SBI PARAPARA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED as joint and several Borrowers
and Hedge Guarantors and
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
as Parent Guarantor and
ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
as Arranger and
ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
as Facility Agent and
ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
as Security Agent




FACILITY AGREEMENT

relating to
the financing of m.v. "SBI ZUMBA" and m.v. "SBI PARAPARA"


















Index

Clause      Page




Section 1 Interpretation ...........................................................................................................................2
1      Definitions and Interpretation ....................................................................................................2
Section 2 The Facility ..............................................................................................................................29
2      The Facility.................................................................................................................................29
3      Purpose......................................................................................................................................30
4      Conditions of Utilisation ............................................................................................................30
Section 3 Utilisation................................................................................................................................32
5      Utilisation - Advance .................................................................................................................32
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation ............................................................................34
6      Repayment ................................................................................................................................34
7      Prepayment and Cancellation ...................................................................................................35
Section 5 Costs of Utilisation..................................................................................................................39
8      Interest ......................................................................................................................................39
9      Interest Periods .........................................................................................................................41
10      Changes to the Calculation of Interest ......................................................................................42
11      Fees ...........................................................................................................................................44
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations .............................................................................................45
12      Tax Gross Up and Indemnities...................................................................................................45
13      Increased Costs .........................................................................................................................49
14      Other Indemnities .....................................................................................................................51
15      Mitigation by the Finance Parties .............................................................................................53
16      Costs and Expenses ...................................................................................................................54
Section 7 Guarantees and Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers.......................................................56
17      Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor .........................................................................56
18      Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers..............................................................................58
19      Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors........................................................................60
Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default ..........................................................64
20      Representations ........................................................................................................................64
21      Information Undertakings .........................................................................................................70
22      Financial Covenants...................................................................................................................73
23      General Undertakings ...............................................................................................................74
24      Insurance Undertakings ............................................................................................................80
25      General Ship Undertakings........................................................................................................85
26      Security Cover ...........................................................................................................................91
27      Accounts and application of Earnings .......................................................................................93
28      Events of Default .......................................................................................................................93
Section 9 Changes to Parties ..................................................................................................................98
29      Changes to the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties ...........................................................98
30      Changes to the Obligors ..........................................................................................................103
Section 10 The Finance Parties.............................................................................................................105





31      The Facility Agent, the Arranger and the Reference Banks ....................................................105
32      The Security Agent ..................................................................................................................116
33      Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties............................................................................131
34      Sharing among the Finance Parties .........................................................................................131
Section 11 Administration ....................................................................................................................134
35      Payment Mechanics ................................................................................................................134
36      Set-Off .....................................................................................................................................137
37      Bail-in.......................................................................................................................................137
38      Notices.....................................................................................................................................138
39      Calculations and Certificates ...................................................................................................140
40      Partial Invalidity.......................................................................................................................140
41      Remedies and Waivers ............................................................................................................141
42      Settlement or Discharge Conditional ......................................................................................141
43      Irrevocable Payment ...............................................................................................................141
44      Amendments and Waivers ......................................................................................................141
45      Confidential Information .........................................................................................................144
46      Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations.........................................148
47      Counterparts ...........................................................................................................................149
Section 12 Governing Law and Enforcement .......................................................................................150
48      Governing Law.........................................................................................................................150
49      Enforcement ............................................................................................................................150

Schedules

Schedule 1 The Parties .........................................................................................................................151
Part A The Obligors................................................................................................................. 151
Part B The Original Lenders .................................................................................................... 153
Part C The Servicing Parties .................................................................................................... 154
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent and Subsequent .............................................................................155
Part A Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation Request .................................................... 155
Part B Conditions Precedent to Utilisation............................................................................. 158
Part C Conditions Subsequent for each Tranche .................................................................... 160
Schedule 3 Requests.............................................................................................................................161
Part A Utilisation Request - Advance...................................................................................... 161
Part B Selection Notice ........................................................................................................... 163
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate...............................................................................................164
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement........................................................................................166
Schedule 6 Form of Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter .................................................................169
Schedule 7 Form of Compliance Certificate .........................................................................................170
Schedule 8 Details of the Ships ................................................................................................................1
Schedule 9 Timetables..............................................................................................................................1

Execution

Execution Pages........................................................................................................................................2
EXECUTION VERSION


THIS AGREEMENT is made on      September 2018

PARTIES

(1)
SBI ZUMBA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the





Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Republic of the Marshall Islands as a borrower (" Borrower A ")

(2)
SBI PARAPARA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Republic of the Marshall Islands as a borrower (" Borrower B ")

(3)
SCORPIO BULKERS INC. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Republic of the Marshall Islands as guarantor (the " Parent Guarantor ")

(4)      THE COMPANIES listed in Part A of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as hedge guarantors (the " Hedge
Guarantors ")

(5)      ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH as arranger (the " Arranger ")

(6)      THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as lenders (the
" Original Lenders ")

(7)
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as hedge counterparties (the " Original Hedge Counterparties ")
(8)      ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH as agent of the other Finance Parties (the " Facility Agent ") (9)      ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH as security agent for the Secured Parties (the " Security
Agent ")

BACKGROUND

(A)
The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrowers a facility of up to US$29,975,000 for the purposes of:

(i)
refinancing Ship A by way of a loan in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (A) US$14,712,500, or (B) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship A on or around the Utilisation Date; and

(ii)
refinancing Ship B by way of a loan in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (A) US$15,262,500, or (B) 55 per cent. of the Market Value of Ship B on or around the Utilisation Date.

(B)
The Hedge Counterparties may, at the Borrowers' request, enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrowers from time to time to hedge the Borrowers' exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

1      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1      Definitions

In this Agreement:

" 2002 ISDA Master Agreement " means the 2002 Master Agreement as published by the





International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

" Account Bank " means ABN AMRO Bank, N.V. acting through its office at Coolsingel 93, 3012
AE Rotterdam, The Netherlands or any replacement bank or other financial institution as may be approved by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

" Accounting Period " means, in relation to the Parent Guarantor, each consecutive quarterly period during the Security Period ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and
31 December.
" Account Security " means a document creating Security over any Account in agreed form. " Additional Hedge Counterparty " means a bank or financial institution which becomes a
Hedge Counterparty in accordance with Clause 29.8 ( Additional Hedge Counterparties ).

" Advance " means a borrowing of all or part of a Tranche under this Agreement.

" Affiliate " means, in relation to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person or is a director or officer of such person, and for purposes of this definition, the term " control " (including the terms " controlling ", " controlled by " and " under common control with ") of a person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 20 per cent. or more of the voting stock of such person or to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract or otherwise.

" Approved Brokers " means any firm or firms of insurance brokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders which authorisation no Lender shall unreasonably withhold or delay.

" Approved Classification " means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the classification in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 8 ( Details of the Ships ) with the Approved Classification Society.

" Approved Classification Society " means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the classification society in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 8 ( Details of the Ships ) or any other classification society approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders which authorisation no Lender shall unreasonably withhold or delay.

" Approved Commercial Manager " means, in relation to a Ship: (a)      Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M;
(b)      any Affiliate or Subsidiary of Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., Scorpio Commercial
Management S.A.M. or the Parent Guarantor, or

(c)
any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

" Approved Flag " means, in relation to a Ship, the Republic of Liberia, the Republic of the Marshall Islands or such other flag approved from time to time in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

" Approved Manager " means, in relation to a Ship, the Approved Commercial Manager, the
Approved Technical Manager or the Approved Sub-Manager of that Ship.

" Approved Pooling Arrangement " means, in relation to a Ship, the "Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool" and any pooling arrangement:






(a)      proposed by the Parent Guarantor or the Borrower that owns that Ship; (b)      run by any Affiliate of the Approved Commercial Manager; and
(c)      approved in writing by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders)
prior to that Ship's entry into such pooling arrangement.

" Approved Technical Manager " in relation to a Ship: (a)      Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M.;
(b)      any Affiliate or Subsidiary of Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., Scorpio Commercial
Management S.A.M. or the Parent Guarantor; or

(c)
any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

" Approved Sub-Manager " means, in relation to the technical management of a Ship:

(a)      any Affiliate or Subsidiary of Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., Scorpio Commercial
Management S.A.M. or the Parent Guarantor;

(b)      Claus Peter Offen;

(c)      D'Amico International Shipping; (d)      Hellespont Shipping;
(e)      Synergy;

(f)      V. Ships Ship Management; or

(g)
any other company proposed by the Borrower owning such Ship which the Facility Agent may (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) approve from time to time as the technical sub-contracting manager of a Ship.

" Approved Valuer " means Clarksons Valuations Limited, Arrow, Braemar, Fearnleys and
Compass Marine Services Ltd. and any other firm or firms of independent sale and purchase
shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the
Majority Lenders.

" Assignable Charter " means, in respect of a Ship, any Charter of that Ship having a duration (including, without limitation, by virtue of any operational extensions) of more than 12 months but excluding any Charter with an Affiliate of an Obligor or any Charter made pursuant to an Approved Pooling Arrangement.

" Assignment Agreement " means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

" Authorisation " means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

" Availability Period " means, in relation to each Tranche, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including 30 September 2018.

" Available Commitment " means in relation to a Tranche, a Lender's Commitment under that





Tranche minus:

(a)      the amount of its participation in any outstanding Utilisation under that Tranche; and

(b)
in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any other Utilisation that is due to be made under that Tranche on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

" Available Tranche " means, in relation to a Tranche, the aggregate for the time being of each
Lender's Available Commitment in respect of that Tranche.

" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers. " Bail-In Legislation " means:
(a)      in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time
implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

(b)
in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

" Borrower " means Borrower A or Borrower B. " Break Costs " means the amount (if any) by which:
(a)      the interest (excluding Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period
from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or an " Unpaid Sum " to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;
exceeds

(b)
the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

" Business Day " means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Amsterdam and New York.

" Cash " means any credit balance on any deposit, savings, current or other account, and any cash in hand held with banks or other financial institutions of the Group which is:

(a)      freely withdrawable on demand;

(b)      not subject to any Security (other than pursuant to any Security Document);

(c)      denominated and payable in a freely transferable and freely convertible currency; and

(d)      capable of being remitted to the Group. " Cash Equivalents " means:
(a)      unencumbered securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the





United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);

(b)
time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits (in each case, unencumbered) in the interbank market of any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; and
(c)      such other securities or instruments as the Majority Lenders shall agree in writing, and in respect of both (a) and (b) above, with a rating category of at least "A-" by Standard &
Poor's Rating Services and "A" by Moody's Investors Service Limited (or the equivalent used by
another rating agency) (provided that, in the case of (b) above only, such rating category shall not be applicable for time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits (in each case, unencumbered) in the interbank market of any commercial bank which is a Lender), and in each case having maturities of not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition.

" Change of Control " means where:

(a)
100 per cent. of the Equity Interests of either Borrower ceases to be ultimately owned and/or controlled by the Parent Guarantor;

(b)
a person or group other than any director or officer or any holders of 5 per cent. or more of the Parent Guarantor's Equity Interests as of the date of this Agreement becomes the ultimate beneficial owner of more than 35 per cent. of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Parent Guarantor (calculated on a fully diluted basis); or
(c)
individuals who, at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years, constitute the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Parent Guarantor and yet cease for any reason to constitute at least 50 per cent. of the total members of such board of directors or equivalent governing body then in office at any time during such two year period.

" Charter " means, in relation to a Ship, any charter relating to that Ship, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence, including, without limitation, any Permitted Charter and any Assignable Charter.

" Charter Guarantee " means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument
(whether or not already issued) supporting an Assignable Charter. " Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
" Commercial Management Agreement " means the agreement entered into between a Borrower and the Approved Commercial Manager regarding the commercial management of a Ship.

" Commitment " means a Tranche A Commitment or a Tranche B Commitment.

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or in any other form agreed between the Parent Guarantor and the Facility Agent.

" Confidential Information " means all information relating to any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

(a)      any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

(b)
another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,






in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

(i)      information that:

(A)
is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 45 ( Confidential Information ); or

(B)
is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

(C)
is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the
Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

(ii)      any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

" Consolidated Funded Debt " means, for any Accounting Period, the sum of the following for the Parent Guarantor determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied:

(a)      all Financial Indebtedness; and

(b)
all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with US GAAP would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet),

provided that balance sheet accruals for future dry docking expenses shall not be classified as
Consolidated Funded Debt.

" Consolidated Tangible Net Worth " means, on a consolidated basis, the total shareholders' equity (including retained earnings) of the Parent Guarantor, minus goodwill and as adjusted to exclude:

(a)      any incurred losses and/or write downs on assets sold or held for sale on or after 31
December 2013;

(b)      any losses incurred on termination of shipbuilding contracts on or after 31 December
2013; and

(c)      any impairment charges taken on assets on or after 31 December 2013,

provided always that until the US$409m loan facility provided by Nordea to the Parent Guarantor has been repaid in full, the definition in the loan agreement relating to such Nordea facility dated 30 December 2014 shall apply.






" Consolidated Total Capitalisation " means Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus
Consolidated Funded Debt.

" Corresponding Debt " means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

" Default " means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

" Delegate " means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security
Agent.

" Disruption Event " means either or both of:
(a)
a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

(b)
the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other, Party:

(i)      from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(ii)      from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the
Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

" Document of Compliance " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.
" dollars " and " $ " mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America. " Earnings " means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later
become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower owning that Ship or the Security
Agent and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to): (a)      except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b):
(i)      all freight, hire and passage moneys;

(ii)
compensation payable to the relevant Borrower or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire;

(iii)      remuneration for salvage and towage services; (iv)      demurrage and detention moneys;
(v)
damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship;

(vi)
all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

(b)
if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship.






" Earnings Account " means, in relation to a Borrower:

(a)      an account in the name of that Borrower with the Account Bank designated "Earnings
Account";
(b)
any other account in the name of that Borrower with the Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

(c)      any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

" EEA Member Country " means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

" Environmental Approval " means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other
Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.

" Environmental Claim " means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, " claim " includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

" Environmental Incident " means:

(a)
any release, emission, spill or discharge of Environmentally Sensitive Material whether within a Ship or from a Ship into any other vessel or into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water; or

(b)
any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than any Ship and which involves a collision between any Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Ship and/or any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

(c)
any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, water, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action.

" Environmental Law " means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.
" Equity Interests " of any person means:






(a)
any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and

(b)
all rights to purchase, warrants or options or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such person.

" Equity Proceeds " means the net cash proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred stock of the Parent Guarantor.

" EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the document described as such and published by the
LMA from time to time.

" Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 28 ( Events of
Default ).

" Facility " means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in
Clause 2 ( The Facility ).

" Facility Office " means in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

" FATCA " means:

(a)      sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

(b)
any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

" FATCA Application Date " means:

(a)
in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

(b)
in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or

(c)
in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019,
or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance
Document required by FATCA.

" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.






" Fee Letter " means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of the Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and any Obligor setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ).

" Finance Document " means: (a)      this Agreement;
(b)      any Fee Letter;

(c)      each Utilisation Request; (d)      any Security Document; (e)      any Hedging Agreement;
(f)      any Subordination Agreement;

(g)
any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or
(h)      any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers. " Finance Party " means the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, a Lender or a
Hedge Counterparty.

" Financial Indebtedness " means any indebtedness for or in relation to: (a)      moneys borrowed;
(b)
any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

(c)
any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

(d)
the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with US GAAP, be treated as a balance sheet liability (other than any liability in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with US GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019 have been treated as an operating lease;

(e)
receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);
(f)
any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing;

(g)
any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

(h)
any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

(i)
the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.






" Fleet Vessel " means each vessel owned by a wholly owned direct or indirect Subsidiary of the
Parent Guarantor (including, but not limited to, the Ships).

" Funding Rate " means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ).

" General Assignment " means, in relation to a Ship, the general assignment creating Security over:

(a)
that Ship's Earnings, its Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in relation to that Ship; and

(b)
any Assignable Charter and any related Charter Guarantee in relation to that Ship in agreed form.

" Group " means the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

" Hedge Counterparty " means any Original Hedge Counterparty or any Additional Hedge
Counterparty.

" Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter " means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter ).

" Hedge Counterparty Guarantee " means any guarantee in agreed form entered into or to be entered into in favour of a Borrower for the purpose of guaranteeing the obligations owed by a Hedge Counterparty to that Borrower under a Hedging Agreement.

" Hedge Counterparty Guarantor " means any person who provides a Hedge Counterparty
Guarantee.

" Hedge Receipts " means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to a Borrower or the Security Agent by a Hedge Counterparty or a Hedge Counterparty Guarantor under a Hedging Agreement or a Hedge Counterparty Guarantee.
" Hedging Agreement " means any master agreement, confirmation, transaction, schedule or other agreement in agreed form entered into or to be entered into by a Borrower for the purpose of hedging interest payable under this Agreement.

" Hedging Agreement Security " means, in relation to a Borrower, a hedging agreement security creating Security over that Borrower's rights and interests in any Hedging Agreement and any Hedge Counterparty Guarantee, in agreed form.

" Hedging Prepayment Proceeds " means any Hedge Receipts arising as a result of termination or closing out under a Hedging Agreement.

" Holding Company " means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

" Indemnified Person " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ). " Insolvency Event " in relation to an entity means that the entity:
(a)      is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

(b)
becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(c)
makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;






(d)
institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

(e)
has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

(i)
results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

(ii)
is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

(f)
has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;
(g)
has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

(h)
seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets (other than, for so long as it is required by law or regulation not to be publicly disclosed, any such appointment which is to be made, or is made, by a person or entity described in paragraph (d) above);

(i)
has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

(j)
causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

(k)
takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

" Insurances " means, in relation to a Ship:

(a)
all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to that Ship, that Ship's Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

(b)
all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

" Interest Payment Date " has the meaning given to it in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.2 ( Payment of interest ).

" Interest Period " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in





accordance with Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

" Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a)
the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

(b)
the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,

each as of the Specified Time for dollars.

" ISDA Master Agreement " means a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement.

" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization's (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

" ISSC " means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code. " Legal Reservations " means:
(a)
the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

(b)
the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and

(c)      similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction. " Lender " means:
(a)      any Original Lender; and

(b)
any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties ),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with this Agreement. " LIBOR " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:
(a)
the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or

(b)      as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ), and if, in either case,





that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.
" Limitation Acts " means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984. " LMA " means the Loan Market Association or any successor organisation.
" Loan " means the amount of the Advance to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facility and a " part of the Loan " means an Advance, a Tranche, a part of a Tranche or any other part of the Loan as the context may require.
" Major Casualty " means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

" Majority Lenders " means:

(a)
if no Advance has yet been made, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

(b)
at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Utilisations then outstanding aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the amount of the UƟlisaƟons then outstanding or, if all Utilisations have been repaid or prepaid in full, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Utilisations outstanding immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Utilisations outstanding immediately before such repayment.

" Management Agreement " means a Technical Management Agreement, a Commercial
Management Agreement or a Sub-Technical Management Agreement.

" Manager's Undertaking " means, in relation to a Ship, the letter of undertaking from the Approved Technical Manager, the letter of undertaking from the Approved Commercial Manager and the letter of undertaking from the Approved Sub-Manager (if applicable) subordinating the rights of the Approved Technical Manager, the Approved Commercial Manager and the Approved Sub-Manager (if applicable) respectively against each Ship and each Borrower to the rights of the Finance Parties in agreed form.

" Margin " means 2.20 per cent. per annum.

" Market Value " means, in relation to a Ship or any other vessel, at any date, the market value of that Ship or vessel shown by the average of two valuations addressed to the Facility Agent and prepared:

(a)      as at a date not more than 14 days previously; (b)      by an Approved Valuer;
(c)
with or without physical inspection of that Ship or vessel (as the Facility Agent may require);

(d)
on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter; and

(e)
after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with a sale described in sub-paragraph (d) above.

" Material Adverse Effect " means in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders a material adverse effect on:

(a)
the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Obligor;






(b)      the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or
(c)
the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

" Month " means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

(a)
(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(b)
if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

(c)
if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

" Mortgage " means, in relation to a Ship, a first preferred ship mortgage on that Ship in agreed form.

" Net Debt " means Financial Indebtedness less Cash and Cash Equivalents. " Obligor " means a Borrower, the Parent Guarantor or a Hedge Guarantor.
" Original Financial Statements " means the audited consolidated financial statements of the
Parent Guarantor for its financial year ended 31 December 2017.

" Original Jurisdiction " means, in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that
Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement.
" Overseas Regulations " means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801). " Parallel Debt " means any amount which an Obligor owes to the Security Agent under
Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or under that clause as
incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document.

" Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

" Perfection Requirements " means the making or procuring of filings, stampings, registrations, notarisations, endorsements, translations and/or notifications of any Finance Document (and/or any Security created under it) necessary for the validity, enforceability (as against the relevant Obligor or any relevant third party) and/or perfection of that Finance Document.

" Permitted Charter " means, in relation to a Ship:
(a)      a Charter:

(i)      which is a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter;

(ii)
the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 12 months plus a redelivery allowance of not more than 30 days;






(iii)      which is entered into on bona fide arm's length terms at the time at which that
Ship is fixed;

(iv)      where the charterer is an Affiliate of the Parent Guarantor; and
(v)      in relation to which not more than two months' hire is payable in advance, and any other Charter, including without limitation an Assignable Charter, which is
approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority
Lenders which authorisation no Lender shall unreasonably withhold or delay; or (b)      a Charter entered into in relation to an Approved Pooling Arrangement. " Permitted Financial Indebtedness " means:
(a)      any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents; and

(b)
any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Agreement or otherwise and which is, in the case of any such Financial Indebtedness of a Borrower, the subject of Subordinated Debt Security.

" Permitted Security " means:

(a)      Security created by the Finance Documents;

(b)
any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any Obligor in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

(c)
liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest;

(d)      liens for salvage;

(e)
liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest; and

(f)
any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of any Ship:

(i)      not as a result of any default or omission by either Borrower; (ii)      not being enforced through arrest; and
(iii)
subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 25.16 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ),

and provided such lien does not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps.

" Potential Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 28 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

" Prohibited Person " means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed.






" Protected Party " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

" Quotation Day " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

" Receiver " means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.

" Reference Bank Quotation " means any quotation supplied to the Facility Agent by a
Reference Bank.

" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

(a)      if:

(i)      the Reference Bank is a contributor to the Screen Rate; and

(ii)      it consists of a single figure,

as the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

(b)
in any other case, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in dollars for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market.

" Reference Banks " means such banks as may be appointed by the Facility Agent.

" Related Fund " in relation to a fund (the " first fund "), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.
" Relevant Interbank Market " means the London interbank market. " Relevant Jurisdiction " means, in relation to an Obligor:
(a)      England and Wales, the Principality of Monaco, New York State of the United States of
America, The Netherlands and the Republic of the Marshall Islands;

(b)
if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

(c)
if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or in which the company's central management and control is or has recently been exercised; and

(d)
the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

" Repayment Date " means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).
" Repayment Instalment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ). " Repeating





Representation " means each of the representations set out in Clause 20
( Representations ) except Clause 20.10 ( Insolvency ), Clause 20.11 ( No filing or stamp taxes ) and Clause 20.12 ( Deduction of Tax ) and any representation of any Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a "Repeating Representation" or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

" Representative " means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

" Requisition " means, in relation to a Ship:

(a)
any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto ) by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and

(b)
any capture or seizure of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever.

" Requisition Compensation " includes all compensation or other moneys payable to a Borrower by reason of any Requisition or any arrest or detention of a Ship in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.

" Resolution Authority " means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and
Conversion Powers.

" Safety Management Certificate " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code. " Safety Management System " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.
" Sanctions " means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):

(a)      imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European
Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America; or

(b)
otherwise imposed by any law or regulation binding on an Obligor or to which an Obligor is subject (which shall include without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America),

provided that such laws, regulations, sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or restrictive measures shall be applicable only to the extent such laws, regulations, sanctions, embargoes or restrictive measures are not in conflict with the laws of the United States of America.

" Screen Rate " means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers.

" Secured Liabilities " means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Obligor to any Secured Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

" Secured Party " means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement, a





Receiver or any Delegate.

" Security " means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

" Security Assets " means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

" Security Document " means: (a)      any Shares Security; (b)      any Mortgage;
(c)      any General Assignment; (d)      any Account Security;
(e)      any Hedging Agreement Security; (f)      any Subordinated Debt Security;
(g)
any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities; or
(h)      any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers. " Security Period " means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the
date on which the Facility Agent, acting reasonably, notifies the Obligors and the Lenders that
there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

" Security Property " means:

(a)
the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

(b)
all obligations expressed to be undertaken by an Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by an Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties;

(c)      the Security Agent's interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance
Documents;

(d)
any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Secured Parties,

except:

(i)      rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and

(ii)
any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

" Selection Notice " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 8.5(a) ( Interest Periods ).






" Servicing Party " means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

" Shares Security " means, in relation to a Borrower, a document creating Security over the share capital in that Borrower in agreed form.

" Ship " means Ship A or Ship B.

" Ship A " means m.v. SBI ZUMBA, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 8 ( Details of the Ships ).

" Ship B " means m.v. "SBI PARAPARA", details of which are set out opposite its name in
Schedule 8 ( Details of the Ships ).

" Specified Time " means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 9 ( Timetables ).
" Sub-Technical Management Agreement " means the agreement entered into between a
Borrower and the Approved Sub-Manager regarding the technical management of a Ship. " Subordinated Creditor " means:
(a)      an Obligor; or

(b)      any other person who becomes a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with this
Agreement.

" Subordinated Debt Security " means a Security over Subordinated Liabilities entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form.

" Subordinated Finance Document " means: (a)      a Subordinated Loan Agreement; and
(b)      any other document relating to or evidencing Subordinated Liabilities.

" Subordinated Liabilities " means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by the Borrowers to a Subordinated Creditor whether under the Subordinated Finance Documents or otherwise.

" Subordinated Loan Agreement " means a loan agreement made or to be made between (i) a
Borrower and (ii) a Subordinated Creditor.

" Subordination Agreement " means a subordination agreement entered into or to be entered into by any Subordinated Creditor and the Security Agent in agreed form.

" Subsidiary " means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act
2006.

" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

" Tax Credit " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

" Tax Deduction " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ). " Tax Payment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).





" Technical Management Agreement " means the agreement entered into between a Borrower and the Approved Technical Manager regarding the technical management of a Ship.

" Termination Date " means, in relation to a Tranche, the date falling 60 Months from the
Utilisation Date relating to that Tranche.

" Third Parties Act " has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ).

" Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Tranche A Commitments and Tranche B Commitments, being US$29,975,000 at the date of this Agreement.
" Total Loss " means, in relation to a Ship:

(a)      actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship; or

(b)
any Requisition of that Ship unless that Ship is returned to the full control of the relevant Borrower within 3 Months of such Requisition.

" Total Loss Date " means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

(a)
in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

(b)
in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earlier of:

(i)      the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

(ii)
the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the relevant Borrower with that Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

(c)
in the case of any other type of total loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

" Tranche " means Tranche A or Tranche B.

" Tranche A " means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to Borrower A to refinance Ship A in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) US$14,712,500, or (ii) fifty five per cent. of the Market Value of Ship A.

" Tranche A Commitment " means:

(a)
in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading "Tranche A" in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) and the amount of any other Tranche A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(b)
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Tranche A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

" Tranche B " means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to Borrower B to refinance Ship B in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (i) US$15,262,500, or (ii) fifty five per cent. of the Market Value of Ship B.






" Tranche B Commitment " means:

(a)
in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading "Tranche B" in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) and the amount of any other Tranche B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(b)
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Tranche B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. " Transaction Document " means:
(a)      a Finance Document;

(b)      a Subordinated Finance Document; (c)      any Charter;
(d)      any Hedge Counterparty Guarantee; or
(e)      any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and a Borrower. " Transaction Security " means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or
evidenced under the Security Documents.

" Transfer Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer
Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrowers. " Transfer Date " means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:
(a)      the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or
Transfer Certificate; and

(b)      the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or
Transfer Certificate.
" UK Establishment " means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations. " Unpaid Sum " means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance
Documents.

" US " means the United States of America.

" US GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the US as in effect from time to time.

" Utilisation " means an Advance.

" Utilisation Date " means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the Advance is to be made.

" Utilisation Request " means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Part A of
Schedule 3 ( Requests ). " VAT " means:
(a)
any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

(b)
any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.
" Write-down and Conversion Powers " means:

(a)
in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to





time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

(b)      in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

(i)
any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii)      any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

1.2      Construction

(a)      Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

(i)
the " Account Bank ", the " Arranger ", the " Facility Agent ", any " Finance Party ", any " Hedge Counterparty ", any " Lender ", any " Obligor ", any " Party ", any " Secured Party ", the " Security Agent ", or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

(ii)
" assets " includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

(iii)
a liability which is " contingent " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

(iv)      " document " includes a deed and also a letter, fax, email or telex;

(v)
" expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;

(vi)
a " Finance Document ", a " Security Document " or " Transaction Document " or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

(vii)
" indebtedness " includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

(viii)
" law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;
(ix)
" proceedings " means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;

(x)
a " person " includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);






(xi)
a " regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

(xii)      a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; (xiii)      a time of day is a reference to London time;
(xiv)
any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

(xv)      words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

(xvi)
" including " and " in particular " (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

(b)
The determination of the extent to which a rate is " for a period equal in length " to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(c)
Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

(d)
Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

(e)
A Potential Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been waived.

1.3      Construction of insurance terms

In this Agreement:

" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 24 ( Insurance Undertakings ), approved in writing by the Facility Agent.

" excess risks " means, in respect of a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims.
" obligatory insurances " means all insurances effected, or which either Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 24 ( Insurance Undertakings ) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document.

" policy " includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms.

" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02) (1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) (1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down





Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision.

" war risks " includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

1.4      Agreed forms of Finance Documents

References in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) to any Finance Document being in " agreed form " are to that Finance Document:

(a)      in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by each
Borrower and the Facility Agent); or

(b)
in any other form agreed in writing between each Borrower and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders or, where Clause 44.2 ( All Lender matters ) applies, all the Lenders.

1.5      Third party rights

(a)
Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

(b)
Subject to Clause 44.3 ( Other exceptions ) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

(c)
Any Receiver, Delegate, Affiliate or any other person described in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) , paragraph (b) of Clause 31.11 ( Exclusion of liability ), Clause 31.21 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 31.22 ( Third Party Reference Banks ) or paragraph (b) of Clause 32.11 ( Exclusion of liability ) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.




























SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

2      THE FACILITY

2.1      The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to:

(a)
the Borrowers, a dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Tranche A Commitment; and

(b)
the Borrowers, a dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Tranche B Commitment.

2.2      Finance Parties' rights and obligations

(a)
The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

(b)
The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.

(c)
A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

2.3      Borrowers' Agent

(a)
Each Borrower by its execution of this Agreement irrevocably appoints the Parent Guarantor to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

(i)
the Parent Guarantor on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including Utilisation Requests), to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by either Borrower notwithstanding that they may affect the Borrower, without further reference to or the consent of that Borrower; and

(ii)      each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that
Borrower pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Parent Guarantor,

and in each case the Borrower shall be bound as though the Borrower itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed
or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

(b)
Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice





or other communication given or made by the Parent Guarantor or given to the Parent Guarantor under any Finance Document on behalf of a Borrower or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to either Borrower) shall be binding for all purposes on that Borrower as if that Borrower had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Parent Guarantor and either Borrower, those of the Parent Guarantor shall prevail.

3      PURPOSE

3.1      Purpose

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purpose stated in the preamble (Background) to this Agreement.

3.2      Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

4      CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

4.1      Initial conditions precedent

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

4.2      Further conditions precedent - Advance

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation ) if:

(a)      on the date of each Utilisation Request and on each proposed Utilisation Date and before the
Advance is made available:

(i)      no Default is continuing or would result from the borrowing of the proposed Advance; (ii)      the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true; and
(iii)
the Ship in respect of which such Advance is to be made has neither been sold nor become a Total Loss; and

(b)
the Facility Agent has received on or before the relevant Utilisation Date, or is satisfied it will receive when the Advance is made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

4.3      Conditions Subsequent

The Borrowers undertake to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Facility Agent within 30 days after the date of the Agreement the additional documents and other evidence listed in
Part C of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

4.4      Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent

(a)
The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the





satisfaction of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ).

(b)
Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

4.5      Waiver of conditions precedent

If the Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) or Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) has been satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the Utilisation Date or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrowers.





































SECTION 3

UTILISATION

5      UTILISATION - ADVANCE

5.1      Delivery of a Utilisation Request

(a)
The Borrowers may utilise the Facility by way of one Advance by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

(b)      The Borrowers may not deliver more than one Utilisation Request under each of Tranche A
and Tranche B.

5.2      Completion of a Utilisation Request - Advance

(a)
Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(i)      it identifies the Tranche to be utilised;

(ii)      the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

(iii)
the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );

(iv)      all applicable deductible items have been completed; and

(v)      the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 8.5(a) ( Interest Periods ). (b)      Only one Advance may be requested in the Utilisation Request.
5.3      Currency and amount - Advance

(a)      The currency specified in the Utilisation Request must be dollars.

(b)      The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which is not more than:

(i)
in respect of the Advance under Tranche A, the lower of (i) US$14,712,500 and (ii) fifty five percent of the Market Value of Ship A; and

(ii)
in respect of the Advance under Tranche B, the lower of (i) US$15,262,500 and (ii) fifty five per cent of the Market Value of Ship B.

5.4      Lenders' participation - Advances

(a)
If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in the Advance available by the applicable Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

(b)
The amount of each Lender's participation in the Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the relevant Available Tranche immediately before making the Advance.
(c)
The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of the Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance by the Specified Time.

5.5      Cancellation of Commitments






The Commitments in respect of any Tranche which are unutilised at the end of the Availability
Period for such Tranche shall then be cancelled.

5.6      Payment to third parties - Advance

Each Borrower irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent on the Utilisation Date, to pay to, or for the account of, the Borrower which is to utilise the Advance, the amounts which the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect of the Advance. That payment shall be made in like funds as the Facility Agent received from the Lenders in respect of the Advance to the account of the Borrowers or the Parent Guarantor specified in the relevant Utilisation Request.

5.7      Disbursement of Advance to third party

Payment by the Facility Agent under Clause 5.6 ( Payment to third parties - Advances ) to a person other than a Borrower shall constitute the making of the Advance and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's participation in the Advance.



































SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

6      REPAYMENT

6.1      Repayment of Loan

The Borrowers shall repay the Loan as follows: (a)      Tranche A shall be repaid by:
(i)
20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount equal to 1/52 of the Loan borrowed under this Agreement, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 3 Months after the Utilisation Date in respect of Tranche A and the last on the Termination Date; and

(ii)
a balloon instalment equal to all amounts of the Loan borrowed under this Agreement then outstanding which shall be repaid on the Termination Date.

(b)      Tranche B shall be repaid by:

(i)
20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount equal to 1/56 of the Loan borrowed under this Agreement, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 3 Months after the Utilisation Date in respect of Tranche B and the last on the Termination Date; and

(ii)
a balloon instalment equal to all amounts of the Loan borrowed under this Agreement then outstanding which shall be paid on the Termination Date,

and each such instalment shall be a " Repayment Instalment ".

6.2      Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments

(a)
If the Borrowers cancel the whole or any part of any Available Commitment in accordance with Clause 7.7 ( Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or if an Available Commitment of any Lender is cancelled under Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then the Repayment Instalments relating to the relevant Tranche falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Available Commitments so cancelled.

(b)
If the Borrowers cancel the whole or any part of any Available Commitment in accordance with Clause 7.3 ( Automatic cancellation ) or if the whole or part of any Commitment is cancelled pursuant to Clause 5.5 ( Cancellation of Commitments ), the Repayment Instalments for the relevant Tranche for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce first against the balloon instalment applicable to such Tranche and then in inverse chronological order by the amount of the Commitments so cancelled.

(c)
If any part of the Loan is repaid or prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.7 ( Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date for the relevant Tranche falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.
(d)
If any part of the Loan is prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.4 ( Voluntary prepayment of Utilisations ), Clause 7.5 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) or Clause 7.6 ( Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Prepayment Proceeds ) then the amount of the Repayment Instalments for the relevant Tranche for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce first against the balloon instalment applicable to that Tranche and then in inverse chronological order by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.






6.3      Termination Date

On the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

6.4      Reborrowing

Neither Borrower may reborrow any part of the Loan which is repaid.

7      PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

7.1      Illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Utilisation or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

(a)      that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

(b)
upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Available Commitments of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

(c)
the Borrowers shall prepay that Lender's participation in the Utilisation on the last day of the Interest Period for the Utilisation occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid.

7.2      Change of control

If a Change of Control occurs:

(a)      the Parent Guarantor shall promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days) notify the
Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event; and

(b)
if the Majority Lenders so require, the Facility Agent shall, by not less than 15 days' notice to the Borrowers, cancel the Facility and declare all Utilisations then outstanding, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents due and payable, whereupon the Facility will be cancelled and all such outstanding Utilisations, interest and other amounts will become due and payable within 20 Business Days following the date of the Change of Control.
7.3      Automatic cancellation

The unutilised Commitment (if any) of each Lender shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the date on which the Advance is made available.

7.4      Voluntary prepayment of Utilisation

The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 3 Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of US$1,000,000 or a multiple of that amount or such lower amount as the Facility Agent may approve).

7.5      Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss






(a)      If a Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrowers shall on the Relevant Date prepay the
Tranche applicable to that Ship.

(b)
In this Clause 7.5 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ): " Relevant Date " means:
(a)      in the case of a sale of a Ship, on the date on which the sale is completed by delivery
of that Ship to the buyer of that Ship; and

(b)      in the case of a Total Loss of a Ship, on the earlier of:

(i)      the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date; and

(ii)
the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

7.6      Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Prepayment Proceeds

Any Hedging Prepayment Proceeds arising as a result of any cancellation or prepayment under this Agreement shall, following payment to the relevant Earnings Account in accordance with Clause 27.2 ( Payment of Earnings ), be applied on the last day of the next Interest Period which ends after such payment in prepayment of the Loan.

7.7      Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

(a)      If:

(i)
any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document; or

(ii)      any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity )
or Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ); or

(iii)
the Facility Agent receives notification from a Relevant Lender under Clause 10.3 ( Market disruption ),
the Borrowers may whilst in the case of sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) above the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues; or give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender's participation in the Utilisation.

(b)
On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender, any Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

(c)
On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender's participation in the Utilisation.

7.8      Restrictions

(a)
Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall





specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made, the amount of that cancellation or prepayment and, if relevant, the part of the Loan to be prepaid or cancelled.

(b)

(i)      On the date the cancellation of the Lenders Commitment is effective under this Clause
7 ( Prepayment and cancellation ), the Borrowers shall pay any accrued but unpaid commitment fee on such cancelled amount as determined in accordance with Clause
11.1 ( Commitment fee ); and

(ii)
Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and amounts (if any) payable under the Hedging Agreements in connection with that prepayment and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

(c)      Neither Borrower may reborrow any part of the Loan which is prepaid.

(d)
Neither Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisation or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

(e)
No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

(f)
If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lenders and/or Hedge Counterparties, as appropriate.

(g)
If all or part of any Lender's participation in a Utilisation is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender's Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of the relevant Tranche will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.
7.9      Application of prepayments

Any prepayment of any part of the Loan under this Clause (other than a prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) or 7.7 ( Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) shall be applied in the manner notified by the Borrower to the Facility Agent at the time of such prepayment or, where the Borrower does not notify the Facility Agent, such prepayment shall be applied pro rata to each Lender's participation in that part of the Loan.




























SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

8      INTEREST

8.1      Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

(a)      the Margin; and

(b)      LIBOR.

8.2      Payment of interest

(a)
The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (each an " Interest Payment Date ").

(b)
If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrowers shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

8.3      Default interest

(a)
If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document other than a Hedging Agreement on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2.00 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ) shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.

(b)
If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan:

(i)
the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

(ii)
the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2.00 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

(c)
Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.
8.4      Notification of rates of interest

(a)
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.






(b)
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum.

8.5      Hedging

(a)
On or before or after the Utilisation Date, the Borrowers may request to enter into Hedging Agreements and shall after that date maintain such Hedging Agreements in accordance with this Clause 8.5 ( Hedging ).

(b)      Each Hedging Agreement shall:

(i)
be with a Hedge Counterparty and each Hedge Counterparty shall also be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

(ii)      be for a term ending on or before the Termination Date;

(iii)      have settlement dates coinciding with the interest payment dates;

(iv)
be based on 2002 ISDA Master Agreement and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent; and

(v)      provide that the Termination Currency (as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement)
shall be dollars.

(c)      The rights of each Borrower under the Hedging Agreements shall be assigned to the Security
Agent by way of security under a Hedging Agreement Security.

(d)      The parties to each Hedging Agreement must comply with the terms of that Hedging
Agreement.

(e)
Neither a Hedge Counterparty nor a Borrower may amend, supplement, extend or waive the terms of any Hedging Agreement without the consent of the Facility Agent.

(f)      Paragraph (e) above shall not apply to:

(i)
an amendment, supplement or waiver that is administrative and mechanical in nature and does not give rise to a conflict with any provision of this Agreement; and

(ii)
any assignment, transfer or novation pursuant to Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties ).

(g)
If, at any time, the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements exceeds or, as a result of any repayment or prepayment under this Agreement, will exceed the Loan at that time, the Borrowers must promptly notify the Facility Agent and must, at the request of the Facility Agent, reduce the aggregate notional amount of those transactions by an amount and in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent so that it no longer exceeds or will not exceed the Loan then or that will be outstanding.
(h)
Any reductions in the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Hedging Agreements in accordance with paragraph (g) above will be apportioned as between those transactions pro rata .

(i)
Paragraph (g) above shall not apply to any transactions in respect of any Hedging Agreement under which the Borrowers have no actual or contingent indebtedness.

(j)
Each Hedge Counterparty consents to, and acknowledges notices of, the assigning by way of security by each Borrower pursuant to the relevant Hedging Agreement Security of its rights under the Hedging Agreements to which it is party in favour of the Security Agent.






(k)
The Security Agent shall not be liable for the performance of any of a Borrower's obligations under a Hedging Agreement.

(l)
If a Hedging Agreement is entered into after the Utilisation Date, the Borrowers shall amend the Mortgages and other Finance Documents as required by the Facility Agent for the purpose of securing that Hedging Agreement entered into after the Utilisation Date or enter into new mortgages over the Ships and amend the other Finance Documents at the request of the Facility Agent.

9      INTEREST PERIODS

9.1      Selection of Interest Periods

(a)
The Borrowers may select the Interest Period applicable to each Tranche in the Utilisation Request relating to that Tranche. Subject to paragraph (f) below and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), the Borrowers may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of each Tranche in a Selection Notice.

(b)      Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the
Borrowers not later than the Specified Time.

(c)
If the Borrowers fail to select an Interest Period in the Utilisation Request applicable to a Tranche or fail to deliver a Selection Notice in respect of such Tranche to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) and paragraph (b) above, the relevant Interest Period for such Tranche will, subject to paragraph (f) below and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), be three Months.

(d)
Subject to this Clause 8.5(a) ( Interest Periods ), the Borrowers may select an Interest Period for each Tranche of 3 or 6 Months or any other period agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

(e)      An Interest Period in respect of a Tranche or any part of a Tranche shall not extend beyond the
Termination Date.

(f)
In respect of a Repayment Instalment applicable to a Tranche, the Borrowers may request in the relevant Selection Notice that an Interest Period for a part of the relevant Tranche equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it and, subject to paragraph (d) above, select a longer Interest Period for the remaining part of that Tranche.

(g)
The first Interest Period for each Tranche shall start on the Utilisation Date relating to such Tranche and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.
(h)      Except for the purposes of paragraph (f) and paragraph (h) above and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to
Interest Periods ), each Tranche shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

9.2      Changes to Interest Periods

(a)
In respect of a Repayment Instalment applicable to a Tranche, prior to determining the interest rate for the relevant Tranche, the Facility Agent may establish an Interest Period for a part of the relevant Tranche equal to such Repayment Instalment to end on the Repayment Date relating to it and the remaining part of that Tranche shall have the Interest Period selected in the relevant Selection Notice, subject to paragraph (d) of Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ).

(b)
If the Facility Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), it shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.

9.3      Non-Business Days






If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

10      CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

10.1      Unavailability of Screen Rate

(a)
Interpolated Screen Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

(b)
Reference Bank Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for: (i)      dollars; or
(ii)
the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

(c)
Cost of funds : If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for dollars or the relevant Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

10.2      Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

(b)
If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.
10.3      Market disruption

If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 35 per cent. of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan as appropriate) (the " Relevant Lender ") that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

10.4      Cost of funds

(a)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies, the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

(i)      the Margin; and

(ii)
the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage





rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

(b)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies and the Facility Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

(c)
Subject to Clause 44.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrowers, be binding on all Parties.

(d)
If paragraph (e) below does not apply and any rate notified to the Facility Agent under sub- paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above is less than zero, the relevant rate shall be deemed to be zero.

(e)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies pursuant to Clause 10.3 ( Market disruption ) and: (i)      a Lender's Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or
(ii)
a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above,

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.

(f)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.
10.5      Break Costs

(a)
The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by a Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

(b)
Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

11      FEES

11.1      Commitment fee

(a)
The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 0.88 per cent. per annum on that Lender's Available Commitments from time to time for the Availability Period.

(b)
The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the relevant Availability Period, on the last day of the relevant Availability Period and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

11.2      Facility Agent upfront fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an upfront fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.





SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

12      TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

12.1      Definitions

(a)      In this Agreement:

" Protected Party " means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

(b)
Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) reference to " determines " or " determined " means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

(c)      This Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) shall not apply to any Hedging Agreement.

12.2      Tax gross-up

(a)      Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax
Deduction is required by law.

(b)
The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

(c)
If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

(d)
If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

(e)
Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance
Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

12.3      Tax indemnity






(a)
The Obligors shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

(b)      Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)      with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

(A)
under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

(B)
under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable
(but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

(ii)      to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

(A)      is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up );
or

(B)      relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

(c)
A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors.

(d)
A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ), notify the Facility Agent.

12.4      Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

(a)
a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

(b)      that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.
12.5      Stamp taxes

The Obligors shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

12.6      VAT

(a)
All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in





whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

(b)
If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Finance Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(i)
(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(ii)
(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

(c)
Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(d)
Any reference in this Clause 12.6 ( VAT ) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a
member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

(e)
In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

12.7      FATCA Information

(a)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:






(i)
confirm to that other Party whether it is: (A)      a FATCA Exempt Party; or
(B)      not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

(ii)
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and

(iii)
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

(b)
If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

(c)
Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

(i)      any law or regulation; (ii)      any fiduciary duty; or
(iii)      any duty of confidentiality.

(d)
If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

12.8      FATCA Deduction

(a)
Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase
any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b)
Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify each Obligor and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

13      INCREASED COSTS

13.1      Increased costs

(a)
Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:






(i)
the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

(ii)      compliance with any law or regulation made, in each case after the date of this Agreement; or
(iii)
the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV.

(b)      In this Agreement:

(i)      " Basel III " means:

(A)
the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

(B)
the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(C)      any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III". (ii)      " CRD IV " means:
(A)
Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012;
(B)      Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of
26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision      of      credit      institutions      and      investment      firms,      amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; and

(C)      any other law or regulation which implements Basel III. (iii)      " Increased Costs " means:
(A)      a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its
Affiliate's) overall capital;

(B)      an additional or increased cost; or
(C)      a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent
that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

13.2      Increased cost claims






(a)
A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

(b)
Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

13.3      Exceptions

Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: (a)      attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;
(b)      attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

(c)
compensated for by Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

(d)      compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost );

(e)
attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or

(f)      incurred by a Hedge Counterparty in its capacity as such.
14      OTHER INDEMNITIES

14.1      Currency indemnity

(a)
If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a " Sum "), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the " First Currency ") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the " Second Currency ") for the purpose of:

(i)      making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

(ii)
obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

(b)
Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

(c)
This Clause 14.1 ( Currency indemnity ) does not apply to any sum due to a Hedge Counterparty in its capacity as such.

14.2      Other indemnities

(a)
Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:






(i)      the occurrence of any Event of Default;

(ii)
a failure by a Borrower to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 34 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

(iii)
funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in an Advance requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Secured Party alone); or

(iv)
the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

(b)
Each Borrower shall, promptly on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) an " Indemnified Person "), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to
the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, any Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

(c)
Subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:

(i)      arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the
ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or

(ii)      in connection with any Environmental Claim.

(d)
Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

14.3      Mandatory Cost

Each Borrower shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

(a)
in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

(b)
in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions),

which, in each case, is referable to that Lender's participation in the Loan.






14.4      Indemnity to the Facility Agent

Each Borrower shall, on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against:

(a)      any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

(i)
investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default, provided always that the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any such investigation in writing; or

(ii)
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

(iii)
instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and
(b)
any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 35.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

14.5      Indemnity to the Security Agent

(a)
Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:

(i)      in relation to or as a result of:

(A)
any failure by a Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses );

(B)
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

(C)
the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

(D)
the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

(E)
any default by any Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents; and

(F)
instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

(ii)
acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

(b)
The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Security Assets in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.






15      MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

15.1      Mitigation

(a)
Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ), Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3
( Mandatory Cost ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the
Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

(b)      Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance
Documents.

15.2      Limitation of liability

(a)
Each Borrower shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

(b)
A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if either: (i)      an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or
(ii)
in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

16      COSTS AND EXPENSES

16.1      Transaction expenses

The Borrowers shall, promptly on demand, pay the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Arranger the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Secured Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

(a)      this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement or in a Security
Document; and

(b)      any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

16.2      Amendment costs

If:

(a)      an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent;

(b)
an amendment is required either pursuant to Clause 35.9 ( Change of currency ) or as contemplated in Clause 44.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ); or

(c)      an Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the
Security Assets from the Transaction Security,

the Obligors shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Secured Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.






16.3      Enforcement and preservation costs

The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance
Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against that Secured Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights.






















































SECTION 7

GUARANTEES AND JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF BORROWERS

17      GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY - PARENT GUARANTOR

17.1      Guarantee and indemnity

The Parent Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)      guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that
Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents;

(b)
undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Parent Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

(c)
agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Parent Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

17.2      Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by each Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

17.3      Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Parent Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

17.4      Waiver of defences

The obligations of the Parent Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

(a)      any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;
(b)
the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

(c)
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay





in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non- presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(d)
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

(e)
any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

(f)      any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance
Document or any other document or security; or

(g)      any insolvency or similar proceedings.

17.5      Immediate recourse

The Parent Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

17.6      Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

(a)
refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Parent Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

(b)
hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Parent Guarantor or on account of the Parent Guarantor's liability under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity
- Parent Guarantor ).

17.7      Deferral of Parent Guarantor's rights

All rights which the Parent Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against either Borrower, any other Obligor (if any) or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the
Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, the Parent Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ):

(a)      to be indemnified by an Obligor;






(b)
to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

(c)
to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

(d)
to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Parent Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

(e)      to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

(f)      to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

If the Parent Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment Mechanics ).

17.8      Additional security

This guarantee and any other Security given by the Parent Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

17.9      Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

Clauses 17.2 ( Continuing guarantee ), 17.3 ( Reinstatement ), 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), 17.5 ( Immediate recourse ), 17.6 ( Appropriations ), 17.7 ( Deferral of Parent Guarantor's rights ) and
17.8 ( Additional security ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which the Parent Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.

18      JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE BORROWERS

18.1      Joint and several liability

All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.
18.2      Waiver of defences

The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:

(a)      this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards the other
Borrower;

(b)
any Lender or the Security Agent entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with the other Borrower;

(c)      any Lender or the Security Agent releasing the other Borrower or any Security created by a





Finance Document;

(d)
any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with the other Borrower or other person;

(e)
the release of the other Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

(f)
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, the other Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(g)
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of the other Borrower or any other person;

(h)
any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

(i)      any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance
Document or any other document or security; or

(j)      any insolvency or similar proceedings.

18.3      Principal Debtor

Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and neither Borrower shall, in any circumstances, be construed to be a surety for the obligations of the other Borrower under this Agreement.

18.4      Borrower restrictions

(a)      Subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Security Period neither Borrower shall:

(i)
claim any amount which may be due to it from the other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made under, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document;
(ii)
take or enforce any form of security from the other Borrower for such an amount, or in any way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of the other Borrower;

(iii)      set off such an amount against any sum due from it to the other Borrower;

(iv)
prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving the other Borrower; or

(v)      exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

(b)
If during the Security Period, the Facility Agent, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to the other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Facility Agent's notice.

18.5      Deferral of Borrowers' rights






Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, neither Borrower will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

(a)      to be indemnified by the other Borrower; or

(b)
to claim any contribution from the other Borrower in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.

19      GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY - HEDGE GUARANTORS

19.1      Guarantee and indemnity

Each Hedge Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

(a)      guarantees to each Hedge Counterparty punctual performance by each Borrower of all that
Borrower's obligations under the Hedging Agreements;

(b)
undertakes with each Hedge Counterparty that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Hedging Agreement, that Hedge Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

(c)
agrees with each Hedge Counterparty that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Hedge Counterparty immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Hedging Agreement on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Hedge Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors ) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.
19.2      Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by either Borrower under the Hedging Agreements, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

19.3      Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of either Borrower or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Hedge Guarantor under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors ) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

19.4      Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Hedge Guarantor under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors ) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 19.4 ( Waiver of defences ), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors ) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

(a)      any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;






(b)
the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

(c)
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non- presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(d)
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

(e)
any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

(f)      any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance
Document or any other document or security; or

(g)      any insolvency or similar proceedings.
19.5      Immediate recourse

Each Hedge Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors ).      This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

19.6      Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Hedging Agreements have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

(a)
refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Hedge Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

(b)
hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Hedge Guarantor or on account of any Hedge Guarantor's liability under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity
- Hedge Guarantors ).

19.7      Deferral of Hedge Guarantors' rights

All rights which each Hedge Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against either Borrower, any other Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Hedge Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount





being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors ):

(a)      to be indemnified by an Obligor;

(b)
to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

(c)
to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

(d)
to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Hedge Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors );

(e)      to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or
(f)      to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Secured Party.

If a Hedge Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment Mechanics ).

19.8      Additional security

This guarantee and any other Security given by a Hedge Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

19.9      Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security

Clauses 19.2 ( Continuing guarantee ), 19.3 ( Reinstatement ), 19.4 ( Waiver of defences ), 19.5 ( Immediate recourse ), 19.6 ( Appropriations ), 19.7 ( Deferral of Hedge Guarantors' rights ) and
19.8 ( Additional security ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which a Hedge Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them.
SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

20      REPRESENTATIONS

20.1      General

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 ( Representations ) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

20.2      Status

(a)      It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its
Original Jurisdiction.






(b)      It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

20.3      Share capital and ownership

(a)
Borrower A has an authorised share capital of 1,500 divided into 1,500 registered shares with a par value of $0.01 each, all of which shares have been issued fully paid.

(b)
Borrower B has an authorised share capital of 1,500 divided into 1,500 registered shares with a par value of $0.01 each, all of which shares have been issued fully paid.

(c)      The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in each Borrower is held by the Parent
Guarantor free of any Security (other than Permitted Security) or any other claim.

(d)
None of the shares in either Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

20.4      Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

20.5      Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

(a)
Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery create, subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

(b)
No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

(c)
Subject to the Legal Reservations and the Perfection Requirements, the Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Secured Party has or will when created or intended to be created have such priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.
(d)
No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

20.6      Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each
Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

(a)      any law or regulation applicable to it; (b)      its constitutional documents; or
(c)
any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

20.7      Power and authority

(a)
It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry





into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

(b)
No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

20.8      Validity and admissibility in evidence

All Authorisations required or desirable:

(a)      to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the
Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

(b)      to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant
Jurisdictions,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

20.9      Governing law and enforcement

(a)
Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

(b)
Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

20.10      Insolvency

No:

(a)      corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of
Clause 28.8 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or

(b)      creditors' process described in Clause 28.9 ( Creditors' process ),
has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 28.7 ( Insolvency ) applies to a member of the Group.

20.11      No filing or stamp taxes

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except such UCC filings and other filings or registrations as the legal counsel to the Lenders may consider appropriate or desirable which shall be arranged by the relevant legal counsels to the Lenders (with the cooperation of the Obligors as required) and any fees in relation thereto shall be paid promptly by the Obligors on demand.

20.12      Deduction of Tax

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance
Document to which it is a party.






20.13      No default

(a)
No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and on the Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of the Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

(b)
No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries') assets are subject.

20.14      No misleading information

(a)
Any factual information provided by any Obligor for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

(b)
The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

(c)
Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

20.15      Financial Statements

(a)
The Parent Guarantor's Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with US GAAP consistently applied.

(b)
In the case of the Parent Guarantor only, its Original Financial Statements fairly present its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and its results of operations during the relevant financial year.
(c)
There has been no material adverse change in the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group since 31 March 2018.

(d)
In the case of the Parent Guarantor only, its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ):

(i)
have been prepared in accordance with Clause 21.4 ( Requirements as to financial statements ); and

(ii)
fairly present its consolidated financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year.

(e)
Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ) there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets or consolidated financial condition of the Group.

20.16      Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

20.17      No proceedings pending or threatened

(a)
No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a





Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b)
No judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

20.18      Valuations

(a)
All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

(b)
It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

(c)
There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.
20.19      No breach of laws

It has not breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

20.20      No Charter

Neither Ship is subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter.

20.21      Compliance with Environmental Laws

All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of each Ship and the business of each Obligor and each Approved Manager (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

20.22      No Environmental Claim

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any member of the Group or either Ship which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

20.23      No Environmental Incident

No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred, in each case which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

20.24      ISM and ISPS Code compliance

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to each Borrower, the Approved Technical Manager, the Approved Sub-Manager (if applicable) and each Ship have been complied with.

20.25      Taxes paid

(a)
It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.






(b)
No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it with respect to Taxes.

20.26      Financial Indebtedness

Neither Borrower has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than Permitted Financial
Indebtedness.

20.27      Overseas companies

No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.
20.28      Good title to assets

It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate
Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

20.29      Ownership

(a)      Borrower A is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship A, its Earnings and its Insurances. (b)      Borrower B is the sole legal and beneficial owner of Ship B, its Earnings and its Insurances.
(c)
With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Obligor.

(d)
The constitutional documents of each Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the shares of the Borrowers on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security Documents.

20.30      Centre of main interests and establishments

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 2015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (recast)(the " Regulation "), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Monaco and it has no " establishment " (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

20.31      Place of business

The Guarantor will maintain its principal executive office at 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco,
98000.

20.32      No employee or pension arrangements

No Obligor has any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

20.33      Sanctions

(a)      No Obligor:

(i)      is a Prohibited Person;






(ii)
is owned or controlled by or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person;

(iii)      owns or controls a Prohibited Person; or

(iv)
has a Prohibited Person serving as a director, officer or, to the best of its knowledge, employee.

(b)
No proceeds of any Advance, any Tranche or the Loan shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
20.34      Material adverse change

No event or circumstance has occurred which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

20.35      Due execution

Each Obligor has validly executed and delivered the Transaction Document, to which they are a party.

20.36      Repetition

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request, the Utilisation and the first day of each Interest Period.

21      INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

21.1      General

The undertakings in this Clause 21 ( Information Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.

21.2      Financial statements
The Parent Guarantor shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders: (a)      as soon as they become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its
financial years, its audited, consolidated financial statements for that financial year; and

(b)
as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each of its financial years, its unaudited consolidated financial statements for that quarter.

21.3      Compliance Certificate

(a)
The Parent Guarantor shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 22 ( Financial Covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

(b)      Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by one officer or director of the Parent Guarantor.

21.4      Requirements as to financial statements

(a)
Each set of financial statements delivered by the Parent Guarantor pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director of the Parent Guarantor as fairly presenting its financial





condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

(b)
The Parent Guarantor shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using US GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original
Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in US GAAP, the accounting practices or reference periods and its auditors deliver to the Facility Agent:

(i)
a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the US GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

(ii)
sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 22 ( Financial Covenants ) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

21.5      Information: miscellaneous

Each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the
Facility Agent so requests):

(a)
all documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

(b)
promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c)
promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency which is made against any member of the Group and which might have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d)      promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied; (e)      promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:
(i)      each Ship, goods transported on each Ship, its Earnings and its Insurances; (ii)      the Security Assets;
(iii)      compliance of the Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;

(iv)      the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group, as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request; and
(f)
promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be





required by any regulatory authority.
21.6      Notification of Default

(a)
Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

(b)
Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

21.7      Use of websites

(a)
Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the " Website Lenders ") which accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (the " Designated Website ") if:

(i)
the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

(ii)
both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

(iii)      the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the
Facility Agent.

If any Lender (a " Paper Form Lender ") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

(b)
The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the Facility Agent.

(c)
An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if: (i)      the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;
(ii)      the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

(iii)
any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

(iv)
any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

(v)
if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.
If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (i) or (v) of paragraph (c) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving





rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

(d)
Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Obligors shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

21.8      " Know your customer " checks

(a)      If:

(i)
the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

(ii)
any change in the status of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of an Obligor) (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of an Obligor or of a Holding Company of an Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

(iii)
a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(b)
Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

22      FINANCIAL COVENANTS

22.1      Minimum liquidity

The Parent Guarantor shall at all times maintain Cash and Cash Equivalents equal to the greater of (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) $700,000 per Fleet Vessel.

22.2      Minimum Tangible Net Worth

The Parent Guarantor shall at all times maintain a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than $500,000,000 plus:
25 per cent. of the Parent Guarantor's cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each
Accounting Period commencing on or after 31 December 2013; and

50 per cent. of the value of the Equity Proceeds realized from any issuance of Equity Interests in the Parent Guarantor occurring on or after 31 December 2013.






22.3      Maximum Leverage

The Parent Guarantor shall at all times maintain a ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total
Capitalisation of not more than 0.60 to 1.00.

22.4      Testing

The Parent Guarantor shall comply with the financial covenants set out in this Clause 22 ( Financial Covenants ), such covenants to be tested on the last day of each Accounting Period by reference to the latest consolidated financial statements of the Parent Guarantor provided pursuant to Clause 21.2 ( Financial Statements ).

23      GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

23.1      General

The undertakings in this Clause 23 ( General Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

23.2      Authorisations

Each Obligor shall promptly:

(a)      obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

(b)      supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of,

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship to enable it to:

(i)      perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;

(ii)
ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship, of any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and

(iii)      own and operate each Ship (in the case of the Borrowers).

23.3      Compliance with laws

Without prejudice to Clauses 25.10 ( Compliance with laws etc. ) and 25.12 ( Sanctions and Ship trading ), each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

23.4      Environmental compliance

Each Obligor shall:
(a)      comply with all Environmental Laws;

(b)      obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

(c)      implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any
Environmental Law,






where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

23.5      Environmental Claims

Each Obligor shall (through the Parent Guarantor) promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

(a)
any Environmental Claim against any Obligor or an Approved Manager which is a member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

(b)
any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any Obligor or an Approved Manager which is a member of the Group,

where the claim, if determined against that Obligor or an Approved Manager which is a member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

23.6      Taxation

(a)
Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

(i)      such payment is being contested in good faith;

(ii)
adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them and both have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 21.2 ( Financial statements ); and

(iii)
such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)      No Obligor will change its residence for Tax purposes.

23.7      Overseas companies

Each Obligor shall promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

23.8      No change to centre of main interests

No Obligor shall change the location of its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) from that stated in relation to it in Clause 20.30 ( Centre of main interests and establishments ) and it will create no " establishment " (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.
23.9      Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.






23.10      Title

(a)      Borrower A shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship A, its
Earnings and its Insurances;

(b)      Borrower B shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in Ship B, its
Earnings and its Insurances; and

(c)
With effect on and from its creation or intended creation, each Obligor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Obligor.

23.11      Negative pledge

(a)
No Obligor shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets which are the subject of the Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents.

(b)      Neither Borrower shall:

(i)
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor;

(ii)      sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

(iii)
enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

(iv)      enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

(c)      Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

23.12      Disposals

(a)
Neither Borrower shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances).

(b)
Paragraph (a) above does not apply to: (i)      any Permitted Charter; or
(ii)      the sale of a Ship, provided that the Borrowers comply with the provisions of Clause
7.5 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ).
23.13      Merger

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

23.14      Change of business

(a)
The Parent Guarantor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business





of the Parent Guarantor or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

(b)      Neither Borrower shall engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of its
Ship.

23.15      Financial Indebtedness

Neither Borrower shall incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except
Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

23.16      Expenditure

Neither Borrower shall incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing its Ship.

23.17      Share capital

Neither Borrower shall:

(a)      purchase, cancel or redeem any of its share capital; (b)      increase or reduce its authorised share capital;
(c)
issue any further shares except to the Parent Guarantor and provided such new shares are made subject to the terms of the Shares Security applicable to that Borrower immediately upon the issue of such new shares in a manner satisfactory to the Security Agent and the terms of that Shares Security are complied with;

(d)      appoint any further director, officer or secretary of that Borrower (unless the provisions of the
Shares Security applicable to that Borrower are complied with).

23.18      Dividends

No Obligor shall following the occurrence of an Event of Default, which is continuing, or where any of the following would result in the occurrence of an Event of Default:

(i)
declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital);

(ii)      repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve;

(iii)
pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any of its shareholders; or
(iv)
redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so.

23.19      Other transactions

Neither Borrower shall:

(a)      be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another
Obligor and where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

(b)
give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Borrower assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.






(c)
enter into any material agreement other than: (i)      the Transaction Documents;
(ii)      any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

(d)
enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or

(e)
acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

23.20      Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

No Obligor shall do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do)
anything which is likely to:

(a)      make it unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction
Documents;

(b)
cause any obligation of an Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable if that cessation individually or together with any other cessations materially or adversely affects the interests of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents;

(c)      cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

(d)      cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

(e)      imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

23.21      Charter Assignment

Upon an Assignable Charter being entered into, the relevant Borrower owning the Ship which is subject to such Assignable Charter shall serve to the charterer a notice of assignment of Assignable Charter under the General Assignment and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to procure that the charterer provides its acknowledgement.
23.22      Further assurance

(a)
Each Obligor shall promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

(i)
to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of any of the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

(ii)
to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Secured Parties Security over any property and





assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

(iii)
to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

(iv)
to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.

(b)
Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(c)
At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed by itself pursuant to this Clause 23.22 ( Further assurance ), that Obligor shall deliver to the Security Agent a certificate signed by two of that Obligor's directors or officers which shall:

(i)
set out the text of a resolution of that Obligor's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Security Agent; and

(ii)
state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors or officers and is valid under that Obligor's articles of association or other constitutional documents.
24      INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

24.1      General

The undertakings in this Clause 24 ( Insurance Undertakings ) remain in force from the date of this Agreement throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

24.2      Maintenance of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against: (a)      fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);
(b)      war risks;

(c)      protection and indemnity risks; and

(d)
any other risks against which the Facility Agent considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for that Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to that Borrower.

24.3      Terms of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall effect such insurances: (a)      in





dollars;
(b)
in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

(i)      120 per cent. of the Tranche relating to the Ship owned by it ; and

(ii)      the Market Value of that Ship;

(c)
in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market (which, as of the date of this Agreement is US$1,000,000,000);

(d)      in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of its Ship; (e)      on approved terms; and
(f)
through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

24.4      Further protections for the Finance Parties

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 24.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:
(a)
subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named insured unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:

(i)      in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

(A)
to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

(B)
to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

(ii)
in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

and when requested by the Security Agent (acting reasonably) obtain or procure that every other named insured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named insured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

(b)
whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

(c)
name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;

(d)
provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security





Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

(e)
provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

(f)      provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.

24.5      Renewal of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall:

(a)      at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

(i)
notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which it proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and
(ii)      obtain the Facility Agents' approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i)
above;

(b)
at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent's approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

(c)
procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

24.6      Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

Each Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:

(a)
pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

(b)
a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

(i)
they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 24.4 ( Further protections for the Finance Parties );

(ii)      they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the
Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;

(iii)
they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

(iv)
they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the relevant Borrower or its agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

(v)
if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;

(vi)
they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any





sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and

(vii)      they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship owned by that
Borrower forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.

24.7      Copies of certificates of entry

Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provide the Security Agent with:
(a)      a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

(b)
a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of Majority Lenders; and

(c)
a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

24.8      Deposit of original policies

Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

24.9      Payment of premiums

Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

24.10      Guarantees

Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

24.11      Compliance with terms of insurances

(a)
Neither Borrower shall do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

(b)      Without limiting paragraph (a) above, each Borrower shall:

(i)
take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 24.6 ( Copies of policies; letters of undertaking )) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;

(ii)
not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

(iii)
make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic





Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

(iv)
not employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first
obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

24.12      Alteration to terms of insurances

Neither Borrower shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

24.13      Settlement of claims

(a)
Neither Borrower shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty.

(b)
Each Borrower shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

24.14      Provision of copies of communications

Each Borrower shall provide the Security Agent, at the time of each such communication, with copies of all written communications between that Borrower and:

(a)      the Approved Brokers;

(b)      the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

(c)
the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:
(i)
that Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

(ii)
any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

24.15      Provision of information

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

(a)
obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

(b)
effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 24.16 ( Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances ) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,






and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.

24.16      Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances

The Facility Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew:

(a)      a mortgagee's interest insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan; and

(b)      a mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the
Loan,

and the Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Finance Parties in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

25      GENERAL SHIP UNDERTAKINGS

25.1      General

The undertakings in this Clause 25 ( General Ship Undertakings ) remain in force on and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

25.2      Ships' names and registration

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it:

(a)
keep that Ship registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

(b)
not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled;

(c)      not enter into any dual flagging arrangement in respect of that Ship; and

(d)      not change the name of that Ship,

provided that any change of flag of a Ship shall be subject to:

(i)
that Ship remaining subject to Security securing the Secured Liabilities created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that Ship and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority Security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage on that Ship and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require; and

(ii)
the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require.

25.3      Repair and classification

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:
(a)      consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and






(b)
so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions.

25.4      Classification society undertaking

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, instruct the relevant Approved Classification Society (and procure that the Approved Classification Society undertakes with the Security Agent):

(a)
to send to the Security Agent, following receipt of a written request from the Security Agent, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to that Ship;

(b)
to allow the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Borrower and that Ship at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them;

(c)      to notify the Security Agent immediately in writing if the Approved Classification Society:

(i)      receives notification from that Borrower or any person that that Ship's Approved
Classification Society is to be changed; or

(ii)
becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of that Ship's class under the rules or terms and conditions of that Borrower or that Ship's membership of the Approved Classification Society;

(d)      following receipt of a written request from the Security Agent:

(i)
to confirm that that Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, including confirmation that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or

(ii)
to confirm that that Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Security Agent in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.

25.5      Modifications

Neither Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.

25.6      Removal and installation of parts

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, neither Borrower shall remove any material part of either Ship, or any item of equipment installed on either Ship unless:
(i)
the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

(ii)
the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and

(iii)
the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on that Ship, the property of that Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage on that Ship.

(b)
A Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk





of damage to the Ship owned by that Borrower.

25.7      Surveys

Each Borrower shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports.

25.8      Inspection

(a)
Each Borrower shall permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it once annually to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections; provided , however, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing there shall be no limit on the number of inspections and such persons shall be permitted to board the Ships; provided that such inspections shall not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Ships.

(b)
The cost of all inspections of a Ship under this Clause 25.8 ( Inspection ) shall be for the account of the Borrowers provided that if no Event of Default has occurred and that Ship is found to be in a condition satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) in all respects, the Borrowers shall not have to pay for more than one inspection per Ship in each calendar year.

25.9      Prevention of and release from arrest

(a)      Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly discharge:

(i)
all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances;

(ii)      all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its
Insurances; and
(iii)      all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances. (b)      Each Borrower shall immediately upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it or
of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, take all steps necessary to procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.
25.10      Compliance with laws etc.

Each Borrower shall:

(a)
comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations: (i)      relating to its business generally; and
(ii)      relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, employment, operation, management
and registration,

including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and the laws of the Approved Flag;

(b)      obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any
Environmental Approvals; and

(c)
without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the





ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Sanctions.

25.11      ISPS Code

Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 25.10 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), each Borrower shall:

(a)
procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code;

(b)      maintain an ISSC for that Ship; and

(c)
notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

25.12      Sanctions and Ship trading

Without limiting Clause 25.10 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), each Borrower shall procure: (a)      that the Ship owned by it shall not be used by or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person; (b)      that such Ship shall not be used in trading in breach of Sanctions; and
(c)
that such Ship shall not be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances.

25.13      Trading in war zones

In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), neither Borrower shall cause or permit either Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship's war risks insurers unless:

(a)      the prior written consent of the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority
Lenders has been given; and
(b)
that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may require.

25.14      Provision of information

Without prejudice to Clause 21.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:

(a)      that Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

(b)      the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

(c)
any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made by it in respect of that Ship;

(d)      any towages and salvages; and

(e)      its compliance, the Approved Manager's compliance and the compliance of that Ship with the
ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

and, upon the Facility Agent's request, promptly provide copies of any current Charter relating to that Ship,





of any current guarantee of any such Charter, the Ship's Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

25.15      Notification of certain events

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, immediately notify the Facility Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

(a)      any casualty to that Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

(b)
any occurrence as a result of which that Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

(c)      any requisition of that Ship for hire;

(d)
any requirement or recommendation made in relation to that Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

(e)      any arrest or detention of that Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that
Ship or the Earnings;

(f)      any intended dry docking of that Ship;

(g)      any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with that Ship, or any
Environmental Incident;

(h)      any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, an
Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with that Ship; or

(i)
any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,
and each Borrower shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to that Borrower's, any such Approved Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.

25.16      Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers and sub-managers etc.

Neither Borrower shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it: (a)      let that Ship on demise charter for any period;
(b)      enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship other than a
Permitted Charter;

(c)
materially amend or supplement or terminate a Management Agreement without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, provided that amendments to the provisions relating to the management fees, termination fees and insurances shall be permitted if such changes do not and shall not affect the rights of the Finance Parties in an adverse manner in the context of the Finance Documents;

(d)
appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Commercial Manager, the Approved Technical Manager or the Approved Sub-Manager or agree to any material alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager's appointment;






(e)      de activate or lay up that Ship; or

(f)
put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

25.17      Notice of Mortgage

Each Borrower shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first preferred mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master's cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Agent.

25.18      Sharing of Earnings

Neither Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings of the Ship owned by it other than for the purposes of this Agreement or otherwise in the context of any Approved Pooling Arrangement.

25.19      Change of an Approved Manager

If, subject to Clause 25.16 ( Restrictions on charterer, appointment of managers and sub- managers etc. ), there is a change of an Approved Manager or the appointment of an Approved Sub-Manager, the Borrowers shall:

(a)
promptly provide the Facility Agent with a copy of the management agreement pursuant to which such Approved Manager is to be appointed; and
(b)
procure that the new Approved Manager provides to the Facility Agent on or prior to the commencement of its appointment, a Manager's Undertaking.

25.20      Notification of compliance

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 25 ( General Ship Undertakings ).

25.21      Scrapping policy

The Parent Guarantor shall maintain a policy that any scrapping of a Ship which is to be carried out during a period under which that Ship is owned and controlled by a Borrower shall be conducted in compliance with the IMO convention for the Safe and Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ship and with any future guideline issued by the IMO in connection with such Convention (if the same have come into force) and the relevant Borrower will use its best efforts to take into account social and environmental considerations when selecting the recycling yard.

26      SECURITY COVER

26.1      Minimum required security cover

Clause 26.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) applies if, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers that:

(a)      the aggregate Market Value of each Ship then subject to a Mortgage; plus






(b)
the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 26 ( Security Cover ),

is below 150 per cent. of the Loan.

26.2      Provision of additional security; prepayment

(a)
If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 26.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), the Borrowers shall, on or before the date falling 30 days after the date (the " Prepayment Date ") on which the Facility Agent's notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

(b)
A Borrower may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders:

(i)      has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and

(ii)      is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require,

before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

(c)      If a Borrower has provided additional security in accordance with paragraph (b) above (the
Additional Security ”, that Borrower may, no less than six Months after the Borrower has
provided such Additional Security, request that the Facility Agent test compliance with the minimum required security cover set out in Clause 26.1 ( Minimum required security cover ). The Borrower shall bear the cost of valuations obtained by the Facility Agent pursuant to this paragraph to determine the Market Value of the relevant Ship and the value of any Additional Security provided in accordance with paragraph (b) above. If the Facility Agent shall determine that all or any part of the Additional Security can be released without resulting in a shortfall in the minimum required security cover set out in Clause 26.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), then the Facility Agent shall release such Additional Security, provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

26.3      Value of additional vessel security

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 26.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.

26.4      Valuations binding

Any valuation under this Clause 26 ( Security Cover ) shall be binding and conclusive as regards each Borrower.

26.5      Provision of information

(a)
Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 26 ( Security Cover ) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.

(b)
If a Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.

26.6      Prepayment mechanism






Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 26.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.4 ( Voluntary prepayment of Utilisations ) but ignoring any restriction as to prepayments being made on the last day of the Interest Period.

26.7      Provision of valuations

(a)
The Facility Agent shall obtain two valuations in respect of each Ship and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 26.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ), from Approved Valuers, to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Market Value of each Ship and any other such vessel on not more than two occasions in each calendar year. The cost of all such valuations shall be borne by the Borrowers.

(b)
A Lender may also at any time request the Facility Agent to obtain valuations in respect of each Ship and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause 26.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ), from Approved Valuers in addition to those obtained by the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above, to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Market Value of the Ships or such other vessels, as the case may be, and the cost of such valuations shall be for the account of that Lender unless an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing or any valuation obtained would entitle the Facility Agent to serve a notice pursuant to Clause 26.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) in which case such valuations shall be for the cost of the Borrowers.

27      ACCOUNTS AND APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

27.1      Accounts

Neither Borrower may, without the prior consent of the Facility Agent, maintain any bank account other than its Earnings Account.

27.2      Payment of Earnings

Each Borrower shall ensure that,

(a)
subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment to which it is a party, all the Earnings in respect of the Ship owned by it are paid in to its Earnings Account; and

(b)      all Hedge Receipts are paid in to the relevant Earnings Account.

27.3      Location of Earnings Accounts

Each Borrower shall promptly:

(a)      comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of its
Earnings Accounts (or either of them); and

(b)
execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts.

28      EVENTS OF DEFAULT

28.1      General






Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 28 ( Events of Default ) is an Event of
Default except for Clause 28.18 ( Acceleration ) and Clause 28.19 ( Enforcement of security ).

28.2      Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

(a)      its failure to pay is caused by:

(i)      administrative or technical error; or

(ii)      a Disruption Event; and

(b)      payment is made within three Business Days of its due date.
28.3      Specific obligations

A breach occurs of Clause 4.5 ( Waiver of conditions precedent ), Clause 20.33 ( Sanctions ), Clause 22 ( Financial Covenants ), Clause 23.10 ( Title ), Clause 23.11 ( Negative pledge ), Clause 23.20 ( Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled ), Clause 24.2 ( Maintenance of obligatory insurances ), Clause 24.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), Clause 24.5 ( Renewal of obligatory insurances ), Clause 25.12 ( Sanctions and Ship trading ) or Clause 26 ( Security Cover ).

28.4      Other obligations

(a)
An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 28.2 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 28.3 ( Specific obligations )).

(b)
No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within ten Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrowers or (if earlier) any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

28.5      Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

28.6      Cross default

(a)
Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

(b)
Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(c)
Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described).

(d)
Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(e)
No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 28.6 ( Cross default ) if the aggregate amount of Financial





Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than $1,000,000 (in respect of a Borrower) or $10,000,000 (in respect of the Parent Guarantor) (or its equivalent in any other currency).

28.7      Insolvency

(a)      An Obligor:

(i)      is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

(ii)      is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;
(iii)      suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or

(iv)
by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

(b)
The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

(c)
A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

28.8      Insolvency proceedings

(a)      Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

(i)
the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor;

(ii)      a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any
Obligor;

(iii)
the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or any of its assets; or

(iv)      enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.
(b)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

28.9      Creditors' process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of an Obligor (other than an arrest or detention of a Ship referred to in Clause 28.13 ( Arrest )) and is not discharged within 30 days.

28.10      Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

(a)      It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance
Documents.






(b)      Any obligation of an Obligor under the Finance Documents is not (subject to the Legal
Reservations) or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable.

(c)
Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

(d)      Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.
28.11      Security imperilled

Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

28.12      Cessation of business

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

28.13      Arrest

Any arrest of a Ship or its detention in the exercise or the purported exercise of any lien or claim unless it is redelivered to the full control of the relevant Borrower within 90 days of such arrest or detention.

28.14      Expropriation

The authority or ability of any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any member of the Group or any of its assets other than:

(a)      an arrest of detention of a Ship referred to in Clause 28.13 ( Arrest ); or

(b)      any Requisition.

28.15      Repudiation and rescission of agreements

An Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

28.16      Litigation

Any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency are started or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency is made, in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

28.17      Material adverse change

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

28.18      Acceleration






On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility
Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders: (a)      by notice to the Borrowers:
(i)      cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;
(ii)
declare that all or part of the Utilisation, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

(iii)
declare that all or part of the Utilisation be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

(b)
exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents,

and the Facility Agent may serve notices under sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (a) above simultaneously or on different dates and any Servicing Party may take any action referred to in paragraph (b) above or Clause 28.19 ( Enforcement of security ) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

28.19      Enforcement of security

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 28.18 ( Acceleration ), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document


































SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

29      CHANGES TO THE LENDERS AND THE HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES

29.1      Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties ), a Lender (the
" Existing Lender ") may: (a)      assign any of its rights; or
(b)      transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the " New Lender ").

29.2      Conditions of assignment or transfer

(a)
The consent of the Borrowers is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is:

(i)      to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; or

(ii)      made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

(b)
The consent of the Borrowers to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditional. Each Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by that Borrower within that time.

(c)      An assignment will only be effective on:

(i)
receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender; and

(ii)
performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

(d)
Each Obligor agrees that all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

(e)      A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer )
is complied with.
(f)      If:

(i)      a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance





Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

(ii)
as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (f) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

(g)
Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

29.3      Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,000.

29.4      Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

(a)
Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

(i)      the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction
Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents; (ii)      the financial condition of any Obligor;
(iii)      the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the
Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

(iv)
the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

(b)      Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the
Secured Parties that it:

(i)
has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities
in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

(ii)      will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each
Obligor and its related entities throughout the Security Period.






(c)      Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

(i)
accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties ); or

(ii)
support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

29.5      Procedure for transfer

(a)
Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

(b)
The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

(c)      Subject to Clause 29.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

(i)
to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the " Discharged Rights and Obligations ");

(ii)
each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

(iii)
the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility
Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

(iv)      the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".

29.6      Procedure for assignment

(a)
Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.






(b)
The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

(c)      Subject to Clause 29.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

(i)
the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

(ii)
the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the " Relevant Obligations ") expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

(iii)
the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

(d)
Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 29.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

29.7      Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrowers a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

29.8      Additional Hedge Counterparties

(a)
The Borrowers or a Lender may request that a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender becomes an Additional Hedge Counterparty, with the prior approval of the Facility Agent and (in the case of a request by a Lender) the Borrowers, by delivering to the Facility Agent a duly executed Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter.
(b)      The relevant Lender or Affiliate will become an Additional Hedge Counterparty when the
Facility Agent enters into the relevant Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter.

29.9      Security over Lenders' rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties ), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

(a)
any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

(b)
any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:






(i)
release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

(ii)
require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

29.10      Pro rata interest settlement

(a)
If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a " pro rata basis" to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 29.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

(i)
any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (" Accrued Amounts ") and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

(ii)
the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

(A)
when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

(B)
the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 29.10 ( Pro rata interest
settlement ), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the
Accrued Amounts.

(b)
In this Clause 29.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) references to "I nterest Period " shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

(c)
An Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 29.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) but which does not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents.

30      CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

30.1      Assignment or transfer by Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the
Finance Documents.

30.2      Release of security

(a)
If a disposal of any asset subject to security created by a Security Document is made in the following circumstances:






(i)      the disposal is permitted by the terms of any Finance Document; (ii)      all the Lenders agree to the disposal;
(iii)
the disposal is being made at the request of the Security Agent in circumstances where any security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable; or

(iv)      the disposal is being effected by enforcement of a Security Document,

the Security Agent may release the asset(s) being disposed of from any security over those assets created by a Security Document. However, the proceeds of any disposal (or an amount corresponding to them) must be applied in accordance with the requirements of the Finance Documents (if any).

(b)
If the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this Clause 30.2 ( Release of security ) (at the request and expense of the Borrowers) each Finance Party must enter into any document and do all such other things which are reasonably required to achieve that release. Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to enter into any such document. Any release will not affect the obligations of any other Obligor under the Finance Documents.

30.3      Additional Subordinated Creditors

(a)
The Borrowers may request that any person becomes a Subordinated Creditor, with the prior approval of the Facility Agent, by delivering to the Facility Agent:

(i)      a duly executed Subordination Agreement;

(ii)      a duly executed Subordinated Debt Security; and
(iii)
such constitutional documents, corporate authorisations and other documents and matters as the Facility Agent may reasonably require, in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, to verify that the person's obligations are legally binding, valid and enforceable and to satisfy any applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

(b)
A person referred to in paragraph (a) above will become a Subordinated Creditor on the date the Security Agent enters into the Subordination Agreement and the Subordinated Debt Security delivered under paragraph (a) above.
SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

31      THE FACILITY AGENT, THE ARRANGER AND THE REFERENCE BANKS

31.1      Appointment of the Facility Agent

(a)
Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

(b)
Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties authorises the Facility Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

31.2      Instructions






(a)      The Facility Agent shall:

(i)
unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

(A)      all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all
Lender decision; and

(B)      in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

(ii)
not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or, if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

(b)
The Facility Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Facility Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

(c)
Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

(d)      Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)      where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;
(ii)
where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

(iii)
in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Parties.

(e)
If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Facility Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Facility Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Facility Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

(f)
In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion the Facility Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Finance Parties.

(g)
The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

(h)
Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 31.2 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the





Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties. The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

(i)
The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

31.3      Duties of the Facility Agent

(a)
The Facility Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

(c)
Without prejudice to Clause 29.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

(d)
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.
(e)
If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(f)
If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent, the Arranger or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(g)
The Facility Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

31.4      Role of the Arranger

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

31.5      No fiduciary duties

(a)
Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Facility Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

(b)
None of the Facility Agent or the Arranger shall be bound to account to other Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

31.6      Application of receipts

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 35.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

31.7      Business with the Group

The Facility Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any





kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

31.8      Rights and discretions

(a)      The Facility Agent may:

(i)
rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

(ii)      assume that:

(A)
any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

(B)
unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

(iii)      rely on a certificate from any person:
(A)
as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

(B)
to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

(b)
The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:

(i)      no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under
Clause 28.2 ( Non-payment ));

(ii)      any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance
Parties has not been exercised; and

(iii)
any notice or request made by either Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

(c)
The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

(d)
Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

(e)
The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(f)
The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its





officers, employees and agents and shall not:

(i)      be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

(ii)
be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(g)
Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under the Finance Documents.

(h)      Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, none of the
Facility Agent or the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its
reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

(i)
Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

31.9      Responsibility for documentation

None of the Facility Agent or the Arranger is responsible or liable for:

(a)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

(c)
any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party or Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

31.10      No duty to monitor

The Facility Agent shall not be bound to enquire: (a)      whether or not any Default has occurred;
(b)      as to the performance, default or any breach by any Obligor of its obligations under any
Transaction Document; or

(c)      whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

31.11      Exclusion of liability






(a)
Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 35.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) or any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Facility Agent), the Facility Agent will not be liable for:

(i)
any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

(ii)
exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other
agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(iii)      any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property;
or

(iv)
without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

(A)      any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or
(B)      the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution
in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b)
No Party (other than the Facility Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

(c)
The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

(d)
Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or the Arranger to carry out: (i)      any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or
(ii)
any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or the Arranger.

(e)
Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Facility Agent's





liability, any liability of the Facility Agent arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Facility Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a
result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Facility Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Facility Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Facility Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

31.12      Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent

(a)
Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 35.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

(c)
Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to an Obligor.

31.13      Resignation of the Facility Agent

(a)      The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the
United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

(b)
Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent acting through an office in the United Kingdom.

(c)
If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

(d)
If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Facility Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Facility Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Facility Agent) agree with the proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause 31 ( The Facility Agent, the Arranger and the Reference Banks ) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Facility Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

(e)
The retiring Facility Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may





reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Facility Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

(f)
The Facility Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

(g)
Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ) and this Clause 31 ( The Facility Agent, the Arranger and the Reference Banks ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Facility Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

(h)
The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.

(i)
The consent of either Borrower (or any other Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

(j)
The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

(i)
the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) and the Borrowers or a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

(ii)
the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

(iii)
the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

and (in each case) the Borrowers or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrowers or that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.
31.14      Confidentiality

(a)
In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

(b)
If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, none of the Facility Agent or the Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other





information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

31.15      Relationship with the other Finance Parties

(a)
Subject to Clause 29.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender or Hedge Counterparty at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office or, as the case may be, the Hedge Counterparty:

(i)      entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day;
and

(ii)
entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that Lender or Hedge
Counterparty to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b)
Each Finance Party shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent.

(c)
Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 38.5 ( Electronic communication ) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 38.2 ( Addresses ) and sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 38.5 ( Electronic communication ) and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.
31.16      Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

(a)      the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(c)
whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;






(d)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

(e)
the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

31.17      Facility Agent's management time

Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 31.12 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

31.18      Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.
31.19      Reliance and engagement letters

Each Secured Party confirms that each of the Arranger and the Facility Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Arranger or the Facility Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

31.20      Full freedom to enter into transactions

Without prejudice to Clause 31.7 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

(a)
to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

(b)      to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

(i)      any securities issued or to be issued by any Obligor or any other person; or

(ii)      any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

(c)
to provide advice or other services to either Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,






and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

31.21      Role of Reference Banks

(a)
No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Facility Agent.

(b)
No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(c)
No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee
or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 31.21 ( Role of Reference Banks ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

31.22      Third Party Reference Banks

A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 31.21 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 44.3 ( Other exceptions ) and Clause 46 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

32      THE SECURITY AGENT

32.1      Trust

(a)
The Security Agent declares that it holds the Security Property on trust for the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 32 ( The Security Agent ) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

(b)
Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

32.2      Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

(a)
Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

(b)      The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:

(i)      shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;
(ii)      is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt. (c)      For purposes of this Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ), the
Security Agent:

(i)      is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;






(ii)
acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and

(iii)
shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

(d)      The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:
(i)
decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

(ii)      increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased,

and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be decreased to the extent that its
Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged,

in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding
Debt.

(e)
All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 35.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

(f)
This Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

32.3      Enforcement through Security Agent only

The Secured Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion arising under the Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

32.4      Instructions

(a)      The Security Agent shall:

(i)
unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

(A)      all Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) if the relevant Finance
Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

(B)      in all other cases, the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf);
and

(ii)
not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

(b)
The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the





matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

(c)      Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of
Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears
in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

(d)      Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i)      where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

(ii)
where a Finance Document requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

(iii)
in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the relevant Secured Parties.

(iv)
in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent's discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of:

(A)      Clause 32.28 ( Application of receipts );

(B)      Clause 32.29 ( Permitted Deductions ); and

(C)      Clause 32.30 ( Prospective liabilities ).

(e)
If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Security Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Security Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Security Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

(f)      In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance
Documents where either:

(i)      it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion; or

(ii)      the exercise of that discretion is subject to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (d) above, the Security Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Secured Parties.
(g)
The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

(h)
Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 32.4 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action in the exercise of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.






(i)
The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to
the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

32.5      Duties of the Security Agent

(a)
The Security Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

(b)
The Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party.

(c)
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(d)
If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(e)
The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

32.6      No fiduciary duties

(a)
Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Obligor.

(b)
The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Secured Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

32.7      Business with the Group

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

32.8      Rights and discretions

(a)      The Security Agent may:

(i)
rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

(ii)      assume that:

(A)
any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

(B)
unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked;
(C)
if it receives any instructions to act in relation to the Transaction Security, that all applicable conditions under the Finance Documents for so acting have been satisfied; and

(iii)      rely on a certificate from any person:






(A)
as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

(B)
to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

(b)
The Security Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with the other Finance Parties through the Facility Agent and may give to the Facility Agent any notice or other communication required to be given by the Security Agent to any Finance Party.

(c)
The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as security agent for the Secured Parties) that:

(i)      no Default has occurred;

(ii)      any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance
Parties has not been exercised; and

(iii)
any notice or request made by either Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

(d)
The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

(e)
Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (f) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Facility Agent or the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

(f)
The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(g)
The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

(i)      be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

(ii)
be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,
unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(h)
Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under the Finance Documents.

(i)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.






(j)
Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

32.9      Responsibility for documentation

None of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate is responsible or liable for:

(a)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

(c)
any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

32.10      No duty to monitor

The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire: (a)      whether or not any Default has occurred;
(b)      as to the performance, default or any breach by any Obligor of its obligations under any
Transaction Document; or

(c)      whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

32.11      Exclusion of liability

(a)
Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate), none of the Security Agent nor any Receiver or Delegate will be liable for:
(i)
any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

(ii)
exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(iii)      any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property;
or






(iv)
without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

(A)      any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or
(B)      the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution
in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other
governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b)
No Party other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

(c)
The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose.

(d)      Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out:

(i)      any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

(ii)
any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,
on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.

(e)
Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate, any liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent, the Receiver or Delegate has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

32.12      Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent

(a)
Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and every Delegate, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate





under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

(c)
Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Security Agent to an Obligor.

32.13      Resignation of the Security Agent

(a)      The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the
United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

(b)
Alternatively, the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

(c)
If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent may appoint a successor Security Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

(d)
The retiring Security Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the
Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

(e)
The Security Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon: (i)      the appointment of a successor; and
(ii)
the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all the Security Property to that successor.

(f)
Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 32.25 ( Winding up of trust ) and paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and this Clause 32 ( The Security Agent ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Security Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

(g)
The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.

(h)
The consent of either Borrower (or any other Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.

32.14      Confidentiality






(a)
In acting as Security Agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

(b)
If information is received by a division or department of the Security Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

32.15      Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own
independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any
Transaction Document including but not limited to:

(a)      the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(c)
whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(d)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

(e)
the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

32.16      Security Agent's management time

(a)
Any amount payable to the Security Agent under Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 32.12 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Security Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Security Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Security Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

(b)
Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, in the event of: (i)      a





Default;
(ii)
the Security Agent being requested by an Obligor or the Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Borrowers agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents; or

(iii)
the Security Agent and the Borrowers agreeing that it is otherwise appropriate in the circumstances,

the Borrowers shall pay to the Security Agent any additional remuneration (together with any applicable VAT) that may be agreed between them or determined pursuant to paragraph (c) below.
(c)
If the Security Agent and the Borrowers fail to agree upon the nature of the duties, or upon the additional remuneration referred to in paragraph (b) above or whether additional remuneration is appropriate in the circumstances, any dispute shall be determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Borrowers or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales (the costs of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Borrowers) and the determination of any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

32.17      Reliance and engagement letters

Each Secured Party confirms that the Security Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Security Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

32.18      No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

(a)
require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Obligor to any of the Security Assets;

(b)
obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

(c)
register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any law or regulation or to give notice to any person of the execution of any Finance Document or of the Transaction Security;

(d)
take, or to require any Obligor to take, any step to perfect its title to any of the Security Assets or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under any law or regulation; or

(e)      require any further assurance in relation to any Finance Document.

32.19      Insurance by Security Agent

(a)      The Security Agent shall not be obliged:

(i)      to insure any of the Security Assets;

(ii)      to require any other person to maintain any insurance; or






(iii)      to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in any Finance
Document,

and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of the lack of, or inadequacy of, any such insurance.
(b)
Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Majority Lenders request it to do so in writing and the Security Agent fails to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

32.20      Custodians and nominees

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any asset of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.

32.21      Delegation by the Security Agent

(a)
Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in its capacity as such.

(b)
That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Secured Parties.

(c)
No Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.

32.22      Additional Security Agents

(a)
The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:

(i)      if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Secured Parties; or

(ii)
for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirement, restriction or condition which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or

(iii)      for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction,

and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrowers and the Finance Parties of that appointment.

(b)
Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents) and the duties, obligations and responsibilities that are given or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

(c)      The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses
(together with any applicable VAT) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant
to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by





the Security Agent.

32.23      Acceptance of title

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any Obligor may have to any of the Security Assets and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

32.24      Releases

Upon a disposal of any of the Security Assets pursuant to the enforcement of the Transaction Security by a Receiver, a Delegate or the Security Agent, the Security Agent is irrevocably authorised (at the cost of the Obligors and without any consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from any other Secured Party) to release, without recourse or warranty, that property from the Transaction Security and to execute any release of the Transaction Security or other claim over that asset and to issue any certificates of non-crystallisation of floating charges that may be required or desirable.

32.25      Winding up of trust

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that:

(a)
all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Security Documents have been fully and finally discharged; and

(b)
no Secured Party is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents,

then:

(i)
the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Security Documents; and

(ii)
any Security Agent which has resigned pursuant to Clause 32.13 ( Resignation of the Security Agent ) shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each Security Document.

32.26      Powers supplemental to Trustee Acts

The rights, powers, authorities and discretions given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by law or regulation or otherwise.

32.27      Disapplication of Trustee Acts

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any
other Finance Document shall, to the extent permitted by law and regulation, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

32.28      Application of receipts






All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to the terms of any Finance Document, under Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or in connection with the realisation or enforcement of all or any part of the Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 32 ( The Security Agent ), the " Recoveries ") shall be held by the Security Agent on trust to apply them at any time as the Security Agent (in its discretion) sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law (and subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 32 ( The Security Agent ), in the following order of priority:

(a)
in discharging any sums owing to the Security Agent (in its capacity as such) (other than pursuant to Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or any Receiver or Delegate;

(b)
in payment or distribution to the Facility Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the other Secured Parties, for application towards the discharge of all sums due and payable by any Obligor under any of the Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 35.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments );

(c)
if none of the Obligors is under any further actual or contingent liability under any Finance Document, in payment or distribution to any person to whom the Security Agent is obliged to pay or distribute in priority to any Obligor; and

(d)      the balance, if any, in payment or distribution to the relevant Obligor.

32.29      Permitted Deductions

The Security Agent may, in its discretion:

(a)
set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and

(b)
pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

32.30      Prospective liabilities

Following enforcement of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 32.28 ( Application of receipts ) in respect of:
(a)      any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

(b)      any part of the Secured Liabilities,

that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

32.31      Investment of proceeds

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 32.28 ( Application of receipts ) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent's discretion in accordance with the provisions of Clause 32.28 ( Application of receipts ).






32.32      Currency conversion

(a)
For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Secured Liabilities the Security Agent may convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

(b)
The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

32.33      Good discharge

(a)
Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Liabilities by the Security Agent may be made to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

(b)
The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.

32.34      Amounts received by Obligors

If any of the Obligors receives or recovers any amount which, under the terms of any of the Finance Documents, should have been paid to the Security Agent, that Obligor will hold the amount received or recovered on trust for the Security Agent and promptly pay that amount to the Security Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

32.35      Application and consideration

In consideration for the covenants given to the Security Agent by each Obligor in relation to Clause 32.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ), the Security Agent agrees with each Obligor to apply all moneys from time to time paid by such Obligor to the Security Agent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 32 ( The Security Agent ).
32.36      Full freedom to enter into transactions

Without prejudice to Clause 32.7 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

(a)
to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

(b)      to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

(i)      any securities issued or to be issued by any Obligor or any other person; or

(ii)      any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

(c)
to provide advice or other services to the Borrowers or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

and, in particular, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating,





entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

33      CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

(a)
interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

(b)
oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

(c)
oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

34      SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

34.1      Payments to Finance Parties

(a)
If a Finance Party (a " Recovering Finance Party ") receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment Mechanics ) (a " Recovered Amount ") and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

(i)
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;
(ii)
the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 35 ( Payment Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

(iii)
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the " Sharing Payment ") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 35.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

34.2      Redistribution of payments

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the " Sharing Finance Parties ") in accordance with Clause 35.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

34.3      Recovering Finance Party's rights

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 34.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.






34.4      Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

(a)
each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the " Redistributed Amount "); and

(b)
as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

34.5      Exceptions

(a)
This Clause 34 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

(b)
A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

(i)      it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and
(ii)
that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

































SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

35      PAYMENT MECHANICS

35.1      Payments to the Facility Agent

(a)
On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

(b)
Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Facility Agent) and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.

35.2      Distributions by the Facility Agent

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 35.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and Clause 35.4 ( Clawback and pre- funding ) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London), as specified by that Party or, in the case of an Advance, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request.

35.3      Distributions to an Obligor

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 36 ( Set- Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

35.4      Clawback and pre-funding

(a)
Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

(b)
Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.
(c)
If the Facility Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrowers before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrowers:

(i)      the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers of that Lender's identity and the
Borrowers shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and






(ii)
the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrowers shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

35.5      Application of receipts; partial payments

(a)
If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

(i)
first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate under the Finance Documents;

(ii)      secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of:

(A)      any accrued interest and fees due but unpaid to the Lenders under this
Agreement; and

(B)
any periodical payments (not being payments as a result of termination or closing out) due but unpaid to the Hedge Counterparties under the Hedging Agreements;

(iii)      thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of:

(A)      any principal due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement; and

(B)      any payments as a result of termination or closing out due but unpaid to the
Hedge Counterparties under the Hedging Agreements; and

(iv)      fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the
Finance Documents.

(b)
The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties, vary, or instruct the Security Agent to vary (as applicable), the order set out in sub-paragraphs (ii) to (iv) of paragraph (a) above.

(c)      Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.
35.6      No set-off by Obligors

(a)
All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

(b)
Paragraph (a) above shall not affect the operation of any payment or close-out netting in respect of any amounts owing under any Hedging Agreement.

35.7      Business Days

(a)
Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

(b)
During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement





interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

35.8      Currency of account

(a)
Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

(b)
Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

(c)
Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

35.9      Change of currency

(a)
Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

(i)
any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and

(ii)
any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

(b)
If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.
35.10      Currency Conversion

(a)
For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

(b)
The obligations of any Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

35.11      Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by a Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

(a)
the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by a Borrower, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

(b)
the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

(c)
the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;






(d)
any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers );

(e)
the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 35.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ); and

(f)
the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

36      SET-OFF

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

37      BAIL-IN

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party
acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

(a)      any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i)      a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due
(including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

(ii)
a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

(iii)      a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b)      a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any
Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

38      NOTICES

38.1      Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

38.2      Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in





connection with the Finance Documents are:

(a)      in the case of the Borrowers, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties );

(b)
in the case of each Lender, each Hedge Counterparty or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

(c)      in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ); and

(d)      in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ),

or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

38.3      Delivery

(a)
Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

(i)      if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

(ii)
if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,
and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 38.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

(b)
Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

(c)
All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

(d)      Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this
Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

(e)
Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

38.4      Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 38.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

38.5      Electronic communication

(a)
Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:






(i)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and

(ii)
notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

(b)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.

(c)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.

(d)
Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.
(e)
Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 38.5 ( Electronic communication ).

38.6      English language

(a)      Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

(b)
All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: (i)      in English; or
(ii)
if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

38.7      Hedging Agreement

Notwithstanding anything in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ), references to the Finance Documents or a Finance Document in this Clause do not include any Hedging Agreement entered into by a Borrower with a Hedge Counterparty in connection with the Facility.

39      CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

39.1      Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

39.2      Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

39.3      Day count convention






Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

40      PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.
41      REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of a Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

42      SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

43      IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, an Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Obligor to a Secured Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

44      AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

44.1      Required consents

(a)
Subject to Clause 44.2 ( All Lender matters ) and Clause 44.3 ( Other exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

(b)
The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers ).

(c)
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 31.8 ( Rights and discretions ), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

(d)
Paragraph (c) of Clause 29.10 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) shall apply to this Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers ).

44.2      All Lender matters






Subject to Clause 44.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), an amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

(a)      the definition of "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );
(b)      a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance
Documents;

(c)
a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

(d)      a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

(e)
an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility or a Tranche;

(f)      a change to any Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 30 ( Changes to the Obligors ); (g)      any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;
(h)      this Clause 44 ( Amendments and Waivers );

(i)
any change to the preamble (Background), Clause 2 ( The Facility ), Clause 3 ( Purpose ), Clause 5 ( Utilisation ), Clause 6.2 ( Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments ), Clause 7.5 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ), Clause 7.6 ( Mandatory prepayment of Hedging Prepayment Proceeds ), Clause 8 ( Interest ), Clause 20.33 ( Sanctions ), Clause 25.10 ( Compliance with laws etc .), Clause 25.12 ( Sanctions and Ship trading ), Clause 27 ( Accounts and application of Earnings and Hedge Receipts ), Clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties ), Clause 34 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ), Clause 48 ( Governing Law ) or Clause 49 ( Enforcement );

(j)
any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

(k)
(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document), the nature or scope of:

(i)
the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor );

(ii)
the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors );

(iii)      the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause 18 ( Joint and Several
Liability of the Borrowers ); (iv)      the Security Assets; or
(v)      the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are
distributed,

(except in the case of sub-paragraphs (iv) and (v) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale
or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance





Document);

(l)
the release of the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ) or Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Hedge Guarantors ) or the release of the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause 18 ( Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers ) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

44.3      Other exceptions

(a)
An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party, the Arranger or a Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party, the Arranger or that Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(b)
An amendment or waiver which relates to and would adversely affect the rights or obligations of a Hedge Counterparty (in its capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Hedge Counterparty.

(c)
The Borrowers and the Facility Agent, the Arranger or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

(d)
The Hedge Counterparty and the relevant Borrower may amend, supplement or waive the terms of any Hedging Agreement or Hedge Counterparty Guarantee if permitted by paragraph (f) of Clause 8.5 ( Hedging ).

44.4      Replacement of Screen Rate

(a)
Subject to Clause 44.3 (Other exceptions), if the Screen Rate is not available for dollars, any amendment or waiver which relates to providing for another benchmark rate to apply in relation to dollars, in place of that Screen Rate (or which relates to aligning any provision of a Finance Document to the use of that benchmark rate) may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers.

(b)
If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within five Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Borrowers and the Facility Agent may agree) of that request being made:

(i)
its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

(ii)
its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.
44.5      Obligor Intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 1.2 ( Construction ), 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ),
18.2 ( Waiver of defences ) and 19.4 ( Waiver of defences ), each Obligor expressly confirms that it intends that any guarantee contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document and any Security created by any Finance Document shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or





amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

45      CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

45.1      Confidentiality

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 45.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 45.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

45.2      Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

(a)
to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price- sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

(b)      to any person:

(i)
to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

(ii)
with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
(iii)
appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 31.15 ( Relationship with the other Finance Parties ));

(iv)
who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above;

(v)
to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

(vi)
to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

(vii)      to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates
Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 29.9 ( Security over Lenders' rights ); (viii)     





who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of an Obligor;
(ix)      as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance
Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

(x)      with the consent of the Parent Guarantor;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

(A)
in relation to sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

(B)
in relation to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

(C)
in relation to sub-paragraphs (v), (vi) and (vii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;
(c)
to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/ Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party;

(d)
to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

45.3      Disclosure to numbering service providers

(a)
Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

(i)      names of Obligors;

(ii)      country of domicile of Obligors; (iii)      place of incorporation of Obligors; (iv)      date of this Agreement;





(v)      Clause 48 ( Governing Law );

(vi)      the names of the Facility Agent and the Arranger;

(vii)      date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement; (viii)      amounts of, and names of, the Facility (and any Tranches);
(ix)      amount of Total Commitments; (x)      currency of the Facility;
(xi)      type of the Facility; (xii)      ranking of the Facility;
(xiii)      Termination Date for the Facility;

(xiv)      changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i)
to (xiii) above; and

(xv)      such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrowers,
to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

(b)
The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information Facility with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

(c)
Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (xv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

(d)      The Facility Agent shall notify the Parent Guarantor and the other Finance Parties of:

(i)
the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Facility Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

(ii)
the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

45.4      Entire agreement

This Clause 45 ( Confidential Information ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

45.5      Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.






45.6      Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrowers:

(a)
of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub- paragraph (v) of paragraph (b) of Clause 45.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(b)      upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this
Clause 45 ( Confidential Information ).

45.7      Continuing obligations

The obligations in this Clause 45 ( Confidential Information ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:
(a)
the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

(b)      the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

46      CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

46.1      Confidentiality and disclosure

(a)
The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

(b)      The Facility Agent may disclose:

(i)      any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation)
to the Borrower pursuant to Clause 8.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ); and

(ii)
any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(c)      The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each
Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

(i)
any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives, if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

(ii)
any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent





jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

(iii)
any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may
be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

(iv)
any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(d)
The Facility Agent's obligations in this Clause 46 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (b) above) the Facility Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

46.2      Related obligations

(a)
The Facility Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Facility Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

(b)
The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:

(i)
of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of Clause 46.1 ( Confidentiality and disclosure ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(ii)      upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this
Clause 46 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ).

46.3      No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 28.4 ( Other obligations ) by reason only of an Obligor's failure to comply with this Clause 46 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ).

47      COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.
SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT






48      GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

49      ENFORCEMENT

49.1      Jurisdiction

(a)
Unless specifically provided in another Finance Document in relation to that Finance Document, the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a " Dispute ").

(b)
The Obligors accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

(c)
This Clause 49.1 ( Jurisdiction ) is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

49.2      Service of process

(a)      Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor
(other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

(i)
irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited at its business address for the time being, presently at 10 Lower Grosvenor Place, London SW1W 0EN, England (such communication to be marked preferably and if possible on the paper envelope (not any courier exterior) with "SALT Transaction" for the urgent attention of the Legal Department) as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

(ii)
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

(b)
If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrowers (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within three days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
SCHEDULE 1

THE PARTIES PART A
THE OBLIGORS

Name of Borrower
Place of Incorporation      Registration number      (or equivalent, if any)





Address for Communication

SBI Zumba Shipping
Company Limited
The Republic of the
Marshall Islands
65373      c/o Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III,

98000, Monaco, marked for the attention      of      the      Legal Department

SBI      Parapara Shipping Company Limited
The Republic of the
Marshall Islands
65374      c/o Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III,

98000, Monaco, marked for the attention      of      the      Legal Department




Name      of      Parent
Guarantor
Place of Incorporation
Registration number      (or equivalent, if any)
Address for Communication

Scorpio Bulkers Inc.      The Republic of the
Marshall Islands
60299      c/o Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III,

98000, Monaco, marked for the attention      of      the      Legal Department




Name      of      Hedge
Guarantor
Place of Incorporation
Registration number      (or equivalent, if any)
Address for Communication

SBI Zumba Shipping
Company Limited
The Republic of the
Marshall Islands
65373      c/o Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III,
98000, Monaco, marked for the attention      of      the      Legal Department






SBI      Parapara Shipping Company Limited
The Republic of the
Marshall Islands
65374      c/o Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III,

98000, Monaco, marked for the attention      of      the      Legal Department
PART B

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

Nameof
Original
Tranche
A
Tranche
B
Address
for
Lender
 
Commitment
 
Commitment
 
Communication
 

ING Bank N.V. London
Branch
US$14,712,500      US$15,262,500      8-10      Moorgate
London EC2R 6DA






THE ORIGINAL HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES

Name of Original Hedge Counterparty      Address for Communication

ING Capital Markets LLC



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fax: +1 646-424-6248
PART C

THE SERVICING PARTIES

Name of Facility Agent
Address for Communication
 
ING Bank N.V. London Branch
8-10
London EC2R 6DA
Moorgate


















Name of Security Agent
Address for Communication
 
ING Bank N.V. London Branch

8-10
London EC2R 6DA
Moorgate
SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND SUBSEQUENT PART A
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION REQUEST

1      Obligors

1.1      A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

1.2      A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor:

(a)
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(b)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

(c)
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, a Utilisation Request and each Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

1.3
An original of the power of attorney of any Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

1.4
A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

1.5
A copy of a resolution signed by the Parent Guarantor as the holder of the issued shares in each Borrower, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which that Borrower is a party.

1.6
A certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Obligor to be exceeded.

1.7
A certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by a director) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under





the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

1.8
A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

2      Other Documents
2.1      Copies of each Hedging Agreement, if any, executed by a Hedge Counterparty and the relevant
Borrower.

2.2
Copies of any Hedge Counterparty Guarantee executed by a Hedge Counterparty Guarantor in favour of a Borrower.

3      Finance Documents

3.1      A duly executed original of the Subordination Agreement and copies of each Subordinated
Finance Document.

3.2
A duly executed original of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ).

3.3      A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance
Document if not otherwise referred to this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ).

4      Security

4.1
A duly executed original of the Account Security in relation to each Account and of the Shares Security in respect of each Borrower (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

4.2
A duly executed original of the Hedging Agreement Security in respect of each Borrower (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

4.3      A duly executed original of the Subordinated Debt Security.

5      Legal opinions

5.1
A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams, legal advisers to the Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

5.2
A legal opinion of Loyens & Loeff N.V., legal advisers to the Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in The Netherlands, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

5.3
If an Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

6      Other documents and evidence

6.1      Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 49.2 ( Service of process ), if not an
Obligor, has accepted its appointment.






6.2
A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.
6.3      The Original Financial Statements of the Parent Guarantor.

6.4
The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Earnings Accounts.

6.5
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date.

6.6
Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.





































PART B

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION

In this Part B, the “ relevant Ship ” means the particular Ship to which the relevant Tranche relates and the “ relevant Borrower ” means the Borrower who owns that Ship.

1      Borrowers

A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Borrower certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Utilisation Date of the Advance under the relevant Tranche.

2      Ship and other security

2.1
A duly executed original of the Mortgage and the General Assignment in respect of the relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them together with documentary evidence that the Mortgage in respect of the relevant Ship has been duly registered as a valid first preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag.

2.2      Documentary evidence that the relevant Ship:

(a)      is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Borrower under the
Approved Flag applicable to that Ship;

(b)
is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

(c)
maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

(d)      is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this
Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

2.3
Documents establishing that the Ship will, as from the Utilisation Date of the Advance under the Tranche applicable to such Ship, be managed commercially by the Approved Commercial Manager and managed technically by the Approved Technical Manager (and the Approved Sub-Manager, if applicable) on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, together with:

(a)      a Manager's Undertaking for each of the Approved Technical Manager, the Approved
Commercial Manager and the Approved Sub-Manager of that Ship; and

(b)
copies of the relevant Approved Technical Manager's Document of Compliance and of the relevant Ship's Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable Safety Management System which the Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to the relevant Ship including without limitation an ISSC.

2.4
An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Facility Agent may require.
2.5
Two valuations of the relevant Ship, addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than 14 days before the Utilisation Date for the Advance under the relevant Tranche from an Approved Valuer.

3      Legal opinions






Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of the Ship, Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require.

4      Other documents and evidence

4.1
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the Utilisation Date for the Advance under the relevant Tranche.









































PART C

CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT FOR EACH TRANCHE

In this Part B, the “ relevant Ship ” means the particular Ship to which the relevant Tranche relates and the “ relevant Borrower ” means the Borrower who owns that Ship.

1      Accounts

Evidence satisfactory to the Facility Agent that the accounts the Borrowers hold with Nordea
Bank AB (publ), New York Branch will be closed within 30 days of the date of this Agreement.








































SCHEDULE 3

REQUESTS PART A
UTILISATION REQUEST - ADVANCE

From: [ Borrowers ]

To:      [ Facility Agent ] Dated: [—]
Dear Sirs

[Borrowers] - [ ] Facility Agreement dated [ ] (the " Agreement " )

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

2      We wish to borrow the Advance under Tranche [A][B] on the following terms:

Proposed Utilisation Date:      [—] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day) Amount:      [—] or, if less, the Available Tranche
Interest Period for the first Advance:      [—]

3
[You are authorised and requested to deduct from the Advance prior to funds being remitted the following amounts set out against the following items:

Arrangement Fee

Net proceeds of Advance           ]

4
We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) of the Agreement as they relate to the Advance to which this Utilisation Request refers is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

5      The [net] proceeds of this Advance should be credited to [account].

6      This Utilisation Request is irrevocable. Yours faithfully


[ ]
authorised signatory for

[ Borrower A ]

[ ]
authorised signatory for

[ Borrower B ]





PART B

SELECTION NOTICE

From: [•] and [•] [ Borrowers ]

To:      ING Bank N.V., London branch

Dated: [—] Dear Sirs
[•] and [•] [ Borrowers ] - US$29,975,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] 2018 (the " Agreement " )

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

2
We request [that the next Interest Period for the Loan be [—]] OR [an Interest Period for a part of the Loan in an amount equal to [—] (which is the amount of the Repayment Instalment next due) ending on [—] (which is the Repayment Date relating to that Repayment Instalment) and that the Interest Period for the remaining part of the Loan shall be [—].
3      This Selection Notice is irrevocable. Yours faithfully











[ ]
authorised signatory for

[ Borrower A ]






[ ]
authorised signatory for

[ Borrower B ]












SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE




To:      ING Bank N.V., London branch as Facility Agent

From: [The Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [The New Lender] (the " New Lender ") Dated: [—]
Dear Sirs

[Borrowers] - US$29,975,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] 2018 (the " Agreement " )

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

2      We refer to Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement:

(a)
the Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender's rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement;

(b)      the proposed Transfer Date is [—];

(c)
the Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 38.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

3
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.

4
This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

5
This Transfer Certificate [and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it] [is/are] is governed by English law.

6      This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this
Transfer Certificate.

Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.
THE      SCHEDULE Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred
[ insert relevant details ]






[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments.]





[Existing Lender]      [New Lender] By: [—] By: [—]



This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [—].




ING Bank N.V., London branch

By: [—]































SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT




To:      ING Bank N.V., London branch as Facility Agent and [—] and [—] as Borrowers, for and on behalf of each Obligor

From: [the Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [the New Lender] (the " New Lender ") Dated: [—]
Dear Sirs

[•] and [•] [Borrowers] - US$29,975,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] 2018 (the " Agreement " )

1
We refer to the Agreement.      This is an Assignment Agreement.      Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

2      We refer to Clause 29.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) of the Agreement:

(a)
the Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule;

(b)
the Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule;

(c)
the New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above;

(d)
all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

3      The proposed Transfer Date is [—].

4      On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

5
The Facility Office and address, fax, number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 38.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

6
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 29.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.

7      This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance
Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 29.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or
Assignment Agreement to Borrowers ) of the Agreement, to the Borrowers (on behalf of each
Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.






8
This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

9
This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it governed by English law.

10      This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this
Assignment Agreement.

Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.





































THE SCHEDULE

Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

[ insert relevant details ]

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]



[Existing Lender]      [New Lender] By: [—] By: [—]

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [—]. Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility
Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

ING Bank N.V., London branch

By:
































FORM OF HEDGE COUNTERPARTY ACCESSION LETTER




To:      ING Bank N.V., London branch as Facility Agent

From: [Additional Hedge Counterparty] (the " Additional Hedge Counterparty ") Dated: [—]
Dear Sirs

[•] and [•] [Borrowers] - US$29,975,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] 2018 (the " Agreement " )

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in this Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter.

2
We refer to Clause 29.8 ( Additional Hedge Counterparties ).      The Additional Hedge Counterparty agrees to become an Additional Hedge Counterparty and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional Hedge Counterparty.

3
This Hedge Counterparty Accession Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

Yours faithfully





[ Additional Hedge Counterparty ] By: [—]







ING Bank N.V., London branch
By: [—]]



















FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE




To:      ING Bank N.V., London branch as Facility Agent

From: Scorpio Bulkers Inc. Dated: [—]
Dear Sirs

[•] and [•] [Borrowers] - US$29,975,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] 2018 (the " Agreement " )

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

2      We confirm that:

2.1      our Cash and Cash Equivalents are equal to the greater of (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) $700,000 per
Fleet Vessel;

2.2      our Consolidated Tangible Net Worth is not less than $500,000,000 plus:

(a)
25 per cent. of our cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each Accounting Period commencing on or after 31 December 2013; and

(b)
50 per cent. of the value of the Equity Proceeds realized from any issuance of Equity Interests in the Parent Guarantor occurring on or after 31 December 2013; and

2.3      our ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation is not more than 0.60 to 1.00.

3      We confirm that no Default is continuing.






Signed:     

[Director][Officer]

of Scorpio Bulkers Inc.













EXECUTION VERSION


SCHEDULE 8
DETAILS OF THE SHIPS


Ship name
Name of the
Borrower owner
Year built
IMO
number
Type
GRT
NRT
Approved Flag and port of registration
Approved
Classification Society
Approved Classification
SBI ZUMBA
SBI ZUMBA
SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
2016
9728629
Kamsarmax Bulker
44,069
27,307
Liberia, Monrovia
American Bureau of
Shipping (ABS)
A1, Bulk Carrier, BC-A
holds 2, 4, &6 may be empty, ESP, E, AMS, ACCU, CPS, CSR AB-CM
SBI PARAPARA
SBI PARAPARA
SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
2017
9763904
Kamsarmax Bulker
44,069
27,307
Liberia, Monrovia
American Bureau of
Shipping (ABS)
A1, Bulk Carrier, BC-A
holds 2, 4, &6 may be empty, ESP, E, AMS, ACCU, CPS, CSR AB-CM

























EUROPE/62394826v12
















EXECUTION VERSION


SCHEDULE 9

TIMETABLES

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request )) or a Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))
Three Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request )) or the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))

Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation )
Two      Business      Days      before      the      intended
Utilisation Date.

LIBOR is fixed      Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time

Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available      quotations      in      accordance      with Clause 10.2 ( Calculation of Reference Bank Rate )
Noon on the Quotation Day






























EXECUTION PAGES

BORROWERS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Nicholas Kaasik
)
/s/ Nicholas Kaasik
 
 
duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
SBI ZUMBA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Sebastian B. Sandtov
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Sebastian B. Sandtov
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
9, Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000 Monaco
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Nicholas Kaasik
)
/s/ Nicholas Kaasik
 
 
duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
SBI PARAPARA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Sebastian B. Sandtov
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Sebastian B. Sandtov
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
9, Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000 Monaco
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARENT GUARANTOR
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Micha Withoft
)
/s/ Micha Withoft
 
 
duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 





SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
 
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Sebastian B. Sandtov
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Sebastian B. Sandtov
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
9, Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000 Monaco
 
 

HEDGE GUARANTORS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Nicholas Kaasik
)
/s/ Nicholas Kaasik
 
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
SBI ZUMBA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Sebastian B. Sandtov
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Sebastian B. Sandtov
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
9, Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000 Monaco
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by
)
/s/ Nicholas Kaasik
 
 
duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
SBI PARAPARA SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Sebastian B. Sandtov
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Sebastian B. Sandtov
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
9, Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000 Monaco
 
 





 
 
 
 
 
ORIGINAL LENDERS
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by
)
/s/ Laura Gerrard
 
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Tamara Ristic
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Tamara Ristic
Trainee Solicitor
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
Watson Farley & Williams LLP
15 Appold Street
London EC2A 2HB
 
 

ORIGINAL HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by
)
/s/ Laura Gerrard
 
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
ING CAPITAL MARKETS LLC
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Juan Carlos Wallarino
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Juan Carlos Wallarino
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
1133 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036 USA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARRANGER
 
 
 
 





 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by
)
/s/ Laura Gerrard
 
 
duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Tamara Ristic
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Tamara Ristic
Trainee Solicitor
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
Watson Farley & Williams LLP
15 Appold Street
London EC2A 2HB
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FACILITY AGENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by
)
/s/ Laura Gerrard
 
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Tamara Ristic
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Tamara Ristic
Trainee Solicitor
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
Watson Farley & Williams LLP
15 Appold Street
London EC2A 2HB
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECURITY AGENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 





SIGNED by
)
/s/ Laura Gerrard
 
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Tamara Ristic
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Tamara Ristic
Trainee Solicitor
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
Watson Farley & Williams LLP
15 Appold Street
London EC2A 2HB
 
 













EXHIBIT 4.32
Execution Version


$60,000,000 Secured Loan Agreement
Dated 11 September2018
(1)Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
(as Borrower)
(2)the banks and financial institutions listed in schedule 1
(as Lenders)
(3)the banks and financial institutions listed in schedule 2
(as Swap Banks)
(4)ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale
(as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners)
(5)ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
(as Agent and as Security Trustee)
 


110      LONLIVE/33127211v10

LONLIVE/33127211v10



















Contents
Page
1      Interpretation      2
2      Facility      31
3      Position of the Lenders and Swap Banks      31
4      Drawdown      32
5      Interest      33
6      Interest Periods      35
7      Default interest      36
8      Repayment, prepayment and reborrowing      38
9      Conditions precedent and subsequent      40
10      Representations and warranties      41
11      General undertakings      45
12      Corporate and financial undertakings      52
13      Insurance      55
14      Ship covenants      61
15      Security cover      67
16      Payments and calculations      69
17      Application of receipts      72
18      Application of Earnings      74
19      Events of Default      74
20      Fees and expenses      82
21      Indemnities      84
22      No set-off or tax deduction      87
23      Illegality, etc.      90
24      Increased Costs      91
25      Set-Off      92
26      Transfers and changes in lending offices      93
27      Variations and waivers      99
28      Resolution stay      101
29      Notices      102
30      Supplemental      105
31      Law and jurisdiction      105

Schedules

Schedule 1 Lenders and Commitments      108
Schedule 2 Swap Banks      109
Schedule 3 Drawdown notice      110
Schedule 4 Condition precedent documents      112
Part A      112
Part B      114
Schedule 5 Transfer Certificate      116
Schedule 6 Designation Notice      120
Schedule 7 List of Approved Brokers      121
Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate      122
Schedule 9 Details of Ships      124

Execution
Execution Pages      125








This Agreement is made on          11 September      2018
Parties
(1)
Scorpio Bulkers Inc. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands and whose principal executive office is at Le Millenium, 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco, 98000 (the " Borrower ");
(2)
the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders;
(3)
the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 2, as Swap Banks;
(4)
ABN AMRO Bank N.V. acting as Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner through its office at Gustav Mahlerlaan 10 (PAC HQ9037), 1082 PP Amsterdam, The Netherlands and Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale , acting as Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner through its office at 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036, U.S.A;
(5)
ABN AMRO Bank N.V. , acting in its capacity as Agent through its office at Gustav Mahlerlaan 10 (PAC HQ9037), 1082 PP Amsterdam, The Netherlands as Agent; and
(6)
ABN AMRO Bank N.V. , acting in its capacity as Security Trustee through its office at Gustav Mahlerlaan 10 (PAC HQ9037), 1082 PP Amsterdam, The Netherlands as Security Trustee.
Background
(A)
The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a senior term loan facility in four (4) Tranches not exceeding in aggregate an amount of up to the lesser of (i) $60,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent. of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Ships for the purpose of assisting the Guarantors in refinancing Existing Indebtedness secured on the Ships and for general corporate purposes each Tranche to be in a principal amount not exceeding the Maximum Available Amount in respect of that Tranche.
(B)
The Swap Banks may enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrower from time to time to hedge the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.
(C)
The Lenders and the Swap Banks have agreed to share in the security to be granted to the Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement on the terms set out herein.
1
Interpretation
1.
Definitions
Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:
" Account Security Deed " means, in respect of each Earnings Account, a deed creating security in respect of that Earnings Account in the Agreed Form.
" Account Bank " means ABN AMRO Bank N.V., acting through its branch at Coolsingel 93, 3012 AE Rotterdam, The Netherlands.
" Accounting Information " means the annual audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower or the quarterly unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower, in each case, delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 11.6.
" Accounting Period " means each consecutive quarterly period during the Security Period ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December of each financial year of the Borrower.
" Affected Lender " has the meaning given in Clause 5.7.
" Affiliate " means, as to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person or is a director or officer of such person, and for the purposes of this definition, the term " control " (including the terms " controlling ", " controlled by " and " under common control with ") of a person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 20% or more of the Voting Stock of such person or to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise.
" Agency and Trust Deed " means the agency and trust deed dated the same date as this Agreement and made between the same parties.
" Agent " means ABN AMRO Bank N.V., acting in its capacity as agent for the Lenders, the Swap Banks, the Bookrunners and the Mandated Lead Arrangers through its office at Gustav Mahlerlaan 10 (PAC HQ9037), 1082 PP Amsterdam, The Netherlands includes its successor appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed and any transferee or assign.
" Agreed Form " means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders), or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document.
" Applicable Sanctions " means any Sanctions by which the Borrower or any Guarantor is bound or to which it is subject (which shall include, without limitation, any extra territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America) or compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and any Guarantor.
" Approved Broker " means any of the companies listed in Schedule 7 (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) or such other company proposed by the Borrower which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) approve in writing from time to time to act as an " Approved Broker " under this Agreement.
" Approved Classification Society " means, in relation to a Ship, Lloyds Register, DNV, GL, ABS, Korean Register, Bureau Veritas or any other generally recognised first class classification society that is a member of IACS that the Agent may (acting on the authorisation of all the Lenders), approve in writing from time to time as the " Approved Classification Society " of that Ship for the purposes of this Agreement.





" Approved Flag " means, in relation to a Ship, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Republic of Liberia or such other flag as the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all Lenders, acting reasonably, such instructions not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) approve from time to time in writing as the flag on which such Ship shall be registered.
" Approved Pooling Arrangement " means, in relation to a Ship, the Scorpio Kamsarmax or the Scorpio Ultramax pools, as the case may be and as more particularly set out in Schedule 9 and any other any pooling arrangement:
(a)
proposed by the Borrower or the Guarantor which is the owner of that Ship;
(b)
run by any Affiliate of the Commercial Manager; and
(c)
approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) prior to that Ship's entry into such pooling arrangement.
" Approved Ship Manager " means, in respect of each Ship, the Commercial Manager and the Technical Manager.
" Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking " means, in relation to a Ship, the letter executed and delivered by an Approved Ship Manager and an Approved Sub-Manager, in the Agreed Form.
" Approved Sub-Manager " means any entity which is an Approved Ship Manager or any other company proposed by the Borrower which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders), approve from time to time as the technical and/or commercial sub-contracting manager of a Ship.
" Availability Period " means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on 28 September 2018.
" Basel III " means:
(a)
the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated; and
(b)
the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and
(c)
any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III".
" Bookrunners " means:
(a)
ABN AMRO Bank N.V., acting in its capacity as bookrunner through its office at Gustav Mahlerlaan 10 (PAC HQ9037), 1082 PP Amsterdam, The Netherlands; and
(b)
Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, in its capacity as bookrunner through its office at 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036, U.S.A,
(each a " Bookrunner ")
" Business Day " means a day on which banks are open in London, Amsterdam, Rotterdam, Hannover and New York City.
" Cash " means any credit balance on any deposit, savings, current or other account, and any cash in hand held with banks or other financial institutions of the Borrower and/or any subsidiary of the Borrower which is:
(a)
freely withdrawable on demand;
(b)
not subject to any Security Interest (other than pursuant to the Finance Documents);
(c)
denominated and payable in freely transferable and freely convertible currency; and
(d)
capable of being remitted to the Borrower or such subsidiary of the Borrower.
" Capitalized Lease " means, as applied to any person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) of which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such person, as lessee, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such person; and " Capitalized Lease Obligation " is defined to mean the rental obligations, as aforesaid, under a Capitalized Lease.
" Cash Equivalents" means:
(a)
securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;
(b)
time deposits and certificates of deposit of, or deposits held with, any commercial bank having, or which is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500,000,000, with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such person;
(c)
time deposits and certificates of deposit of, or deposits held with, any Lender;
(d)
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above;
(e)
commercial paper issued by any Person incorporated in the United States of America rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P‑1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in each case maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition by such Person,
(f)
investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) above, and
(g)
such other securities or instruments as the Majority Lenders shall agree in writing.
" Change of Control " means the occurrence of any act, event or circumstances which results in:





(a)
100 per cent. of the Equity Interests of any Guarantor ceasing to be ultimately owned and/or controlled by the Borrower (a " Guarantor Disposal ");
(b)
a "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than any holders of the Borrower's Equity Interests as at the date of this Agreement, becoming the ultimate beneficial owner of the Borrower including, without limitation, any change from the date of this Agreement in the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 35 per cent. of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower (calculated on a fully diluted basis); or
(c)
individuals who constitute the board of directors of the Borrower at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years and yet ceasing for any reason to constitute at least 50 per cent. of the total members of the Borrower's board of directors at any time during such two year period.
" Charter " means, in relation to a Ship, any charterparty in respect of that Ship having a duration (including, without limitation, by virtue of any optional extensions) of more than 24 months entered or to be entered into by the Guarantor which is or is to be the owner of that Ship with a charterer and on terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).
" Charterparty Assignment " means, in respect of a Charter and any guarantee of that Charter (other than a Charter where the charterer is a Guarantor, Affiliate or subsidiary of the Borrower or pursuant to an Approved Pooling Arrangement), an assignment of the rights and interests of the Guarantor which is party to that Charter in respect of that Charter and any related guarantee, to be executed by that Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.
" Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
" Commercial Manager " means
(a)
Scorpio Commercial Management s.a.m. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the Principality of Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries;
(b)
Scorpio Ship Management s.a.m. of 9, Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, the Principality of Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries;
(c)
any of Zenith Gemi Islemeciligi Anonim Sirketi of FSM Mahallesi, Poligon Caddesi, Buyaka 2/B Sitesi NO:8, c-Blok Kat, Umraniye, 34771 Istanbul, Turkey, Hellespont Ship Management GmbH & Co. KG of Beim Strohhause 28, 20097 Hamburg, Germany, Claus-Peter Offen Bulkschiffreederei (GmbH & Co.) KG of Blichenbruecke 10, 20354 Hamburg; or
(d)
any other company proposed by the Borrower which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Majority Lenders), approve from time to time as the commercial manager of that Ship.
" Commission " means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act.
" Commitment " means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and " Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders).
" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate executed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower in the form set out in Schedule 8.
" Confidential Information " means all information relating to the Borrower, any Security Party, the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement of which a Creditor Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Creditor Party or which is received by a Creditor Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Creditor Party under, the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement from either:
(a)
the Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers; or
(b)
another Creditor Party, if the information was obtained by that Creditor Party directly or indirectly from the Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers,
in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:
(i)
is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Creditor Party of Clause 26.13; or
(ii)
is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by the Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers; or
(iii)
is known by that Creditor Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Creditor Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Creditor Party is aware, unconnected with the Borrower or any Security Party and which, in either case, as far as that Creditor Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.
" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the Loan Market Association from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.
" Confirmation " and " Early Termination Date ", in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, have the meanings given in the relevant Master Agreement.
" Consolidated Funded Debt " means, for any Accounting Period, the sum of the following for the Borrower and its subsidiaries determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with GAAP consistently applied:





(a)
all Financial Indebtedness; and
(b)
all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with GAAP would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet),
provided that balance sheet accruals for future drydock expenses shall not be classified as Consolidated Funded Debt.
" Consolidated Tangible Net Worth " means, at any time of determination for any person, the Net Worth of such person and its subsidiaries at such time determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP minus goodwill and as adjusted to exclude (without duplication of any amounts excluded as impairment of intangible assets on or after the date of this Agreement):
(a)

(i)
any incurred losses/write downs on assets sold and/or held for sale;
(ii)
any incurred losses on termination of any shipbuilding contract; and
(iii)
any impairment charges taken on assets,
in each case, on or after 31 March 2016; and
(b)
up to $100,000,000 of:
(i)
incurred losses/ writedowns on assets sold and/or held for sale;
(ii)
any incurred losses on termination of any shipbuilding contract; and
(iii)
any impairment charges taken on assets,
in each case, prior to 31 March 2016.
" Consolidated Total Capitalisation " means the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus Consolidated Funded Debt.
" Contractual Currency " has the meaning given in Clause 21.4.
" Contribution " means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender.
" CRD IV " means Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Union on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, as amended, supplemented or restated.
" Creditor Party " means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Bookrunners, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, any Lender or any Swap Bank, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time.
" CRR " means and Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Union on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms, as amended, supplemented or restated.
" Defaulting Lender " means any Lender:
(a)
which has failed to make its participation in a Tranche available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in a Tranche available by the Drawdown Date of that Tranche in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Lenders’ participation in Tranches );
(b)      which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or
(c)      with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,
unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:
(i)      its failure to pay is caused by:
(A)      administrative or technical error; or
(B)      a Disruption Event; and
payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or
(ii)
the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.
" Designated Transaction " means a Transaction which fulfils the following requirements:
(a)
it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to a Master Agreement with a Swap Bank;
(b)
its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the Maturity Date; and
(c)
it is designated by the Borrower, by delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 6, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents.
" Disruption Event " means either or both of:
(a)
a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loan (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the parties; or
(b)
the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a party prevent that, or any other party:
(i)
from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or
(ii)
from communicating with other parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,
and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the party whose operations are disrupted.





" Dollars " and " $ " means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America.
" Drawdown Date " means, in relation to a Tranche, the date requested by the Borrower for such Tranche to be made, or (as the context requires) the date on which such Tranche is actually made.
" Drawdown Notice " means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 3 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires).
" Earnings " means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Guarantor owning that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):
(a)
except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b):
(i)
all freight, hire and passage moneys;
(ii)
compensation payable to the relevant Guarantor or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire;
(iii)
remuneration for salvage and towage services;
(iv)
demurrage and detention moneys;
(v)
damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship; and
(vi)
all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and
(b)
if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship.
" Earnings Account " means, in relation to a Ship, an account in the name of the Guarantor which is the owner of that Ship with the Account Bank designated as the Earnings Account in respect of such Ship, or any other account (with the Account Bank, the Agent or with a bank or financial institution acceptable to all the Lenders) which is designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement.
" Effective Date " means, in relation to a Guarantor, the date on which the part of the Existing Facility Agreement that is secured by the Ship owned by that Guarantor is repaid in full and the Existing Security created by that Guarantor together with all that Guarantor's obligations under the Existing Facility Agreement and the Existing Security is irrevocably and unconditionally released.
" Email " has the meaning given in Clause 29.1.
" Environmental Claim " means:
(a)
any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or
(b)
any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,
and " claim " means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing. an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action. and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.
" Environmental Incident " means:
(a)
any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Ship; or
(b)
any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Ship and which involves a collision between a Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or such Ship and/or the Guarantor of such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or
(c)
any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Guarantor of such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action.
" Environmental Law " means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.
" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.
" Equity Interests " of any person means:
(a)
any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and
(b)
all rights to purchase, warrants or options or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such person.
" Equity Proceeds " means the net cash proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred stock of the Borrower.
" euros " means the single currency unit of the Participating Member States.
" Event of Default " means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1.
" Exchange Act " means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
" Existing Agent " means the "Agent" as such term is defined in the Existing Facility Agreement.





" Existing Facility Agreement " means the facility agreement dated 30 July 2014 (as amended and supplemented from time to time) and entered into between, inter alia, the Guarantors as joint and several borrowers, the Borrower as guarantor and Credit Suisse AG as lender in respect of a $67,500,000 term loan facility secured on, amongst other things, Ship A, Ship B, Ship C and Ship D.
" Existing Indebtedness " means, in respect of each Ship and at any date, the outstanding indebtedness of the Guarantor which is the owner of such Ship on that date under the Existing Facility Agreement secured by such Ship.
" Existing Security " means any Security Interest created to secure the Existing Indebtedness.
" Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.
" Fair Market Value " means, in relation to a Ship, a valuation determined in accordance with Clause 15.3.
" FATCA " means:
(a)
sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;
(b)
any treaty, law or regulation enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or
(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.
" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.
" FATCA Exempt Party " means a party to this Agreement that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
" Fee Letter " means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrower setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 20.
" Finance Documents " means:
(a)
this Agreement;
(b)
the Agency and Trust Deed;
(c)
the Guarantees;
(d)
the Mortgages;
(e)
the General Assignments;
(f)
the Account Security Deeds;
(g)
any Charterparty Assignment;
(h)
any Intercompany Loan Assignment;
(i)
the Shares Pledges;
(j)
any Master Agreement Assignment;
(k)
any Master Agreement;
(l)
any Fee Letter; and
(m)
any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, any Security Party or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders and/or the Swap Banks under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition (other than any Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking).
" Financial Indebtedness " means, with respect to any person (including, without limitation, the Borrower or any Guarantor) (the " Debtor ") at any date of determination (without duplication):
(a)
all obligations of such Debtor for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by such Debtor;
(b)
all obligations of such Debtor evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(c)
all obligations of such Debtor in respect of any acceptance credit, guarantee, or letter of credit facility or equivalent made available to such Debtor (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto);
(d)
all obligations of such Debtor to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereof or the completion of such services, except trade payables;
(e)
all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Debtor as lessee;
(f)
all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than such Debtor secured by a security interest on any asset of such Debtor, whether or not such Financial Indebtedness is assumed by such Debtor provided that the amount of such Financial Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Financial Indebtedness; and
(g)
all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than such Debtor under any guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by such Debtor to the extent such Financial Indebtedness is guaranteed, indemnified, etc., by such Debtor.
The amount of Financial Indebtedness of any Debtor at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations described in clauses (f) and (g) above, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation provided that (i) the amount outstanding at any time of any Financial Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such Financial Indebtedness less the remaining





unamortized portion of such original issue discount of such Financial Indebtedness at such time and (ii) Financial Indebtedness shall not include any liability for taxes.
" Fiscal Year " means, in relation to any person, each period of 1 year commencing on January 1 of each year and ending on December 31 of such year in respect of which its accounts are or ought to be prepared.
" Fleet Vessel " means each vessel owned by a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Borrower (including, but not limited to, the Ships).
" GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
" General Assignment " means, in relation to a Ship, a general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation for that Ship in the Agreed Form.
" Green Passport " means, in relation to a Ship, a green passport statement of compliance issued by the relevant Approved Classification Society which includes a list of any and all materials known to be potentially hazardous utilised in the construction of that Ship.
" Group " means the Borrower and its subsidiaries from time to time.
" Guarantee " means each joint and several guarantee to be executed by one or more Guarantors in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.
" Guarantor " means each of Guarantor A, Guarantor B, Guarantor C and Guarantor D.
" Guarantor Disposal " shall have the meaning given to that expression in paragraph (a) of the definition of "Change of Control".
" Guarantor A " means SBI Electra Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.
" Guarantor B " means SBI Flamenco Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.
" Guarantor C " means SBI Perseus Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.
" Guarantor D " means SBI Phoebe Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.
" IACS " means the International Association of Classification Societies.
" Impaired Facility Agent " means the Agent at any time when:
(a)
it has failed to make (or has notified a party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;
(b)      the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;
(c)
(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of "Defaulting Lender"; or
(d)
an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Facility Agent;
unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:
(i)      its failure to pay is caused by:
(A)      administrative or technical error; or
(B)      a Disruption Event; and
payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or
(ii)
the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.
" Insolvency Event " in relation to a Creditor Party means that the Creditor Party:
(a)
is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);
(b)
becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;
(c)
makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;
(d)
institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgement of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency





law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;
(e)
has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgement of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors' rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:
(i)
results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or
(ii)
is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;
(f)
has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);
(g)
seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;
(h)
has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;
(i)
causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or
(j)
takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.
" Insurances " means, in relation to a Ship:
(a)
all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship; and
(b)
all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.
" Intercompany Loan " means any transaction constituting Financial Indebtedness entered or to be entered into by the Borrower or any direct or indirect shareholder of the Borrower (" Party A ") with the Guarantors or any of them (" Party B ") whereby Party A is entitled to receive any payment in cash or in kind from Party B.
" Intercompany Loan Assignment " means an assignment of each Intercompany Loan made or to be made by the person providing such Intercompany Loan in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.
" Interest Period " means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6.
"Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to LIBOR for the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
(a)
the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and
(b)
the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,
each as of the Quotation Date for Dollars.
" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms " safety management system ", " Safety Management Certificate " and " Document of Compliance " have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code).
" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
" ISSC " means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.
" Latent Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 19 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of the foregoing) be or become an Event of Default.
" Lender " means, subject to Clause 26.6, a bank or financial institution listed in Part A of Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Borrower under Clause 26.14) or its transferee, successor or assign.
" LIBOR " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document:
(a)
the applicable Screen Rate as of 11 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that period for the offering of deposits in the relevant currency and for a period comparable to that period; or
(b)
as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 5.5,
and if, in either case, any such rate is below zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.
" Loan " means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement.





" Major Casualty " means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.
" Majority Lenders " means:
(a)
before a Tranche has been made, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and
(b)
after a Tranche has been made, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.66 per cent. of the Loan.
" Mandated Lead Arrangers " means:
(c)
ABN AMRO Bank N.V., acting in its capacity as mandated lead arranger through its office at Gustav Mahlerlaan 10 (PAC HQ9037), 1082 PP Amsterdam; and
(d)
Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, acting in its capacity as mandated lead arranger through its office at 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036, U.S.A,
and, in each case, including any transferee, assign or successor (each a " Mandated Lead Arranger ").
" Margin " means 2.25 per cent. per annum.
" Master Agreement " means each master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form) in the Agreed Form made between the Borrower and a Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement.
" Master Agreement Assignment " means, in relation to each Master Agreement, the assignment of the Master Agreement to be entered into between the Borrower and the Security Trustee in Agreed Form.
" Material Adverse Effect " means in the reasonable opinion of the Lenders a material adverse effect on:
(a)
the business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and/or any Guarantor determined on a consolidated basis; or
(b)
the ability of the Borrower and/or any Guarantor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document and any Master Agreement; or
(c)
the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents; or
(d)
the rights or remedies of any Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents and any Master Agreement.
" Maturity Date " means the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the first Drawdown Date and (ii) 28 September 2023.
" Maximum Available Amount " means, in relation to a Tranche, an amount equal to the lesser of:
(a)
60 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of the Ship to which that Tranche relates; and
(b)
an amount which, when aggregated with the aggregate amount of the existing Tranches already utilised as at the Drawdown Date of that Tranche, does not exceed the Total Commitments.
" Moody's " means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody's Corporation.
" Mortgage " means, in relation to a Ship, the first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship mortgage on the Ship under the applicable Approved Flag together with any deed of covenant collateral thereto, (if applicable) in the Agreed Form.
" Net Debt " shall mean, at any time of determination, Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower and its subsidiaries at such time minus cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its subsidiaries at such time.
" Notifying Lender " has the meaning given in Clause 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires.
" Original Lenders " means ABN AMRO Bank N.V., acting in its capacity as Lender through its office at Gustav Mahlerlaan 10 (PAC HQ9037), 1082 PP Amsterdam and Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, acting through its office at 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036, U.S.A, and, in each case, including any transferee, assign or successor.
" Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.
" Payment Currency " has the meaning given in Clause 21.4.
" Permitted Security Interests " means:
(a)
the Existing Security in relation to each Ship and each Guarantor until the obligations under the Existing Facility Agreement secured by such Existing Security have been repaid in full upon utilisation of the Tranche refinancing such obligations in accordance with this Agreement;
(b)
Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;
(c)
liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;
(d)
liens for salvage;
(e)
liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months' prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement or any other Finance Document;
(f)
liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Guarantor that owns such Ship in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to paragraph (h) of Clause 14.13;
(g)
any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the Guarantor that owns such Ship or the Borrower, as the case may be, is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith;





(h)
Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made; and
(i)
any Security Interest and right of set-off arising under or pursuant to any applicable general banking conditions of the Account Bank.
" Pertinent Document " means:
(a)
any Finance Document;
(b)
any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
(c)
any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and
(d)
any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c).
" Pertinent Jurisdiction ", in relation to a company, means:
(a)
England and Wales, the Principality of Monaco, New York State of the United States of America, The Netherlands and the Republic of the Marshall Islands;
(b)
if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;
(c)
if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or in which the company's central management and control is or has recently been exercised.
" Pertinent Matter " means:
(a)
any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or
(b)
any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),
and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing.
" Quotation Date " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is 2 Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days).
" Rating Agency " means S&P, Moody's or, if both of them are not making ratings of securities publically available, an internationally recognised rating agency selected by the Agent which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody's.
" Reference Banks " means, subject to Clause 26.16, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, and any other prime international banks selected by the Agent and notified to the Borrower.
" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:
(a)
(other than where paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in dollars for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or
(b)
if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.
" Relevant Party " has the meaning given in Clause 19.9.
" Repayment Date " means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8.
" Requisition Compensation " includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of " Total Loss ".
" Resolution Authority " means administrative authority or any other person with the ability to exercise a Resolution Power.
" Resolution Event " means:

(a)
the exercise by a Resolution Authority of any or more Resolution Powers in relation to the Creditor Parties or any of them;
(b)
any other action taken by a Resolution Authority based on or taken in connection with Resolution Legislation in relation to the Creditor Parties or any of them, including, without limitation, any request by the Resolution Authority to the Creditor Parties or any of them to take any action;
(c)
any action taken by the Creditor Parties or any of them in connection with the events referred to under (a) or (b), including, without limitation, any action taken to comply with any request by the Resolution Authority referred to in paragraph (b) above; and
(d)
any event directly linked to any event as referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above.
" Resolution Legislation " means any laws, regulations, rules, directives or requirements relating to the resolution or recovery of banks, banking group companies, credit institutions or investment firms applicable to the Creditor Parties or any of them from time to time, including, without limitation, EU Directive 2014/59/EU (" BRRD ") and EU Regulation No 806/2014 (" SRM "), both as amended from time to time, and any EU directive or regulation issued in replacement of or supplement to the same, and any laws, regulations, rules, directives or requirements implementing any of the foregoing.
" Resolution Power " means any power existing from time to time under any Resolution Legislation, including, without limitation, the power to take a crisis prevention measure or a crisis management measure such as write-down (a reduction, including,





without limitation, to zero, in the principal amount or outstanding amount due, including any accrued but unpaid interest), conversion, cancellation, amendment or suspension powers existing from time to time, or to exercise any corresponding power.
" Restricted Party " means a person that is:
(a)
listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on any Sanctions List;
(b)
located in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions (including, without limitation, at the date of this Agreement, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria); or
(c)
otherwise a subject of Sanctions,
but only to the extent that transactions with such person would be prohibited or restricted for the Borrower or any Guarantor or Creditor Party.
" S&P " means Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies Inc.
" Sanctions " means any trade, economic or financial sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by a Sanctions Authority provided that such laws, negotiations, embargoes or restrictive measures shall only be applicable to the extent such laws, negotiations, embargoes or restrictive measures are not in conflict with the law of the United States of America.
" Sanctions Authority " means:
(a)
the Security Council of the United Nations;
(b)
the United States of America;
(c)
the United Kingdom;
(d)
the European Union;
(e)
any member state of the European Union (including, without limitation, the Netherlands and Germany);
(f)
any country to which the Borrower or any Guarantor is bound; and
(g)
the governments and official institutions or agencies of any of the foregoing paragraphs, including without limitation the U.S. Office of Foreign Asset Control (" OFAC "), the U.S. Department of State, and Her Majesty's Treasury (" HMT ").
" Sanctions List " means the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list maintained by OFAC, the Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets maintained by HMT, or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of a Sanctions designation made by, a Sanctions Authority, each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.
" Screen Rate " means, in respect of LIBOR for any period, the rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders.
" Secured Liabilities " means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Master Agreements or any judgment relating to any Finance Documents or the Master Agreements and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country.
" Security Interest " means:
(a)
a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;
(b)
the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem ; and
(c)
any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution.
" Security Party " means each Guarantor and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of " Finance Documents " but always excluding any Approved Ship Manager and any Approved Sub-Manager.
" Security Period " means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent acting reasonably notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties that:
(a)
all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements have been paid;
(b)
no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document or any Master Agreement;
(c)
neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clause 20, 21 or 22 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document or a Master Agreement; and
(d)
the Agent, the Security Trustee and all the Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document or a Master Agreement would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or a Master Agreement or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document.





" Security Trustee " means ABN AMRO Bank N.V., acting in its capacity as Security Trustee for the Lenders and the Swap Banks through its office at Gustav Mahlerlaan 10 (PAC HQ9037), 1082 PP Amsterdam, The Netherlands and includes any transferee, assign or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed.
" Servicing Bank " means the Agent or the Security Trustee.
" Shares Pledge " means a deed creating security over the share capital of each Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.
" Ship " means each of Ship A, Ship B, Ship C and Ship D.
" Ship A " means the m.v. "SBI ELECTRA", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9.
" Ship B " means the m.v. "SBI FLAMENCO", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9.
" Ship C " means the m.v. "SBI PERSEUS", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9.
" Ship D " means the m.v. "SBI PHOEBE", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9.
" SMC " means a safety management certificate issued in respect of the Ship in accordance with Rule 13 of the ISM Code.
" Swap Bank " means a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 2 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1.
" Swap Counterparty " means, at any relevant time and in relation to a continuing Designated Transaction, the Swap Bank which is a party to that Designated Transaction.
" Swap Exposure " means, as at any relevant date and in relation to a Swap Counterparty, the amount certified by the Swap Counterparty to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Swap Counterparty under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) ( Payments on Early Termination ) of the Master Agreement entered into by the Swap Counterparty with the Borrower if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrower and the Swap Counterparty.
" Technical Manager " means
(a)
Scorpio Ship Management s.a.m. of 9, Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, the Principality of Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries;
(b)
Scorpio Commercial Management s.a.m. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the Principality of Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries;
(c)
any of Zenith Gemi Islemeciligi Anonim Sirketi of FSM Mahallesi, Poligon Caddesi, Buyaka 2/B Sitesi NO:8, c-Blok Kat, Umraniye, 34771 Istanbul, Turkey, Hellespont Ship Management GmbH & Co. KG of Beim Strohhause 28, 20097 Hamburg, Germany, Claus-Peter Offen Bulkschiffreedrei (GmbH & Co.) KG of Blichenbruecke 10, 20354 Hamburg; or
(d)
any other entity proposed by the Borrower or a Guarantor which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), approve from time to time as the technical manager of that Ship.
" Total Loss " means, in relation to a Ship:
(a)
actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;
(b)
any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension), unless it is within 45 days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship;
(c)
any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any theft) unless it is within 45 days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship; and
(d)
any hijacking of that ship unless it is within 45 days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship.
" Total Loss Date " means:
(a)
in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;
(b)
in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:
(i)
the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and
(ii)
the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf with that Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat such Ship as a total loss; and
(c)
in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.
" Tranche " means, in respect of a Ship, that part of the Loan made or to be made available to the Borrower to refinance certain Existing Indebtedness secured on that Ship in a principal amount not exceeding the Maximum Available Amount of the Tranche to which that Ship relates or, as the context may require, the principal amount outstanding of that Tranche at any relevant time.
" Transaction " has the meaning given in each Master Agreement.
" Transfer Certificate " has the meaning given in Clause 26.2.
" Trust Property " has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Deed.
" VAT " means:
(a)
any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and





(b)
any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.
" Voting Stock " of any person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such person that are at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such person.
2.
Construction of certain terms
In this Agreement:
" administration notice " means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator.
" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent.
" asset " includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment.
" company " includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association.
" consent " includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation.
" contingent liability " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained.
" document " includes a deed, also a letter or fax.
" excess risks " means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which such Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims.
" expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax.
" law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or of its Security Council.
" legal or administrative action " means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation.
" liability " includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise.
" months " shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3.
" obligatory insurances " means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Guarantor owning that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document.
" parent company " has the meaning given in Clause 1.4.
" party " means any party to this Agreement.
" person " includes any company. any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority. and any international organisation.
" policy ", in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms.
" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of P&I Associations, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision.
" regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational, agency, department or regulatory, self‑regulatory or other authority or organisation.
" subsidiary " has the meaning given in Clause 1.4.
" tax " includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine.
" war risks " includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the Institute Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 24 of the Institute Time clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83). and
an " Event of Default " or a " Latent Event of Default " is "continuing" if it has not been remedied or waived.
3.
Meaning of "month"
A period of one or more "months" ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (the " numerically corresponding day "), but:
(a)
on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or
(b)
on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,
and " month " and " monthly " shall be construed accordingly.





4.
Meaning of "subsidiary"
In this Agreement " subsidiary " means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.
5.
General Interpretation
In this Agreement:
(a)
references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(b)
references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(c)
words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and
(d)
Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.
6.
Headings
In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.
2
Facility
1.
Amount of facility
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make a senior term loan facility available to the Borrower in four (4) Tranches each in a principal amount not exceeding the Maximum Available Amount of that Tranche and not exceeding an amount in aggregate which is the lower of (i) $60,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Ships.
2.
Lenders' participations in Tranches
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Tranche in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.
3.
Purpose of each Tranche
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use each Tranche only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
3
Position of the Lenders and Swap Banks
1.
Interests several
The rights of the Lenders and of the Swap Banks under this Agreement and under the Master Agreements are several.
2.
Individual right of action
Each Lender and each Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement or under a Master Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender or any other Swap Bank as additional parties in the proceedings.
3.
Proceedings requiring Majority Lender consent
Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender and no Swap Bank may commence proceedings against the Borrower, any Security Party, any Approved Ship Manager who is a member of the Group or Approved Sub-Manager who is a member of the Group in connection with a Finance Document without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
4.
Obligations several
The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement and of the Swap Banks under the Master Agreement to which each is a party are several and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a failure of a Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement to which it is a party shall not result in:
(a)
the obligations of the other Lenders or Swap Banks being increased; nor
(b)
the Borrower, any Security Party , any Approved Ship Manager, any Approved Sub-Manager or any other Lender or any other Swap Bank being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document or under any Master Agreement,
and in no circumstances shall a Lender or a Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or another Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a Master Agreement.
4
Drawdown
1.
Request for advance of a Tranche
Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request a Tranche to be made by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than, 11.00 a.m. (Amsterdam time) 3 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date provided that there shall be no more than 2 Drawdown Dates.
2.
Availability
The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:





(a)
the Drawdown Date for each Tranche has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period and there shall be a maximum of 2 Drawdown Dates;
(b)
each Tranche must be an amount which is not more than the Maximum Available Amount of that Tranche.
(c)
each Tranche shall be made available in a single amount and any amount undrawn in respect of a Tranche shall be cancelled and may not be borrowed by the Borrower at a later date;
(d)
the aggregate amount of the Tranches shall not exceed the Total Commitment; and
(e)
the applicable conditions precedent and subsequent, if applicable, stated in Clause 9 shall have been satisfied or waived as provided therein.
3.
Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:
(a)
the amount of the Tranche requested and the Drawdown Date and the Ship to which that Tranche relates;
(b)
the amount of that Lender's participation in that Tranche; and
(c)
the duration of the first Interest Period applicable to that Tranche.
4.
Drawdown Notice irrevocable
A Drawdown Notice must be signed by an officer or a duly authorised attorney-in-fact of the Borrower and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.
5.
Lenders to make available Contributions
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent the amount due from that Lender under Clause 2.2.
6.
Disbursement of a Tranche
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on each Drawdown Date pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5 and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:
(a)
to the account which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice; and
(b)
in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.
7.
Disbursement of a Tranche to third party
The payment of a Tranche by the Agent under Clause 4.6 to the Guarantor owning the Ship to which such Tranche relates or to the Existing Agent shall constitute the making of that Tranche and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's Contribution.
8.
Cancellation of Commitments
The Commitments in respect of any Tranche which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period shall then be cancelled.
5
Interest
1.
Payment of normal interest
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Tranche in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.
2.
Normal rate of interest
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on each Tranche in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of (i) the Margin and (ii) LIBOR for that Interest Period.
3.
Payment of accrued interest
In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.
4.
Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest
The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:
(a)
each rate of interest; and
(b)
the duration of each Interest Period,
as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.
5.
Unavailability of Screen Rate
(a)
If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.
(b)
If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:
(i)
dollars; or





(ii)
the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,
the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Quotation Date and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.
(c)
If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for dollars or the relevant Interest Period, there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan and Clause 5.8 shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.
6.
Calculation of Reference Bank Rate
(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Quotation Date, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.
(b)
If at or about 12.00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.
7.
Market disruption
(a)
If before close of business in London on the Quotation Date for the relevant Interest Period the Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan are equal to or exceed 50 per cent. of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan) (the " Relevant Lender ") that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 5.8 shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.
(b)
If, at least 1 Business Day before a Drawdown Date, the Agent receives notification from a Lender (the " Affected Lender ") that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in the relevant Tranche, the Affected Lender's obligation to participate in that Tranche shall be suspended while that situation continues.
8.
Cost of funds
(a)
If this Clause 5.8 applies, the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:
(i)
the Margin; and
(ii)
the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select;
(b)
If this Clause 5.8 applies and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.
(c)
Any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all parties.
6
Interest Periods
1.
Commencement of Interest Periods
The first Interest Period applicable to a Tranche shall commence on the Drawdown Date relating to that Tranche and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.
2.
Duration of normal Interest Periods
Subject to Clauses 6.1 and 6.3, each Interest Period applicable to a Tranche shall be:
(a)
1, 3 or 6 months as notified by the Borrower to the Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. (Amsterdam time) 3 Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period provided that the Borrower shall not select a 1 month Interest Period on more than 3 occasions in any calendar year; or
(b)
in the case of the Interest Period applicable to the second and subsequent Tranches to be drawn, a period ending on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to the Loan whereupon such Tranche shall be consolidated with all the other Tranches then drawn and treated as a single Loan; or
(c)
3 months, if the Borrower fails to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a); or
(d)
such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the Borrower.
3.
Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments
In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.
4.
No Interest Period to extend beyond Maturity Date
No Interest Period shall end after the Maturity Date and any Interest Period which would otherwise extend beyond the Maturity Date shall instead end on the Maturity Date.
7
Default interest
1.
Payment of default interest on overdue amounts
The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:





(a)
the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or
(b)
if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or
(c)
if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.
2.
Default rate of interest
Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2 per cent. above:
(a)
in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 7.3; or
(b)
in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at paragraph (b) of Clause 7.3.
3.
Calculation of default rate of interest
The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:
(a)
the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period);
(b)
the Margin plus, in respect of successive periods select by the Agent for so long as such amounts remain unpaid:
(i)
LIBOR; or
(ii)
if LIBOR is unavailable, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the actual cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine.
4.
Notification of interest periods and default rates
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent's notification.
5.
Payment of accrued default interest
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.
6.
Compounding of default interest
Any such default interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded by the default rate on a daily basis.
7.
Application to Master Agreements
For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 7 does not apply to any amount payable under a Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Designated Transaction as to which section 2(e) ( Default Interest Other Amounts ) of that Master Agreement shall apply.
8
Repayment, prepayment and reborrowing
1.
Amount of repayment instalments
The Borrower shall repay the Loan by consecutive quarterly instalments (each a " Scheduled Instalment ") based on a 15 year age adjusted profile. Each Scheduled Instalments shall be in an amount of $1,202,885 and an additional balloon instalment (the " Balloon Instalment ") equal to the then outstanding balance of the Loan shall be repaid together with the final Scheduled Instalment.
If less than the maximum amount of the Loan is advanced, each Scheduled Instalment shall be reduced pro rata by an amount in aggregate equal to the undrawn amount. If a prepayment is made pursuant to Clause 8.4 or Clause 8.8, the Agent shall circulate an updated repayment schedule adjusting the amount of the above repayment instalments then due.
2.
Repayment Dates
The first instalment of the Loan shall be repaid on the date falling 3 months after the first Drawdown Date with subsequent instalments falling due at consecutive intervals of three calendar months thereafter and the last Scheduled Instalment shall be paid on the Maturity Date together with the Balloon Instalment.
3.
Final Repayment Date
On the final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.
4.
Voluntary prepayment
Subject to the conditions set forth in Clause 8.5, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on the last day of an Interest Period without premium other than pursuant to paragraphs (a) or (b) of Clause 8.10.
5.
Conditions for voluntary prepayment
The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:





(a)
a partial prepayment shall be not less than $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $100,000 or such lower amount as the Agent may approve;
(b)
the Agent has received from the Borrower at least 3 Business Days' prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made; and
(c)
that the Borrower has complied with Clause 8.13 on or prior to the date of prepayment.
6.
Effect of notice of prepayment
A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of all the Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.
7.
Notification of notice of prepayment
The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice.
8.
Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss or Guarantor Disposal
If a Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss or there is a Guarantor Disposal to facilitate the sale or disposal of a Ship, the Borrower shall prepay the relevant Tranche of the Loan and comply with Clause 8.13:
(a)
in the case of a sale, on the earlier of (i) the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the relevant buyer and (ii) the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of the sale; or
(b)
in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and (ii) the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss; or
(c)
in the case of a Guarantor Disposal, on the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which the Guarantor Disposal occurs and (ii) the date on which any proceeds from such Guarantor Disposal have been received by the relevant entity disposing the same.
9.
Mandatory prepayment on Change of Control
If there is a Change of Control other than a Guarantor Disposal, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan and comply with Clause 8.13:
(a)
on the date falling 60 days following such Change of Control; or
(b)
if the date referred to in (a) above is not the last date of the current interest period, on the last day of the then current interest period.
10.
Amounts payable on prepayment
A voluntary prepayment under Clause 8.4, a mandatory prepayment under Clauses 8.8 and any termination or cancellation of any Lender's Commitment under this Agreement shall be made together with:
(a)
accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid; and
(b)
if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period, any sums payable under paragraph (b) of Clause 21.1.
11.
Application of partial prepayment
Each partial prepayment shall be applied pro rata against the Scheduled Instalments including the Balloon Instalment.
12.
No reborrowing
No amount repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed.
13.
Unwinding of Designated Transactions
On or prior to any repayment or prepayment of the Loan under this Clause 8 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall unless otherwise agreed by all the Lenders wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 8.1.
9
Conditions precedent and subsequent
1.
Documents, fees and no default
Each Lender's obligation to contribute to the Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a)
that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives the documents described in Part A of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;
(b)
that, on each Drawdown Date relating to a Tranche but prior to the advance of such Tranche, the Agent receives or is satisfied that it will receive on the making of such Tranche the documents described in Part B of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to it and its lawyers;
(c)
that, on or before the service of each Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives all accrued commitment fees payable pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 and has received payment of the expenses referred to in Clause 20.2.
(d)
that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:
(i)
no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the relevant Tranche;





(ii)
the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;
(iii)
no event or circumstance has occurred which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(iv)
there has been no material change in the consolidated financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Borrower since the date on which the Borrower provided the Compliance Certificate and Accounting Information accompanying such Compliance Certificate or in respect of any of the information concerning those topics appended to the Compliance Certificate; and
(v)
none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing; and
(e)
that, the Agent is satisfied that the Borrower will be in compliance with the requirements of Clause 15 immediately following the making of each Tranche; and
(f)
that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrower prior to the relevant Drawdown Date.
2.
Waiver of conditions precedent
If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit a Tranche to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 5 Business Days after the Drawdown Date relating to that Tranche (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, specify).
10
Representations and warranties
1.
General
The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.
2.
Status
The Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
3.
Ownership of the Guarantors
The Borrower is the ultimate beneficial owner of all the issued share capital and voting rights in respect of each Guarantor free of Security Interests save for the Security Interests created pursuant to the Finance Documents and, prior to the date of the Shares Pledge in respect of each Guarantor executed by the Borrower, Security Interests created in connection with each Existing Facility Agreement over the share capital and voting rights of that Guarantor.
4.
Corporate power
The Borrower (or in the case of paragraph (a) each Guarantor) has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:
(a)
to register the Ship in its ownership on the Approved Flag;
(b)
to execute the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and the Master Agreements; and
(c)
to borrow under this Agreement, to enter into Designated Transactions under each Master Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and each Master Agreement.
5.
Consents in force
All the consents referred to in Clause 10.3 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
6.
Legal validity, effective Security Interests
The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and each Master Agreement, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):
(a)
constitute the Borrower's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and
(b)
create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate,
subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.
7.
No third party Security Interests
Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:
(a)
the Borrower will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and
(b)
no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.
8.
No conflicts
The execution by the Borrower of each Finance Document and each Master Agreement, and the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document and each Master Agreement will not involve or lead to a contravention of:





(a)
any law or regulation; or
(b)
the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or
(c)
any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets.
9.
No withholding taxes
All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
10.
No default
No Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred.
11.
Information
All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5, all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7, and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrower from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.
12.
No litigation
No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower or any Security Party (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
13.
No rebates etc.
There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Borrower or any Security Party from the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with any of the Ships.
14.
Compliance with certain undertakings
At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.4, 11.8 and 11.14.
15.
Taxes paid
The Borrower has paid and has procured that each Guarantor has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to it, its business or the Ship owned or to be owned by it.
16.
ISM Code, ISPS Code and Environmental Laws compliance
All requirements of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and all Environmental Laws as they relate to the Borrower, the Guarantors, any Approved Ship Manager, any Approved Sub-Manager and the Ships have been complied with.
17.
No money laundering
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower confirms:
(a)
that it is acting for its own account;
(b)
that it will use the proceeds of the Loan for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and
(c)
that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council).
18.
No immunity
The Borrower is not and no assets of the Borrower are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceedings (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, execution or other enforcement).
19.
Pari passu
The obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents and any Master Agreement to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured indebtedness of the Borrower other than indebtedness mandatorily preferred by law.
20.
Sanctions
(a)
The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Guarantor's respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives has been and is in compliance with Applicable Sanctions.
(b)
No Security Party and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives:
(i)
is a Restricted Party, or is involved in any transaction through which it is likely to become a Restricted Party; or





(ii)
is subject to or involved in any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions or acts directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Party in breach of Sanctions.
11
General undertakings
1.
General
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, otherwise permit.
2.
Title, negative pledge
The Borrower will:
(a)
own (directly or indirectly) and maintain ownership of the entire legal and beneficial interest in the entire issued share capital of each Guarantor free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind except for those created by the Finance Documents and, prior to the date of the Shares Pledge executed by the Borrower in respect of each Guarantor, Security Interests created in connection with the relevant Existing Facility Agreement over any share capital of that Guarantor;
(b)
procure that each Guarantor will:
(i)
hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ship to be owned by it, the Insurances and Earnings relating to that Ship and the Earnings Account in its name, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests and provided that each Guarantor shall be permitted to dispose of its Ship provided that the appropriate prepayment is made pursuant to Clause 8.8; and
(ii)
not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) over any other asset, present or future; and
(c)
procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.
3.
No disposal of assets
The Borrower will procure that no Guarantor will transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:
(a)
any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation except for demurrage claims and otherwise in the ordinary course of conducting its business as a ship owner; or
(b)
make any substantial change to the nature of its business from that existing at the date of this Agreement.
4.
No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred
The Borrower will procure that, any Guarantor in relation to whom the Effective Date has occurred will not incur any liability or obligation (including, without limitation, any contingent liability) except liabilities and obligations:
(a)
under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
(b)
reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of operating, upgrading, maintaining and chartering its Ship; and
(c)
in respect of Intercompany Loans made to the relevant Guarantor provided these comply with the requirements of Clause 11.21.
5.
Information provided to be accurate
All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true, complete and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.
6.
Provision of financial statements
The Borrower will send to the Agent:
(a)
as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each financial year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and statement of cash flows for such fiscal year setting forth comparative figures for the preceding fiscal year and certified by independent certified public accountants of recognised national standing (including shipping sector specialists) reasonably acceptable to the Agent, together with a report of such accounting firm stating its audit was conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards;
(b)
as soon as possible, but in no event later than 60 days after the end of each of the first three Accounting Periods in a calendar year, unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its subsidiaries as at the end of such quarterly accounting period and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows, in each case for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly accounting period, and in each case, setting forth comparative figures for the related periods in the prior fiscal year, all of which shall be certified by an authorised officer of the Borrower, subject to normal yearend audit adjustments;
(c)
quarterly Compliance Certificates each certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower accompanying the quarterly reports provided pursuant to Clause 11.6(b) above; and
(d)
such other information and financial statements (including, without limitation, details of the operating performance, employment, positions and engagements of the Ships, annual budgets and projections) as may be requested by the Agent from time to time.
7.
Form of financial statements
All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 11.6 will:





(a)
be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied;
(b)
fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower and its subsidiaries at the date of those accounts and of their profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and
(c)
fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower and its subsidiaries.
8.
Consents
The Borrower will, and will procure that each Guarantor will, maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:
(a)
for it to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party or any Master Agreement;
(b)
for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which it is a party or any Master Agreement; and
(c)
in the case of each Guarantor, to continue to own and operate the Ship owned by it,
and the Borrower will, and will procure that each Guarantor will, comply with the terms of all such consents.
9.
Maintenance of Security Interests
The Borrower will:
(a)
at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document and each Master Agreement validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
(b)
without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document and any Master Agreement (if applicable) with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.
10.
Notification of litigation
The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal action involving the Borrower, any Security Party or any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances as soon as such action is instituted unless it is clear that the legal action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.
11.
No amendment to Master Agreements
The Borrower will not agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, any Master Agreement or any of its provisions.
12.
Hedging - Right of first refusal The Borrower shall not enter into any hedging agreement or any interest rate swap transactions with a third party bank or financial institution in respect of the Loan or the Secured Liabilities unless it has given each Swap Bank a right of first refusal to match any bona fide offer from such other bank or financial institution on equivalent terms. If the Swap Banks chose not to exercise such right, the Borrower may enter into any such swap transaction with such third party bank or financial institutions as it chooses in its absolute discretion provided that any such swap transaction is entered into in an unsecured basis.
13.
Chief Executive Office
The Borrower will maintain its principal executive office in the Principality of Monaco.
14.
Confirmation of no default
The Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by 2 directors of the Borrower and which:
(a)
states that no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred; or
(b)
states that no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.
The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.14 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 10 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Loan has not been made) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent of the Total Commitments. and this Clause 11.14 does not affect the Borrower's obligations under Clause 11.15.
15.
Notification of default
The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as the Borrower becomes aware of:
(a)
the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default; or
(b)
any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default may have occurred,
and will keep the Agent fully up‑to‑date with all developments.
16.
Provision of further information
The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating to:





(a)
the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower;
(b)
the Borrower, any Security Party, any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; or
(c)
any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document and any Master Agreement,
which may reasonably be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender or any Swap Bank at any time and the Borrower shall promptly, provide such further information and/or documents as any Creditor Party (through the Agent) may request so as to enable such Creditor Party to comply with any laws applicable to it (including, without limitation, compliance with FATCA).
17.
Provision of copies and translation of documents
The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
18.
"Know your customer" checks
The Borrower shall notify the Agent immediately if it becomes aware of any actual or intended change in its status or the status of any Security Party after the date of this Agreement. If:
(a)
the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;
(b)
any change in the status of the Borrower or any Security Party after the date of this Agreement; or
(c)
a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,
obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
19.
Compliance with laws
The Borrower shall comply and shall procure that each Guarantor shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, all Applicable Sanctions and regulations relating thereto.
20.
Taxes
The Borrower shall prepare and timely file all tax returns required to be filed by it and any member of the Group and pay and discharge all taxes imposed upon it and any member of the Group or in respect of any of its or any member of the Group's property and assets (including in relation to the Existing Facility Agreements) before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims for labour, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might become a lien or any part thereof, except in each case, for any such taxes (a) as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established, (b) as to which such failure to have paid does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship or criminal liability, or (c) the failure of which to pay or discharge would not be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
21.
Use of proceeds and Intercompany Loans
The Borrower shall:
(a)
on-lend the proceeds of each Tranche directly to the Guarantor which owns the Ship to which that Tranche relates and shall procure that such Guarantor shall use the proceeds of such Tranche to partially re-finance the Existing Facility Agreement and, any balance remaining shall be available to the Borrower for general corporate purposes including, without limitation, to on-lend to any of the Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and
(b)
procure that any Intercompany Loan it provides or has provided whether directly or indirectly to any Guarantor shall:
(i)
be fully subordinated to any and all obligations of the Guarantors and the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents;
(ii)
not require the payment of interest prior to expiry of the Maturity Date;
(iii)
mature at least 1 year after the Maturity Date; and
(iv)
not be secured by any asset which is already, or is to be, the subject of a Security Interest created by the Borrower or any Security Party pursuant to any Finance Document;





(c)
furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any instrument evidencing any Intercompany Loan, all other documents related thereto and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof; and
(d)
in respect of any such Intercompany Loan, execute and deliver to the Agent an Intercompany Loan Assignment and deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to in paragraphs 3, 4, 5 and 6 of Part A of Schedule 4 as the Agent may require.
22.
Sanctions
(a)
The Borrower undertakes that it shall, and shall procure that each Guarantor shall, comply with all Applicable Sanctions.
(b)
Without prejudice to Clause 14.10, the Borrower shall not, and will procure that no Guarantor shall become a Restricted Party or act on behalf of, or as an agent of, a Restricted Party to the extent this would lead to non-compliance by it or any other party with any Applicable Sanctions.
(c)
The Borrower shall procure, and will ensure that each Guarantor procures, that no proceeds from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Party shall be used in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Creditor Parties to the extent crediting such bank account would lead to non-compliance by that Creditor Party with any Applicable Sanctions.
(d)
The Borrower shall, and will procure that the Guarantor shall, to the extent permitted by law, promptly upon becoming aware of them supply to the Agent details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority.
(e)
The Borrower shall (and shall procure that no Guarantor will) use any revenue or benefit derived from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Party in discharging any obligation due or owing to the Creditor Parties to the extent such use would lead to non-compliance by it or any other party with any Applicable Sanctions.
23.
Use of proceeds
(a)
The Borrower shall not (and shall procure that no Guarantor shall) use, lend, contribute or otherwise make available the proceeds of any Loan or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement directly or indirectly for the purpose of financing any trade, business or other activities with any Restricted Party, to the extent, in each case, such use, lending, contributing or otherwise making available the proceeds would lead to non-compliance by it or any other party with any Applicable Sanctions.
(b)
The Borrower shall (and shall procure that each member of the Group will) procure that no proceeds from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Party are credited to any bank account held with any Creditor Party or any Affiliate of a Creditor Party, to the extent crediting such bank account would lead to non-compliance by it, any Creditor Party or any Affiliate of a Creditor Party with any Applicable Sanctions.
24.
Further assurance
(a)
The Borrower shall (and shall procure that each other Security Party shall) promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Security Trustee may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Trustee may reasonably require in favour of the Security Trustee or its nominee(s)):
(i)
to perfect any Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security Interest over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Trustee or the Creditor Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;
(ii)
to confer on the Security Trustee or confer on the Creditor Parties a Security Interest over any property and assets of the Borrower (or that other Security Party as the case may be) located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security Interest intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents; and/or
(iii)
to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.
(b)
The Borrower shall (and shall procure that each other Security Party shall) take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security Interest conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Trustee or the Creditor Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.
12
Corporate and financial undertakings
1.
General
The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders and, at any time that the Original Lenders are Lenders, the Original Lenders, otherwise permit.
2.
Maintenance of status
The Borrower will:
(a)
maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands;
(b)
remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange; and
(c)
procure that each Guarantor shall maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in goodstanding under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
3.
Negative undertakings
The Borrower will not and will procure that no Guarantor shall:
(a)
change its name, its type of organisation or the nature of its business; or
(b)
in the case of the Guarantors only and then subject to Clause 12.4 below, pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital; or
(c)
in the case of the Guarantors only provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:





(i)
a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the relevant Guarantor's share or loan capital; or
(ii)
any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,
or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the relevant Guarantor than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length.
(d)
change its Fiscal Year;
(e)
in the case of the Guarantors only issue except in accordance with the relevant Shares Pledge, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital;
(f)
in the case of the Guarantors only acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative other than Designated Transactions; or
(g)
permit or authorise any Guarantor to enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation;
(h)
permit any act, event or circumstance to occur or arise which would or could result in a Change of Control of the Borrower or any Guarantor or give rise whether directly or indirectly to a Material Adverse Effect.
4.
Dividends
(a)
The Borrower may only pay a dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the payment of such dividends or making of such distributions, redemptions, purchase or return or will result from the payment of such dividend or making of such distributions, redemptions, purchase or return; and
(b)
The Borrower will procure that no Guarantor shall pay a dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital:
(i)
any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the payment of such dividend or making of such other form of distribution or effecting of such redemption, purchase or return of share capital or will result from such payment or making of such other form of distribution or effecting of such redemption, purchase or return of share capital; or
(ii)
such dividend or other form of distribution or redemption, purchase or return of share capital shall result in a breach of the financial covenants set out in Clauses 12.5, 12.6, and 12.7.
5.
Minimum liquidity
The Borrower will not permit at any time during the Security Period, Cash and Cash Equivalents on a consolidated basis, including all amounts on deposit with any bank, to be less than the greater of:
(a)
$25,000,000; and
(b)
the product of $700,000 multiplied by the number of Fleet Vessels at such time (the " Minimum Liquidity "),
provided that 66.66 per cent. of the Minimum Liquidity shall at all times consist of Cash.
6.
Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth
The Borrower will not permit Consolidated Tangible Net Worth on the last day of any Accounting Period to be less than $500,000,000; plus
(a)
25 per cent. of the Borrower's cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after December 31, 2013; and
(b)
50 per cent. of the Equity Proceeds realised from any issuance of Equity Interests in the Borrower occurring on or after 31 December 2013.
7.
Maximum leverage ratio
The Borrower will not permit the ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation to be greater than 0.60 to 1.00 on the last day of each Accounting Period, commencing with the Accounting Period ending on 30 September 2018.
8.
Material Changes in GAAP requirements
If, at any time after the date of this Agreement, the GAAP requirements materially change so as to impact the financial covenants set out in this Clause 12 the Borrower shall notify the Agent and, if agreed between the Borrower and the Agent, this Agreement shall be amended and/or supplemented to reflect these changes.
13
Insurance
1.
General
The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that each Guarantor, at all times whilst the Ship owned by the relevant Guarantor is subject to a Mortgage, will comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, otherwise permit.
2.
Maintenance of obligatory insurances
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Guarantor against:





(a)
fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery plus hull interest and any other usual marine risks such as excess risks as applicable);
(b)
war risks (including the London Blocking and Trapping addendum or equivalent coverage including war, terrorism, piracy and confiscation risks excluded from the protection and indemnity risks);
(c)
full protection and indemnity risks (including liability for oil pollution and excess war risk P&I cover) on standard club rules, covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations (or, if the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover), or other with written consent from the Agent;
(d)
freight, demurrage & defence risks;
(e)
any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to standard practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for that Guarantor to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by written notice to that Guarantor.
3.
Terms of obligatory insurances
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall effect such insurances in respect of the Ship owned by it:
(a)
in Dollars;
(b)
in the case of the insurances described in paragraphs (a), (b) and, in the event such other risk is based on the vessel's value, (e) of Clause 13.2 in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:
(i)
when aggregated with the insured values of the other Ships then financed under this Agreement, 120 per cent. of the amount of the Loan; and
(ii)
the Fair Market Value of the Ship owned by it;
(c)
in the case of hull and machinery insured values of each Ship, in an amount not less than 80 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of that Ship and the aggregate amount of the hull and machinery insured values of the Ships shall be equal to or greater than the amount of the Loan;
(d)
in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;
(e)
in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship owned by it;
(f)
on approved terms; and
(g)
through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations that are members of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs.
4.
Further protections for the Creditor Parties
In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3 the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:
(a)
subject always to paragraph (b), name the relevant Guarantor as the sole named assureds unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:
(i)
in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;
(A)
to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and
(B)
to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and
(ii)
in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;
and, when requested by the Security Trustee (acting reasonably) obtain or procure that every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the relevant Guarantor and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them in circumstances where either (i) such deductibles are not borne by the applicable Guarantor in full and/or (ii) an Event of Default which is continuing and/or (iii) such deductible exceeds $500,000, and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.
(b)
whenever the Security Trustee requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Lender, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;
(c)
name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;
(d)
provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;
(e)
provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party;
(f)
provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the Guarantor concerned fails to do so; and
(g)
provide that the deductible of the hull and machinery insurance is not higher than the amount agreed upon and stated in the loss payable clause.





5.
Renewal of obligatory insurances
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall.
(a)
at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:
(i)
notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Guarantor proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and
(ii)
obtain the Security Trustee's approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);
(b)
at least 5 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee's approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and
(c)
procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall prior to the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.
6.
Copies of policies, letters of undertaking
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that all approved insurance brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:
(a)
they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4.
(b)
they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;
(c)
they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;
(d)
they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 5 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Guarantor or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and
(e)
they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Guarantor under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non‑payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.
7.
Copies of certificates of entry
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:
(a)
a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;
(b)
a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee; and
(c)
a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.
8.
Deposit of original policies
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.
9.
Payment of premiums
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by that Guarantor and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.
10.
Guarantees
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.
11.
Compliance with terms of insurances
The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Guarantor shall do or omit to do (or permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part and, in particular:
(a)
each Guarantor shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in paragraph (c) of Clause 13.6) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;
(b)
no Guarantor shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it unless approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;
(c)
each Guarantor shall make (and when requested by the Agent acting reasonably promptly supply copies to the Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it





is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and
(d)
no Guarantor shall employ the Ship owned by it, or allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
12.
Alteration to terms of insurances
The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Guarantor shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.
13.
Settlement of claims
The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Guarantor shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance effected by it for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.
14.
Provision of copies of communications
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all material written communications between the relevant Guarantor and:
(a)
the approved insurance brokers;
(b)
the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c)
the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:
(i)
that Guarantor's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and
(ii)
any credit arrangements made between that Guarantor and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.
15.
Provision of information
In addition, the Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:
(a)
obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected by it; and/or
(b)
effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,
and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all reasonable fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a), provided the amount of such fees and expenses shall have been the subject of prior consultation between the Security Trustee and the Borrower but without any obligation on the part of the Security Trustee to consider or comply with any recommendation by or request from the Borrower during such consultation.
16.
Mortgagee's interest, additional perils
The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew (i) mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance and (ii) mortgagee's interest marine insurance in such amounts, (and on the date of this Agreement, it is expected that such amount will be 120 per cent. of the Loan), on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider appropriate and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.
14
Ship covenants
1.
General
The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party that it shall and that it shall procure that each Guarantor will, at all times whilst the Ship owned by the relevant Guarantor is subject to a Mortgage to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may otherwise permit in writing and, in the case of clause 14.13(e), such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
2.
Ship's name and registration
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of any Ship without the prior written approval of the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.





3.
Repair and classification
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:
(a)
consistent with first‑class ship ownership and management practice;
(b)
so as to maintain the highest class for that Ship with the Approved Classification Society free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship's class; and
(c)
so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered under the law of the Approved Flag on which that Ship is registered or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.
4.
Classification Society undertaking
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall instruct the Approved Classification Society (and in the case of dual classification, only the primary classification society):
(a)
to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to the Ship owned by it;
(b)
to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Guarantor and the Ship owned by it at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them;
(c)
following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:
(i)
to confirm that such Guarantor is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or
(ii)
if such Guarantor is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.
5.
Modification
The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship owned by it or equipment installed on that Ship which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.
6.
Removal of parts
The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall remove any material part of the Ship owned by it, or any item of equipment installed on, that Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Ship the property of that Guarantor and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage Provided that an Guarantor may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.
7.
Surveys
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor, at the Borrower's expense submits the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes with copies of all technical survey reports in respect of surveys carried out by an Approved Ship Manager or other qualified expert duly appointed for such purpose.
8.
Inspection
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times, with reasonable notice to the relevant Guarantor, always without interfering with the trading of the Ship at the Borrower's expense to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred the Borrower shall not have to pay for more than 1 inspection per Ship in each calendar year. The Security Trustee shall use reasonable efforts not to interfere with the operation of that Ship when exercising its rights under this Clause 14.8.
9.
Prevention of and release from arrest
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly discharge:
(a)
all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances;
(b)
all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances; and
(c)
all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances,
and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.
10.
Compliance with laws etc.
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall:





(a)
comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Applicable Sanctions and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Guarantor;
(b)
not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Applicable Sanctions; and
(c)
in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship's war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given and the Borrower has or has procured that there is (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require.
11.
Provision of information
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:
(a)
the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements (including, without limitation, details of the operating performance, employment, appraisal reports, positions and engagements of the Ships, annual budgets and projections);
(b)
the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship owned by it;
(c)
any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship owned by it and any payments made in respect of that Ship;
(d)
any towages and salvages; and
(e)
its compliance, the Approved Ship Manager's or the compliance by the Ship owned by it with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Applicable Sanctions,
and, upon the Security Trustee's request, provide copies of any current charter relating to that Ship, of any current charter guarantee and copies of each Guarantors or the Approved Ship Manager's Document of Compliance.
12.
Notification of certain events
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly notify the Security Trustee by email of:
(a)
any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;
(b)
any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(c)
any requirement or condition made by any insurer or the Approved Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not complied with within the specified time;
(d)
any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;
(e)
any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;
(f)
any Environmental Claim made against any Security Party or the Borrower or in connection with any Ship, or any Environmental Incident;
(g)
any claim for breach of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Laws or Sanctions being made against that Guarantor, the Approved Ship Manager (following a Guarantor becoming aware of the same) or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; or
(h)
any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Laws or Sanctions not being complied with.
and the Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of the Borrower's, any Guarantor's, the Approved Ship Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.
13.
Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.
The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it:
(a)
let that Ship on demise charter for any period;
(b)
enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 24 months other than Charters where the charterer is a Guarantor, Affiliate or subsidiary of the Borrower or the Charter is pursuant to an Approved Pooling Arrangement;
(c)
enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than 2 months' hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;
(d)
charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm's length terms at the time when such Ship is fixed;
(e)
appoint a manager of that Ship other than an Approved Ship Manager or agree to any material alteration to the terms of the Approved Ship Manager's appointment save that provisions relating to the management fees, termination fees and insurances are permitted provided that such changes cannot be considered material in the context of the Finance Documents;
(f)
appoint a classification society for that Ship other than an Approved Classification Society;
(g)
de‑activate or layup that Ship; or
(h)
put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) or in the case of any scheduled special surveys in respect of such Ship, in an amount





exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000, unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on such Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.
14.
Notice of Mortgage
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage, carry on board the Ship owned by it a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master's cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that such Ship is mortgaged by that Guarantor to the Security Trustee.
15.
Sharing of Earnings
The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings of the Ship owned by it provided always that any Ship may be entered into any Approved Pooling Arrangement.
16.
ISPS Code
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:
(a)
procure that its Ship and the company responsible for such Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and
(b)
maintain for its Ship an ISSC; and
(c)
notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.
17.
Copies of Charters subject to Charterparty Assignment
Provided that the Borrower has obtained the prior permission of the Agent necessary under paragraph (b) of Clause 14.13, the Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall:
(a)
furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any Charter for the Ship owned by it in relation to which a Charterparty Assignment must be provided, all other documents related thereto including, without limitation, any guarantee of such Charter and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof; and
(b)
in respect of any such Charter, execute and deliver to the Agent a Charterparty Assignment and deliver to the Agent a consent and acknowledgement executed by the charterer and any related charter guarantor and such other documents equivalent to those referred to in paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of Part A of Schedule 4 as the Agent may require.
18.
Change of Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub- Manager
If, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, there is a change of Approved Ship Manager, Approved Sub-Manager or the appointment of an Approved Sub-Manager, the Borrower shall or shall procure that:
(a)
the relevant Guarantor shall:
(i)
in the case of the appointment of any new or replacement Approved Sub-Manager, procure that pursuant to the terms of any such appointment, the Approved Ship Manager remains fully liable to the relevant Guarantor in respect of the management of the relevant Ship;
(ii)
promptly provide the Agent with a copy of the management agreement pursuant to which such Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager is to be appointed; and
(b)
the new Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager, as the case may be, shall provide to the Agent on or prior to the commencement of its appointment, an Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking.
19.
Green Passport
The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor has obtained a Green Passport, or equivalent document acceptable to the Agent which shall be maintained valid throughout the Security Period.
15
Security cover
1.
Breach of minimum required security cover
Clause 15.2 applies if the Agent notifies the Borrower that:
(a)
the Fair Market Value of the Ships then subject to a Mortgage; plus
(b)
the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15,
is, at any time during the Security Period, below 140 per cent. of the Loan.
2.
Provision of additional security, prepayment
If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.1, the Borrower shall, within 30 days after the date in which the Agent's notice is served, either:
(a)
prepay such part (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall; or
(b)
provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security which, in the opinion of all the Lenders, acting in their absolute discretion has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, approve or require and, for this purpose, it is agreed that acceptable additional security shall include cash collateral in Dollars valued at par..
For the avoidance of doubt, amounts prepaid pursuant to this Clause shall be applied in accordance with Clause 8.11.





3.
Valuation of Ship
The market value of a Ship at any date is that shown by:
(a)
the arithmetic average of two valuations each prepared by an Approved Broker selected by the Agent save that if such valuations differ by a margin of more than 10 per cent. then a third valuation shall be obtained from a third Approved Broker appointed by the Agent and the market value of that Ship shall be the arithmetic average of all three valuations;
(b)
as at a date not more than 30 days prior to the date such valuation is delivered to the Agent by such Approved Broker;
(c)
with or without physical inspection of that Ship (as the Agent may require);
(d)
on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment; and
(e)
after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.
4.
Value of additional vessel security
The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.3.
5.
Valuations binding
Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.
6.
Provision of information
The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker acting under Clause 15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker may request for the purposes of the valuation and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.
7.
Payment of valuation expenses
Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower's obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 21.3, the Borrower shall, subject to Clause 15.8, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause 15.
8.
Frequency of valuations
(a)
The Borrower shall provide the valuations of each Ship required pursuant to paragraph 6 of Part B of Schedule 4 at the Borrower's expense;
(b)
the Borrower shall provide to the Agent two valuations during each half of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower commencing on 1 January 2019 (such valuations to be attached to the Compliance Certificates for the relevant fiscal quarter to be provided by the Borrower) setting forth the Fair Market Value of each Ship in each case at the cost of the Borrower save that the Borrower shall not be required to pay for more than 2 sets of valuations of each Ship in each calendar year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or any valuation obtained would entitle the Agent to serve a notice pursuant to Clause 15.1 in which case such valuations required by the Agent (acting reasonably) shall be for the cost of the Borrower; and
(c)
the Agent shall be entitled, at the expense of the Lender or Lenders making the request, to obtain valuations of each Ship other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above as often as such Lender or Lenders may request.
9.
Application of prepayment
Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.2.
10.
Release of Additional Security
It is agreed that where the Borrower or a third party has provided additional security pursuant to Clause 15.2 the Borrower is entitled to request the release of such additional security at its expense at any time following a testing of compliance by the Borrower of the minimum required security cover under Clause 15.1. Where the Borrower is shown to be in compliance with such minimum required security cover without including the additional security within the calculation and where the Borrower is in compliance with the minimum required security cover under Clause 15.1, such additional security shall be released at the Borrower's cost.
16
Payments and calculations
1.
Currency and method of payments
All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Borrower and any Security Party under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:
(a)
by not later than 11.00 a.m. (Amsterdam time) on the due date;
(b)
in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);





(c)
in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower or another Security Party to the Agent or any Lender, to an account of the Agent as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties, or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and
(d)
in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.
2.
Payment on non-Business Day
If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:
(a)
the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or
(b)
if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day,
and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.
3.
Basis for calculation of periodic payments
All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.
4.
Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties
Subject to Clause 16.5:
(a)
any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, a Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, that Swap Counterparty or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender and the Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and
(b)
amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender and each Swap Counterparty pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.
5.
Clawback and pre-funding
(a)
     Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.
(b)
Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.
(c)
If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrower before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrower:
(i)
the Agent shall notify the Borrower of that Lender's identity and the Borrower shall on demand refund it to the Agent; and
(ii)
the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.
6.
Agent may assume receipt
Clause 16.5 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.
7.
Creditor Party accounts
Each Creditor Party (excluding the Agent and Security Trustee) shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.
8.
Accounts prima facie evidence
If any accounts maintained under Clause 16.7 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.
9.
Disruption to payment systems etc. If either the Agent determines in its discretion that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:
(a)
     the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Loan as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;
(b)
     the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 16.9(a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to any such changes;





(c)
the Agent shall consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 16.9 (a) prior to making such agreement with the Borrower and shall take into account any difficulties brought to the Agent’s attention by any Finance Party;
(d)
     any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 27 (Variations and waivers);
(e)
     the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation, for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 16.9; and
(f)
     the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to Clause 16.9 (d).
17
Application of receipts
1.
Normal order of application
Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by the Agent or the Security Trustee under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:
(a)
first : in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents (other than any Master Agreement) in the following order and proportions:
(i)
first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Agent and Security Trustee under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (ii) and (iii) below (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document);
(ii)
secondly, in or towards satisfaction of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents (other than any Master Agreement); and
(iii)
thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Loan;
(b)
secondly : in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document (other than any Master Agreement) but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of Clause 17.1.
(c)
thirdly : in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under Master Agreements in the following order and proportions:
(i)
first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Swap Counterparties under any Master Agreements other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (ii) and (iii) below (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any Master Agreement);
(ii)
secondly, in or towards satisfaction of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Master Agreements (and, for this purpose, the expression " interest " shall include any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2(e) ( Obligations ) of any Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the relevant Swap Counterparty at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 17); and
(iii)
thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Swap Exposure of each Swap Counterparty (in the case of the latter, calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder);
(d)
fourthly : in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Master Agreement but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 17.1.
(e)
fifthly : any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.
18
Application of Earnings
1.
Payment of Earnings
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that, throughout the Security Period (subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment), all the Earnings of each Ship are paid to the Earnings Account for that Ship, at all times when such Ship is subject to a Mortgage.
2.
Application of Earnings
Any money from time to time credited to, or for the time being standing to the credit of, an Earnings Account shall, unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing (whereupon the provisions of Clause 17.1 shall be and become applicable), be freely available to the applicable Guarantor.
3.
Location of accounts
The Borrower shall promptly:
(a)
comply or procure compliance with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re‑location of the Earnings Accounts (or any of them); and





(b)
execute or procure execution of any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts (or any of them).
4.
Debits for expenses etc.
The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit any Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21.
5.
Borrower's obligations unaffected
The provisions of this Clause 18 do not affect:
(a)
the liability of the Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or
(b)
any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any Security Party under any Finance Document.
19
Events of Default
1.
Events of Default
An Event of Default occurs if:
(a)
the Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document unless its failure to pay is caused by a Disruption Event and payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or
(b)
any breach occurs of Clause 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.22, 11.23, 12.5, 12.6, 12.7 or 15.2; or
(c)
any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which, in the opinion of all the Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 20 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or
(d)
(subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or
(e)
any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or
(f)
any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower on a consolidated basis exceeding $10,000,000 in aggregate or, in the case of any Security Party, $2,500,000 (or in either case, the equivalent in any other currency):
(i)
any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person is not paid when due; or
(ii)
any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or
(iii)
a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or
(iv)
any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or
(v)
any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or
(g)
any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:
(i)
a Relevant Person becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or
(ii)
any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating, $10,000,000 in the case of the Borrower or $2,500,000 in the case of any Security Party or more or the equivalent in another currency; or
(iii)
any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or
(iv)
an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person; or
(v)
any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or
(vi)
a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or
(vii)
a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (A) a Relevant Person, (B) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (C) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (D) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower or the Guarantors which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by all the Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or





(viii)
an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (A) the application or petition is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (B) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (A) or (B)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or
(ix)
a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or
(x)
any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or
(xi)
in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Lenders acting reasonably is similar to any of the foregoing;
(h)
any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened against a Relevant Person or its assets which is not or could not be considered in the opinion of the Agent vexatious or frivolous in nature and which has, will have or may have a Material Adverse Effect;
(i)
a Finance Document is amended, terminated, cancelled or suspended for any reason except with the prior written consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders;
(j)
the Borrower ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which is material in the context of this Agreement; or
(k)
it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:
(i)
for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which all the Lenders consider material under a Finance Document;
(ii)
for the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders or the Swap Banks to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or
(l)
any consent necessary to enable any Guarantor to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or to enable the Borrower, such Guarantor or any other Security Party to comply with any provision which all the Lenders consider material of a Finance Document to which it is a party is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or
(m)
any provision which all the Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest and which in each case such default continues unremedied 15 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or
(n)
the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or
(o)
an Event of Default (as defined in section 14 of a Master Agreement) occurs; or
(p)
a Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with the consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders; or
(q)
any of the Ships ceases to be employed by the relevant Approved Ship Manager on terms acceptable to the Agent or any of the circumstances described in paragraphs (g) or (j) of Clause 19.1 occurs ( mutatis mutandis ) in relation to an Approved Ship Manager or an Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub‑Manager breaches any provision of its Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking which the Agent considers material and the Borrower fails within a period of 15 days of it becoming aware of the occurrence of such circumstance or breach or of the receipt of a written notification from the Agent requesting the Borrower to remedy such circumstances or breach either to remedy such circumstances or breach or to substitute the relevant Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager with another Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub‑Manager which executes and delivers to the Security Trustee a replacement Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking;
(r)
any arrest, seizure of a Ship or its detention unless it is redelivered to the full control of the relevant Guarantor within 30 Business Days of such arrest or detention;
(s)
any failure to change the flag state of a Ship within 30 Business Days after written notice from the Agent requesting a flag change following an event or occurrence of governmental and/or political unrest in the Approved Flag state and/or a jurisdiction relevant to the Borrower and/or a Guarantor which may in the Agent's opinion have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(t)
an event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
2.
Actions following an Event of Default
On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:





(a)
the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:
(i)
serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or
(ii)
serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or
(iii)
take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or
(b)
the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a)(i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.
3.
Termination of Commitments
On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 19.2, the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.
4.
Acceleration of Loan
On the service of a notice under paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 19.2, all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.
5.
Multiple notices. action without notice
The Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a)(i) and (ii) of Clause 19.2 simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.
6.
Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties
The Agent shall send to each Lender, each Swap Counterparty, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 19.2. but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.
7.
Creditor Party rights unimpaired
Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or Swap Counterparties under a Finance Document, a Master Agreement or the general law. and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.
8.
Exclusion of Creditor Party liability
(a)
Without limiting paragraph ý(b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent), the Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for:
(i)
     any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Security Interests, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;
(ii)
exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document, the Security Interests or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document or the Security Interests; or
(iii)
without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:
(A)
any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or
(B)
the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any market disruption as described in Clause 5.7); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.
(b)
     No party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause, subject to Clause 30.4 and the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.
(c)
The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.
(d)
     Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers to carry out:





(i)
any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or
(ii)
any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender, on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers.
(iii)
Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent's liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Security Interests shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.
9.
Relevant Persons
In this Clause 19, a " Relevant Person " means the Borrower and any Security Party.
10.
Interpretation
In Clause paragraph (f) of Clause 19.1 references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease and in paragraph (g) of Clause 19.1 "petition" includes an application.
11.
Position of Swap Counterparties
Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 19, to have any regard to the requirements of a Swap Counterparty except to the extent that such Swap Counterparty is also a Lender.
20
Fees and expenses
1.
Commitment, arrangement, agency fees etc.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:
(a)
within 5 days after the date of this Agreement, an arrangement fee as set out in a Fee Letter, for distribution among the Lenders in the proportions agreed by the Agent and the Lenders;
(b)
quarterly in arrears and on the last day of the Availability Period during the period commencing on the date of this Agreement until the end of the Availability Period, for the account of the Lenders pro rata to their Commitments, a commitment fee at a rate equal to 40 per cent. of the Margin per annum on the amount of the Unutilised Commitment of each Lender; and
(c)
on the date of this Agreement and on each anniversary thereof during the Security Period, an annual agency fee as set out in a Fee Letter.
2.
Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, syndication or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document including, without limitation, any legal fees (including VAT and disbursements) reasonably incurred by the Agent, Security Trustee, the Bookrunners and the Mandated Lead Arrangers in this connection.
3.
Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:
(a)
any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;
(b)
any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Swap Banks, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;
(c)
the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or
(d)
any step taken by the Lender or the Swap Bank concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.
There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.
4.
Documentary taxes
The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent's demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.





5.
Financial Services Authority fees
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Lender concerned the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that a Lender has notified the Agent to be necessary to compensate it for the cost attributable to its Contribution resulting from the imposition from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 and/or by the Bank of England and/or by the Financial Services Authority (or other United Kingdom governmental authorities or agencies) of a requirement to pay fees to the Financial Services Authority calculated by reference to liabilities used to fund its Contribution.
6.
Certification of amounts
A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
7.
Agent's management time
Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause ý20 ( Fees and expenses ), Clause 21 ( Indemnities ) and clause 4.11 ( Indemnification of the Servicing Banks ) of the Agency and Trust Deed ýshall include the cost of utilising the Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause ý20 (Fees and expenses).
8.
Security Trustee's management time
(a)
Any amount payable to the Security Trustee under 4.11 ( Indemnification of the Servicing Banks ) of the Agency and Trust Deed and this Clause 20.7 shall include the cost of utilising the Security Trustee's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Security Trustee may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any other fee paid or payable to the Security Trustee.
(b)
Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, in the event of:
(i)
an Event of Default or Latent Event of Default;
(ii)
     the Security Trustee being requested by the Borrower or a Guarantor or the Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Trustee and the Borrower agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Trustee under the Finance Documents; or
(iii)
the Security Trustee and the Borrower agreeing that it is otherwise appropriate in the circumstances,
the Borrower shall pay to the Security Trustee any additional remuneration that may be agreed between them.
21
Indemnities
1.
Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan
The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent's demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:
(a)
a Tranche not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice relating to such Tranche for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;
(b)
the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;
(c)
any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7);
(d)
the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19.
and in respect of any tax (other than any FATCA Deduction or a tax on its overall net income under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Creditor Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Creditor Party is treated as a resident for tax purposes) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document unless such cost, expense, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Creditor Party.
2.
Breakage costs
Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:
(a)
in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and
(b)
in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.





3.
Miscellaneous indemnities
The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:
(a)
any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Master Agreement by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document or any Master Agreement; or
(b)
any other Pertinent Matter,
other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.
Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 21.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.
4.
Currency indemnity
If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the " Contractual Currency ") into another currency (the " Payment Currency ") for the purpose of:
(a)
making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or
(b)
obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or
(c)
enforcing any such order or judgment,
the Borrower shall indemnify within three Business Days of demand the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.
In this Clause 21.4, the " available rate of exchange " means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.
This Clause 21.4 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.
5.
Mandatory Cost
The Borrower shall, on demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:
(a)
in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and
(b)
in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions).
6.
Application to Master Agreements
For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 21.4 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of that Master Agreement shall apply.
7.
Certification of amounts
A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
8.
Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.
22
No set-off or tax deduction
1.
No deductions
All amounts due from the Borrower or any Security Party under a Finance Document or any the Master Agreement shall be paid:





(a)
without any form of set‑off, cross-claim or condition; and
(b)
free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrower or such Security Party is required by law to make.
2.
Grossing-up for taxes
If the Borrower or any Security Party is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment under a Finance Document or a Master Agreement (other than a FATCA Deduction):
(a)
the Borrower or such Security Party (as the case may be) shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;
(b)
the Borrower or such Security Party (as the case may be) shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and
(c)
the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.
3.
Evidence of payment of taxes
Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.
4.
Tax deduction
In this Clause 22 " tax deduction " means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax other than a FATCA Deduction.
5.
FATCA Deduction
Each party to this Agreement may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no party to this Agreement shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction. Each party to this Agreement shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the party to this Agreement to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Creditor Parties.
6.
Stamp taxes
The Borrower shall pay and, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Creditor Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document or any Master Agreement.
7.
Application to Master Agreements
For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) ( Deduction or Withholding for Tax ) of that Master Agreement shall apply.
8.
FATCA Information
(a)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, each party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another party:
(i)
confirm to that other party whether it is:
(A)
a FATCA Exempt Party. or
(B)
not a FATCA Exempt Party.
(ii)
supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with FATCA; and
(iii)
supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.
(b)
If a party confirms to another party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall notify that other party reasonably promptly;
(c)
Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Creditor Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
(i)
any law or regulation;
(ii)
any fiduciary duty; or
(iii)
any duty of confidentiality.
(d)
If a party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
9.
VAT
(a)
All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Creditor Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Creditor Party to any Party





under a Finance Document and such Creditor Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that party must pay to such Creditor Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Creditor Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that party).
(b)
If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Creditor Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Creditor Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):
(i)
(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and
(ii)
(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.
(c)
Where a Finance Document requires any party to reimburse or indemnify a Creditor Party for any cost or expense, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Creditor Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Creditor Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.
(d)
Any reference in this Clause 22.9 to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term "representative member" to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).
(e)
In relation to any supply made by a Creditor Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Creditor Party, that party must promptly provide such Creditor Party with details of that party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Creditor Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.
23
Illegality, etc.
1.
Illegality
This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ") notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:
(a)
unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or
(b)
contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,
for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.
2.
Notification of illegality
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.
3.
Prepayment, termination of Commitment
On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender's Commitment shall terminate. and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender's notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution in accordance with Clause 8.
4.
Mitigation
If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 23.1 then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 23.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:
(a)
have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or
(b)
involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or
(c)
involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
24
Increased Costs
1.
Increased costs
This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ") notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:
(a)
the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Notifying Lender's overall net income); or





(b)
the effect of complying with any law or regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or
(c)
the implementation or application of or compliance with any Basel III Regulation, CRD IV and CRR,
the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an " increased cost ".
2.
Meaning of "increased costs"
In this Clause 24, "increased costs" means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:
(a)
an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;
(b)
a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;
(c)
an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender's Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or
(d)
a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender after providing evidence of its method of calculation to quantify such increased costs under this Agreement,
but not an item attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a party or compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 21.5.
For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.
3.
Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.
4.
Payment of increased costs
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.
5.
Notice of prepayment
If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days' notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.
6.
Prepayment. termination of Commitment
A notice under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable. the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower's notice of intended prepayment. and:
(a)
on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b)
on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender's Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.
7.
Application of prepayment
Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
25
Set-Off
1.
Application of credit balances
Each of the Agent and the Security Trustee may without prior notice:
(a)
apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of the Agent or Security Trustee in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee under any of the Finance Documents; and
(b)
for that purpose:
(i)
break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;
(ii)
convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and
(iii)
enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Agent or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, considers appropriate.





2.
Existing rights unaffected
Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1 and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set‑off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which the Agent or the Security Trustee is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
3.
Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender and each Lender's proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.
4.
No Security Interest
This Clause 25 gives the Agent and the Security Trustee a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.
26
Transfers and changes in lending offices
1.
Transfer by Borrower
The Borrower may not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all the Lenders transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.
2.
Transfer by a Lender
Subject to Clause 26.5 a Lender (the " Transferor Lender ") may at any time, without the consent of the Borrower or any Security Party but with the prior approval of the Agent, cause:
(a)
its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution but in the case of part, in an amount no less than $5,000,000; or
(b)
its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment but in the case of part, in an amount no less than $5,000,000; or
(c)
a combination of (a) and (b),
to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and which is FATCA Exempt Party (a " Transferee Lender ") or the securitisation or similar transaction of that Transferor Lender's Contribution of Commitment by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 5 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a " Transfer Certificate ") executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender,
However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Deed.
3.
Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification
As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):
(a)
sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee, each of the other Lenders and each of the Swap Banks;
(b)
on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it;
(c)
send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters sent under paragraph (b),
but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.
4.
Effective Date of Transfer Certificate
A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.
5.
No transfer without Transfer Certificate
Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.
6.
Lender re-organisation. waiver of Transfer Certificate
However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate. and, upon service of the Agent's notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.





7.
Effect of Transfer Certificate
A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:
(a)
to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;
(b)
the Transferor Lender's Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(c)
the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(d)
the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro‑rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;
(e)
any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate's effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor's title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;
(f)
the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.6 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and
(g)
in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount,
The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross‑claim.
8.
Maintenance of register of Lenders
During the Security Period the Borrower, any Lender or the Security Trustee may ask the Agent for the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate and the Agent shall make such information available to any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days' prior notice.
9.
Reliance on register of Lenders
The information provided by the Agent pursuant to Clause 26.8 above shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.
10.
Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates
The Borrower, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.
11.
Registration fee
In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $3,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent's option) the Transferee Lender.
12.
Sub-participation. subrogation assignment
A Lender may sub‑participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee. and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.
13.
Disclosure of Confidential Information
Any Creditor Party may disclose:
(a)
with the prior written consent of the Borrower, to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and representatives such Confidential Information as that Creditor Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;
(b)
to any person:





(i)
to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person's Affiliates, representatives and professional advisers;
(ii)
with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or the Borrower and/or one or more of the Security Parties and to any of that person's Affiliates, representatives and professional advisers;
(iii)
appointed by any Creditor Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;
(iv)
who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;
(v)
to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;
(vi)
to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;
(vii)
to whom or for whose benefit that Creditor Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates a Security Interest (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 26.17 and to any rating agency in relation to any such securitisation;
(viii)
who is a party; or
(ix)
as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document,
in each case, such Confidential Information as that Creditor Party shall consider appropriate if:
(A)
in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information.
(B)
in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.
(C)
in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Creditor Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances. and
(c)
with the prior written consent of the Borrower, to any person appointed by that Creditor Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the Loan Market Association Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Creditor Party.
14.
Change of lending office
A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:
(a)
the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and
(b)
the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.
15.
Notification
On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee. and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.
16.
Replacement of Reference Bank
If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank. and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first‑mentioned Reference Bank's appointment shall cease to be effective.
17.
Security over Lenders' rights
In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:





(a)
any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and
(i)
in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;
except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:
(ii)
release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
(iii)
require any payments to be made by the Borrower or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.
27
Variations and waivers
1.
Variations, waivers etc. by the Majority Lenders
Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party's rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.
2.
Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders
However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words "by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders" were replaced by the words "by or on behalf of every Lender":
(a)
a change to any Security Party, other than in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;
(b)
a reduction in the Margin;
(c)
a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement;
(d)
an increase in any Lender's Commitment;
(e)
a change to the definition of " Majority Lenders ", " Applicable Sanctions ", " Sanctions Authority ", " Sanctions List " or " Restricted Party ";
(f)
a change to Clause 3 or this Clause 27;
(g)
a change to Clauses 8.8, 8.9, 10.20, 11.22, 11.23, 17 and 31;
(h)
any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document;
(i)
an extension of the Availability Period; and
(j)
any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender's consent is required.
3.
Exclusion of other or implied variations
Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:
(a)
a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or
(b)
an Event of Default; or
(c)
a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or
(d)
any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,
and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.
4.
Screen Rate
If any Screen Rate is not available for a relevant currency, any amendment or waiver which relates to providing for another benchmark rate to apply in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate (or which relates to aligning any provision of a Finance Document to the use of that other benchmark rate) may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower.
28
Resolution stay
1.
Effect of Resolution Event
Each party irrevocably and unconditionally acknowledges, consents, accepts and agrees that the occurrence, existence or continuation of a Resolution Event does not:
(a)
entitle a party, directly or indirectly, whether pursuant to a default clause, a cross-default clause, a guarantee or otherwise, to:
(i)
exercise any termination, suspension, modification, netting or set-off rights or similar rights; or
(ii)
obtain possession, exercise control or enforce any security over any property of the Creditor Parties or any of them,





under or in relation to this Agreement or any other agreement between the Creditor Parties or any of them and that party; or
(b)
adversely affect the rights and remedies of the Creditor Parties or any of them under this Agreement or any other agreement between the Creditor Parties or any of them and that party,
unless the Resolution Legislation explicitly provides otherwise.
2.
Resolution stay undertaking
Each party shall promptly take all action that is necessary or in the opinion of the Creditor Parties or any of them or any Resolution Authority desirable in connection with this clause, the exercise of a Resolution Power by any Resolution Authority, or the occurrence, existence or continuation of any Resolution Event.
3.
Prevailing terms
Notwithstanding any other term, condition or clause in this Agreement or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Creditor Parties or any of them and a party, each party irrevocably and unconditionally acknowledges, accepts, consents and agrees that this clause prevails and may be enforced by any Resolution Authority.
4.
Contractual recognition of Resolution Legislation
Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to the exercise of a Resolution Power or a Resolution Event by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:
(a)
any Resolution Power or Resolution Event in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):
(i)
a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;
(ii)
a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and
(iii)
a cancellation of any such liability; and
(b)
a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Resolution Power or any Resolution Event in relation to any such liability.
29
Notices
1.
General
Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or electronic mail (" Email ") and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
2.
Addresses for communications
A notice by letter or Email shall be sent:
(a)
to the Borrower:      Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
Le Millenium, 9 Boulevard Charles III,
98000 Monaco
Attn: Legal Department
Email@ legal@scorpiogroup.net;
(b)
to a Lender:      At the relevant address below or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate, and in the case of:
(i) ABN AMRO BANK N.V. at:
Operations / administration:

Peter van Wijk / Tom van Vonderen
OPS NL Credits / Mid-Office
Coolsingel 93, GL0914/GL1610
3012 AE
The Netherlands

Tel: +31 10 4016254 / +31 10 4015653

Email: pieter.van.wijk@nl.abnamro.com / tom.van.vonderen@nl.abnamro.com / loket.leningenadministratie.ccs@nl.abnamro.com






(ii) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale at:
1114 Avenue of the Americas,
New York, NY 10036, U.S.A.
Attention: Henning Keil
Telephone: +1 212 812 6955
Email: henning.keil@nordlb.com;

(c)
to a Swap Bank      at the address below its name in Schedule 2, or in the case of ABN Bank AMRO N.V. at the relevant address set out in paragraph (b) of Clause 29.2 above;
(d)
to the Agent:      in respect of administrative matters:
ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
Gustav Mahlerlaan 10
(PAC HQ9037)
1082 PP Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Attention: Agency Syndicated Loans (PAC HQ9037)
Email: abn.amro.agency.team.1@nl.abnamro.com; and

(e)
to the Security Trustee: in respect of administrative matters:
ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
Gustav Mahlerlaan 10
(PAC HQ9037)
1082 PP Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Attention: Agency Syndicated Loans (PAC HQ9037)
Email: abn.amro.agency.team.1@nl.abnamro.com,

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Security Parties.
3.
Effective date of notices
Subject to Clauses 29.4 and 29.5:
(a)
a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered; and
(b)
a notice which is sent by Email shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is actually received in readable form.
4.
Service outside business hours
However, if under Clause 29.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a)
on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
(b)
on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,
the notice shall (subject to Clause 29.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.
5.
Illegible notices
Clauses 29.3 and 29.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
6.
Valid notices
A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:
(a)
the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or
(b)
in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.





7.
Electronic communication between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank
Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by Email or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or Swap Bank:
(a)
agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
(b)
notify each other in writing of their Email address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
(c)
notify each other of any change to their respective Email addresses or any other such information supplied to them.
Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or a Swap Bank to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.
8.
English language
Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.
9.
Meaning of "notice"
In this Clause 29, " notice " includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
30
Supplemental
1.
Rights cumulative, non-exclusive
The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:
(a)
cumulative;
(b)
may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c)
shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
2.
Severability of provisions
If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
3.
Counterparts
A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
4.
Third party rights
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
31
Law and jurisdiction
1.
English law
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
2.
Exclusive English jurisdiction
Subject to Clause 31.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.
3.
Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of Creditor Parties
Clause 31.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the rights:
(a)
to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and
(b)
to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.
The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.
4.
Process agent
(a)
The Borrower irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited at its office for the time being, presently at 10 Lower Grosvenor Place, London, SW1W 0EN, (such communication to be marked and if possible on the paper envelope and not on the courier packaging "SALT Transaction" for the urgent attention of the Legal Department) to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.
(b)
If any agent appointed as an agent for service of process under this Clause is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrower (on behalf of itself and all of the other Security Parties) must immediately (and in any event no later than the end of the





previous process agent's appointment) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.
5.
Creditor Party rights unaffected
Nothing in this Clause 31 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
6.
Meaning of "proceedings"
In this Clause 31, " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute " means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.






























Schedule 1
Lenders and Commitments
Lender
Lending Office
Commitment
ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
Gustav Mahlerlaan 10
(PAC HQ9037)
1082 PP Amsterdam
The Netherlands
US$30,000,000
Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale
1114 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
U.S.A.
US$30,000,000





























Schedule 2


Swap Banks

Swap Bank
Booking Office
ABN AMRO Bank N.V.
Gustav Mahlerlaan 10
(PAC HQ9037)
1082 PP Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale
Friedrichswall 10
30159 Hannover
Germany
 
 















































Schedule 3


Drawdown notice
To:      ABN AMRO Bank N.V. as Agent
Attn: [ ] (PAC HQ9037))
Gustav Mahlerlaan 10
(PAC HQ9037)
1082 PP Amsterdam
The Netherlands
[] 2018
Drawdown notice
1
We refer to the loan agreement (the " Loan Agreement ") dated [] 2018 and made between ourselves as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, the Swap Banks referred to therein, the Mandated Lead Arrangers referred to therein, the Bookrunners referred to therein and yourselves as Agent and as Security Trustee in connection with a facility of up to US$60,000,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.
2
We request to borrow a Tranche to refinance the Existing Indebtedness secured on Ship [A][B][C][D] and for general corporate purposes as follows:‑
(a)
Amount: US$[];
(b)
Drawdown Date: [] 2018;
(c)
[Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [1][3][6] months;] and
(d)
Payment instructions: [].
3
We represent and warrant that:
(a)
the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing; and
(b)
no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Loan.
4
This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
[ Name of Signatory ]



Chief Financial Officer
for and on behalf of
Scorpio Bulkers Inc.





























Schedule 4


Condition precedent documents
Part A

The following are the documents referred to in paragraph (a) of Clause 9.1.
1
A duly executed original of each Finance Document (and of each document required to be delivered by each Finance Document) other than those referred to in Part B of this Schedule 4.
2
Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Security Party.
3
Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and each Security Party and in the case of the Guarantors copies of resolutions of their shareholders authorising the execution of the Master Agreement (if applicable) and each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Security Party is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement.
4
The original of any power of attorney under which the Master Agreement (if applicable) and any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower (where a separate power of attorney is issued by the Borrower) or a Security Party.
5
An incumbency certificate in respect of the officers and directors (or equivalent) of each of the Borrower and the Security Parties and signature samples of any signatories to any Finance Document.
6
Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that all consents and approvals which the Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document and any Master Agreement have been obtained and any required filings have been made.
7
Documentary evidence that the Earnings Accounts have been opened with the Account Bank.
8
Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 31 has accepted its appointment.
9
Such documentation and other evidence in form and substance acceptable to the Agent or a Lender in order for each to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary "know your customer" or other checks which it is required to carry out in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and other Finance Documents and any Master Agreement, including without limitation obtaining, verifying and recording certain information and documentation that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify the Borrower and each Security Party.
10
Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the structure of the financing which is the subject of this Agreement and the laws of England and the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such opinions will be given.
11
A Compliance Certificate together with all supporting Accounting Information and other evidence as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
12
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 20 have been paid or will be paid by the first Drawdown Date.
13
If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
14
Financial statements (on a consolidated basis) of the Borrower relating to the financial year ended 31 December 2017.

















Part B

The following are the documents referred to in paragraph (b) of Clause 9.1.
In this Part B, the " relevant Ship " means the particular Ship to which the relevant Tranche relates and " relevant Guarantor " means the Guarantor which is the owner of that Ship.
15
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Guarantor and, if signing any Finance Document listed in paragraph 3 below, the Borrower and any other Security Party, certifying that each corporate and copy document provided by it under Part A of Schedule 4 remains correct, complete, has not been amended and is in full force and effect as at the relevant Drawdown Date and that no Event of Default has occurred as at the relevant Drawdown Date.
16
Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and each Security Party and in the case of the Guarantors copies of resolutions of their shareholders authorising the execution of the Master Agreement and each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Security Party is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement to the extent not already provided under Part A of Schedule 4.
17
A duly executed original of the Shares Pledge, the Account Security Deed relating to the Earnings Accounts, the Mortgage, the General Assignment, any Charterparty Assignment and any Intercompany Loan Assignment (if applicable) and, if any Master Agreement has been or will be entered into on or prior to the relevant Drawdown Date, the original of a Master Agreement Assignment in relation to such Master Agreement (and of each document to be delivered by each of them) in each case relating to the relevant Ship and the relevant Guarantor.
18
Documentary evidence that:
(a)
the relevant Ship is permanently registered in the name of the relevant Guarantor under the applicable Approved Flag;
(b)
the relevant Ship has been or will concurrently with the drawdown of the relevant Tranche be in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Guarantor save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;
(c)
that the Existing Indebtedness secured on the relevant Ship has been or will concurrently with the drawdown of the relevant Tranche, be repaid in full and any and all Existing Security in favour of any other creditors including, without liability under the Existing Indebtedness secured on the relevant Ship and the relevant Guarantor have been unconditionally and irrevocably released in full;
(d)
the relevant Ship maintains the highest available class with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such Approved Classification Society;
(e)
the relevant Mortgage has been duly registered against the relevant Ship as a valid first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag;
(f)
the relevant Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with; and
(g)
any Intercompany Loans made available to the relevant Guarantor have been fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and any Master Agreements.
19
Documents establishing that the relevant Ship is managed by the Approved Ship Manager and/or the Approved Sub‑Manager on terms acceptable to the Agent (such documents the " Approved Management Agreement "), together with:
(a)
an Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking executed by the relevant Approved Ship Manager and/or the Approved Sub‑Manager which is party to an Approved Management Agreement with the Guarantor, in favour of the Agent; and
(b)
copies of the technical Approved Ship Manager's Document of Compliance and the relevant Ship's Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Agent requires) and ISSC.
20
Two valuations of the Fair Market Value of the relevant Ship, addressed to the Agent and the Lenders stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not more than 14 days before the Drawdown Date in respect of the relevant Tranche.
21
Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, Liberia, The Netherlands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such opinions will be given.
22
A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant appointed by the Agent at the Borrower's cost on such matters relating to the insurances for the relevant Ship as the Agent may require but to include a certification that such insurances:
(a)
are placed with such insurance companies and/or underwriters and/or clubs, in such amounts, against such risks and in such form as is acceptable to the Agent; and
(b)
are otherwise in conformity with the requirements of this Agreement.
23
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 20 have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Drawdown Date.
24
Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that all consents and approvals which the Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document and any Master Agreement have been obtained and any required filings have been made.
25
If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
Each of the documents specified in this Schedule 4 all be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary (or equivalent officer) of the Borrower.







Schedule 5


Transfer Certificate
The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.
To:
[Name of Agent] for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, each Lender, each Swap Bank, and each Mandated Lead Arranger as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.
[]
1
This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (the " Agreement ") dated [] 2018 and made between (1) Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the " Borrower "), (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Lenders, (3) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Swap Banks, (4) ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, as Agent and as Security Trustee for a loan facility of up to $60,000,000.
2
In this Certificate, terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate and:
" Relevant Parties " means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank.
" Transferor " means [full name] of [lending office].
" Transferee " means [full name] of [lending office].
3
The effective date of this Certificate is [] provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.
4
[The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[].]
5
[By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 26 of the Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[]] [from [] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[].]
6
The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.
7
The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Agreement.
8
The Transferor:
(a)
warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:
(i)
the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are required in connection with this transaction; and
(ii)
this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor.
(b)
warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4; and
(c)
undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee's title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.
9
The Transferee:
(a)
confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;
(b)
agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, any Swap Bank, the Bookrunners, or the Mandated Lead Arrangers in the event that:
(i)
any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;
(ii)
the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents;
(iii)
it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under any of the Finance Documents.
(c)
agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, any Swap Bank, any Bookrunner or any Mandated Lead Arranger in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;
(d)
warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:





(i)
it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and
(ii)
that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee.
(e)
confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.
10
The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent's or the Security Trustee's own officers or employees.
11
The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 9 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate. but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.
[Name of Transferor]      [Name of Transferee]
By:      By:
Date:      Date:
Agent
Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself
as Agent and for every other Relevant Party
[Name of Agent]
By:
Date:
Administrative Details of Transferee
Name of Transferee:
Lending Office:
Contact Person
(Loan Administration Department):
Telephone:
Contact Person
(Credit Administration Department):
Telephone:
Account for payments:
Note :
This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor's interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor's or Transferee's jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.









Schedule 6


Designation Notice
To:      ABN AMRO Bank N.V. as Agent
Attn: [Agency Syndicated Loans]
Gustav Mahlerlaan 10
(PAC HQ9037)
1082 PP Amsterdam
The Netherlands
[]
Dear Sirs
Loan Agreement dated [] 2018 made between (i) ourselves as Borrower, (ii) the Lenders named therein, (iii) the Swap Banks named therein, (iv) the Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners named therein and (v) yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee (the "Loan Agreement").
We refer to:-
1
the Loan Agreement.
2
the Master Agreement dated [] made between ourselves and []. and
3
a Confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated [] and addressed by [] to us.
In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the said Confirmation and hereby confirm that the Transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a " Designated Transaction " for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents.
Yours faithfully,





.................................................
for and on behalf of
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.


















Schedule 7
List of Approved Brokers

Clarksons
Arrow Sale & Purchase Ltd.
Braemar Seascope Ltd.
Maersk Broker K/S
Fearnleys Ltd.
Affinity Shipbrokers
Simpson Spence Young
Compass Maritime
























Schedule 8


Form of Compliance Certificate
To:      ABN AMRO Bank N.V. as Agent
Attn: [ ]
Gustav Mahlerlaan 10
(PAC HQ9037)
1082 PP Amsterdam
The Netherlands
[date]
Dear Sirs,
We refer to a loan agreement dated [] 2018 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between (i) Scorpio Bulkers Inc. as borrower (the " Borrower "), (2) the Lenders named therein, (3) the Swap Banks named therein, (4) the Mandated Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners named therein and (5) yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee
Words and expressions defined in each of the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate.
We hereby represent that no Event of Default has occurred as at the date of this Certificate [other than []].
We hereby certify that, as at the date of this certificate:
(a)
the Minimum Liquidity is $[], $[] of which consists of Cash and Cash Equivalents;
(b)
the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth is $[];
(c)
the ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation is [] to []; and
(d)
the Fair Market Value of the Ships plus the net realisation value of any additional security previously provided under Clause 15 is $[].
All of these thresholds and ratios are in compliance with the requirements of clauses 12.5, 12.6, 12.7 and 15.1 of the Loan Agreement. Copies of our calculations in relation to the financial covenants and the valuations for the purposes of determining the Fair Market Value of the Ships is attached.
This Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.



______________________________
[]
Chief Financial Officer
Scorpio Bulkers Inc.























Schedule 9 Details of Ships

 
Vessel
IMO No.
Built
Pool
Owner / Guarantor
 
SBI ELECTRA
9710567
2015
Kamsarmax
SBI Electra
Shipping Company
Limited
 
SBI FLAMENCO
9710579
2015
Kamsarmax
SBI Flamenco
Shipping Company
Limited
 
SBI PERSEUS
9712151
2016
Ultramax
SBI Perseus
Shipping Company
Limited
 
SBI PHOEBE
9704855
2016
Ultramax
SBI Phoebe
Shipping Company
Limited


























Execution Pages
The Borrower
Signed by Eleni Elpis Nassopoulou      ) /s/ Eleni Elpis Nassopoulou
Attorney-in-Fact                  )
for and on behalf of      )
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.              )
in the presence of: Laura Thompson          ) /s/ Laura Thompson
Le Millenium, 9 Boulevard Charles III
Monaco MC98000

The Lenders
Signed by              ) /s/ Roderick McGeachy
) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of              )
ABN AMRO BANK N.V.          )
in the presence of: Nicolo D’Anzi      ) /s/ Nicolo D’Anzi
Stephenson Harwood LLP
1 Finsbury Circus
London EC2M 7SH


Signed by              ) /s/ Roderick McGeachy
) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of              )
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK      )
GIROZENTRALE          )     
in the presence of: Nicolo D’Anzi      )
Stephenson Harwood LLP          ) /s/ Nicolo D’Anzi
1 Finsbury Circus
London EC2M 7SH

The Swap Banks
Signed by              ) /s/ Roderick McGeachy
) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of              )
ABN AMRO BANK N.V.          )
in the presence of: Nicolo D’Anzi      )
Stephenson Harwood LLP          ) /s/ Nicolo D’Anzi
1 Finsbury Circus
London EC2M 7SH

Signed by              ) /s/ Roderick McGeachy
) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of              )
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK      )
GIROZENTRALE          )
in the presence of: Nicolo D’Anzi      )
Stephenson Harwood LLP          ) /s/ Nicolo D’Anzi
1 Finsbury Circus






The Mandated Lead Arrangers





Signed by              ) /s/ Roderick McGeachy
) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of              )
ABN AMRO BANK N.V.          )
in the presence of: Nicolo D’Anzi      )
Stephenson Harwood LLP          ) /s/ Nicolo D’Anzi
1 Finsbury Circus
London EC2M 7SH






Signed by              ) /s/ Roderick McGeachy
) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of              )
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK      )
GIROZENTRALE          )
in the presence of: Nicolo D’Anzi      )
Stephenson Harwood LLP           )/s/ Nicolo D’Anzi
1 Finsbury Circus
London EC2M 7SH






The Bookrunners
Signed by      ) /s/ Roderick McGeachy
) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of      )
ABN AMRO BANK N.V.      )
in the presence of: Nicolo D’Anzi      )
Stephenson Harwood LLP      ) /s/ Nicolo D’Anzi
1 Finsbury Circus
London EC2M 7SH



Signed by      ) /s/ Roderick McGeachy
) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of      )
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK      )
GIROZENTRALE      )
in the presence of: Nicolo D’Anzi      )
Stephenson Harwood LLP      ) /s/ Nicolo D’Anzi
1 Finsbury Circus
London EC2M 7SH







The Security Trustee
Signed by      ) /s/ Roderick McGeachy
) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of      )
ABN AMRO BANK N.V.      )
in the presence of: Nicolo D’Anzi      )
Stephenson Harwood LLP      ) /s/ Nicolo D’Anzi
1 Finsbury Circus
London EC2M 7SH






The Agent
Signed by      ) /s/ Roderick McGeachy
) Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of      )
ABN AMRO BANK N.V.      )
in the presence of: Nicolo D’Anzi      )
Stephenson Harwood LLP      ) /s/ Nicolo D’Anzi
1 Finsbury Circus
London EC2M 7SH






EXHIBIT 4.33
EXECUTION VERSION





Dated 21 September 2018







SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
as Borrower and
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Schedule 1
as Lenders and
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Schedule 2
as Swap Banks and

NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH
as Bookrunner and

NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ) as Mandated Lead Arrangers

and

NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH
as Agent and as Security Trustee







LOAN AGREEMENT

relating to
loan facility of up to $184,000,000, comprising a term loan facility of up to $104,000,000 and a revolving credit facility of up to $80,000,000, to refinance indebtedness
on up to 12 bulkers and for general corporate purposes











Index

Clause Page



1 Interpretation ..............................................................................................................................1
2 Facility .......................................................................................................................................27
3 Position of the Lenders and Swap Banks ..................................................................................28
4 Drawdown .................................................................................................................................29
5 Interest ......................................................................................................................................30
6 Interest Periods .........................................................................................................................32
7 Default Interest .........................................................................................................................33
8 Repayment, Prepayment and Reborrowing..............................................................................35
9 Conditions Precedent ................................................................................................................39
10 Representations and Warranties ..............................................................................................40
11 General Undertakings ...............................................................................................................44
12 Corporate and Financial Undertakings......................................................................................49
13 Insurance ...................................................................................................................................52
14 Ship Covenants ..........................................................................................................................57
15 Security Cover ...........................................................................................................................63
16 Payments and Calculations .......................................................................................................65
17 Application of Receipts..............................................................................................................67
18 Application of Earnings..............................................................................................................68
19 Events of Default .......................................................................................................................69
20 Fees and Expenses.....................................................................................................................74
21 Indemnities................................................................................................................................76
22 No Set-Off or Tax Deduction .....................................................................................................78
23 Illegality, etc. .............................................................................................................................81
24 Increased Costs .........................................................................................................................82
25 Set-Off .......................................................................................................................................84
26 Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices.................................................................................84
27 Variations and Waivers .............................................................................................................90
28 Bail in .........................................................................................................................................92
29 Notices.......................................................................................................................................93
30 Supplemental ............................................................................................................................95
31 Law and Jurisdiction ..................................................................................................................96

Schedules

Schedule 1 Lenders and Commitments..................................................................................................97
Schedule 2 Swap Banks ..........................................................................................................................98
Schedule 3 Drawdown Notice ................................................................................................................99
Schedule 4 Condition Precedent Documents.......................................................................................100
Part A ...................................................................................................................................... 100
Part B ...................................................................................................................................... 102
Schedule 5 Transfer Certificate ............................................................................................................104
Schedule 6 Designation Notice.............................................................................................................107
Schedule 7 List of Approved Brokers....................................................................................................108
Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate .........................................................................................109
Schedule 9 Details of Ships...................................................................................................................110






Execution

Execution Pages....................................................................................................................................111











































































EUROPE/62608495v7
THIS AGREEMENT is made on September 2018

PARTIES

(1) SCORPIO BULKERS INC. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands as the Borrower

(2) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders

(3) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 2, as Swap Banks

(4) NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH as Bookrunner

(5) NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ) as Mandated Lead Arrangers

(6) NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH as Agent

(7) NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH , as Security Trustee

BACKGROUND

(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower, subject to the terms of this Agreement, facilities in an amount (in aggregate) of up to $184,000,000 comprising a term loan facility of up to $104,000,000 and a revolving credit facility of up to $80,000,000 for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness and for general corporate purposes.

(B) The Swap Banks and the Borrower may agree to enter into interest rate swap transactions from time to time to hedge the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.

(C) The Lenders and the Swap Banks have agreed to share in the security to be granted to the
Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement on the terms set out herein.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

1 INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions






Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

" Account Security Deed " means, in respect of each Earnings Account, a deed creating security in respect of that Earnings Account in the Agreed Form.

" Account Bank " means ABN AMRO Bank N.V. acting through its branch at Coolsingel 93, 3012
AE Rotterdam, The Netherlands or any other bank or financial institution which at any time, with the Agent's prior written consent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) holds an Earnings Account.

" Accounting Information " means the annual audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower or the quarterly unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower, in each case, delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 11.6." Advance " means a Term Advance and a Revolving Advance.

" Accounting Period " means each consecutive quarterly period during the Security Period ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December of each financial year of the Borrower.

" Affected Lender " has the meaning given in Clause 5.7.

" Affiliate " means, as to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person or is a director or officer of such person, and for the purposes of this definition, the term " control " (including the terms " controlling ", " controlled by " and " under common control with ") of a person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 20% or more of the Voting Stock of such person or to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise.

" Agency and Trust Deed " means the agency and trust deed dated the same date as this
Agreement and made between the same parties.

" Agent " means Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch, acting in its capacity as agent for the Lenders, the Swap Banks, the Bookrunner and the Mandated Lead Arrangers through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas 23 rd Floor, New York, NY 10036 includes its successor appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed and any transferee or assign.

" Agreed Form " means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders), or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document.

" Applicable Sanctions " means any Sanctions by which the Borrower or any Guarantor is bound or to which it is subject (which shall include, without limitation, any extra territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America) or compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and any Guarantor.

" Approved Broker " means any of the companies listed in Schedule 7 (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) or such other company proposed by the Borrower which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) approve in writing from time to time to act as an " Approved Broker " under this Agreement.

" Approved Classification Society " means, in relation to a Ship, Lloyds Register, DNV, ABS, Korean Register, Bureau Veritas or any other generally recognised first class classification society that is a member of IACS that the Agent may (acting on the authorisation of all the Lenders), approve in writing from time to time as the " Approved Classification Society " of that Ship for the purposes of this Agreement.

"Approved Commercial Manager" means, in relation to a Ship:






(a) Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the
Principality of Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries;

(b) Scorpio Ship Management s.a.m., of 9, Rue Du Gabian, MC 98000, the Principality of
Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries;(c) any Affiliate or subsidiary of the Borrower; or

(d) any other company proposed by the Borrower or the Guarantor owning that Ship which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders such instructions not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), approve from time to time as the commercial manager of that Ship.

" Approved Flag " means, in relation to a Ship, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Republic of Liberia or such other flag as the Agent may acting reasonably (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders, such instructions not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) approve from time to time in writing as the flag on which such Ship shall be registered.

" Approved Pooling Arrangement " means, in relation to a Ship, the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the
Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and any other pooling arrangement:

(a) run by any Affiliate of the Approved Commercial Manager of that Ship; or

(b) proposed by the Borrower or Guarantor which is the owner of that Ship and approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) prior to that Ship's entry into pooling such arrangement.

" Approved Ship Manager " means, in relation to a Ship, the Approved Commercial Manager or the Approved Technical Manager of that Ship.

" Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking " means, in relation to a Ship, the letter executed and delivered by an Approved Ship Manager and an Approved Sub-Manager, in the Agreed Form.

" Approved Sub-Manager " means any entity which is an Approved Ship Manager or any other company proposed by the Borrower or a Guarantor which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders), approve from time to time as the technical and/or commercial sub-contracting manager of a Ship.

"Approved Technical Manager" means, in relation to a Ship:

(a) Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M. of 9, Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, the Principality of
Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries;

(b) Scorpio Commercial Management s.a.m. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the
Principality of Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries;

(c) any Affiliate or subsidiary of the Borrower;

(d) any of Zenith Gemi Islemeciligi Anonim Sirketi of FSM Mahallesi, Poligon Caddesi, Buyaka 2/B Sitesi NO:8, c-Blok Kat, Umraniye, 34771 Istanbul, Turkey, Hellespont Ship Management GmbH & Co. KG of Beim Strohhause 28, 20097 Hamburg, Germany, C.P. Offen Tankschiffreedrel (GmbH & Co.) KG of Blichenbruecke 10, 20354 Hamburg, d'Amico International Shipping of 20 Boulevard de Suisse, Montecarlo, MC 98000, Monaco or V. Ships Ship Management of 1 st Floor, 63 Queen Victoria Street, EC4N 4UA, London, United Kingdom; or






(e) any other company proposed by the Borrower or the Guarantor owning that Ship which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders such instructions not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), approve from time to time as the technical manager of that Ship." Availability Period " means in relation to:

(a) the Term Loan, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (i) the first Drawdown Date and (ii) 30 September 2018; and

(b) the Revolving Credit Facility, the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date falling 30 days prior to the Maturity Date.

" Available Commitment " means, in relation to a Lender and at any time, its Commitment less its Contribution at that time.

" Available Revolving Credit Facility Commitment " means, in relation to a Lender and at any time, its Revolving Credit Facility Commitment less its Revolving Credit Facility Contribution at that time (and " Total Available Revolving Credit Facility Commitments " means the aggregate of the Available Revolving Credit Facility Commitments of all the Lenders).

" Available Term Loan Commitment " means, in relation to a Lender and at any time, its Term Loan Commitment less its Term Loan Contribution at that time (and " Total Available Term Loan Commitments " means the aggregate of the Available Term Loan Commitments of all the Lenders).

" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers. " Bail-In Legislation " means:
(a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

(b) in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

" Basel III " means:

(a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision relating to "Basel III"." Borrower " means Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands






" Bookrunner " means Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch, acting in its capacity as bookrunner through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas 23 rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, and, in each case, including any transferee, assign or successor.

" Business Day " means a day on which banks are open in London, Rotterdam, New York and
Stockholm.

" Cash " means any credit balance on any deposit, savings, current or other account, and any cash in hand held with banks or other financial institutions of the Borrower and/or any subsidiary of the Borrower which is:

(a) freely withdrawable on demand;

(b) not subject to any Security Interest (other than pursuant to the Finance Documents); (c) denominated and payable in freely transferable and freely convertible currency; and (d) capable of being remitted to the Borrower or such subsidiary of the Borrower.
" Cash Equivalents " means:

(a) unencumbered securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);

(b) time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits in the interbank market of any commercial bank of recognised standing organised under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; and

(c)
such other securities or instruments as the Agent shall, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree in writing,

provided that in respect of (a) and (b) above such Cash Equivalents shall have a rating of at least "A-" given by S&P or "A" given by Moody's (or the equivalent rating given by another Rating Agency), in each case having maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition.

" Change of Control " means the occurrence of any act, event or circumstances which results in:

(a) 100 per cent. of the Equity Interests of any Guarantor ceasing to be ultimately owned and/or controlled by the Borrower, provided that any sale of a Guarantor in connection with the sale of a Ship shall be permitted subject to compliance with Clause 8.9 ( Mandatory prepayment or cancellation on sale or Total Loss ) (a " Guarantor Disposal ");

(b) a "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act) other than any holders of the Borrower's Equity Interests as at the date of thisAgreement, becoming the ultimate beneficial owner of the Borrower including, without limitation, any change from the date of this Agreement in the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 35 per cent. of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower (calculated on a fully diluted basis); or

(c)
individuals who constitute the board of directors of the Borrower at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years and yet ceasing for any reason to constitute at least 50 per cent. of the total members of the Borrower's board of directors at any time during such two years period.






" Charter " means, in relation to a Ship, any charterparty in respect of that Ship having a duration (including, without limitation, by virtue of any optional extensions) of more than 36 months entered or to be entered into by the Guarantor which is or is to be the owner of that Ship with a charterer and on terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

" Charterparty Assignment " means, in respect of a Charter and any guarantee of that Charter (other than a Charter where the charterer is a member of the Group or pursuant to an Approved Pooling Arrangement), an assignment of the rights and interests of the Guarantor which is party to that Charter in respect of that Charter and any related guarantee, to be executed by that Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.

" Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

" Commission " means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act.

" Commitment " means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate of its Term Loan Commitment and/or as the context requires its Revolving Credit Facility Commitment (and " Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Term Loan Commitments of all the Lenders and the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitments of all the Lenders).

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate executed by the chief financial officer of the
Borrower in the form set out in Schedule 8.

" Confidential Information " means all information relating to the Borrower, any Security Party, the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement of which a Creditor Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Creditor Party or which is received by a Creditor Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Creditor Party under, the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement from either:

(a) the Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers; or

(b) another Creditor Party, if the information was obtained by that Creditor Party directly or indirectly from the Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

(i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Creditor Party of Clause 26.13; or(ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by the
Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers; or

(iii) is known by that Creditor Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Creditor Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Creditor Party is aware, unconnected with the Borrower or any Security Party and which, in either case, as far as that Creditor Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the Loan Market Association from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.

" Confirmation " and " Early Termination Date ", in relation to any continuing Designated
Transaction, have the meanings given in the relevant Master Agreement.






" Consolidated Funded Debt " means, for any Accounting Period, the sum of the following for the Borrower determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with GAAP consistently applied:

(a) all Financial Indebtedness; and

(b) all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with GAAP would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet),

provided that balance sheet accruals for future drydock expenses shall not be classified as
Consolidated Funded Debt.

" Consolidated Tangible Net Worth " means, on a consolidated basis, the total shareholders' equity (including retained earnings) of the Borrower, minus goodwill and other non-tangible items and as adjusted to exclude (without duplication of any amounts excluded as impairment of intangible assets), (a) (i) any incurred losses/write downs on assets sold and/or held for sale, (ii) any incurred losses on termination of any shipbuilding contract, and (iii) any impairment charges taken on assets, in each case, on or after 31March 2016 and (b) up to $100,000,000 of (i) incurred losses/writedowns on assets sold and/or held for sale, (ii) any incurred losses on termination of any shipbuilding contract and (iii) any impairment charges taken on assets, in each case, prior to 31March 2016.

" Consolidated Total Capitalisation " means the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus
Consolidated Funded Debt.

" Contractual Currency " has the meaning given in Clause 21.4.

" Contribution " means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate of its Term Loan Contribution, its
Revolving Credit Facility Contribution, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender.

" CRD IV " means Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Union on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms." Creditor Party " means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Bookrunner, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, any Lender or any Swap Bank, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time.

" CRR " means and Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Union on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms.

" Defaulting Lender " means any Lender:

(a) which has failed to make its participation in an Advance available (or has notified the Agent or the Borrower (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in an Advance available) by the Drawdown Date of that Advance in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Lenders' participation in an Advance );

(b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

(c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:
(i) its failure to pay is caused by:

(A) administrative or technical error; or






(B) a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within two Business Days of its due date; or

(ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

" Designated Transaction " means a Transaction which fulfils the following requirements:
(a) it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to a Master Agreement with a Swap Bank; (b) its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to
fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the Maturity Date; and

(c)
it is designated by the Borrower, by delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 6, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;

" Disruption Event " means either or both of:

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loan (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the parties; or

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a party prevent that, or any other party:(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(ii) from communicating with other parties in accordance with the terms of the
Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the party whose operations are disrupted.
" Dollars " and " $ " means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America. " Drawdown Date " means, in relation to an Advance, the date requested by the Borrower for
such Advance to be made, or (as the context requires) the date on which such Advance is actually made.

" Drawdown Notice " means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 3 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires).

" Earnings " means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Guarantor owning that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b): (i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;
(ii) compensation payable to the relevant Guarantor or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire;






(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services; (iv) demurrage and detention moneys;
(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship; and

(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;

" Earnings Account " means, in relation to a Ship, an account in the name of the Guarantor of that Ship with the relevant Account Bank designated as the Earnings Account in respect of such Ship, or any other account (with the relevant Account Bank, the Agent or with a bank or financial institution acceptable to all the Lenders) which is designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement.

" Eligible Institution " means any Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrower and which, in each case, is not a member of the Group.

" Email " has the meaning given in Clause 29.1." Environmental Claim " means:

(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or

(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

and " claim " means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

" Environmental Incident " means:

(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Ship; or

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Ship and which involves a collision between a Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or such Ship and/or the Guarantor of such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

(c)
any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Guarantor of such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action.

" Environmental Law " means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.






" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

" Equity Interests " of any person means:

(a) any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and

(b) all rights to purchase, warrants or options or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such person.

" Equity Proceeds " means the net cash proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred stock of the Borrower." EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the document described as such and published by the
Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time. " euros " means the single currency unit of the Participating Member States.
" Event of Default " means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1.

" Exchange Act " means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
" Existing Agent " means the "Agent" as such term is defined in the Existing Facility Agreement. " Existing Facility Agreement " means the facility agreement dated 30 December 2014 (as
amended and supplemented from time to time) and entered into between, inter alia, the
Borrower as borrower and Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch as agent and security trustee in respect of a $408,976,447 loan facility.

" Existing Indebtedness " means, at any date, the aggregate outstanding indebtedness of the
Borrower on that date under the Existing Facility Agreement.

" Existing Security " means any Security Interest created to secure the Existing Indebtedness. " Facility " means the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility.
" Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

" Fair Market Value " means, in relation to a Ship, a valuation determined in accordance with
Clause 15.3. " FATCA " means:
(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or Taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.






" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance
Document required by FATCA.

" FATCA Exempt Party " means a party to this Agreement that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction." Fee Letter " means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrower setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 20 ( Fees and Expenses );

" Finance Documents " means: (a) this Agreement;
(b) the Agency and Trust Deed; (c) the Guarantee;
(d) the Mortgages;

(e) the General Assignments;

(f) the Account Security Deeds; (g) any Charterparty Assignment;
(h) any Intercompany Loan Assignment; (i) the Shares Pledges;
(j) any Master Agreement Assignment; (k) any Fee Letter; and
(l) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, any Security Party or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders and/or the Swap Banks under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition (other than any Approved Ship Manager's Undertakings).

" Financial Indebtedness " means, with respect to any person (the " Debtor ") at any date of determination (without duplication):

(a) all obligations of the Debtor for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the Debtor;

(b) all obligations of the Debtor evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(c)
all obligations of the Debtor in respect of any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or equivalent made available to the Debtor (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) which in accordance with GAAP would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet;

(d) all obligations of the Debtor to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereto or the completion of such services, except trade payables;(e) all capitalised lease obligations of the Debtor as lessee;






(f) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the Debtor secured by a Security Interest on any asset of that person, whether or not such Financial Indebtedness is assumed by the Debtor, provided that the amount of such Financial Indebtedness shall be the lesser of:

(i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination; and

(ii) the amount of such Financial Indebtedness; and

(g) all Financial Indebtedness incurred under any guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation to the extent such Financial Indebtedness is guaranteed, secured, expressed to be indemnified by, or otherwise assured by the Debtor.

The amount of Financial Indebtedness of any Debtor at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to the contingent obligations set out in paragraphs (f) and (g) above, the maximum liability which would or might arise upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, as determined in conformity with GAAP, provided that:

(i) the amount outstanding at any time of any Financial Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount shall be deemed to be the face amount of such Financial Indebtedness less the remaining unamortised portion of such original issue discount of such Financial Indebtedness at such time; and

(ii) the calculation of Financial Indebtedness shall not take into account any liability of the Debtor for Taxes.

" Fiscal Year " means, in relation to any person, each period of 1 year commencing on January
1 of each year and ending on December 31 of such year in respect of which its accounts are or
ought to be prepared.

" Fleet Vessel " means each vessel owned by a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the
Borrower (including, but not limited to, the Ships).
" GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. " General Assignment " means, in relation to a Ship, a general assignment of the Earnings, the
Insurances and any Requisition Compensation for that Ship in the Agreed Form.

" Green Passport " means, in relation to a Ship, a green passport statement of compliance issued by the relevant Approved Classification Society which includes a list of any and all materials known to be potentially hazardous utilised in the construction of that Ship.

" Group " means the Borrower and its subsidiaries.

" Guarantee " means a joint and several guarantee to be executed by each Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form." Guarantor " means each of Guarantor A, Guarantor B, Guarantor C, Guarantor D, Guarantor E, Guarantor F, Guarantor G, Guarantor H, Guarantor I, Guarantor J, Guarantor K and Guarantor L.

" Guarantor A " means SBI Athena Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor B " means SBI Conga Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.






" Guarantor C " means SBI Bolero Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor D " means SBI Thalia Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor E " means SBI Sousta Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor F " means SBI Rock Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor G " means SBI Reggae Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor H " means SBI Zeus Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor I " means SBI Hera Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor J " means SBI Poseidon Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor K " means SBI Apollo Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor L " means SBI Mazurka Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960." Guarantor Disposal " shall have the meaning given to that expression in paragraph (a) of the definition of "Change of Control".

" IACS " means the International Association of Classification Societies. " Insurances " means, in relation to a Ship:
(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection
and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship; and

(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.






" Intercompany Loan " means any transaction constituting Financial Indebtedness entered into by the Borrower or any direct or indirect shareholder of the Borrower (" Party A ") with the Guarantors or any of them (" Party B ") whereby Party A is entitled to receive any payment in cash or in kind from Party B.

" Intercompany Loan Assignment " means an assignment of each Intercompany Loan made or to be made by the person providing such Intercompany Loan in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.

" Interest Period " means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6.

"Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to LIBOR for the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,

each as of the Quotation Date for Dollars.

" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms " safety management system ", " Safety Management Certificate " and " Document of Compliance " have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code).

" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

" ISSC " means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code." Latent Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 19 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be or become an Event of Default.

" Lender " means, subject to Clause 26.6, a bank or financial institution listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Borrower under Clause 26.14) or its transferee, successor or assignee.

" LIBOR " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document:

(a) the applicable Screen Rate as of 11 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that period for the offering of deposits in the relevant currency and for a period comparable to that period; or

(b) as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 5.5,

and if, in either case, any such rate is below zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero. " Loan " means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement.
" Major Casualty " means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $2,500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.






" Majority Lenders " means at any time Lenders whose Commitments total 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments at that time.

" Mandated Lead Arrangers " means Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) acting as mandated lead arrangers of the loan facility made available to the Borrower under this Agreement.

" Margin " means 2.40 per cent. per annum with respect to the Loan.

" Master Agreement " means any master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form) in the Agreed Form made between the Borrower and a Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement.

" Master Agreement Assignment " means, in relation to each Master Agreement, the assignment of the Master Agreement to be entered into between the Borrower and the Security Trustee in Agreed Form.

" Material Adverse Effect " means in the reasonable opinion of the Lenders a material adverse effect on:

(a) the business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
Borrower and/or any Guarantor; or

(b) the ability of the Borrower and/or any Guarantor to perform its obligations under any
Finance Document and any Master Agreement; or(c)
the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents; or

(d) the rights or remedies of any Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents and any Master Agreement.

" Maturity Date " means the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement.
" Moody's " means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody's Corporation. " Mortgage " means, in relation to a Ship, the first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship
mortgage on the Ship under the applicable Approved Flag together with any deed of covenant collateral thereto (if applicable), in the Agreed Form.

" Net Debt " means Consolidated Funded Debt less Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
" Notifying Lender " has the meaning given in Clause 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires. " Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the
euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the legislation of the European Union relating
to Economic and Monetary Union.

" Payment Currency " has the meaning given in Clause 21.4. " Permitted Security Interests " means:
(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

(b) liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice; (c) liens for salvage;
(d) liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months' prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement or any other Finance Document;






(e) liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Guarantor that owns such Ship in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(a)(viii);

(f) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the Guarantor that owns such Ship or the Borrower, as the case may be, is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith;

(g) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of Taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of Taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made; and(h) any Security Interest and right of set-off arising under or pursuant to any applicable general banking conditions

" Pertinent Document " means: (a) any Finance Document;
(b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any
other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

(c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and

(d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c).

" Pertinent Jurisdiction ", in relation to a company, means:

(a) England and Wales, the Principality of Monaco, New York State of the United States of
America, The Netherlands and the Republic of the Marshall Islands;

(b) if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

(c)
if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or in which the company's central management and control is or has recently been exercised.

" Pertinent Matter " means:

(a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a
Pertinent Document; or

(b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing.

" Quotation Date " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is 2 Business Days before the first day of that period, unless





market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days).

" Rating Agency " means S&P, Moody's or, if both of them are not making ratings of securities publically available, an internationally recognised rating agency selected by the Agent which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody's." Reference Banks " means, subject to Clause 26.16, Nordea Bank Norge AB (publ), New York Branch and any other any prime international bank who agrees to be a reference bank, selected by the Agent and notified to the Borrower.

" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

(a) (other than where paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in dollars for the relevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

(b) if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

" Relevant Person " has the meaning given in Clause 19.9.
" Repayment Date " means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8. " Requisition Compensation " includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of
any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of " Total Loss ". " Restricted Person " means a person that is:
(a) listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on any Sanctions List;

(b) located in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions; or

(c) otherwise a target of Sanctions.

" Revolving Advance " means the principal amount of each borrowing of a portion of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments by the Borrower under this Agreement and shall include any reborrowing of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

" Revolving Credit Facility " means the revolving credit facility made available under this
Agreement as described in Clause 2.1.

" Revolving Credit Facility Commitment " means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Part A of Schedule 1 ( Lenders and Commitments ), or as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and " Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments " means the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitments of all the Lenders).

" Revolving Credit Facility Contribution " means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the
Revolving Advances which is owing to that lender.






" S&P " means Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies Inc." Sanctions " means any economic or trade sanctions, laws, regulations, embargoes or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by:

(a) the United States Government; (b) the United Nations;
(c) the United Kingdom;

(d) the European Union or any of its Member States;

(e) any country to which the Borrower or any Guarantor is bound;

(f) the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (" OFAC "), the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty's Treasury (" HMT ") (together the " Sanctions Authorities ").

" Sanctions List " means the "Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons" List issued by OFAC, the "Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets and Investment Ban List" issued by HMT, or any similar list issued or maintained or made public by any of the Sanctions Authorities.

" Screen Rate " means, in respect of LIBOR for any period, the rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders.

" Secured Liabilities " means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Master Agreements or any judgment relating to any Finance Documents or the Master Agreements; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country.

" Security Interest " means:

(a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

(b) the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem ; and

(c)      any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution." Security Party " means each Guarantor and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of " Finance Documents " but always excluding any Approved Ship Manager and any Approved Sub-Manager.






" Security Period " means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent acting reasonably notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties that:

(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security
Party under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements have been paid;

(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment)
under any Finance Document or any Master Agreement;

(c)
neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clause20, 21 or 22 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document or a Master Agreement; and

(d) the Agent, the Security Trustee and all the Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document or a Master Agreement would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or a Master Agreement or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document.

" Security Trustee " means Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch, acting in its capacity as Security Trustee for the Lenders and the Swap Banks through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas 23 rd Floor, New York, NY10036 and includes any transferee, assign or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed.

" Servicing Bank " means the Agent or the Security Trustee.

" Shares Pledge " means a deed creating security over the share capital of each Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.

" Ship " means Ship A, Ship B, Ship C, Ship D, Ship E, Ship F, Ship G, Ship H, Ship I, Ship J, Ship K
or Ship L and, if applicable, any Substitute Ship which is then subject to a Mortgage.

" Ship A " means m.v. "SBI ATHENA", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship B " means m.v. "SBI CONGA", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship C " means m.v. "SBI BOLERO", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship D " means m.v. "SBI THALIA", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships )." Ship E " means m.v. "SBI SOUSTA", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship F " means m.v. "SBI ROCK", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship G " means m.v. "SBI REGGAE", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship H " means m.v. "SBI ZEUS", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of Ships ).






" Ship I " means m.v. "SBI HERA", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship J " means m.v. "SBI POSEIDON", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship K " means m.v. "SBI APOLLO", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship L " means m.v. "SBI MAZURKA", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" SMC " means a safety management certificate issued in respect of the Ship in accordance with
Rule 13 of the ISM Code.

" Substitute Ship " means any ship which replaces Ship A to Ship L (inclusive) and which is: (a) a dry bulk vessel;
(b) between 60,000 dwt and 85,000 (or as otherwise consented to by the Lenders, such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

(c)
built no earlier than 36 months prior to the date it becomes a Ship for the purpose of this Agreement;

(d) classed with an Approved Classification Society;

(e) registered under the Marshall Islands or any other jurisdiction acceptable to the
Majority Lenders;

(f) built or to be built at an acceptable yard; and

(g) owned by a Guarantor (or to be owned by a subsidiary of the Borrower which shall become a guarantor under this Agreement).

" Swap Bank " means a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 2 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1.

" Swap Counterparty " means, at any relevant time and in relation to a continuing Designated
Transaction, the Swap Bank which is a party to that Designated Transaction.

" Swap Exposure " means, as at any relevant date and in relation to a Swap Counterparty, the amount certified by the Swap Counterparty to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount inDollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Swap Counterparty under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement entered into by the Swap Counterparty with the Borrower if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrower and the Swap Counterparty.

" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

" Term Advance " means the principal amount of the borrowing of a portion of the Total Term Loan Commitments to be made available to the Borrower to refinance the Existing Indebtedness relating to the Ships.






" Term Loan Commitment " means in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Part A of Schedule 1 ( Lenders and Commitments ), or, as the case may be require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and "Total Term Loan Commitments" means the aggregate of the Term Loan Commitments of all the Lenders).

" Term Loan Contribution " means, in relation to a Lender the part of the Term Loan which is owing to that Lender.

" Term Loan " means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1.

" Total Loss " means, in relation to a Ship:

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;

(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension), unless it is within 45 days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship;

(c)
any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any theft) unless it is within 45 days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship; and

(d) any hijacking of that ship unless it is within 45 days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship.

" Total Loss Date " means:

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf with that Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat such Ship as a total loss; and

(c)
in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

" Transaction " has the meaning given in each Master Agreement. " Transfer Certificate " has the meaning given in Clause 26.2.
" Trust Property " has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Deed. " VAT " means:
(a) any Tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and






(b) any other Tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such Tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

" Voting Stock " of any person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such person that are at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such person.

" Write-down and Conversion Powers " means:

(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

1.2 Construction of certain terms. In this Agreement:

" administration notice " means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent;

" asset " includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

" company " includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;

" consent " includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

" contingent liability " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

" document " includes a deed; also a letter;

" excess risks " means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which such Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

" expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other Tax;






" law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or of its Security Council;

" legal or administrative action " means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

" liability " includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

" months " shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

" obligatory insurances " means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Guarantor owning that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

" parent company " has the meaning given in Clause 1.4; " party " means any party to this Agreement;
" person " includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

" policy ", in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of theInternational Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

" regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

" subsidiary " has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

" war risks " includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the Institute Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 24 of the Institute Time clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83); and

an " Event of Default " or a " Latent Event of Default " is "continuing" if it has not been remedied or waived.

1.3 Meaning of "month"

A period of one or more " months " ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (the " numerically corresponding day "), but:

(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or






(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,

and " month " and " monthly " shall be construed accordingly.

1.4 Meaning of "subsidiary"

In this Agreement " subsidiary " means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the
Companies Act 2006.

1.5 General Interpretation

In this Agreement:

(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

(b) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

(c)      references to, Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch (either directly or indirectly in its capacity as Lender, Swap Bank, Bookrunner, Mandated Lead Arranger, Facility Agent and/or Security Trustee or any other capacity) in the Finance Documents shall be automatically construed as a reference to Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch in the event of any corporate reconstruction, merger, amalgamation, consolidation between Nordea Bank AB (Publ), NewYork Branch and Nordea Bank Abp where Nordea Bank Abp is the surviving entity and acquires all the rights of and assumes all the obligations of Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch, and nothing in the Finance Documents shall be construed so as to restrict, limit or impose any notification or other requirement or condition on either Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch or Nordea Bank Abp in respect of the acquisition of rights to or assumption of obligations by Nordea Bank AB hereunder or under any other Finance Documents pursuant to such corporate reconstruction, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(d) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

(e) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

1.6 Headings

In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub- clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.

2 FACILITY

2.1 Amount of facility

Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower a loan facility to be advanced to the Borrower in accordance with Clause 4 ( Drawdown ) in the aggregate principal amount of up to $184,000,000 as follows:

(a) a Term Loan in one Advance in an aggregate amount of up to $104,000,000 for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness relating to the Ships and for general corporate purposes;

(b) a Revolving Credit Facility in a multiple number of Advances in an amount of up to $80,000,000 for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness relating to any of the Ships and for general corporate





purposes. Any reborrowing of the Revolving Credit Facility shall be available for general corporate purposes only;

(c)
the aggregate of Term Loan and the Revolving Advances on the first Drawdown Date shall not exceed the lower of (i) $184,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent. of the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of the Ships which will be subject to a Mortgage at the time of the first Drawdown Date;

(d) for the purposes of paragraph (c), the Fair Market Value of the applicable Ships shall be determined on the basis of valuations carried out:

(i) in the case of the Term Advance, no earlier than the date falling fourteen days before the Drawdown Date for the relevant Term Advance; and

(ii) in the case of the first Revolving Advance, no earlier than the date falling fourteen days before the Drawdown Date for that Revolving Advance, thereafter for each subsequent Revolving Advance the most recent valuations provided pursuant to this Agreement.

2.2 Lenders' participations in an Advance Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Advance in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

2.3 Purpose of each Advance

The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.

3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS AND SWAP BANKS

3.1 Interests several

The rights of the Lenders and of the Swap Banks under this Agreement and under the Master
Agreements are several.

3.2 Individual right of action

Each Lender and each Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement or under a Master Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender or any other Swap Bank as additional parties in the proceedings.

3.3 Proceedings requiring Majority Lender consent

Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender and no Swap Bank may commence proceedings against the Borrower, any Security Party, any Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub- Manager in connection with a Finance Document without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

3.4 Obligations several

The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement and of the Swap Banks under the Master Agreement to which each is a party are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a failure of a Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement to which it is a party shall not result in:

(a) the obligations of the other Lenders or Swap Banks being increased; nor






(b) the Borrower, any Security Party, any Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager or any other Lender or any other Swap Bank being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document or under any Master Agreement,

and in no circumstances shall a Lender or a Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or another Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a Master Agreement. 4 DRAWDOWN

4.1 Request for Advance

Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request that an Advance be made by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.

4.2 Availability

The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that: (a) in the case of a Term Advance:
(i) the Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period for the
Term Facility;

(ii) the amount of the Term Advance shall not exceed the Total Term Commitments; (iii) there shall be no more than one Term Advance.
(b) in the case of a Revolving Advance:

(i) the Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period for the
Revolving Credit Facility;

(ii) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Advances shall not exceed the Total Revolving
Credit Facility Commitments; and

(iii) there shall be no more than five Revolving Advances outstanding at any one time;

4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:

(a) the amount of the Advance requested and the Drawdown Date and if applicable, the Ship to which that Advance relates;

(b) the amount of that Lender's participation in that Advance; and

(c) the duration of the first Interest Period applicable to that Advance.

4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable

A Drawdown Notice must be signed by an officer or a duly authorised attorney-in-fact of the Borrower; and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.






4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent the amount due from that Lender under Clause 2.2. 4.6 Disbursement of an Advance

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on each Drawdown Date pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:

(a) to the account which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice; and

(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

4.7 Disbursement of an Advance to third party

The payment of an Advance by the Agent under Clause 4.6 to the Borrower or such other person notified by the Borrower to the Agent shall constitute the making of that Advance and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's Contribution.

4.8 Cancellation of Commitments

The Commitments in respect of any Advance which are unutilised at the end of the Availability
Period for such Advance shall then be cancelled.

5 INTEREST

5.1 Payment of normal interest

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Advance in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period (each an " Interest Payment Date ").

5.2 Normal rate of interest

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on each Advance in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of (i) the Margin and (ii) LIBOR for that Interest Period.

5.3 Payment of accrued interest

In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of: (a) each rate of interest; and
(b) the duration of each Interest Period,

as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined. 5.5 Unavailability of Screen Rate






(a) If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

(b) If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for: (i) dollars; or
(ii) the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Quotation Date and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

(c)
If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for dollars or the relevant Interest Period, there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan and Clause 5.8 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

5.6 Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Quotation Date, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

(b) If at or about 12.00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

5.7 Market disruption

(a) If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 50 per cent. of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan) (the " Relevant Lender ") that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 5.8 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

(b) If, at least 1 Business Day before a Drawdown Date, the Agent receives notification from a Lender (the " Affected Lender ") that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in the relevant Advance, the Affected Lender's obligation to participate in that Advance shall be suspended while that situation continues.

5.8 Cost of funds

(a) If this Clause 5.8 ( Cost of funds ) applies, the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

(i) the Margin; and(ii) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

(b) If this Clause 5.8 ( Cost of funds ) applies and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.






(c)
Any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all parties.

5.9 Hedging

(a) In respect of this Agreement only, the Swap Banks shall be given a right of first refusal to enter into Master Agreements with the Borrower.

(b) The rights of the Borrower under the Master Agreements shall be charged or assigned by way of security under a Master Agreement Assignment.

(c)
If, at any time, the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Master Agreements exceeds or, as a result of any repayment or prepayment under this Agreement, will exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan at that time, the Borrower must promptly notify the Agent and must reduce the aggregate notional amount of those transactions by an amount and in a manner satisfactory to the Agent so that it no longer exceeds or will not exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan then or that will be outstanding.

6 INTEREST PERIODS

6.1 Commencement, duration and consolidation of revolving Interest Periods

There shall be a single Interest Period for each Revolving Advance which shall be notified by the Borrower to the Agent in the Drawdown Notice for that Revolving Advance, shall commence on the Drawdown Date relating to that Revolving Advance and, subject to Clauses 6.4, 6.5 and 6.6, shall be:

(a) 1, 3 or 6 months as notified by the Borrower to the Agent in the Drawdown Notice for that
Revolving Advance; or

(b) in the case of the Interest Period applicable to the second and any subsequent Revolving Advance and if the Borrower notifies the Agent in the Drawdown Notice for such Revolving Advance, a period ending on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Revolving Advance then current, whereupon that Revolving Advance and the Revolving Advance then current shall be consolidated and treated as a single Revolving Advance and if more than one Revolving Advance has been made at the time the Borrower notifies the Agent that it wishes to consolidate the Interest Periods of the Revolving Advances, the relevant Interest Periods shall be consolidated with the Interest Period applicable to the first Revolving Advance so that the Interest Period for that Revolving Advance expires on the same date as the Interest Period for the Revolving Advance then current; or

(c) 3 months, if the Borrower fails to notify the Agent in the Drawdown Notice for that Revolving
Advance; or(d) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the
Borrower,

Provided that , the Borrower shall not select a 1 month Interest Period for a Revolving Advance on more than 3 occasions in any calendar year.

6.2 Commencement of term Interest Periods

The first Interest Period applicable to a Term Advance shall commence on the Drawdown Date relating to that Term Advance and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period applicable to such Term Advance.

6.3 Duration of normal term Interest Periods






Subject to Clauses 6.4, 6.5 and 6.6, each Interest Period shall be:

(a) 1, 3 or 6 months as notified by the Borrower to the Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period; or

(b) 3 months, if the Borrower fails to notify the Agent by the time specified in paragraph (a); or

(c) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the
Borrower,

Provided that , the Borrower shall not select a 1 month Interest Period for a Term Advance on more than 3 occasions in any calendar year.

6.4 Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments

In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an
Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.

6.5 No Interest Period to extend beyond Maturity Date

No Interest Period shall end after the Maturity Date and any Interest Period which would otherwise extend beyond the Maturity Date shall instead end on the Maturity Date.

6.6 Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected

If, after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than
3 months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 3 months.

7 DEFAULT INTEREST

7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts

The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or

(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

(c)
if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

7.2 Default rate of interest

Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2 per cent. above:

(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a)
and (b); or






(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).

7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest. The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:

(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date
(but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period);

(b) the Margin plus, in respect of successive periods select by the Agent for so long as such amounts remain unpaid:

(i) LIBOR; or

(ii) if LIBOR is unavailable, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the actual cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine.

7.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent's notification.

7.5 Payment of accrued default interest

Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

7.6 Compounding of default interest

Any such default interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded by the default rate on a daily basis. 7.7 Application to Master Agreements

For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 7 does not apply to any amount payable under a Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Designated Transaction as to which section 2(e) (Default Interest; Other Amounts) of that Master Agreement shall apply.

8 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND REBORROWING

8.1 Repayment of Term Loan

(a) The Borrower shall repay the Term Loan by consecutive quarterly instalments each in an amount of $3,771,000 plus an additional balloon instalment equal to the then outstanding balance of the Term Loan which should be repaid together with the last Term Repayment Instalment (each a " Term Repayment Instalment "), the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling three Months after the Drawdown Date relating to the Term Loan.

(b) If the amount advanced under the Term Loan is less than $104,000,000:

(i) the repayment instalments referred to in this Clause 8.1 ( Repayment of Term Loan. ) shall be reduced pro rata and the Agent shall provide the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties with a repayment schedule for the Term Loan with the amended repayment instalments; and






(ii) the unutilised Term Loan Commitments (if any) of each Lender shall be automatically cancelled.

8.2 Repayment of Revolving Advances

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, the Borrower shall repay each Revolving Advance on the last day of its Interest Period and shall repay the full amount of any outstanding Revolving Advances on the Maturity Date.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Clause, unless the Borrower notifies the Agent to the contrary not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days prior to the Repayment Date (other than the Maturity Date) applicable to a Revolving Advance, then:

(i) the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested that the Repayment Date shall be a Drawdown Date in respect of another Revolving Advance in an amount equal to the Revolving Advance that is to be repaid; and

(ii) each Lender's obligation to contribute to the relevant Advance shall be subject to the conditions precedent set out in paragraphs (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Clause 9.1;

(iii) the representations set out in Clause 10 shall be deemed to be made by the Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of that further Revolving Advance.

(c) Unless the Borrower notifies the Agent to the contrary not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time)
3 Business Days prior to the Repayment Date applicable to a Revolving Advance, then, notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Clause, where that Repayment Date is also a Drawdown Date in respect of another Revolving Advance (whether specifically requested by the Borrower or made pursuant to paragraph (b) above), the Agent shall, on behalf of the Borrower, apply the Revolving Advance which would otherwise have been paid to the Borrower on thatDrawdown Date in or towards the discharge of the amount payable by the Borrower on that Repayment Date pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Clause (but without prejudice to the obligation of the Borrower to pay any balance due after application of such amount). Subject to the Borrower's compliance with paragraph 9.1(c) of Clause 9.1 on the relevant repayment date for the respective Revolving Advance, each Revolving Advance shall renew on the last day of its Interest Period unless the Borrower notifies the Agent that it will repay each or part of each Revolving Advance on the last day of its Interest Period. The Borrower shall repay the full amount of any outstanding Revolving Advances on the Maturity Date.

(d) At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Revolving Advance then outstanding will be automatically extended to the last day of the Availability Period applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility and will be treated as separate Advances under the Revolving Credit Facility (the " Separate Advances ").

(e) If the Borrower makes a prepayment of an Advance under the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to Clause 8.5 ( Voluntary prepayment ), the Borrower may prepay a Separate Advance by giving not less than 5 Business Days' prior notice to the Agent. The Facility Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (e) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

(f) Interest in respect of a Separate Advance will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower by the time and date specified by the Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by the Borrower to the Agent (for the account of that Defaulting Lender) on the last day of each Interest Period of that Advance.

8.3 Final Repayment Date






On the final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

8.4 Voluntary and automatic cancellation

The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days' prior notice, reduce or terminate any unutilised portion of the Loan without premium or penalty.

8.5 Voluntary prepayment

Subject to the conditions set forth in Clause 8.6, the Borrower may:

(a) prepay or cancel the whole or any part of the Loan without premium other than pursuant to
Clause 8.13; and

(b) prepay the whole or part of a Revolving Advance.

8.6 Conditions for voluntary prepayment

The conditions referred to in Clause 8.5 are that:

(a) a partial prepayment of the Loan shall be $1,000,000 or integral multiples of $1,000,000 or such lower amount as the Agent may approve;(b) a partial cancellation of the Revolving Credit Facility shall be made simultaneously with any partial prepayment of the Term Loan other than a partial prepayment pursuant to Clause 8.5(b). The amount of such partial cancellation shall be the fraction of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments equal to the equivalent fraction of the Term Advance prepaid;

(c)
the Agent has received from the Borrower at least three Business Days' prior written notice specifying the amounts to be prepaid and cancelled and the date on which the prepayment and cancellation is to be made; and

(d) that the Borrower has complied with Clause 8.16 on or prior to the date of prepayment.

8.7 Effect of notice of prepayment

A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of all the Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.

8.8 Notification of notice of prepayment

The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice.

8.9 Mandatory prepayment or cancellation on sale or Total Loss

If a Ship is sold or there is a Guarantor Disposal to facilitate the sale or disposal of a Ship or a Ship becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan and cancel an amount of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments (if applicable) by, in aggregate, the relevant amount (as defined below) and the prepayment shall be applied first pro rata towards repayment and cancellation of the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility, and secondly to the then remaining repayments pursuant to Clause 8.1 and Clause 8.2 on a pro rata basis:

(a) in the case of a sale, on the earlier of (i) the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the relevant buyer and (ii) the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of the sale; or






(b) in the case of a Guarantor Disposal, on the date on which the Guarantor Disposal occurs; or

(c)
in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and (ii) the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

In this Clause 8.9 "relevant amount" means:

in the case of a sale or a Guarantor Disposal or a Total Loss, the greater of the amount of the Loan on the date of such prepayment multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the Fair Market Value of the relevant Ship (determined as at the date of the most recent appraisal and not more than 6 months prior to the date of the sale or Total Loss) and the denominator is the aggregate of the most recently determined Fair Market Values of the Ships (determined on the same basis) and the amount required to comply with Clause 8.16 immediately following such prepayment and cancellation.

8.10 Substitution of Ship

The Borrower may replace any of Ship A to Ship L (inclusive) with a Substitute Ship, with 30 days prior written notice to the Agent and up to a maximum of five times, provided that all of the following conditions are met at the time of such substitution:

(a) the Borrower shall, and shall (to the extent applicable) procure that the relevant Guarantor shall, provide replacement Security Interests securing the Secured Liabilities over the Substitute Ship in favour of the Security Trustee on substantially the same terms as the Security Interests securing the Secured Liabilities over that Ship being substituted.

(b) the replacement Security Interest referred to in paragraph (a) above shall be created and perfected on such terms as the Security Trustee acting reasonably requires not later than the date of which such Ship is substituted and the Security Trustee shall only release and/or discharge any Finance Documents over that Ship being substituted after the creation and/or perfection of such replacement Security Interests securing the Secured Liabilities.

8.11 Mandatory prepayment or cancellation on Change of Control

If there is a Change of Control, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility shall be cancelled (if applicable) on or before the date falling 60 days following such Change of Control unless agreed otherwise by all the Lenders or the Change of Control consists of a Guarantor Disposal, where such Guarantor Disposal is made solely to facilitate the sale or disposal of a Ship and a corresponding prepayment is made in accordance with Clause 8.9.

8.12 Mandatory prepayment or cancellation on Illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in an Advance or all or any part of the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so or if funding or maintaining its participation in an Advance or all or any part of the Loan would cause that Lender to breach any Sanctions applicable to it:

(a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

(b) upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, each Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and






(c)
the Borrower shall prepay that Lender's participation in each part of the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for that part of the Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid.

8.13 Amounts payable on prepayment

A voluntary prepayment under Clause 8.4, a mandatory prepayment under Clauses 8.9, 8.10 and 8.12 and any cancellation of any Lender's Commitment under this Agreement shall be made together with:

(a) accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid;(b) if the prepayment or any part of it is not made on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the part of the Loan against which it is to be applied, any sums payable under Clause 21.1(b).

8.14 Application of partial prepayment

(a) Each partial prepayment and cancellation shall be applied pro rata against: (i) the Term Loan; and
(ii) in permanently cancelling the relevant amount of the Total Revolving Credit Facility
Commitments,

(b) in an amount, in aggregate, equal to the amount of such prepayment and cancellation and, as regards the Term Loan, pro rata against the repayment instalments for the Term Loan as specified in Clause 8.1.

(c)
Each prepayment of a Revolving Advance pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 8.4 shall be applied against the Revolving Advance selected by the Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt the Term Loan will not be affected by such prepayment.

(d) Any partial cancellation of the Total Revolving Credit Facility Commitments shall be applied against the Revolving Credit Facility Commitments of each Lender pro rata.

8.15 Reborrowing

(a) No amount of the Term Loan repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed.

(b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, any amount of the Revolving Credit Facility repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed and, for the avoidance of doubt, any amount of the Revolving Credit Facility which is repaid or prepaid shall not in itself result in a cancellation of the Revolving Credit Facility Commitments.

8.16 Unwinding of Designated Transactions

On or prior to any repayment or prepayment of the Loan under this Clause 8 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall unless otherwise agreed by all the Lenders wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clauses 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 or if any overhedging occurs.

9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

9.1 Documents, fees and no default






Each Lender's obligation to contribute to the Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives the documents described in Part A of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;(b) that, on or before the first Drawdown Date, the Agent receives or is satisfied that it will receive on the making of such Term Advance, the documents described in Part B of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to it and its lawyers;

(c)
that, on or before the service of each Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives all accrued commitment fees payable pursuant to Clause 20.1(b) and any fees contemplated by Clause 20.1(a) and has received payment of the expenses referred to in Clause 20.2;

(d) that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:

(i) no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the relevant Advance;

(ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;

(iii) no event or circumstance has occurred which has or is reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect;

(iv) there has been no material change in the consolidated financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Borrower since the date on which the Borrower provided the Compliance Certificate and Accounting Information accompanying such Compliance Certificate or in respect of any of the information concerning those topics appended to the Compliance Certificate; and

(v) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.6 has occurred and is continuing;
and

(e) that, the Agent is satisfied that the Borrower will be in compliance with the requirements of
Clause 15 immediately following the making of the Advance; and

(f) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrower prior to the relevant Drawdown Date.

9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent

If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 5 Business Days after the Drawdown Date relating to that Advance (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all Lenders, specify).

10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

10.1 General

The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows. 10.2 Status






The Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

10.3 Ownership of the Guarantors

The Borrower is the ultimate beneficial owner of all the issued share capital and voting rights in respect of each Guarantor free of Security Interests save for the Security Interests created pursuant to the Finance Documents and, prior to the date of the Shares Pledge in respect of a Guarantor executed by the Borrower, Security Interests created in connection with the relevant Existing Facility Agreement over the share capital and voting rights of that Guarantor.

10.4 Corporate power

The Borrower (or in the case of paragraph (a) each Guarantor) has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

(a) to register the Ships in their ownership on the Approval Flag;

(b) to execute the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and the Master
Agreements; and

(c)
to borrow under this Agreement, to enter into Designated Transactions under each Master Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and each Master Agreement.

10.5 Consents in force

All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

10.6 Legal validity; effective Security Interests

The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and each Master Agreement, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

(a) constitute the Borrower's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

(b) create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate,

subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.

10.7 No third party Security Interests

Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each
Finance Document:

(a) the Borrower will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance
Document purports to create; and(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.






10.8 No conflicts

The execution by the Borrower of each Finance Document and each Master Agreement, and the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document and each Master Agreement will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

(a) any law or regulation; or

(b) the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

(c)
any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets.

10.9 No withholding Taxes

All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax (other than a FATCA Deduction) payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

10.10 No default

No Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred.

10.11 Information

All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7; and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrower from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.

10.12 No litigation

No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower or any Security Party (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

10.13 No rebates etc.

There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Borrower or any Security Party, from the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the Ships.

10.14 Compliance with certain undertakings

At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.4, 11.8 and 11.13. 10.15 Taxes paid

The Borrower has paid and has procured that each Guarantor has paid all Taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to it, its business or the Ship owned or to be owned by it.

10.16 ISM Code, ISPS Code and Environmental Laws compliance






All requirements of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and all Environmental Laws as they relate to the Borrower, the Guarantors, any Approved Ship Manager and the Ships have been complied with.

10.17 No money laundering

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower confirms (i) that it is acting for its own account; (ii) that it will use the proceeds of the Loan for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and (iii) that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council).

10.18 No immunity

The Borrower is not and no assets of the Borrower are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceedings (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, execution or other enforcement).

10.19 Pari passu

The obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents and any Master Agreement to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured indebtedness of the Borrower other than indebtedness mandatorily preferred by law.

10.20 Sanctions

(a) The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Guarantor's respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives has been and is in compliance with Applicable Sanctions.

(b) No Security Party and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives:

(i) is a Restricted Person, or is involved in any transaction through which it is likely to become a Restricted Person; or

(ii) is subject to or involved in any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions or acts directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Person in breach of Sanctions. 11 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

11.1 General

The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, otherwise permit.

11.2 Title; negative pledge

The Borrower will:

(a) own (directly or indirectly) and maintain ownership of the entire legal and beneficial interest in the entire issued share capital of each Guarantor free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every





kind except for those created by the Finance Documents and, prior to date of the Shares Pledge executed by the Borrower in respect of a Guarantor, Security Interests created in connection with the relevant Existing Facility Agreement over the share capital of that Guarantor;

(b) procure that each Guarantor will:

(i) hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ship to be owned by it, the Insurances and Earnings relating to that Ship and the Earnings Account in its name, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests; and

(ii) not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security
Interests) over any other asset, present or future; and

(c)
procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law;

11.3 No disposal of assets

The Borrower will procure that no Guarantor will transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:

(a) any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation except for demurrage claims and otherwise in the ordinary course of conducting its business as a ship owner; or

(b) make any substantial change to the nature of its business from that existing at the date of this
Agreement.

11.4 No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred

The Borrower will procure that no Guarantor, from the date of the Guarantee executed by the relevant Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee, will incur any liability or obligation (including, without limitation, any contingent liability) except liabilities and obligations:

(a) under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;(b) reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of operating, upgrading, maintaining and chartering its Ship; and

(c)
in respect of Intercompany Loans made to the relevant Guarantor provided these comply with the requirements of Clause 11.20.

11.5 Information provided to be accurate

All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true, complete and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

11.6 Provision of financial statements

The Borrower will send to the Agent:

(a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each financial year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower and its subsidiaries;






(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each of the first three Accounting Periods in a calendar year, unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower and its subsidiaries which are certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Borrower;

(c)
a Compliance Certificate together with the annual reports that the Borrower delivers pursuant to paragraph (a) above and quarterly reports that the Borrower delivers in (b) above each certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower; and

(d) such other information and financial statements (including, without limitation, details of the operating performance, employment, positions and engagements of the Ships, annual budgets and projections) as may be requested by the Agent from time to time.

11.7 Form of financial statements

All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 11.6 will:

(a) be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied;

(b) fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower and its subsidiaries at the date of those accounts and of their profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

(c) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower and its subsidiaries.

11.8 Consents

The Borrower will, and will procure that each Guarantor will, maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:

(a) for it to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party or any
Master Agreement;

(b) for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which it is a party or any Master
Agreement; and(c) in the case of each Guarantor, to continue to own and operate the Ship owned by it

and the Borrower will, and will procure that each Guarantor will, comply with the terms of all such consents.

11.9 Maintenance of Security Interests

The Borrower will:

(a) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document and each Master Agreement validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and

(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document and any Master Agreement (if applicable) with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar Tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

11.10 Notification of litigation






The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal action involving the Borrower, any Security Party or any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances as soon as such action is instituted unless it is clear that the legal action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

11.11 No amendment to Master Agreements

The Borrower will not agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, any Master Agreement or any of its provisions.

11.12 Chief Executive Office

The Borrower will maintain its chief executive office in the Principality of Monaco.

11.13 Confirmation of no default

The Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by 2 directors of the Borrower and which:

(a) states that no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred; or

(b) states that no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.13 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 10 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Loan has not been made) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 11.13 does not affect the Borrower's obligations under Clause 11.14. 11.14 Notification of default

The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as the Borrower becomes aware of: (a) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default; or
(b) any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default may have occurred,

and will keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.

11.15 Provision of further information

The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating to:

(a) the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower;

(b) the Borrower, any Security Party, any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; or

(c) any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document and any Master
Agreement,

which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender or any Swap Bank at any time and the Borrower shall promptly, provide such further information and/or documents as any Creditor Party (through the Agent) may request so as to enable such Creditor Party to comply with any laws applicable to it (including, without limitation, compliance with FATCA).

11.16 Provision of copies and translation of documents






The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

11.17 "Know your customer" checks

The Borrower shall notify the Agent immediately if it becomes aware of any actual or intended change in its status or the status of any Security Party after the date of this Agreement. If:

(a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of)
any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

(b) any change in the status of the Borrower or any Security Party after the date of this Agreement;
or

(c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this
Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent, any Swap Bank or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested bythe Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender), the Swap Bank concerned, or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Swap Bank concerned, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

11.18 Compliance with laws

The Borrower shall comply and shall procure that each Guarantor shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, all Applicable Sanctions and regulations relating thereto.

11.19 Taxes

The Borrower shall prepare and timely file all Tax returns required to be filed by it and any member of the Group and pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it and any member of the Group or in respect of any of its or any member of the Group's property and assets before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims for labour, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might become a lien or any part thereof, except in each case, for any such Taxes (a) as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established, (b) as to which such failure to have paid does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship or criminal liability, or (c) the failure of which to pay or discharge would not be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

11.20 Use of proceeds and Intercompany Loans

The Borrower shall:

(a) use the proceeds of the first Advance to re-finance the Existing Facility Agreement and the subsequent Advances for general corporate purposes and shall on-lend the proceeds (or part of them where such proceeds have also been used to refinance the Existing Facility Agreement) of each Advance directly or indirectly to





the Guarantor which owns the relevant Ship and shall procure that such Guarantor shall use the proceeds of such Advance solely as permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and

(b) procure that any Intercompany Loan it provides whether directly or indirectly to an Guarantor pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall:

(i) be fully subordinated to any and all obligations of the Guarantors and the rights of the
Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents;

(ii) not require the payment of interest prior to expiry of the Maturity Date; (iii) mature at least 1 year after the Maturity Date; and
(iv) not be secured by any asset which is already, or is to be, the subject of a Security Interest created by the Borrower or any Security Party pursuant to any Finance Document;(c)      furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any instrument evidencing any Intercompany Loan, all other documents related thereto and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof; and

(d) in respect of any such Intercompany Loan, execute and deliver to the Agent an Intercompany Loan Assignment and deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to in paragraphs 3, 4, and 6 of Part A of Schedule 4 as the Agent may require.

11.21 Sanctions

(a) The Borrower undertakes for itself and on behalf of each Guarantor that:

(i) they and each of their directors, officers, agents, employees or persons action on their behalf is not a Restricted Person and does not act directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Person or in breach of Applicable Sanctions;

(ii) without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ any Ship nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any Applicable Sanctions, Environmental Laws, ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

(b) Without prejudice to Clause 14.10, the Borrower shall not, and will procure that no Guarantor shall, engage in any activity or dealing with a Restricted Person except such activity or dealing with a Restricted Person that is not in breach of Applicable Sanctions.

(c)
The Borrower shall procure, and will ensure that each Guarantor procures, that no proceeds from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Person are credited to any bank account held with any Creditor Party in its name.

(d) The Borrower shall, and will procure that the Guarantor shall, to the extent permitted by law, promptly upon becoming aware of them supply to the Agent details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority.

11.22 Use of proceeds

The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit or authorise any other person (including without limitation the Guarantors) to, directly or indirectly, make available any proceeds of the Loan to fund or facilitate trade, business or other activities (i) involving or for the benefit of any Restricted Person in breach of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that could result in the Borrower and/or any Guarantor and/or a Creditor Party being in breach of any Applicable Sanctions or becoming a Restricted Person.

12 CORPORATE AND FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS






12.1 General

The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, otherwise permit.

12.2 Maintenance of status

The Borrower will:(a) remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange;

(b) maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the
Republic of the Marshall Islands; and

(c)
procure that each Guarantor shall maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in goodstanding under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

12.3 Negative undertakings

(a) The Borrower will not and will procure that no Guarantor shall:

(i) change its name, its type of organisation or the nature of its business; or

(ii) change its Fiscal Year; or

(iii) permit any act, event or circumstance to occur or arise which would or could result in a Change of Control of the Borrower or any Guarantor other than a Guarantor Disposal for the purposes of selling or disposing of a Ship where the relevant prepayment is made in accordance with Clause 8.9 or give rise whether directly or indirectly to a Material Adverse Effect; or

(iv) enter into any form of amalgamation, merge or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation.

(b) The Borrower will procure that no Guarantor shall:

(i) provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

(A) a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower's or the relevant Guarantor's share or loan capital; or

(B) any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,

or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower or the relevant Guarantor than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or

(ii) issue (except in accordance with the terms of the relevant Share Pledge), allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital; or

(iii) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative other than Designated Transactions.






12.4 Dividends

(a) The Borrower may only pay a dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the payment of such dividends or making of suchdistributions, redemptions, purchase or return or will result from the payment of such dividend or making of such distributions, redemptions, purchase or return; and

(b) The Borrower will procure that no Guarantor shall pay a dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital if:

(i) any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the payment of such dividend or making of such other form of distribution or effecting of such redemption, purchase or return of share capital or will result from such payment or making of such other form of distribution or effecting of such redemption, purchase or return of share capital; or

(ii) such dividend or other form of distribution or redemption, purchase or return of share capital shall result in a breach of the financial covenants set out in Clauses 12.5, 12.6 and 12.7.

12.5 Minimum liquidity

The Borrower shall, at all times, maintain Cash and Cash Equivalents on a consolidated basis, including all amounts on deposit with any bank, of not less than the greater of (a) $25,000,000 or (b) $700,000 multiplied by the number of Fleet Vessels (the " Minimum Liquidity "), provided that for the purpose of this Clause 12.5, " Cash Equivalents " shall include unutilised and freely available amounts under the Facility (where no default or termination event has occurred and is continuing and there is no restriction on borrowing under such Facility) with a maturity date in excess of 12 months after the date of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 11.6 and further provided that not less than 66.66 per cent. of Minimum Liquidity shall consist of Cash at all times.

12.6 Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth

The Borrower shall maintain a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than $500,000,000 plus:

(a) 25 per cent. of the Borrower's cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each
Accounting Period commencing on or after 31 December 2017; and

(b) 50 per cent. of the Equity Proceeds realised from any issuance of Equity Interests in the
Borrower occurring on or after 31 December 2013.

12.7 Maximum leverage

The Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation of not more than 0.60 to 1.00, to be tested on the last day of each Accounting Period.

12.8 Material Changes in GAAP requirements

If, at any time after the date of this Agreement, the GAAP requirements materially change so as to impact the financial covenants set out in this Clause 12 the Borrower shall notify the Agent and, if agreed between the Borrower and the Agent, this Agreement shall be amended and/or supplemented to reflect these changes. 13 INSURANCE

13.1 General






The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that each Guarantor, at all times whilst the Ship owned by the relevant Guarantor is subject to a Mortgage, will comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, otherwise permit.

13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Guarantor against:

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery plus hull interest and any other usual marine risks such as excess risks as applicable);

(b) war risks (including the London Blocking and Trapping addendum or equivalent coverage including war, terrorism, piracy and confiscation risks excluded from the protection and indemnity risks);

(c)
full protection and indemnity risks (including liability for oil pollution and excess war risk P&I cover) on standard club rules, covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations (or, if the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover), or other with written consent from the Agent;

(d) freight, demurrage & defence risks;

(e) any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to standard practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for that Guarantor to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by written notice to that Guarantor.

13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall affect such insurances in respect of the
Ship owned by it: (a) in Dollars;
(b) in the case of the insurances described in 13.2(a), (b) and, in the event such other risk is based on vessel value, (e) in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

(i) when aggregated with the insured values of the other Ships then financed under this
Agreement, 120 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the Loan; and

(ii) the Fair Market Value of the Ship owned by it;

(c)      in the case of hull and machinery insured values of each Ship, in an amount not less than 80 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of that Ship and the aggregate amount of the hull andmachinery insured values of the Ships shall be equal to or greater than the amount of the Loan;
and

(d) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;






(e) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship owned by it;

(f) on approved terms; and

(g) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations that are members of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs.

13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3 the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name the relevant Guarantor as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

and when requested by the Security Trustee (acting reasonably) obtain or procure that every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the relevant Guarantor and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them in circumstances where such deductibles are not borne by the applicable Guarantor in full and/or where there is an Event of Default which is continuing and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

(b) whenever the Security Trustee requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Lender, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;(c) name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security
Trustee may specify;

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

(e) provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party;

(f) provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the Guarantor concerned fails to do so; and

(g) provide that the deductible of the hull and machinery insurance is not higher than the amount agreed upon and stated in the loss payable clause.

13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances






The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall;

(a) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

(i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Guarantor proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

(ii) obtain the Security Trustee's approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

(b) at least 5 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee's approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

(c)
procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that all approved insurance brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;

(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security
Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

(c)
they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 5 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Guarantor or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and

(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Guarantor under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.

13.7 Copies of certificates of entry

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee; and






(c)
a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

13.8 Deposit of original policies

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

13.9 Payment of premiums

The Borrower procure that each Guarantor shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by that Guarantor and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.

13.10 Guarantees

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

13.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Guarantor shall do or omit to do (or permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:(a) each Guarantor shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;

(b) no Guarantor shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it unless approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances; and

(c)
no Guarantor shall employ the Ship owned by it, or allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

13.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Guarantor shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

13.13 Settlement of claims

The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Guarantor shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance effected by it for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

13.14 Provision of copies of communications

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all material written communications between the relevant Guarantor and:

(a) the approved insurance brokers;






(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c)
the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to: (i) that Guarantor's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without
limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Guarantor and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

13.15 Provision of information

In addition, the Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected by it; and/or

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all reasonable fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a), provided the amount of such fees and expenses shall have been the subject of prior consultation between the Security Trustee and the Borrower but without any obligation on the part of the Security Trustee to consider or comply with any recommendation by or request from the Borrower during such consultation.

13.16 Mortgagee's interest, additional perils

The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew (i) mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance and (ii) mortgagee's interest marine insurance in such amounts and on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider appropriate and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

14 SHIP COVENANTS

14.1 General

The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party that it shall and that it shall procure that each Guarantor will, at all times whilst the Ship owned by the relevant Guarantor is subject to a Mortgage, comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, may otherwise permit.

14.2 Ship's name and registration

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of any Ship without the prior written approval of the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

14.3 Repair and classification






The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

(b) so as to maintain the highest class for that Ship with the Approved Classification Society free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship's class; and(c)      so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered under the law of the Approved Flag on which that Ship is registered or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

14.4 Classification Society undertaking

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall instruct the Approved Classification
Society (and in the case of dual classification, only the primary classification society):

(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to the Ship owned by it;

(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Guarantor and the Ship owned by it at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them;

(c) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:

(i) to confirm that such Guarantor is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or

(ii) if such Guarantor is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.

14.5 Modification

The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship owned by it or equipment installed on that Ship which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.

14.6 Removal of parts

The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall remove any material part of the Ship owned by it, or any item of equipment installed on, that Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Ship the property of that Guarantor and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage Provided that an Guarantor may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.

14.7 Surveys






The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor, at the Borrower's expense submits the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classificationpurposes with copies of all technical survey reports in respect of surveys carried out by an
Approved Ship Manager or other qualified expert duly appointed for such purpose.

14.8 Inspection

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times, with reasonable notice to the relevant Guarantor, always without interfering with the trading of the Ship at the Borrower's expense to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred or that Ship's Approved Classification Society has issued a recommendation or condition affecting that Ship's class, the Borrower shall not have to pay for more than 1 inspection per Ship in each calendar year. The Security Trustee shall use reasonable efforts not to interfere with the operation of that Ship when exercising its rights under this Clause 14.8.

14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly discharge:

(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances;

(b) all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances; and
(c)
all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances, and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention
in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by
providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

14.10 Compliance with laws etc.

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall:

(a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Applicable Sanctions and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Guarantor;

(b) not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Applicable Sanctions; and

(c)      in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship's war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given and the Borrower has or has procured that there is (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require. 14.11 Provision of information

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:






(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements (including, without limitation, details of the operating performance, employment, positions and engagements of the Ships, annual budgets and projections);
(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship owned by it; (c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance
or repair of the Ship owned by it and any payments made in respect of that Ship; (d) any towages and salvages; and
(e) its compliance, the Approved Ship Manager's or the compliance by the Ship owned by it with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Applicable Sanctions,

and, upon the Security Trustee's request, provide copies of any current charter relating to that Ship, of any current charter guarantee and copies of each Guarantors or the Approved Ship Manager's Document of Compliance.

14.12 Notification of certain events

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly notify the Security Trustee by email, confirmed forthwith, by letter of:

(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

(c)
any requirement or condition made by any insurer or the Approved Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not complied with within the specified time;

(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;

(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;

(f) any Environmental Claim made against any Security Party or the Borrower or in connection with any Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

(g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Laws or Applicable Sanctions being made against that Guarantor, the Approved Ship Manager (following the Guarantor becoming aware of the same) or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; or

(h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Laws or Sanctions not being complied with;and the Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of the Borrower's, any Guarantor's, the Approved Ship Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.

14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

(a) The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it: (i) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;





(ii) enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 24 months other than Charters where the charterer is a member of the Group or the Charter is pursuant to an Approved Pooling Arrangement;

(iii) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than 2 months' hire
(or the equivalent) is payable in advance;

(iv) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm's length terms at the time when such Ship is fixed;

(v) appoint a manager of that Ship other than an Approved Ship Manager or agree to any material alteration to the terms of the Approved Ship Manager's appointment save that amendments to the provisions relating to the management fees and termination fees cannot be considered material if such amendments to the fees are on market terms and do not and shall not affect the rights of the Creditor Parties in an adverse manner in the context of the Finance Documents;

(vi) appoint a classification society for that Ship other than an Approved Classification
Society;

(vii) de-activate or layup that Ship; or

(viii) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) or in the case of any scheduled special surveys in respect of such Ship, in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000, unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on such Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

(b) The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it, ensure that an Approved Technical Manager shall only appoint a sub-manager in relation to the technical management of that Ship provided that in the case of any such sub-management, the Approved Technical Manager shall continue to remain primarily liable vis-à-vis the relevant Guarantor to perform the technical management responsibilities in relation to that Ship and, if so appointed as technical manager of that Ship, such sub-manager shall be appointed on substantially the same terms as the Approved Technical Manager and once appointed as an Approved Sub-Manager, the relevant Guarantor shall not and shall procure that the relevant Approved Technical Manager shall not agree to any material alteration to the terms of the relevant Approved Sub-Manager's appointment. 14.14 Notice of Mortgage

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage, carry on board the Ship owned by it a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master's cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that such Ship is mortgaged by that Guarantor to the Security Trustee.

14.15 Sharing of Earnings

The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings of the Ship owned by it provided always that any Ship may be entered into any Approved Pooling Arrangement.

14.16 ISPS Code

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:






(a) procure that its Ship and the company responsible for such Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

(b) maintain for its Ship an ISSC; and

(c)
notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

14.17 Copies of Charter; Charterparty Assignment

Provided that the Borrower has obtained the prior permission of the Agent necessary under
Clause 14.13(a)(ii), the Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall:

(a) furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any Charter for the Ship owned by it, all other documents related thereto including, without limitation, any guarantee of such Charter and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof; and

(b) in respect of any such Charter, execute and deliver to the Agent a Charterparty Assignment and deliver to the Agent a consent and acknowledgement executed by the charterer and any related charter guarantor and such other documents equivalent to those referred to in paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of Part A of Schedule 4 as the Agent may require.

14.18 Change of Approved Ship Manager

If, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, there is a change of Approved Ship
Manager, the Borrower shall or shall procure that:

(a) the relevant Guarantor shall promptly provide the Agent with a copy of the management agreement pursuant to which such Approved Ship Manager is to be appointed; and

(b) the new Approved Ship Manager shall provide to the Agent on or prior to the commencement of its appointment, an Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking. 14.19 Green Passport

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor has obtained a Green Passport, or equivalent document acceptable to the Agent, within 30 days from the Drawdown Date of the relevant Advance in respect of the Ship owned by it which remains valid throughout the Security Period.

15 SECURITY COVER

15.1 Minimum required security cover

Clause 15.2 applies if the Agent notifies the Borrower that:

(a) the Fair Market Value of the Ships then subject to a Mortgage; plus

(b) the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15, is below 140 per cent. of the Loan.
15.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment

If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.1, the Borrower shall within 60 days after the date on which the Agent's notice is served, either:






(a) prepay such part (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall; or

(b) provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security which, in the opinion of all of the Lenders acting in their absolute discretion, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, approve or require and, for this purpose, it is agreed that acceptable additional security shall include (i) a Substitute Ship and/or (ii) cash collateral in Dollars valued at par.

(c)
For the avoidance of doubt, amounts prepaid pursuant to this Clause shall be applied in accordance with Clause 8.14.

15.3 Valuation of Ship

The market value of a Ship at any date is that shown by:

(a) the arithmetic average of 2 valuations each prepared by an Approved Broker selected by the
Agent;

(b) as at a date not more than 30 days prior to the date such valuation is delivered to the Agent by such Approved Broker;

(c) with or without physical inspection of that Ship (as the Agent may require);

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment; and

(e) after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale. 15.4 Value of additional vessel security

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.2.

15.5 Valuations binding

Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

15.6 Provision of information

The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker acting under Clause 15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.

15.7 Payment of valuation expenses

Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower's obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4, the Borrower shall, subject to Clause 15.8, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause 15.






15.8 Frequency of valuations

(a) The Borrower shall provide the valuations of each Ship required pursuant to paragraph 12 of Part B of Schedule 4 at the Borrower's expense;

(b) the Borrower shall provide to the Agent 2 valuations during each half of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower commencing on 1 January 2019 (such valuations to be attached to the Compliance Certificates for the relevant fiscal quarter to be provided by the Borrower) setting forth the Fair Market Value of each Ship in each case at the cost of the Borrower save that the Borrower shall not be required to pay for more than 2 sets of valuations of each Ship in each calendar year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or any valuation obtained would entitle the Agent to serve a notice pursuant to Clause 15.1 in which case such valuations required by the Agent shall be for the cost of the Borrower; and

(c)
the Agent shall be entitled, at its own expense, to obtain valuations of each Ship other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above as often as it may request.

15.9 Application of prepayment

Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.2.

15.10 Release of Additional Security

It is agreed that where the Borrower or a third party has provided additional security pursuant to Clause 15.2 the Borrower is entitled to request the release of such additional security at itsexpense at any time following a testing of compliance by the Borrower of the minimum required security cover under Clause 15.1. Where the Borrower is shown to be in compliance with such minimum required security cover without including the additional security within the calculation and where the Borrower is in compliance with the minimum required security cover under Clause 15.1, such additional security shall be released at the Borrower's cost.

16 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

16.1 Currency and method of payments

All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Borrower and any Security Party under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:

(a) by not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the due date;

(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);

(c)
in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower or another Security Party to the Agent or any Lender, to an account of the Agent as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties, or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and

(d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

16.2 Payment on non-Business Day

If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:






(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

16.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments

All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

16.4 Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties

Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, a Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, that Swap Counterparty or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender and the Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and

(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender and each Swap Counterparty pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

16.5 Permitted deductions by Agent

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender or a Swap Counterparty, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender or that Swap Counterparty under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender or that Swap Counterparty to pay on demand.

16.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender or any Swap Counterparty any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender or that Swap Counterparty until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

16.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received

If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender or a Swap Counterparty, without first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender or the Swap Counterparty concerned shall, on demand:

(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.






16.8 Agent may assume receipt

Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.

16.9 Creditor Party accounts

Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party. 16.10 Agent's memorandum account

The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

16.11 Accounts prima facie evidence

If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

17 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

17.1 Normal order of application

Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance
Documents and the Master Agreements in the following order and proportions:

(i) first, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and the Swap Counterparties under any Master Agreements other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (ii) and (iii) below (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document or in any Master Agreement);

(ii) secondly, in or towards satisfaction of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements (and, for this purpose, the expression " interest " shall include any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section
2(e) (Obligations) of any Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the relevant Swap Counterparty at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 17); and

(iii) thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Loan and the Swap Exposure of each Swap Counterparty (in the case of the latter, calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder);






(b) SECONDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document or any Master Agreement but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.1(a);

(c)      THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it. 17.2 Variation of order of application

The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

17.3 Notice of variation of order of application

The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.

17.4 Appropriation rights overridden

This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.

18 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

18.1 Payment of Earnings

The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment), all the Earnings of each Ship are paid to the Earnings Account for that Ship, at all times whilst such Ship is subject to a Mortgage.

18.2 Application of Earnings

The Borrower undertakes with the Lenders to procure that money from time to time credited to, or for the time being standing to the credit of, an Earnings Account shall, unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing (whereupon the provisions of Clause 17.1 shall be and become applicable), be freely available to the Borrower.

18.3 Location of accounts

The Borrower shall promptly:

(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Earnings
Accounts (or any of them); and

(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts (or any of them).

18.4 Debits for expenses etc.

The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit any Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which





any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21. 18.5 Borrower's obligations unaffected

The provisions of this Clause 18 do not affect:

(a) the liability of the Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or

(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any Security Party under any Finance
Document.

19 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

19.1 Events of Default

An Event of Default occurs if:

(a) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document unless its failure to pay is caused by a Disruption Event and payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or

(b) any breach occurs of Clause 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.21(a), 11.22, 12.5, 12.6, 12.7 and 15.2; or

(c)
any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 20 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

(d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or

(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or

(f) any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower on a consolidated basis exceeding $10,000,000 in aggregate or, in the case of any Security Party,
$2,500,000 (or in either case, the equivalent in any other currency):

(i) any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person is not paid when due; or

(ii) any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or

(iii) a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

(iv) any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default,or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or






(v) any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or

(g) any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:

(i) a Relevant Person becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

(ii) any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating,
$10,000,000 in the case of the Borrower or $2,500,000 in the case of any Security Party or more or the equivalent in another currency; or

(iii) any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person;
or

(iv) an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a
Relevant Person; or

(v) any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or

(vi) a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or

(vii) a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (a) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (did) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower or the Guarantors which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by all the Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or

(viii) an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (a) the application or petition is dismissed orwithdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (a) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or

(ix) a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed





terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or

(x) any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or

(xi) in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Lenders acting reasonably is similar to any of the foregoing.

(h) any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened against a Relevant Person or its assets which has, will have or may have a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) a Finance Document is amended, terminated, cancelled or suspended for any reason except with the prior written consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders;

(j) the Borrower ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which is material in the context of this Agreement; or

(k) it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:

(i) for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which all the Lenders consider material under a Finance Document;

(ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders or the Swap Banks to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or

(l) any consent necessary to enable any Guarantor to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or on the Approved Flag or to enable the Borrower, such Guarantor or any other Security Party to comply with any provision which all the Lenders consider material of a FinanceDocument, to which it is a party is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or

(m) any failure to change the flag state of a Ship after written notice from the Agent requesting a flag change as a result of governmental and/or political unrest which may in the Agent's opinion have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(n) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of a Ship unless it is within 30 Business Days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship; or

(o) any provision which all the Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest and which in each case such default continues unremedied 15 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or






(p) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or

(q) an Event of Default (as defined in section 14 of a Master Agreement) occurs; or

(r) a Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with the consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders; or

(s) any of the Ships ceases to be employed by the relevant Approved Ship Manager on terms acceptable to the Agent or any of the circumstances described in Clause 19.1(g) or (j) occurs ( mutatis mutandis ) in relation to an Approved Ship Manager or an Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager breaches any provision of its Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking which the Agent considers material and the Borrower fails within a period of 15 days of it becoming aware of the occurrence of such circumstance or breach or of the receipt of a written notification from the Agent requesting the Borrower to remedy such circumstances or breach either to remedy such circumstances or breach or to substitute the relevant Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager with another Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager which executes and delivers to the Security Trustee a replacement Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking; or

(t) an event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

19.2 Actions following an Event of Default

On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing: (a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:
(i) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or

(ii) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or(iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

(b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

19.3 Termination of Commitments

On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.

19.4 Acceleration of Loan

On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.






19.5 Multiple notices; action without notice

The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 19.2(a)(i) and (ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

19.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties

The Agent shall send to each Lender, each Swap Counterparty, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.

19.7 Creditor Party rights unimpaired

Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or Swap Counterparties under a Finance Document, a Master Agreement or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

19.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability

No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:

(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party's own officers and employees or ( as the case may be) such receiver's or manager's own partners or employees.

19.9 Relevant Persons

In this Clause 19, a " Relevant Person " means the Borrower and any Security Party.

19.10 Interpretation

In Clause 19.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g) "petition" includes an application.

19.11 Position of Swap Counterparties

Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 19, to have any regard to the requirements of a Swap Counterparty except to the extent that such Swap Counterparty is also a Lender.

20 FEES AND EXPENSES

20.1 Commitment, agency fees






The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:

(a) on the date of this Agreement or as otherwise agreed, the fees in the amounts previously agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrower; and

(b) quarterly in arrears on each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December during the period from the date of this Agreement until the Maturity Date (or if earlier, the date on which this Agreement is terminated), for the account of the Lenders pro rata to their unutilised Commitments, a commitment fee at a rate equal to 40 per cent. of the Margin per annum on the amount of the unutilized Commitment of each Lender.

20.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, syndication or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document including, without limitation, any legal fees (including VAT and disbursements) reasonably incurred by the Agent, Security Trustee, the Bookrunner and the Mandated Lead Arrangers in this connection. 20.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Creditor
Party concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:

(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

(b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Swap Banks, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;

(c)
the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or

(d) any step taken by the Lender or the Swap Bank concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any Taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

20.4 Documentary Taxes

The Borrower shall promptly pay any Tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent's demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a Tax.

20.5 Financial Services Authority fees

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Lender concerned the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that a Lender has notified the Agent to be necessary to compensate it for the cost attributable to its Contribution resulting from the imposition from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 and/or by the Bank of England and/or by the Financial Services Authority (or other United Kingdom governmental authorities or agencies) of a requirement to pay fees to the Financial Services Authority calculated by reference to liabilities used to fund its Contribution.






20.6 Certification of amounts

A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due. 21 INDEMNITIES

21.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan

The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent's demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:

(a) an Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice relating to such
Advance for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;

(c)
any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7);

(d) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19;

and in respect of any Tax (other than any FATCA Deduction or a Tax on its overall net income under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Creditor Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Creditor Party is treated as a resident for Tax purposes) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.

21.2 Breakage costs

Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:

(a) in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and

(b) in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.

21.3 Miscellaneous indemnities

The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be





taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Master Agreement by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document or any Master Agreement; or

(b) any other Pertinent Matter,

other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 21.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.

21.4 Currency indemnity

If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the " Contractual Currency ") into another currency (the " Payment Currency ") for the purpose of:

(a) making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

(b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

(c) enforcing any such order or judgment,

the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

In this Clause 21.4, the " available rate of exchange " means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

This Clause 21.4 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

21.5 Mandatory Cost

The Borrower shall, on demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

(a) in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank (or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

(b) in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same orsimilar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial





Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions).

21.6 Application to Master Agreements

For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 21.4 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of that Master Agreement shall apply.

21.7 Certification of amounts

A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

21.8 Sums deemed due to a Lender

For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security
Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.

22 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

22.1 No deductions

All amounts due from the Borrower or any Security Party under a Finance Document or any
Master Agreement shall be paid:

(a) without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

(b) free and clear of any Tax Deduction except a Tax Deduction which the Borrower or such
Security Party is required by law to make.

22.2 Grossing-up for Taxes

If the Borrower or any Security Party is required by law to make a Tax Deduction from any payment under a Finance Document or a Master Agreement:

(a) the Borrower or such Security Party (as the case may be) shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

(b) the Borrower or such Security Party (as the case may be) shall pay the Tax deducted to the appropriate Taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and

(c)      the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the Tax Deduction) a net amount which, after the Tax Deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received. 22.3 Evidence of payment of Taxes

Within 1 month after making any Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Tax had been paid to the appropriate Taxation authority.

22.4 Tax Deduction






In this Clause 22 " Tax Deduction " means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future Tax other than a FATCA Deduction.

22.5 FATCA Deduction

(a) Each party to this Agreement may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no party to this Agreement shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b) Each party to this Agreement shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the party to this Agreement to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Creditor Parties.

22.6 Stamp Taxes

The Borrower shall pay and, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Creditor Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document or any Master Agreement.

22.7 Application to Master Agreements

For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) ( Deduction or Withholding for Tax ) of that Master Agreement shall apply.

22.8 FATCA Information

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another party:

(i) confirm to that other party whether it is: (A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or
(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party;

(ii) supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with FATCA; and(iii) supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

(b) If a party confirms to another party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall notify that other party reasonably promptly.

(c)
Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Creditor Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:






(i) any law or regulation; (ii) any fiduciary duty; or
(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

(d) If a party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

22.9 VAT

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any party to a Creditor Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Creditor Party to any party under a Finance Document and such Creditor Party is required to account to the relevant Tax authority for the VAT, that party must pay to such Creditor Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Creditor Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that party).

(b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Creditor Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Creditor Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant Tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant Tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant Tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient,pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant Tax authority in respect of that VAT.

(c)
Where a Finance Document requires any party to reimburse or indemnify a Creditor Party for any cost or expense, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Creditor Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Creditor Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant Tax authority.

(d) Any reference in this Clause 22.9 to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union) so that a reference to a party shall be construed as a reference to that party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that party





is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Creditor Party to any party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Creditor Party, that party must promptly provide such Creditor Party with details of that party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Creditor Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

23 ILLEGALITY, ETC.

23.1 Illegality

This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ") notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

(a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or

(b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,

for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this
Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

23.2 Notification of illegality

The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

23.3 Prepayment; termination of Commitment

On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender's Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender's noticeunder Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the
Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution in accordance with Clause 8.

23.4 Mitigation

If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 23.1 then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 23.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:

(a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or

(b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or

(c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or Tax disadvantage.

24 INCREASED COSTS

24.1 Increased costs






This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ") notifies the Agent that the Notifying
Lender considers that as a result of:

(a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a Tax on the Notifying Lender's overall net income); or

(b) the effect of complying with any law or regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or

(c) the implementation or application of or compliance with any Basel III Regulation, CRD IV and
CRR,

the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an " increased cost ".

24.2 Meaning of "increased costs"

In this Clause 24, "increased costs" means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:

(a) an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;

(c)
an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender's Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or

(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender after providing evidence of its method of calculation to quantify such increased costs under this Agreement,

but not an item attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a party or compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 21.5.

For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

24.3 Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs

The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the
Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.

24.4 Payment of increased costs

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.






24.5 Notice of prepayment

If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days' notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.

24.6 Prepayment; termination of Commitment

A notice under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying
Lender of the Borrower's notice of intended prepayment; and:

(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and

(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender's Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.

24.7 Application of prepayment

Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

25 SET-OFF

25.1 Application of credit balances

Each Creditor Party may without prior notice:

(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

(b) for that purpose:

(i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;

(ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and

(iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

25.2 Existing rights unaffected

No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

25.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender

For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender's proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.






25.4 No Security Interest

This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.

26 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

26.1 Transfer by Borrower

The Borrower may not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all the Lenders transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.

26.2 Transfer by a Lender

Subject to Clause 26.5, a Lender (the " Transferor Lender ") may at any time, with:

(a) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and such consent deemed to be given if the Borrower does not expressly refuse its consent within
15 Business Days of a request by a Lender); and(b) the prior approval of the Agent, cause:
(i) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution but in the case of part, in an amount no less than $20,000,000; or

(ii) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment but in the case of part, in an amount no less than $20,000,000; or

(iii) a combination of (i) and (ii),

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and which is FATCA Exempt Party (a " Transferee Lender ") or the securitisation or similar transaction of that Transferor Lender's Contribution of Commitment by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 5 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a " Transfer Certificate ") executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender,

Provided that the consent of the Borrower or the Agent shall not be required where: (i) the Transferee Lender is an Affiliate of an existing Lender; or
(ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security
Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Deed.

26.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification

As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall
(unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security
Trustee, each of the other Lenders and each of the Swap Banks;






(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it;

(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b),

but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

26.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate

A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date. 26.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate

Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

26.6 Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate

However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent's notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

26.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate

A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:

(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;

(b) the Transferor Lender's Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer
Certificate;

(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the
Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;

(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate's effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor's title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;






(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.6 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance
Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, theTransferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

26.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders

During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days' prior notice.

26.9 Reliance on register of Lenders

The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

26.10 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates

The Borrower, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.

26.11 Registration fee

In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $5,000 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent's option) the Transferee Lender.

26.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment

A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

26.13 Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Creditor Party may disclose:

(a) with the prior written consent of the Borrower, to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and representatives such Confidential Information as that Creditor Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the





Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of theinformation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the
Confidential Information; (b) to any person:
(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person's Affiliates, representatives and professional advisers;

(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or the Borrower and/or one or more of the Security Parties and to any of that person's Affiliates, representatives and professional advisers;

(iii) appointed by any Creditor Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;

(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

(v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, Taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

(vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

(vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Creditor Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 26.17 and to any rating agency in relation to any such securitisation;

(viii) who is a party; or

(ix) as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance
Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document,

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Creditor Party shall consider appropriate if:

(A) in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

(B) in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential
Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or isotherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they





receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

(C) in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price- sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Creditor Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

(c)
with the prior written consent of the Borrower, to any person appointed by that Creditor Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the Loan Market Association Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Creditor Party.

26.14 Change of lending office

A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:

(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

26.15 Notification

On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.

26.16 Replacement of Reference Bank

If any Reference Bank is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank's appointment shall cease to be effective.

26.17 Security over Lenders' rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

(i) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;






except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

(ii) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

(iii) require any payments to be made by the Borrower or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

27 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

27.1 Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders

Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party's rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

27.2 Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders

However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words "by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders" were replaced by the words "by or on behalf of every Lender and every Swap Bank":

(a) a change to any Security Party, or the Borrower, other than in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

(b) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission;

(c)
a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement;

(d) an increase in any Lender's Commitment;

(e) a change to the definition of " Majority Lenders ";

(f) a change to the definition of " Sanctions ", " Sanctions List " or " Restricted Person "; (g) a change to Clause 3 or this Clause 27;
(h) a change to clause 10.20;

(i) a change to Clauses 12.5, 12.6 and 12.7 Error! Reference source not found. ;(j) a change to this Clause 27.2;

(k) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document;

(l) an extension of the Availability Period; and






(m) any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender's consent is required.

27.3 Other exceptions

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Security Trustee, a Swap Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Security Trustee, that Swap Bank as the case may be.

27.4 Exclusion of other or implied variations

Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

(b) an Event of Default; or

(c)
a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

27.5 Replacement of Lender

(a) If any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (d) below) then the Borrower may, on five Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 26.2 ( Transfer by a Lender ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Institution (a " Replacement Lender ") which is acceptable to the Majority Lenders and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 26.2 ( Transfer by a Lender ) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest and/or Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.(b) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 27.5 ( Replacement of Lender ) shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Trustee;

(ii) neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a
Replacement Lender;

(iii) in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 10 Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;

(iv) in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 27.5 ( Replacement of Lender ) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and






(v) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

(c)
A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

(d) In the event that:

(i) the Borrower or the Agent (at the request of the Borrower) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

(ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the
Lenders; and

Lenders whose Commitments aggregate in the case of a consent, waiver or amendment requiring the approval of all the Lenders, more than 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction), have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a " Non-Consenting Lender ".

28 BAIL IN

28.1 Contractual recognition of bail-in

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due
(including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any
Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

29 NOTICES

29.1 General

Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter, electronic mail ("Email") and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.






29.2 Addresses for communications

A notice by letter shall be sent:

(a) to the Borrower: Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
Le Millenium, 9 Boulevard Charles III,
98000 Monaco

Attn: Legal Department

Email@ legal@scorpiogroup.net

(b) to a Lender: At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or a Swap
Bank Schedule 2 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer
Certificate.
(c)      to a Swap Bank At the address below its name in Schedule 2. (d) to the Agent: NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH
1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor,
New York, NY 10036

Attention: Henning Christiansen

Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com

(e) to the Security Trustee: in respect of administrative matters:

NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH
1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor,
New York, NY 10036

Attention: Henning Christiansen
Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Security Parties.

29.3 Effective date of notices

Subject to Clauses 29.4 and 29.5:

(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered; and

(b) a notice which is sent by Email shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is actually received in readable form.

29.4 Service outside business hours

However, if under Clause 29.3 a notice would be deemed to be served: (a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
(b) on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,






the notice shall (subject to Clause 29.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

29.5 Illegible notices

Clauses 29.3 and 29.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

29.6 Valid notices

A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:

(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or

(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

29.7 Electronic communication between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank

Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by Email or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or Swap Bank:(a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

(b) notify each other in writing of their Email address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

(c)
notify each other of any change to their respective Email addresses or any other such information supplied to them.

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or a Swap Bank to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

29.8 English language

Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

29.9 Meaning of "notice"

In this Clause 29, " notice " includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

30 SUPPLEMENTAL

30.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive






The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are: (a) cumulative;
(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

(c)
shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

30.2 Severability of provisions

If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

30.3 Counterparts

A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

30.4 Third party rights

A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third
Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. 31 LAW AND JURISDICTION

31.1 English law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

31.2 Exclusive English jurisdiction

Subject to Clause 31.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any
Dispute.

31.3 Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of Creditor Parties
Clause 31.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the rights: (a) to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than
England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.

31.4 Process agent

The Borrower irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited at its office for the time being, presently at 10 Lower Grosvenor Place, London, SW1W 0EN (such communication to be marked preferably and if possible on the paper envelope and not on the courier packaging marked " SALT Transaction " for the urgent attention of the Legal Department), to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

31.5 Creditor Party rights unaffected






Nothing in this Clause 31 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

31.6 Meaning of "proceedings"

In this Clause 31, " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute " means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.











































SCHEDULE 1
LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS



 
Lender
Lending Office
Term Commitment
Revolving Credit Facility Commitment
Nordea Bank AB
1211 Avenue of the
$52,000,000
$40,000,000
(Publ), New York
Branch
Americas 23 rd Floor,
New York, NY 10036
 
 



Skandinaviska
Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8
$52,000,000
$40,000,000
Enskilda Banken
106 40 Stockholm,
 
 
AB (publ)
Sweden
$104,000,000
$80,000,000






































SCHEDULE 2
SWAP BANKS

Swap Bank Booking Office

Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch 1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor, New York,
NY 10036

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) Kungsträdgårdsgatan 8
106 40 Stockholm, Sweden












































SCHEDULE 3
DRAWDOWN NOTICE

To: Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch as Agent

Attn: Henning Christiansen
1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor
New York, NY 10036

[] 2018

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

1
We refer to the loan agreement (the " Loan Agreement ") dated [] 2018 and made between ourselves as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, the Swap Banks referred to therein, the Mandated Lead Arrangers referred to therein, the Bookrunner referred to therein, yourselves as Agent and as Security Trustee in connection with a facility of up to US$184,000,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

2
We request to borrow an Advance pursuant to the [Term Loan]/[Revolving Credit Facility] as follows:-

(a) Amount: US$[]; (b) Drawdown Date;
(c) [Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [] months;] and

(d) Payment instructions: [].

3 We represent and warrant that:

(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice and on the Drawdown Date with reference to the circumstances now existing; and

(b) no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Loan.

4
This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders. [Name of Signatory]



Chief Financial Officer for and on behalf of SCORPIO BULKERS INC.










SCHEDULE 4
CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS PART A
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a).

1 A duly executed original of this Agreement and the Agency and Trust Deed.

2
Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Security Party.

3
Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and each Security Party and in the case of the Guarantors copies of resolutions of their shareholders authorising the execution of the Master Agreement and each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Security Party is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement.

4
The original of any power of attorney under which the Master Agreement (if applicable) and any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower (where a separate power of attorney is issued by the Borrower) or a Security Party.

5
An incumbency certificate in respect of the officers and directors (or equivalent) of each of the Borrower and the Security Parties and signature samples of any signatories to any Finance Document.

6
Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that all consents and approvals which the Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document and any Master Agreement have been obtained and any required filings have been made.

7
Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 31 has accepted its appointment.

8
Such documentation and other evidence in form and substance acceptable to the Agent or a Lender in order for each to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary "know your customer" or other checks which it is required to carry out in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and other Finance Documents and any Master Agreement, including without limitation obtaining, verifying and recording certain information and documentation that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify the Borrower and each Security Party.

9
Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of England and the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

10
A Compliance Certificate together with all supporting Accounting Information and other evidence as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

11      Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 20 have been paid or will be paid by the first Drawdown Date.
12
If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

13 The financial statements of the Borrower for its financial year ended 31 December 2017.









PART B

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(b).

1
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Guarantors and, if signing any Finance Document listed in paragraph 2 below, the Borrower and any other Security Party, certifying that each corporate and copy document provided by it under Part A of Schedule 4 remains correct, complete, has not been amended and is in full force and effect as at the relevant Drawdown Date and that there is no Event of Default.

2
Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and each Security Party and in the case of the Guarantors copies of resolutions of their shareholders authorising the execution of the Master Agreement and each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Security Party is a party.

3
A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the Guarantees, the Shares Pledges, the General Assignments, the Charterparty Assignments (if any), the Accounts Security Deed and any Intercompany Loan Assignments (if applicable) in relation to the Guarantors and Ships and, if any Master Agreement has been or will be entered into on or prior to the Drawdown Date, the original of a Master Agreement Assignment in relation to such Master Agreement (and of each document required to be delivered by their respective terms).

4
Evidence that any Existing Security over the Ships (including any mortgages) has been released and evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the amount of the Existing Indebtedness in relation to the Ships has been prepaid.

5
The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document or any Master Agreement is to be executed on behalf of the Guarantors or the Borrower if applicable (and only where a separate power of attorney is issued by the Borrower).

6
Copies of all consents which the Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document or any Master Agreement entered into on or prior to the Drawdown Date not already provided under Part A of this Schedule.

7
The Agent and Lenders have been provided with all information and documentation they have requested in order to carry out and be reasonably satisfied with all further necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to satisfy all internal compliance policies of the Agent and the Lenders in relation to "know you customer" requirements.

8
Confirmation that any Intercompany Loans made or to be made available to the relevant Guarantor have been or will be when made available fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and any Master Agreements.

9
Documentary evidence that the Earnings Accounts in respect of the Ships have been opened with the Account Bank.

10 Documentary evidence that:

(a) each Ship is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Guarantor under the relevant Approved Flag;

(b) each Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Guarantor save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

(c)
each Ship maintains class acceptable to the Agent free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of an Approved Classification Society;






(d) the Mortgage in relation to each Ship has been duly registered against such Ship as a valid first preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the relevant Approved Flag; and

(e) each Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

11
Documents establishing that each Ship is managed by the Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Lenders, together with:

(a) the Manager's Undertaking in respect of the Ship; and

(b) copies of the relevant Approved Manager's Document of Compliance and of each Ships' Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Agent requires) and of each Ships' ISSC.

12
Valuations of each Ship to determine its Fair Market Value, addressed to the Agent and the Lenders, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than the date falling 14 days prior to the Drawdown Date and obtained in accordance with Clause 15 and showing that upon the drawdown of Advances relating to the Ships, the Borrower will be in compliance with Clause 15.

13
Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of England, Liberia, the Marshall Islands, the Netherlands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

14
A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Ships as the Agent may require.

15
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 20 have been paid or will be paid by the first Drawdown Date.

16
If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

Each copy document delivered under this Schedule 4 shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or secretary (or equivalent officer) or an attorney-in-fact of the Borrower.





















SCHEDULE 5

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

To: [Name of Agent] for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, each Lender, each Swap Bank, each Bookrunner and each Mandated Lead Arranger as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

[]

1
This Certificate relates to a loan agreement (the " Agreement ") dated [•] 2018 and made between (1) Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the " Borrower "), (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Lenders, (3) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Swap Banks, (4) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Mandated Lead Arrangers, (5) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Bookrunner, (6) Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch as Agent and as Security Trustee for a loan facility of up to $184,000,000.

2
In this Certificate, terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate and:

" Relevant Parties " means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Bookrunner, the
Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank; " Transferor " means [full name] of [lending office];
" Transferee " means [full name] of [lending office].

3
The effective date of this Certificate is [•] Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

4
[The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [•] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[•].]

5
[By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 26 of the Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[•]] [from [•] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[•]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[•].]

6
The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

7
The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Agreement.

8 The Transferor:

(a) warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:






(i) the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are required in connection with this transaction; and

(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

(b) warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4; and

(c)
undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee's title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

9 The Transferee:

(a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement and each of the other Finance
Documents;

(b) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, any Swap Bank, any Bookrunner or any Mandated Lead Arranger in the event that:

(i) any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;

(ii) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents;

(iii) it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under any of the Finance Documents;

(c)
agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, any Swap Bank, any Bookrunner, or any Mandated Lead Arranger in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

(d) warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:

(i) it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and

(ii) that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee;

(e) confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

10      The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are

shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent's or the Security Trustee's own officers or employees.

11
The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 9 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of





a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.

[Name of Transferor] [Name of Transferee] By: By:
Date: Date:

Agent

Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself as Agent and for every other Relevant Party [Name of Agent]
By: Date:
Administrative Details of Transferee
Name of Transferee: Lending Office: Contact Person
(Loan Administration Department):

Telephone: Fax:
Contact Person
(Credit Administration Department): Telephone:
Fax:

Account for payments:

Note : This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor's interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor's or Transferee's jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.






















SCHEDULE 6
DESIGNATION NOTICE

To: Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch as Agent
Attn: Henning Christiansen
1211 Avenue of the Americas 23 rd Floor,
New York
NY 10036

[]

Dear Sirs

Loan Agreement dated [] 2018 made between (i) ourselves as Borrower, (ii) the Lenders named therein, (iii) the Swap Banks named therein, (iv) the Mandated Lead Arrangers named therein, (v) the Bookrunner named therein, and (vi) yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee (the "Loan Agreement").

We refer to:-

1 the Loan Agreement;

2 the Master Agreement dated [•] made between ourselves and [•]; and

3 a Confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated [•] and addressed by
[•] to us.

In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the said Confirmation and hereby confirm that the Transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a "Designated Transaction" for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents.

Yours faithfully,






................................................. for and on behalf of
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.


















SCHEDULE 7
LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS




Clarkson Platou

Arrow Sale & Purchase Limited Braemar ACM Shipbroking Fearnleys
Howe Robinson

Maersk Broker

Barry Rogliano Salles (BRS)









































SCHEDULE 8

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To: Nordea Bank AB (Publ), New York Branch as Agent
Attn: Henning Christiansen
1211 Avenue of the Americas 23 rd Floor,
New York
NY 10036

[date]

Dear Sirs,

We refer to a loan agreement dated [] 2018 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between (i) Scorpio Bulkers Inc. as borrower (the " Borrower "), (2) the Lenders named therein, (3) the Swap Banks named therein, (4) the Mandated Lead Arrangers named therein, (5) the Bookrunner named therein and (6) yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee

Words and expressions defined in each of the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate.

We hereby represent that no Event of Default has occurred as at the date of this Certificate [other than
[]].

We hereby certify that, as at the date of this certificate:

(a) the Minimum Liquidity is $[•], $[•] of which consists of Cash and Cash Equivalents; (b) the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth is $[•];
(c) the ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation is [•] to [•]; and

(d) the Fair Market Value of the Ships plus the net realisation value of any additional security previously provided under Clause 15 as at [date of most recent half/full year certificate] is not less than 140 per cent of the Loan. [Note: Wording in square brackets is only relevant for quarterly compliance certificates]

All of these thresholds and ratios are in compliance with the requirements of clauses 12.5, 12.6, 12.7 and 15.1 of the Loan Agreement. Copies of our calculations in relation to the financial covenants and the valuations for the purposes of determining the Fair Market Value of the Ships is attached.

This Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.





[]
Chief Financial Officer
Scorpio Bulkers Inc.



SCHEDULE 9
DETAILS OF SHIPS






 
Vessel
DWT
Type
Built
Owner/Guarantor
A
SBI ATHENA
64,000
Ultramax
2015
SBI Athena Shipping
Company Limited
B
SBI CONGA
82,000
Kamsarmax
2015
SBI Conga Shipping
Company Limited
C
SBI BOLERO
82,000
Kamsarmax
2015
SBI Bolero Shipping
Company Limited
D
SBI THALIA
64,000
Ultramax
2015
SBI Thalia Shipping
Company Limited
E
SBI SOUSTA
82,000
Kamsarmax
2015
SBI Sousta Shipping
Company Limited
F
SBI ROCK
82,000
Kamsarmax
2016
SBI Rock Shipping
Company Limited
G
SBI REGGAE
82,000
Kamsarmax
2016
SBI Reggae Shipping
Company Limited
H
SBI ZEUS
60,200
Ultramax
2016
SBI Zeus Shipping
Company Limited
I
SBI HERA
60,200
Ultramax
2016
SBI Hera Shipping
Company Limited
J
SBI POSEIDON
60,200
Ultramax
2016
SBI Poseidon
Shipping Company
Limited
K
SBI APOLLO
60,200
Ultramax
2016
SBI Apollo Shipping
Company Limited
L
SBI MAZURKA
82,000
Kamsarmax
2017
SBI Mazurka
Shipping Company
Limited







EXECUTION PAGES








THE BORROWER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Hugh Baker
)
/s/ Hugh Baker
 
 
duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
)
 
 
 
in the presence of: Laurice Oso
)
/s/ Laurice Oso
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

THE LENDERS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by Emeline Yew
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
 
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH
)
 
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by Emeline Yew
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
 
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ)
)
 
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 
 







THE SWAP BANKS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by Emeline Yew
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH
)
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by Emeline Yew
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ)
)
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 


THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by Emeline Yew
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH
)
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by Emeline Yew
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (publ)
)
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 







THE BOOKRUNNER
 
 
 
SIGNED by Emeline Yew
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
duly authorized
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH
)
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 
 
 
 
THE SECURITY TRUSTEE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by Emeline Yew
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH
)
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 


THE AGENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by Emeline Yew
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
NORDEA BANK AB (PUBL), NEW YORK BRANCH
)
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 






EXHIBIT 4.34
EXECUTION VERSION




Dated 3 October 2018








SBI SWING SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED and
SBI JIVE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
as joint and several Borrowers and
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
as Parent Guarantor and
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Part B of Schedule 1
as Original Lenders and
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
as Mandated Lead Arranger and
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
as Facility Agent and
CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
as Security Agent





FACILITY AGREEMENT

relating to
a term loan of $17,000,000 and a revolving credit facility of $17,000,000
to refinance m.vs. "SBI SWING" and "SBI JIVE" and for general corporate purposes



















Index

Clause Page


Section 1 Interpretation ...........................................................................................................................2
1 Definitions and Interpretation ....................................................................................................2
Section 2 The Facilities ...........................................................................................................................32
2 The Facilities ..............................................................................................................................32
3 Purpose......................................................................................................................................33
4 Conditions of Utilisation ............................................................................................................33
Section 3 Utilisation................................................................................................................................35
5 Utilisation ..................................................................................................................................35
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation ............................................................................38
6 Repayment ................................................................................................................................38
7 Prepayment and Cancellation ...................................................................................................40
Section 5 Costs of Utilisation..................................................................................................................45
8 Interest ......................................................................................................................................45
9 Interest Periods .........................................................................................................................46
10 Changes to the Calculation of Interest ......................................................................................47
11 Fees ...........................................................................................................................................48
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations .............................................................................................50
12 Tax Gross Up and Indemnities...................................................................................................50
13 Increased Costs .........................................................................................................................54
14 Other Indemnities .....................................................................................................................55
15 Mitigation by the Finance Parties .............................................................................................58
16 Costs and Expenses ...................................................................................................................59
Section 7 Guarantees and Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers.......................................................60
17 Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor .........................................................................60
18 Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers..............................................................................63
Section 8 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default ..........................................................65
19 Representations ........................................................................................................................65
20 Information Undertakings .........................................................................................................72
21 Financial Covenants...................................................................................................................75
22 General Undertakings ...............................................................................................................76
23 Insurance Undertakings ............................................................................................................83
24 General Ship Undertakings........................................................................................................88
25 Security Cover ...........................................................................................................................94
26 Accounts and application of Earnings .......................................................................................96
27 Events of Default .......................................................................................................................96
Section 9 Changes to Parties ................................................................................................................102
28 Changes to the Lenders ...........................................................................................................102
29 Changes to the Transaction Obligors ......................................................................................107
Section 10 The Finance Parties.............................................................................................................109
30 The Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger .............................................................109
31 The Security Agent ..................................................................................................................119
32 Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties............................................................................134
33 Sharing among the Finance Parties .........................................................................................135
Section 11 Administration ....................................................................................................................137
34 Payment Mechanics ................................................................................................................137
35 Set-Off .....................................................................................................................................140





36 Bail-In.......................................................................................................................................14037 Notices.....................................................................................................................................141
38 Calculations and Certificates ...................................................................................................143
39 Partial Invalidity.......................................................................................................................143
40 Remedies and Waivers ............................................................................................................143
41 Settlement or Discharge Conditional ......................................................................................143
42 Irrevocable Payment ...............................................................................................................143
43 Amendments and Waivers ......................................................................................................144
44 Confidential Information .........................................................................................................146
45 Confidentiality of Funding Rates .............................................................................................150
46 Counterparts ...........................................................................................................................152
Section 12 Governing Law and Enforcement .......................................................................................153
47 Governing Law.........................................................................................................................153
48 Enforcement ............................................................................................................................153

Schedules

Schedule 1 The Parties .........................................................................................................................154
Part A The Obligors................................................................................................................. 154
Part B The Original Lenders .................................................................................................... 155
Part C The Servicing Parties .................................................................................................... 156
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent ........................................................................................................157
Part A Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation Request .................................................... 157
Part B Conditions Precedent to Utilisation - Term Loan........................................................ 160
Schedule 3 Requests.............................................................................................................................162
Part A Utilisation Request....................................................................................................... 162
Part B Selection Notice ........................................................................................................... 164
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate...............................................................................................165
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement........................................................................................167
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate .........................................................................................170
Schedule 7 Details of the Ships ............................................................................................................171
Schedule 8 Timetables..........................................................................................................................172

Execution

Execution Pages....................................................................................................................................173 THIS AGREEMENT is made on 3 October 2018

PARTIES

(1) SBI SWING SHIPPING COMPANY LTD. , a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960, the Marshall Islands as a borrower (" Borrower A ")

(2) SBI JIVE SHIPPING COMPANY LTD. , a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960, the Marshall Islands as a borrower (" Borrower B ")

(3) SCORPIO BULKERS INC. , a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands with registered number 60299 whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960, the Marshall Islands as parent guarantor (the " Parent Guarantor ")






(4) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as mandated lead arranger (the
" Mandated Lead Arranger ")

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as lenders (the
" Original Lenders ")

(6) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as agent of the other Finance Parties
(the " Facility Agent ")

(7) CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK as security agent for the Secured
Parties (the " Security Agent ")

BACKGROUND

The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrowers facilities of up to $34,000,000 in aggregate for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of the Ships and to meet the working capital needs of the Borrowers by way of a term loan and a revolving credit facility in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (a) $34,000,000 and (b) 62.5 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ships.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement:

" Account Bank " means ABN AMRO Bank N.V., The Netherlands or any replacement bank or other financial institution as may be approved by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

" Accounting Period " means each consecutive quarterly period during the Security Period ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December of each financial year of the Borrowers.

" Account Security " means a document creating Security over any Earnings Account in agreed form.

" Advance " means a Utilisation of all the Term Loan or any Utilisation of the Revolving Facility, in each case, under this Agreement.

" Affiliate " means, as to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person or is a director or officer of such person, and for the purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) of a person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 20% or more of the Voting Stock of such person or to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise.

" Approved Brokers " means any firm or firms of insurance brokers approved in writing by the
Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

" Approved Classification " means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the classification in relation to that Ship specified in Schedule 7 ( Details of the Ships ) with the Approved Classification Society.






" Approved Classification Society " means, Det Norske Veritas, Lloyd's Register, America Bureau of Shipping (ABS), RINA and Bureau Veritas or any other classification society approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

" Approved Commercial Manager " means:

(a) Scorpio Commercial Management s.a.m. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the
Principality of Monaco;

(b) Scorpio Services Holding Ltd. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the Principality of Monaco;

(c)      Zenith Gemi Islemeciligi Anonim Sirketi of FSM Mahallesi, Poligon Caddesi, Buyaka 2/B Sitesi NO:8, c-Blok Kat, Umraniye, 34771 Istanbul, Turkey;(d) Hellespont Ship Management GmbH & Co. KG of Beim Strohhause 28, 20097 Hamburg;

(e) any Affiliate or Subsidiary of Scorpio Commercial Management s.a.m., Scorpio Services
Holding Ltd. or the Parent Guarantor; or

(f) any other company proposed by the Parent Guarantor which the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) may from time to time approve (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) as the commercial manager of that Ship.

" Approved Flag " means, in relation to a Ship, as at the date of this Agreement, the flag of Liberia or the Marshall Islands or any other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld).

" Approved Manager " means the Approved Commercial Manager, the Approved Technical
Manager or any Approved Sub-Manager.

" Approved Pooling Arrangement " means, in relation to a Ship, the “Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool”
and any other pooling arrangement:

(a) proposed by the Parent Guarantor or the Borrower that owns that Ship; (b) run by any Affiliate of the Approved Commercial Manager; and
approved in writing by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) prior to that Ship's entry into such pooling arrangement.

" Approved Sub-Manager " means any entity which is an Approved Ship Manager or any other company proposed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. or Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. which the Facility Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders), approve from time to time as the technical and/or commercial sub-contracting manager of a Ship.

" Approved Technical Manager " means, in relation to a Ship:

(a) Scorpio Ship Management s.a.m. of 9, Rue Du Gabian, Monte Carlo, the Principality of
Monaco;

(b) Optimum Marine Management Ltd. of 110, Vouliagmenis Ave. & Zamanou Str.
Glyfada, GR 16674 Athens;

(c) Claus-Peter Offen Bulkschiffreederei (GmbH & Co.) KG of Bleichenbrücke 10, 20354





Hamburg, Germany;

(d) Hellespont Ship Management GMBH & CO. KG of Beim Strohhause 27, D-200097, Hamburg, Germany;

(e) any Affiliate or subsidiary of Scorpio Ship Management s.a.m. or the Parent Guarantor;
or

(f) any other company proposed by the Parent Guarantor which the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) may from time to time approve (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) as the technical manager of that Ship." Approved Valuer " means Affinity, Galbraiths, Compass Maritime Services LLC, Clarksons Valuations Limited, Maersk Brokers K.S., Fearnleys A.S./Rodskog, Braemar ACM Shipbroking, Arrow Shipbroking or Simpson Spence Young (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) and any other firm or firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

" Assignable Charter " means any Charter in respect of a Ship having a duration (including, without limitation, by virtue of any operational extensions) of more than 24 months entered or to be entered into by the Borrower which owns that Ship and any Charter Guarantee and that can be assigned by the relevant Borrower using its commercially reasonable efforts (always excluding any Assignable Charter where the charterer is a member of the Group or the Ship is chartered pursuant to an Approved Pooling Arrangement).

" Assignment Agreement " means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

" Authorisation " means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

" Available Commitment " means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender's Commitment under that
Tranche or Facility minus:

(a) the amount of its participation in the outstanding Advances under that Facility; and

(b) in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any other Advance that is due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

For the purposes of calculating a Lender's Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Utilisation under the Revolving Facility only, that Lender's participation in any Advance under the Revolving Facility that is due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date shall not be deducted from that Lender's Revolving Commitment.

" Available Facility " means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each
Lender's Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.

" Availability Period " means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including:

(a) in relation to the Term Loan, 31 October 2018; and

(b) in relation to the Revolving Facility, the date falling 1 month before the Termination
Date (or such later date as the Facility Agent may agree with the Borrowers).

" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers. " Bail-In Legislation " means:





(a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevantimplementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

(b) in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

" Borrower " means Borrower A or Borrower B or any owner of a Substitute Ship with effect from the date a Mortgage is granted to the Finance Parties over such Substitution Ship to the Finance Parties pursuant to this Agreement.

" Break Costs " means the amount (if any) by which:

(a) the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or an " Unpaid Sum " to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds

(b) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

" Business Day " means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Paris, Rotterdam and New York.

" Cash " means any credit balance on any deposit, savings, current or other account, and any cash in hand held with banks or other financial institutions of the Parent Guarantor and/or any subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor Borrower which is:

(a) freely withdrawable on demand;

(b) not subject to any Security (other than pursuant to the Finance Documents);

(c) denominated and payable in freely transferable and freely convertible currency; and

(d) capable of being remitted to the Parent Guarantor or such subsidiary of the Parent
Guarantor.

" Cash Equivalents " means:

(a) unencumbered securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);

(b) time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits in the interbank market of any commercial bank of recognised standing organised under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000;(c)      such other securities or instruments as the Facility Agent shall, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree in writing, provided that in respect of (a) and (b) above such Cash Equivalents shall have a rating of at least "A-" given by





S&P or "A" given by Moody's (or the equivalent rating given by another Rating Agency), in each case having maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition.

" Change of Control " means the occurrence of any act, event or circumstances which results in:

(a) 100 per cent. of the Equity Interests of any of the Borrowers ceasing to be ultimately owned and/or controlled by the Parent Guarantor, provided that any sale of a Borrower in connection with the sale of a Ship shall be permitted subject to compliance with Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment or cancellation on sale or Total Loss ) (a " Borrower Disposal ");

(b) a " person " or " group " (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement) other than any holders of the Parent Guarantor's Equity Interests as at the date of this Agreement, becoming the ultimate beneficial owner of the Borrower including, without limitation, any change from the date of this Agreement in the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 35 per cent. of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower (calculated on a fully diluted basis); or

(c)
individuals who constitute the board of directors of the Parent Guarantor at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years cease for any reason to constitute at least 50 per cent. of the total members of the Parent Guarantor’s board of directors at any time during such two year period.

" Charter " means, in relation to a Ship, any charter, including without limitation an Assignable Charter relating to that Ship, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence.

" Charterparty Assignment " means, in relation to a Ship, the assignment creating security over the rights of the relevant Borrower under any Assignable Charter and any Charter Guarantee relative thereto in agreed form which shall be notified to, and to the extent this can be obtained (with the relevant Borrower exercising reasonable commercial efforts to obtain such), acknowledged by, the relevant charterer.

" Charter Guarantee " means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument
(whether or not already issued) supporting an Assignable Charter. " Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
" Commercial Management Agreement " means each agreement entered into between a Borrower and the Approved Commercial Manager regarding the commercial management of a Ship.

" Commitment " means a Term Commitment or a Revolving Commitment.

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 ( Form of Compliance Certificate ) or in any other form agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent." Confidential Information " means all information relating to any Transaction Obligor, the Finance Documents or all or any part of a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or all or any part of a Facility from either:

(a) any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

(b) another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:






(i) information that:

(A) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 44 ( Confidential Information );

(B) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Obligor or any of its advisers; or

(C) is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

(ii) any Funding Rate.

" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

" Consolidated Funded Debt " means, for any Accounting Period, the sum of the following for the Parent Guarantor determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with GAAP consistently applied:

(a) all Financial Indebtedness; and

(b) all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with GAAP would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet),

provided that balance sheet accruals for future drydock expenses shall not be classified as
Consolidated Funded Debt.

" Consolidated Tangible Net Worth " means, on a consolidated basis, the total shareholders' equity (including retained earnings) of the Parent Guarantor, minus goodwill and other non-tangible items, and as adjusted to exclude (i) any incurred losses/write downs on assets sold and/or held for sale on or after 31 December 2013, (ii) any incurred losses on termination of shipbuilding contracts on or after 31 December 2013 and (iii) any impairment charges taken on assets on or after 31 December 2013

" Consolidated Total Capitalisation " means the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus
Consolidated Funded Debt.

" Corresponding Debt " means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which an Obligor owes to a Secured Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

" Default " means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

" Delegate " means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security
Agent.
" Designated Website " has the meaning given to it in Clause 20.7 ( Use of websites ). " Discharged Rights and Obligations " has the meaning given to it in Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for
transfer ).






" Disruption Event " means either or both of:

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor; or

(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor, preventing that, or any other, Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor:

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(ii) from communicating with other Parties or, if applicable, any Transaction
Obligor, in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party or, if applicable, any Transaction Obligor, whose operations are disrupted.

" Document of Compliance " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.
" dollars " and " $ " mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America. " Earnings " means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later
become, payable (actually or contingently) to a Borrower or the Security Agent and which arise
out of or in connection with or relate to the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):(a) the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (unless in respect of an Approved Pooling Arrangement which has already received the prior written consent of the Facility Agent), pooled or shared with any other person:

(i) all freight, hire and passage moneys including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising out of or in connection with a Charter or a Charter Guarantee;

(ii) the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;

(iii) compensation payable to a Borrower or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire or use;

(iv) remuneration for salvage and towage services; (v) demurrage and detention moneys;
(vi) without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship;

(vii) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;

(viii) all monies which are at any time payable to a Borrower in relation to general average contribution; and

(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (viii) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship.






" Earnings Account " means, in relation to a Borrower:

(a) an account opened in the name of that Borrower with the Account Bank and designated "Earnings Account";

(b) any other account in the name of that Borrower with the Account Bank which may, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, be opened in the place of the account referred to in paragraph (a) above, irrespective of the number or designation of such replacement account; or

(c) any sub-account of any account referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above.

" EEA Member Country " means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

" Environmental Approval " means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other
Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.

" Environmental Claim " means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged EnvironmentalIncident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, " claim " includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

" Environmental Incident " means:

(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Ship; or

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than any Ship and which involves a collision between any Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Ship and/or any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

(c)
any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which a Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Obligor and/or any operator or manager of a Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action.

" Environmental Law " means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

" Equity Interests " of any person means:

(a) any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and






(b) all rights to purchase, warrants or options or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable) participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such person.

" ERISA " means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor thereto.

" ERISA Affiliate " means each person (and defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) which together with the Parent Guarantor would be deemed to be a "single employer" within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

" ERISA Event " means: (a)(i) the occurrence with respect to a Plan of a reportable event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, unless the 30-day notice requirement with respect thereto has been waived by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or (ii) the provisions of subsection (1) of Section 4043(b) of ERISA (without regard to subsection (2) of such Section) are applicable with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) ofERISA, of a Plan, and an event described in subsection (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA could reasonably be expected to occur with respect to such Plan within the following 30 days; (b) the provision by the administrator of any Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such Plan, pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA); (c) the cessation of operations by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate at a facility in the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (e) the failure by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to make a payment to a Plan described in Section 302(f)(1)(A) of ERISA; (f) the adoption of an amendment to a Plan requiring the provision of security to such Plan, pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA; or (g) the institution by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of proceedings to terminate a Plan, pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition which is reasonably likely to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, a Plan.

" EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the document described as such and published by the
LMA from time to time.

" Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 27 ( Events of
Default ).

" Exchange Act " means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

" Existing Facility Agent " means the " Facility Agent " as such term is defined in the Existing
Facility Agreement.

" Existing Facility Agreement " means the facility agreement dated 29 July 2014 and entered into between the Borrower, Scorpio Bulkers Inc. as borrower and The Export-Import Bank of China, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Deutsche Bank AG London, BNP Paribas and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (Publ) as Lead Arrangers (as defined therein) to finance, amongst other things, the acquisition of 21 bulk carriers.

" Existing Indebtedness " means, at any date, the outstanding Financial Indebtedness of, or attributable to the Borrowers on that date under the Existing Facility Agreement.






" Existing Lender " has the meaning given to it in Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ). " Existing Security " means any Security created to secure the Existing Indebtedness. " Facilities " means the Term Facility or the Revolving Facility.
" Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

" FATCA " means:

(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

" FATCA Application Date " means:

(a) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

(b) in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or

(c)
in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance
Document required by FATCA.

" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

" Fee Letter " means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and any Obligor setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ).

" Finance Document " means: (a) this Agreement;
(b) any Fee Letter;

(c)      each Utilisation Request; (d) any Security Document;





(e) any Subordination Agreement;

(f) any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or(g) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers (but Manager’s Undertakings shall always be excluded from the definition of Finance Document).

" Finance Party " means the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or a Lender.

" Financial Indebtedness " means, with respect to any person (including, without limitation, either Borrower or the Parent Guarantor) (the " Debtor ") at any date of determination (without duplication):

(a) all obligations of such Debtor for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by such Debtor;

(b) all obligations of such Debtor evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(c)
all obligations of such Debtor in respect of any acceptance credit, guarantee, or letter of credit facility or equivalent made available to such Debtor (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto);

(d) all obligations of such Debtor to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereof or the completion of such services, except trade payables;

(e) all capitalized lease obligations of such Debtor as lessee;

(f) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than such Debtor secured by a Security on any asset of such Debtor, whether or not such Financial Indebtedness is assumed by such Debtor provided that the amount of such Financial Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Financial Indebtedness; and

(g) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than such Debtor under any guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by such Debtor to the extent such Financial Indebtedness is guaranteed, indemnified, etc., by such Debtor.

The amount of Financial Indebtedness of any Debtor at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations described in clauses (f) and (g) above, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation provided that (i) the amount outstanding at any time of any Financial Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount is the face amount of such Financial Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of such original issue discount of such Financial Indebtedness at such time and (ii) Financial Indebtedness shall not include any liability for taxes.

" First Currency " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.1 ( Currency indemnity ).

" Fleet Vessel " means each vessel owned by a wholly owned direct or indirect Subsidiary of the
Parent Guarantor including, but not limited to, the Ships." Funding Rate" means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 10.3 ( Cost of funds ).
" GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. " General Assignment " means, in relation to a Ship, the general assignment creating Security
over that Ship's Earnings, its Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in relation to that
Ship in agreed form.






" Green Passport " means, a green passport statement of compliance issued by a classification society being a member of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) which includes a list of any and all materials known to be potentially hazardous utilised in the construction of a Ship.

" Group " means the Parent Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

" Holding Company " means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

" Indemnified Person " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ).

" Initial Market Value " means, in relation to a Ship, the Market Value of that Ship calculated in accordance with the valuations relative thereto referred to in paragraph 3.5 to Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

" Insurances " means, in relation to a Ship:

(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to that Ship, that Ship's Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

" Interest Payment Date " has the meaning given to it in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.2 ( Payment of interest ).

" Interest Period " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

" Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,

each as of the Specified Time for dollars.

" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization's (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December 2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

" ISSC " means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code. " Legal Reservations " means:





(a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

(b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and

(c)      similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction. " Lender " means:
(a) any Original Lender; and

(b) any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with this Agreement. " LIBOR " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:
(a) the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or

(b) as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ), and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.
" LMA " means the Loan Market Association or any successor organisation.

" Loan " means the aggregate amount of Advances to be made available under the Facilities or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facilities and a " part of the Loan " means an Advance, the Term Loan, a part of the Term Loan or any other part of the Loan as the context may require." Major Casualty " means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $2,500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

" Majority Lenders " means:

(a) if no Advance has yet been made, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; or

(b) at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Loan immediately before such repayment.

" Management Agreement " means a Technical Management Agreement or a Commercial
Management Agreement.

" Manager's Undertaking " means, in relation to a Ship, the letter of undertaking from each Approved Technical Manager and the letter of undertaking from each Approved Commercial Manager and Approved Sub-Manager in agreed form.

" Margin " means 2.35 per cent. per annum.






" Market Value " means, in relation to a Ship or any other vessel, at any date, an amount in dollars determined by the Facility Agent as being an amount equal to:

(a) the market value of that Ship or vessel conclusively determined by the arithmetic average of valuations (where a valuation specifies a range of values, using the mid- point of that range for the purposes of calculating the average) prepared and addressed to the Facility Agent:

(i) as at a date not more than 30 days prior to the date on which the market value is to be determined;

(ii) by two Approved Valuers selected or any agreed by the Facility Agent;

(iii) with or without physical inspection of that Ship or vessel (as the Facility Agent may require); and

(iv) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter,

less

(b) an amount determined by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders as being an amount equal to the amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be reasonably likely to be incurred in connection with a sale described in sub-paragraph (a)(iv) above.

" Material Adverse Effect " means in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:(a) the business, assets, nature of assets, liabilities, operations, property or condition
(financial or otherwise) or prospects of any of the Obligors taken together;

(b) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; (c) this Facility Agreement; or
(d) the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted
or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

" Month " means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

(a) (subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(b) if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

(c)
if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

" Multiemployer Plan " means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.






" Multiple Employer Plan " means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one Person other than the Parent Guarantor and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Parent Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

" Mortgage " means, in relation to a Ship, the first preferred ship mortgage on that Ship in agreed form.

" Net Debt " means Financial Indebtedness less Cash and Cash Equivalents.

" New Lender " has the meaning given to it in Clause 28.1 ( Assignments and transfers by the
Lenders ).

" Obligor " means a Borrower or the Parent Guarantor." Original Financial Statements " means in relation to the Parent Guarantor, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for its financial year ended.

" Original Jurisdiction " means, in relation to an Obligor, the jurisdiction under whose laws that
Obligor is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement.
" Overseas Regulations " means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801). " Parallel Debt " has the meaning given to it in Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the
Security Agent) ).

" Parent Guarantor " means Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, the Marshall Islands.

" Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

" Permitted Charter " means, in relation to a Ship, a charter:

(a) which is a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter;

(b) the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 24 months plus a redelivery allowance of not more than 30 days;

(c)
which is entered into on bona fide arm's length terms at the time at which that Ship is fixed; and

(d) in relation to which not more than two months' hire is payable in advance,

and any other charter, including without limitation, any Assignable Charter which is approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

" Permitted Distribution " means a dividend or distribution that meets the Permitted
Distribution Criteria.

" Permitted Distribution Criteria " means, in relation to a dividend or distribution by the Parent
Guarantor, that:

(a) no Default has occurred or would occur as a result of the making or payment of such dividend or distribution; and






(b) no breach of Clause 21 ( Financial Covenants ) would occur as a result of the making of payment of such dividend or distribution.

" Permitted Financial Indebtedness " means:

(a) any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;(b) until the first Utilisation Date and provided that it is repaid on or prior to such
Utilisation Date of the Term Loan, the Existing Indebtedness;

(c)
any Financial Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business provided that such indebtedness does not give rise to liens securing amounts more than 30 days overdue; and

(d) any Financial Indebtedness that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to a Subordination Agreement or otherwise and which is, in the case of any such Financial Indebtedness of a Borrower, the subject of Subordinated Debt Security.

" Permitted Security " means:

(a) Security created by the Finance Documents;

(b) until the first Utilisation Date of the Term Loan, the Existing Security;

(c)
liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice;

(d) liens for salvage;

(e) any rights of pledge and/or set-off under and pursuant to the general banking conditions (Algemene Bankvoorwaarden) of the ABN AMRO Bank N.V.;

(f) liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice and not being enforced through arrest; and

(g) any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of any Ship and not as a result of any default or omission by a Borrower, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 24.15 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers and sub-managers etc. ).

" Plan " means any "employee benefit plan" as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA which is or was sponsored, maintained or contributed to by, or required to be contributed to by any Obligor or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

" Potential Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 27 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

" Prepayment Date " has the meaning given to it in Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security;
prepayment ).

" Quarter End Date " means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in each calendar year." Quotation Day " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the





Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

" Receiver " means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.

" Recipient " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.6 ( VAT ).

" Recovered Amount " has the meaning given to it in Clause 33.1 ( Payments to Finance Parties ). " Recoveries " has the meaning given to it in Clause 31.28 ( Application of receipts ).
" Recovering Finance Party " has the meaning given to it in Clause 33.1 ( Payments to Finance
Parties ).
" Redistributed Amount " has the meaning given to it in Clause 33.4 ( Reversal of redistribution ). " Reference Bank " means the Paris office of Crédit Agricole and Investment Bank and such
other entities as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

" Reference Bank Quotation " means any quotation supplied to the Facility Agent by a
Reference Bank.

" Related Fund " in relation to a Lender, means a fund which is managed or advised by the same Lender or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the Lender.

" Release Agreement " means an agreement to release the Existing Security in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent acting reasonably.

" Relevant Interbank Market " means the London interbank market. " Relevant Jurisdiction " means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor: (a) its Original Jurisdiction and the laws of any Approved Flag;
(b) any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the
Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, by it is situated; (c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and
(d) the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

" Relevant Lender " has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ).

" Relevant Obligations " has the meaning given to it in Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for Assignment ). " Relevant Party " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.6 ( VAT )." Repayment Date " means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Term Loan ).
" Repayment Instalment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Term Loan ). " Repeating Representation " means each of the representations set out in Clause 19
( Representations ) except Clause 19.10 ( Insolvency ), Clause 19.11 ( No filing or stamp taxes ),
Clause 19.12 ( Deduction of Tax ), Clauses 19.15(a), 19.15(b) ( Financial Statements ) and 19.24 ( No Environmental Incident ) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a "Repeating Representation" or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

" Representative " means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.






" Requisition " means in relation to a Ship:

(a) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto ) by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and

(b) any capture or seizure of that Ship (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever.

" Requisition Compensation " includes all compensation or other moneys payable to a Borrower by reason of any Requisition or any arrest or detention of a Ship in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.

" Resolution Authority " means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and
Conversion Powers.

" Revolving Facility " means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ).

" Revolving Commitment " means:

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading "Revolving Commitment" in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) and the amount of any other Revolving Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Revolving Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. " Rollover Advance " means one or more Advances under the Revolving Facility:
(a) made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Advance under the Revolving
Facility is due to be repaid;(b) the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing
Advance under the Revolving Facility; and

(c) made or to be made for the purpose of refinancing that maturing Advance under the
Revolving Facility.

" Safety Management Certificate " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code. " Safety Management System " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code. " Sanctions Authority " means:
(a) the government of the United States of America;

(b) the United Nations;






(c)      the European Union (or the governments of any of its member states); (d) the United Kingdom; or
(e) the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (" OFAC "), the United States Department of State, the United States Department of Commerce and Her Majesty’s Treasury.

" Sanctions " means any economic, financial or trade sanctions laws, regulations, embargoes or other restrictive measures adopted, administered, enacted or enforced by any Sanctions Authority, or otherwise imposed by any law or regulation compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of a Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, any other Transaction Obligor, any Approved Manager or any Finance Party, or to which a Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, any other Transaction Obligor, any Approved Manager or any Finance Party are subject (which shall include without limitation, any extra-territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America).

" Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction " means any country or territory which is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions, including as at the date of this Agreement, Iran, Sudan, Syria, Crimea, North Korea and Cuba.

" Sanctions Restricted Person " means a person or vessel:

(a) that is, or is directly or indirectly, owned or controlled (as such terms are defined by the relevant Sanctions Authority) by, or acting on behalf of, one or more persons or entities on any list (each as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time) of restricted entities, persons or organisations (or equivalent) published by a Sanctions Authority;

(b) that is located or resident in or incorporated under the laws of, or owned or controlled by, a person located or resident in or incorporated under the laws of a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction; or

(c) that is otherwise the target or subject of Sanctions.

" Screen Rate " means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page LIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page ofsuch other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers.

" Second Currency " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.1 ( Currency Indemnity ).

" Secured Liabilities " means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to any Secured Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

" Secured Party " means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement, a
Receiver or any Delegate.

" Security " means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

" Security Assets " means all of the assets of the Transaction Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.






" Security Cover Ratio " means the percentage ratio of: (a) the aggregate of:
(i) the Market Value of the Ships then subject to a Mortgage; and

(ii) the net realisable value of any additional Security previously provided under
Clause 25 ( Security Cover )

to

(b) the amount of the Loan then outstanding. " Security Document " means:
(a) any Shares Security; (b) any Mortgage;
(c) any General Assignment;

(d) any Charterparty Assignment; (e) any Account Security;
(f) any Subordinated Debt Security;

(g) any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities (excluding always any Manager’s Undertaking); or

(h) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers
(excluding always any Manager’s Undertaking)." Security Period " means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

" Security Property " means:

(a) the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;

(b) all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as agent or trustee for the Secured Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Secured Parties;

(c) the Security Agent's interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance
Documents;

(d) any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent, which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Secured Parties,

except:

(i) rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and






(ii) any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

" Selection Notice " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) in relation to the Term Facility.

" Servicing Party " means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

" Shares Security " means, in relation to a Borrower, a document creating Security over the share capital in that Borrower in agreed form.

" Sharing Finance Parties " has the meaning given to it in Clause 33.2 ( Redistribution of payments ).
" Sharing Payment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 33.1 ( Payments to Finance Parties ). " Ship " means Ship A or Ship B or any Substitute Ship with effect from the date a Mortgage is
granted over such Substitute Ship to the Finance Parties pursuant to this Agreement.

" Ship A " means m.v. "SBI Swing" with IMO number 9719575, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 ( Details of the Ships ).

" Ship B " means m.v. "SBI Jive" with IMO number 9719587, details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 7 ( Details of the Ships )." Specified Time " means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 8 ( Timetables ). " Subordinated Creditor " means:
(a) a Transaction Obligor; or

(b) any other person who becomes a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with this
Agreement.

" Subordinated Debt Security " means a Security over Subordinated Liabilities entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form.

" Subordinated Finance Document " means: (a) a Subordinated Loan Agreement; and
(b) any other document relating to or evidencing Subordinated Liabilities.

" Subordinated Liabilities " means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by the Obligors to the Subordinated Creditors whether under the Subordinated Finance Documents or otherwise.

" Subordinated Loan Agreement " means a loan agreement made between (a) a Borrower and
(b) a Subordinated Creditor.

" Subordination Agreement " means a subordination agreement entered into or to be entered into by each Subordinated Creditor and the Security Agent in agreed form.

" Subsidiary " means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act
2006.






" Substitute Ship " has the meaning given to such term in Clause 7.8 ( Ship Substitution ). " Sum " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.1 ( Currency Indemnity ).
" Supplier " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.6 ( VAT ).

" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

" Tax Credit " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

" Tax Deduction " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ). " Tax Payment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).
" Technical Management Agreement " means each agreement entered into between a
Borrower and the Approved Technical Manager regarding the technical management of a Ship." Term Commitment " means:

(a) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) and the amount of any other Term Loan transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(b) in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Term Loan transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

" Term Facility " means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ).

" Term Loan " means the Advance to be made available under the Term Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Term Facility.

" Termination Date " means, the earlier of (i) the date falling 7 years from the date of this
Agreement and (ii) 31 October 2025.

" Third Parties Act " has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ).

" Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Revolving Commitments and the Term
Facility, being $34,000,000.

" Total Revolving Commitments " means the aggregate of the Revolving Commitments, being
$17,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. " Total Loss " means, in relation to a Ship:
(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship; or

(b) any Requisition of that Ship unless that Ship is returned to the full control of the relevant Borrower within 30 days of such Requisition.

" Total Loss Date " means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Ship:

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;






(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earlier of:

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made with that
Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Ship as a total loss; and

(c)
in the case of any other type of Total Loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

" Transaction Document " means: (a) a Finance Document;(b) a Subordinated Finance Document; (c) any Assignable Charter; or
(d) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and a Borrower
(excluding always any Manager’s Undertaking).

" Transaction Obligor " means an Obligor, any Approved Manager who is a member of the Group or any other member of the Group who executes a Finance Document (except a Finance Party).

" Transaction Security" means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the Security Documents.

" Transfer Certificate " means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

" Transfer Date " means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

(a) the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or
Transfer Certificate; and

(b) the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or
Transfer Certificate.
" UK Establishment " means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations. " Unpaid Sum " means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance
Documents.

" US " means the United States of America. " US Tax Obligor " means:
(a) a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or

(b) a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

" Utilisation " means a utilisation of either Facility.

" Utilisation Date " means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant
Advance is to be made.

" Utilisation Request " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 ( Requests ).






" VAT " means:

(a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and(b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

" Voting Stock " of any person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such person that are at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such person.

" Website Lenders " has the meaning given to it in Clause 20.7 ( Use of Websites ). " Write-down and Conversion Powers " means:
(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

1.2 Construction

(a) Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

(i) the " Account Bank ", the " Mandated Lead Arranger ", the " Facility Agent ", any " Finance Party ", any " Lender ", any " Obligor ", any " Party ", any " Secured Party ", the " Security Agent ", any " Transaction Obligor " or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;

(ii) " assets " includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

(iii) a liability which is " contingent " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

(iv) " document " includes a deed and also a letter, email or telex;

(v) " expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;(vi) a " Finance Document ", a " Security Document " or " Transaction Document " or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance





Document, Security Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

(vii) a " group of Lenders " includes all the Lenders;

(viii) " indebtedness " includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

(ix) " law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

(x) " proceedings " means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;

(xi) a " person " includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium, partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);

(xii) a " regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

(xiii) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; (xiv) a time of day is a reference to London time;
(xv) any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;

(xvi) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

(xvii) " including " and " in particular " (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

(b) The determination of the extent to which a rate is " for a period equal in length " to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(c)
Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

(d) Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.(e) A Potential Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived.

1.3 Construction of insurance terms

In this Agreement:






" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 23 ( Insurance Undertakings ), approved in writing by the Facility Agent.

" excess risks " means, in respect of a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims.

" obligatory insurances " means all insurances effected, or which any Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 23 ( Insurance Undertakings ) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document.

" policy " includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms.

" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02) (1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) (1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision (or their equivalent in the American Institute Hull Clauses (June 2, 1977).

" war risks " means usual war risks including (but not limited to) the risk of mines, terrorism, piracy, blocking and trapping and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause
23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) (or their equivalent in the American Institute
Hull Clauses (June 2, 1977).

1.4 Agreed forms of Finance Documents

References in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) to any Finance Document being in "agreed form" are to that Finance Document:

(a) in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by each
Borrower and the Facility Agent); or

(b) in any other form agreed in writing between each Borrower and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders or, where Clause 43.2 ( All Lender matters ) applies, all the Lenders.

1.5 Third party rights

(a) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
(b) Subject to Clause 43.3 ( Other exceptions ) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

(c)
Any Affiliate, Receiver, Delegate or any other person described in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ), paragraph (b) of Clause 30.11 ( Exclusion of liability ), or paragraph (b) of Clause 31.11 ( Exclusion of liability ) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.








SECTION 2

THE FACILITIES

2 THE FACILITIES

2.1 The Facilities

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers:

(a) a dollar term loan facility in one Advance in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Term
Commitments; and

(b) a dollar revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Revolving
Commitments.

2.2 Finance Parties' rights and obligations

(a) The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

(b) The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by a Transaction Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Transaction Obligor.

(c)
A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

2.3 Borrowers' Agent

(a) Each Borrower by its execution of this Agreement irrevocably appoints the Parent Guarantor to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

(i) the Parent Guarantor on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including Utilisation Requests), to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Borrower notwithstanding that they may affect the Borrower, without further reference to or the consent of that Borrower; and

(ii) each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that
Borrower pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Parent Guarantor,

and in each case the Borrower shall be bound as though the Borrower itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executedor made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.






(b) Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Parent Guarantor or given to the Parent Guarantor under any Finance Document on behalf of a Borrower or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any Borrower) shall be binding for all purposes on that Borrower as if that Borrower had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Parent Guarantor and any Borrower, those of the Parent Guarantor shall prevail.

3 PURPOSE

3.1 Purpose

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility only for the purpose of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness in respect of the Ships and to meet the working capital needs of the Borrowers by way of a term loan and a revolving credit facility in a principal amount not exceeding the lesser of (a) $34,000,000 and (b) 62.5 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ships.

3.2 Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

4 CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

4.1 Initial conditions precedent

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

4.2 Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation ) if:

(a) on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date and before the
Advance is made available:

(i) in the case of a Rollover Advance, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance, and in the case of any other Advance, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance;

(ii) the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true;

(iii) since 30 June 2018, nothing shall have occurred (and nether the Facility Agent nor any of the Lenders shall have become aware of any condition or circumstance not previously none to them) which the Lenders shall determine has had, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect or would result from the proposed Advance;(iv) no judgment, order, injunction or other restraint prohibiting or imposing materially adverse conditions upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein;

(v) any governmental (domestic and foreign) and third party approvals and/or consents in connection with this Agreement and the transactions referred to herein have been obtained and remain in effect, and any waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any competent authority which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent, acting on the instructions of the Lenders,





restrains, prevents, or imposes materially adverse conditions upon the consummation of this Agreement or the transactions described herein;

(vi) no litigation by any entity (private or governmental) shall be pending or threatened with respect to this Agreement or any document executed in connection therewith or which the Facility Agent, acting on the instructions of the Lenders, shall determine has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; and

(vii) no event described in Clause 7.2 ( Change of control ) has occurred; and

(b) in the case of the Advance under the Term Loan, the Facility Agent has received on or before the relevant Utilisation Date, or is satisfied it will receive when the Advance is made available, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

4.3 Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent

(a) The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ).

(b) Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

4.4 Waiver of conditions precedent

If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) has been satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrowers.






















SECTION 3

UTILISATION

5 UTILISATION

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request

(a) The Borrowers may utilise the Facilities by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed
Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

(b) The Borrowers may not deliver more than one Utilisation Request in respect of the Term
Facility.

(c) The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request under the Revolving Facility unless the
Term Loan has been utilised.

5.2 Completion of a Utilisation Request

(a) Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

(i) it identifies the Facility to be entitled; (ii) the proposed Utilisation Date:
(A) is a Business Day within the relevant Availability Period; and

(B) in the case of an Advance under the Revolving Facility only, is an Interest
Payment Date;

(iii) the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and

(iv) the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ). (b) Only one Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request.
5.3 Currency and amount

(a) The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

(b) The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which:

(i) in respect of the Advance of the Term Facility, is not more than the lesser of (A)
$17,000,000 and (B) 62.5 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ships; and

(ii) in the case of an Advance under the Revolving Facility, a minimum of $4,000,000.

(c) The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which is not more than the relevant
Available Facility.

(d) The amount of the each Advance must be an amount which would not oblige the Borrowers to provide additional security or prepay part of the Advance if the ratio set out in Clause 25( Security Cover ) were applied and notice was given by the Facility Agent under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) immediately after the Advance was made.






5.4 Lenders' participation

(a) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 6.2 ( Repayment of Advances under the Revolving Facility ), each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

(b) The amount of each Lender's participation in each Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the relevant Available Facility immediately before making that Advance.

(c)
The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Advance and, in the case of an Advance under the Revolving Facility, if different, the amount of its participation to be made available in accordance with Clause 34 ( Payment Mechanics ) in each case by the Specified Time and the amount of its participation in that Advance by the Specified Time.

5.5 Cancellation of Commitments

(a) The Term Commitments which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period for the Term
Facility shall then be cancelled.

(b) The Revolving Commitments which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period for the
Revolving Facility shall then be cancelled.

5.6 Payment to third parties - Term Facility

The Borrowers irrevocably authorise the Facility Agent:

(a) to deduct from the proceeds of any Advance any fees then payable to the Finance Parties in accordance with Clause 11 ( Fees ), any solicitors fees and disbursements together with any applicable VAT and any other items listed as deductible items in the relevant Utilisation Request and to apply them in payment of the items to which they relate; and

(b) on the Utilisation Date, to pay to, or for the account of, the Borrower which is to utilise the Term Loan the balance (after any deduction made in accordance with paragraph (a) above) of the amounts which the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect of the Term Loan. That payment shall be made in like funds as the Facility Agent received from the Lenders in respect of the relevant Advance:

(i) to the account of the Existing Facility Agent which the Borrowers specify in the relevant
Utilisation Request; and

(ii) on the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

5.7 Disbursement of Advance to third party - Term Facility

Payment by the Facility Agent under Clause 5.6 ( payment to third parties ) to a person other than a Borrower shall constitute the making of the relevant Advance and the Borrowers shallat that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's participation in that Advance.











SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

6 REPAYMENT

6.1 Repayment of Term Loan

(a) The Borrowers shall repay the Term Loan by equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount of $607,142.85 (each a " Repayment Instalment ").

(b) The first Repayment Date for the Term Loan shall be the first Quarter End Date occurring at least 90 days following the Utilisation Date of the Term Loan with subsequent instalments to be repaid on each Quarter End Date thereafter and the last Repayment Instalment shall be paid on the Termination Date.

6.2 Repayment of Advances under the Revolving Facility

(a) The Borrowers shall repay each Advance under the Revolving Credit Facility on the last day of its Interest Period.

(b) Without prejudice to the Borrowers' obligation under paragraph (a) above, if: (i) an Advance under the Revolving Facility is to be made available:
(A) on the same day that a maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility is due to be repaid; and

(B) in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility; and

(ii) the proportion borne by each Lender's participation in the maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility to the amount of that maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility is the same as the proportion borne by that Lender's participation in the new Advance under the Revolving Facility to the amount of the new Advance under the Revolving Facility,

the amount of the new Advance under the Revolving Facility shall, unless the Borrowers notify the Facility Agent to the contrary in the relevant Utilisation Request, be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility so that:

(A) if the amount of the maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility exceeds the amount of the new Advance under the Revolving Facility:

(1) the Borrowers will only be required to make a payment under Clause 34.1 ( Payments to the Facility Agent ) in an amount equal to that excess; and

(2) each Lender's participation in the new Advance under the Revolving Facility shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrowers in or towards repayment of that Lender's participation in the maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility and that Lender will not be required to make a payment under Clause 34.1 ( Paymentsto the Facility Agent ) in respect of its participation in the new Advance under the Revolving Facility; and

(B) if the amount of the maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility is equal to or less than the amount of the new Advance under the Revolving Facility:






(1) the Borrowers will not be required to make a payment under
Clause 34.1 ( Payments to the Facility Agent ); and

(2) each Lender will be required to make a payment under Clause 34.1 ( Payments to the Facility Agent ) in respect of its participation in the new Advance under the Revolving Facility only to the extent that its participation in the new Advance under the Revolving Facility exceeds that Lender's participation in the maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility and the remainder of that Lender's participation in the new Advance under the Revolving Facility shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender's participation in the maturing Advance under the Revolving Facility.]

6.3 Termination Date

On the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

6.4 Reborrowing

(a) The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Term Facility which is repaid.

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Revolving Facility which is repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

6.5 Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments

(a) If the Borrowers cancel the whole or any part of any Available Commitment in accordance with Clause 7.5 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) or if an Available Commitment of any Lender is cancelled under Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then:

(i) in the case of the Term Commitments, the Repayment Instalments falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Term Commitments so cancelled; and

(ii) in the case of the Revolving Commitments, these will be reduced by an amount equal to the amount cancelled.

(b) If the whole or part of any Commitment is cancelled pursuant to Clause 5.5 ( Cancellation of
Commitments ),

(i) in the case of the Term Commitments, the Repayment Instalments for the Term Loan for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Term Commitments so cancelled; and(ii) in the case of the Revolving Commitments, these will be reduced by an amount equal to the amount cancelled.

(c)
If any part of the Term Loan or any Advance under the Revolving Facility is repaid or prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.5 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ), Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) or Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then:

(i) in the case of the Term Loan, the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Term Loan repaid or prepaid; and






(ii) in the case of Advances under the Revolving Facility, these will be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of those Advances repaid or prepaid.

(d) If any part of the Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Term Loan ) then:

(i) in the case of the Term Loan, the amount of the Repayment Instalments for the Term Loan for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce in inverse chronological order by the amount of the Term Loan repaid or prepaid; and

(ii) in the case of Advances under the Revolving Facility, these will be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of those Advances repaid or prepaid.

7 PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

7.1 Illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in an Advance or all or any part of the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

(a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

(b) upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

(c)
the Borrowers shall prepay that Lender's participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid.

7.2 Change of control

If a Change of Control occurs without the prior written consent of the Lenders:

(i) the Borrowers shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event; and(ii) if the Majority Lenders so require, the Facility Agent shall, by notice to the Borrowers, cancel the Facility and declare the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Facility will be cancelled and the Loan and all such outstanding interest and other amounts will become immediately due and payable.

7.3 Voluntary prepayment of Term Loan

(a) The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than three Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Term Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Term Loan by a minimum amount of $500,000 (or such lesser amount as the Facility Agent may agree) or a multiple of that amount).

(b) The Term Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period of the Term
Loan (or, if earlier, the day on which the applicable Available Facility is zero).

7.4 Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss






(a) If a Ship is sold or arrested (without prejudice to paragraph (a) of Clause 22.12 ( Disposals )) or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrowers shall on the Relevant Date prepay 50 per cent. of the Loan outstanding at that time and if both Ships are sold or arrested the Borrowers shall on the Relevant Date prepay the whole Loan outstanding at that time.

(b) On the Relevant Date, the Borrowers shall also prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate any shortfall in the Security Cover Ratio if such ratio were applied immediately following the payment referred to in paragraph (a) above.

(c)
Provided that no Default has occurred and is continuing, any remaining proceeds of the sale or Total Loss of a Ship after the prepayments referred to in paragraph (a) and paragraph (b) above have been made together with all other amounts that are payable on any such prepayment pursuant to the Finance Documents shall be paid to the Borrower that owned the relevant Ship.

(d) In this Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ): " Relevant Date " means:
(i) in the case of a sale of a Ship, on the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of that Ship to the buyer of that Ship; and

(ii) in the case of a Total Loss of a Ship, on the earlier of:

(A) the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date; and

(B) the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss. 7.5 Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

(a) If:

(i) any sum payable to any Lender by a Transaction Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document; or

(ii) any Lender claims indemnification from a Borrower under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity )
or Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ); or

the Borrowers may whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of any Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender's participation in the Loan or give the Facility Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) below.

(b) On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, any Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

(c)
On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender's participation in the Loan.

(d) The Borrowers may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 14 Business Days' prior notice to the Facility Agent and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution,





trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrowers which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the Loan and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

(e) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) the Borrowers shall have no right to replace a Lender acting in its capacity as a Servicing
Party;

(ii) neither the Facility Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

(iii) in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

(iv) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (d) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.(f) A Lender shall perform the checks described in sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (e) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (d) above and shall notify the Facility Agent and the Borrowers when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

7.6 Restrictions

(a) Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made, the amount of that cancellation or prepayment and, if relevant, the part of the Loan to be prepaid or cancelled.

(b) Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

(c) No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Term Facility which is prepaid.

(d) Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Revolving Facility which is prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) No Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the
Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

(f) No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

(g) If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lenders, as appropriate.

(h) If all or part of any Lender's participation in an Advance is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ), an amount of that Lender's Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of the relevant Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

7.7 Application of prepayments






Any prepayment of any part of the Loan (other than a prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Term Loan ) or Clause 7.5 ( Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) which shall be applied in inverse order of maturity against the Repayment Instalments outstanding as at that date) shall be applied pro rata to each Lender's participation in that part of the Loan.

7.8 Ship Substitution

The Borrowers shall have the right to substitute one or both of the Ships then subject to a Mortgage, instead of making a prepayment under Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ) with a ship (the " Substitute Ship "), provided all of the following conditions have been met to the satisfaction of the Facility Agent and in the sole discretion of the Facility Agent, acting on the instructions of the Lenders not later than the date by which the Borrowers would have been obliged to make the relevant prepayment under Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepaymenton sale or Total Loss ) had this Clause 7.8 ( Ship Substitution ) not been applied and the Security Agent shall only release any Finance Documents over the Ship being substituted after the creation and/or perfection of such Security over that Substitute Ship securing the Secured Liabilities:

(a) the Substitute Ship proposed by the Borrowers shall be:

(i) operated by the Approved Manager or any affiliate of the Parent Guarantor; (ii) is less than 5 years old;
(iii) having the same (or higher) Market Value as the Ship being substituted; and

(iv) is otherwise in all respects acceptable to the Facility Agent;

(b) the Borrowers have procured that the owner of the Substitute Ship has provided security (including, without limitation, a first preferred mortgage) over the Substitute Ship on terms similar to the terms of the relevant Security Documents and that supplemental documentation to the Finance Documents has been executed in form and with substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, including any amendment to Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Term Loan ) required to maintain the 15 year age adjusted repayment profile;

(c)
the Facility Agent has received documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) in respect of the Substitute Ship and its owner;

(d) after taking into account the Market Value of the Substitute Ship, the Security Cover Ratio immediately after the substitution shall be equal to the higher of:

(i) the Security Cover Ratio maintained immediately prior to the sale or Total Loss;

(ii) the Security Cover Ratio maintained immediately prior to the proposed substitution;
and

(iii) the Security Cover Ratio referred to in Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover );
and

(e) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the relevant time.










SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

8 INTEREST

8.1 Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

(a) the Margin; and

(b) LIBOR.

8.2 Payment of interest

(a) The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (each an " Interest Payment Date ").

(b) If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrowers shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

8.3 Default interest

(a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Term Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ) shall be immediately payable by the Obligors on demand by the Facility Agent.

(b) If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan:

(i) the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

(ii) the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

(c)      Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable. 8.4 Notification of rates of interest

(a) The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

(b) The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers of each Funding Rate relating to the
Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum.

9 INTEREST PERIODS






9.1 Selection of Interest Periods

(a) The Borrowers may select the Interest Period for the Term Loan in the Utilisation Request for the first Advance. Subject to paragraphs (g) and (i) below and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), the Borrowers may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of the Term Loan in a Selection Notice.

(b) Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the
Borrowers not later than the Specified Time.

(c)
An Advance under the Revolving Facility has one Interest Period only which shall start on its Utilisation Date and which will end at the same time as the Interest Period then current for the Term Loan.

(d) If the Borrowers fail to select an Interest Period in the relevant Utilisation Request or in the case of the Term Loan, fail to deliver a Selection Notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will, (subject to paragraphs (g) and (i) below and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), in the case of the Term Loan) be three Months.

(e) Subject to this Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ) the Borrowers may select an Interest Period of three or six Months or any other period agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

(f) An Interest Period in respect of the Loan or any part of the Loan shall not extend beyond the
Termination Date.

(g) In respect of a Repayment Instalment, the Borrowers may request in the relevant Selection Notice that an Interest Period for a part of the Term Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it and, subject to paragraph (f) above, select a longer Interest Period for the remaining part of the Term Loan.

(h) The first Interest Period for the Term Loan shall start on the first Utilisation Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

(i) Except for the purposes of paragraph (g) above and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), the Term Loan shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

9.2 Changes to Interest Periods

(a) In respect of a Repayment Instalment, prior to determining the interest rate for the Term Loan, the Facility Agent may establish an Interest Period for a part of the Term Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment to end on the Repayment Date relating to it and the remaining part ofthe Term Loan shall have the Interest Period selected in the relevant Selection Notice, subject to paragraph (c) of Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ).

(b) If the Facility Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), it shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.

9.3 Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

10 CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST






10.1 Unavailability of Screen Rate

(a) Interpolated Screen Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

(b) Cost of funds : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for: (i) dollars; or
(ii) the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate.

(c) Clause 10.3 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest
Period.

10.2 Market disruption

If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period (i) LIBOR is not available or (ii) the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or that part of the Term Loan exceed 50 per cent. of the Loan or that part of the Loan) (the " Relevant Lender ") that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select then Clause
10.3 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

10.3 Cost of funds

(a) If this Clause 10.3 ( Cost of funds ) applies, the rate of interest on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

(i) the Margin; and

(ii) the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period) to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.(b) If this Clause 10.3 ( Cost of funds ) applies and the Facility Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

(c)
Subject to Clause 43.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrowers, be binding on all Parties.

(d) If paragraph (f) below does not apply and any rate notified to the Facility Agent under sub- paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above is less than zero, the relevant rate shall be deemed to be zero.

(e) If this Clause 10.3 ( Cost of funds ) applies (subject to paragraph (f) below), but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in paragraph (a)(ii) above, the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.






(f) If this Clause 10.3 ( Cost of funds ) applies pursuant to Clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ) and: (i) a Lender's Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or
(ii) a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above,

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.

10.4 Break Costs

(a) The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by a Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

(b) Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

11 FEES

11.1 Commitment fee

(a) The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 1.175 per cent. per annum on the undrawn Revolving Facility at that time.

(b) The accrued commitment fee is payable on each Interest Payment Date and, if cancelled, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

11.2 Arrangement fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Mandated Lead Arranger an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. 11.3 Facility Agent fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.
























SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

12 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

12.1 Definitions

(a) In this Agreement:

" Protected Party " means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

(b) Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) reference to "determines" or "determined" means a determination made in the reasonable discretion of the person making the determination.

12.2 Tax gross-up

(a) Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax
Deduction is required by law.

(b) The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

(c)
If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

(d) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

(e) Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority. 12.3 Tax indemnity

(a) The Obligors shall on demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.






(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i) with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

(A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

(B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

(ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

(A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross- up ); or

(B) relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

(c)
A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors.

(d) A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ), notify the Facility Agent.

12.4 Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

(b) that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor. 12.5 Stamp taxes

The Obligors shall pay and, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Secured Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

12.6 VAT

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).






(b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Finance Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

(c)
Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(d) Any reference in this Clause 12.6 ( VAT ) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union)) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is amember for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

12.7 FATCA Information

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

(i) confirm to that other Party whether it is: (A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or
(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and






(ii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and

(iii) supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation or exchange of information regime.

(b) If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

(c)
Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

(i) any law or regulation; (ii) any fiduciary duty; or
(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

(d) If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

12.8 FATCA Deduction

(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increaseany payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify each Obligor and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

13 INCREASED COSTS

13.1 Increased costs

(a) Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrowers shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or






(ii) compliance with any law or regulation made, in each case after the date of this Agreement; or
(iii) the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV.

(b) In this Agreement:

(i) " Basel III " means:

(A) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

(B) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(C) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III". (ii) " CRD IV " means:
(A) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012;
(B) Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; and
(C) any other law or regulation which implements Basel III. (iii) " Increased Costs " means:
(A) a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its
Affiliate's) overall capital;

(B) an additional or increased cost; or
(C) a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent
that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

13.2 Increased cost claims

(a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.






(b) Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

13.3 Exceptions

Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: (a) attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;
(b) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

(c)
compensated for by Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);

(d) compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ); or

(e) attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or

14 OTHER INDEMNITIES

14.1 Currency indemnity

(a) If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a " Sum "), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the " First Currency ") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the " Second Currency ") for the purpose of:(i) making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

(ii) obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Secured Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, expense, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

(b) Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

14.2 Other indemnities

(a) Each Obligor shall, promptly on demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

(i) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

(ii) a failure by a Transaction Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 33 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );






(iii) funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in an Advance requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Secured Party alone); or

(iv) the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

(b) Each Obligor shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) an " Indemnified Person "), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, any Ship unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.

(c)
Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:

(i) arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the
ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or

(ii) in connection with any Environmental Claim.(d) Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

14.3 Mandatory Cost

Each Borrower shall, promptly on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

(a) in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

(b) in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions),

which, in each case, is referable to that Lender's participation in the Loan.

14.4 Indemnity to the Facility Agent

Each Obligor shall, promptly on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against:

(a) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of: (i) investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or
(ii) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to





be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

(iii) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and

(b) any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

14.5 Indemnity to the Security Agent

(a) Each Obligor shall, promptly on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and
Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them: (i) in relation to or as a result of:(A) any failure by a Borrower to comply with its obligations under Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses );

(B) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

(C) the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;

(D) the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;

(E)
any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

(F) any action by any Transaction Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and

(G) instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.

(ii) acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

(b) The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Security Assets in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.

15 MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

15.1 Mitigation

(a) Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ), or Clause





13 ( Increased Costs ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

(b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

15.2 Limitation of liability

(a) Each Obligor shall, promptly on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).(b) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if either: (i) a Default has occurred and is continuing; or
(ii) in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

16 COSTS AND EXPENSES

16.1 Transaction expenses

The Obligors shall, promptly on demand, pay the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by any Secured Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

(a) this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement or in a Security
Document; and

(b) any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

16.2 Amendment costs

If:

(a) a Transaction Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

(b) an amendment is required either pursuant to Clause 34.9 ( Change of currency ) or as contemplated in Clause 43.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ); or

(c)
a Transaction Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security,

the Obligors shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Secured Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

16.3 Enforcement and preservation costs

The Obligors shall, on demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses





(including legal fees) incurred by that Secured Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against that Secured Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights. SECTION 7

GUARANTEES AND JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF BORROWERS

17 GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY - PARENT GUARANTOR

17.1 Guarantee and indemnity

The Parent Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that
Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents;

(b) undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Parent Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor; and

(c)
agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Parent Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ) if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

17.2 Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by each Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

17.3 Reinstatement






If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Transaction Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Secured Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Parent Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ) will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

17.4 Waiver of defences

The obligations of the Parent Guarantor under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ) and in respect of any Transaction Security will not be affected or discharged by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ) or in respect of any Transaction Security (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) including:

(a) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Transaction Obligor or other person;(b) the release of any other Transaction Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

(c)
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or delay in perfecting, or refusal or neglect to take up or enforce, or delay in taking or enforcing any rights against, or security over assets of, any Transaction Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(d) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of a Transaction Obligor or any other person;

(e) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

(f) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance
Document or any other document or security; or

(g) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

17.5 Immediate recourse

The Parent Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person (including without limitation to commence any proceedings under any Finance Document or to enforce any Transaction Security) before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ). This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

17.6 Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:






(a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Parent Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

(b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Parent Guarantor or on account of the Parent Guarantor's liability under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity
- Parent Guarantor ).

17.7 Deferral of Parent Guarantor's rights

All rights which the Parent Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this guarantee, a mortgage or any other transaction) against any Borrower, any other Transaction Obligor or their respective assets shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Secured Parties underthe Finance Documents and until the end of the Security Period and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, the Parent Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have (whether in respect of any Finance Document to which it is a Party or any other transaction) by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ):

(a) to be indemnified by a Transaction Obligor;

(b) to claim any contribution from any third party providing security for, or any other guarantor of, any Transaction Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;

(c)
to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Secured Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Secured Party;

(d) to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Transaction Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which the Parent Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 ( Guarantee and indemnity );

(e) to exercise any right of set-off against any Transaction Obligor; and/or

(f) to claim or prove as a creditor of any Transaction Obligor in competition with any Secured
Party.

If the Parent Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Secured Parties by the Transaction Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Secured Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 34 ( Payment Mechanics ).

17.8 Additional security

This guarantee and any other Security given by the Parent Guarantor is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by, and shall not prejudice, any other guarantee or Security or any other right of recourse now or subsequently held by any Secured Party or any right of set-off or netting or right to combine accounts in connection with the Finance Documents.

17.9 Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security






Clauses 17.2 ( Continuing guarantee ), 17.3 ( Reinstatement ), 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ), 17.5 ( Immediate recourse ), 17.6 ( Appropriations ), 17.7 ( Deferral of Parent Guarantor's rights ) and
17.8 ( Additional security ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to any Security which
the Parent Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Agreement or at any later time) to secure the Secured Liabilities or any part of them. 18 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE BORROWERS

18.1 Joint and several liability

All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.

18.2 Waiver of defences

The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:

(a) this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards any other
Borrower;

(b) any Lender or the Security Agent entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with any other Borrower;

(c) any Lender or the Security Agent releasing any other Borrower or any Security created by a
Finance Document; or

(d) any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with any other Borrower or other person;

(e) the release of any other Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

(f) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any other Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(g) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any other Borrower or any other person;

(h) any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

(i) any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance
Document or any other document or security; or

(j) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

18.3 Principal Debtor

Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Borrower shall, in any circumstances, be construed to be a surety for the obligations of any other Borrower under this Agreement. 18.4 Borrower restrictions






(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Security Period no Borrower shall:

(i) claim any amount which may be due to it from any other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made under, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or

(ii) take or enforce any form of security from any other Borrower for such an amount, or in any way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of any other Borrower; or

(iii) set off such an amount against any sum due from it to any other Borrower; or

(iv) prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving any other Borrower; or

(v) exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.

(b) If during the Security Period, the Facility Agent, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to any other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Facility Agent's notice.

18.5 Deferral of Borrowers' rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Borrower will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

(a) to be indemnified by any other Borrower; or

(b) to claim any contribution from any other Borrower in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.























SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

19 REPRESENTATIONS

19.1 General

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19 ( Representations ) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

19.2 Status

(a) It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its
Original Jurisdiction.

(b) It and each Transaction Obligor has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

19.3 Share capital and ownership

(a) Borrower A has an authorised share capital of 1500 registered shares divided into 1500 registered shares of $0.01 each, all of which shares have been issued fully paid.

(b) Borrower B has an authorised share capital of 1500 registered shares divided into 1500 registered shares of $0.01 each, all of which shares have been issued fully paid.

(c) The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in each Borrower is held by the Parent
Guarantor free of any Security (other than Permitted Security) or any other claim.

(d) None of the shares in any Borrower is subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

19.4 Binding obligations

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations subject to the Legal Reservations.

19.5 Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery create, the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

(b) No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

(c)
The Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Secured Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such other priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.(d) No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.






19.6 Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each
Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

(a) any law or regulation applicable to it; (b) its constitutional documents; or
(c) any agreement or instrument binding upon it or constitute a default or termination event
(however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

19.7 Power and authority

(a) It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise:

(i) its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents; and

(ii) its registration of its Ship under its Approved Flag.

(b) No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

19.8 Validity and admissibility in evidence

All Authorisations required or desirable:

(a) to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the
Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

(b) to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant
Jurisdictions,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

19.9 Governing law and enforcement

(a) Subject to the Legal Reservations the choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

(b) Any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions. 19.10 Insolvency

No:

(a) corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of
Clause 27.8 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or

(b) creditors' process described in Clause 27.9 ( Creditors' process ),

has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 27.7 ( Insolvency ) applies to a member of the Group.






19.11 No filing or stamp taxes

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except

(a) registration of each Ship under the Approved Flag, which registration and related fees shall be made and paid promptly and in accordance with the terms of the relevant Finance Documents;

(b) recordation and registration of each Mortgage; and

(c)
such filings or registrations as the legal counsels to the Lenders may consider appropriate or desirable, which shall be arranged by the relevant legal counsel to the Lenders and any fees in relation thereto shall be paid promptly by the Obligors on demand.

19.12 Deduction of Tax

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance
Document to which it is a party.

19.13 No default

(a) No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and on each Utilisation Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

(b) No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject which may have a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents.

19.14 No misleading information

(a) Any factual information provided by any member of the Group for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.(b) The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

(c)
Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

19.15 Financial Statements
(a) Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. (b) Its Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of its financial condition as at the end
of the relevant financial year and its results of operations during the relevant financial year
(consolidated in the case of the Parent Guarantor).

(c)
There has been no Material Adverse Effect or which might reasonably be expected to have an effect on the Obligors' ability to perform their obligations under this Agreement.
(d) Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 ( Financial statements ): (i) have been prepared in accordance with Clause 20.4 ( Requirements as to financial
statements ); and






(ii) give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly represent (if unaudited) its financial condition as at the end of the relevant financial year and operations during the relevant financial year (consolidated in the case of the Parent Guarantor).

(e) Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 ( Financial statements ) there has been no material adverse change in its business, assets or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Parent Guarantor).

(f) Each set of financial statements or documents delivered by an Obligor pursuant to Clause 20.2 ( Financial statements ) or otherwise relating to the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries or otherwise relevant to the matters contained in the Finance Documents is complete, and, as at the date of such documents or information, correct in all material respects, and the Borrowers have not omitted to disclose to the Facility Agent any-off balance sheet liabilities or other information, documents or agreement which if disclosed, could reasonably be expected to affect the decision of the Lenders to execute this Agreement.

19.16 Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

19.17 No proceedings pending or threatened

(a) No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected (in the opinion of the Lenders) to have a Material Adverse Effecton its ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents have been started or threatened against it or any document executed in connection therewith.

(b) No judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against it or any other Transaction Obligor.

19.18 Validity and completeness of the Release Agreement

Subject to the Legal Reservations the Release Agreement constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Existing Facility Agent.

19.19 Valuations

(a) All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

(b) It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

(c)
There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.

19.20 No breach of laws






No Transaction Obligor breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

19.21 No Charter

Except as disclosed by a Borrower to the Security Agent in writing on or before the date of this
Agreement, no Ship is subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter.

19.22 Compliance with Environmental Laws

All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of each Ship and the business of each member of the Group (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

19.23 No Environmental Claim

Except as may already have been disclosed by any Obligor in writing to, and acknowledged in writing by, the Facility Agent acting with the consent of the Majority Lenders (i) it is in compliance with the provisions of all laws whose breach may have a Material Adverse Effect, including without limitation all material Environmental Laws and (ii) no material Environmental Claims are pending or, to such Obligor's knowledge, threatened against any of the Obligorsand to such Obligor's knowledge, no incident, event or circumstance has occurred which may give rise to such an Environmental Claim.

19.24 No Environmental Incident

No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental
Incident has occurred.

19.25 ISM and ISPS Code compliance

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to each Borrower, the Approved Technical Manager in its capacity as manager of each Ship and each Ship have been complied with.

19.26 Taxes paid

(a) No Obligor is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and no other member of the Group is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax incurred to date in connection with the operation of its business, ownership or use of any of its assets, and conduct of its affairs on its premises, except for income and property taxes and assessments which are being contested in good faith and with due diligence, with adequate cash reserves in excess of the contested tax balances, in which case such balances will be paid before any tax liens falls due.

(b) No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any other member of the Group) with respect to Taxes.

19.27 Financial Indebtedness

No Borrower has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than Permitted Financial
Indebtedness.

19.28 Overseas companies






No Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.

19.29 Good title to assets

It has good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate
Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

19.30 Ownership

(a) Each Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Ship registered in its name, its
Earnings and its Insurances.

(b) The Parent Guarantor holds all the Equity Interests in the Borrowers.(c)
With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Borrower will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Obligor.

(d) The constitutional documents of each Borrower do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the Equity Interests in the Borrowers on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security Documents.

19.31 Centre of main interests and establishments

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 2015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (recast)(the "Regulation"), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Monaco and it has no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction save for the Parent Guarantor’s representative office at 150 East 58 th Street, New York, New York, 10155.

19.32 Place of business

(a) For purposes of the UCC, the Parent Guarantor has only one place of business located at, or, if it has more than one place of business, the chief executive office from which it manages the main part of its business operations and conducts its affairs is located at 9, Boulevard Charles, III Monaco 98000.

(b) The Parent Guarantor does not have a place of business in the U.S., the District of Columbia, the U.S. Virgin Islands, or any territory or insular possession subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S, other than its representative office at 150 East 58 th Street, New York, New York, 10155.

19.33 No money laundering

In relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers or the guaranteeing by the Parent Guarantor of the Loan, the performance and discharge of their obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Obligors are a party, the Obligors confirm that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council).

19.34 No employee or pension arrangements

No Borrower has any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.






19.35 Sanctions

(a) Neither Borrower, the Parent Guarantor, nor any other Security Party: (i) is a Sanctions Restricted Person;
(ii) owns or controls directly or indirectly a Sanctions Restricted Person; or

(iii) has a Sanctions Restricted Person serving as a director, officer or, to the best of its knowledge, employee; and(b) no proceeds of any Advance shall be made available, directly or to the knowledge of the Borrowers (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or for transactions in a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction nor shall they be otherwise directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

19.36 Repetition

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period.

20 INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

20.1 General

The undertakings in this Clause 20 ( Information Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.

20.2 Financial statements

(a) The Parent Guarantor, and, where applicable, the Borrowers shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

(i) as soon as they become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial years the audited financial statements for that financial year of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries, including balance sheet, cash flow and a profit and loss statement for that financial year;

(ii) as soon as they become available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each Quarter End Date of each of its financial years the unaudited consolidated financial accounts of the Parent Guarantor for that quarter;

(iii) from time to time as the Facility Agent may reasonably request, such information in respect of the business, properties or condition, financial or otherwise of the Parent Guarantor, the Borrowers or any of their subsidiaries; and

(iv) as soon as reasonably practical, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of its financial years, cash flow projections (including a profit and loss statement, balance sheet and statement of cash flow for the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) for the following two calendar years in a format approved by the Facility Agent.

(b) The Borrowers shall promptly provide such further financial information as may be requested by the Facility Agent.

20.3 Compliance Certificate






(a) The Parent Guarantor shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 20.2 ( Financial statements ) and valuations provided pursuant to Clause 25.7 ( Provision of valuations ), a Compliance Certificatesetting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 21 ( Financial
Covenants ) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn.

(b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by an officer or director of the Parent Guarantor.

20.4 Requirements as to financial statements

(a) Each set of financial statements delivered by an Obligor pursuant to Clause 20.2 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by an officer or director of the relevant company as giving a true and fair view (if audited) of or fairly representing (if unaudited) its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

(b) Each Obligor shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause
20.2 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using GAAP for the Borrower and otherwise GAAP, consistently applied.

20.5 Information: miscellaneous

Each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the
Facility Agent so requests):

(a) all documents dispatched by it to its shareholders or members (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

(b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any Transaction Obligor, and which might, if adversely determined, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c)
promptly, to the extent permitted by law, details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests;

(d) promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency which is made against any member of the Group and which might have a Material Adverse Effect);

(e) promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended, varied, restated or replaced;

(f) promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:

(i) each Ship, goods transported on each Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; (ii) the Security Assets;
(iii) compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;
(iv) the financial condition, business and operations of any Transaction Obligor,
as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request; and





(g) promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be required by any regulatory authority.

20.6 Notification of Default

(a) Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

(b) Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by one of its senior officer on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

20.7 Use of websites

(a) Each Obligor may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the " Website Lenders ") which accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Obligors and the Facility Agent (the " Designated Website ") if:

(i) the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

(ii) both the relevant Obligor and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

(iii) the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Obligor and the
Facility Agent.

If any Lender (a " Paper Form Lender ") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Obligors accordingly and each Obligor shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event each Obligor shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

(b) The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Obligors or any of them and the Facility Agent.

(c)
An Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if: (i) the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;
(ii) the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

(iii) any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

(iv) any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or
(v) if that Obligor becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.






If an Obligor notifies the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (i) or (v) of paragraph (c) above, all information to be provided by the Obligors under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

(d) Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Obligors shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

20.8 "Know your customer" checks

(a) If:

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

(ii) any change in the status of a Transaction Obligor (or of a Holding Company of a Transaction Obligor) (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of a Transaction Obligor or of a Holding Company of a Transaction Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(b) Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

21 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

21.1 Minimum liquidity

The Parent Guarantor shall, at all times, maintain Cash and Cash Equivalents on a consolidated basis, including all amounts on deposit with any bank, of not less than the greater of (a)$25,000,000 or (b) the product of $700,000 multiplied by the number of Fleet Vessels (the " Minimum Liquidity "), provided that at any time that the minimum liquidity maintained pursuant to this Clause consists of at least 66 2/3 rds cash, for the purpose of this Clause 22.1, " Cash Equivalents " shall include unutilised and freely available amounts under the Facilities (where no default or termination event has occurred and is continuing and there is no restriction on borrowing under such Facility) with a maturity date in excess of 12 months after the date of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial Statements ).

21.2 Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth






The Parent Guarantor shall maintain a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than
$500,000,000 plus:

(a) 25 per cent. of the Parent Guarantor’s cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each
Accounting Period commencing on or after 31 December 2017; and

(b) 50 per cent. of the Equity Proceeds realised from any issuance of Equity Interests in the Parent
Guarantor occurring on or after 31 December 2013.

21.3 Maximum leverage

The Parent Guarantor shall maintain a ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation of not more than 0.60 to 1.00, to be tested on the last day of each Accounting Period.

21.4 Material amendments to GAAP

If at any time after the date of this Agreement the requirements of GAAP change materially (and for the purpose of this Clause, "materially" means so as to impact compliance with this Clause 21 ( Financial Covenants )), the Parent Guarantor and Facility Agent, acting on the instructions of the Lenders, agree to enter into discussions to ascertain whether any amendments to such Clause are required as a result of such changes to GAAP.

22 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

22.1 General

The undertakings in this Clause 22 ( General Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

22.2 Authorisations

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly: (a) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and (b) supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of,
any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship to enable it to:

(i) perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;
(ii) ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction or in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Ship, of any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and

(iii) own and operate each Ship (in the case of the Borrowers).

22.3 Compliance with laws

(a) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, comply in all respects with:

(i) all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and






(ii) all Sanctions.

(b) No Obligor shall directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Loan for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions.

(c) Each Obligor shall:

(i) conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

(ii) maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

22.4 Environmental compliance

Each Obligor shall:

(a) comply with all Environmental Laws;

(b) obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

(c) implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any
Environmental Law,

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.5 Environmental Claims

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

(a) any Environmental Claim against any Transaction Obligor which is current, pending or threatened; and

(b) any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any Transaction Obligor, where the claim, if determined against that Transaction Obligor, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.6 Taxation

(a) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

(i) such payment is being contested in good faith;

(ii) adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them and both have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 20.2 ( Financial statements );

(iii) such payment can be lawfully withheld; and

(iv) relevant details are provided to the Facility Agent. (b) No Obligor shall change its residence for Tax purposes.





22.7 Overseas companies

Each Obligor shall promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

22.8 No change to centre of main interests

(a) No Borrower shall change the location of its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings) from that stated in relation to it in Clause 19.31 ( Centre of main interests and establishments ) and it will create no " establishment " (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

(b) The Parent Guarantor shall not change the location of its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings) from that stated in relation to it in Clause 19.31 ( Centre of main interests and establishments ) and it will create no " establishment " (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction without giving prior written notification to the Facility Agent.

22.9 Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

22.10 Title

(a) Each Borrower shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in its Ship, its
Earnings and its Insurances;
(b) With effect on and from its creation or intended creation, each Obligor shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Obligor.

22.11 Negative pledge

(a) No Borrower shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets other than assets that are the subject of the Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents.

(b) No Borrower shall:

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor;

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

(iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

(iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,






in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

22.12 Disposals

(a) No Borrower shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances)) for less than its market value and on an arms’ length basis provided that a Borrower may sell its Ship as long as the proceeds of such sale (after deducting reasonable costs of such sale) are applied in accordance with Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss) .

(b) The Parent Guarantor shall not dispose of its Equity Interests in the Borrowers.

(c)
Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any Charter as all Charters are subject to Clause 24.15 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers and sub-managers etc. ).

22.13 Merger

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

22.14 Change of business

(a) Each Obligor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Parent Guarantor or the Borrowers from that carried on at the date of this Agreement or change its type of organisation or jurisdiction without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

(b) No Borrower shall engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of its Ship.

22.15 Financial Indebtedness

No Borrower incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except Permitted
Financial Indebtedness.

22.16 Expenditure

No Borrower shall incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing its Ship.

22.17 Share capital

No Borrower shall:

(a) purchase, cancel or redeem any of its Equity Interests;
(b) increase or reduce its authorised Equity Interests;
(c)
issue any further shares except to the Parent Guarantor and provided such new shares are made subject to the terms of the Shares Security applicable to that Borrower immediately upon the issue of such new shares in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the terms of that Shares Security are complied with;






(d) appoint any further director, officer or secretary of that Borrower (unless the provisions of the
Shares Security applicable to that Borrower are complied with).

22.18 Dividends

The Parent Guarantor may declare, make or pay any dividend or other distribution in cash or in kind so long as such dividend or distribution meets the Permitted Distribution Criteria or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital);

22.19 Other transactions

No Borrower (or Obligor in respect of (e) (i) only below) shall:

(a) be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another
Obligor and where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

(b) give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Borrower assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents or other obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of operating, maintaining and chartering its Ship.

(c)
enter into any material agreement other than:
(i) the Transaction Documents;
(ii) any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

(d) enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; o
(e) make any investments and acquisitions unless:

(i) after giving effect to any such investment, the Parent Guarantors is in pro-forma compliance with the financial covenants in Clause 21 ( Financial Covenants ); and

(ii) no Default exists at the time of incurrence thereof or would result from such investment or acquisition expect for any capital expenditure or investments related to the ordinary upgrade or maintenance work on the Ships; or

(f) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

22.20 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

No Obligor shall do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do)
anything which is likely to:

(a) make it unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction
Documents;

(b) cause any obligation of an Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable;






(c) cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

(d) cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

(e) imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.

22.21 Inspection of Documents

Each Obligor will permit the inspection of its financial records and accounts from time to time by the Facility Agent or its nominee.

22.22 No change in Transaction Documents

No Obligor shall amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any material term of any of the Transaction Documents which are not Finance Documents.

22.23 No immunity

No Obligor nor any of its respective assets are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceedings (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, execution or other enforcement).

22.24 Change of Financial Year

No Obligor will, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, change its financial year.

22.25 Further assurance

(a) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (includingprocuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):

(i) to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of any of the Secured Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

(ii) to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Secured Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

(iii) to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or

(iv) to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.






(b) Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(c)
At the same time as an Obligor delivers to the Security Agent any document executed by itself or another Transaction Obligor pursuant to this Clause 22.25 ( Further assurance ), that Obligor shall deliver, or shall procure that such other Transaction Obligor will deliver, to the Security Agent a certificate signed by two of that Obligor's directors or officers which shall:

(i) set out the text of a resolution of that Obligor's or Transaction Obligor's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Security Agent; and

(ii) state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors or officers and is valid under that Obligor's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

22.26 Limitation on opening of bank accounts

Any bank account in the name of a Borrower shall be opened with the Account Bank.

23 INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

23.1 General

The undertakings in this Clause 23 ( Insurance Undertakings ) remain in force from the date of this Agreement throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

23.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at its expense against: (a) hull interest and/or freight interest;
(b) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

(c) war risks (including acts of terrorism and piracy and the amended version of AHIS (April 1 1984)
and London Blocking & Trapping Addendum or similar);

(d) protection and indemnity risks (including adequate club cover for pollution liability as normally adopted by the industry for similar vessels); and

(e) any other risks against which the Facility Agent considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for a Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to a Borrower.

23.3 Terms of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall effect such insurances: (a) in dollars;





(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks in respect of a Ship, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least equal to 100 per cent. of the Market Value of that Ship and, when aggregated with the Market value of the other Ship, at least equal to 110 per cent. of the Loan;

(c)
in the case off hull and machinery risks, the insured value shall at all times cover 80 per cent of the Market Value of the relevant and the aggregate hull and machinery insured value of the Ships shall be equal to or greater than the Loan, while the remaining cover may be taken out by way of hull and freight interest insurances;

(d) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

(e) in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of that Ship; (f) in the case of loss of hire on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent;
(g) on approved terms; and(h) through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations which the Facility Agent may reasonably approve.

23.4 Further protections for the Finance Parties

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 23.2(c) ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), each
Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances effected by it shall:

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named insured unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and

(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

and every other named insured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named insured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

(b) whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

(c)
name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;






(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

(e) provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

(f) provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.

23.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall:(a) at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:

(i) notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which it proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

(ii) obtain the Facility Agents' approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i)
above;

(b) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent's approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

(c)
procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

23.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

Each Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:

(a) pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

(b) a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:

(i) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 23.4 ( Further protections for the Finance Parties );

(ii) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the
Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;

(iii) they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

(iv) they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions from the relevant Borrower or its agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;

(v) if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;

(vi) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Borrower under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies,





or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and

(vii) they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship owned by that
Borrower forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent. 23.7 Copies of certificates of entry

Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provide the Security Agent with:

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of Majority Lenders; and

(c)
a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship.

23.8 Deposit of original policies

Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

23.9 Payment of premiums

Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

23.10 Guarantees

Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

23.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

(a) No Borrower shall do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

(b) Without limiting paragraph (a) above, each Borrower shall:

(i) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 23.6 ( Copies of policies; letters of undertaking )) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;

(ii) not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

(iii) make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship owned by it is entered to maintain cover for trading to the UnitedStates of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil





Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

(iv) not employ the Ship owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

23.12 Alteration to terms of insurances

No Borrower shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

23.13 Settlement of claims

Each Borrower shall:

(a) not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty; and

(b) do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

23.14 Provision of copies of communications

Each Borrower shall provide the Security Agent, at the time of each such communication, with copies of all written communications between that Borrower and:

(a) the Approved Brokers;

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

(c)
the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:
(i) that Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without
limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

23.15 Provision of information

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 23.16 ( Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances ) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.






23.16 Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances

(a) The Security Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee's interest marine insurance and a mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance in such amounts, on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may from time to time consider appropriate.

(b) The Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Agent in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any insurance referred to in paragraph (a) above or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

24 GENERAL SHIP UNDERTAKINGS

24.1 General

The undertakings in this Clause 24 ( General Ship Undertakings ) remain in force on and from the date of this Agreement and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

24.2 Ships' names and registration

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it:

(a) keep that Ship registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

(b) not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled;

(c)
not enter into any dual flagging arrangement in respect of that Ship without the prior written consent of all Lenders (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and

(d) not change the name of that Ship,

provided that any change of flag of a Ship shall be subject to:

(i) that Ship remaining subject to Security securing the Secured Liabilities created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that Ship and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority Security) on substantially the same terms as the Mortgage on that Ship and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require; and(ii) the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, shall approve or require.

24.3 Repair and classification

Each Borrower shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair: (a) consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and
(b) so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions.

24.4 Modifications






No Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value.

24.5 Removal and installation of parts

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, no Borrower shall remove any material part of any Ship, or any item of equipment installed on any Ship unless:

(i) the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;

(ii) the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and

(iii) the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on that Ship, the property of that Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage on that Ship.

(b) A Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by that Borrower.

24.6 Surveys

Each Borrower shall submit the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports.

24.7 Inspection

(a) Each Borrower shall permit (and shall procure that any Approved Manager and any charterer or operator of any Ship shall permit) the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times, to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections provided such inspections shall not unreasonably interfere with the operation of any Ship, any relevant charterer’s quiet enjoyment of the applicable Ship or that Ship’s scheduled maintenance and docking schedule.(b) The Facility Agent may, at its discretion, conduct such physical inspections referred to in paragraph (a) above from time to time in excess of once per year, at the Lender's expense with the first inspection each year being at the expense of the relevant Borrower.

(c)
If a Default has occurred, the inspections referred to in paragraph (a) above may be conducted at any time and on any number of occasions and at the expense of the relevant Borrower.

24.8 Prevention of and release from arrest

(a) Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly discharge:

(i) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances;

(ii) all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its
Insurances; and
(iii) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances. (b) Each Borrower shall immediately upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it or





of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, take all steps necessary to procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

24.9 Compliance with laws etc.

Each Borrower shall:

(a) comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations: (i) relating to its business generally; and
(ii) relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and the laws of the Approved Flag;

(b) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any
Environmental Approvals; and

(c)
without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Sanctions.

24.10 ISPS Code
Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 24.9 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), each Borrower shall: (a) procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship's compliance with
the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

(b) maintain an ISSC for that Ship; and(c)
notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

24.11 Sanctions and Ship trading

Without limiting Clause 24.9 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), each Borrower shall:

(a) procure that the Ship owned by it shall not be used by or for the benefit of a Sanctions
Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions; and

(b) procure that such Ship shall not be used in trading in any Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction or in any manner contrary to Sanctions; and

(c)
procure that such Ship shall not be traded in any manner which would trigger the operation of any sanctions limitation or exclusion clause (or similar) in the Insurances; and

(d) procure that each charterparty entered into by a Borrower in respect of that Ship shall contain, for the benefit of that Borrower, language which gives effect to the provisions of paragraph (c) of Clause 24.9 ( Compliance with laws etc. ) as regards Sanctions and contains appropriate language to prevent breaches of any applicable Sanctions; and

(e) not directly or to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly use or permit to be used all or any part of the proceeds of the Loan, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds directly or to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly, to any person or entity (i) to finance or facilitate any activity





or transaction of or with any Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or, in any Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by any Party; and

(f) shall not fund all or part of any payment under the Loan out of proceeds derived directly or to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) indirectly from any activity or transaction with a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or, in a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction or, which would otherwise cause any party to be in breach of any Sanctions; and

(g) procure that no proceeds to its knowledge (after reasonable enquiry) from activities or business with a Sanctions Restricted Person contrary to Sanctions or, in a Sanctions Restricted Jurisdiction are credited to its Earnings Account.

24.12 Trading in war zones

In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), no Borrower shall cause or permit any Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship's war risks insurers unless that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which an Approved Broker may require and that Borrower has provided the Security Agent with evidence of such insurance cover.

24.13 Provision of information

Without prejudice to Clause 20.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:

(a) that Ship, its employment, position and engagements;(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

(c)
any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of that Ship and any payments made by it in respect of that Ship;

(d) any towages and salvages; and

(e) its compliance, the Approved Manager's compliance and the compliance of that Ship with the
ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

and, upon the Facility Agent's request, promptly provide copies of any current Charter relating to that Ship, of any current guarantee of any such Charter, the Ship's Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

24.14 Notification of certain events

Each Borrower shall, in respect of the Ship owned by it, immediately notify the Facility Agent by email, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

(a) any casualty to that Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

(b) any occurrence as a result of which that Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

(c) any requisition of that Ship for hire;

(d) any requirement or recommendation made in relation to that Ship by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not complied with in the required time;






(e) any arrest or detention of that Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that
Ship or the Earnings;

(f) any intended dry docking of that Ship;

(g) any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with that Ship, or any
Environmental Incident;

(h) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, an
Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with that Ship; or

(i) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

and each Borrower shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to that Borrower's, any such Approved Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.

24.15 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers and sub-managers etc.

No Borrower shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it: (a) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;(b) enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship other than a
Permitted Charter or a charter pursuant to an Approved Pooling Arrangement;

(c)
terminate or materially amend or supplement a Management Agreement without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, such authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld);

(d) appoint a manager of that Ship other than the Approved Managers or agree to any material alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager's appointment without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (for the avoidance of doubt the Approved Commercial Manager and Approved Technical Manager shall have the right to sub contract all or part of their services to another Approved Manager provided that such sub-contractor shall grant a manager’s undertaking in favour of the Security Agent);

(e) de activate or lay up that Ship; or

(f) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on that Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason; and

24.16 Notice of Mortgage

Each Borrower shall keep the relevant Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first preferred mortgage, carry on board that Ship a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master's cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that that Ship is mortgaged by that Borrower to the Security Agent.

24.17 Sharing of Earnings

No Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings provided always that the Ship may be entered into any Approved Pooling Arrangement.






24.18 Liens

No maritime or other lien (not being a Permitted Security).

24.19 Total Loss Date

In the event of a Total Loss, the Borrowers shall, within 180 days after the Total Loss Date, obtain and present to the Facility Agent a written confirmation from the relevant insurers that the claim relating to the Total Loss has been accepted in full, and the insurance proceeds shall, as soon as they are released, be paid to the Facility Agent and applied in prepayment of the Loan as required under Clause7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ).

24.20 Notification of certain events

The Obligors shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of (i) any accident to any Ship involving repairs the cost of which is likely to exceed $2,500,000 (or the equivalent amount of any other currency), (ii) a Total Loss, whether actual, constructive or compromised, (iii) the occurrence of any environmental claim in excess of $2,500,000 (a " Material Environmental Claim ")against the Parent Guarantor, any Borrower, or any Ship, or any incident in excess of
$2,500,000 (" Material Incident "), event or circumstances which may give rise to any such Material Environmental Claim and (iv) any capture, seizure, arrest, confiscation or detention of any Ship, or the exercise or purported exercise of any lien on any Ship, its Insurances or Earnings.

24.21 Class records and inspections

Each Borrower shall instruct the Approved Classification Society to send to the Facility Agent, following receipt of a written request from the Facility Agent, copies of all class records the Approved Classification Society holds in relation to the Ships.

24.22 Notification of compliance

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 24 ( General Ship Undertakings ).

25 SECURITY COVER

25.1 Minimum required security cover

Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) applies if, on or after the Utilisation Date, the Facility Agent notifies the Borrower that the Security Cover Ratio is below 140 per cent.

25.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment

(a) If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), the Borrowers shall, on or before the date falling one Month after the date (the " Prepayment Date ") on which the Facility Agent's notice is served, prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

(b) A Borrower may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security in the form of a cash (which shall be comprised of US dollars valued at par) or any other additional security acceptable to the Facility Agent which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders:

(i) has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall (such value being readily realisable); and






(ii) is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require,

before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation.

(c)      If a Borrower has provided additional security in accordance with paragraph (b) above the (" Additional Security" ), that Borrower may, no less than six Months after the Borrower has provided such Additional Security, request that the Facility Agent test compliance with the minimum required security cover set out in Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ). The Borrower shall bear the cost of valuations obtained by the Facility Agent pursuant to this paragraph to determine the Market Value of the Ships and the value of any Additional Securityprovided in accordance with paragraph (b) above. If the Facility Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders) shall determine that all or any part of the Additional Security can be released without resulting in a shortfall in the minimum required security cover set out in Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), then the Facility Agent shall release such Additional Security or part thereof, provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

25.3 Value of additional vessel security

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.

25.4 Valuations binding

Any valuation under this Clause 25 ( Security Cover ) shall be binding and conclusive as regards each Borrower.

25.5 Provision of information

(a) Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 25 ( Security Cover ) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.

(b) If a Borrower fails to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.

25.6 Prepayment mechanism

Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 25.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ).

25.7 Provision of valuations

(a) The Lenders shall be entitled to instruct the Facility Agent to arrange valuations of a Ship and any other vessel over which additional Security has been created in accordance with Clause
25.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) to be carried out by an Approved Valuer selected by the Facility Agent at any time to determine the Market Value of that Ship or vessel.

(b) The Borrowers shall pay the costs of: (i) two valuations annually;





(ii) any valuations which evidence a breach of the threshold required under Clause 25.1 ( Minimum required security cover ); and

(iii) any valuations obtained while an Event of Default is continuing. (iv) and all other valuations shall be at the cost of the Facility Agent.(c)      At the request of the Borrowers, the Facility Agent shall provide to the Borrowers copies of any valuation obtained pursuant to this Clause 25.7 ( Valuations ).

26 ACCOUNTS AND APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

26.1 Accounts

No Borrower may, without the prior consent of the Facility Agent, maintain any bank account other than its Earnings Account.

26.2 Payment of Earnings

Each Borrower shall ensure that, subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment to which it is a party, all the Earnings in respect of the Ship owned by it are paid in to its Earnings Account.

26.3 Application from Earnings Account

Unless a Default has occurred and is continuing, any balances on that Earnings Account shall be freely available to the Borrowers.

26.4 Location of Earnings Accounts

(a) Each Borrower shall promptly comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of its Earnings Account; and

(b) execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts.

27 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

27.1 General

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 27 ( Events of Default ) is an Event of
Default except for Clause 27.23 ( Acceleration ) and Clause 27.24 ( Enforcement of security ).

27.2 Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

(a) its failure to pay is caused by:

(i) administrative or technical error; or

(ii) a Disruption Event; and

(b) payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date.

27.3 Specific obligations






A breach occurs of Clause 4.4 ( Waiver of conditions precedent ), Clause 21 ( Financial
Covenants ), Clause 22.10 ( Title ), Clause 22.11 ( Negative pledge ), Clause 22.20 ( Unlawfulness,invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled ), Clause 23 ( Insurance Undertakings ), Clause 25 ( Security Cover ), Clause 24.11 ( Sanctions and Ship trading ), Clause 24.12 ( Trading in war zones ), Clause 21 ( Financial Covenants ).

27.4 Other obligations

(a) An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 27.2 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 27.3 ( Specific obligations )).

(b) No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent capable of remedy and is remedied within 30 days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrowers or (if earlier) any Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

27.5 Misrepresentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in a material respect when made or deemed to be made or repeated.

27.6 Cross default

(a) Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

(b) Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(c)
Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described).

(d) Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default or other analogous event (however described).

(e) No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 27.6 ( Cross default ) in respect of any Obligor if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).

27.7 Insolvency

(a) An Obligor:

(i) is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

(ii) is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law; (iii) suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or(iv) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

(b) The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).






(c)
A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

27.8 Insolvency proceedings

(a) Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

(i) the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor;

(ii) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any
Obligor;

(iii) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or any of its assets; or

(iv) enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor, or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.
(b) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement.

27.9 Creditors' process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of an Obligor having an aggregate value of
$10,000,000 (other than an arrest or detention of a Ship referred to in Clause 27.13 ( Arrest ))
and is not discharged within 30 days.

27.10 Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

(a) It is or becomes impossible or unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

(b) Any obligation of an Obligor under the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable.

(c)      Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

(d) Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security other than Permitted Security.

27.11 Security imperilled

Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document, as determined by the
Facility Agent is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

27.12 Cessation of business






Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business whether by one or a series of transactions.

27.13 Arrest

Any arrest of a Ship or its detention in the exercise or the purported exercise of any maritime or other lien fund being a lien for crew ages, salvage of a lien arising solely by operation of law and/or in the ordinary course of business or claim unless it is redelivered to the full control of the relevant Borrower within 30 days of such arrest or detention unless the Borrowers have provided additional security in such form and in such amount as the Facility Agent, acting on the instructions of the Lenders, may require.

27.14 Expropriation

The authority or ability of any member of the Group to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any member of the Group or any of its assets other than:

(a) an arrest or detention of a Ship referred to in Clause 27.13 ( Arrest ); or

(b) any Requisition.

27.15 Repudiation and rescission of agreements

A Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

27.16 Authorizations and consents

Any authorization or consent required in connection with the entry into, performance, validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, is revoked, terminated or modified, or otherwise ceases to be in full force and effect.

27.17 Litigation

Any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency are started or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral body or agency is made, in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which has or is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 27.18 Material adverse change

Any event or circumstance or series of events occurs which in the reasonable opinion of the
Majority Lenders may have a Material Adverse Effect.

27.19 Loss of property

Any part of a Borrower's or a substantial part of the Parent Guarantor's assets is destroyed, abandoned, seized, appropriated or forfeited for any reason provided, in the reasonable opinion of the Facility Agent, that such occurrence would adversely affect any of the Obligor's abilities to perform its obligations under the Facility Agreement.

27.20 Failure to comply with final judgment






The Borrowers and the Parent Guarantor fail (within 10 Business Days after becoming obliged to do so) to comply with or pay any sum in an amount exceeding $2,500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currencies) due from it under any final judgment or any final order (being one against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists the time limit for making such appeal has expired and no appeal has been made or if an appeal has been made such appeal has been dismissed) made or given by any court of competent jurisdiction, provided, however, that such event shall not be deemed to constitute an Event of Default if a Borrower is entitled to insurance cover for the whole of such sum and the relevant insurers have confirmed liability and undertaken to make payment of the whole of such sum in writing to the person(s) entitled to payment and it is likely (in the reasonable opinion of the Majority lenders) that the insurers will be able to make such payment within thirty days.

27.21 Erisa Event

The occurrence of an Erisa Event.

27.22 Conditions Precedent

Any of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) are not satisfied within the time stipulated.

27.23 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lender by notice to the Borrowers:

(a) cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

(b) declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

(c)
declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

(d) exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents,and the Facility Agent may serve notices under sub-paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of paragraph 0 above simultaneously or on different dates and any Servicing Party may take any action referred to in paragraph (d) above or Clause 27.24 ( Enforcement of security ) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

27.24 Enforcement of security

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 27.23 ( Acceleration ), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.











SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

28 CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

28.1 Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), a Lender (the " Existing Lender ") may: (a) assign any of its rights; or
(b) transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

under the Finance Documents to another bank or an Affiliate of a Lender or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets, securities or other financial assets (except for a hedge fund) but in no event to a member of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries or a holding company, or holding company acting in concert, of the Parent Guarantor

(the " New Lender ").

28.2 Conditions of assignment or transfer

(a) The consent of the Obligors is not required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender provided the assignment or transfer is:

(i) in a minimum amount of $5,000,000;

(ii) to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

(iii) to another first class international bank or financial institution, insurer, social security fund, pension fund, capital investment company, financial intermediary or special purpose vehicle associated to any of them; or

(iv) made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

(b) The consent of the Borrowers is required to an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender to a trust corporation, fund or other person which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and which is advised by or the assets of which are managed or serviced by a Lender unless such assignment or transfer is made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

(c)
The consent of the Borrowers to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Borrowers will be deemed to have given its consent fifteen (15) Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrowers within that time.

(d) Subject to Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for Assignment ), an assignment will only be effective on:

(i) receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to theFacility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other
Secured Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and






(ii) performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

(e) The Obligors agree that all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents may be assigned to the New Lender absolutely provided that the Borrowers shall (for at their own cost) have the right, in the absence of a Default or Event of Default, to replace any Lender that refuses to consent to certain amendments or waivers of the Agreement which expressly require the consent of such Lender and which have been approved by the Majority Lenders.

(f) A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer )
is complied with. (g) If:
(i) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance
Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

(ii) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, a Transaction Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (g) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facilities.

(h) Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

28.3 Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $5,000.

28.4 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

(a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:(i) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction
Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents; (ii) the financial condition of any Transaction Obligor;
(iii) the performance and observance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

(iv) the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,






and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

(b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the
Secured Parties that it:

(i) has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

(ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each
Transaction Obligor and its related entities throughout the Security Period. (c) Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:
(i) accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) ; or

(ii) support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

28.5 Procedure for transfer

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

(c) On the Transfer Date:(i) to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Transaction Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the " Discharged Rights and Obligations ");

(ii) each of the Transaction Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Transaction Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Transaction Obligor and the Existing Lender;

(iii) the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger





and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

(iv) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".

28.6 Procedure for assignment

(a) Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

(b) The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

(c) Subject to Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:

(i) the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

(ii) the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the " Relevant Obligations ") expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and

(iii) the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.(d) Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Transaction Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Transaction Obligor from the obligations owed to that Transaction Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 28.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

28.7 Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrowers a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

28.8 Security over Lenders' rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Transaction Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

(b) any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,






except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

(ii) require any payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

28.9 Pro rata interest settlement

(a) If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a " pro rata basis" to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

(i) any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (" Accrued Amounts ") and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longerthan six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

(ii) the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

(A) when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

(B) the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

(b) In this Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) references to "Interest Period" shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

(c)
An Existing Lender which retains the right to the Accrued Amounts pursuant to this Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) but which does not have a Commitment shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents.

29 CHANGES TO THE TRANSACTION OBLIGORS

29.1 Assignment or transfer by Transaction Obligors

No Transaction Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

29.2 Release of security

(a) If a disposal of any asset subject to security created by a Security Document is made in the following circumstances:






(i) the disposal is permitted by the terms of any Finance Document; (ii) the Majority Lenders/all the Lenders agree to the disposal;
(iii) the disposal is being made at the request of the Security Agent in circumstances where any security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable; or

(iv) the disposal is being effected by enforcement of a Security Document,

the Security Agent may release the asset(s) being disposed of from any security over those assets created by a Security Document. However, the proceeds of any disposal (or an amount corresponding to them) must be applied in accordance with the requirements of the Finance Documents (if any).

(b) If the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this Clause 29.2 ( Release of security ) (at the request and expense of the Borrowers) each Finance Party must enter into any document and do all such other things which are reasonably required to achieve that release. Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to enter into any suchdocument. Any release will not affect the obligations of any other Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

29.3 Additional Subordinated Creditors

(a) The Borrowers may request that any person becomes a Subordinated Creditor, with the prior approval of the Facility Agent, by delivering to the Facility Agent:

(i) a duly executed Subordination Agreement;

(ii) a duly executed Subordinated Debt Security; and

(iii) such constitutional documents, corporate authorisations and other documents and matters as the Facility Agent may reasonably require, in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent, to verify that the person's obligations are legally binding, valid and enforceable and to satisfy any applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

(b) A person referred to in paragraph (a) above will become a Subordinated Creditor on the date the Security Agent enters into the Subordination Agreement and the Subordinated Debt Security delivered under paragraph (a) above.



















SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

30 THE FACILITY AGENT AND THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER

30.1 Appointment of the Facility Agent

(a) Each of the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Lenders appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

(b) Each of the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Lenders authorises the Facility Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

30.2 Instructions

(a) The Facility Agent shall:

(i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

(A) all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all
Lender decision; and

(B) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or, if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

(b) The Facility Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Facility Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

(c)
Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i) where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

(ii) where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Parties.






(e) If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Facility Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Facility Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Facility Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

(f) In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion the Facility Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Finance Parties.

(g) The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

(h) Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 30.2 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties. The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

(i) The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

30.3 Duties of the Facility Agent

(a) The Facility Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

(c)
Without prejudice to Clause 28.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

(d) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(e) If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.(f) If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(g) The Facility Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

30.4 Role of the Mandated Lead Arranger

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.






30.5 No fiduciary duties

(a) Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead
Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

(b) Neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger shall be bound to account to other
Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

30.6 Application of receipts

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

30.7 Business with the Group

The Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

30.8 Rights and discretions

(a) The Facility Agent may:

(i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

(ii) assume that:

(A) any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

(B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

(iii) rely on a certificate from any person:

(A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or(B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

(b) The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:

(i) no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under
Clause 27.2 ( Non-payment ));

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance
Parties has not been exercised; and






(iii) any notice or request made by any Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

(c)
The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

(d) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

(e) The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(f) The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

(i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

(ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(g) Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under the Finance Documents.

(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.(i) Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

30.9 Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is responsible or liable for:

(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document;

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or






(c)
any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party or Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

30.10 No duty to monitor

The Facility Agent shall not be bound to enquire: (a) whether or not any Default has occurred;
(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations
under any Transaction Document; or

(c) whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

30.11 Exclusion of liability

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) or any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Facility Agent), the Facility Agent will not be liable for:

(i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

(ii) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or(iii) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property;
or

(iv) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

(A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or
(B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution
in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b) No Party other than the Facility Agent may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

(c)
The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent





has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger to carry out:

(i) any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

(ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger.

(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Facility Agent's liability, any liability of the Facility Agent arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Facility Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Facility Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall theFacility Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Facility Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

30.12 Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent

(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

(c)
Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to an Obligor.

30.13 Resignation of the Facility Agent

(a) The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

(b) Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

(c)
If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.






(d) If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Facility Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Facility Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Facility Agent) agree with the proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause 30 ( The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Reference Banks ) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Facility Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

(e) The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Facility Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.(f) The Facility Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

(g) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ) and this Clause 30 ( The Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Reference Banks ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Facility Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

(h) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.

(i) The consent of any Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

(j) The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

(i) the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) and the Borrowers or a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

(ii) the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

(iii) the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

and (in each case) the Borrowers or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Borrowers or that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

30.14 Confidentiality






(a) In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under theFinance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

30.15 Relationship with the other Finance Parties

(a) Subject to Clause 28.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

(i) entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day;
and

(ii) entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Each Finance Party shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent. Each Finance Party shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Facility Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent and any reference to any instructions being given by or sought from any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties by or to the Security Agent in this Agreement must be given or sought through the Facility Agent.

(c)
Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 37.5 ( Electronic communication ) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) and sub- paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 37.5 ( Electronic communication ) and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

30.16 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be,solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:






(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(c)
whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any other information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

30.17 Facility Agent's management time

Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 30.12 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

30.18 Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

30.19 Reliance and engagement letters

Each Secured Party confirms that each of the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Facility Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Mandated Lead Arranger or the Facility Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those,reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

30.20 Full freedom to enter into transactions

Without prejudice to Clause 30.7 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document





(including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person;
or

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

(c)
to provide advice or other services to any Borrower or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

31 THE SECURITY AGENT

31.1 Trust

(a) The Security Agent declares that it holds the Security Property on trust for or, in respect of Dutch law security for the benefit of the Secured Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

(b) Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

31.2 Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

(a) Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent any and all amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt (the " Parallel Debt ").(b) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor:

(i) shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;
(ii) is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt. (c) For purposes of this Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ), the
Security Agent:

(i) is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;

(ii) acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and

(iii) shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).






(d) The Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall be:

(i) decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and

(ii) increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased,

and the Corresponding Debt of an Obligor shall be decreased to the extent that its
Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged,

in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall never exceed its Corresponding
Debt.

(e) All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

(f) This Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

31.3 Enforcement through Security Agent only

The Secured Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion arising under the Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

31.4 Instructions

(a) The Security Agent shall:

(i) unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:(A) all Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) if the relevant Finance
Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

(B) in all other cases, the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf);
and

(ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

(b) The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

(c)
Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any





instructions given to the Security Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

(d) Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

(i) where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;

(ii) where a Finance Document requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;

(iii) in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the relevant Secured Parties.

(iv) in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent's discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of:

(A) Clause 31.28 ( Application of receipts );

(B) Clause 31.29 ( Permitted Deductions ); and

(C) Clause 31.30 ( Prospective liabilities ).

(e) If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Security Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Security Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Security Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

(f) In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance
Documents where either:(i) it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion; or

(ii) the exercise of that discretion is subject to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (d) above, the Security Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Secured Parties.
(g) The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

(h) Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 31.4 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action in the exercise of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.

(i) The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

31.5 Duties of the Security Agent

(a) The Security Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.






(b) The Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party.

(c)
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(d) If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(e) The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

31.6 No fiduciary duties

(a) Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Transaction Obligor.

(b) The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Secured Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account. 31.7 Business with the Group

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any member of the Group.

31.8 Rights and discretions

(a) The Security Agent may:

(i) rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

(ii) assume that:

(A) any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

(B) unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked;

(C) if it receives any instructions to act in relation to the Transaction Security, that all applicable conditions under the Finance Documents for so acting have been satisfied; and

(iii) rely on a certificate from any person:

(A) as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

(B) to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.






(b) The Security Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with the other Finance Parties through the Facility Agent and may give to the Facility Agent any notice or other communication required to be given by the Security Agent to any Finance Party.

(c)
The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as security agent for the Secured Parties) that:

(i) no Default has occurred;

(ii) any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance
Parties has not been exercised; and

(iii) any notice or request made by any Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

(d) The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.(e) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (f) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Facility Agent or the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

(f) The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(g) The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:

(i) be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or

(ii) be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(h) Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under the Finance Documents.

(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

(j) Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

31.9 Responsibility for documentation

None of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate is responsible or liable for:






(a) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; or

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or(c)      any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Secured Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

31.10 No duty to monitor

The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire: (a) whether or not any Default has occurred;
(b) as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

(c) whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

31.11 Exclusion of liability

(a) Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate), none of the Security Agent nor any Receiver or Delegate will be liable for:

(i) any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

(ii) exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or

(iii) any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property;
or

(iv) without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

(A) any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or
(B) the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction, including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial





action.(b) No Party other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

(c)
The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out:

(i) any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or

(ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.

(e) Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate, any liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent, the Receiver or Delegate has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

31.12 Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent

(a) Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agent's or Receiver's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent or Receiver under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent or Receiver has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.(c)      Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Security Agent to an Obligor.

31.13 Resignation of the Security Agent






(a) The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

(b) Alternatively, the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.

(c)
If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent may appoint a successor Security Agent.

(d) The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

(e) The Security Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon: (i) the appointment of a successor; and
(ii) the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all the Security Property to that successor.

(f) Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 31.25 ( Winding up of trust ) and paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Security Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

(g) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.

(h) The consent of any Borrower (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.

31.14 Confidentiality

(a) In acting as Security Agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.(b) If information is received by a division or department of the Security Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

31.15 Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties






Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

(a) the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

(b) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(c)
whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(d) the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any other information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

(e) the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

31.16 Security Agent's management time

(a) Any amount payable to the Security Agent under Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ), Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) and Clause 31.12 ( Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Security Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Security Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Security Agent under Clause 11 ( Fees ).

(b) Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above, in the event of:(i) a Default;

(ii) the Security Agent being requested by a Transaction Obligor or the Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Borrowers agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents; or

(iii) the Security Agent and the Borrowers agreeing that it is otherwise appropriate in the circumstances,

the Borrowers shall pay to the Security Agent any additional remuneration (together with any applicable VAT) that may be agreed between them or determined pursuant to paragraph (c) below.

(c)
If the Security Agent and the Borrowers fail to agree upon the nature of the duties, or upon the additional remuneration referred to in paragraph (b) above or whether additional remuneration is appropriate in the circumstances, any dispute shall be determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Borrowers or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales (the costs of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Borrowers) and the determination of any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Parties.






31.17 Reliance and engagement letters

Each Secured Party confirms that the Security Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Security Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

31.18 No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

(a) require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Transaction Obligor to any of the Security Assets;

(b) obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

(c)
register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any law or regulation or to give notice to any person of the execution of any Finance Document or of the Transaction Security;

(d) take, or to require any Transaction Obligor to take, any step to perfect its title to any of the Security Assets or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under any law or regulation; or

(e) require any further assurance in relation to any Finance Document. 31.19 Insurance by Security Agent

(a) The Security Agent shall not be obliged:

(i) to insure any of the Security Assets;

(ii) to require any other person to maintain any insurance; or

(iii) to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in any Finance
Document,

(iv) and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of the lack of, or inadequacy of, any such insurance.

(b) Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Majority Lenders request it to do so in writing and the Security Agent fails to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

31.20 Custodians and nominees

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any asset of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.






31.21 Delegation by the Security Agent

(a) Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in its capacity as such.

(b) That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Secured Parties.

(c)
No Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.

31.22 Additional Security Agents

(a) The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:

(i) if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Secured Parties; or

(ii) for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirement, restriction or condition which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or(iii) for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction,

and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrowers and the Finance Parties of that appointment.

(b) Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents) and the duties, obligations and responsibilities that are given or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

(c)
The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable VAT) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.

31.23 Acceptance of title

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right and title that any Transaction Obligor may have to any of the Security Assets and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Transaction Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

31.24 Releases

Upon a disposal of any of the Security Assets pursuant to the enforcement of the Transaction Security by a Receiver, a Delegate or the Security Agent, the Security Agent is irrevocably authorised (at the cost of the Obligors and without any consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from any other Secured Party) to release, without recourse or warranty, that property from the Transaction Security and to execute any release of the Transaction Security or other claim over that asset and to issue any certificates of non-crystallisation of floating charges that may be required or desirable.

31.25 Winding up of trust

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that:






(a) all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Security Documents have been fully and finally discharged; and

(b) no Secured Party is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Transaction Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents,

then

(i) the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Security Documents; and

(ii) any Security Agent which has resigned pursuant to Clause 31.13 ( Resignation of the Security Agent ) shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each Security Document. 31.26 Powers supplemental to Trustee Acts

The rights, powers, authorities and discretions given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by law or regulation or otherwise.

31.27 Disapplication of Trustee Acts

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent permitted by law and regulation, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

31.28 Application of receipts

All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to the terms of any Finance Document, under Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or in connection with the realisation or enforcement of all or any part of the Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ), the " Recoveries ") shall be held by the Security Agent on trust to apply them at any time as the Security Agent (in its discretion) sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law (and subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ), in the following order of priority:

(a) in discharging any sums owing to the Security Agent (in its capacity as such) (other than pursuant to Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or any Receiver or Delegate;

(b) in payment or distribution to the Facility Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the other Secured Parties, for application towards the discharge of all sums due and payable by any Transaction Obligor under any of the Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments );

(c)
if none of the Transaction Obligors is under any further actual or contingent liability under any Finance Document, in payment or distribution to any person to whom the Security Agent is obliged to pay or distribute in priority to any Transaction Obligor; and

(d) the balance, if any, in payment or distribution to the relevant Transaction Obligor.

31.29 Permitted Deductions






The Security Agent may, in its discretion:

(a) set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and(b) pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

31.30 Prospective liabilities

Following enforcement of any of the Transaction Security, the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 31.28 ( Application of receipts ) in respect of:

(a) any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

(b) any part of the Secured Liabilities,

that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

31.31 Investment of proceeds

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 31.28 ( Application of receipts ) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent's discretion in accordance with the provisions of Clause 31.28 ( Application of receipts ).

31.32 Currency conversion

(a) For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Secured Liabilities the Security Agent may convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

(b) The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

31.33 Good discharge

(a) Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Liabilities by the Security Agent may be made to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

(b) The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.






31.34 Amounts received by Obligors

If any of the Obligors receives or recovers any amount which, under the terms of any of the Finance Documents, should have been paid to the Security Agent, that Obligor will hold the amount received or recovered on trust for the Security Agent and promptly pay that amount to the Security Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

31.35 Application and consideration

In consideration for the covenants given to the Security Agent by each Obligor in relation to Clause 31.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ), the Security Agent agrees with each Obligor to apply all moneys from time to time paid by such Obligor to the Security Agent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 31 ( The Security Agent ).

31.36 Full freedom to enter into transactions

Without prejudice to Clause 31.7 ( Business with the Group ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

(a) to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

(b) to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:

(i) any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person;
or

(ii) any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

(c)
to provide advice or other services to the Borrowers or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

and, in particular, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

32 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

(a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;(b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

(c)
oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

33 SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES






33.1 Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a " Recovering Finance Party ") receives or recovers any amount from a Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 34 ( Payment Mechanics ) (a " Recovered Amount ") and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

(a) the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

(b) the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 34 ( Payment Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

(c)
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the " Sharing Payment ") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

33.2 Redistribution of payments

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Transaction Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the " Sharing Finance Parties ") in accordance with Clause 34.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

33.3 Recovering Finance Party's rights

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 33.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor, as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

33.4 Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

(a) each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part ofits share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the " Redistributed Amount "); and

(b) as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

33.5 Exceptions

(a) This Clause 33 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Transaction Obligor.






(b) A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

(i) it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

(ii) that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.










































SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

34 PAYMENT MECHANICS

34.1 Payments to the Facility Agent

(a) On each date on which a Transaction Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Transaction Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

(b) Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Facility Agent) and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.

34.2 Distributions by the Facility Agent

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 34.3 ( Distributions to a Transaction Obligor ) and Clause 34.4 ( Clawback and pre-funding ) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London), as specified by that Party or, in the case of an Advance, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request.

34.3 Distributions to an Obligor

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 35 ( Set- Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

34.4 Clawback and pre-funding

(a) Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

(b) Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.(c)      If the Facility Agent is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrowers before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrowers:

(i) the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers of that Lender's identity and the
Borrowers shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and






(ii) the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrowers shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

34.5 Application of receipts; partial payments

(a) If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

(i) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate under the Finance Documents;

(ii) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest and fees due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;

(iii) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of:

(A) any principal due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;

(iv) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the
Finance Documents.

(b) The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary, or instruct the Security Agent to vary (as applicable), the order set out in sub-paragraphs (ii) to (iv) of paragraph (a) above.

(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by a Transaction Obligor.

34.6 No set-off by Transaction Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

34.7 Business Days

(a) Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).(b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

34.8 Currency of account

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

(b) Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

(c)
Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.






34.9 Change of currency

(a) Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

(i) any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and

(ii) any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

(b) If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

34.10 Currency Conversion

(a) For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

(b) The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

34.11 Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by a Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

(a) the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by a Borrower, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;(b) the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

(c)
the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

(d) any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties and any Transaction Obligors as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers );

(e) the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 34.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ); and

(f) the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph





(d) above.

35 SET-OFF

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

36 BAIL-IN

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due
(including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any
Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

37 NOTICES

37.1 Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by letter.

37.2 Addresses

The address (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:

(a) in the case of the Borrowers, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties );

(b) in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

(c) in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ); and

(d) in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ),






or any substitute address, or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

37.3 Delivery

(a) Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address, and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

(b) Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

(c)
All notices from or to a Transaction Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

(d) Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this
Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Transaction Obligors.

(e) Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day. 37.4 Notification of address

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or change of address pursuant to Clause
37.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

37.5 Electronic communication

(a) Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:

(i) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and

(ii) notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

(b) Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between an Obligor and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.

(c)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.

(d) Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.






(e) Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause
37.5 ( Electronic communication ).

37.6 English language

(a) Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

(b) All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: (i) in English; or
(ii) if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. 38 CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

38.1 Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

38.2 Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

38.3 Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

39 PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

40 REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of a Secured Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

41 SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL






Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Transaction Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Transaction Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

42 IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, a Transaction Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Transaction Obligor to a Secured Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Transaction Obligoror otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

43 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

43.1 Required consents

(a) Subject to Clause 43.2 ( All Lender matters ) and Clause 43.3 ( Other exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

(b) The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ).

(c)
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 30.8 ( Rights and discretions ), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.

(d) Paragraph (c) of Clause 28.9 ( Pro Rata interest settlement ) shall apply to this Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers ).

43.2 All Lender matters

Subject to Clause 43.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), an amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

(a) the definitions of “Change of Control” or "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

(b) a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance
Documents;

(c)
a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

(d) a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

(e) an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the relevant Facility;

(f) a change to any Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 29 ( Changes to the
Transaction Obligors );






(g) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; (h) this Clause 43 ( Amendments and Waivers );
(i) any change to the preamble ( Background ), Clause 2 ( The Facility ), Clause 3 ( Purpose ), Clause 5 ( Utilisation ), Clause 6.5 ( Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments ) or Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale or Total Loss ), Clause 5 ( Interest ), Clause 8.9 ( Mandatory prepayment on Change of Control ), Clause 24.9 ( Compliance with laws etc .),Clause 24.11 ( Sanctions and Ship trading ), Clause 25.7(a) ( Accounts and application of Earnings ), Clause 28 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 33 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ), Clause 47 ( Governing Law ) or Clause 48 ( Enforcement );

(j) any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

(k) (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document), the nature or scope of:

(i) the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor );

(ii) the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause 18 ( Joint and Several
Liability of the Borrowers ); (iii) the Security Assets; or
(iv) the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed,

(except in the case of sub-paragraphs (iii) and (iv) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

(l) the release of the guarantees and indemnities granted under Clause 17 ( Guarantee and Indemnity - Parent Guarantor ) or the release of the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause 18 ( Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers ) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

43.3 Other exceptions

(a) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party, the Mandated Lead Arranger or a Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party, the Mandated Lead Arranger or that Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(b) The Borrowers and the Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

43.4 Replacement of Screen Rate

(a) Subject to Clause 43.3 (Other exceptions), if the Screen Rate is not available for dollars any amendment or waiver which relates to providing for another benchmark rate to apply in relation to dollars, in place of





that Screen Rate (or which relates to aligning any provision of aFinance Document to the use of that benchmark rate) may be made with the consent of the
Majority Lenders and the Borrowers.

(b) If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within five Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Borrowers and the Facility Agent may agree) of that request being made:

(i) its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

(ii) its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

43.5 Obligor Intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 1.2 ( Construction ) and 17.4 ( Waiver of defences ),
18.2 ( Waiver of defences ), each Obligor expressly confirms that it intends that any guarantee contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document and any Security created by any Finance Document shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

44 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

44.1 Confidentiality

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 44.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 44.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

44.2 Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

(a) to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price- sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;(b) to any person:

(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;






(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Transaction Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

(iii) appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 30.15 ( Relationship with the other Finance Parties ));

(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above;

(v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

(vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

(vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates
Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 28.8 ( Security over Lenders' rights );
(viii) who is a Party, a member of the Group or any related entity of a Transaction Obligor; (ix) as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance
Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or

(x) with the consent of the Parent Guarantor;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

(A) in relation to sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;(B) in relation to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

(C) in relation to sub-paragraphs (v), (vi) and (vii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

(c)
to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA





Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/ Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party;

(d) to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information,

44.3 Disclosure to numbering service providers

(a) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors the following information:

(i) names of Transaction Obligors;

(ii) country of domicile of Transaction Obligors; (iii) place of incorporation of Transaction Obligors; (iv) date of this Agreement;
(v) Clause 47 ( Governing Law );

(vi) the names of the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger; (vii) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement; (viii) amounts of, and monies of the Facilities;(ix) amount of Total Commitments; (x) currency of the Facilities;
(xi) type of Facilities; (xii) ranking of Facilities;
(xiii) Termination Date(s) for Facilities;

(xiv) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i)
to (xiii) above; and

(xv) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrowers,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

(b) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Transaction Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.






(c)
Each Obligor represents, on behalf of itself and the other Transaction Obligors, that none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (xv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

(d) The Facility Agent shall notify the Parent Guarantor and the other Finance Parties of:

(i) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Facility Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Transaction Obligors; and

(ii) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors by such numbering service provider.

44.4 Entire agreement

This Clause 44 ( Confidential Information ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

44.5 Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

44.6 Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrowers:

(a) of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub- paragraph (v) of paragraph (b) of Clause 44.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(b) upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause
44 ( Confidential Information ).

44.7 Continuing obligations

The obligations in this Clause 44 ( Confidential Information ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

(a) the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

(b) the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

45 CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES

45.1 Confidentiality and disclosure

(a) The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.






(b) The Facility Agent may disclose:

(i) any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation)
to the Borrower pursuant to Clause 8.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ); and

(ii) any Funding Rate to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(c) The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate and each Obligor may disclose any Funding
Rate, to:

(i) any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives, if any person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that thereshall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

(ii) any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

(iii) any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

(iv) any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(d) The Facility Agent's obligations in this Clause 45 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates ) relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to sub- paragraph (i) of paragraph (b) above) the Facility Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

45.2 Related obligations

(a) The Facility Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate is or may be price sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Facility Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.






(b) The Facility Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender, as the case may be:

(i) of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of Clause 45.1 ( Confidentiality and disclosure ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(ii) upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause
45 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates ).

45.3 No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 27.4 ( Other obligations ) by reason only of an
Obligor's failure to comply with this Clause 45 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates ).

46 COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.































SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

47 GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

48 ENFORCEMENT

48.1 Jurisdiction

(a) Unless specifically provided in another Finance Document in relation to that Finance Document, the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a " Dispute ").

(b) Each Obligor accepts that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Obligor will argue to the contrary.

(c)
This Clause 48.1 ( Jurisdiction ) is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

48.2 Service of process
(a) Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor: (i) irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited at its business address for the time being,
presently at 10 Lower Grosvenor Place, London, SW1W 0EN, England (such communication to be marked preferably and if possible on the paper envelope (not any courier exterior) with "SALT Transaction" for the urgent attention of the Legal Department) as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

(ii) agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

(b) If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrowers (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within three days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.













SCHEDULE 1

THE PARTIES PART A
THE OBLIGORS

Name of
Borrowers
Place of
Incorporation
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
Address for Communication
SBI Swing
The Marshall
64585
Le Millenium, 9 Boulevard Charles III,
Shipping
Islands
 
98000 Monaco
Company
Limited
 
 
Attn: Legal Department
 
 
 
Email: legal@scorpiogroup.net
SBI Jive Shipping
The Marshall
64586
Le Millenium, 9 Boulevard Charles III,
Company
Islands
 
98000 Monaco
Limited
 
 
Attn: Legal Department
 
 
 
Email: legal@scorpiogroup.net


Name of Parent
Guarantor
Place of
Incorporation
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
Address for Communication
Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
The Marshall Islands
60299
Le Millenium, 9 Boulevard Charles III,
 
 
 
98000 Monaco
 
 
 
Attn: Legal Department
 
 
 
Email: legal@scorpiogroup.net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


            












PART B

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS



Name of Original
Lender Commitment
Commitment Term
Loan ($)
Revolving Facility
($)
Address for
Communication
Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank
17,000,000
17,000,000

12 Place des Etats Unis
CS 70052
92547 Montrouge
France
 
 
 
Tel: +33141899047
 
 
 

Email: clementine.costil@ca-   cib.com
































PART C

THE SERVICING PARTIES

Name of Facility Agent Address for Communication
Crédit Agricole
Corporate and Investment Bank
12 Place des Etats Unis
CS 70052
92547 Montrouge
France

Tel: +33141899047

Email: clementine.costil@ca-cib.com







Name of Security Agent Address for Communication
Crédit Agricole
Corporate and Investment Bank
12 Place des Etats Unis
CS 70052
92547 Montrouge
France

Tel: +33141899047

Email: clementine.costil@ca-cib.com





















SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT PART A
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION REQUEST

1 Obligors

1.1 A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

1.2 A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Obligor:

(a) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(b) authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

(c)
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, a Utilisation Request and each Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

1.3 An original of the power of attorney of any Obligor authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

1.4 A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

1.5 A copy of a resolution signed by the Parent Guarantor as the holder of the Equity Interests in each Borrower, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which that Borrower is a party.

1.6 A certificate of each Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Obligor to be exceeded.

1.7 A certificate of each Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by a director) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

1.8 A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Transaction Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.
2 Finance Documents

2.1 A duly executed original of the Subordination Agreement and copies of each Subordinated
Finance Document.

2.2 A duly executed original of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).






2.3 A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance
Document if not otherwise referred to this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ).

3 Security

3.1 A duly executed original of the Account Security in relation to each Earnings Account in respect of each Borrower (and of each document to be delivered under each of them).

3.2 A duly executed original of the Subordinated Debt Security.

4 Legal opinions

4.1 A legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

4.2 A legal opinion of Clifford Chance, Amsterdam, legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the Netherlands, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

4.3 If a Transaction Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

5 Other documents and evidence

5.1 Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 48.2 ( Service of process ), if not an
Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

5.2 A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document

5.3 The Original Financial Statements of the Parent Guarantor.

5.4 The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Earnings Accounts.

5.5 Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause
11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date

5.6 Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.












PART B

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO UTILISATION - TERM LOAN




In this Part B to Schedule, " relevant Ship " means each of Ship A and Ship B, and " relevant Borrower " means the Borrower that owns that Ship.

1 Borrowers

A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Borrower certifying that each copy document which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Utilisation Date of the Advance under the Term Loan.

2 Existing Indebtedness and release of Existing Security

Evidence that the Existing Indebtedness relating to the relevant Ship has been repaid in full by the Borrowers or that it will be repaid in full immediately upon Utilisation of the Term Loan, together with an original of the Release Agreement (or equivalent) and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to it, together with evidence satisfactory to the Facility Agent of its due execution by the parties to it.

3 Ship and other security

3.1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the Charterparty Assignment (if applicable), the Shares Security for each Borrower and the General Assignment in respect of the relevant Ship and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them together with documentary evidence that the Mortgage in respect of the relevant Ship has been duly registered as a valid first preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of its Approved Flag.

3.2 Documentary evidence that each Ship:

(a) is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Borrower under the
Approved Flag applicable to that Ship;

(b) is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

(c)
maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society; and

(d) is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this
Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

3.3 Documents establishing that the relevant Ship will, as from the Utilisation Date of the Advance under the Term Loan, be managed commercially by its Approved Commercial Manager and managed technically by its Approved Technical Manager on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, together with:(a) a Manager's Undertaking for the applicable Approved Technical Manager and the applicable Approved Commercial Manager and of each document to be delivered under or pursuant to each of them of the relevant Ship; and






(b) copies of the relevant Approved Technical Manager's Document of Compliance and of the relevant Ship's Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable Safety Management System which the Facility Agent requires) and of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to the relevant Ship including without limitation an ISSC.

3.4 An opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Facility Agent on such matters relating to the Insurances as the Facility Agent may require.

3.5 Two valuations of each Ship, addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated within 14 days of the Utilisation Date for the Advance under the Term Loan from an Approved Valuer which shows an aggregate value for the Ships of not less than 62.5 per cent. of the Term Commitments.

4 Legal opinions

Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of the relevant Ship, Belgium and England & Wales and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require.

5 Solvency certificate

A solvency certificate from an authorised officer of the Parent Guarantor stating that after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, each of the Borrowers and the Parent Guarantor, on an individual basis, and the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are not insolvent and will not be rendered insolvent by the borrowing or the guaranteeing, as the case may be, of the Term Loan.

6 No judgment and default under Assignable Charters

Evidence satisfactory to the Facility Agent that:

(a) no judgment, order, injunction or other restraint prohibiting or imposing materially adverse conditions upon the Obligors or the transaction contemplated under the Finance Documents exits; and

(b) following the borrowing of the Term Loan and the obligations contemplated by the Finance Documents there shall be no conflict with, or default by any Obligor under any Charters in respect of the Ships.

7 Other documents and evidence

Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and Expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.
















SCHEDULE 3

REQUESTS PART A
UTILISATION REQUEST

From: SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited and SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited

To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

Dated: [•]

Dear Sirs

SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited and SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited - $34,000,000 Facility
Agreement dated [•] 2018 (the "Agreement")

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

2
We wish to borrow [the][an] Advance under [the Term Loan] [the Revolving Facility] on the following terms:

Proposed Utilisation Date: [•] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business
Day)

Amount: [•] or, if less, the Available Facility

Interest Period for the first Advance: [•]

3 We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 ( Initial conditions precedent ) and Clause
4.2 ( Further conditions precedent ) of the Agreement as they relate to the Advance to which this Utilisation Request refers is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

4 The [net] proceeds of this Advance should be credited to [account].
5 This Utilisation Request is irrevocable. Yours faithfully







authorised signatory for
SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited
authorised signatory for
SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited







PART B SELECTION NOTICE
From: SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited and SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited

To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank

Dated: [•]

Dear Sirs

SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited and SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited - $34,000,000 Facility
Agreement dated [•] 2018 (the "Agreement")

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

2
We request [that the next Interest Period for the Loan be [•]] OR [an Interest Period for a part of the Term Loan in an amount equal to [•] (which is the amount of the Repayment Instalment next due) ending on [•] (which is the Repayment Date relating to that Repayment Instalment) and that the Interest Period for the remaining part of the Term Loan shall be [•].
3 This Selection Notice is irrevocable. Yours faithfully








authorised signatory for
SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited







authorised signatory for
SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited


















SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent

From: [The Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [The New Lender] (the " New Lender ")

Dated: [•]
Dear Sirs

SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited and SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited - $34,000,000 Facility
Agreement dated [•] 2018 (the "Agreement")

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

2 We refer to Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement:

(a) The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender's rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 28.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement.

(b) The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

(c)
The Facility Office and address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

3
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.

4
This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

5
This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

6 This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this
Transfer Certificate.

Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.






THE SCHEDULE Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred [ insert relevant details ]

[Facility Office address and attention details for notices and account details for payments.]






[Existing Lender] [New Lender] By: [•] By: [•]





This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•]. [Facility Agent]
By: [•]






























SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT




To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent and SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited and SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited as Borrowers, for and on behalf of each Transaction Obligor

From: [the Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [the New Lender] (the " New Lender ")

Dated: [•]

Dear Sirs

SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited and SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited - $34,000,000 Facility
Agreement dated [•] 2018 (the "Agreement")

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

2 We refer to Clause 28.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) of the Agreement:

(a) The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

(b) The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

(c)
The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

(d) All rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Existing Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the New Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Existing Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any other Transaction Obligor had against the Existing Lender.

3 The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

4 On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

5
The Facility Office and address and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.






6
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 28.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.7      This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 28.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrowers ) of the Agreement, to the Borrowers (on behalf of each Transaction Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

8
This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

9
This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

10 This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this
Assignment Agreement.

Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.
































THE SCHEDULE

Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

[ insert relevant details ]

[Facility office address and attention details for notices and account details for payments]




[Existing Lender] [New Lender] By: [•] By: [•]
This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

[Facility Agent]

By:






























SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE




To: Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank as Facility Agent

From: Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

Dated: [•]




Dear Sirs

SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited and SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited - $34,000,000 Facilities
Agreement dated [•] 2018 (the "Agreement")

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

2 We confirm that as the date hereof:

(a) The Cash and Cash Equivalents as at the date hereof is: $[•];

(b) The Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Parent Guarantor is: $[•]; and

(c) The Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation is: $[•].

3 [We confirm that no Default is continuing.]




Signed:
Chief Financial Officer
of
Scorpio Bulkers Inc.















SCHEDULE 7

DETAILS OF THE SHIPS

Ship name
Name of the Borrowe r owner
Type
GRT
NRT
Approved
Flag
Approved Classification Society
Approved
Classification
Approved Commercial Manager
Approved Technical Manager
SBI Swing
SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited
Bulk
Carrier
433
01
273
48
Marshall
Islands
RINA
C bulk
carrier ESP - CSR - BC - A
- allowed
combination of specified empty holds; unrestricted navigation

AUT-UMS; BWM-T;
COAT-WBT;
GRAB 20;
GREEN STAR
3; INWATERSU RVEY; MON- SHAFT
Scorpio Commercial Managemen t S.A.M.
Scorpio Ship Manageme nt S.A.M.
SBI
Jive
SBI Jive
Shipping Company Limited
Bulk
Carrier
433
01
273
48
Marshall
Islands
RINA
C bulk
carrier ESP - CSR - BC - A
- allowed combination of specified empty holds; unrestricted navigation

AUT-UMS; BWM-T;
COAT-WBT;
GRAB 20; GREEN STAR
3; INWATERSU RVEY; MON- SHAFT
Scorpio
Commercial Managemen t S.A.M.
Scorpio
Ship Manageme nt S.A.M.







SCHEDULE 8

TIMETABLES
Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request )) or a Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods))

Five Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Utilisation Request )) or the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods))

Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation )
Three Business Days before the intended Utilisation Date.

LIBOR is fixed Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time







































EXECUTION PAGES


BORROWERS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by Nicholas Kaasik, Attorney-in-Fact
)
/s/ Nicholas Kaasik
 
 
duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
SBI SWING SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Laura Thompson
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Laura Thompson
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
Le Millenium
9, Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000 Monaco
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Nicholas Kaasik, Attorney-in-Fact
)
/s/ Nicholas Kaasik
 
 
duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
SBI JIVE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Laura Thompson
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Laura Thompson
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
Le Millenium
9, Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000 Monaco
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PARENT GUARANTOR
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Hugh Baker, Chief Financial Officer
)
/s/ Hugh Baker
 
 





duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
 
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Laurice Oso
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Laurice Oso
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
150 East 58 th  Street
New York, NY 10155 USA
 
 






ORIGINAL LENDERS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by
)
/s/ Julie Glauser
 
 
duly authorised
)
/s/ Justin Lande
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
)
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Emeline Yew
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
Solicitor
London EC2A 2HB
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by
)
/s/ Julie Glauser
 
 
duly authorised
)
/s/ Justin Lande
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
 
 
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
 
 
Witness’ name:
)
Emeline Yew
 
 
Witness’ address:
)
Solicitor
London EC2A 2HB
 
 






FACILITY AGENT
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by
)
/s/ Julie Glauser
duly authorised
)
/s/ Justin Lande
for and on behalf of
)
 
CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
Witness’ name:
)
Emeline Yew
Witness’ address:
)
Solicitor
London EC2A 2HB

SECURITY AGENT
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by
)
/s/ Julie Glauser
duly authorised
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK
 
 
in the presence of:
)
 
 
 
 
Witness’ signature:
)
/s/ Emeline Yew
Witness’ name:
)
Emeline Yew
Witness’ address:
)
Solicitor
London EC2A 2HB









EXHIBIT 4.35
EXECUTION VERSION







Dated 8 November 2018






SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
as Borrower and
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Schedule 1
as Lenders and
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Schedule 2
as Swap Banks and

NORDEA BANK ABP, NEW YORK BRANCH DVB BANK SE, AMSTERDAM BRANCH
as Bookrunners and

NORDEA BANK ABP, NEW YORK BRANCH DVB BANK SE, AMSTERDAM BRANCH
as Mandated Lead Arrangers and
NORDEA BANK ABP, NEW YORK BRANCH
as Agent and as Security Trustee




LOAN AGREEMENT

relating to
a term loan facility of up to $90,000,000 to refinance indebtedness on up to six bulkers and for general corporate purposes













Index

Clause Page



1 Interpretation ..............................................................................................................................1
2 Loan ...........................................................................................................................................25
3 Position of the Lenders and Swap Banks ..................................................................................26
4 Drawdown .................................................................................................................................27
5 Interest ......................................................................................................................................28
6 Interest Periods .........................................................................................................................30
7 Default Interest .........................................................................................................................31
8 Repayment, Prepayment and Reborrowing..............................................................................32
9 Conditions Precedent ................................................................................................................35
10 Representations and Warranties ..............................................................................................36
11 General Undertakings ...............................................................................................................39
12 Corporate and Financial Undertakings......................................................................................46
13 Insurance ...................................................................................................................................48
14 Ship Covenants ..........................................................................................................................54
15 Security Cover ...........................................................................................................................59
16 Payments and Calculations .......................................................................................................61
17 Application of Receipts..............................................................................................................64
18 Application of Earnings..............................................................................................................65
19 Events of Default .......................................................................................................................65
20 Fees and Expenses.....................................................................................................................71
21 Indemnities................................................................................................................................72
22 No Set-Off or Tax Deduction .....................................................................................................75
23 Illegality, etc. .............................................................................................................................78
24 Increased Costs .........................................................................................................................78
25 Set-Off .......................................................................................................................................80
26 Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices.................................................................................81
27 Variations and Waivers .............................................................................................................87
28 Bail in .........................................................................................................................................89
29 Notices.......................................................................................................................................90
30 Supplemental ............................................................................................................................92
31 Law and Jurisdiction ..................................................................................................................92

Schedules

Schedule 1 Lenders and Commitments..................................................................................................94
Schedule 2 Swap Banks ..........................................................................................................................95
Schedule 3 Drawdown Notice ................................................................................................................96
Schedule 4 Condition Precedent Documents.........................................................................................97
Part A ........................................................................................................................................ 97
Part B ........................................................................................................................................ 99
Schedule 5 Transfer Certificate ............................................................................................................101
Schedule 6 Designation Notice.............................................................................................................104
Schedule 7 List of Approved Brokers....................................................................................................105
Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate .........................................................................................106
Schedule 9 Details of Ships...................................................................................................................107

Execution






Execution Pages....................................................................................................................................108











































































EUROPE/62916988v7
THIS AGREEMENT is made on 8 November 2018

PARTIES

(1) SCORPIO BULKERS INC. , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands as the Borrower

(2) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders

(3) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 2, as Swap Banks

(4) NORDEA BANK ABP, NEW YORK BRANCH and DVB BANK SE, AMSTERDAM BRANCH as
Bookrunners

(5) NORDEA BANK ABP, NEW YORK BRANCH and DVB BANK SE, AMSTERDAM BRANCH as
Mandated Lead Arrangers

(6) NORDEA BANK ABP, NEW YORK BRANCH as Agent

(7) NORDEA BANK ABP, NEW YORK BRANCH , as Security Trustee

BACKGROUND

(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower, subject to the terms of this Agreement, a term loan in an amount (in aggregate) of up to $90,000,000 for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness and for general corporate purposes.

(B) The Swap Banks and the Borrower may agree to enter into interest rate swap transactions from time to time to hedge the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.

(C) The Lenders and the Swap Banks have agreed to share in the security to be granted to the
Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement on the terms set out herein.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

1 INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions

Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:






" Account Security Deed " means, in respect of each Earnings Account, a deed creating security in respect of that Earnings Account in the Agreed Form.

" Account Bank " means ABN AMRO Bank N.V. acting through its branch at Coolsingel 93, 3012
AE Rotterdam, The Netherlands or any other bank or financial institution which at any time, with the Agent's prior written consent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) holds an Earnings Account.

" Accounting Information " means the annual audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower or the quarterly unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower, in each case, delivered to the Agent in accordance with Clause 11.6." Advance " means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrower under this
Agreement.

" Accounting Period " means each consecutive quarterly period during the Security Period ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December of each financial year of the Borrower.

" Affected Lender " has the meaning given in Clause 5.7.

" Affiliate " means, as to any person, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person or is a director or officer of such person, and for the purposes of this definition, the term " control " (including the terms " controlling ", " controlled by " and " under common control with ") of a person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to vote 20% or more of the Voting Stock of such person or to direct or cause direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise.

" Agency and Trust Deed " means the agency and trust deed dated the same date as this
Agreement and made between the same parties.

" Agent " means Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch, acting in its capacity as agent for the Lenders, the Swap Banks, the Bookrunners and the Mandated Lead Arrangers through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas 23 rd Floor, New York, NY 10036 includes its successor appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed and any transferee or assign.

" Agreed Form " means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders), or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document.

" Anti-Corruption Laws " means (i) the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended and (ii), the Bribery Act 2010 of the UK.

" Anti-Money Laundering Laws " means the applicable money laundering statutes and regulations of all jurisdictions by which the Borrower or any Guarantor is bound, the rules and regulations made under them and any applicable related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental or regulatory agency.

" Applicable Sanctions " means any Sanctions by which the Borrower, any Guarantor, or any Approved Ship Manager or charterer who is a member of the Group is bound or to which it is subject (which shall include, without limitation, any extra territorial sanctions imposed by law or regulation of the United States of America) or compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and any Guarantor.

" Approved Broker " means any of the companies listed in Schedule 7 (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) or such other company proposed by the Borrower which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) approve in writing from time to time to act as an " Approved Broker " under this Agreement.






" Approved Classification Society " means, in relation to a Ship, Lloyds Register, DNV, ABS, Korean Register, Bureau Veritas or any other generally recognised first class classification society that is a member of IACS that the Agent may (acting on the authorisation of all theLenders), approve in writing from time to time as the " Approved Classification Society " of that
Ship for the purposes of this Agreement.

"Approved Commercial Manager" means, in relation to a Ship:

(a) Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the
Principality of Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries;

(b) Scorpio Ship Management s.a.m., of 9, Rue Du Gabian, MC 98000, the Principality of
Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries; (c) any Affiliate or subsidiary of the Borrower; or
(d) any other company proposed by the Borrower or the Guarantor owning that Ship which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders such instructions not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), approve from time to time as the commercial manager of that Ship.

" Approved Flag " means, in relation to a Ship, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Republic of Liberia or such other flag as the Agent may acting reasonably (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders, such instructions not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) approve from time to time in writing as the flag on which such Ship shall be registered.

" Approved Pooling Arrangement " means, in relation to a Ship, the Scorpio Ultramax Pool, the
Scorpio Kamsarmax Pool and any other pooling arrangement:

(a) run by any Affiliate of the Approved Commercial Manager of that Ship; or

(b) proposed by the Borrower or Guarantor which is the owner of that Ship and approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) prior to that Ship's entry into pooling such arrangement.

" Approved Ship Manager " means, in relation to a Ship, the Approved Commercial Manager or the Approved Technical Manager of that Ship.

" Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking " means, in relation to a Ship, the letter executed and delivered by an Approved Ship Manager and an Approved Sub-Manager, in the Agreed Form.

" Approved Sub-Manager " means any entity which is an Approved Ship Manager or any other company proposed by the Borrower or a Guarantor which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders), approve from time to time as the technical and/or commercial sub-contracting manager of a Ship.

"Approved Technical Manager" means, in relation to a Ship:

(a) Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M. of 9, Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, the Principality of
Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries;

(b) Scorpio Commercial Management s.a.m. of 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monte Carlo, the
Principality of Monaco or any of its Affiliates or its subsidiaries; (c) any Affiliate or subsidiary of the Borrower;(d) any of Zenith Gemi Islemeciligi Anonim Sirketi of FSM Mahallesi, Poligon Caddesi, Buyaka 2/B Sitesi NO:8, c-Blok Kat, Umraniye, 34771 Istanbul, Turkey, Hellespont Ship Management GmbH & Co. KG of Beim Strohhause 28, 20097 Hamburg, Germany, C.P. Offen Tankschiffreedrel





(GmbH & Co.) KG of Blichenbruecke 10, 20354 Hamburg, d'Amico International Shipping of 20 Boulevard de Suisse, Montecarlo, MC 98000, Monaco or V. Ships Ship Management of 1 st Floor, 63 Queen Victoria Street, EC4N 4UA, London, United Kingdom; or

(e) any other company proposed by the Borrower or the Guarantor owning that Ship which the Agent may (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders such instructions not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), approve from time to time as the technical manager of that Ship.

" Availability Period " means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (i) the date falling 30 days after the date of this Agreement or (ii) 30 November
2018.

" Available Commitment " means, in relation to a Lender and at any time, its Commitment less its Contribution at that time.

" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers. " Bail-In Legislation " means:
(a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

(b) in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

" Basel III " means:

(a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

(c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision relating to "Basel III"." Borrower " means Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands

" Bookrunners " mean Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch, acting in its capacity as bookrunner through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas 23 rd Floor, New York, NY 10036, and DVB Bank SE, Amsterdam Branch acting in its capacity as bookrunner through its office at WTC Schiphol Tower F, 6 th Floor, Schiphol Boulevard 255, 1118 BH Schiphol, The Netherlands, in each case, including any transferee, assign or successor.

" Business Day " means a day on which banks are open in London, Amsterdam, Frankfurt and
New York.






" Cash " means any credit balance on any deposit, savings, current or other account, and any cash in hand held with banks or other financial institutions of the Borrower and/or any subsidiary of the Borrower which is:

(a) freely withdrawable on demand;

(b) not subject to any Security Interest (other than pursuant to the Finance Documents); (c) denominated and payable in freely transferable and freely convertible currency; and (d) capable of being remitted to the Borrower or such subsidiary of the Borrower.
" Cash Equivalents " means:

(a) unencumbered securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);

(b) time deposits, certificates of deposit or deposits in the interbank market of any commercial bank of recognised standing organised under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign jurisdiction having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; and

(c)
such other securities or instruments as the Agent shall, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree in writing,

provided that in respect of (a) and (b) above such Cash Equivalents shall have a rating of at least "A-" given by S&P or "A" given by Moody's (or the equivalent rating given by another Rating Agency), in each case having maturities of not more than ninety (90) days from the date of acquisition.

" Change of Control " means the occurrence of any act, event or circumstances which results in:

(a) 100 per cent. of the Equity Interests of any Guarantor ceasing to be ultimately owned and/or controlled by the Borrower, provided that any sale of a Guarantor in connection with the sale of a Ship shall be permitted subject to compliance with Clause 8.8 ( Mandatory prepayment or cancellation on sale or Total Loss ) (a " Guarantor Disposal ");(b) a "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than any holders of the Borrower's Equity Interests as at the date of this Agreement, becoming the ultimate beneficial owner of the Borrower including, without limitation, any change from the date of this Agreement in the ultimate "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) of more than 35 per cent. of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Borrower (calculated on a fully diluted basis); or

(c)
individuals who constitute the board of directors of the Borrower at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years and yet ceasing for any reason to constitute at least 50 per cent. of the total members of the Borrower's board of directors at any time during such two years period.

" Charter " means, in relation to a Ship, any charterparty in respect of that Ship having a duration (including, without limitation, by virtue of any optional extensions) of more than 36 months entered or to be entered into by the Guarantor which is or is to be the owner of that Ship with a charterer and on terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

" Charterparty Assignment " means, in respect of a Charter and any guarantee of that Charter (other than a Charter where the charterer is a member of the Group or pursuant to an Approved Pooling Arrangement), an assignment of the rights and interests of the Guarantor which is party to that Charter in respect of that Charter and any related guarantee, to be executed by that Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.






" Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

" Commission " means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act.

" Commitment " means in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Part A of Schedule 1 ( Lenders and Commitments ), or, as the case may be require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and " Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders).

" Compliance Certificate " means a certificate executed by the chief financial officer of the
Borrower in the form set out in Schedule 8.

" Confidential Information " means all information relating to the Borrower, any Security Party, the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement of which a Creditor Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Creditor Party or which is received by a Creditor Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Creditor Party under, the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement from either:

(a) the Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers; or

(b) another Creditor Party, if the information was obtained by that Creditor Party directly or indirectly from the Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:(i) is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Creditor Party of Clause 26.13; or

(ii) is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by the
Borrower or any Security Party or any of their advisers; or

(iii) is known by that Creditor Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Creditor Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Creditor Party is aware, unconnected with the Borrower or any Security Party and which, in either case, as far as that Creditor Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the Loan Market Association from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Agent.

" Confirmation " and " Early Termination Date ", in relation to any continuing Designated
Transaction, have the meanings given in the relevant Master Agreement.

" Consolidated Funded Debt " means, for any Accounting Period, the sum of the following for the Borrower determined (without duplication) on a consolidated basis for such period and in accordance with GAAP consistently applied:

(a) all Financial Indebtedness; and

(b) all obligations to pay a specific purchase price for goods or services whether or not delivered or accepted (including take-or-pay and similar obligations which in accordance with GAAP would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet),






provided that balance sheet accruals for future drydock expenses shall not be classified as
Consolidated Funded Debt.

" Consolidated Tangible Net Worth " means, on a consolidated basis, the total shareholders' equity (including retained earnings) of the Borrower, minus goodwill and other non-tangible items and as adjusted to exclude (without duplication of any amounts excluded as impairment of intangible assets), (a) (i) any incurred losses/write downs on assets sold and/or held for sale, (ii) any incurred losses on termination of any shipbuilding contract, and (iii) any impairment charges taken on assets, in each case, on or after 31 March 2016 and (b) up to $100,000,000 of (i) incurred losses/writedowns on assets sold and/or held for sale, (ii) any incurred losses on termination of any shipbuilding contract and (iii) any impairment charges taken on assets, in each case, prior to 31 March 2016.

" Consolidated Total Capitalisation " means the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth plus
Consolidated Funded Debt.

" Contractual Currency " has the meaning given in Clause 21.4.

" Contribution " means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that
Lender." CRD IV " means Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Union on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms.

" Creditor Party " means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Bookrunners, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, any Lender or any Swap Bank, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time.

" CRR " means and Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Union on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms.

" Defaulting Lender " means any Lender:

(a) which has failed to make its participation in an Advance available (or has notified the Agent or the Borrower (which has notified the Agent) that it will not make its participation in an Advance available) by the Drawdown Date of that Advance in accordance with Clause 2.2 ( Lenders' participation in an Advance );

(b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

(c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:
(i) its failure to pay is caused by:

(A) administrative or technical error; or

(B) a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within two Business Days of its due date; or

(ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

" Designated Transaction " means a Transaction which fulfils the following requirements:
(a) it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to a Master Agreement with a Swap Bank; (b) its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to





fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the Maturity Date; and

(c)
it is designated by the Borrower, by delivery by the Borrower to the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 6, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;

" Disruption Event " means either or both of:

(a) a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Loan (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the parties; or(b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a party prevent that, or any other party:

(i) from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

(ii) from communicating with other parties in accordance with the terms of the
Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the party whose operations are disrupted.
" Dollars " and " $ " means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America. " Drawdown Date " means, in relation to an Advance, the date requested by the Borrower for
such Advance to be made, or (as the context requires) the date on which such Advance is
actually made.

" Drawdown Notice " means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 3 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires).

" Earnings " means, in relation to a Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Guarantor owning that Ship or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of that Ship, including (but not limited to):

(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b): (i) all freight, hire and passage moneys;
(ii) compensation payable to the relevant Guarantor or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of that Ship for hire;

(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services; (iv) demurrage and detention moneys;
(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any
charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Ship; and

(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

(b) if and whenever that Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Ship;






" Earnings Account " means, in relation to a Ship, an account in the name of the Guarantor of that Ship with the relevant Account Bank designated as the Earnings Account in respect of such Ship, or any other account (with the relevant Account Bank, the Agent or with a bank or financial institution acceptable to all the Lenders) which is designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement." Eligible Institution " means any Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Borrower and which, in each case, is not a member of the Group.

" Email " has the meaning given in Clause 29.1. " Environmental Claim " means:
(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an
Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any
Environmental Law; or

(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

and " claim " means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

" Environmental Incident " means:

(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Ship; or

(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Ship and which involves a collision between a Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or such Ship and/or the Guarantor of such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

(c)
any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Ship and in connection with which such Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Guarantor of such Ship and/or any operator or manager of such Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action.

" Environmental Law " means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

" Equity Interests " of any person means:

(a) any and all shares and other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such person; and

(b) all rights to purchase, warrants or options or convertible debt (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such





person." Equity Proceeds " means the net cash proceeds from the issuance of common or preferred stock of the Borrower.

" EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the document described as such and published by the
Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time. " euros " means the single currency unit of the Participating Member States.
" Event of Default " means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1.

" Exchange Act " means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor act thereto, and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
" Existing Agent " means the "Agent" as such term is defined in the Existing Facility Agreement. " Existing Facility Agreement " means the facility agreement dated 29 July 2014 (as amended
and supplemented from time to time) and entered into between the Borrower, Scorpio Bulkers
Inc. as borrower and The Export-Import Bank of China, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, Deutsche Bank AG London, BNP Paribas and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (Publ) as Lead Arrangers (as defined therein) to finance, amongst other things, the acquisition of 21 bulk carriers.

" Existing Indebtedness " means, in respect of each Ship and at any date, the outstanding indebtedness of the applicable Guarantor which is the owner of that Ship on that date under the Existing Facility Agreement.
" Existing Security " means any Security Interest created to secure the Existing Indebtedness. " Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or
before the date it becomes a Lender (or following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days'
written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this
Agreement.

" Fair Market Value " means, in relation to a Ship, a valuation determined in accordance with
Clause 15.3. " FATCA " means:
(a) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

(b) any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or Taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance
Document required by FATCA." FATCA Exempt Party " means a party to this Agreement that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

" Fee Letter " means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrower setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 20 ( Fees and Expenses );

" Finance Documents " means: (a) this Agreement;





(b) the Agency and Trust Deed; (c) the Guarantee;
(d) the Mortgages;

(e) the General Assignments; (f) the Account Security Deed;
(g) any Charterparty Assignment;

(h) any Intercompany Loan Assignment; (i) the Shares Pledges;
(j) any Master Agreement Assignment; (k) any Fee Letter; and
(l) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, any Security Party or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders and/or the Swap Banks under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition (other than any Approved Ship Manager's Undertakings and any acknowledgment executed pursuant to any Charterparty Assignment).

" Financial Indebtedness " means, with respect to any person (the " Debtor ") at any date of determination (without duplication):

(a) all obligations of the Debtor for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the Debtor;

(b) all obligations of the Debtor evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(c)
all obligations of the Debtor in respect of any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or equivalent made available to the Debtor (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) which in accordance with GAAP would be shown on the liability side of a balance sheet;(d) all obligations of the Debtor to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery thereto or the completion of such services, except trade payables;

(e) all capitalised lease obligations of the Debtor as lessee;

(f) all Financial Indebtedness of persons other than the Debtor secured by a Security Interest on any asset of that person, whether or not such Financial Indebtedness is assumed by the Debtor, provided that the amount of such Financial Indebtedness shall be the lesser of:

(i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination; and

(ii) the amount of such Financial Indebtedness; and

(g) all Financial Indebtedness incurred under any guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation to the extent such Financial Indebtedness is guaranteed, secured, expressed to be indemnified by, or otherwise assured by the Debtor.






The amount of Financial Indebtedness of any Debtor at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to the contingent obligations set out in paragraphs (f) and (g) above, the maximum liability which would or might arise upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, as determined in conformity with GAAP, provided that:

(i) the amount outstanding at any time of any Financial Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount shall be deemed to be the face amount of such Financial Indebtedness less the remaining unamortised portion of such original issue discount of such Financial Indebtedness at such time; and

(ii) the calculation of Financial Indebtedness shall not take into account any liability of the Debtor for Taxes.

" Fiscal Year " means, in relation to any person, each period of 1 year commencing on January
1 of each year and ending on December 31 of such year in respect of which its accounts are or ought to be prepared.

" Fleet Vessel " means each vessel owned by a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the
Borrower (including, but not limited to, the Ships).
" GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. " General Assignment " means, in relation to a Ship, a general assignment of the Earnings, the
Insurances and any Requisition Compensation for that Ship in the Agreed Form.

" Green Passport " means, in relation to a Ship, a green passport statement of compliance issued by the relevant Approved Classification Society which includes a list of any and all materials known to be potentially hazardous utilised in the construction of that Ship.

" Group " means the Borrower and its subsidiaries." Guarantee " means a joint and several guarantee to be executed by each Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.

" Guarantor " means each of Guarantor A, Guarantor B, Guarantor C, Guarantor D, Guarantor
E and Guarantor F.

" Guarantor A " means SBI Orion Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor B " means SBI Hyperion Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor C " means SBI Tethys Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor D " means SBI Hercules Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor E " means SBI Samson Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.






" Guarantor F " means SBI Phoenix Shipping Company Limited, a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960.

" Guarantor Disposal " shall have the meaning given to that expression in paragraph (a) of the definition of "Change of Control".

" IACS " means the International Association of Classification Societies. " Insurances " means, in relation to a Ship:
(a) all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of that Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Ship; and

(b) all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

" Intercompany Loan " means any transaction constituting Financial Indebtedness entered into by the Borrower or any direct or indirect shareholder of the Borrower (" Party A ") with the Guarantors or any of them (" Party B ") whereby Party A is entitled to receive any payment in cash or in kind from Party B." Intercompany Loan Assignment " means an assignment of each Intercompany Loan made or to be made by the person providing such Intercompany Loan in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.

" Interest Period " means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6.

"Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to LIBOR for the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

(a) the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and

(b) the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,

each as of the Quotation Date for Dollars.

" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms " safety management system ", " Safety Management Certificate " and " Document of Compliance " have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code).

" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

" ISSC " means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

" Latent Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 19 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be or become an Event of Default.

" Legal Reservations " means:






(a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

(b) the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and
(c)      similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction. " Lender " means, subject to Clause 26.6, a bank or financial institution listed in Part 1
of Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch
notified to the Borrower under Clause 26.14) or its transferee, successor or assignee." LIBOR " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document:

(a) the applicable Screen Rate as of 11 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that period for the offering of deposits in the relevant currency and for a period comparable to that period; or

(b) as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 5.5,
and if, in either case, any such rate is below zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero. " Limitation Acts " means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984. " Loan " means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement. " Major Casualty " means, in relation to a Ship, any casualty to that Ship in respect of which the
claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant
franchise or deductible, exceeds $2,500,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

" Majority Lenders " means at any time Lenders whose Commitments total 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments at that time.

" Mandated Lead Arrangers " means Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch and DVB Bank SE, Amsterdam Branch acting as mandated lead arrangers of the loan facility made available to the Borrower under this Agreement.

" Margin " means 2.35 per cent. per annum with respect to the Loan.

" Master Agreement " means any master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency - Crossborder) form) in the Agreed Form made between the Borrower and a Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement.

" Master Agreement Assignment " means, in relation to each Master Agreement, the assignment of the Master Agreement to be entered into between the Borrower and the Security Trustee in Agreed Form.

" Material Adverse Effect " means in the reasonable opinion of the Lenders a material adverse effect on:

(a) the business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
Borrower and/or any Guarantor; or

(b) the ability of the Borrower and/or any Guarantor to perform its obligations under any
Finance Document and any Master Agreement; or

(c)
the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents; or

(d) the rights or remedies of any Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents and any Master Agreement.






" Maturity Date " means the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement." Moody's " means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., a subsidiary of Moody's Corporation.

" Mortgage " means, in relation to a Ship, the first priority or, as the case may be, preferred ship mortgage on the Ship under the applicable Approved Flag together with any deed of covenant collateral thereto (if applicable), in the Agreed Form.

" Net Debt " means Consolidated Funded Debt less Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
" Notifying Lender " has the meaning given in Clause 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires. " Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the
euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the legislation of the European Union relating
to Economic and Monetary Union.

" Payment Currency " has the meaning given in Clause 21.4. " Permitted Security Interests " means:
(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;

(b) liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice; (c) liens for salvage;
(d) liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months' prepaid hire under any charter in relation to a Ship not prohibited by this Agreement or any other Finance Document;

(e) liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of a Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is being contested by the Guarantor that owns such Ship in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(a)(viii);

(f) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses where the Guarantor that owns such Ship or the Borrower, as the case may be, is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith;

(g) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of Taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of Taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made; and

(h) any Security Interest and right of set-off arising under or pursuant to any applicable general banking conditions

" Pertinent Document " means: (a) any Finance Document;(b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

(c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and

(d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c).






" Pertinent Jurisdiction ", in relation to a company, means:

(a) England and Wales, the Principality of Monaco, New York State of the United States of
America, The Netherlands and the Republic of the Marshall Islands;

(b) if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

(c)
if not within any of the jurisdictions referred to in (a) above, a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or in which the company's central management and control is or has recently been exercised.

" Pertinent Matter " means:

(a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a
Pertinent Document; or

(b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing.

" Quotation Date " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is 2 Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days).

" Rating Agency " means S&P, Moody's or, if both of them are not making ratings of securities publically available, an internationally recognised rating agency selected by the Agent which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody's.

" Reference Banks " means, subject to Clause 26.16, Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch and any other any prime international bank who agrees to be a reference bank, selected by the Agent and notified to the Borrower.

" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

(a) (other than where paragraph (b) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant
Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in dollars for therelevant period were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period; or

(b) if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.

" Relevant Person " has the meaning given in Clause 19.9.
" Repayment Date " means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8. " Requisition Compensation " includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of
any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of " Total Loss ". " Restricted Person " means a person that is:





(a) listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on any Sanctions List;

(b) located in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions; or

(c) otherwise a target of Sanctions.
" S&P " means Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a division of the McGraw Hill Companies Inc. " Sanctions " means any economic or trade sanctions, laws, regulations, embargoes or
restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by: (a) the United States Government;
(b) the United Nations; (c) the United Kingdom;
(d) the European Union or any of its Member States;

(e) any country to which the Borrower or any Guarantor is bound;

(f) the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing, including without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of Treasury (" OFAC "), the United States Department of State, and Her Majesty's Treasury (" HMT ") (together the " Sanctions Authorities ").

" Sanctions List " means the "Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons" List issued by OFAC, the "Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets and Investment Ban List" issued by HMT, or any similar list issued or maintained or made public by any of the Sanctions Authorities.

" Screen Rate " means, in respect of LIBOR for any period, the rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate fromtime to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders.

" Secured Liabilities " means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Master Agreements or any judgment relating to any Finance Documents or the Master Agreements; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country.

" Security Interest " means:

(a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

(b) the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem ; and

(c)
any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a





security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution.

" Security Party " means each Guarantor and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of " Finance Documents " but always excluding any Approved Ship Manager or any Approved Sub- Manager which is not a member of the Group or any charterer under a Charter.

" Security Period " means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent acting reasonably notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties that:

(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security
Party under the Finance Documents and the Master Agreements have been paid;

(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment)
under any Finance Document or any Master Agreement;

(c)
neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clause20, 21 or 22 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document or a Master Agreement; and

(d) the Agent, the Security Trustee and all the Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document or a Master Agreement would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or a Master Agreement or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document." Security Trustee " means Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch, acting in its capacity as Security
Trustee for the Lenders and the Swap Banks through its office at 1211 Avenue of the Americas
23 rd Floor, New York, NY10036 and includes any transferee, assign or any successor of it
appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Deed. " Servicing Bank " means the Agent or the Security Trustee.
" Shares Pledge " means a deed creating security over the share capital of each Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form.

" Ship " means Ship A, Ship B, Ship C, Ship D, Ship E or Ship F and, if applicable, any Substitute
Ship which is then subject to a Mortgage.

" Ship A " means m.v. "SBI ORION", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship B " means m.v. "SBI HYPERION", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship C " means m.v. "SBI TETHYS", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship D " means m.v. "SBI HERCULES", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule 9 ( Details of Ships ).

" Ship E " means m.v. "SBI SAMSON", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).






" Ship F " means m.v. "SBI PHOENIX", details of which are set out opposite its name in Schedule
9 ( Details of Ships ).

" SMC " means a safety management certificate issued in respect of the Ship in accordance with
Rule 13 of the ISM Code.

" Substitute Ship " means any ship which replaces Ship A to Ship F (inclusive) and which is: (a) a dry bulk vessel;
(b) an ultramax or kamsarmax vessel which has been consented to by the Lenders, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

(c)      built no earlier than 2015 and does not increase the average age of all the Ships; (d) classed with an Approved Classification Society;
(e) registered under the Marshall Islands, Liberia or any other jurisdiction acceptable to the Majority Lenders;

(f) built or to be built at a yard acceptable to the Majority Lenders in China, Korea or
Japan; and

(g) owned by a Guarantor (or to be owned by a subsidiary of the Borrower which shall become a guarantor under this Agreement)." Swap Bank " means a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 2 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1.

" Swap Counterparty " means, at any relevant time and in relation to a continuing Designated
Transaction, the Swap Bank which is a party to that Designated Transaction.

" Swap Exposure " means, as at any relevant date and in relation to a Swap Counterparty, the amount certified by the Swap Counterparty to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Swap Counterparty under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement entered into by the Swap Counterparty with the Borrower if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrower and the Swap Counterparty.

" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

" Total Loss " means, in relation to a Ship:

(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship;

(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of that Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension), unless it is within 45 days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship;

(c)
any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of that Ship (including any theft) unless it is within 45 days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship; and






(d) any hijacking of that ship unless it is within 45 days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship.

" Total Loss Date " means:

(a) in the case of an actual loss of that Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Ship was last heard of;

(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Ship, the earliest of:

(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf with that Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat such Ship as a total loss; and

(c)      in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred." Transaction " has the meaning given in each Master Agreement. " Transfer Certificate " has the meaning given in Clause 26.2.
" Trust Property " has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Deed. " VAT " means:
(a) any Tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on
the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

(b) any other Tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such Tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

" Voting Stock " of any person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such person that are at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such person.

" Write-down and Conversion Powers " means:

(a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and

(b) in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

(i) any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and






(ii) any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

1.2 Construction of certain terms. In this Agreement:

" administration notice " means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;

" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent;

" asset " includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

" company " includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;" consent " includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

" contingent liability " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

" document " includes a deed; also a letter;

" excess risks " means, in relation to a Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which such Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

" expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other Tax;

" law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or of its Security Council;

" legal or administrative action " means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

" liability " includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

" months " shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

" obligatory insurances " means, in relation to a Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Guarantor owning that Ship is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

" parent company " has the meaning given in Clause 1.4; " party " means any party to this Agreement;
" person " includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

" policy ", in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;






" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

" regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;" subsidiary " has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

" war risks " includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the Institute Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03) or clause 24 of the Institute Time clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83); and

an " Event of Default " or a " Latent Event of Default " is "continuing" if it has not been remedied or waived.

1.3 Meaning of "month"

A period of one or more " months " ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (the " numerically corresponding day "), but:

(a) on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,

and " month " and " monthly " shall be construed accordingly.

1.4 Meaning of "subsidiary"

In this Agreement " subsidiary " means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the
Companies Act 2006.

1.5 General Interpretation

In this Agreement:

(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

(b) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

(c) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

(d) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.






1.6 Headings

In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub- clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.

2 LOAN

2.1 Amount of loan Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower a loan facility to be advanced to the Borrower in accordance with Clause 4 ( Drawdown ) in the aggregate principal amount of up to $90,000,000 as follows:

(a) for the purposes of refinancing the Existing Indebtedness relating to the Ships and for general corporate purposes; and

(b) which shall not exceed the lower of (i) $90,000,000 and (ii) 60 per cent. of the aggregate of the Fair Market Value of the Ships which are then subject to a Mortgage. For the purposes of this paragraph (b), the Fair Market Value of the applicable Ships shall be determined on the basis of valuations carried out within fourteen days before the Drawdown Date for the relevant Advance.

2.2 Lenders' participations in an Advance

Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Advance in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

2.3 Purpose of each Advance

The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.

3 POSITION OF THE LENDERS AND SWAP BANKS

3.1 Interests several

The rights of the Lenders and of the Swap Banks under this Agreement and under the Master
Agreements are several.

3.2 Individual right of action

Each Lender and each Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement or under a Master Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender or any other Swap Bank as additional parties in the proceedings.

3.3 Proceedings requiring Majority Lender consent

Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender and no Swap Bank may commence proceedings against the Borrower, any Security Party, any Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub- Manager in connection with a Finance Document without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

3.4 Obligations several

The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement and of the Swap Banks under the Master Agreement to which each is a party are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a failure of a Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement to which it is a party shall not result in:






(a) the obligations of the other Lenders or Swap Banks being increased; nor(b) the Borrower, any Security Party, any Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager or any other Lender or any other Swap Bank being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document or under any Master Agreement,

and in no circumstances shall a Lender or a Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or another Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a Master Agreement.

4 DRAWDOWN

4.1 Request for Advance

Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request that an Advance be made by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) 3 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date.

4.2 Availability

The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:

(a) the Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period;

(b) the aggregate amount of the Advances shall not exceed the Total Commitments; and

(c) there shall be no more than three Advances.

4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:

(a) the amount of the Advance requested and the Drawdown Date and if applicable, the Ship to which that Advance relates;

(b) the amount of that Lender's participation in that Advance; and

(c) the duration of the first Interest Period applicable to that Advance.

4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable

A Drawdown Notice must be signed by an officer or a duly authorised attorney-in-fact of the Borrower; and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.

4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent the amount due from that Lender under Clause 2.2. 4.6 Disbursement of an Advance

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on each Drawdown Date pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:






(a) to the account which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice; and

(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

4.7 Disbursement of an Advance to third party

The payment of an Advance by the Agent under Clause 4.6 to the Borrower or such other person notified by the Borrower to the Agent shall constitute the making of that Advance and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's Contribution.

4.8 Cancellation of Commitments

The Commitments in respect of any Advance which are unutilised at the end of the Availability
Period for such Advance shall then be cancelled.

5 INTEREST

5.1 Payment of normal interest

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Advance in respect of each Interest Period shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period (each an " Interest Payment Date ").

5.2 Normal rate of interest

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on each Advance in respect of an Interest Period shall be the aggregate of (i) the Margin and (ii) LIBOR for that Interest Period.

5.3 Payment of accrued interest

In the case of an Interest Period longer than 3 months, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of: (a) each rate of interest; and
(b) the duration of each Interest Period,

as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined. 5.5 Unavailability of Screen Rate

(a) If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

(b) If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for: (i) dollars; or
(ii) the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,






the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Quotation Date and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

(c)
If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for dollars or the relevant Interest Period, there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan and Clause 5.8 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

5.6 Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Quotation Date, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

(b) If at or about 12.00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

5.7 Market disruption

(a) If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 50 per cent. of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan) (the " Relevant Lender ") that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 5.8 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

(b) If, at least 1 Business Day before a Drawdown Date, the Agent receives notification from a Lender (the " Affected Lender ") that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in the relevant Advance, the Affected Lender's obligation to participate in that Advance shall be suspended while that situation continues.

5.8 Cost of funds

(a) If this Clause 5.8 ( Cost of funds ) applies, the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

(i) the Margin; and(ii) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

(b) If this Clause 5.8 ( Cost of funds ) applies and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

(c)
Any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all parties.

5.9 Hedging

(a) In respect of this Agreement only, the Swap Banks shall be given a right of first refusal to enter into Master Agreements with the Borrower.






(b) The rights of the Borrower under the Master Agreements shall be charged or assigned by way of security under a Master Agreement Assignment.

(c)
If, at any time, the aggregate notional amount of the transactions in respect of the Master Agreements exceeds or, as a result of any repayment or prepayment under this Agreement, will exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan at that time, the Borrower must promptly notify the Agent and must reduce the aggregate notional amount of those transactions by an amount and in a manner satisfactory to the Agent so that it no longer exceeds or will not exceed 100 per cent. of the Loan then or that will be outstanding.

6 INTEREST PERIODS

6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods

The first Interest Period applicable to an Advance shall commence on the Drawdown Date relating to that Advance and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period applicable to such Advance.

6.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods

Subject to Clauses 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5, each Interest Period shall be: (a) 3 months; or
(b) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, agree with the
Borrower; or

(c)
in the case of the first Interest Period applicable to the second and any subsequent Advance, a period ending on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the first Advance then current, whereupon all of the Advances shall be consolidated and treated as a single Advance.

6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments

In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an
Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date. 6.4 No Interest Period to extend beyond Maturity Date

No Interest Period shall end after the Maturity Date and any Interest Period which would otherwise extend beyond the Maturity Date shall instead end on the Maturity Date.

6.5 Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected

If, after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than
3 months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 3 months.

7 DEFAULT INTEREST

7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts

The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:






(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or

(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

(c)
if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

7.2 Default rate of interest

Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2 per cent. above:

(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a)
and (b); or

(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).

7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest. The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:

(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date
(but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period);

(b) the Margin plus, in respect of successive periods select by the Agent for so long as such amounts remain unpaid:

(i) LIBOR; or

(ii) if LIBOR is unavailable, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the actual cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine. 7.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent's notification.

7.5 Payment of accrued default interest

Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

7.6 Compounding of default interest

Any such default interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded by the default rate on a daily basis.

7.7 Application to Master Agreements

For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 7 does not apply to any amount payable under a Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Designated Transaction as to which section 2(e) (Default Interest; Other Amounts) of that Master Agreement shall apply.






8 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND REBORROWING

8.1 Repayment of Loan

(a) The Borrower shall repay the Loan by consecutive quarterly instalments, the first 10 quarterly instalments each in an amount of $1,975,000 and the final 10 quarterly instalments each in an amount of $1,650,000, plus an additional balloon instalment equal to the then outstanding balance of the Loan which shall be repaid together with the last Repayment Instalment (each a " Repayment Instalment "), the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling three Months after the first Drawdown Date.

(b) If the amount advanced under the Loan is less than $90,000,000:

(i) the repayment instalments including the balloon referred to in this Clause 8.1 ( Repayment of Loan ) shall be reduced pro rata and the Agent shall provide the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties with a repayment schedule for the Loan with the amended repayment instalments; and

(ii) the unutilised Commitments (if any) of each Lender shall be automatically cancelled.

8.2 Final Repayment Date

On the final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

8.3 Voluntary and automatic cancellation The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days' prior notice, reduce or terminate any unutilised portion of the Loan without premium or penalty.

8.4 Voluntary prepayment

Subject to the conditions set forth in Clause 8.5, the Borrower may prepay or cancel the whole or any part of the Loan without premium other than pursuant to Clause 8.12.

8.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment

The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:

(a) a partial prepayment of the Loan shall be $1,000,000 or integral multiples of $1,000,000 or such lower amount as the Agent may approve;

(b) the Agent has received from the Borrower at least three Business Days' prior written notice specifying the amounts to be prepaid and cancelled and the date on which the prepayment and cancellation is to be made; and

(c) that the Borrower has complied with Clause 8.15 on or prior to the date of prepayment.

8.6 Effect of notice of prepayment

A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of all the Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.

8.7 Notification of notice of prepayment






The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice.

8.8 Mandatory prepayment or cancellation on sale or Total Loss

If a Ship is sold or there is a Guarantor Disposal to facilitate the sale or disposal of a Ship or a Ship becomes a Total Loss, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan by, in aggregate, the relevant amount (as defined below) and the prepayment shall be applied to the then remaining repayments including the balloon pursuant to Clause 8.1 on a pro rata basis:

(a) in the case of a sale, on the earlier of (i) the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the relevant buyer and (ii) the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of the sale; or

(b) in the case of a Guarantor Disposal, on the date on which the Guarantor Disposal occurs; or

(c)
in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and (ii) the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

In this Clause 8.8 " relevant amount " means:

in the case of a sale or a Guarantor Disposal or a Total Loss, the greater of the amount of the Loan on the date of such prepayment multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the Fair Market Value of the relevant Ship (determined as at the date of the most recent appraisaland not more than 6 months prior to the date of the sale or Total Loss) and the denominator is the aggregate of the most recently determined Fair Market Values of the Ships (determined on the same basis) and the amount required to comply with Clause 8.15 and 15.1 immediately following such prepayment and cancellation.

8.9 Substitution of Ship

The Borrower may replace any of Ship A to Ship F (inclusive) with a Substitute Ship, with 30 days prior written notice to the Agent and up to a maximum of five times, provided that all of the following conditions are met at the time of such substitution:

(a) the Borrower shall, and shall (to the extent applicable) procure that the relevant Guarantor shall, provide replacement Security Interests securing the Secured Liabilities over the Substitute Ship in favour of the Security Trustee on substantially the same terms as the Security Interests securing the Secured Liabilities over that Ship being substituted;

(b) the replacement Security Interest referred to in paragraph (a) above shall be created and perfected on such terms as the Security Trustee acting reasonably requires not later than the date of which such Ship is substituted and the Security Trustee shall only release and/or discharge any Finance Documents over that Ship being substituted after the creation and/or perfection of such replacement Security Interests securing the Secured Liabilities;

(c)
the security cover is not less than the greater of (i) the security cover required pursuant to Clause 15 ( Security Cover ) and (ii) the security cover which existed immediately before the replacement of the particular Ship with a Substitute Ship.

8.10 Mandatory prepayment or cancellation on Change of Control

If there is a Change of Control, the Borrower shall prepay the Loan on or before the date falling
60 days following such Change of Control unless agreed otherwise by all the Lenders or the Change of Control consists of a Guarantor Disposal, where such Guarantor Disposal is made solely to facilitate the sale or disposal of a Ship and a corresponding prepayment is made in accordance with Clause 8.8.






8.11 Mandatory prepayment or cancellation on Illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in an Advance or all or any part of the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so or if funding or maintaining its participation in an Advance or all or any part of the Loan would cause that Lender to breach any Sanctions applicable to it:

(a) that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

(b) upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, each Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

(c)      the Borrower shall prepay that Lender's participation in each part of the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for that part of the Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid. 8.12 Amounts payable on prepayment

A voluntary prepayment under Clause 8.4, any mandatory prepayment and any cancellation of any Lender's Commitment under this Agreement shall be made together with:

(a) accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid;

(b) if the prepayment or any part of it is not made on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the part of the Loan against which it is to be applied, any sums payable under Clause 21.1(b).

8.13 Application of partial prepayment

Each partial prepayment shall be applied against the repayment instalments specified in
Clause 8.1 pro rata, including the balloon.

8.14 Reborrowing

No amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed.

8.15 Unwinding of Designated Transactions

On or prior to any repayment or prepayment of the Loan under this Clause 8 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall unless otherwise agreed by all the Lenders wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clauses 8.1 and 8.2 or if any overhedging occurs.

9 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

9.1 Documents, fees and no default

Each Lender's obligation to contribute to the Loan is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives the documents described in Part A of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;






(b) that, on or before the first Drawdown Date, the Agent receives or is satisfied that it will receive on the making of such Advance, the documents described in Part B of Schedule 4 in form and substance satisfactory to it and its lawyers;

(c)
that, on or before the service of each Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives all accrued commitment fees payable pursuant to Clause 20.1(b) and any fees contemplated by Clause 20.1(a) and has received payment of the expenses referred to in Clause 20.2;

(d) that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:

(i) no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the relevant Advance;(ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;

(iii) no event or circumstance has occurred which has or is reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect;

(iv) there has been no material change in the consolidated financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Borrower since the date on which the Borrower provided the Compliance Certificate and Accounting Information accompanying such Compliance Certificate or in respect of any of the information concerning those topics appended to the Compliance Certificate; and

(v) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.6 has occurred and is continuing;
and

(e) that, the Agent is satisfied that the Borrower will be in compliance with the requirements of
Clause 15 immediately following the making of the Advance; and

(f) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrower prior to the relevant Drawdown Date.

9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent

If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 5 Business Days after the Drawdown Date relating to that Advance (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all Lenders, specify).

10 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

10.1 General

The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows on the date of this
Agreement.

10.2 Status

The Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

10.3 Ownership of the Guarantors






The Borrower is the ultimate beneficial owner of all the issued share capital and voting rights in respect of each Guarantor free of Security Interests save for the Security Interests created pursuant to the Finance Documents and, prior to the date of the Shares Pledge in respect of a Guarantor executed by the Borrower, Security Interests created in connection with the relevant Existing Facility Agreement over the share capital and voting rights of that Guarantor. 10.4 Corporate power

The Borrower (or in the case of paragraph (a) each Guarantor) has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

(a) to register the Ships in their ownership on the Approval Flag;

(b) to execute the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and the Master
Agreements; and

(c)
to borrow under this Agreement, to enter into Designated Transactions under each Master Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and each Master Agreement.

10.5 Consents in force

All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

10.6 Legal validity; effective Security Interests

The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and each Master Agreement, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

(a) constitute the Borrower's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

(b) create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate,

subject to any Legal Reservations.

10.7 No third party Security Interests

Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each
Finance Document:

(a) the Borrower will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance
Document purports to create; and

(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

10.8 No conflicts

The execution by the Borrower of each Finance Document and each Master Agreement, and the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document and each Master Agreement will not involve or lead to a contravention of:






(a) any law or regulation; or

(b) the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or(c)
any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets.

10.9 No withholding Taxes

All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax (other than a FATCA Deduction) payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

10.10 No default

No Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred.

10.11 Information

All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7; and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrower from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.

10.12 No litigation

No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower or any Security Party (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, would be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

10.13 No rebates etc.

There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Borrower or any Security Party, from the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the Ships.

10.14 Compliance with certain undertakings

At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.4, 11.8 and 11.13.

10.15 Taxes paid

The Borrower has paid and has procured that each Guarantor has paid all Taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to it, its business or the Ship owned or to be owned by it.

10.16 ISM Code, ISPS Code and Environmental Laws compliance

All requirements of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and all Environmental Laws as they relate to the Borrower, the Guarantors, any Approved Ship Manager and the Ships have been complied with in all material respects. 10.17 No money laundering

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, the performance and discharge of its obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents or any Master





Agreement, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents or any Master Agreement to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower confirms (i) that it is acting for its own account; (ii) that it will use the proceeds of the Loan for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; (iii) that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council); and (iv) it and all members of its Group are in material compliance with applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceedings by or before any court, governmental or regulatory agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Borrower or any member of its Group with respect to the Anti- Money Laundering Laws are pending or, to its knowledge, threatened.

10.18 No immunity

The Borrower is not and no assets of the Borrower are entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceedings (which shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment, execution or other enforcement).

10.19 Pari passu

The obligations of the Borrower under the Finance Documents and any Master Agreement to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured indebtedness of the Borrower other than indebtedness mandatorily preferred by law.

10.20 Sanctions

(a) The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Guarantor's respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives has been and is in compliance with Applicable Sanctions.

(b) No Security Party and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives:

(i) is a Restricted Person, or is involved in any transaction through which it is likely to become a Restricted Person; or

(ii) is subject to or involved in any inquiry, claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions or acts directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Person in breach of Sanctions.

11 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

11.1 General

The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, otherwise permit. 11.2 Title; negative pledge

The Borrower will:

(a) own (directly or indirectly) and maintain ownership of the entire legal and beneficial interest in the entire issued share capital of each Guarantor free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind except for those created by the Finance Documents and, prior to date of the Shares Pledge executed by the Borrower in respect of a Guarantor, Security Interests created in connection with the relevant Existing Facility Agreement over the share capital of that Guarantor;






(b) procure that each Guarantor will:

(i) hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ship to be owned by it, the Insurances and Earnings relating to that Ship and the Earnings Account in its name, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests; and

(ii) not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security
Interests) over any other asset, present or future; and

(c)
procure that its liabilities under the Finance Documents to which it is a party do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law;

11.3 No disposal of assets

The Borrower will procure that no Guarantor will transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:

(a) any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation except for demurrage claims and otherwise in the ordinary course of conducting its business as a ship owner; or

(b) make any substantial change to the nature of its business from that existing at the date of this
Agreement.

11.4 No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred

The Borrower will procure that no Guarantor, from the date of the Guarantee executed by the relevant Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee, will incur any liability or obligation (including, without limitation, any contingent liability) except liabilities and obligations:

(a) under the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(b) reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of operating, upgrading, maintaining and chartering its Ship; and

(c)      in respect of Intercompany Loans made to the relevant Guarantor provided these comply with the requirements of Clause 11.20. 11.5 Information provided to be accurate

All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true, complete and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

11.6 Provision of financial statements

The Borrower will send to the Agent:

(a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each financial year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower and its subsidiaries;

(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each of the first three Accounting Periods in a calendar year, unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower and its subsidiaries which are certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Borrower;






(c)
a Compliance Certificate together with the annual reports that the Borrower delivers pursuant to paragraph (a) above and quarterly reports that the Borrower delivers in (b) above each certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower; and

(d) such other information and financial statements (including, without limitation, details of the operating performance, employment, positions and engagements of the Ships, annual budgets and projections) as may be requested by the Agent from time to time.

11.7 Form of financial statements

All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 11.6 will:

(a) be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied;

(b) fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower and its subsidiaries at the date of those accounts and of their profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

(c) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower and its subsidiaries.

11.8 Consents

The Borrower will, and will procure that each Guarantor will, maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:

(a) for it to perform its obligations under any Finance Document to which it is a party or any
Master Agreement;

(b) for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document to which it is a party or any Master
Agreement; and

(c) in the case of each Guarantor, to continue to own and operate the Ship owned by it

and the Borrower will, and will procure that each Guarantor will, comply with the terms of all such consents. 11.9 Maintenance of Security Interests

The Borrower will:

(a) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document and each Master Agreement validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and

(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document and any Master Agreement (if applicable) with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar Tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

11.10 Notification of litigation

The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal action involving the Borrower, any Security Party or any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances as soon as such action is instituted unless it is clear that the legal action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

11.11 No amendment to Master Agreements






The Borrower will not agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, any Master Agreement or any of its provisions.

11.12 Chief Executive Office

The Borrower will maintain its chief executive office in the Principality of Monaco.

11.13 Confirmation of no default

The Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by 2 directors of the Borrower and which:

(a) states that no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred; or

(b) states that no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.13 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 10 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Loan has not been made) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 11.13 does not affect the Borrower's obligations under Clause 11.14.

11.14 Notification of default

The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as the Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default and will keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.

11.15 Provision of further information

The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating to:

(a) the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower;

(b) the Borrower, any Security Party, any Ship, its Earnings or its Insurances; or

(c) any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document and any Master
Agreement,

which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender or any Swap Bank at any time and the Borrower shall promptly, provide such further information and/or documents as any Creditor Party (through the Agent) may request so as to enable such Creditor Party to comply with any laws applicable to it (including, without limitation, compliance with FATCA).

11.16 Provision of copies and translation of documents

The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

11.17 "Know your customer" checks






(a) The Borrower shall notify the Agent immediately if it becomes aware of any actual or intended change in its status or the status of any Security Party after the date of this Agreement. If:

(i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

(ii) any change in the status of the Borrower or any Security Party after the date of this
Agreement; or

(iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent, any Swap Bank or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender), the Swap Bank concerned, or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Swap Bank concerned, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(b) The Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order forthe Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

11.18 Compliance with laws

The Borrower shall comply and shall procure that each Guarantor shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws, all Applicable Sanctions and regulations relating thereto.

11.19 Taxes

The Borrower shall prepare and timely file all Tax returns required to be filed by it and any member of the Group and pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it and any member of the Group or in respect of any of its or any member of the Group's property and assets before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims for labour, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, might become a lien or any part thereof, except in each case, for any such Taxes (a) as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established, (b) as to which such failure to have paid does not create any risk of sale, forfeiture, loss, confiscation or seizure of a Ship or criminal liability, or (c) the failure of which to pay or discharge would not be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

11.20 Use of proceeds and Intercompany Loans

The Borrower shall:

(a) use the proceeds of the Loan to refinance the Existing Indebtedness and for general corporate purposes and shall on-lend the proceeds (or part of them where such proceeds have also been used to refinance the Existing Indebtedness) of each Advance directly or indirectly to the Guarantor which owns the relevant Ship and





shall procure that such Guarantor shall use the proceeds of such Advance solely as permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and

(b) procure that any Intercompany Loan it provides whether directly or indirectly to an Guarantor pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall:

(i) be fully subordinated to any and all obligations of the Guarantors and the rights of the
Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents;

(ii) not require the payment of interest prior to expiry of the Maturity Date; (iii) mature at least 1 year after the Maturity Date; and
(iv) not be secured by any asset which is already, or is to be, the subject of a Security Interest created by the Borrower or any Security Party pursuant to any Finance Document;

(c)
furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any instrument evidencing any Intercompany Loan, all other documents related thereto and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof; and(d) in respect of any such Intercompany Loan, execute and deliver to the Agent an Intercompany Loan Assignment and deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to in paragraphs 3, 4, and 6 of Part A of Schedule 4 as the Agent may require.

11.21 Sanctions

(a) The Borrower undertakes for itself and on behalf of each Guarantor that:

(i) they and each of their directors, officers, agents, employees or persons action on their behalf is not a Restricted Person and does not act directly or indirectly on behalf of a Restricted Person or in breach of Applicable Sanctions;

(ii) without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ any Ship nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any Applicable Sanctions, Environmental Laws, ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

(b) Without prejudice to Clause 14.10, the Borrower shall not, and will procure that no Guarantor shall, engage in any activity or dealing with a Restricted Person except such activity or dealing with a Restricted Person that is not in breach of Applicable Sanctions.

(c)
The Borrower shall procure, and will ensure that each Guarantor procures, that no proceeds from any activity or dealing with a Restricted Person are credited to any bank account held with any Creditor Party in its name.

(d) The Borrower shall, and will procure that the Guarantor shall, to the extent permitted by law, promptly upon becoming aware of them supply to the Agent details of any claim, action, suit, proceedings or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority.

11.22 Use of proceeds

The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit or authorise any other person (including without limitation the Guarantors) to, directly or indirectly, make available any proceeds of the Loan to fund or facilitate trade, business or other activities (i) involving or for the benefit of any Restricted Person in breach of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that could result in the Borrower and/or any Guarantor and/or a Creditor Party being in breach of any Applicable Sanctions or becoming a Restricted Person.

11.23 Anti-Corruption Laws and Anti-Money Laundering Laws






(a) Without limiting Clause 11.18 ( Compliance with laws ):

(i) each Obligor, and each member of its Group, shall materially comply with all applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and Anti-Money Laundering Laws.
(ii) each Obligor shall not, and shall procure that no member of its Group shall: (A) directly use, make available, apply or allow to be used, made available
or applied, the proceeds of any Loans, any leasing or any sale or other
disposal of any Ship (or any part of it) or any Earnings for any purpose which would violate or cause any Creditor Party or any Obligor to violate, when and as applicable, any Anti-Corruption Laws or any Anti- Money Laundering Laws; or(B) own, operate, possess, use, lease, dispose of or otherwise deal with, or procure or allow the ownership, operation, possession, use, leasing, disposal of or any other dealing with, any Ship, or part of it, for any purpose which would violate or cause any Creditor Party or any Obligor to violate, when and as applicable, any Anti-Corruption Laws or any Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

12 CORPORATE AND FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS

12.1 General

The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, otherwise permit.

12.2 Maintenance of status

The Borrower will:

(a) remain listed on the New York Stock Exchange;

(b) maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the
Republic of the Marshall Islands; and

(c)
procure that each Guarantor shall maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in goodstanding under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.

12.3 Negative undertakings

(a) The Borrower will not and will procure that no Guarantor shall:

(i) change its name, its type of organisation or the nature of its business; or

(ii) change its Fiscal Year; or

(iii) permit any act, event or circumstance to occur or arise which would or could result in a Change of Control of the Borrower or any Guarantor other than a Guarantor Disposal for the purposes of selling or disposing of a Ship where the relevant prepayment is made in accordance with Clause 8.8 or give rise whether directly or indirectly to a Material Adverse Effect; or

(iv) enter into any form of amalgamation, merge or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation.

(b) The Borrower will procure that no Guarantor shall:






(i) provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

(A) a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower's or the relevant Guarantor's share or loan capital; or

(B) any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower or the relevant Guarantor than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or

(ii) issue (except in accordance with the terms of the relevant Share Pledge), allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital; or

(iii) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative other than Designated Transactions.

12.4 Dividends

(a) The Borrower may only pay a dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the payment of such dividends or making of such distributions, redemptions, purchase or return or will result from the payment of such dividend or making of such distributions, redemptions, purchase or return; and

(b) The Borrower will procure that no Guarantor shall pay a dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital if:

(i) any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the payment of such dividend or making of such other form of distribution or effecting of such redemption, purchase or return of share capital or will result from such payment or making of such other form of distribution or effecting of such redemption, purchase or return of share capital; or

(ii) such dividend or other form of distribution or redemption, purchase or return of share capital shall result in a breach of the financial covenants set out in Clauses 12.5, 12.6 and 12.7.

12.5 Minimum liquidity

The Borrower shall, at all times, maintain Cash and Cash Equivalents on a consolidated basis, including all amounts on deposit with any bank, of not less than the greater of (a) $25,000,000 or (b) $700,000 multiplied by the number of Fleet Vessels (the " Minimum Liquidity "), provided that for the purpose of this Clause 12.5, " Cash Equivalents " shall include unutilised and freely available amounts under any revolving credit facility (where no default or termination event has occurred and is continuing and there is no restriction on borrowing under such Loan) with a maturity date in excess of 12 months after the date of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 11.6 and further provided that not less than 66.66 per cent. of Minimum Liquidity shall consist of Cash at all times.

12.6 Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth

The Borrower shall maintain a Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than $500,000,000 plus:

(a) 25 per cent. of the Borrower's cumulative, positive consolidated net income for each





Accounting Period commencing on or after 31 December 2017; and(b) 50 per cent. of the Equity Proceeds realised from any issuance of Equity Interests in the
Borrower occurring on or after 31 December 2013.

12.7 Maximum leverage

The Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation of not more than 0.60 to 1.00, to be tested on the last day of each Accounting Period.

12.8 Material Changes in GAAP requirements

If, at any time after the date of this Agreement, the GAAP requirements materially change so as to impact the financial covenants set out in this Clause 12 the Borrower shall notify the Agent and, if agreed between the Borrower and the Agent, this Agreement shall be amended and/or supplemented to reflect these changes.

13 INSURANCE

13.1 General

The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to procure that each Guarantor, at all times whilst the Ship owned by the relevant Guarantor is subject to a Mortgage, will comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, otherwise permit.

13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it insured at the expense of that Guarantor against:

(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery plus hull interest and any other usual marine risks such as excess risks as applicable);

(b) war risks (including the London Blocking and Trapping addendum or equivalent coverage including war, terrorism, piracy and confiscation risks excluded from the protection and indemnity risks);

(c)
full protection and indemnity risks (including liability for oil pollution and excess war risk P&I cover) on standard club rules, covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations (or, if the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover), or other with written consent from the Agent;

(d) freight, demurrage & defence risks;

(e) any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to standard practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for that Guarantor to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by written notice to that Guarantor. 13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall affect such insurances in respect of the
Ship owned by it: (a) in Dollars;





(b) in the case of the insurances described in 13.2(a), (b) and, in the event such other risk is based
on vessel value, (e) in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:

(i) when aggregated with the insured values of the other Ships then financed under this
Agreement, 120 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the Loan; and

(ii) the Fair Market Value of the Ship owned by it;

(c)
in the case of hull and machinery insured values of each Ship, in an amount not less than 80 per cent. of the Fair Market Value of that Ship and the aggregate amount of the hull and machinery insured values of the Ships shall be equal to or greater than the amount of the Loan; and

(d) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market;

(e) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full tonnage of the Ship owned by it;

(f) on approved terms; and

(g) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations that are members of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs.

13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3 the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:

(a) subject always to paragraph (b), name the relevant Guarantor as the sole named assured unless the interest of every other named assured is limited:

(i) in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;

(A) to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and

(B) to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and(ii) in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

and when requested by the Security Trustee (acting reasonably) obtain or procure that every other named assured has undertaken in writing to the Security Trustee (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between the relevant Guarantor and every other named assured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them in circumstances where such deductibles are not borne by the applicable Guarantor in full and/or where there is an Event of Default which is continuing and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

(b) whenever the Security Trustee requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Lender, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;






(c) name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security
Trustee may specify;

(d) provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

(e) provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party;

(f) provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the Guarantor concerned fails to do so; and

(g) provide that the deductible of the hull and machinery insurance is not higher than the amount agreed upon and stated in the loss payable clause.

13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall;

(a) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

(i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom that Guarantor proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

(ii) obtain the Security Trustee's approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

(b) at least 5 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee's approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and(c)      procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that all approved insurance brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;

(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security
Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

(c)
they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 5 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from that Guarantor or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and






(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship owned by that Guarantor under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of that Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of that Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.

13.7 Copies of certificates of entry

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship owned by it is entered provides the Security Trustee with:

(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Ship;

(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee; and

(c)      a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Ship. 13.8 Deposit of original policies

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

13.9 Payment of premiums

The Borrower procure that each Guarantor shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by that Guarantor and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.

13.10 Guarantees

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

13.11 Compliance with terms of insurances

The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Guarantor shall do or omit to do (or permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:

(a) each Guarantor shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;

(b) no Guarantor shall make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship owned by it unless approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances; and

(c)
no Guarantor shall employ the Ship owned by it, or allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

13.12 Alteration to terms of insurances






The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Guarantor shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

13.13 Settlement of claims

The Borrower shall not and shall procure that no Guarantor shall settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance effected by it for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances. 13.14 Provision of copies of communications

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all material written communications between the relevant Guarantor and:

(a) the approved insurance brokers;

(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c)
the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to: (i) that Guarantor's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without
limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and

(ii) any credit arrangements made between that Guarantor and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

13.15 Provision of information

In addition, the Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected by it; and/or

(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.16 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all reasonable fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a), provided the amount of such fees and expenses shall have been the subject of prior consultation between the Security Trustee and the Borrower but without any obligation on the part of the Security Trustee to consider or comply with any recommendation by or request from the Borrower during such consultation.

13.16 Mortgagee's interest, additional perils

The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew (i) mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance and (ii) mortgagee's interest marine insurance in such amounts and on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider appropriate and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance. 14 SHIP COVENANTS






14.1 General

The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party that it shall and that it shall procure that each Guarantor will, at all times whilst the Ship owned by the relevant Guarantor is subject to a Mortgage, comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of all the Lenders, may otherwise permit.

14.2 Ship's name and registration

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of any Ship without the prior written approval of the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

14.3 Repair and classification

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Ship owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

(b) so as to maintain the highest class for that Ship with the Approved Classification Society free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Ship's class; and

(c)
so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered under the law of the Approved Flag on which that Ship is registered or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which that Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

14.4 Classification Society undertaking

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall instruct the Approved Classification
Society (and in the case of dual classification, only the primary classification society):

(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Approved Classification Society in relation to the Ship owned by it;

(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of that Guarantor and the Ship owned by it at the offices of the Approved Classification Society and to take copies of them;

(c) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:

(i) to confirm that such Guarantor is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the Approved Classification Society; or(ii) if such Guarantor is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the Approved Classification Society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the Approved Classification Society.

14.5 Modification






The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship owned by it or equipment installed on that Ship which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Ship or materially reduce its value and for the avoidance of doubt the installation of scrubbers is approved.

14.6 Removal of parts

The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall remove any material part of the Ship owned by it, or any item of equipment installed on, that Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on that Ship the property of that Guarantor and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage Provided that an Guarantor may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship owned by it.

14.7 Surveys

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor, at the Borrower's expense submits the Ship owned by it regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes with copies of all technical survey reports in respect of surveys carried out by an Approved Ship Manager or other qualified expert duly appointed for such purpose.

14.8 Inspection

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship owned by it at all reasonable times, with reasonable notice to the relevant Guarantor, always without interfering with the trading of the Ship at the Borrower's expense to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections provided that unless an Event of Default has occurred or that Ship's Approved Classification Society has issued a recommendation or condition affecting that Ship's class, the Borrower shall not have to pay for more than 1 inspection per Ship in each calendar year. The Security Trustee shall use reasonable efforts not to interfere with the operation of that Ship when exercising its rights under this Clause 14.8.

14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly discharge:

(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances;

(b) all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances; and(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship owned by it, its Earnings or its Insurances,

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship owned by it, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

14.10 Compliance with laws etc.

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall:






(a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Applicable Sanctions and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship owned by it, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of that Guarantor;

(b) not employ the Ship owned by it nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Applicable Sanctions; and

(c)
in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Ship's war risks insurers unless the Borrower has or has procured that there is (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which an Approved Broker may require and provided the Security Trustee with evidence of such insurance cover.

14.11 Provision of information

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:

(a) the Ship owned by it, its employment, position and engagements (including, without limitation, details of the operating performance, employment, positions and engagements of the Ships, annual budgets and projections);
(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship owned by it; (c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance
or repair of the Ship owned by it and any payments made in respect of that Ship; (d) any towages and salvages; and
(e) its compliance, the Approved Ship Manager's or the compliance by the Ship owned by it with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and Applicable Sanctions,

and, upon the Security Trustee's request, provide copies of any current charter relating to that Ship, of any current charter guarantee and copies of each Guarantors or the Approved Ship Manager's Document of Compliance.

14.12 Notification of certain events

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall promptly notify the Security Trustee by email, confirmed forthwith, by letter of:(a) any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

(b) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship owned by it has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

(c)
any requirement or condition made by any insurer or the Approved Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not complied with within the specified time;

(d) any arrest or detention of the Ship owned by it, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of that Ship for hire;

(e) any intended dry docking of the Ship owned by it;

(f) any Environmental Claim made against any Security Party or the Borrower or in connection with any Ship, or any Environmental Incident;






(g) any claim for breach of the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Laws or Applicable Sanctions being made against that Guarantor, the Approved Ship Manager (following the Guarantor becoming aware of the same) or otherwise in connection with the Ship owned by it; or

(h) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Laws or Sanctions not being complied with;

and the Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of the Borrower's, any Guarantor's, the Approved Ship Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.

14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

(a) The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it: (i) let that Ship on demise charter for any period;
(ii) enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of that Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 36 months other than Charters where the charterer is a member of the Group or the Charter is pursuant to an Approved Pooling Arrangement;

(iii) enter into any charter in relation to that Ship under which more than 2 months' hire
(or the equivalent) is payable in advance;

(iv) charter that Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm's length terms at the time when such Ship is fixed;

(v) appoint a manager of that Ship other than an Approved Ship Manager or agree to any material alteration to the terms of the Approved Ship Manager's appointment save that amendments to the provisions relating to the management fees and termination fees cannot be considered material if such amendments to the fees are on market terms and do not and shall not affect the rights of the Creditor Parties in an adverse manner in the context of the Finance Documents;(vi) appoint a classification society for that Ship other than an Approved Classification
Society;

(vii) de-activate or layup that Ship; or

(viii) put that Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $500,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) or (i) in the case of any scheduled special surveys in respect of such Ship, in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000, or (ii) in the case of the fitting of any exhaust gas cleaning units in respect of such Ship, in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $2,500,000, unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on such Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

(b) The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall, in relation to the Ship owned by it, ensure that an Approved Technical Manager shall only appoint a sub-manager in relation to the technical management of that Ship provided that in the case of any such sub-management, the Approved Technical Manager shall continue to remain primarily liable vis-à-vis the relevant Guarantor to perform the technical management responsibilities in relation to that Ship and, if so appointed as technical manager of that Ship, such sub-manager shall be appointed on substantially the same terms as the Approved Technical Manager and once appointed as an Approved Sub-Manager, the relevant Guarantor shall not and shall procure that the relevant Approved Technical Manager shall not agree to any material alteration to the terms of the relevant Approved Sub-Manager's appointment.






14.14 Notice of Mortgage

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship owned by it as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage, carry on board the Ship owned by it a certified copy of the relevant Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master's cabin of that Ship a framed printed notice stating that such Ship is mortgaged by that Guarantor to the Security Trustee.

14.15 Sharing of Earnings

The Borrower shall procure that no Guarantor shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings of the Ship owned by it provided always that any Ship may be entered into any Approved Pooling Arrangement.

14.16 ISPS Code

The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall ensure that the company responsible for the Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code complies with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:

(a) procure that its Ship and the company responsible for such Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

(b) maintain for its Ship an ISSC; and

(c)      notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

14.17 Copies of Charter; Charterparty Assignment

Provided that the Borrower has obtained the prior permission of the Agent necessary under
Clause 14.13(a)(ii), the Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor shall:

(a) furnish promptly to the Agent a true and complete copy of any Charter for the Ship owned by it, all other documents related thereto including, without limitation, any guarantee of such Charter and a true and complete copy of each material amendment or other modification thereof; and

(b) in respect of any such Charter other than a Charter where the charterer is a member of the Group or the Charter is pursuant to an Approved Pooling Arrangement, execute and deliver to the Agent a Charterparty Assignment and deliver to the Agent a consent and acknowledgement executed by the charterer and any related charter guarantor and such other documents equivalent to those referred to in paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of Part A of Schedule 4 as the Agent may require.

14.18 Change of Approved Ship Manager

If, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, there is a change of Approved Ship
Manager, the Borrower shall or shall procure that:

(a) the relevant Guarantor shall promptly provide the Agent with a copy of the management agreement pursuant to which such Approved Ship Manager is to be appointed; and

(b) the new Approved Ship Manager shall provide to the Agent on or prior to the commencement of its appointment, an Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking.

14.19 Green Passport






The Borrower shall procure that each Guarantor has obtained a Green Passport, or equivalent document acceptable to the Agent, within 30 days from the Drawdown Date of the relevant Advance in respect of the Ship owned by it which remains valid throughout the Security Period.

15 SECURITY COVER

15.1 Minimum required security cover

Clause 15.2 applies if the Agent notifies the Borrower that:

(a) the Fair Market Value of the Ships then subject to a Mortgage; plus

(b) the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15, is below:
(i) 140 per cent. of the Loan from the first Drawdown Date to and including 31 December
2020;

(ii) 145 per cent. of the Loan from 1 January 2021 to and including 31 December 2021; (iii) 150 per cent. of the Loan thereafter.

15.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment

If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.1, the Borrower shall within 30 days after the date on which the Agent's notice is served, either:

(a) prepay such part (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall; or

(b) provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security which, in the opinion of all of the Lenders acting in their absolute discretion, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of all of the Lenders, approve or require and, for this purpose, it is agreed that acceptable additional security shall include (i) a Substitute Ship and/or (ii) cash collateral in Dollars valued at par.

(c)
For the avoidance of doubt, amounts prepaid pursuant to this Clause shall be applied in accordance with Clause 8.13.

15.3 Valuation of Ship

The market value of a Ship at any date is that shown by:

(a) the arithmetic average of 2 valuations each prepared by an Approved Broker selected by the
Agent;

(b) as at a date not more than 30 days prior to the date such valuation is delivered to the Agent by such Approved Broker;

(c) with or without physical inspection of that Ship (as the Agent may require);

(d) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment; and

(e) after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.






15.4 Value of additional vessel security

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.2.

15.5 Valuations binding

Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

15.6 Provision of information

The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker acting under Clause 15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or the Approved Broker may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by thedate specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the Approved Broker or the Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.

15.7 Payment of valuation expenses

Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower's obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4, the Borrower shall, subject to Clause 15.8, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause 15.

15.8 Frequency of valuations

(a) The Borrower shall provide the valuations of each Ship required pursuant to paragraph 12 of Part B of Schedule 4 at the Borrower's expense;

(b) the Borrower shall provide to the Agent 2 valuations during each half of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower commencing on 1 January 2019 (such valuations to be attached to the Compliance Certificates for the relevant fiscal quarter to be provided by the Borrower) setting forth the Fair Market Value of each Ship in each case at the cost of the Borrower save that the Borrower shall not be required to pay for more than 2 sets of valuations of each Ship in each calendar year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or any valuation obtained would entitle the Agent to serve a notice pursuant to Clause 15.1 in which case such valuations required by the Agent shall be for the cost of the Borrower; and

(c)
the Agent shall be entitled, at its own expense, to obtain valuations of each Ship other than those referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above as often as it may request.

15.9 Application of prepayment

Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.2.

15.10 Release of Additional Security

It is agreed that where the Borrower or a third party has provided additional security pursuant to Clause 15.2 the Borrower is entitled to request the release of such additional security at its expense at any time following a testing of compliance by the Borrower of the minimum required security cover under Clause 15.1. Where the Borrower is shown to be in compliance with such minimum required security cover without including





the additional security within the calculation and where the Borrower is in compliance with the minimum required security cover under Clause 15.1, such additional security shall be released at the Borrower's cost.

16 PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

16.1 Currency and method of payments

All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Borrower and any Security Party under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:

(a) by not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the due date;(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);

(c)
in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower or another Security Party to the Agent or any Lender, to an account of the Agent as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties, or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and

(d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

16.2 Payment on non-Business Day

If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:

(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

16.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments

All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

16.4 Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties

Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:

(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, a Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, that Swap Counterparty or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender and the Swap Counterparty or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and






(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender and each Swap Counterparty pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

16.5 Permitted deductions by Agent

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the
Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender or a Swap Counterparty, deductand withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender or that Swap Counterparty under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender or that Swap Counterparty to pay on demand.

16.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender or any Swap Counterparty any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender or that Swap Counterparty until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

16.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received

If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender or a Swap Counterparty, without first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender or the Swap Counterparty concerned shall, on demand:

(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.

16.8 Agent may assume receipt

Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.

16.9 Creditor Party accounts

Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

16.10 Agent's memorandum account

The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

16.11 Accounts prima facie evidence

If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.





17 APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

17.1 Normal order of application

Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

(a) FIRST: in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent and the Security Trustee under the Finance Documents;

(b) SECONDLY: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents (or any of them) in such order of application and/or such proportions as the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may specify by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties;

(c)
THIRDLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b);

(d) FOURTHLY: in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any amount then due and payable under any
Master Agreement which relates to a Designated Transaction;

(e) FIFTHLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Master Agreement which relates to a Designated Transactions but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d); and

(f) SIXTHLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

17.2 Variation of order of application

The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

17.3 Notice of variation of order of application

The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.

17.4 Appropriation rights overridden

This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.

18 APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

18.1 Payment of Earnings






The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment), all the Earnings of each Ship are paid to the Earnings Account for that Ship, at all times whilst such Ship is subject to a Mortgage.

18.2 Application of Earnings

The Borrower undertakes with the Lenders to procure that money from time to time credited to, or for the time being standing to the credit of, an Earnings Account shall, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred which is continuing (whereupon the provisions of Clause 17.1 shall be and become applicable), be freely available to the Borrower.

18.3 Location of accounts

The Borrower shall promptly:

(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Earnings
Accounts (or any of them); and

(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Accounts (or any of them).

18.4 Debits for expenses etc.

The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit any Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21.

18.5 Borrower's obligations unaffected

The provisions of this Clause 18 do not affect:

(a) the liability of the Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or

(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any Security Party under any Finance
Document.

19 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

19.1 Events of Default

An Event of Default occurs if:

(a) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document unless its failure to pay is caused by a Disruption Event and payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date; or

(b) any breach occurs of Clause 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.21(a), 11.22, 12.5, 12.6, 12.7, 13.2 and 15.2; or(c)
any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 20 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or






(d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or

(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or

(f) any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower on a consolidated basis exceeding $10,000,000 in aggregate or, in the case of any Security Party,
$2,500,000 (or in either case, the equivalent in any other currency):

(i) any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person is not paid when due; or

(ii) any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or

(iii) a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

(iv) any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

(v) any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of that Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or

(g) any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:

(i) a Relevant Person becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

(ii) any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating,
$10,000,000 in the case of the Borrower or $2,500,000 in the case of any Security Party
or more or the equivalent in another currency; or

(iii) any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person;
or

(iv) an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a
Relevant Person; or
(v) any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or

(vi) a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or

(vii) a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (a) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of





a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (did) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower or the Guarantors which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by all the Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or

(viii) an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (a) the application or petition is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (a) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or

(ix) a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or

(x) any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type describedin paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or

(xi) in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Lenders acting reasonably is similar to any of the foregoing.

(h) any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened against a Relevant Person or its assets which has, will have or may have a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) a Finance Document is amended, terminated, cancelled or suspended for any reason except with the prior written consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders;

(j) the Borrower ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which is material in the context of this Agreement; or

(k) it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:






(i) for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which all the Lenders consider material under a Finance Document;

(ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Lenders or the Swap Banks to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or

(l) any consent necessary to enable any Guarantor to own, operate or charter the Ship owned by it or on the Approved Flag or to enable the Borrower, such Guarantor or any other Security Party to comply with any provision which all the Lenders consider material of a Finance Document, to which it is a party is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or

(m) any failure to change the flag state of a Ship after written notice from the Agent requesting a flag change as a result of governmental and/or political unrest which may in the Agent's opinion have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(n) any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of a Ship unless it is within 45 Business Days redelivered to the full control of the Guarantor owning that Ship; or

(o) any provision which all the Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest and which in each case such default continues unremedied 15 days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

(p) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or

(q) an Event of Default (as defined in section 14 of a Master Agreement) occurs; or
(r) a Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with the consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders; or

(s) any of the Ships ceases to be employed by the relevant Approved Ship Manager on terms acceptable to the Agent or any of the circumstances described in Clause 19.1(g) or (j) occurs ( mutatis mutandis ) in relation to an Approved Ship Manager or an Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager breaches any provision of its Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking which the Agent considers material and the Borrower fails within a period of 15 days of it becoming aware of the occurrence of such circumstance or breach or of the receipt of a written notification from the Agent requesting the Borrower to remedy such circumstances or breach either to remedy such circumstances or breach or to substitute the relevant Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager with another Approved Ship Manager or Approved Sub-Manager which executes and delivers to the Security Trustee a replacement Approved Ship Manager's Undertaking; or

(t) an event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

19.2 Actions following an Event of Default

On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:
(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:
(i) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or






(ii) serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

(iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

(b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of all the Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Counterparties are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

19.3 Termination of Commitments

On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.

19.4 Acceleration of Loan

On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other FinanceDocument shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.

19.5 Multiple notices; action without notice

The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 19.2(a)(i) and (ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

19.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties

The Agent shall send to each Lender, each Swap Counterparty, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.

19.7 Creditor Party rights unimpaired

Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or Swap Counterparties under a Finance Document, a Master Agreement or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

19.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability

No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:

(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or






(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,

except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party's own officers and employees or ( as the case may be) such receiver's or manager's own partners or employees.

19.9 Relevant Persons

In this Clause 19, a " Relevant Person " means the Borrower and any Security Party.

19.10 Interpretation

In Clause 19.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g) "petition" includes an application. 19.11 Position of Swap Counterparties

Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 19, to have any regard to the requirements of a Swap Counterparty except to the extent that such Swap Counterparty is also a Lender.

20 FEES AND EXPENSES

20.1 Commitment, agency fees

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:

(a) on the date of this Agreement or as otherwise agreed, the fees in the amounts previously agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrower; and

(b) quarterly in arrears on each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December during the period from the date of this Agreement until the end of the Availability Period (or if earlier, the date on which this Agreement is terminated), for the account of the Lenders pro rata to their unutilised Commitments, a commitment fee at a rate equal to 1 per cent. per annum on the amount of the unutilized Commitment of each Lender.

20.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, syndication or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document including, without limitation, any legal fees (including VAT and disbursements) reasonably incurred by the Agent, Security Trustee, the Bookrunners and the Mandated Lead Arrangers in this connection.

20.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Creditor
Party concerned, the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:

(a) any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;






(b) any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Swap Banks, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;

(c)
the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or

(d) any step taken by the Lender or the Swap Bank concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any Taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules. 20.4 Documentary Taxes

The Borrower shall promptly pay any Tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent's demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a Tax.

20.5 Financial Services Authority fees

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Lender concerned the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that a Lender has notified the Agent to be necessary to compensate it for the cost attributable to its Contribution resulting from the imposition from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 and/or by the Bank of England and/or by the Financial Services Authority (or other United Kingdom governmental authorities or agencies) of a requirement to pay fees to the Financial Services Authority calculated by reference to liabilities used to fund its Contribution.

20.6 Certification of amounts

A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

21 INDEMNITIES

21.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan

The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent's demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:

(a) an Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice relating to such
Advance for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;

(c)
any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7);






(d) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Latent Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19;

and in respect of any Tax (other than any FATCA Deduction or a Tax on its overall net income under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Creditor Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Creditor Party is treated as a resident for Tax purposes) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payableto that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance
Document.

21.2 Breakage costs

Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:

(a) in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and

(b) in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.

21.3 Miscellaneous indemnities

The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:

(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any Master Agreement by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document or any Master Agreement; or

(b) any other Pertinent Matter,

other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 21.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions.

21.4 Currency indemnity

If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the " Contractual Currency ") into another currency (the " Payment Currency ") for the purpose of:

(a) making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or






(b) obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

(c) enforcing any such order or judgment,the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

In this Clause 21.4, the " available rate of exchange " means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

This Clause 21.4 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

21.5 Mandatory Cost

The Borrower shall, on demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

(a) in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank (or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

(b) in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions).

21.6 Application to Master Agreements

For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 21.4 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of that Master Agreement shall apply.

21.7 Certification of amounts

A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

21.8 Sums deemed due to a Lender

For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security
Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.


22 NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION






22.1 No deductions

All amounts due from the Borrower or any Security Party under a Finance Document shall be paid:

(a) without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

(b) free and clear of any Tax Deduction except a Tax Deduction which the Borrower or such
Security Party is required by law to make.

22.2 Grossing-up for Taxes

If the Borrower or any Security Party is required by law to make a Tax Deduction from any payment under a Finance Document:

(a) the Borrower or such Security Party (as the case may be) shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

(b) the Borrower or such Security Party (as the case may be) shall pay the Tax deducted to the appropriate Taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises; and

(c)
the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the Tax Deduction) a net amount which, after the Tax Deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.

22.3 Evidence of payment of Taxes

Within 1 month after making any Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Tax had been paid to the appropriate Taxation authority.

22.4 Tax Deduction

In this Clause 22 " Tax Deduction " means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future Tax other than a FATCA Deduction.

22.5 FATCA Deduction

(a) Each party to this Agreement may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no party to this Agreement shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b) Each party to this Agreement shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the party to this Agreement to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Creditor Parties.

22.6 Stamp Taxes

The Borrower shall pay and, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Creditor Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document or any Master Agreement.

22.7 Application to Master Agreements






For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to a Swap Counterparty under or in connection with a Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) ( Deduction or Withholding for Tax ) of that Master Agreement shall apply.

22.8 FATCA Information

(a) Subject to paragraph (c) below, each party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another party:

(i) confirm to that other party whether it is:
(A) a FATCA Exempt Party; or
(B) not a FATCA Exempt Party;

(ii) supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with FATCA; and

(iii) supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

(b) If a party confirms to another party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall notify that other party reasonably promptly.

(c)
Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Creditor Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

(i) any law or regulation;
(ii) any fiduciary duty; or
(iii) any duty of confidentiality.

(d) If a party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

22.9 VAT

(a) All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any party to a Creditor Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Creditor Party to any party under a Finance Document and such Creditor Party is required to account to the relevant Tax authority for the VAT, that party must pay to such Creditor Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Creditor Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that party).






(b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Creditor Party (the " Supplier ") to any other Creditor Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

(i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant Tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant Tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

(ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant Tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant Tax authority in respect of that VAT.

(c)
Where a Finance Document requires any party to reimburse or indemnify a Creditor Party for any cost or expense, that party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Creditor Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Creditor Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant Tax authority.

(d) Any reference in this Clause 22.9 to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union) so that a reference to a party shall be construed as a reference to that party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

(e) In relation to any supply made by a Creditor Party to any party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Creditor Party, that party must promptly provide such Creditor Party with details of that party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonablyrequested in connection with such Creditor Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

23 ILLEGALITY, ETC.

23.1 Illegality

This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ") notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

(a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or

(b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,

for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this
Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.






23.2 Notification of illegality

The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

23.3 Prepayment; termination of Commitment

On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender's Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender's notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution in accordance with Clause 8.

23.4 Mitigation

If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 23.1 then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 23.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:

(a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or

(b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or

(c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or Tax disadvantage.

24 INCREASED COSTS

24.1 Increased costs

This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ") notifies the Agent that the Notifying
Lender considers that as a result of:(a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a Tax on the Notifying Lender's overall net income); or

(b) the effect of complying with any law or regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or

(c) the implementation or application of or compliance with any Basel III Regulation, CRD IV and
CRR,

the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an " increased cost ".

24.2 Meaning of "increased costs"

In this Clause 24, "increased costs" means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:

(a) an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or having taken an assignment of rights under this Agreement,





of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;

(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;

(c)
an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender's Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or

(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender after providing evidence of its method of calculation to quantify such increased costs under this Agreement,

but not an item attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a party or compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 21.5.

For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

24.3 Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs

The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the
Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.

24.4 Payment of increased costs

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Notifying
Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that theNotifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.

24.5 Notice of prepayment

If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days' notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.

24.6 Prepayment; termination of Commitment

A notice under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying
Lender of the Borrower's notice of intended prepayment; and:

(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and

(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender's Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.

24.7 Application of prepayment

Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.






25 SET-OFF

25.1 Application of credit balances

Each Creditor Party may without prior notice:

(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

(b) for that purpose:

(i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;

(ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and

(iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

25.2 Existing rights unaffected

No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document). 25.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender

For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender's proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.

25.4 No Security Interest

This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.

26 TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

26.1 Transfer by Borrower

The Borrower may not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all the Lenders transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.

26.2 Transfer by a Lender

Subject to Clause 26.5, a Lender (the " Transferor Lender ") may at any time, with:

(a) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and such consent deemed to be given if the Borrower does not expressly refuse its consent within
15 Business Days of a request by a Lender); and

(b) the prior approval of the Agent, cause:





(i) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution but in the case of part, in an amount no less than $10,000,000; or

(ii) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment but in the case of part, in an amount no less than $10,000,000; or

(iii) a combination of (i) and (ii),

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another bank or financial institution which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets and which is FATCA Exempt Party (a " Transferee Lender ") or the securitisation or similar transaction of that Transferor Lender's Contribution of Commitment by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 5 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a " Transfer Certificate ") executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender,

Provided that the consent of the Borrower or the Agent shall not be required where: (i) the Transferee Lender is an Affiliate of an existing Lender; or
(ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security
Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Deed.

26.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification

As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall
(unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security
Trustee, each of the other Lenders and each of the Swap Banks;

(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it;

(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b),

but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

26.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate

A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.

26.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate

Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

26.6 Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate






However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent's notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

26.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate

A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:

(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender's title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;

(b) the Transferor Lender's Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer
Certificate;

(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the
Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;

(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate's effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor's title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;

(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.6 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

26.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders

During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days' prior notice.

26.9 Reliance on register of Lenders






The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents. 26.10 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates

The Borrower, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.

26.11 Registration fee

In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $5,000 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent's option) the Transferee Lender.

26.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment

A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

26.13 Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Creditor Party may disclose:

(a) with the prior written consent of the Borrower, to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and representatives such Confidential Information as that Creditor Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

(b) to any person:

(i) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person's Affiliates, representatives and professional advisers;

(ii) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or the Borrower and/or one or more of the Security Parties and to any of that person's Affiliates, representatives and professional advisers;

(iii) appointed by any Creditor Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;

(iv) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;(v) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction





or any governmental, banking, Taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

(vi) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

(vii) to whom or for whose benefit that Creditor Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 26.17 and to any rating agency in relation to any such securitisation;

(viii) who is a party; or

(ix) as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance
Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document,

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Creditor Party shall consider appropriate if:

(A) in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

(B) in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

(C) in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price- sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Creditor Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

(c)      with the prior written consent of the Borrower, to any person appointed by that Creditor Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the Loan Market Association Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Creditor Party.

26.14 Change of lending office

A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:

(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.






26.15 Notification

On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.

26.16 Replacement of Reference Bank

If any Reference Bank is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank's appointment shall cease to be effective.

26.17 Security over Lenders' rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

(i) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;

except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

(ii) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

(iii) require any payments to be made by the Borrower or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

27 VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

27.1 Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders

Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party's rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

27.2 Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders

However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words "by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders" were replaced by the words "by or on behalf of every Lender":






(a) a change to any Security Party, or the Borrower, other than in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

(b) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission;

(c)
a postponement to the date for, or a reduction in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees or other sum payable under this Agreement;

(d) an increase in any Lender's Commitment;

(e) a change to the definition of " Majority Lenders ";

(f) a change to the definition of " Sanctions ", " Sanctions List " or " Restricted Person "; (g) a change to Clause 3 or this Clause 27;
(h) a change to clause 10.20; (i) a change to Clause 11.23;
(j) a change to Clauses 12.5, 12.6 and 12.7 Error! Reference source not found. ;

(k) a change to this Clause 27.2;

(l) any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document;

(m) an extension of the Availability Period; and

(n) any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender's consent is required.

27.3 Other exceptions

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Mandated
Lead Arrangers, the Security Trustee, a Swap Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not beeffected without the consent of the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Security Trustee, that Swap Bank as the case may be.

27.4 Exclusion of other or implied variations

Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

(b) an Event of Default; or

(c)
a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or






(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

27.5 Replacement of Lender

(a) If any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (d) below) then the Borrower may, on five Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 26.2 ( Transfer by a Lender ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Institution (a " Replacement Lender ") which is acceptable to the Majority Lenders and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 26.2 ( Transfer by a Lender ) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest and/or Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

(b) The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 27.5 ( Replacement of Lender ) shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent or Security Trustee;

(ii) neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a
Replacement Lender;

(iii) in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 10 Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;(iv) in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 27.5 ( Replacement of Lender ) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

(v) the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

(c)
A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

(d) In the event that:

(i) the Borrower or the Agent (at the request of the Borrower) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

(ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the
Lenders; and

Lenders whose Commitments aggregate in the case of a consent, waiver or amendment requiring the approval of all the Lenders, more than 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction), have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment, then





any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a " Non-Consenting Lender ".

28 BAIL IN

28.1 Contractual recognition of bail-in

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due
(including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b) a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any
Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

29 NOTICES

29.1 General

Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter, electronic mail ("Email") and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

29.2 Addresses for communications

A notice by letter shall be sent:

(a) to the Borrower: Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
Le Millenium, 9 Boulevard Charles III,
98000 Monaco

Attn: Legal Department

Email@ legal@scorpiogroup.net

(b) to a Lender: At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or a Swap
Bank Schedule 2 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer
Certificate.
(c)      to a Swap Bank At the address below its name in Schedule 2. (d) to the Agent: NORDEA BANK ABP, NEW YORK BRANCH
1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor,
New York, NY 10036






Attention: Henning Christiansen

Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com
(e) to the Security Trustee: in respect of administrative matters: NORDEA BANK ABP, NEW YORK BRANCH
1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor,
New York, NY 10036

Attention: Henning Christiansen

Email: henning.christiansen@nordea.com

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Swap Banks and the Security Parties.

29.3 Effective date of notices

Subject to Clauses 29.4 and 29.5:(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered; and

(b) a notice which is sent by Email shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is actually received in readable form.

29.4 Service outside business hours

However, if under Clause 29.3 a notice would be deemed to be served: (a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
(b) on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,

the notice shall (subject to Clause 29.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

29.5 Illegible notices

Clauses 29.3 and 29.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

29.6 Valid notices

A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:

(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or

(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

29.7 Electronic communication between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank






Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by Email or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or Swap Bank:

(a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

(b) notify each other in writing of their Email address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

(c)
notify each other of any change to their respective Email addresses or any other such information supplied to them.

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or a Swap Bank will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electroniccommunication made by a Lender or a Swap Bank to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

29.8 English language

Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

29.9 Meaning of "notice"

In this Clause 29, " notice " includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

30 SUPPLEMENTAL

30.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive

The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are: (a) cumulative;
(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

(c)
shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

30.2 Severability of provisions

If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

30.3 Counterparts

A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

30.4 Third party rights

A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third
Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.






31 LAW AND JURISDICTION

31.1 English law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

31.2 Exclusive English jurisdiction

Subject to Clause 31.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any
Dispute.

31.3 Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of Creditor Parties
Clause 31.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the rights: (a) to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than
England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.

31.4 Process agent

The Borrower irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited at its office for the time being, presently at 10 Lower Grosvenor Place, London, SW1W 0EN (such communication to be marked preferably and if possible on the paper envelope and not on the courier packaging marked " SALT Transaction " for the urgent attention of the Legal Department), to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

31.5 Creditor Party rights unaffected

Nothing in this Clause 31 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

31.6 Meaning of "proceedings"

In this Clause 31, " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute " means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.













SCHEDULE 1
LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS




Lender Lending Office Commitment



Nordea Bank Abp, New
1211 Avenue of the Americas 23 rd
$45,000,000
York Branch
Floor,
 
 
New York,
 
 
NY 10036
 
 
 
 
DVB Bank SE, Amsterdam Branch
WTC Schiphol Tower F, 6th Floor
Schiphol Boulevard 255
1118 BH Schiphol
The Netherlands
$
45,000,000
 
c/o DVB Bank SE Representative
Office New York
100 Park Avenue, Suite 1301
 
 
New York, NY 10017
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
90,000,000


































SCHEDULE 2
SWAP BANKS

Swap Bank Booking Office

Nordea Bank Abp c/o Nordea Danmark, filial af Nordea Bank Abp, Finland
7288 Derivatives Services
Postbox 850
DK-0900 Copenhagen K, Denmark















































SCHEDULE 3
DRAWDOWN NOTICE

To: Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch as Agent

Attn: Henning Christiansen
1211 Avenue of the Americas, 23 rd Floor
New York, NY 10036

[] 2018

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

1
We refer to the loan agreement (the " Loan Agreement ") dated [] 2018 and made between ourselves as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, the Swap Banks referred to therein, the Mandated Lead Arrangers referred to therein, the Bookrunners referred to therein, yourselves as Agent and as Security Trustee in connection with a facility of up to US$90,000,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

2
We request to borrow an Advance as follows:- (a) Amount: US$[];
(b) Drawdown Date;

(c) [Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [] months;] and

(d) Payment instructions: [].

3 We represent and warrant that:

(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice and on the Drawdown Date with reference to the circumstances now existing; and

(b) no Event of Default or Latent Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Loan.

4 This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
[Name of Signatory]



Chief Financial Officer
for and on behalf of
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.










SCHEDULE 4
CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS PART A
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a).

1 A duly executed original of this Agreement and the Agency and Trust Deed.

2
Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Security Party.

3
Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and each Security Party and in the case of the Guarantors copies of resolutions of their shareholders authorising the execution of the Master Agreement and each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Security Party is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement.

4
The original of any power of attorney under which the Master Agreement (if applicable) and any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower (where a separate power of attorney is issued by the Borrower) or a Security Party.

5
An incumbency certificate in respect of the officers and directors (or equivalent) of each of the Borrower and the Security Parties and signature samples of any signatories to any Finance Document.

6
Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that all consents and approvals which the Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document and any Master Agreement have been obtained and any required filings have been made.

7
Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 31 has accepted its appointment.

8
Such documentation and other evidence in form and substance acceptable to the Agent or a Lender in order for each to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary "know your customer" or other checks which it is required to carry out in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and other Finance Documents and any Master Agreement, including without limitation obtaining, verifying and recording certain information and documentation that will allow the Agent and each of the Lenders to identify the Borrower and each Security Party.

9
Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of England and the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

10
A Compliance Certificate together with all supporting Accounting Information and other evidence as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

11      Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 20 have been paid or will be paid by the first Drawdown Date.
12
If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

13 The financial statements of the Borrower for its financial year ended 31 December 2017.










PART B

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(b).

1
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Guarantors and, if signing any Finance Document listed in paragraph 2 below, the Borrower and any other Security Party, certifying that each corporate and copy document provided by it under Part A of Schedule 4 remains correct, complete, has not been amended and is in full force and effect as at the relevant Drawdown Date and that there is no Event of Default.

2
Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and each Security Party and in the case of the Guarantors copies of resolutions of their shareholders authorising the execution of the Master Agreement and each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Security Party is a party.

3
A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the Guarantees, the Shares Pledges, the General Assignments, the Charterparty Assignments (if any), the Accounts Security Deed and any Intercompany Loan Assignments (if applicable) in relation to the Guarantors and the applicable Ships and, if any Master Agreement has been or will be entered into on or prior to the Drawdown Date, the original of a Master Agreement Assignment in relation to such Master Agreement (and of each document required to be delivered by their respective terms).

4
Evidence that any Existing Security over the applicable Ships (including any mortgages) has been released and evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the amount of the Existing Indebtedness in relation to the applicable Ships has been prepaid.

5
The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document or any Master Agreement is to be executed on behalf of the Guarantors or the Borrower if applicable (and only where a separate power of attorney is issued by the Borrower).

6
Copies of all consents which the Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document or any Master Agreement entered into on or prior to the Drawdown Date not already provided under Part A of this Schedule.

7
The Agent and Lenders have been provided with all information and documentation they have requested in order to carry out and be reasonably satisfied with all further necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to satisfy all internal compliance policies of the Agent and the Lenders in relation to "know you customer" requirements.

8
Confirmation that any Intercompany Loans made or to be made available to the relevant Guarantor have been or will be when made available fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and any Master Agreements.

9
Documentary evidence that the Earnings Accounts in respect of the Ships have been opened with the Account Bank.

10 Documentary evidence that:

(a) each Ship is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Guarantor under the relevant Approved Flag;

(b) each Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Guarantor save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;






(c)
each Ship maintains class acceptable to the Agent free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of an Approved Classification Society;

(d) the Mortgage in relation to each Ship has been duly registered against such Ship as a valid first preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the relevant Approved Flag; and

(e) each Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

11
Documents establishing that each Ship is managed by the Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Lenders, together with:

(a) the Manager's Undertaking in respect of the Ship; and

(b) copies of the relevant Approved Manager's Document of Compliance and of each Ships' Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Agent requires) and of each Ships' ISSC.

12
Valuations of each Ship to determine its Fair Market Value, addressed to the Agent and the Lenders, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated within 14 days of the Drawdown Date and obtained in accordance with Clause 15 and showing that upon the drawdown of Advances relating to the Ships, the Borrower will be in compliance with Clause 15.

13
Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of England, Liberia, the Marshall Islands, the Netherlands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

14
A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Ships as the Agent may require.

15
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 20 have been paid or will be paid by the first Drawdown Date.

16
If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

Each copy document delivered under this Schedule 4 shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or secretary (or equivalent officer) or an attorney-in-fact of the Borrower.


















SCHEDULE 5

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

To: [Name of Agent] for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, each Lender, each Swap Bank, each Bookrunner and each Mandated Lead Arranger as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

[]

1
This Certificate relates to a loan agreement (the " Agreement ") dated [•] 2018 and made between (1) Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the " Borrower "), (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Lenders, (3) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Swap Banks, (4) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Mandated Lead Arrangers, (5) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Bookrunners, (6) Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch as Agent and as Security Trustee for a loan facility of up to $90,000,000.

2
In this Certificate, terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate and:

" Relevant Parties " means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Bookrunners, the
Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Security Trustee, each Lender and each Swap Bank; " Transferor " means [full name] of [lending office];
" Transferee " means [full name] of [lending office].

3
The effective date of this Certificate is [•] Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

4
[The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [•] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[•].]

5
[By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 26 of the Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[•]] [from [•] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[•]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[•].]

6
The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

7
The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Agreement.

8 The Transferor:

(a) warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:






(i) the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are required in connection with this transaction; and

(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

(b) warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4; and

(c)
undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee's title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

9 The Transferee:

(a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement and each of the other Finance
Documents;

(b) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, any Swap Bank, any Bookrunner or any Mandated Lead Arranger in the event that:

(i) any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;

(ii) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents;

(iii) it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under any of the Finance Documents;

(c)
agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee, any Lender, any Swap Bank, any Bookrunner, or any Mandated Lead Arranger in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

(d) warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:

(i) it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and

(ii) that this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee;

(e) confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

10      The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent's or the Security Trustee's own officers or employees.

11
The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 9 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.






[Name of Transferor] [Name of Transferee] By: By:
Date: Date:

Agent

Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself as Agent and for every other Relevant Party [Name of Agent]
By: Date:
Administrative Details of Transferee
Name of Transferee: Lending Office: Contact Person
(Loan Administration Department):

Telephone: Fax:
Contact Person
(Credit Administration Department): Telephone:
Fax:

Account for payments:

Note : This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor's interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor's or Transferee's jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.
























SCHEDULE 6
DESIGNATION NOTICE

To: Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch as Agent
Attn: Henning Christiansen
1211 Avenue of the Americas 23 rd Floor
New York
NY 10036

[]

Dear Sirs

Loan Agreement dated [] 2018 made between (i) ourselves as Borrower, (ii) the Lenders named therein, (iii) the Swap Banks named therein, (iv) the Mandated Lead Arrangers named therein, (v) the Bookrunners named therein, and (vi) yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee (the "Loan Agreement").

We refer to:-

1 the Loan Agreement;

2 the Master Agreement dated [•] made between ourselves and [•]; and

3 a Confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated [•] and addressed by
[•] to us.

In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the said Confirmation and hereby confirm that the Transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a "Designated Transaction" for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents.

Yours faithfully,






................................................. for and on behalf of
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.



















SCHEDULE 7
LIST OF APPROVED BROKERS




Clarkson Platou

Arrow Sale & Purchase Limited Braemar ACM Shipbroking Fearnleys
Barry Rogliano Salles (BRS)












































SCHEDULE 8
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To: Nordea Bank Abp, New York Branch as Agent
Attn: Henning Christiansen
1211 Avenue of the Americas 23 rd Floor,
New York
NY 10036

[date]

Dear Sirs,

We refer to a loan agreement dated [] 2018 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between (i) Scorpio Bulkers Inc. as borrower (the " Borrower "), (2) the Lenders named therein, (3) the Swap Banks named therein, (4) the Mandated Lead Arrangers named therein, (5) the Bookrunners named therein and (6) yourselves as Agent and Security Trustee

Words and expressions defined in each of the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate.

We hereby represent that no Event of Default has occurred which is continuing as at the date of this
Certificate [other than []].

We hereby certify that, as at the date of this certificate:

(a) the Minimum Liquidity is $[•], $[•] of which consists of Cash and Cash Equivalents; (b) the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth is $[•];
(c) the ratio of Net Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalisation is [•] to [•]; and

(d) the Fair Market Value of the Ships plus the net realisation value of any additional security previously provided under Clause 15 as at [date of most recent half/full year certificate] is not less than [•] per cent of the Loan. [Note: Wording in square brackets is only relevant for quarterly compliance certificates]

All of these thresholds and ratios are in compliance with the requirements of clauses 12.5, 12.6, 12.7 and 15.1 of the Loan Agreement. Copies of our calculations in relation to the financial covenants and the valuations for the purposes of determining the Fair Market Value of the Ships is attached.

This Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.





[]
Chief Financial Officer
Scorpio Bulkers Inc.









SCHEDULE 9
DETAILS OF SHIPS

 
Vessel
DWT
(approx)
Type
Built
Owner/Guarantor
A
SBI ORION
64,000
Ultramax
2015
SBI Orion Shipping
Company Limited
B
SBI HYPERION
61,000
Ultramax
2016
SBI Hyperion
Shipping Company
Limited
C
SBI TETHYS
61,000
Ultramax
2016
SBI Tethys Shipping
Company Limited
D
SBI HERCULES
64,000
Ultramax
2016
SBI Hercules
Shipping Company
Limited
E
SBI SAMSON
64,000
Ultramax
2017
SBI Samson Shipping
Company Limited
F
SBI PHOENIX
64,000
Ultramax
2017
SBI Phoenix Shipping
Company Limited



























EXECUTION PAGES



THE BORROWER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED by Micha Withoft, Attorney-in-Fact
)
/s/ Micha Withoft
 
 
duly authorized
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
)
 
 
 
in the presence of: Auste Vizbaraite
)
/s/ Auste Vizbaraite
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE LENDERS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Mustafa Darwich, Attorney in fact
)
/s/ Mustafa Darwich
 
 
duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
NORDEA BANK ABP,
NEW YORK BRANCH
 
 
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers, Trainee Solicitor
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Mustafa Darwich, Attorney in fact
)
/s/ Mustafa Darwich
 
 
duly authorised
)
 
 
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
 
 
DVB BANK SE, AMSTERDAM BRANCH
 
 
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers, Trainee Solicitor
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 
 







THE SWAP BANKS
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Mustafa Darwich, Attorney in fact
)
/s/ Mustafa Darwich
duly authorised
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK ABP
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers, Trainee Solicitor
)
/s/ Hannah Myers


THE MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Mustafa Darwich, Attorney in fact
)
/s/ Mustafa Darwich
duly authorised
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK ABP,
NEW YORK BRANCH
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers, Trainee Solicitor
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Mustafa Darwich, Attorney in fact
)
/s/ Mustafa Darwich
duly authorised
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
DVB BANK SE, AMSTERDAM BRANCH
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers, Trainee Solicitor
)
/s/ Hannah Myers







THE BOOKRUNNERS
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Mustafa Darwich, Attorney in fact
)
/s/ Mustafa Darwich
duly authorised
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK ABP,
NEW YORK BRANCH
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers, Trainee Solicitor
)
/s/ Hannah Myers
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Mustafa Darwich, Attorney in fact
)
/s/ Mustafa Darwich
duly authorised
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
DVB BANK SE, AMSTERDAM BRANCH
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers, Trainee Solicitor
)
/s/ Hannah Myers

THE SECURITY TRUSTEE
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Mustafa Darwich, Attorney in fact
)
/s/ Mustafa Darwich
duly authorised
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK ABP,
NEW YORK BRANCH
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers, Trainee Solicitor
)
/s/ Hannah Myers


THE AGENT
 
 
 
SIGNED  by Mustafa Darwich, Attorney in fact
)
/s/ Mustafa Darwich
duly authorised
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDEA BANK ABP,
NEW YORK BRANCH
 
 
in the presence of: Hannah Myers, Trainee Solicitor
)
/s/ Hannah Myers














EXHIBIT 4.36
“BARECON 2001” STANDARD BAREBOAT CHARTER      PART1
 
1. Shipbroker
BIMCO STANDARD BAREBOAT CHARTER CODE NAME: “BARECON 2001”
ITOCHU CORPORATION
TOKBM Section, 5-1, Kita-Aoyama 2-chome,
Minato-ku, Tokyo, 107-8077, Japan
PART I
2. Place and date
In Monaco
 
 ______________ ___, 2018
3. Owners / Place of business (Cl. 1)
4. Bareboat Charterers / Place of business (Cl. 1)
Sedon (Hong Kong) Limited guaranteed by Kyokai Kaiun Co., Ltd. in a separate letter of guarantee in a form acceptable to the Charterers.
SBI Hermes Shipping Company Limited, a Marshall Islands corporation guaranteed by Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
 
 
 
 
5. Vessel's name, call sign and flag (Cl. 1 and 3)
 
M/V SBI Hermes, D5KR2, Liberia
 
 
6. Type of Vessel
7. GT / NT
Bulk Carrier
 34835/20238
 
 
8. When / Where built
9. Total DWT (abt . ) in metric tons on summer freeboard
2016 / Imabari Shipbuilding Co., Ltd
61 000 MT
 
 
10. Classification Society (Cl. 3)
11. Date of last special survey by the Vessel's classification society
American Bureau of Shipping
N/A
 
 
12. Further particulars of Vessel (also indicate minimum number of months' validity of class certificates agreed acc. to Cl. 3)
 IMO No. 9714721
 
 
13. Port or Place of delivery (Cl.3)
World Wide in Charterers’ option

14. Time for delivery (Cl.4)

See Clause 32
15. Cancelling date (Cl.5)

 N/A
16. Port or Place of redelivery (Cl. 15)
Safety afloat at an accessible safe berth or anchorage at a safe port or place within Trading Limits, port in Charterers’ option (however not applicable in case the Charterers exercise the Purchase Option as per clause 35)
17. No. of months' validity of trading and class certificates upon redelivery (Cl. 15)
Minimum 3 months (however not applicable in case the Charterers exercise the Purchase Option as per clause 35)
 
    
18. Running days' notice if other than stated in Cl.4
19. Frequency of dry-docking Cl. 10(g)
N/A
As required by Classification Society
 
 
20. Trading Limits (Cl.6)
 

worldwide trading within current IWL excluding any country boycotted by the UN.
The Charterers shall be allowed to breach the IWL subject to payment by the Charterers of any and all premiums, expenses, costs and risks of the Charterers and, where required by the relevant insurance terms, the underwriters’ approval.
 
 
21. Charter Period (Cl. 2)
22. Charter hire (Cl. 11)
5 years from delivery (See also Clause 33)
USD 5,850/Day (See also Clause 11).
23. New class and other safety requirements (state percentage of Vessel's insurance value acc. to Box 29 (Cl. 10(a)(ii))
N/A
 
24. Rate of interest payable acc. to Cl.11(f) and, if applicable, acc. to PART IV
25. Currency and method of payment (Cl.11)
4%
USD, payable monthly in advance by bank transfer
 
 
26. Place of payment; also state beneficiary and bank account (Cl. 11)
27. Bank guarantee / bond (sum and place) (Cl. 24 (optional)
Mizuho Bank, Ltd.
   N/A
28. Mortgage(s), if any (state whether Cl. 12(a) or (b) applies; if 12(b) applies, state date of Financial Instrument and name of Mortgagee(s)/Place of business) (Cl. 12)
29. Insurance (hull and machinery and war risks) (state value acc. to Cl.13(f) or, if applicable, acc. to Cl. 14(k)) (also state if Cl.14 applies)
N/A
See Clause 34
30. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Owners' account limited to (Cl. 13(b) or, if applicable, Cl. 14(g))
31. Additional insurance cover, if any, for Charterers' account limited to (Cl. 13(b) or, if applicable, Cl. 14(g))
N/A
N/A





 
 
32. Latent defects (only to be filled in if period other than stated in Cl.3)
33. Brokerage commission and to whom payable (Cl.27)
N/A  
N/A
 
 
34. Grace period (state number of clear banking days) (Cl. 28)
35. Dispute Resolution (state 30(a), 30(b) or 30(c); if 30(c) agreed, Place of Arbitration   must  be stated (Cl. 30)
 6 Banking Days
London as place of arbitration, English Law, Clause 30(a)
 
 
36. War cancellation (indicate countries agreed) (Cl. 26(f))
 
 N/A
 
 
37. Newbuilding Vessel (indicate with 'yes' or 'no' whether PART III applies) ( optional)
38. Name and place of Builders (only to be filled in if PART III applies)
No
N/A
 
 
39. Vessel's Yard Building No. (only to be filled in if PART III applies)
40. Date of Building Contract (only to be filled in if PART III applies)
N/A
 N/A
 
 
41. Liquidated damages and costs shall accrue to (state party acc. to Cl. 1)
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
N/A
 
42. Hire/Purchase agreement (indicate with 'yes' or 'no' whether PART IV applies) (optional)
43. Bareboat Charter Registry (indicate with 'yes' or 'no' whether PART IV applies) (optional)
No. See however Clause 35
No
 
 
44. Flag and Country of the Bareboat Charter Registry (only to be filled in if PART V applies)
45. Country of the Underlying Registry (only to be filled in if PART V applies)
N/A
N/A
 
 
46. Number of additional clauses covering special provisions, if agreed
 
   Clause 32 - 44
PREAMBLE - It is mutually agreed that this Contract shall be performed subject to the conditions contained in this Charter which shall include PART I and PART II. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further. It is further mutually agreed that PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V shall only apply and shall only form part of this Charter if expressly agreed and stated in Boxes 37, 42 and 43. If PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V apply, it is further agreed that in the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and PART II shall prevail over those of PART III and/or PART IV and/or PART V to the extent of such conflict but no further.
Signature (Owners)
Signature (Charterers)
Sedon (Hong Kong) Limited
 
SBI Hermes Shipping Company Limited
/s/ Makoto Nakayama
By:Makoto Nakayama
Title: Director
/s/ Hugh Baker
By:Hugh Baker
Title: Director
















PART II
“BARECON 2001” Standard Bareboat Charter
1. Definitions
In this Charter, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:
“Banking Day” shall mean a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday):
on which banks and financial markets are open for business in Tokyo, New York, Monaco, the Netherlands and London;
“MOA” shall have the definition given to it in the Riders hereto;
“Redelivery MOA” shall means the memorandum of agreement attached hereto as Appendix C;
“The Owners” shall mean the party identified in Box 3;
“The Charterers” shall mean the party identified in Box 4;
“The Vessel” shall mean the vessel named in Box 5 and with particulars as stated in Boxes 6 to 12;
“Financial instrument” means the mortgage, deed of covenant or other such financial security instrument as annexed to this Charter and stated in Box 28.

2. Charter Period
In consideration of the hire detailed in Box 22, the Owners have agreed to let and the Charterers have agreed to hire the Vessel for the period stated in Box 21 (the “Charter Hire Period”) . See also Clause 33.

3. Delivery - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED -See Clauses 32 and 33
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
(a) The Owners shall before and at the time of delivery exercise due diligence to make the Vessel seaworthy and in every respect ready in hull, machinery and equipment for service under this Charter. The Vessel shall be delivered by the Owners and taken over by the Charterers at the port or place indicated in Box 13 in such ready safe berth as the Charterers may direct in accordance with Clause 32.
(b) The Vessel shall be properly documented on delivery in accordance with the laws of the Flag State indicated in Box 5 and the requirements of the Classification Society stated in Box 10. The Vessel upon delivery shall have her survey cycles up to date and trading and class certificates valid for at least the number of months agreed in Box 12.
(c) The delivery of the Vessel by the Owners and the taking over of the Vessel by the Charterers shall constitute a full performance by the Owners of all the Owners’ obligations under this Clause 3, and thereafter the Charterers shall not be entitled to make or assert any claim against the Owners on account of any conditions, representations or warranties expressed or implied with respect to the Vessel but the Owners shall be liable for the cost of but not the time for repairs or renewals occasioned by latent defects in the Vessel, her machinery or appurtenances, existing at the time of delivery under this Charter, provided such defects have manifested themselves within twelve (12) months after delivery unless otherwise provided in Box 32.

4. Time for Delivery - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED - See Clause 32
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
The Vessel shall not be delivered before the date indicated in Box 14 the Owners shall exercise due diligence to deliver the Vessel not later than the date indicated in Box 15. Unless otherwise agreed in Box 18, the Owners shall definite notice of the date on which the Vessel is expected to be ready for delivery. The Owners shall keep the Charterers closely advised

5. Cancelling - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED - See Clause 32
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
(a) Should the Vessel not be delivered latest by the cancelling date indicated in Box 15, this Charter shall be deemed cancelled. the Charterers shall have the option of cancelling this Charter by giving the Owners notice of cancellation within thirty-six (36) running hours after the cancelling date stated in Box 15, failing which this Charter shall remain in full force and effect.
(b) If it appears that the Vessel will be delayed beyond the cancelling date, the Owners may, as soon as they are in a position to state with reasonable certainty the day on which the Vessel should be ready, give notice thereof to the Charterers asking whether they will exercise their option of cancelling, and the option must then be declared within one hundred and sixty-eight (168) running hours of the receipt by the Charterers of such notice or within thirty-six (36) running hours after the cancelling date, whichever is the earlier. If the Charterers do not then exercise their option of cancelling, the seventh day after the readiness date stated in the date indicated in Box 15 for the purpose of this Clause 5.
(c) Cancellation under this Clause 5 shall be without prejudice to any claim the Charterers may otherwise have on the Owners under this Charter.






6. Trading Restrictions
The Vessel shall be employed in lawful trades for the carriage of suitable lawful merchandise within the trading limits indicated in Box 20. The Charterers undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer the Vessel to be employed otherwise than in conformity with the terms of the contracts of insurance (including any warranties expressed or implied therein) without first complying with such requirements as to extra premium or otherwise as the insurers may prescribe. The Charterers also undertake not to employ the Vessel or suffer her employment in any trade or business which is forbidden by the law of any country to which the Vessel may sail or is otherwise illicit or in carrying illicit or prohibited goods or in any manner whatsoever which may render her liable to condemnation, destruction, seizure or confiscation. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Charter it is agreed that nuclear fuels or radioactive products or waste are specifically excluded from the cargo permitted to be loaded or carried under this Charter. This exclusion does not apply to radio-isotopes used or intended to be used for any industrial, commercial, agricultural, medical or scientific purposes to loading thereof.

7. Surveys on Delivery and Redelivery
(not applicable when Part III applies, as indicated in Box 37)
There will be no On-hire Survey on delivery. The Owners and Charterers shall each appoint surveyors for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of delivery and redelivery hereunder. The Owners shall bear all expenses of the On-hire Survey for the surveyor appointed by them in respect of the Off-hire Survey including loss of time, if any, at the daily equivalent to the rate of hire or pro rata thereof and the Charterers shall bear all expenses for the surveyor appointed by them in respect of the Off-hire Survey including loss of time, if any, at the daily equivalent to the rate of hire or pro rata thereof.

8. Inspection
The Owners shall have the right once per calendar year at any time after giving reasonable notice, however not less than 15 days, to the Charterers and provided that it does not unduly interfere with the commercial operation of the Vessel to inspect or survey the Vessel or instruct a duly authorized surveyor to carry out such inspection or survey on their behalf:
(a) to ascertain the condition of the Vessel and satisfy themselves that the Vessel is being properly repaired and maintained. The costs and fees for any inspection or survey made under this Clause 8 shall be paid by the Owners unless the Vessel is found to require repairs or maintenance in order to achieve the condition so provided; and
(b) in dry-dock if the Charterers have not dry-docked her in accordance with Clause 10(g). The costs and fees for such inspection or survey shall be paid by the Charterers.
(c) for any other commercial reason they consider necessary (provided it does not unduly interfere with the commercial operation of the Vessel). The costs and fees for such inspection and survey shall be paid by the Owners.
All time used in respect of inspection, survey or repairs shall account as the Charter Period.
The Charterers shall also permit, the Owners to inspect the Vessel’s log books whenever reasonably requested with ongoing Class Records (as to the ongoing Class Records the Charterer shall supply once a year) and shall whenever required by the Owners furnish them with full information regarding any major casualties or other major accidents or significant damage to the Vessel.

9. Inventories, Oil and Stores
A complete inventory of the Vessel’s entire equipment shall be provided by the Charterers to the Owners in conjunction with the Owners on delivery of the Vessel. There shall be no payment by the Charterers for any such items on delivery. Unless the Vessel is acquired by the Charterers in accordance with Clause 35, the Charterers and the Owners, respectively, shall at the time of delivery and redelivery and where Charterers have not exercised their option to purchase the Vessel in accordance with this Charter take over and pay for all bunkers, lubricating oil, unbroached provisions, paints, ropes and other consumable stores (excluding spare parts) in the said Vessel at the then current market prices at the ports of delivery and redelivery, respectively . The Charterers shall ensure that all spare parts listed in the inventory and used during the Charter Period are replaced at their expense prior to redelivery of the Vessel.

10. Maintenance and Operation
(a)(i) Maintenance and Repairs - During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be in the full possession and at the absolute disposal for all purposes of the Charterers and under their complete control in every respect. The Charterers shall maintain the Vessel, her machinery, boilers, appurtenances and spare parts in a good state of repair, in efficient operating condition and in accordance with good commercial maintenance practice and at their own expense they shall at all times keep the Vessel’s Class fully up to date with the Classification Society indicated in Box 10 and maintain all other necessary certificates in force at all times.

(ii) New Class and Other Safety Requirements - In the event of any improvement, structural changes or new equipment





becoming necessary for the continued operation of the Vessel by reason of new class requirements or by compulsory legislation (“Works”), the Charterers shall bear all such expenses, costs and time for effecting such improvement or structural change, provided however that in the event this Charter is terminated by reason of Owners’ default, Owners shall make good to Charterers any reasonable share of the expenditure incurred by Charterers in respect of any such Works (all such costs always excluding the Charterers’ loss of time, the “Works Costs”) as set out below .
The Charterers’ share of the Works Costs shall be calculated as: Works Costs x remaining days of the Charter at the time of early Termination / total amortization period, as applicable (the “Charterers’ Share of the Works”).
The Owners’ share of the Works Costs shall be calculated as: Works Costs less Charterers’ Share of the Works (the “Owners’ Share of the Works”) .
The Owners shall pay the Owners’ Share of the Works within seven (7) Banking Days from the receipt of the notice from the Charterers which describes the amount of the Owners’ Share of the Works and the calculation basis with its supporting evidences. 
Either party shall have the right to refer the determination of who shares what part of the excess to the dispute resolution method set out in Clause 30.

(iii) Financial Security - The Charterers shall maintain financial security or responsibility in respect of third party liabilities as required by any government, including federal, state or municipal or other division or authority thereof, to enable the Vessel, without penalty or charge, lawfully to enter, remain at, or leave any port, place, territorial or contiguous waters of any country, state or municipality in performance of this Charter without any delay. This obligation shall apply whether or not such requirements have been lawfully imposed by such government or division or authority thereof. The Charterers shall make and maintain all arrangements by bond or otherwise as may be necessary to satisfy such requirements at the Charterers’ sole expense and the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against all consequences whatsoever (including loss of time) for any failure or inability to do so.

(b) Operation of the Vessel - The Charterers shall at their own expense and by their own procurement man, victual, navigate, operate, supply, fuel and, whenever required, repair the Vessel during the Charter Period and they shall pay all charges and expenses of every kind and nature whatsoever incidental to their use and operation of the Vessel under this Charter, including annual flag State fees and any foreign general municipality and/or state taxes. The Master, officers and crew of the Vessel shall be the servants of the Charterers for all purposes whatsoever, even if for any reason appointed by the Owners. Charterers shall comply with the regulations regarding officers and crew in force in the country of the Vessel’s flag or any other applicable law.

(c) The Charterers shall keep the Owners advised of any planned dry-docking and major repairs of the Vessel, as reasonably required.

(d) Flag and Name of Vessel - During the Charter Period, the Charterers shall have the liberty to paint the Vessel in their own colours, install and display their funnel insignia and fly their own house flag. The Charterers shall also have the liberty, with the Owners’ consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, to change the flag and/or the name of the Vessel during the Charter Period. Painting and re-painting, instalment and re-instalment, registration and re-registration, if required by the Owners, shall be at the Charterers’ expense and time.

(e) Changes to the Vessel - Subject to Clause 10(a)(ii), the Charterers shall make no structural changes in the Vessel or changes in the machinery, boilers, appurtenances or spare parts without in each instance first securing the Owners’ approval thereof, which approval not to be unreasonably withheld. If the Owners so agree, the Charterers shall, if the Owners so require, restore the Vessel to its former condition before the termination of this Charter (always excluding any time where the Charterers have exercised their right to purchase the Vessel).
 

(f) Use of the Vessel’s Outfit, Equipment and Appliances - The Charterers shall have the use of all outfit, equipment, and appliances on board the Vessel at the time of delivery, provided the same or their substantial equivalent shall be returned to the Owners on redelivery in the same good order and condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The Charterers shall from time to time during the Charter Period replace such items of equipment as shall be so damaged or worn as to be unfit for use. The Charterers are to procure that all repairs to or replacement of any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment be effected in such manner (both as regards workmanship and quality of materials) as not to diminish the value of the Vessel. The Charterers have the right to fit additional equipment at their expense and risk. Any equipment including radio equipment on hire on the Vessel at time of delivery shall be kept and maintained by the Charterers and the Charterers shall assume the obligations and liabilities of the Owners under any lease contracts in connection therewith and shall reimburse the Owners for all expenses incurred in connection therewith, also for any new equipment required in order to comply with radio regulations.






(g) Periodical Dry-Docking - The Charterers shall dry-dock the Vessel and clean and paint her underwater parts whenever the same may be necessary, but not less than once during the period stated in Box 19 or, if Box 19 has been left blank, every sixty (60) calendar months after delivery or such other period as may be required by the Classification Society or the applicable flag State.

(h) Owners Corporate Maintenance - The Owners shall maintain their existence throughout the Charter Period as a company validly existing in good standing in their jurisdiction of incorporation and shall maintain their status as a foreign maritime entity in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia or, if applicable, any other flag state selected pursuant to Clause 10(d).

11. Hire
(a) The Charterers shall pay hire due to the Owners punctually in accordance with the terms of this Charter in respect of which time shall be of the essence.
(b) The Charterers shall pay to the Owners for the hire of the Vessel a lump sum in the amount indicated in Box 22 which shall be payable monthly in advance, the first lump sum being payable on the date and hour of the Vessel’s delivery to the Charterers and subsequent lump sums being payable in equal monthly installments. Subject to as otherwise provided in this Charter, hire shall be paid continuously throughout the Charter Period.
(c) Subject to as otherwise expressly provided in this Charter, payment of hire shall be made in cash and in full free of bank charges without discount, deduction and set-off in the currency and in the manner indicated in Box 25 and at the place mentioned in Box 26.
(d) Final payment of hire, if for a period of less than one (1) month thirty (30) running days , shall be calculated proportionally according to the number of days and hours remaining before redelivery and advance payment to be effected accordingly.
(e) Should the Vessel be lost or missing, hire shall cease from the date and time when she was lost or last heard of. The date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as lost or missing shall be ten (10) days after the Vessel was last reported or when the Vessel is posted as any hire paid in advance to be adjusted accordingly.
(f) Any delay in payment of hire or other amount payable and due by the Charterers under this Charter shall entitle the Owners to interest at the rate per annum as agreed in Box 24. If Box 24 has not been filled in, the three months Interbank offered rate in London (LIBOR or its successor) for the currency stated in Box 25, as quoted by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or its successor) the British Bankers’ Association (BBA) on the date when the hire fell due, increased by 2 per cent., shall apply.
(g) Payment of interest due under sub-clause 11(f) shall be made within seven (7) running days of the date of the Owners’ invoice specifying the amount payable or, in the absence of an invoice, at the time of the next hire payment date.

12. Mortgage - See also Clause 36
(only to apply if Box 28 has been appropriately filled in)
(a) The Owners warrant that they have not effected any mortgage(s) of the Vessel and that they shall not effect any mortgage(s) without the prior consent of the Charterers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(b) The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage according to the Financial Instrument. The Charterers undertake to provide such information and documents to enable the Owners to comply, with all such instructions or directions in regard to the employment, insurances, operation, repairs and maintenance of the Vessel as laid down in the Financial Instrument or as may be directed from time to time during the currency of the Charter by the mortgagee(s) in conformity with the Financial Instrument, provided however that nothing to be done under this Clause 12(b) shall require the Charterers to do more than they are required to do otherwise under this Charter. The Owners warrant that they have not effected any mortgage(s) other than as stated in Box 28 and that they shall not agree to any amendment of the mortgage(s) referred to in Box 28 or effect any other mortgage(s) without the prior consent of the Charterers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. (Optional, Clauses 12(a) and 12(b) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 28).

13. Insurance and Repairs - See also Clause 34
In relation to repairs to the Vessel effected by Charterers in accordance with this paragraph, Owners will indemnify Charterers up to the value of the insurance proceeds which are paid out by the insurers but retained by the lender/mortgagee under the Financial Instrument as a result of a breach of the terms of the Financial Instrument by the Owners, provided always that Charterers are in full compliance with the terms of this Charter
(a) During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against hull and machinery, war and Protection and Indemnity risks (and any risks against which it is compulsory to insure for the operation of the Vessel, including maintaining financial security in accordance with sub-clause 10(a)(iii)) in such form





as the Owners shall in writing approve, which approval shall not be un-reasonably withheld. Such insurances shall be arranged by the Charterers to protect the interests of both the Owners and the Charterers and the mortgagee(s) (if any), and The Charterers shall be at liberty to protect under such insurances the interests of any managers they may appoint. Insurance policies shall cover the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective interests.
Subject to the provisions of the Financial Instrument, if any, and the approval of the Owners and the insurers, the Charterers shall effect all insured repairs and shall undertake settlement and reimbursement from the insurers of all costs in connection with such repairs as well as insured charges, expenses and liabilities to the extent of coverage under the insurances herein provided for.
The Charterers also to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses covered by the insurances and/or not exceeding any possible franchise(s) or deductibles provided for in the insurances. All time used for repairs under the provisions of sub-clause 13(a) and for repairs of any and all latent defects according to Clause 3(c) above , including but not limited to any deviation, shall be for the Charterers’ account.

(b) The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the written consent of the insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such insurers is necessary.

(c) The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners, provide information and promptly execute such documents as may be reasonably required to enable the Owners to comply with the insurance provisions of the Financial Instrument.

(d) The Owners shall upon the request of the Charterers, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Charterers to abandon the Vessel to insurers and claim a constructive total loss.

(e) For the purpose of insurance coverage against hull and machinery and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause 13(a), the value of the Vessel is the sum indicated in Box 29.

14. Insurance, Repairs and Classification - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 29, in which event Clause 13 shall be considered deleted).
(a) During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Owners at their expense against hull and machinery and war risks under the form of policy or policies attached hereto. The Owners and/or insurers shall not have any right of recovery or subrogation against the Charterers on account of loss of or any damage to the Vessel or her machinery or appurt- enances covered by such insurance, or on account of payments made to discharge claims against or liabilities of the Vessel or the Owners covered by such insurance. Insurance policies shall cover the Owners and the Charterers according to their respective interests.
(b) During the Charter Period the Vessel shall be kept insured by the Charterers at their expense against Protection and Indemnity risks (and any risks against which it is compulsory to insure for the operation of the Vessel, including maintaining financial security in accordance with sub-clause 10(a)(iii)) in such form as the Owners shall in writing approve which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(c) In the event that any act or negligence of the Charterers shall vitiate any of the insurance herein provided, the Charterers shall pay to the Owners all losses and indemnify the Owners against all claims and demands which would otherwise have been covered by such insurance.
(d) The Charterers shall, subject to the approval of the repairs, and the Charterers shall undertake settlement of all miscellaneous expenses in connection with such repairs as well as all insured charges, expenses and liabilities, to the extent of coverage under the insurances provided for under the provisions of sub-clause 14(a). The Charterers to be secured reimbursement through presentation of accounts.
(e) The Charterers to remain responsible for and to effect repairs and settlement of costs and expenses incurred thereby in respect of all other repairs not covered by the insurances and/or not exceeding any possible franchise(s) or deductibles provided for in the insurances.
(f) All time used for repairs under the provisions of sub-clauses 14(d) and 14(e) and for repairs of latent defects according to Clause 3 above, including any form part of the Charter Period. The Owners shall not be responsible for any expenses as are incident to the use and operation of the Vessel for such time as may be required to make such repairs.
(g) If the conditions of the above insurances permit additional insurance to be placed by the parties such cover shall be limited to the amount for each party set out in Box 30 and Box 31, respectively. The Owners or the Charterers as the case may be shall immediately furnish the other party with particulars of any additional insurance effected, including copies of any cover notes or policies and the written consent of the insurers of any such required insurance in any case where the consent of such insurers is necessary.
(h) Should the Vessel become an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances required under sub-clause 14(a), all insurance payments for such loss shall be paid to the Owners, who shall distribute the





moneys between themselves and the Charterers according to their respective interests.
(i) If the Vessel becomes an actual, constructive, compromised or agreed total loss under the insurances arranged by the Owners in accordance with sub-clause 14(a), this Charter shall terminate as of the date of such loss.
(j) The Charterers shall upon the request of the Owners, promptly execute such documents as may be required to enable the Owners to abandon the Vessel to the insurers and claim a constructive total loss.
(k) For the purpose of insurance coverage against hull and machinery and war risks under the provisions of sub-clause 14(a), the value of the Vessel is the sum indicated in Box 29.
(l) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-clause 10(a), it is agreed that under the provisions of Clause Class fully up to date with the Classification Society indicated in Box 10 and maintain all other necessary certificates in force at all times.

15. Redelivery
At the expiration of the Charter Period the Vessel shall be redelivered by the Charterers to the Owners at a safe and ice-free port or place as indicated in Box 16, in such ready safe berth as the Owners may direct. The Charterers shall give the Owners not less than thirty (30) running days’ preliminary notice of expected date, range of ports of redelivery or port or place of redelivery and not less than fourteen (14) running days’ definite notice of expected date and port or place of redelivery.
Any changes thereafter in the Vessel’ position shall be notified immediately to the Owners.
The Charterers warrant that they will not permit the Vessel to commence a voyage (including any preceding ballast voyage) which cannot reasonably be expected to be completed in time to allow redelivery of the Vessel within the Charter Period. Notwithstanding the above, should the Charterers fail to redeliver the Vessel within The Charter Period, the Charterers shall pay the daily equivalent to the rate of hire stated in Box 22 for the number of days by which the Charter Period is exceeded. All other terms, conditions and provisions of this Charter shall continue to apply. Subject to the provisions of Clause 10, the Vessel shall be redelivered to the Owners in the same or as good structure, state, condition and class as that in which she was delivered, fair wear and tear not affecting class excepted and the Charterer shall clean swept holds to be grain ready. The Vessel upon redelivery shall have her survey cycles up to date and trading and valid class certificates valid for at least the number of months agreed in Box 17.

16. Non-Lien
The Charterers will not suffer, nor permit to be continued, any lien or encumbrance incurred by them or their agents, which might have priority over the title and interest of the Owners in the Vessel. The Charterers further agree to fasten to the Vessel in a conspicuous place and to keep so fastened during the Charter Period a notice reading as follows:
“This Vessel is the property of the Owners. It is under charter to the Charterers and by the terms of the Charter Party neither the Charterers nor the Master have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed on the Vessel any lien.”

17. Indemnity
(a) The Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against any direct loss, damage or reasonable expense incurred by the Owners arising out of or in relation to the operation of the Vessel by the Charterers, and against any lien of whatsoever nature arising out of an event occurring during the Charter Period. If the Vessel be arrested or otherwise detained by reason of claims or liens arising out of her operation hereunder by the Charterers, the Charterers shall at their own expense take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable time the Vessel is released, including the provision of bail.
Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Charterers agree to indemnify the Owners against all consequences or liabilities arising from the Master, officers or agents signing Bills of Lading or other documents.
(b) If the Vessel be arrested or otherwise detained by any reason of a claim or claims against the Owners, or other vessels owned by the Owners, the Owners shall at their own expense take all reasonable steps to secure that within a reasonable time the Vessel is released, including the provision of bail.
In such circumstances, the Owners shall indemnify the Charterers against any direct loss, damage or reasonable expense incurred by the Charterers (including hire paid under this Charter) as a direct consequence of such arrest or detention and the Charterers shall not be required to pay hire to the Owners during any period where the Vessel is arrested or otherwise detained by reason of a claim or claims against the Owners.
 
18. Lien
The Owners to have a lien upon all cargoes sub hires and sub freights, belonging or due to the Charterers and any Bill of Lading freight for all claims under this Charter, and the Charterers to have a lien on the Vessel for all moneys paid in advance and not earned.

19. Salvage
All salvage and towage performed by the Vessel shall be for the Charterers’ benefit and the cost of repairing damage





occasioned thereby shall be borne by the Charterers.

20. Wreck Removal
In the event of the Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation the Charterers shall indemnify the Owners against any sums whatsoever which the Owners shall become liable to pay and shall pay in consequence of the Vessel becoming a wreck or obstruction to navigation.

21. General Average
The Owners shall not contribute to General Average.

22. Assignment, Sub-Charter and Sale
(a) The Charterers shall not assign this Charter nor sub-charter the Vessel on a bareboat basis except with the prior consent in writing of the Owners, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Owners shall approve.
(b) The Owners shall not sell the Vessel during the currency of this Charter except with the prior written consent of the Charterers, which shall always be subject to the buyer accepting an assignment of this Charter.

23. Contracts of Carriage
*) (a) The Charterers are to procure that all documents issued during the Charter Period evidencing the terms and conditions agreed in respect of carriage of goods shall contain a paramount clause incorporating any compulsorily applicable in the trade; if no such legislation exists, the documents shall incorporate the Hague or Hague-Visby Rules. The documents shall also contain the New Jason Clause and the Both-to-Blame Collision Clause.
*) (b) The Charterers are to procure that all passenger tickets issued during the Charter Period for the carriage of passengers and their luggage under this Charter shall contain a paramount clause incorporating any legislation liability for passengers and their luggage compulsorily applicable in the trade; if no such legislation exists, the passenger tickets shall incorporate the Athens Convention Relating to the Carriage of Passengers and their Luggage by Sea, 1974, and any protocol thereto. *) Delete as applicable.

24. Bank Guarantee - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
(Optional, only to apply if Box 27 filled in) The Charterers undertake to furnish, before delivery of the Vessel, at first class bank guarantee or bond in sum and the place as indicated in Box 27 as guarantee for full performance of their obligations under this Charter.

25. Requisition/Acquisition
(a) In the event of the Requisition for Hire of the Vessel by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as “Requisition for Hire”) irrespective of the date during the Charter Period when length thereof and whether or not it be for an indefinite or a limited period of time, and irrespective of whether it may or will remain in force for the remainder of the Charter Period, this Charter shall not be deemed thereby or thereupon to be frustrated or otherwise terminated and the Charterers shall continue to pay the stipulated hire in the manner provided by this Charter until the time when the Charter would have terminated pursuant to any of the provisions hereof always provided however that in the event of “Requisition for Hire” any Requisition Hire or compensation received or receivable by the Owners shall be payable to the Charterers during the remainder of the Charter Period or the period of the “Requisition for Hire” whichever be the shorter.

(b) In the event of the Owners being deprived of their ownership in the Vessel by any Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel or requisition for title by any governmental or other competent authority (hereinafter referred to as “Compulsory Acquisition”), then, irrespective of the date during the Charter Period when “Compulsory Acquisition” may occur, this Charter shall be deemed terminated as of the date such “Compulsory Acquisition”, In such event charter hire to be considered as earned and to be paid up to the date and time of such as “Compulsory Acquisition”.

26. War
(a) For the purpose of this Clause, the words “War Risks” shall include any war (whether actual or threatened), act of war, civil war, hostilities, revolution, rebellion, civil commotion, warlike operations, the laying of mines (whether actual or reported), acts of piracy, acts of terrorists, acts of hostility or malicious damage, blockades (whether imposed against all vessels or imposed selectively against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever), by any person, body, terrorist or political group, or the Government of any state whatsoever, which may be dangerous or are likely to be or to become dangerous to the Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel.
(b) The Vessel, unless the written consent of the Owners be first obtained, shall not continue to or go through any port, place,





area or zone (whether of land or sea), or any waterway or canal, where it reasonably appears that the Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel, in the reasonable judgement of the Owners, may be, or are likely to be, exposed to War Risks. Should the Vessel be within any such place as aforesaid, which only becomes dangerous or is likely to be or to become dangerous, after the entry into it, the Owners shall have the right to require the Vessel to leave such area.
(c) The Vessel shall not load contraband cargo, or to pass through any blockade, whether such blockade be imposed on all vessels, or is imposed selectively in any way whatsoever against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever, or to proceed to an area where she shall be subject, or is likely to be subject to a belligerent’s right of search and/or confiscation.
(d) If the insurers of the war risks insurance, when Clause 14 is applicable, should require payment of premiums and/or calls because, pursuant to the and remain within, any area or areas which are specified by such insurers as being subject to additional premiums because of War Risks, then such premiums and/or calls shall be reimbursed by the Charterers to the Owners at the same time as the next payment of hire is due.
(e) The Charterers shall have the liberty:
(i) to comply with all orders, directions, recommendations or advice as to departure, arrival, routes, sailing in convoy, ports of call, stoppages, destinations, discharge of cargo, delivery, or in any other way whatsoever, which are given by the Government of the Nation under whose flag the Vessel sails, or any other Government, body or group whatsoever acting with the power to compel compliance with their orders or directions;
(ii) to comply with the orders, directions or recommendations of any war risks underwriters who have the authority to give the same under the terms of the war risks insurance;
(iii) to comply with the terms of any resolution of the Security Council of the United Nations, any directives of the European Community Union, the effective orders of any other Supranational body which has the right to issue and give the same, and with national laws aimed at enforcing the same to which the Owners are subject, and to obey the orders and directions of those who are charged with their enforcement.

(f) In the event of outbreak of war (whether there be a declaration of war or not ) (i) between any two or more of the following countries: the United States of America; Russia; the United Kingdom; France; and the People’s Republic of China, (ii) between any two or more of the countries stated in Box 36, both the Owners and the Charterers shall have the right to cancel this Charter, whereupon the Charterers shall redeliver the Vessel to the Owners in accordance with Clause 15, if the Vessel has cargo on board after discharge thereof at destination, or if debarred under this Clause from reaching and entering it at a near open and safe port as directed by the Owners, or if the Vessel has no cargo on board, at the port at which the Vessel then is or if at sea at a near, open and safe port as directed by the Owners. In all cases hire shall continue to be paid in accordance with Clause 11 and except as aforesaid all other provisions of this Charter shall apply until redelivery .

27. Commission - INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
The Owners to pay a commission at the rate indicated in Box 33 to the Brokers named in Box 33 on any hire paid under the Charter. If no rate is indicated in Box 33, the commission to be paid by the Owners shall cover the actual expenses of the Brokers and a reasonable fee for their work. If the full hire is not paid owing to breach of the Charter by either of the parties the party liable therefor shall indemnify the Brokers against their loss of commission. Should the parties agree to cancel the Charter, the Owners shall indemnify the Brokers against any loss of commission but in such case the commission shall not exceed the brokerage on one year’s hire.

28. Termination
(a) Charterers’ Default
The Owners shall be entitled to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers and terminate the Charter with immediate effect by written notice to the Charterers if:
(i) (1) the Charterers fail to pay hire in accordance with Clause 11. However, where there is a failure to make punctual payment of hire due to oversight, negligence, errors or omissions on the part of the Charterers or their bankers, the Owners shall give the Charterers written notice of the number of clear Banking Days stated in Box 34 (as recognized at the agreed place of payment) in which to rectify the failure, and when so rectified within such number of days following the Owners’ notice the payment shall stand as regular and punctual. Failure by the Charterers to pay hire within the number of days stated in Box 34 of their receiving the Owners notice as provided herein, shall entitle the Owners to withdraw the Vessel from the service of the Charterers and terminate the Charter without further notice; or
(2) at any time the total amount of the outstanding and unpaid hires in accordance with clause 11 of this Charter then due exceeds USD 362,7 00 and as long as continues.
(ii) the Charterers fail to comply with the requirements of:
(1) Clause 6 (Trading Restrictions); or
(2) Clause 13(a) (Insurance and Repairs) provided that the Owners shall have the option, by written notice to the Charterers, to give the Charterers a specified number of days grace within which to rectify the failure without prejudice





to the Owners’ right to withdraw and terminate under this Clause if the Charterers fail to comply with such notice;
(iii) the Charterers fail to rectify any failure to comply with the requirements of sub-clause 10(a)(i) (Maintenance and Repairs) as soon as practically possible after the Owners have requested them to do so in writing and in any event so that the Vessel’s insurance cover is not prejudiced.
(iv ) if the Guarantor (defined in Clause 37.3 hereof);
(1) the Guarantor ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange and that such de-listing shall have a material adverse effect on the Guarantor's ability to fulfil its respective obligations under the Guarantee to which it is a party; or

(2) has a stockholder’s equity (excluding treasury stock and any impairment charges on assets) in accordance with GAAP of below USD 100 million; or

(3) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Guarantor seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property, and solely in the case of an involuntary proceeding:
(i) such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or
(ii) any of the actions sought in such involuntary proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or
(4) without the prior written consent of the Owners to cease to carry on its business or any substantial part thereof or shall threaten to dispose of the whole or a substantial part of its assets; or

(5) all or a material part of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interest in, the Guarantor are seized, nationalized, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government (provided always that that any wrongful seizure, nationalization, expropriation and/or compulsory acquisition shall be excluded) and such occurrence would adversely affect the Guarantor’s ability to perform its obligations under the Guarantee.

In case of (iv) above, upon receiving the Owners’ notice the Charterers have the option to purchase the Vessel or accept Owners’ notice to withdraw the Vessel or terminate the BBC Charter.
If the Charterers select the Option to purchase the Vessel, the price shall be as per the Purchase Option Price in Clause 35 after the end of year three (3), the price from the Delivery Date until the end of year three (3) shall be reasonably agreed by both parties which shall be calculated based on the Purchase Option Price.
If the Charterers do not select the Option to purchase the Vessel, the Owners may have the option to sell the Vessel following the termination of the Charter Period.

(b) Owners’ Default
If the Owners shall by any act or omission be in breach of their obligations under this Charter to the extent that the Charterers are deprived of the use of the Vessel and such breach continues for a period of fourteen (14) running days after written notice thereof has been given by the Charterers to the Owners, the Charterers shall be entitled to terminate this Charter with immediate effect by written notice to the Owners. The Charterers shall be entitled to cease paying hire from the date that they are deprived of the use of the Vessel and have given written notice thereof to the Owners until such date as the Owners comply with their obligations under this Charter again or until termination of this Charter pursuant to this Clause.

(c) Loss of Vessel - See Clause 34
This Charter shall be deemed to be terminated if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss. For the purpose of this sub-clause, the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless she has either become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.
(d) Either party shall be entitled to terminate this Charter with immediate effect by written notice to the other party and its Guarantor in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of the other party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangements or composition with its creditors.
(e) The termination of this Charter shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination and to any claim that either party might have.

29. Repossession





In the event of the termination of this Charter in accordance with the applicable provisions of Clause 28, the Owners shall have the right to repossess the Vessel from the Charterers at her current or next port of call, or at a port or place convenient to them without hindrance or interference by the Charterers, courts or local authorities. Pending physical repossession of the Vessel in accordance with this Clause 29, the Charterers shall hold the Vessel as gratuitous bailee only to the Owners. The Owners shall arrange for an authorised representative to board the Vessel as soon as reasonably practicable following the termination of the Charter. The Vessel shall be deemed to be repossessed by the Owners from the Charterers upon the boarding of the Vessel by the Owners’ representative. All arrangements and expenses relating to the settling of wages, Master, officers and crew shall be the sole responsibility of the Charterers, unless the Charter is terminated pursuant to Clause 28(b) or by the Charterers pursuant to clause 28(d) as a result of an event, order or resolution of the Owners’ case .

30. Dispute Resolution
This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement. If a second arbitrator is appointed in accordance with the Arbitration Act, the two arbitrators shall appoint a third arbitrator. If the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon a third arbitrator within twenty one (21) days after appointment of the second arbitrator, either of the said two arbitrators may apply to the President for the time being of LMAA to appoint the third arbitrator. Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator. In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD 50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
*) (b) This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. *)
(c) This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed
by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.
(d) Notwithstanding (a), (b) or (c) above, the parties may agree at any time to refer to mediation any difference and/or dispute arising out of or in connection with this Contract. In the case of a dispute in respect of which arbitration has been commenced under (a), (b) or (c) above, the following shall apply:-
(i) Either party may at any time and from time to time elect to refer the dispute or part of the dispute to mediation by service on the other party of a written party to agree to mediation.
(ii) The other party shall thereupon within 14 calendar days of receipt of the Mediation Notice confirm that they agree to mediation, in which case the parties shall thereafter agree a mediator within a further 14 calendar days, failing which on the application of either party a mediator will be appointed promptly person as the Tribunal may designate for that purpose. The mediation shall be conducted in such place and in accordance with such procedure and on such terms as the parties may agree or, in the event of disagreement, as may be set by the mediator.
(iii) If the other party does not agree to mediate, that fact may be brought to the attention of the Tribunal and may be taken into account by the Tribunal when allocating the costs of the arbitration as between the parties. (iv) The mediation shall not affect the right of either party to seek such relief or take such steps as it considers necessary to protect its interest.
(v) Either party may advise the Tribunal that they have agreed to mediation. The arbitration procedure shall continue during the conduct of the mediation but the Tribunal may take the mediation timetable into account when setting the





timetable for steps in the arbitration.
(vi) Unless otherwise agreed or specified in the mediation terms, each party shall bear its own costs incurred in the mediation and the parties shall share
(vii) The mediation process shall be without prejudice and confidential and no information or documents disclosed during it shall be revealed to the Tribunal except to the extent that they are disclosable under the law and procedure governing the arbitration. (Note: The parties should be aware that the mediation process may not necessarily interrupt time limits.)
(e) If Box 35 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 30(a) of this Clause shall apply. Sub-clause 30(d) shall apply in all cases. *) Sub-clauses 30(a), 30(b) and 30(c) are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 35.

31. Notices (See Clause 43)
(a) Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax,telex,registered or recorded mail or by personal service.
(b) The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 3 and 4 respectively.


















































PART III
PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR NEWBUILDING VESSELS ONLY
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 37)

1. Specifications and Building Contract
(a) The Vessel shall be constructed in accordance with the Building Contract (hereafter called “the Building Contract”) as annexed to this Charter, made between the Builders and the Owners and in accordance with the specifications and plans annexed thereto, such Building Contract, specifications and plans having been counter- signed as approved by the Charterers.
(b) No change shall be made in the Building Contract or in the specifications or plans of the Vessel as approved by consent.
(c) The Charterers shall have the right to send their during the course of her construction to satisfy themselves that construction is in accordance with such approved specifications and plans as referred to under sub-clause (a) of this Clause.
(d) The Vessel shall be built in accordance with the Building Contract and shall be of the description set out therein. Subject to the provisions of sub-clause 2(c)(ii) hereunder, the Charterers shall be bound to accept the Vessel from the Owners, completed and constructed in accordance with the Building Contract, on the date of delivery by the Builders. The Charterers undertake that having accepted the Vessel they will not thereafter raise any claims against the Owners in respect of the Vessel’s performance or specification or defects, if any. Nevertheless, in respect of any repairs, replacements or defects which appear within the first 12 months from delivery by the Builders, the Owners shall endeavour to compel the Builders to repair, replace or remedy any defects or to recover from the Builders any expenditure incurred in carrying out such repairs, replacements or remedies. limited to the extent the Owners have a valid claim against the Builders under the guarantee clause of the Building Contract (a copy whereof has been supplied to the Charterers). The Charterers shall be bound to accept such sums as the Owners are reasonably able to recover under this Clause and shall make no further claim on the Owners for the difference between the amount(s) so recovered and the actual expenditure on repairs, replacement or remedying defects or for any loss of time incurred. Any liquidated damages for physical defects or deficiencies shall accrue to the account of the party stated in Box 41(a) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties. The costs of pursuing a claim or claims against the Builders under this Clause (including any liability to the Builders) shall be borne by the party stated in Box 41(b) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties.

2. Time and Place of Delivery
(a) Subject to the Vessel having completed her acceptance trials including trials of cargo equipment inaccordance with the Building Contract and specifications to the satisfaction of the Charterers, the Owners shall give and the Charterers shall take delivery of the Vessel afloat when ready for delivery and properly documented at the dock, wharf or place as may be agreed between the parties hereto and the Builders. Under the Building Contract the Builders have estimated that the Vessel will be ready for delivery to the Owners as therein provided but the delivery date for the purpose of this Charter shall be the date when the Vessel is in fact ready for delivery by the Builders after completion of trials whether that be before or after as indicated in the Building Contract. The Charterers shall not be entitled to refuse acceptance of delivery of the Vessel and upon and after such acceptance, subject to Clause 1(d), the Charterers shall not be entitled to make any claim against the Owners in respect of any conditions, representations or warranties, whether express or implied, as to the seaworthiness of the Vessel or in respect of delay in delivery.
(b) If for any reason other than a default by the Owners under the Building Contract, the Builders become entitled under that Contract not to deliver the Vessel to the Owners, the Owners shall upon giving to the Charterers written notice of Builders becoming so entitled, be excused from giving delivery of the Vessel to the Charterers and upon receipt of such notice by the Charterers this Charter shall cease to have effect.
(c) If for any reason the Owners become entitled under the Building Contract to reject the Vessel the Owners shall,before exercising such right of rejection, consult the Charterers and thereupon (i) if the Charterers do not wish to take delivery of the Vessel they shall inform the Owners within seven (7) running days by notice in writing and upon receipt by the Owners of such notice this Charter shall cease to have effect; or
(ii) if the Charterers wish to take delivery of the Vessel they may by notice in writing within seven (7) running days require the Owners to negotiate with the Builders as to the terms on which delivery should be taken and/or refrain from exercising their right to rejection and upon receipt of such notice the Owners shall commence such negotiations and/ or take delivery of the Vessel from the Builders and deliver her to the Charterers;
(iii) in no circumstances shall the Charterers be entitled to reject the Vessel unless the Owners are able to reject the Vessel from the Builders;
(iv) if this Charter terminates under sub-clause (b) or (c) of this Clause, the Owners shall thereafter not be liable to the Charterers for any claim under or arising out of this Charteror its termination.
(d) Any liquidated damages for delay in delivery under the Building Contract and any costs incurred in pursuing a claim





therefor shall accrue to the account of the party stated in Box 41(c) or if not filled in shall be shared equally between the parties.

3. Guarantee Works
If not otherwise agreed, the Owners authorise the Charterers to arrange for the guarantee works to be performed in accordance with the building contract terms, and hire to continue during the period of guarantee works. The Charterers have to advise the Owners about the performance to the extent the Owners may request.

4. Name of Vessel
The name of the Vessel shall be mutually agreed between the Owners and the Charterers and the Vessel shall be painted in the colours, display the funnel insignia and fly the house flag as required by the Charterers.

5. Survey on Redelivery The Owners and the Charterers shall appoint surveyors for the purpose of determining and agreeing in writing the condition of the Vessel at the time of re-delivery. Without prejudice to Clause 15 (Part II), the Charterers shall bear all survey expenses and all other costs, if any, including the cost of docking and undocking, if required, as well as all repair costs incurred. The Charterers shall also bear all loss of time spent in connection with any docking and undocking as well as repairs, which shall be paid at the rate of hire per day or pro rata.















































PART IV
HIRE/PURCHASE AGREEMENT
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 42)

    



























































On expiration of this Charter and provided the Charterers have fulfilled their obligations according to Part I and II as well as Part III, if applicable, it is agreed, that on payment of the final payment of hire as per Clause 11 the Charterers have purchased the Vessel with everything belonging to her and the Vessel is fully paid for.

In the following paragraphs the Owners are referred to as the Sellers and the Charterers as the Buyers.

The Vessel shall be delivered by the Sellers and taken over by the Buyers on expiration of the Charter.

The Sellers guarantee that the Vessel, at the time of delivery, is free from all encumbrances and maritime liens or any debts whatsoever other than those arising from anything done or not done by the Buyers or any existing mortgage agreed not to be paid off by the time of delivery. Should any claims, which have been incurred prior to the time of delivery be made against the Vessel, the Sellers hereby undertake to indemnify the Buyers against all consequences of such claims to the extent it can be proved that the Sellers are responsible for such claims. Any taxes, notarial, consular and other charges and expenses connected with the purchase and account. Any taxes, consular and other charges and shall be for Sellers’ account.

In exchange for payment of the last month’s hire instalment the Sellers shall furnish the Buyers with a Bill of Sale duly attested and legalized, together with a certificate setting out the registered encumbrances, if any. On delivery of the Vessel the Sellers shall provide deliver a certificate of deletion to the Buyers. The Sellers shall, at the time of delivery, hand to the Buyers all classification certificates (for hull, engines, anchors, chains, etc.), as well as all plans which may

The Wireless Installation and Nautical Instruments, unless on hire, shall be included in the sale without any extra payment.

The Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be at Buyers, subject to the conditions of this Contract and the Vessel with everything belonging to her shall be delivered and taken over as she is at the time of delivery, after which the Sellers shall have no responsibility for possible faults or deficiencies of any description.

The Buyers undertake to pay for the repatriation of the Master, officers and other personnel if appointed by the Sellers to the port where the Vessel entered the Bareboat Charter as per Clause 3 (Part II) or to pay the equivalent cost for their journey to any other place.

































PART V
PROVISIONS TO APPLY FOR VESSELS REGISTERED IN A BAREBOAT CHARTER REGISTRY
(Optional, only to apply if expressly agreed and stated in Box 43)

1. Definitions
For the purpose of this PART V, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:
“The Bareboat Charter Registry” shall mean the registry of the State whose flag the Vessel will fly and in which the Charterers are registered as the bareboat charterers during the period of the Bareboat Charter. “The Underlying Registry” shall mean the registry of the state in which the Owners of the Vessel are registered as Owners and to which jurisdiction and control of the Vessel will revert upon termination of the Bareboat Charter Registration.

2. Mortgage
The Vessel chartered under this Charter is financed by a mortgage and the provisions of Clause 12(b) (Part II) shall apply.

3. Termination of Charter by Default
If the Vessel chartered under this Charter is registered in a Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 44, and if the Owners shall default in the payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s) specified in Box 28, the Charterers shall, if so required by the mortgagee, direct the Owners to re-register the Vessel in the Underlying Registry as shown in Box 45.
In the event of the Vessel being deleted from the Bareboat Charter Registry as stated in Box 44, due to a default by the Owners in the payment of any amounts due under the mortgage(s), the Charterers shall have the right to terminate this Charter forthwith and without prejudice to any other claim they may have against the Owners under this Charter.



































Rider Clauses 32 to 44
to be deemed incorporated to the
Bareboat Charter Party
Dated __________ 2018
(the “Charter”)

Between
SBI Hermes Shipping Company Limited as Charterers
and
Sedon (Hong Kong) Limited as Owners
in respect of the vessel
MV “SBI Hermes”

 
32.      Delivery
(a) Pursuant to the memorandum of agreement dated __________ 2018 (the “MOA”) made between the Owners (in the MOA, the Owners are referred to as the “Buyers”) and SBI Hermes Shipping Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as the “Sellers”) the parties thereto have agreed for the sale and purchase of the Vessel by the Owners.

(b) The Owners shall give and the Charterers shall take delivery of the Vessel under this Charter on strictly “as is, where is” basis, immediately after the delivery of the Vessel from the Sellers to the Owners under the MOA. The delivery date and time for the purpose of this Charter shall be deemed to be the same date and time as when the Vessel is delivered from the Sellers to the Owners under the MOA. The date when the Charterers take delivery of the Vessel hereunder is referred to as the “Delivery Date”.

(c) Provided the Vessel has been delivered to the Buyers in accordance with the terms of the MOA, the Charterers shall not be entitled to refuse acceptance of delivery of the Vessel under this Charter. The Vessel shall be delivered strictly as she is and where she is at the time of delivery without any warranty or guarantee of condition, fitness for purpose or similar type of condition warranty and without any recourse to or representation or warranty from the Owners. The Charterers hereby acknowledge and agree that the Owners make no representation or warranty, express or implied (and whether by statute or otherwise) as to the seaworthiness, merchantability, condition, design, operation, performance, capacity or fitness for use or as to the eligibility of the Vessel for any particular trade or otherwise (collectively referred to as the “Vessel’s Conditions” including those conditions in respect of any belongings to the Vessel). The Charterers waive all their rights to claim to the Owners on any legal grounds whatsoever in respect of the Vessel’s Conditions.

(d) Unless the parties hereto otherwise agree in writing, if the MOA is cancelled, terminated or rescinded for any reason whatsoever this Charter shall terminate automatically without any liability between the parties hereunder.

(e) It is acknowledged that the Charterers or Scorpio Ultramax Pool Ltd at the time of delivery of the Vessel hereunder, own any bunkers, unused lubricating and hydraulic oils and greases in storage tanks and unopened drums and unused stores and provisions (hereinafter referred to as “Remaining Bunkers and Supplies”) remaining on board the Vessel on the Delivery Date and thereby the Owners and the Charterers will not settle Remaining Bunkers and Supplies at the time of delivery of the Vessel hereunder.

33. Charter Period

Subject always to the provisions hereto, the period of the chartering of the Vessel hereunder (hereinafter referred to as the “Charter Period”) shall be five (5) years commencing on the Delivery Date, provided





always that the chartering of the Vessel hereunder may be terminated pursuant to Clauses 28, 34, 35 or otherwise.

34. Insurance, Total Loss and Compulsory Acquisition

(a)
For the purposes of this Charter, the term “Total Loss” shall mean any actual or constructive or compromised or agreed or arranged total loss of the Vessel including any such total loss as may arise during a Requisition for Hire.

(b)
The Charterers undertake with the Owners that throughout the Charter Period:
(i)
without prejudice to the Charterers’ obligations under Clause 13 hereof, they (the Charterers) shall keep the Vessel insured on the basis of the London Underwriters “Institute Time Clause-Hull” and “Institute War and Strikes Clauses” as amended, or on such similar terms as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Owners and the Mortgagee with such insurers (including Hull & Machinery, War Risk and P&I associations) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Owners with deductibles reasonably acceptable to the Owners and that any P&I association which is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs and current H&M and/or any H&M underwriters with a Standard & Poor’s security rating equal or higher than A - and/or A.M. Best equal or higher than B+ underwriters shall be deemed to be pre-approved (it being agreed and understood by the Charterers that there shall be no element of self-insurance or insurance through captive insurance companies without the prior written consent of the Owners). The Charterers agree that the Owners shall be assured as the co-assured in such insurances;

(ii)
the policies in respect of the insurances against fire and usual marine risks and the policies or entries in respect of the insurances against war risks shall, in each case, be endorsed to the effect that payment of a claim for a Total Loss shall be made to the Owners (or the Mortgagees as assignees thereof) (who shall upon the receipt thereof apply the same in the manner described in Clause 34(e) hereof);

(iii)
upon request the Charterers shall procure that duplicates of all cover notes, policies and certificates of entry shall be furnished to the Owners for their custody;

(iv)
the Charterers shall procure that the insurers and the war risk and protection and indemnity associations with which the Vessel is entered shall:
          
(A)
furnish the Owners and the Mortgagee with a letter or letter of undertaking in such form having regard to general insurance market practice as may from time to time be reasonably required by the Owners; and

(B)
supply to the Owners such information in relation to the insurances effected, or to be effected, with them as the Owners may from time to time require; and

(v)
the Charterers shall procure that the policies, entries or other instruments evidencing the insurances are endorsed to the effect that the insurers shall give to the Owners not less than fourteen (14) days prior written notification of any amendment, suspension, cancellation or termination of the insurances, unless subject to any automatic termination/cancellation of cover provisions in the relevant insurances, in which event, if such insurances are automatically terminated/cancelled, the Owners shall be advised promptly and Charterers shall immediately procure re-instatement or replacement insurances of those terminated/cancelled insurances.

(c)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Clause 13 and any other provisions hereof, the Vessel shall be kept insured during the Charter Period in respect of marine and war risks on hull and machinery basis (including increased value if applicable) for not less than the amounts specified in column (b) of the table set out below in respect of the one-year period during the Charter Period specified





in column (a) (on the assumption that the first such period commences on the Delivery Date) against such amount (hereinafter referred to as the “Minimum Insured Value”):

Minimum Insured Value

The Minimum Insured Value shall be 110% of the USD 20,500,000 amount from the first (1) year to the end of the third (3) year without any de-escalation.
(a) (b)
Year Minimum Insured Value
1 st USD 22,550,000
2 nd USD 22,550,000
3 rd USD 22,550,000

And after the fourth (4) year, value as follows;
(a) (b)
Year Minimum Insured Value
4 th USD 17,600,000
5 th USD 15,950,000

or 110% of the market value of the Vessel as between a willing seller and a willing buyer in charter-free condition (the “Market Value”) at the applicable time. If Owners consider the Market Value to be higher than the Minimum Insured Value set out in column (b) above, but the Charterers have not increased the insured value but still followed the Minimum Insured Value set out in column (b) above, then the Owners may, unless the parties agree on the Market Value, request the Charterers to obtain a valuation of the Market Value of the Vessel from Clarksons Shipbrokers, Arrow Valuations or Braemar ACM Shipbroking or another reputable shipbroker agreed upon between the Owners and the Charterers. If the Market Value as determined by the appointed shipbrokers is lower or equal to the Minimum Insured Value at the material time, such shipbrokers’ costs of valuation shall be borne by the Owners. If the Market Value as determined by the appointed shipbrokers is higher than the Minimum Insured Value at the material time, such shipbrokers’ costs of valuation shall be borne by the Charterers, who shall also arrange for the necessary amendment of relevant insurances.

(d)
If the Vessel becomes a Total Loss or becomes subject to Compulsory Acquisition the chartering of the Vessel to the Charterers hereunder shall cease and the Charterers shall:
 
(i)
immediately pay to the Owners all hire, and any other amounts, which have fallen due for payment under this Charter and have not been paid as at up to the date on which the Total Loss or Compulsory Acquisition occurred as described below (the “Date of Loss”) together with interest thereon as set out in Clause 11(f) and shall cease to be under any liability to pay any hire or any other amounts, thereafter becoming due and payable under this Charter. All hire and any other amounts prepaid by the Charterers relating to the period after the Date of Loss shall be forthwith refunded by the Owners and any hire paid in advance to be adjusted/reimbursed;

(ii)
For the purpose of ascertaining the Date of Loss:
    
(A)
an actual total loss of the Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred at noon (London time) on the actual date the Vessel was lost but in the event of the date of the loss being unknown the actual total loss shall be deemed to have occurred at noon (London time) on the date on which it is acknowledged by the insurers to have occurred;

(B)
a constructive, compromised, agreed, or arranged total loss of the Vessel shall be deemed to have occurred at noon (London time) on the date that notice claiming such a total loss of the Vessel is given to the insurers, or, if the insurers do not admit such a claim, at the date and time at which a total loss is subsequently admitted by the insurers or the date and time adjudged by a competent





court of law or arbitration tribunal to have occurred. Either the Owners or, with the prior written consent of the Owners (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), the Charterers shall be entitled to give notice claiming a constructive total lose but prior to the giving of such notice there shall be consultation between the Charterers and the Owners and the party proposing to give such notice shall be supplied with all such information as such party may request; and

(C)
Compulsory Acquisition shall be deemed to have occurred at the time of occurrence of the relevant circumstances described in Clause 25(b) hereof.

(e)
All moneys payable under the insurance effected by the Charterers pursuant to Clauses 13 and 34, or other compensation, in respect of a Total Loss or pursuant to Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel shall be received in full by the Owners (or the Mortgagees as assignees thereof) and applied by the Owners (or, as the case may be, the Mortgagees):

FIRSTLY, in payment of all the Owners’ or the Charterers’ costs incidental to the collection thereof,

SECONDLY, in or towards payment to the Owners (to the extent that the Owners have not already received the same in full) of a sum equal the aggregate of the Minimum Insured Value and all interest thereon pursuant to Clause 34(e) hereof,

THIRDLY, in payment of any surplus to the Charterers by way of compensation for early termination.

(f)
In respect of partial losses, any payment by the Underwriters not exceeding USD 500,000 shall be paid directly to the Charterers who shall apply the same to effect the repairs in respect of which payment is made. Any moneys in excess of USD 500,000 payable under such insurance other than Total Loss shall be paid to the Charterers subject to the prior written consent of the Owners but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the absence of such prior written consent the money shall be paid to the Owners and/or the Mortgagee .

(g)
The provisions of Clauses 13 and 34 hereof shall not apply in any way to the proceeds of any additional insurance cover effected by the Owners and / or the Charterers for their own account and benefit.

35. Charterers’ option to purchase the Vessel

35.1
The Charterers have the option (hereinafter the “Purchase Option”) to purchase the Vessel at any time during the Charter Period, starting from the 3rd Delivery Date anniversary date and until the end of the 5th year of the Charter Period, at following prices to be calculated on a pro rata basis based on the date declared by the Charterers in accordance with Clause 35.2 hereof (hereinafter the “Purchase Option Price”):
    
(i)
at a price of USD 16,750,000.- at the end of year 3 of this Charter;
(ii)
at a price of USD 15,250,000.- at the end of year 4 of this Charter; and
(iii)
at a price of USD 13,750,000.- at the end of year 5 of this Charter.

The Purchase Option Price to be paid to the Owners upon delivery of the Vessel under the Redelivery MOA shall be the following:
    
The Purchase Option Price = A - [ (A-B) / 365 x C]

Where:
A: the amount indicated above at the end of the Charter year immediately prior to the applicable delivery date under the Redelivery MOA





B: the amount indicated above at the end of the Charter year when delivery under the Redelivery MOA is to occur
C: the actual number of days lasting from the commencement of the Charter year in which the delivery date under the Redelivery MOA is to occur .


35.2
The Charterers shall declare the Purchase Option by giving to the Owners a minimum of one hundred twenty (120) days prior written notice of their option to exercise to Purchase Option. The Redelivery MOA shall only become effective upon Charterers giving notice in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 35.2.

35.3
The full amount of the Purchase Option Price shall be paid to the Owners’ nominated account upon delivery of the Vessel in accordance with the Redelivery MOA .

35.4
Should the Vessel become a Total Loss between the time when the Purchase Option has been exercised by the Charterers and the proposed transfer date, then this Clause 35 shall cease to apply and Clause 34 shall apply instead.

35.5
This Charter and all further rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate upon the Vessel being delivered to the buyer under the Redelivery MOA (as evidenced by a signed and timed protocol of delivery and acceptance).

35.6
For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchace Option Price includes the value of any belongings to the Vessel at the time of delivery under the Redelivery MOA.

36. Mortgage, notice and quiet enjoyment letter

36.1 The Charterers agree that the Owners shall be entitled at any time following the issuance of a quiet enjoyment letter pursuant to Clause 36.2 to grant to Mizuho Bank, Ltd. (the “Mortgagee”), a first ranking mortgage on the Vessel, such security to be on terms agreed between the Owners and the Mortgagee.

36.2 The Owners undertake to procure that the Mortgagee will issue in favour of the Charterers a relevant quiet enjoyment letter in the form set out in Appendix A hereto prior to granting a mortgage to the Mortgagee .

36.3 The Charterers shall place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and in the cabin of the Master of the Vessel a printed notice in the following form:

NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

“This vessel is subject to a First Preferred Mortgage made by Sedon (Hong Kong) Limited as owner, to Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as mortgagee, pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 3 of the Marshall Islands Maritime Act of 1990 as amended. Under the terms of the said Mortgage, neither the above owner, nor any charterer nor the Master of this Vessel has any power, right or authority whatever to create, incur or permit to be imposed on this Vessel any lien or encumbrance except for crew's wages and salvage” .

37. Assignment and Performance Guarantee
37.1
This Charter shall be binding upon and enure for the benefit of the Owners and the Charterers and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

37.2
The Owners shall not be entitled to assign or transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Charter including Performance Guarantee, unless with the prior written consent of the Charterers,





except to (for assignment purposes only, but including assignments of the Owners’ hull and machinery, war risks and P&I insurances in respect of the Vessel) the Mortgagee. The obligations of the Charterers under any assignment of insurances in respect of the Vessel by the Owners or otherwise shall be limited to (i) confirming receipt of any notice of assignment received by the Charterers and (ii) sending such notice to the relevant insurer/underwriter and club/association in respect of the aforementioned hull and machinery, war risks and P&I insurances. The Charterers consent to the Owners’ entering into the assignment of this Charter with the Mortgagee under the standard industry terms and further undertake to acknowledge receipt of the notice of such assignment from the Owners to the Mortgagee. Any assignment or transfer by the Owners under this Clause shall be effected without varying any of the rights of the Charterers under this Charter.

37.3
Any and all performances of the Charterers hereunder shall be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Charterers’ Guarantor”) in the form set out in Appendix B which shall be satisfactory to the Owners and the Charterers’ Guarantor.

38. Charterers’ disclosure
38.1
Upon Owners reasonable request Charterers during the Charter Period, (i) shall inform the position and voyage details of the Vessel and other relevant information (including but not limited to the name of the sub-charterers and the managers of the Vessel) in a manner satisfactory to the Owners and however no more than three (3) times during the Charter Period; and (ii) provide a copy of relevant documents of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) of ISM code to the Owners which shall be procured and complied with by the Charterers and the “Company” (as defined by the ISM code and so defined in this Charter) at expense, cost and time of the Charterers during the Charter Period.

38.2
The Owners are entitled to inspect copies of the Vessel's logs and records subject to a prior written notice from the Owners at any reasonable time.

38.3
If the Guarantor ceases to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Guarantor shall provide to the Owners (a) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries within 120 days after the close of each calendar year of the Guarantor, and (b) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries within 60 days after the close of each quarterly accounting period in each fiscal year of the Guarantor .

38.4
The Charterers shall not change their guarantor/shareholders without the prior consent of the Owners.

39. Compliance and Sanctions

39.1 Owners’ Compliance

(a)
The Owners warrant that they and their affiliates have not breached or are not violation of any sanctions regime imposed by the UN and/or the US and/or the EU and/or the U.K. involving countries amongst others, Iran, Syria, Cuba, as of the time of the execution hereof.

(b)
Should the Owner or any of the Owner’s affiliates appear on the OFAC/SDN list of the U.S. Department of the Treasury before delivery of the Vessel hereunder, then the Owners will be in default and the Charter will automatically and without any further action be terminated. In such case, the Charterers will be entitled to claim any and all reasonable costs, expenses and damages incurred together with interest.

39.2 Charterers’ Compliance






(a)
The Charterers warrant neither they nor the Vessel nor the intended managers of the Vessel (“Forthcoming Vessel Managers”) has breached or is in violation of any sanctions regime imposed by the UN and/or the US and/or the EU and/or the U.K. involving countries but not limited to, Iran, Syria, Cuba, as of the time of the execution hereof.

(b)
Should the Charterers and/or the Vessel and/or the Forthcoming Vessel Managers breach Clause 39.2 (a) hereof and/or appear on the OFAC/SDN list of the U.S. Department of the Treasury before delivery of the Vessel hereunder, then the Charterers will be in default and the Charter will automatically and without any further action be terminated. In such case, the Owners shall be entitled to claim any and all reasonable costs, expenses and damages incurred together with interest.

4 0. Communication

40.1
Except as otherwise provided for in this Charter, all notices or other communications under or in respect of this Charter to either party hereto shall be in writing and shall be made or given to such party at the address, or e-mail address appearing below (or at such other address, or e-mail address as such party may hereafter specify for such purposes to the other by notice in writing):

(a)
if to the Owners at:

Sedon (Hong Kong) Limited, Japan
c/o Kyokai Kaiun Co., Ltd.
1-1-15, Madokoro, Shunan, Yamaguchi, Japan
Tel: +81-834-62-4185
Fax: +81-834-62-5250
Email: mk-nak@kyokai-kaiun.co.jp

(b)      if to the Charterers at:
SBI Hermes Shipping Company Limited
c/o Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
‘Le Millenium’, 9 Boulevard Charles III
98000 Monaco
Att: Legal Department
Tel: +337-9798-5700
Fax: +337-9777-8346
Email: legal@scorpiogroup.net

or letter shall be deemed to be received upon receipt by the addressee of such communication. Email shall be deemed to be delivered if no failure notice or non-delivery notice is received by the sender of such email within twenty-four (24) hours of sending the relevant email or a delivery receipt message is received by the sender in respect of the relevant email.

40.2
A written notice includes a notice by e-mail. A notice or other communication received on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt shall be deemed to be served on the next following working day in such place. Subject always to the foregoing sentence, any communication by personal delivery or letter shall be deemed to be received on delivery to the addressee of such communication, any communication by e-mail shall be deemed to be received upon receipt of the transmission by the addressee in fully legible form and any communication by facsimile shall be deemed to be received upon appropriate acknowledgment by the addressee’s receiving equipment.

40.3
All communications and documents delivered pursuant to or otherwise relating to this Charter shall either be in English or accompanied by a certified English translation.






41. Confidentiality
This Charter including all negotiations, fixtures and written correspondence shall remain strictly confidential between the Owners, the Charterers, the Mortgagee and other relevant parties such as insurance companies in respect of the Vessel.

The provisions of this Charter, and all related documents and negotiations, fixtures and written correspondence are strictly private and conଁdential between the Charterers, the Owners, the Owners’ financiers/banks and each party will use all reasonable efforts to ensure that no disclosure relating to any of the foregoing will be made or issued by or on behalf of any party to this Charter provided that:

(a)
each party may make disclosures with respect to this Charter with the express prior written consent of the other Party and in such case the parties hereto will agree in advance the terms and publication dates of any press announcements .
and

(b) each party may make appropriate disclosures on a need to know basis and subject to similar disclosure restrictions to their respective shareholders or prospective shareholders, bankers or other financiers, or professional advisors, or as necessary to rating agencies, or as required by the rules or regulations of any applicable stock exchange or similar body (whether or not having the force of law), or as required by any court order or applicable law, rule or regulation.

42. Expenses and Taxes

Any annual tonnage tax that relates to the registration of the Vessel with the Republic of Liberia shall be paid by the Charterers throughout the Charter Period.
Any and all reasonable and documented legal fees for documentations relating to MOA and the Charter including any addenda, schedule or appendix whatsoever thereto shall be paid by the Charterer promptly against the invoice, throughout the Charter Period.
Any annual corporate tax which is or will be imposed to the Owners shall be paid by the Owners throughout the Charter Period.

43.
Miscellaneous

43.1
No failure or delay on the part of either party hereto to exercise any power, right or remedy under this Charter shall operate or be interpreted as a waiver hereof or thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by a party hereto of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise hereof or thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy by such party. No waiver by either party of any of the terms and conditions of this Charter shall be binding unless it is made in writing and delivered to the other party. Any such waiver shall relate only to such matter, non-compliance or breach as it expressly relates to and shall not apply to any subsequent or other matter, non-compliance or breach. In addition, any such waiver may be given subject to any conditions thought fit by the relevant party granting the same.

43.2
Any amendment of any provision of this Charter shall only be effective if the Owners and the Charterers so agree in writing. Any consent by the Owners under this Charter must be made in writing. In addition, any such waiver or consent may be given subject to any conditions thought fit by the relevant party granting the same.

43.3
The remedies provided in this Charter are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.






43.4
If any provision of this Charter is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof or affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

43.5
This Charter may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Charter by signing any such counterpart.

43.6
Any person who is not a party to this Charter shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.

43.7
In the event of any inconsistency in the terms set out in Part I and Part II of this Charter and the Additional Clauses (i.e. Clauses 32 to 44) of this Charter, then the terms of the Additional Clauses shall prevail.

44. Designated Entities

44.1
The provisions of this clause shall apply in relation to any sanction, prohibition or restriction imposed on any specified persons, entities or bodies including the designation of specified vessels or fleets under United Nations Resolutions or trade or economic sanctions, laws or regulations of the European Union or the United States of America.

44.2
The Owners and the Charterers respectively warrant for themselves and their affiliates that at the date of this fixture and throughout the duration of this Charter they are not subject to any of the sanctions, prohibitions, restrictions or designation which prohibit or render unlawful any performance under this Charter or any sublet or any Bills of Lading.

44.3
If at any time during the performance of this Charter either party becomes aware that the other party is in breach of warranty as aforesaid, the party not in breach shall comply with the laws and regulations of any Government to which that party or the Vessel is subject, and follow any orders or directions which may be given by anybody acting with powers to compel compliance, including where applicable the Owners’ flag State. In the absence of any such orders, directions, laws or regulations, the party not in breach may, in its option, terminate the Charter forthwith or, if cargo is on board, direct the Vessel to any safe port of that party’s choice and there discharge the cargo or part thereof.

44.4
If, in compliance with the provisions of this Clause, anything is done or is not done, such shall not be deemed a deviation but shall be considered due fulfilment of this Charter.

44.5
Notwithstanding anything in this Clause to the contrary, the Owners or the Charterers shall not be required to do anything which constitutes a violation of the laws and regulations of any State to which either of them is subject.

44.6
The Owners or the Charterers shall be liable to indemnify the other party against any and all claims, losses, damage, costs and fines whatsoever suffered by the other party resulting from any breach of warranty as aforesaid.














IN WITNESS HEREOF the Owners and the Charterers have signed and executed TWO
COPIES of this Agreement the day and year first written.


For the Owners:
             For the Charterers:
Sedon (Hong Kong) Limited
         SBI Hermes Shipping Company Limited


/s/ Makoto Nakayama _____________
/s/ Hugh Baker _________________________
Name: Makoto Nakayama
Name: Hugh Baker
Title:
Director              Title: Director




List of Appendices:

Appendix A:
Quiet Enjoyment Letter
Appendix B:      Form of Performance Guarantees
Appendix C :      Redelivery MOA


























PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE with respect to the MOA and the Charterparty

To:
Sedon (Hong Kong) Limited (the “ Buyers ”)

Re:
m/v SBI Hermes, IMO 9714721 (the “ Vessel ”) (i) a Memorandum of Agreement dated _________ 2018 entered into between SBI Hermes Shipping Company Limited (the “ Sellers ”), as sellers and the Buyers, as buyers (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise thereto, hereinafter referred to as the “ MOA ”) and (ii) a Bareboat Charterparty dated ________ 2018 entered into between the Buyers, as owners and the Sellers, as charterers (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modiଁed from time to time, including all appendices, exhibits and schedules thereto, hereinafter referred to as the “ Charterparty ”).

In consideration of the payment of the sum of USD 1 (United States Dollars One) the receipt and sufficiency of which we hereby acknowledge, we SCORPIO BULKERS INC., incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands with registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH 96960, Marshall Islands hereby agree as follows:

1.
Unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the due, punctual and faithful performance by the Sellers of any and all terms, provisions, conditions, obligations and agreements as sellers under the MOA and as charterers under the Charterparty. It is also guaranteed by us that any payment by us under this guarantee shall be made within four (4) banking days (Monaco, London, New York, The Netherlands,Tokyo) following your written demand to the address specified in paragraph 3 below, attesting that Sellers have failed without legitimate reason to perform any obligation (payment obligation or otherwise) under the MOA and/or the Charterparty.

2.
This guarantee automatically expires and becomes null and void at the earliest of (a) termination of the MOA and/or the Charterparty arising out of in connection with any Buyers’ default, (b) redelivery of the Vessel to the Buyers under the Charterparty (except where there is a Sellers’ default under the Charterparty in which case this guarantee shall survive until Sellers’ obligations to the Buyers under the Charterparty are discharged) or (c) such date when Sellers’ obligations as sellers under the MOA and as charterers under the Charterparty are discharged.

3.
Any demand for payment or otherwise made under paragraph 1 above shall be addressed as follows: Scorpio Bulkers Inc., “Le Millenium”, 9 Boulevard Charles III, 98000 Monaco Attention: Legal Department, E-mail: legal@scorpiogroup.net .

4.
We represent and warrant to you that we are duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, that we have the power to conduct our business as it is now carried on and that this guarantee constitutes valid and legally binding and enforceable obligations on ourselves and it will be the case throughout the continuance of this guarantee.

5.
This guarantee shall not be affected by amendment or waiver of the MOA, the Charterparty or the insolvency, bankruptcy or similar proceedings in respect of the Sellers and/or us.

6.
If any provision of this guarantee is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof or affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

This guarantee shall in all respects be governed by and construed and take effect according to English law and the parties hereto agree that all claims or disputes arising out of or in connection with this guarantee shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.
Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of SCORPIO BULKERS INC.








By: _ /s/ Hugh Baker _____________________________
Name: Hugh Baker
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Date:





EXHIBIT 4.37

DATED 30 NOVEMBER 2018












(1) SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

(2) PACIFIC GREEN MARINE TECHNOLOGIES INC.




A101SCORPIOBULKERSFRA_IMAGE3.JPG

AGREEMENT TO SUPPLY THE ENVI-MARINE™ SYSTEM TO UP TO 46 VESSELS






THIS AGREEMENT IS MADE THIS DAY ON 30 NOVEMBER, 2018

BY AND BETWEEN:

SCORPIO BULKERS INC., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands and having its registered address at
A101SCORPIOBULKERSFRA_IMAGE9.JPG Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, Marshall Islands (the "Buyer"); and and
PACIFIC GREEN MARINE TECHNOLOGIES INC., a corporation incorporated in Delaware, USA , and having its registered office at 3500 S . Du Pont Highway, Dover, Kent County 19901, Delaware, USA (the "Seller" and together, the Buyer and the Seller are the "Parties" and each a "Party") .

WHEREAS

(A) The parent company of the Seller owns patented emission control technology called ENVI-Marine™ exhaust gas cleaning system which is capable of removing sulphur dioxide and other acid gases from exhaust gas emissions to a level that meets the current regulatory requirements of the Environmental Protection Agency and the International Maritime Organization on sulphur emissions as at the date of this Agreement and as contemplated by the stricter regulations to be enforced as of 1 January 2020.

(B) The Buyer, on behalf of itself and its clients, wishes the Seller to supply the System for installation on board a number of vessels (hereinafter referred to as the "Vessels" and each a "Vessel") to be nominated pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and documented pursuant to individual Purchase Agreements (as defined below).

(C) The Seller will contract with PowerChina SPEM Company Limited ("PowerChina") to manufacture exclusively all of the parts comprising the System and arrange for delivery of each System OAP Yard, as hereinafter defined.

( D ) This Agreement including its Schedules and Appendices and any Purchase Agreements (together, the "Agreement" ) constitutes a contract for (i ) the reservation of the Production Slots (as defined below) for the benefit of the Buyer; (ii) delivery by the Seller of each System OAP Yard (as defined below); and (iii) performance by the Seller of the Services (as defined below) .

(E) For each Nominated Vessel, the Seller agrees to deliver the System and to perform the Services subject to the terms and conditions of this A greement and the relevant Purchase Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1. Definitions and Interpretation

1.1 In this Agreement and the recitals the following words and expressions shall have meanings attributed to them below or, as appropriate, in the recitals above:

"2019 Pricing Curve" means the pricing curve at Appendix I of this Agreement. "2019 Systems" means Systems for Delivery in calendar year 2019.
A101SCORPIOBULKERSFR_IMAGE22.JPG "2020 Pricing Curve" means the pricing curve at Appendix II of this Agreement. "2020 Systems" means Systems for Delivery in calendar year 2020.






"Business Day" means a day on which the banks in Vancouver and/or Monaco and/or New York and/or the
People's Republic of China and/or Rotterdam are not closed.

"Commissioning" means the System, once installed on a Nominated Vessel: (i) performing in accordance with the Technical Specifications and (ii) being capable of reducing SOx emissions to a maximum of 0.1 % in accordance with the requirements of MARPOL and this Agreement, as evidenced by the statement of compliance from a Vessel's classification society.

"Confidential Information" means any information which the disclosing party may provide to the receiving party ( or which may otherwise come to the knowledge of the receiving party), from time to time, which the disclosing party reasonably considers to be confidential in nature, whether or not it is labelled as such, and whether or not it has been disclosed or comes to the receiving party's knowledge in the course of performance of this Agreement provided, however, Confidential Information will not include (i) information that is, at the time of disclosure, development, observance or discovery hereunder (the "Time of Access"), or subsequently becomes, within the public knowledge generally through no fault of the receiving party; (ii) information that the receiving party can show was known to it (on a non-confidential basis) as of the Time of Access, independent of anything relating to the disclosing party, its affiliates or the work or services; (iii) information that the receiving party can show was lawfully obtained (on a non-confidential basis) from a third party (independent of anything relating to the disclosing party, its affiliates or the work or services) and that such third party lawfully obtained the information, through no fault of the receiving party, subsequent to the Time of Access and (iv) Confidential Information which is required by law, regulation or order of a competent authority (including any regulatory or governmental body or securities exchange) to be disclosed by the party in question, provided that, where practicable, the other party is given reasonable advance notice of the intended disclosure.

"DAP Yard" means that the System will be delivered at the Yard as per Incoterms 2010 rules. "Delivery" means delivery of a System DAP Yard and accepted by the Buyer or a Purchaser in writing. "Delivery Date" means the date of Delivery.
"Delivery Timeline" means the time from nomination of a Vessel by the Buyer in accordance with this
Agreement to the Commissioning of the relevant System, as more particularly described in Clause 3.1.

"Design Study" means, in relation to a 2020 Vessel, a technical assessment carried out (at the Buyer's option) by either the Se11er or another reputable provider to determine the appropriate Technica] Specifications for the particular System and any works or modifications required in order to install the System on board. In case the Buyer selects the Seller to carry out a Design Study, the Seller shall complete the same within 30 days of the date that the relevant 3D scanning report is completed.

"Hybrid-ready" is defined by complete engineering of the hybrid system and allocation of space for closed mode equipment. While the closed mode equipment will not be installed, making the system hybrid-ready allows the Open Loop system to be upgraded to a hybrid system at a later date.

"Installation" means installation of the System on a Nominated Vessel at the Yard.

"Intellectual Property" means any patent, copyright, design right including rights in any secret process, technical know-how or other Confidential Information (together with any application for such protection).

"MARPOL" means Annex VI (Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) to the International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships in force as at the date of this Agreement or announced with a set date of






introduction.

"Nominated Delivery Date" means the relevant date specified in Schedule 4 hereto or the relevant date notified to the Seller by the Buyer in the Yard Nomination Notice when Installation shall occur, which date (other than as specified in Schedule 4) shall not be earlier than (i) seven (7) months after the date of the relevant Purchase Agreement for 2019 Vessels or (ii) eight (8) months after the date of the Yard Nomination Notice (for 2020
Vessels), unless otherwise agreed between the Parties.

"Nominated Vessel" means a Vessel nominated by the Buyer in accordance with the procedure described in
Clause 3.1.

"Open Loop" shall mean the operating mode where raw seawater is pumped through the Equipment and discharged into the sea with a minimum of processing. This is considered the standard operating mode for open sea operations subject to future changes in legislation.

"Order" means manufacture of the System, delivery of the System DAP Yard and provision of the Services in respect of up to forty six (46) Nominated Vessels.

"PowerChina Designated Shipyards" are Huarun Dadong Dockyard Co., Ltd., China, COSCO Shanghai
Shipyard, COSCO Nantong Shipyard, COSCO Zhoushan Shipyard, or Chengxi Jiangjan Shipyard.

"Production Slots" means the allocation by the Seller and PowerChina of all necessary time and resources, whether at its own premises or at the premises of a permitted sub-contractor, to provide the Services and perform its obligations to deliver the System within the Delivery Timeline, as ordered by the Buyer from time to time, on board up to forty six (46) Nominated Vessels under the terms of this Agreement.

"Progress Report" is a written technical/operational report to evidence progress of the main project steps in the production, design and delivery of a particular System. Progress Reports shall include such pictures, drawings, documents and other information reasonably required by the Buyer and shall be sent to the Buyer promptly on request.

"Purchase Agreement" means an agreement for each N ominated Vessel to be entered into between the Seller and the Buyer (or relevant Purchaser) relating to the delivery by the Seller of the System DAP Yard substantially in the form provided at Schedule 3.

"Purchase Price" means:

(a) in relation to 2019 Vessels, USD$ l,640,000 subject to gas volumes not exceeding 90,000 kg per hour , otherwise a price in accordance with Appendix I calculated pro-rata therefrom based on the Total Output and Technical Specifications agreed for that System . For example, where the Total Output of a Nominated Vessel falls midway between X and Y, the maximum purchase price for that system shall be the mid-point of the maximum prices indicated for Systems with Total Outputs of X and Y, respectively; and

(b) in relation to 2020 Vessels, USD$1,490,000 subject to gas volumes not exceeding 90,000 kg per hour, otherwise the reference prices in Appendix II calculated pro-rata therefrom based on the Total Output and Technical Specifications agreed for that System. For example, where the Total Output of a Nominated Vessel falls midway between X and Y, the maximum purchase price for that system shall be the mid-point of the maximum prices indicated for Systems with Total Outputs of X and Y, respectively.

"Purchaser" means a person entering into a Purchase Agreement with the Seller, to the extent that such person






is not the Buyer.

"Scope of Supply" means the scope of supply dated 16 October 2018 appended to this Agreement at Schedule
5.

"Services" means the design work (including, if chosen by the Buyer, the 3-D scanning and Design Study (if applicable) of a Vessel nominated by the Buyer), manufacture, delivery, testing, programming and Commissioning of the System as set out in the Technical Specifications, supervision of the Installation, and Training of the Buyer (and/or the Buyer's representatives and/or crewmembers of the Vessel(s) nominated by the Buyer) in the operation and day-to-day maintenance of the System including for the avoidance of doubt the Supervision Services and any warranty work.

"Supervision Services" means the supervision services which shall consist of the Seller and PowerChina providing a minimum of 1 technical supervisor to the Buyer during Installation of each System at the Yard.

"System" means, for each Nominated Vessel, the ENVI-Marine™ exhaust gas cleaning system, Hybrid-ready, to be installed on the Nominated Vessels in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including (without limitation) all hardware, software, media, component and spare parts, fittings and manuals, all as more particularly described in the Technical Specifications.

"Technical Specifications" means, for each System to be installed on a Nominated Vessel, the full specifications of that System and any specifications regarding Installation, including Commissioning procedures, to be appended to each Purchase Agreement on a vessel by vessel basis.

"Total Output" means for each Nominated Vessel, the cumulative output of the main engine plus one Diesel
Generator calculated at 85% MCR.

"Training" means the provision by the Seller and/or PowerChina of one (1) training session per Nominated Vessel in the operation an day-to-day maintenance of the System to ensure familiarity with the System in advance of Commissioning. The Seller and/or PowerChina may combine one (I ) training session for two (2) Nominated Vessels, subject to receiving the prior written approval of the Buyer (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) .
"Vessel N omination Notice" means a notice in the form set out in Schedule I (Vessel Nomination Notice ). "VGP" means the Vessel General Permit For Discharges Incidental To The Normal Operation Of Vessels, as
drafted by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and in force as at the date of this Agreement.

"Wuxi" means PowerChina' s factory at Wuxi in the southern Jiangsu province of China, as visited by the
Buyer.

"Yard" means, for each Nominated Vessel, one of the PowerChina Designated Shipyards for Installation in accordance with the procedure described in Clause 3.1 and at which the Seller and PowerChina shall provide the Supervision Services.

"Yard Nomination Notice" means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Yard Nomination Notice).

1.2 Clause headings are inserted for ease of reference only and are not to be taken into account in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

A101SCORPIOBULKERSFR_IMAGE64.JPG 1.3 Except where the context requires otherwise, references in this Agreement to the 'Buyer' shall be deemed to be a reference to the Buyer or its nominated client.








1.4 Should there be any conflict or inconsistency (including . terminology) between this Agreement and the
Schedules and/or Appendices, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

2. Commitment

2.1 The Buyer commits as follows:

(i) in order to secure that all 2019 Systems are manufactured at Wuxi and the prices stated by the Seller in the 2019 Pricing Curve, the Buyer shall place Orders for a minimum of eighteen (18) Systems (the "2019 Minimum Requirement") to be supplied to Nominated Vessels with the relevant Delivery Date occurring during the calendar year 2019 (the "2019 Vessels" as detailed in Schedule 4A (The 2019 Vessels) as modified or amended from time to time) and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and/or the relevant Purchase Agreement;

(ii) in order to secure that all 2020 Systems are manufactured at Wuxi and the prices stated by the Seller in the 2020 Pricing Curve, the Buyer shall place Orders fora minimum of ten (10) Systems (the "2020 Initial Minimum Requirement") to be supplied to Nominated Vessels with the relevant Delivery Date occurring during the calendar year 2020 (the "2020 Initial Vessels" as detailed in Schedule 4B (The 2020 Initial Vessels) as modified or amended from time to time) and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and/or the relevant Purchase Agreement.

The Buyer shall have an option to order up to an additional eighteen ( 18) Systems as follows:

(A) the Buyer shall have the option (the "2020 Subsequent Option" ) to order a minimum of eleven ( 11 ) Systems (the " 2020 Subsequent Minimum Requirement") to be elected by the Buyer on or prior to 31 May 2019 (the "First 2020 Option Date") and to be supplied to Nominated Vessels with the relevant Delivery Date occurring during the calendar year
2020 (the "2020 Subsequent Vessels") and in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and/or the relevant Purchase Agreement; and

(B) the Buyer shall have the option (the "2020 Final Option ") to order a minimum of seven
(7) Systems (the "2020 Final Minimum Requirement" and together with the 2019
Minimum Requirement, the 2020 Initial Minimum Requirement and the 2020
Subsequent Minimum Requirement, the "Minimum Requirements" ) to be elected by the Buyer on or prior to 31 August 2019 (the "Second 2020 Option Date " ) and to be supplied to Nominated Vessels with the relevant Delivery Date occurring during the calendar year 2020 (the "2020 Final Vessels" and together with the 2020 Initial Vessels , the elected 2020 Final Vessels and the elected 2020 Subsequent Vessels , the "2020
Vessels") and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and/or the relevant
Purchase Agreement.

The Buyer shall ( or shall procure that a Purchaser shall) enter into Purchase Agreements with the Seller for each Nominated Vessel in accordance with this Agreement and provided always that the relevant Purchase Agreements:

a) in respect of the 2019 Vessels and the 2020 Initial Vessels, shall be entered into on the date of this
Agreement; and

b) in respect of the 2020 Subsequent Vessels and the 2020 Final Vessels (if elected by the Buyer), shall be entered into no later than five (5) Business Days after the relevant option has been exercised .

A101SCORPIOBULKERSFR_IMAGE76.JPG




2.2 The Buyer agrees that within five (5) Business Days of:

(i) the First 2020 Option Date (or such other date as agreed between the parties), if the Buyer has elected to exercise the 2020 Subsequent Option but has not entered into Purchase Agreements to meet the 2020 Subsequent Minimum Requirement the 2020 Pricing Curve for the 2020 Subsequent Vessels shall increase by seven point five per cent. (7.5%) and the Systems shall be manufactured at any factory specified by the Seller provided that the Seller shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the manufacture of the System shall take place at Wuxi; and/or

(ii) the Second 2020 Option Date (or such other date as agreed between the parties), if the Buyer has elected to exercise the 2020 Final Option but has not entered into Purchase Agreements to meet the 2020 Final Minimum Requirement the 2020 Pricing Curve for the 2020 Final Vessels shall increase by seven point five per cent. (7.5%) and the Systems shall be manufactured at any factory specified by the Seller provided that the Seller shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the manufacture of the System shall take place at Wuxi .

2.3 For each Nominated Vessel, the Seller shall:

(i) design, engineer, manufacture, deliver DAP Yard on the Delivery Date, supervise the Installation of, and commission the System in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including the Technical Specifications), the Scope of Supply and the relevant Purchase Agreement; and

(ii) perform the Services in accordance with this Agreement, the Scope of Supply and the relevant Purchase Agreement (including the Technical Specifications), in accordance with all applicable timescales pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the relevant Purchase Agreement.

2.4 The Seller shall at all times remain fully liable to the Buyer for the Seller's due and complete performance under this Agreement and the Seller will remain fully liable for any delays or defects caused by PowerChina.

3. Vessel Nomination and System Delivery Timeline

3.1 Each time the Buyer wishes to order a System, the Parties shall adopt the following Delivery Timeline : (i) In relation to the 2019 Vessels:
a. The Parties agree that the Vessels, the Delivery Dates, the Yard and the Purchase Prices determined in accordance with thi s A greement shall be deemed to be the VesseJ Nomination N otice and the Yard Nomination Notice for each 2019 Vessel.

b. The Buyer shall submit a Vessel Nomination Notice and a Yard Nomination Notice for any other
2019 Vessels the Buyer chooses to nominate not later than seven (7) months prior to the applicable Nominated Delivery Date unless otherwise agreed between the Parties. The Buyer may substitute any Nominated Vessel with another Vessel (and the applicable Purchase Price be modified accordingly, if applicable) provided the Buyer notifies the Seller in writing at least seven (7) months prior to the applicable Nominated Delivery Date.

c . The Seller shall prepare the Technical Specifications for the particular System to be installed on the Nominated Vessel and submit the same to the Buyer for review within ten (10) Business Days of the date of this Agreement or the date the Buyer submits a Vessel Nomination Notice and Yard Nomination Notice, as applicable.

d. Within five (5) Business Days, the Buyer shall then either notify the Seller if it accepts the Technical

A101SCORPIOBULKERSFR_IMAGE76.JPG




Specifications or provide comments and requests for changes for the Seller to incorporate into revised Technical Specifications. The Seller shall submit revised Technical Specifications to the Buyer within a further five (5) Business Days for the Buyer's approval.

(ii) In relation to the 2020 Initial Vessels:

a. The Parties agree that the Vessels, the Delivery Dates, the Yard and the Purchase Prices determined in accordance with this Agreement shall be deemed to be the Vessel Nomination Notice and the Yard Nomination Notice for each 2020 Initial Vessel. ·

b. The Buyer shall submit a Vessel Nomination Notice and a Yard Nomination Notice for any other
2020 Initial Vessel the Buyer chooses to nominate not later than eight (8) months prior to the applicable Nominated Delivery Date unless otherwise agreed between the Parties. The Buyer may substitute any Nominated Vessel with another Vessel (and the applicable Purchase Price be modified accordingly, if applicable) provided the Buyer notifies the Seller in writing at least eight (8) months prior to the applicable Nominated Delivery Date.

c. The Seller shall prepare the Technical Specifications for the particular System to be installed on the Nominated Vessel and submit the same to the Buyer for review within ten (10) Business Days of the date of this Agreement or the date the Buyer submits a Vessel Nomination Notice and Yard Nomination Notice, as applicable.

d. Within five (5) Business Days, the Buyer shall then either notify the Seller if it accepts the Technical Specifications or provide comments and requests for changes for the Seller to incorporate into revised Technical Specifications. The Seller shall submit revised Technical Specifications to the Buyer within a further five (5) Business Days for the Buyer's approval.

(iii) In relation to the 2020 Subsequent Vessels and the 2020 Final Vessels:

a . The Buyer shall nominate a Vessel by sending the Seller a Vessel Nomination Notice, which shall specify details of the Nominated Vessel, the Nominated Deli very Date and whether or not the Buyer wishes to appoint the Seller to perform the 30 scanning of the Nominated Vessel and/or the subsequent Design Study . The Buyer may substitute any Nominated Vessel with another Vessel (and the applicable Purchase Price be modified accordingly, if applicable) provided the Buyer notifies the Seller in writing at least eight (8) months prior to the applicable Nominated Delivery Date.


b. If the Buyer has appointed the Seller to conduct the 30 scanning, the Seller shall use all reasonable efforts to attend on board the Nominated Vessel as soon as practically possible. The Buyer shall advise the Seller of the trading schedule of the Nominated Vessel and provide reasonable assistance in getting the Seller's designated employees and/or agents on board. The Seller shall be responsible for all visa and travel arrangements necessary for the 30 scanning job.

c. If the Buyer has appointed the Seller to conduct the Design Study for the Nominated Vessel the Seller shall submit the same to the Buyer for their review and acceptance within five (5) Business Days from completion of the 30 scanning work or receipt of the 3D scanning work, as applicable.

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE102.JPG d. Upon completion of the Design Study by, or submission of the Design Study to, the Seller, the Seller shall prepare the Technical Specifications for the particular System to be installed on the Nominated Vessel, along with a Purchase Price quotation and submit the same to the Buyer for review within ten (10) Business Days.






e. Within five (5) Business Days, the Buyer shall then either notify the Seller if it accepts the Technical Specifications or provide comments and requests for changes for the Seller to incorporate into revised Technical Specifications . The Seller shall submit revised Technical Specifications to the Buyer within a further five (5) Business Days for approval by the Buyer.

(iv) Upon receipt of the Deposit (as defined below) from the Buyer, the Seller shall cause PowerChina to manufacture the System in accordance with the agreed Technical Specifications in time for the Nominated Delivery Date (subject always to any permissible delay pursuant to Clause 12) and the Parties agree that the lead time for manufacture of the System by PowerChina shall be a minimum of seven (7) months (in relation to the 2019 Vessels) and eight (8) months (in relation to the 2020 Vessels) unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties.

(v) For the avoidance of doubt, the Seller agrees that a Nominated Vessel may include vessels which are not owned or managed by the Buyer, provided that the Seller (i) agrees to the proposed Purchaser (in its sole discretion) and (ii) is provided a payment guarantee acceptable to the Seller. The Seller accepts and agrees that a payment guarantee by Scorpio Bulkers Inc. substantially otherwise in the form set out in Schedule 1 to the form Purchase Agreement shall be acceptable to the Seller for any Nominated Vessel owned or managed by Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

3.2 The Buyer shall permit the Seller, its sub-contractors , employees and agents to bring testing consultants, government and agency representatives and advisors (together, "Visitors") for tours of up to four (4) Nominated Vessels where reasonable access will be provided for inspection (and limited and reasonable testing) to all aspects of a Nominated Vessel connected to a System. Any such permission shall be subject to the Buyer, Yard (if applicable) and relevant insurers providing requisite approvals and the Visitors entering into insurance undertakings in a form acceptable to the Buyer, Yard (if applicable) and relevant insurers and the Buyer and Yard (if applicable) receiving satisfactory evidence that the Visitors are covered by the Seller's insurances .

4. Remuneration

4.1 F or e a ch S yst em to be supplied on :

(i ) a 2019 Vessel , the Purchase Price shall be determined in accord a nce wi t h the terms of this Agreement , provided th a t if the Buyer nominated a vessel other than one listed in Schedule 4A on the date hereof, upon submission of the Technical Specifications fo r such vessel, the Seller shall submit a Purchase Price quotation to the Buyer for review and acceptance , provided that the Pu r chase Price quotat i on shall not exceed the relevant amount calculated in accordance with the 2019 Pricing Curve;

(ii) a 2020 Initial Vessel, the Purchase Price shall be determined in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, provided that if the Buyer nominated a vessel other than one listed in Schedule 4B on the date hereof, upon submission of the Technical Specifications for such vessel, the Seller shall submit a Purchase Price quotation to the Buyer for review and acceptance, provided that the Purchase Price quotation shall not exceed the relevant amount calculated in accordance with the 2020 Pricing Curve; and

(iii) a 2020 Subsequent Vessel or a 2020 Final Vessel, upon submission of the Technical Specifications, the Seller shall submit a Purchase Price quotation to the Buyer for review and acceptance in accordance with this Agreement, provided that the Purchase Price quotation shall not exceed the relevant amount calculated in accordance with the 2020 Pricing Curve.

4.2 Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties specifically agree that the Purchase Price includes: (i) All design, engineering and manufacturing work relating to the System.

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE113.JPG





(ii) All costs for the purchase and supply of all System materials . and parts. (iii) Delivery of the System DAP Yard.
(iv) All support activities for, and liaison with, the Buyer (including, without limitation, the Buyer's representatives). Such activities and liaison to include, without limitation, producing Progress Reports (in electronic format as needed by the Buyer), the Training and providing other information and activities related to the Services, including in relation to warranties.

4.3 Subject to the terms of each Purchase Agreement, for each System the Purchase Price will be payable as follows:

(i) after the Buyer nominates a Vessel for System Installation, the Buyer shall pay twenty percent (20%) of the Purchase Price (the "Deposit") within five (5) Business Days after the date falling:

a. in relation to each 2019 Vessel, seven (7) months prior to the Nominated Delivery Date unless the Nominated Delivery Date is earlier (as determined by Schedule 4) in which case upon signing the relevant Purchase Agreement; and
b. in relation to each 2020 Vessel, eight (8) months prior to the Nominated Delivery Date;

(ii) the remaining Purchase Price shall be payable in accordance with the relevant Purchase Agreement.

4.4 Should the Buyer fail:

(i) execute sufficient Purchase Agreements to meet the 2020 Subsequent Minimum Requirement after declaring the 2020 Subsequent Option, the Seller shall be entitled to a cancellation fee (the "Cancellation Fee") equal to twenty per cent. (20%) of the Purchase Price of each System below the
2020 Subsequent Minimum Requirement; and

(ii) execute sufficient Purchase Agreements to meet the 2020 Final Minimum Requirement after declaring the 2020 Final Option, the Seller shall be entitled to a Cancellation Fee equal to twenty per cent. (20%) of the Purchase Price of each System below the 2020 Final Minimum Requirement.

4 . 5 Should the Seller fail to enter into any Purchase Agreement that forms part of the 2020 Subsequent Minimum Requirement or the 2020 Final Minimum Requirement, the Buyer shall be entitled to the Cancellation Fee (as set out in Clause 4.4 above) for each Purchase Agreement not entered into solely due to fault of the Se11er.

4.6 Each Party shall be responsible for their own fees and expenses (including legal fees) incurred in connection with this Agreement and each Purchase Agreement.

5. Compliance and taxes

5.1 The Seller and the Buyer shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the Services under this Agreement, including (without limitation) all applicable laws relating to the prevention of bribery, corruption and modem slavery. The Seller confirms that it has adopted anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-slavery policies which shall be in effect throughout the period this Agreement is in effect and shall upon reasonable written request provide a copy of such policies to the Buyer. The Seller shall secure and pay for all permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Services under this Agreement.

5 . 2 The Seller shall comply with local tax laws, social security acts, unemployment compensation acts and service

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE113.JPG




compensation acts, insofar as applicable to the performance of the Services under this Agreement.

5.3 The Seller shall take all proper and reasonable safety precautions with respect to the Services to be performed under this Agreement, including only the use of qualified and trained personnel, and shall comply with all standard safety measures and with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public authority for the safety of persons or property.

5.4 The Seller shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, stamps, dues and fees imposed in connection with the manufacture and supply of the System DAP Yard.

5.5 The Buyer shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, stamps and fees incurred in China after Delivery and at all times outside of China in connection with execution and/or performance of this Agreement, except for taxes and duties imposed upon those items to be procured by the Seller for the manufacture and supply of the System or the provision of any Services. The Seller shall bear and pay all taxes levied, if any, on the Seller's personnel or on the provision of any Services .

5.6 If either Party is required to and pays any taxes, duties, stamps, dues and fees for which the other Party is responsible under this Clause, the other Party shall reimburse the paying Party within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of notice to that effect, together with evidence of the amount paid.

6. Representations and Warranties

6.1 The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer, as at the date of this Agreement and on a continuing basis throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

a. The Seller is a legal entity, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has adequate power to enter into and perform this Agreement.

b. The entering into, execution and performance of this Agreement by the Seller does not and will not conflict with, violate, result in a breach of, or (where applicable) result in default under the provisions of any law, regulation , agreement, document, indenture, order, writ, injunction, decree, determination or award of any court, or any governmental department, board, commission, tribunal, agency, or instrument to which the Seller is subject.

c. The Seller is not insolvent nor has it made an assignment in favour of its creditors nor a proposal in bankruptcy to its creditors or any class thereo f nor had any petition for a receiving order presented in respect of it. The Seller has not initiated proceedings with respect to a compromise or arrangement with its creditors or for its winding up, liquidation or dissolution. No receiver has been appointed in respect of the Seller , or any of its property or assets and no execution or distress has been levied upon any of the property or assets of the Seller. No act or proceeding has been taken or authorized by or against the Seller with respect to any amalgamation, merger, consolidation, arrangement or reorganization of, or relating to, the Seller nor have any such proceedings been authorized by any other person or entity.

d. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Seller and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms.

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE142.JPG e. All applicable consents licences approvals authorisations or declarations of the governmental authorities or agencies required to make this Agreement legal, valid and enforceable have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

f. It has appropriately trained employees who will perform the Services under this Agreement.







g. It has all the appropriate and necessary rights from Pacific Green Technologies Inc and its affiliates to design, manufacture and supply the System to the Buyer per the terms of this Agreement.

h . Subject always to the capacity of the relevant production facility (it being agreed between the Parties that this is 9 Systems per calendar month in the Wuxi factory), it has adequate Production Slots for fulfilment of the Firm Orders within the Delivery Timeline, and shall hold adequate Production Slots available for the Buyer for (i) the 2019 Vessels and the 2020 Initial Vessels, (ii) the 2020 Subsequent Vessels, provided the 2019
Minimum Requirement and the 2020 Initial Minimum Requirement is met and (iii) the 2020 Final Vessels,
provided the 2020 Subsequent Minimum Requirement is met and, if the relevant Minimum Requirement is not met, the Seller shall use reasonable endeavours to manufacture the relevant Systems at the Wuxi factory and, if the Seller is unable to manufacture the relevant Systems at the Wuxi factory, the Seller shall contract with PowerChina to manufacture the relevant Systems at another PowerChina factory, which factory shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Buyer (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

1. Whenever the Buyer places an order for a System (and nominates a Vessel in accordance with this Agreement), the Seller, upon receipt of the Deposit, shall ensure manufacture of the System immediately commences for timely fulfilment of such order.

j. The System shall be designed, manufactured, constructed, tested, surveyed, certified and/or otherwise verified to be capable of reducing SOx emissions to a maximum of 0.1 % in accordance with the requirements of MARPOL, VGP and this Agreement.

k. It has obtained all national and governmental approvals, authorisations and licenses, including (without limitation) export licenses, which are required from time to time to perform all of the Services and deliver the System in accordance with this Agreement.

I. None of the software developed and provided for the System shall be subject to ongoing or future usage fees or otherwise, and that none of the software has the ability to be locked remotely so as to render it unusable or inaccessible to or by the Buyer.

m. By the provision of the Services and the System and/or the subsequent use of such System by the Buyer no patents or other Intellectual Property or industrial or design rights of third parties will be infringed .

6.2 The Buyer represents and warrants to the Seller, as at the date of this Agreement a nd on a continuing basis throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

a. The Buyer is a legal entity, duly organized , validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has adequate power to enter into and perform this Agreement.

b. The Buyer has all requisite permissions from the owner of any Nominated Vessels on which it elects to install the System .

c . The entering into, execution and performance of this Agreement by the Buyer does not and will not conflict with, violate, result in a breach of, or (where applicable) result in default under the provisions of any law, regulation, agreement, document, indenture, order, writ, injunction, decree, determination or award of any court, or any governmental department, board, commission , tribunal, agency, or instrument to which the Buyer or the Vessels are subject.

d. The Buyer is not insolvent nor has it made an assignment in favour of its creditors nor a proposal in bankruptcy to its creditors or any class thereof nor had any petition for a receiving order presented in






respect of it. The Buyer has not initiated proceedings with respect to a compromise or arrangement with its creditors or for its winding up, liquidation or dissolution. No receiver has been appointed in respect of the Buyer, or any of its property or assets and no execution or distress has been levied upon any of the property or assets of the Buyer.

e. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Buyer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with its terms.

f. All applicable consents licences approvals authorisations or declarations of the governmental authorities or agencies required to make this Agreement legal, valid and enforceable have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

7. Termination

7 .1 The Buyer shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by notice in writing to the Seller in the event that: (a) the Seller or PowerChina is deemed insolvent pursuant to Clause 7 . 3; and/or
(b) the Seller breaches any material term of this Agreement, which is incapable of remedy, or if capable of remedy remains un-remedied for five (5) Business Days following notice to remedy such Breach; and/or

(c) all of the first five (5) Systems do not pass Commissioning or the Buyer becomes entitled to terminate any four (4) or more Purchase Agreements pursuant to clauses 13.2 or 13.4 of the relevant Purchase Agreement.

Upon the happening of any of the above events, the Buyer shall be:

(A) entitled to immediately terminate this Agreement; and/or

(B) entitled to recover any direct losses they may suffer by reason of the termination, provided that such losses shall not include any indirect or consequential losses.

7 . 2 The Seller shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by notice in writing to the Buyer in the event that: (a) the Buyer is deemed insolvent pursuant to Clause 7 . 3; or
(b ) the Buyer breaches a material term of this Agreement, which is incapable of remedy, or if capable of remedy remains un-remedied for five (5) Business Days following notification by the Seller to the Buyer in writing of the occurrence of such breach; or

( c) any representation or warranty made by the Buyer in this Agreement, or any report, notice or other writing furnished by the Buyer to the Seller in connection therewith proves to have been materially incorrect or misleading at the time it was made.

Upon the happening of any of the above events, the Seller shall be:

(A) entitled to immediately terminate this Agreement; and/or

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE174.JPG (B) entitled to recover any direct losses they may suffer, or liability to subcontractors they may incur, by reason of the termination, provided that such losses shall not include any indirect or consequential losses.







7.3 The Seller, PowerChina, or the Buyer shall be deemed insolvent (the "Insolvent Party") if it:

(a) makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to an administration order or goes into liquidation (otherwise than for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction); or

(b) an encumbrancer takes possession of, or a receiver is appointed in respect of any of the Insolvent Party's property or assets, excluding any arrest or detention of any vessel which is being defended in good faith in appropriate proceedings; or

(c) has any insolvency or analogous proceedings commenced against it in any part of the world and such proceedings are not waived or lifted within twenty-eight (28) days of commencement; or

( d) has an order made against it by any competent court or other judicial body to appoint a liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar manager over its assets, or for its restructuring, winding-up (actual or effective) or dissolution,

(e) a Party reasonably apprehends that any of the events mentioned in ( a) to ( d) above is about to occur in relation to the Insolvent Party and, after notification to the Insolvent Party, is not reasonably satisfied as to its continuing creditworthiness and/or is not provided with suitable guarantees.

7.4 Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any existing rights or liabilities of the Parties which have accrued as at the date of such termination.

7 .5 If, at any time , a Party becomes aware that the other Party is subject to any sanction or prohibition imposed by any state , supranational or international governmental organisation, and in their reasonable judgment such sanction or prohibition will expose that Patty to any form of censure or liability, then the non-offending Party may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the offending-Party.

8. Notices

8.1 All notices , requests, certificates, demands and other communications made under the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. Unless expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement , any such notices, reque s ts , certificates, demands and other communications may be given either by ( i) courier service delivery or (ii) sent by e-mail transmission to:

Buyer :

Scorpio Bulkers Inc. c/o Le Millenium
9 boulevard Charles III
MC 98000
Monaco

Email: drydocking . SSM @ scorpiogroup.net l egal@scorpiogroup . net

Seller:

Pacific Green Marine Technologies Inc.
5205 Prospect Road
San Jose California 95129 USA

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE191.JPG




Attention: Scott Poulter

Email: s fpoulter@pacificgreen.tv

or such other address as either Party may specify from time to time by written notice to the other.

8.2 Notices and documents delivered by courier service shall be deemed served following actual receipt by the other Party. Notices and documents sent by e-mail transmission shall be deemed served when transmitted, against proof of dispatch.

9. Liabilities

9.1 In no circumstances shall either Party's liability to the other Party include any sum in respect of loss of hire, profit, use or business, or any similar direct, indirect or consequential loss, damage or expense arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

9 . 2 Each Party agrees to indemnify the other Party against all direct and proven claims made against the other Party by third parties (being those individuals and entities for whom neither Party is responsible under this Agreement) in any way related to this Agreement, where such claims are caused by, or to the extent that they are contributed to by the indemnifying party's negligence, gross negligence or wilful default or that of those for whom it is responsible under the terms of this Agreement.

9.3 The limitations on each Party's liability herein shall also apply to the liability of those for whom that Party is responsible under this Agreement. Each Party further agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, circumvent the aforesaid limitations and allocation of responsibility by taking legal proceedings against the employees, servants or agents of the other Party, and to this extent each Party shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all such persons.

9.4 Nothing herein contained shall affect any right that the Parties may have to limit their liability under any statutory enactment for the time being in force.

10. I ntellectual Property

10.1 The provisions of this Clause 10 shall survive the performance o r termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever .

10 . 2 The Buyer acknowledges that ownership and title to all Intellectual Property related to the System shall remain vested in the Seller . The Buyer shall not use any of the Intellectual Property except for the purposes of operating and maintaining the System . The Seller hereby grants the Buyer a worldwide, royalty-free, fully-paid, non• exclusive, freely-transferrable license to use the Intellectual Property for the purposes of operating and maintaining the System. The Buyer and each Purchaser shall be entitled to sell or charter the Vessel with the System installed , and the Purchaser shall be permitted to assign or transfer the license granted hereby to any such purchaser or charterer. The Buyer shall at the reasonable request and at the sole expense of the Seller take all such steps as the Seller may reasonably require to assist the Seller in maintaining the validity and enforceability of any Intellectual Property and shall enter into such formal licences as Seller may reasonably request for this purpose. The Buyer shall not represent that it has any title in or right of ownership to any Intellectual Property in the System, or do or suffer to be done any act or thing which may in any way impair the rights of Seller in any of the Intellectual Property or bring into question the validity of its registration of or interests in same. The Buyer shall not use any of the Intellectual Property in any way which is ( or intends to be) in competition with the business of the Seller. The Buyer shall promptly and fully notify the Seller of any actual infringement of any of the Intellectual Property referred to herein and the patents which come to the Buyer's notice.

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE191.JPG





11. Confidentiality

11.1 Confidential Information shall be held in the strictest confidence and not disclosed to any third party unless the disclosure of all or any part of the Confidential Information is required by any applicable law or regulation including any stock exchange rules or permitted by a specific agreement in writing signed by the Buyer and the Seller. The Parties agree to and shall exercise all necessary precautions to prevent the unauthorised disclosure of all or any part of the Confidential Information by their directors, employees, servants, agents, suppliers, or consultants.

11.2 The Parties may only use Confidential Information given to or obtained by it in the course of performing their obligations pursuant to this Agreement and may not pass the same on to third parties, save that they shall be permitted to disclose such Confidential Information, as strictly necessary, to their sub-contractors, suppliers, professional advisersor current or potential lenders and financiers, but only on a strictly "need to know" basis and on the basis that such persons maintain confidentiality to the same standard as set out in this Clause 11.

11.3 The Buyer and the Seller hereby agree that at all times, whether during or after the provision of the Services and the System, Confidential Information shall include the terms of this Agreement or ancillary contracts, the existence of the Agreement itself, the contract price, design, specifications, plans, drawings, technical information, or any data or other information whatsoever relating to the Buyer ( or any persons or entities associated therewith) or a vessel nominated by the Buyer.

11.4 Save for the regulatory requirements of the SEC and any stock exchange rules and any other audit, legal or regulatory requirement, neither Party may publicise the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party .

11 . 5 The provisions of this Clause 11 shall survive the performance or termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

12. Force Majeure

Neither Buye r nor Seller shall be responsible for delay or failure to perform hereunder if the reason for such arises from : acts of God(s ), fire, explosion, earthquakes , tidal waves, tsunami , floods, typhoons , hurricanes or other named storms and severe weather conditions, which could not have been expected to occur in the relevant location ; fire , unless it is caused by the actual fault or privity of a Party; perils , dangers and accidents of the sea or other navigable waters; act of war, blockade, acts of terrorism, revolution, insurrection; act of public enemies, assailing thieves or pirates , civil commotion, riots or sabotage; seizure unde r legal proces s; quarantine restrictions; stri k es, lockouts, stoppage or restraint of labour from whatever cause. In the even t of a force majeure event which impacts performance under this Agreement, the affected Party must promptly notify the other Party in writing of the occurrence of such event and the steps being taken to mitigate its impact. In no event shall a force majeure event or events excuse a delay or failure to perform under this Agreement for more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days .

13. Law & Jurisdiction

13.1 Any and all disputes or claims arising out of and/or related to this Agreement, its performance, breach, or interpretation thereof (including issues about its validity or enforceability) or otherwise arising out of or in connection with its subject matter or formation (including non- contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

13.2 Any and all disputes or claims arising out of and/or related to this Agreement, its performance, breach, or interpretation thereof (including issues about its validity or enforceability) or otherwise arising out of or in

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE191.JPG




connection with its subject matter or formation (including non- contractual disputes or claims) shall be brought before a three-member arbitration tribunal in London . The arbitration shall be conducted in English and governed by LMAA terms ( which are current at the time that the party bringing the claim serves notice of arbitration on the other party).

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A Party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other Party requiring the other Party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other Party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified . If the other Party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the Party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other Party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other Party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both Parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the Parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD$50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted i n accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

13.3 Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law:

(a) the Seller irrevocably appoints Campbell Johnston Clark of 59 Mansell Street, London El 8AN, England ( or otherwise at their registered address from time to time); and

(b ) the Buyer irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited of 10 Lower Grosvenor Pl, Westminster , London
SW 1 W OEN ( or otherwise at their registered address from time to time),

as their agent for s ervice of proce ss in relation to any proceedings before the E nglish courts in connection with this Agreement. If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any re a son to act as agent for service of process or terminates its appointment as agent for service of process, the relevant P a rty (as the case may be) must immediately (and in any event within 7 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms a cceptable to the other Party.

1 4. Mi s ce llaneous

14.1 Time is and shall be in all respects of the essence of this Agreement.

14 . 2 Neither Party may assign this Agreement or assign, pledge, sell, transfer or otherwise deal with any of its obligations or rights hereunder without the express prior written consent of the other Party .

14.3 This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Parties in relation to the subject matter hereto and supersedes any and all understandings or agreements, whether written or oral, prior to the execution hereof.

14.4 Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any relationship of agency, partnership or joint venture between the parties. A waiver by either party of a breach of any term or condition of this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall not be deemed as continuing waiver or a waiver of any subsequent breach unless so provided by written notice.

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE191.JPG




14.5 If any Clause or provision of this agreement is or would be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, under applicable law, said Clause or provision shall be deemed severed, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected thereby and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

14.6 This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which shall together constitute one agreement.
Signatures in facsimile form and scanned executed copies sent via electronic mail shall be considered original signatures.


[Signature Page Follows]

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE191.JPG




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement on the date first above written.



EXECUTED in the presence of:


James Clayton

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE235.JPG
A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE236.JPG Name


59 Mansell Street, London EI 8AN

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE238.JPG


Address Solicitor Occu p ation



EXECUTED in the presence of: Name
Addres s



Occupation





)
A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE247.JPG )
)
)
)
)


)
)
)
)
A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE249.JPG )








)
)
) SCORPIO BULKERS INC.
)
)
) Per: ࿽࿽࿽࿽࿽࿽࿽࿽ ࿽࿽
) Name:
)
)
)






















A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE253.JPG - 18 -







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement on the date first above written.



EXECUTED in the presence of: Name
Address



Occupation







A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE261.GIF EXECUTED in the pr sence of: Laurice Oso
Name


A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE262.JPG 150 East 58 1 h Street, New York, NY 10155
Address





A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE263.GIF Office Assistant
Occupation

)
)
A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE264.JPG ) PACIFIC GREEN MARINE TECHNOLOGIES INC.
)
)
A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE266.JPG A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE267.JPG )
) Scott Poulter, Executive Director
)
)
)




A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE268.JPG )




A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE269.JPG )
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

























A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE270.JPG - 18 -







Schedule 1


Vessel Nomination Notice

To: Pacific Green Marine Technologies Inc . at 5205 Prospect Road, San Jose California 95129, USA for the attention of Scott Poulter

Dated:[•]

Contract (the "Agreement") dated [•] 2018 made between (1) Pacific Green Marine Technologies Inc. (the
"Seller") and (2) Scorpio [Bulkers I Tankers] Inc. (the "Buyer")

We give you notice that, pursuant to clause 3.1 of the Agreement, we as Buyer under the Agreement nominate the following vessel for an order of the System (as defined in the Agreement):


Vessel Details : Total Output: Date DAP Yard:
We hereby request th a t you carry out a 3D scanning [and D e s ign Study (as defined in the Agreement)] for the vessel. Yours faithfully

S i gned by [ e ][N a rn e ]
Authorised signatory for and on behalf of the Buyer

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE283.JPG





Schedule 2

Yard Nomination Notice

To: Pacific Green Marine Technologies Inc. at 5205 Prospect Road , San Jose, California 95129, USA for the attention of Scott Poulter

Dated:

Buyer's System Reference:



Agreement (the "Agreement") dated [ •] 2018 made between (1) Pacific Green Technologies Inc. (the "Seller")
and (2) Scorpio [Bulkers I Tankers] Inc. (the "Buyer")



We hereby give you notice that, pursuant to clause 3.1 of the Agreement, we as Buyer under the Agreement nominate the following Yard (as defined in the Agreement) where Installation will occur (as defined in the Agreement) on board MN [ •] and hereby request the Seller attend the Yard to provide the Supervision Services as defined in the Agreement.


Yard Details: [ •]



We hereby inform you that the Nominated Delivery Date (as defined in the Agreement) of the System is[ ]. Yours faithfully
Signed by [ ][Name]
Authorised signatory for and on behalf of the B uyer

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE295.JPG



Schedule 3

Form of Purchase Agreement

(appended)

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE297.JPG


DATED [ ]













(1) [SCORPIO ENTITY TBC]

(2) PACIFIC GREEN MARINE TECHNOLOGIES INC.









AGREEMENT TO SUPPLY THE ENVI-MARINE SYSTEM ON M/V [ ]




THIS AGREEMENT IS MADE THIS DAY ON [ ]

BY AND BETWEEN:

[SCORPIO ENTITY TBC] , a corporation incorporated in [ ] and having its registered office at [ ] (the " Buyer ");
and and
PACIFIC GREEN MARINE TECHNOLOGIES INC. , a corporation incorporated in Delaware, USA, and having its registered office at 3500 S. Du Pont Highway, Dover, Kent County 19901, Delaware, USA (the " Seller " and together, the Buyer and the Seller are the " Parties " and each a " Party ").

WHEREAS

(A) The parent company of the Seller owns patented emission control technology called ENVI-Marine™ exhaust gas cleaning system which is capable of removing sulphur dioxide and other acid gases from exhaust gas emissions to a level that meets the current regulatory requirements of the International Maritime Organization guidelines on sulphur emissions as at the date of this Agreement and as contemplated by the stricter regulations to be enforced as of 1 January 2020.

(B) The Buyer wishes the Seller to supply the System (as defined herein) for installation on board M/V [ ] (the
" Vessel ") to be documented pursuant to this Agreement (as defined below).

(C) The Seller will contract with PowerChina SPEM Company Limited (" PowerChina ") to manufacture exclusively all of the parts comprising the System and arrange delivery DAP Yard, as hereinafter defined.

(D) The Seller and Scorpio [Tankers/Bulkers] Inc. have entered into a framework agreement dated [ ] , November
2018 (the “ Framework Agreement ”), pursuant to which, inter alia, the Seller has agreed to sell to Scorpio
[Tankers/Bulkers] Inc. and/or its guaranteed nominees acceptable to the Seller, including the Buyer, exhaust gas cleaning systems.

(E) This Agreement including its Schedules and Appendices (together, the " Agreement ") constitutes a contract for (i) manufacture of the System; (ii) delivery by the Seller of the System DAP Yard; and (iii) performance by the Seller of the Services (as defined below).

(F) The Seller agrees to deliver the System and to perform the Services subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

1. Definitions and Interpretation

1.1
In this Agreement and the recitals the following words and expressions shall have meanings attributed to them below or, as appropriate, in the recitals above:

"Business Day" means a day on which the banks in Vancouver and/or Monaco and/or New York and/or the
People’s Republic of China and/or Rotterdam are not closed.

“Certificate of Delivery and Acceptance” means the certificate in the form set out in Schedule 7 to this
Agreement.




"Change Order" means a change to the System or the Services, agreed in writing in a document signed by the Seller and the Buyer, which specifies the adjustments (as applicable) to the Services, Technical Specifications, Purchase Price and/or the Delivery Timeline and/or the time for completion of any of the Services.

“Commissioning” means the System following Installation: (i) performing in accordance with the Technical Specifications and (ii) being capable of reducing SOx emissions to a maximum of 0.1% in accordance with the requirements of MARPOL and this Agreement, as evidenced by the statement of compliance from the Vessel’s classification society.

"Confidential Information" means any information which the disclosing party may provide to the receiving party (or which may otherwise come to the knowledge of the receiving party), from time to time, which the disclosing party reasonably considers to be confidential in nature, whether or not it is labelled as such, and whether or not it has been disclosed or comes to the receiving party’s knowledge in the course of performance of this Agreement provided, however, Confidential Information will not include (i) information that is, at the time of disclosure, development, observance or discovery hereunder (the "Time of Access"), or subsequently becomes, within the public knowledge generally through no fault of the receiving party; (ii) information that the receiving party can show was known to it (on a non-confidential basis) as of the Time of Access, independent of anything relating to the disclosing party, its affiliates or the work or services; (iii) information that the receiving party can show was lawfully obtained (on a non-confidential basis) from a third party (independent of anything relating to the disclosing party, its affiliates or the work or services) and that such third party lawfully obtained the information, through no fault of the receiving party, subsequent to the Time of Access and (iv) Confidential Information which is required by law, regulation or order of a competent authority (including any regulatory or governmental body or securities exchange) to be disclosed by the party in question, provided that, where practicable, the other party is given reasonable advance notice of the intended disclosure.

"DAP Yard" means that the System will be delivered at the Yard as per Incoterms 2010 rules.

"Delivery" means delivery of the System DAP Yard and accepted by the Buyer in writing by way of a signed
Certificate of Delivery and Acceptance.

"Delivery Date" means the date of Delivery.

“Delivery Delay” means any delay in delivering the System DAP Yard on the Nominated Delivery Date, excluding permissible delays pursuant to Clause 20 of this Agreement and/or delays authorized in writing by the Buyer (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

"Delivery Timeline" means the time from the date of execution of this Agreement to the Commissioning of the relevant System, as more particularly described in Clause 3.1.

"Equipment Design Drawings" means the design drawings and plans for the System which have been prepared by the Seller and approved by the Vessel's classification society.

"Financial Guarantee" means the guarantee attached at Schedule 1 to this Agreement to be executed by the Guarantor contemporaneous with the execution of this Agreement, whereby the Guarantor guarantees the obligations of the Buyer under this Agreement.

"Guarantor" means Scorpio [Tankers][Bulkers] Inc. a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands and having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH96960, Marshall Islands.

"Hybrid-ready" is defined by complete engineering of the hybrid system and allocation of space for closed
mode equipment. While the closed mode equipment will not be installed, making the system hybrid-ready allows the Open Loop system to be upgraded to a hybrid system at a later date, with pipe and equipment connections installed in advance.

"Insurance" means, all insurance post DAP Yard.

"Installation" means installation of the System on the Vessel at the Yard.

"Intellectual Property" means any patent, copyright, design right including rights in any secret process, technical know-how or other Confidential Information (together with any application for such protection).

“Manufacturing Agreement” means the meanufacturing agreement to be entered into between PowerChina and the Seller in relation to manufacturing and supplying the System.

"MARPOL" means Annex VI (Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) to the International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships.

"MEPC Guidelines" means the MEPC.259(68) May 2015 Guidelines for Exhaust Gas Cleaning Systems – Scheme B (Continuous Emission Monitoring with Parameter Checks) as in force at the time of this Agreement or announced with a set date of introduction.

"Nominated Delivery Date" means [•] 2019 [ Note: to be used for the 2019 Vessels only ] / [ [ •] 2020, provided always that this date shall not be earlier than eight (8) months after the date of this Agreement unless otherwise agreed between the Parties][ Note: to be used for 2020 Vessels only ].

"Open Loop" shall mean the operating mode where raw seawater is pumped through the Equipment and discharged into the sea with a minimum of processing. This is considered the standard operating mode for open sea operations subject to future changes in legislation.

“PGT” means PACIFIC GREEN TECHNOLOGIES INC. of 5205 Prospect Road, San Jose, California, 95129, USA.

“PGT Guarantee” means the guarantee issued by PGT in favour of the Buyer in the form attached hereto as
Schedule 5.

"PowerChina" means PowerChina SPEM Limited, a company incorporated in the People’s Republic of China
with registered office situated at 80 Hangdu Road, Shanghai 201316, China.

"PowerChina Warranty" means the ‘step through’ manufacturing warranty provided by PowerChina as set out
at Schedule 2 of this Agreement.

"Pricing Curve" means the pricing curve at Schedule 6 of this Agreement.

"Progress Report" is a written technical/operational report to evidence progress of the main project steps in the production, design and delivery of a particular System. Progress Reports shall include such pictures, drawings, documents and other information reasonably required by the Buyer and shall be sent to the Buyer promptly on reasonable request in accordance with this Agreement.

"Purchase Price" means the applicable price detailed in Clause 5 of this Agreement. "Regulations" means the MARPOL Annex VI SOx regulations.
"Regulatory Authorities" means the regulatory authorities whose rules and regulations must be complied with in respect of the Services as in force at the time of this Agreement, on the Delivery Date, and at the time of Commissioning. Such bodies shall include the Vessel’s flag administration and its classification society.

"Scope of Supply" means the scope of supply dated 16 October 2018 appended to this Agreement at Schedule
4.

"Services" means the design work (including, if chosen by the Buyer, the 3-D scanning of the Vessel nominated by the Buyer), manufacture, delivery, testing, programming and Commissioning of the System as set out in the Technical Specifications, supervision of Installation and training of the Buyer (and/or the Buyer’s representatives and/or crewmembers of the Vessel) in the operation and day-to-day maintenance of the System including for the avoidance of doubt the Supervision Services.

"Supervision Services" means the supervision services which shall consist of the Seller and PowerChina providing a minimum of 1 technical supervisor to the Buyer during Installation of the System at the Yard.

“Supervision Delay” means any delay in a Seller or PowerChina technician or technicians attending the Yard for the Installation and Commissioning of the System on the dates specified by the Buyer, excluding permissible delays pursuant to Clause 20 of this Agreement and/or delays authorized in writing by the Buyer (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

"System" means the ENVI-Marine™ exhaust gas cleaning system, Hybrid-ready, to be installed on the Vessel in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including (without limitation) all hardware, software, media, component and spare parts, fittings and manuals, all as more particularly described in the Technical Specifications.

"Technical Specifications" means the System to be installed on the Vessel, the full specifications of that System and any specifications regarding Installation, including Commissioning procedures to be attached at Schedule
3 to this Agreement within 30 days of the date of this Agreement..

"Total Output" means the cumulative output of the main engine of the Vessel plus one Diesel Generator calculated at 85% MCR.

"Training" means the provision by the Seller and/or PowerChina of one (1) training session in the operation an day-to-day maintenance of the System to ensure familiarity with the System in advance of Commissioning.

"Vessel" means M/V [ ] .

"VGP" means the Vessel General Permit For Discharges Incidental To The Normal Operation Of Vessels, as drafted by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and in force as at the date of this Agreement.

"Wuxi" means PowerChina’s factory at Wuxi in the southern Jiangsu province of China, as visited by the
Buyer.

"Yard" means Huarun Dadong Dockyard Co., Ltd., China or COSCO Shanghai Shipyard at which the
Supervision Services shall be provided.

1.2
Clause headings are inserted for ease of reference only and are not to be taken into account in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

1.3 Except where the context requires otherwise, references in this Agreement to the ‘Buyer’ shall be deemed to
be a reference to the Buyer or its nominated client.

1.4 Should there be any conflict or inconsistency (including terminology) between this Agreement and the
Schedules and/or Appendices, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

2. Scope

2.1 The Seller shall:

(i)
design, engineer, manufacture, deliver DAP Yard on the Delivery Date, supervise the Installation of, and commission the System in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including the Technical Specifications) and the Scope of Supply; and

(ii) perform the Services in accordance with this Agreement (including the Technical Specifications) and the
Scope of Supply, strictly in accordance with the timescales and delivery deadlines agreed herein.

2.2
[If the Buyer meets the relevant Minimum Requirement (as defined in the Framework Agreement), the Seller shall contract with PowerChina to manufacture the System at their factory in Wuxi. If the Buyer fails to meet the relevant Minimum Requirement, the Seller shall use reasonable endeavours to contract with PowerChina to manufacture the System at Wuxi and, if the Seller is unable to contract for the manufacture of the System at Wuxi, the Seller shall contract with PowerChina for the manufacture of the System at another PowerChina factory, which factory shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Buyer (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).] [ Note: use for 2020 vessels only ] The Seller shall at all times remain fully liable to the Buyer for the Seller’s due and complete performance under this Agreement and the Seller will remain fully liable for any delays or defects caused by PowerChina.

2.3
Should the Buyer request the Seller to provide design work for the Vessel e.g. 3D scanning, System Design, Equipment Design Drawings, Seller shall provide, at no additional cost, all required drawings and documents upon request of the Buyer as appropriate, including but not limited to: 3D Model, Engineering Drawings, Class Approval Drawings, and Installation Drawings, with all drawings to be provided in electronic format. Source Autocad files are also to be provided.

3. System Delivery Timeline

3.1 In respect of the Vessel, the Parties shall adopt the following Delivery Timeline:

(i)
Upon receipt of the Deposit from the Buyer, the Seller shall cause PowerChina to manufacture the System in accordance with the agreed Technical Specifications[.][and the Parties agree that the lead time for manufacture of the System by PowerChina shall be a minimum of eight (8) months][ Note: use for
2020 vessels only ]. For the avoidance of doubt, clause 3.1 of the Framework Agreement regarding substitution of the Vessel shall apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis .

(ii) No later than forty-five (45) calendar days before the Nominated Delivery Date, the Buyer shall reconfirm or amend the details of the relevant Yard.

(iii) The Seller to provide the Buyer with 30/15/10/5 approximate and 3 and 1 definite advance days notices prior to the Nominated Delivery Date with updates on progress of manufacture and if it meets the Nominated Delivery Date as well as updates on any expected delay. Buyer to provide the Seller with
30/15/10/5 approximate and 3 and 1 definite advance days notice prior to arrival at the Yard, such arrival to not be earlier than the Nominated Delivery Date and not later than 60 days after the Nominated
Delivery Date (the " Delivery Threshold Date "). The Buyer agrees to pay a fee of US$4,000 per calendar month (pro-rata) for each day the Delivery Date extends beyond the Delivery Threshold Date.
(iv) The Seller shall send, at Seller’s expense, one or more suitably qualified and experienced staff to the relevant Yard to provide the Supervision Services and carry out Commissioning of the System, any travelling, accommodation and associated expenses to be at the Buyer's cost. For the avoidance of doubt, the Buyer is responsible for the Installation. Such person(s) shall arrive in good time for the start of Installation of the System and remain on site to oversee, or otherwise be available during normal business hours for the duration of Installation; and provide the Buyer and/ or the workers at the Yard and/ or the crew of the Vessel with all reasonable assistance and relevant information for smooth and efficient Installation to a maximum of 40 days with any additional days charged at USD$2,000 per man day, provided the Buyer has provided prior written approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) for any such additional days.

(v) The Seller shall use best efforts to ensure Commissioning of the System is completed within the following timeframes following completion of Installation:

(a) 96 hours while at port; and
(b) 48 hours at sea.

4. Title and Risk

Risk and Title to the System will pass to the Buyer on the Delivery Date.

5. Remuneration

5.1
The Purchase Price of the Vessel shall be calculated in accordance with the Pricing Curve calculated pro-rata therefrom based on the Total Output and Technical Specifications agreed for that System. For example, where the Total Output of a Nominated Vessel falls midway between X and Y, the maximum purchase price for that system shall be the mid-point of the maximum prices indicated for Systems with Total Outputs of X and Y, respectively. [Should the Buyer not meet the relevant Minimum Requirement, as defined in the Framework Agreement, then the Purchase Price shall be increased retrospectively by seven point five per cent. (7.5%) and any additional sums due under the payment terms of this Clause 5.1 shall immediately become due [ Note: use for subsequent and final 2020 vessels only ]. The Purchase Price will be payable as follows:

(i)
the Buyer shall pay twenty percent (20%) of the Purchase Price (the " Deposit ") within five (5) Business Days after the date falling [seven (7)][eight (8)] months prior to the Nominated Delivery Date or the date of this Agreement, whichever is later; and the Seller shall, within five (5) Business Days thereafter, provide the Buyer with confirmation that this twenty percent (20%) of the purchase price under the Manufacturing Agreement has been remitted onward to PowerChina;

(ii) the Buyer shall pay twenty percent (20%) of the Purchase Price within five (5) Business Days after the date the Equipment Design Drawings are materially completed by the Seller to the satisfaction of the Buyer, which shall be confirmed by the Buyer in writing (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided always that the Buyer shall notify the Seller whether the Equipment Design Drawings are satisfactory no later than twenty one (21) days after the presentation by the Seller of the Equipment Design Drawings to the Buyer; and the Seller shall, within five (5) Business Days thereafter, provide the Buyer with confirmation that this twenty percent (20%) of the purchase price under the Manufacturing Agreement has been remitted onward to PowerChina;

(iii) the Buyer shall pay thirty percent (30%) of the Purchase Price within five (5) Business Days after the
Delivery; and

(iv) the Buyer shall pay thirty percent (30%) of the Purchase Price within five (5) Business Days after
Commissioning.

5.2
The Buyer undertakes that, if any event occurs following Delivery and prior to payment of the final instalment of the Purchase Price pursuant to Clause 5.1(iv) which would have been covered by the Seller’s Insurances had the Seller retained title to the System and which results in the Seller and/or the Buyer not being able to complete Commissioning, they will indemnify and hold harmless the Seller for the amount the Seller would have been able to claim under the Seller’s Insurances, provided that in no event shall the Buyer be required to pay more than the amount of the Purchase Price payable in accordance with Clause 5.1(iv) under this Clause 5.2.

5.3
Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties specifically agree that the Purchase Price includes: (i)    all design, engineering and manufacturing work relating to the System;
(ii) all costs for the purchase and supply of all System materials and parts; (iii) delivery of the System DAP Yard; and
(iv) all support activities for, and liaison with, the Buyer (including, without limitation, the Buyer’s representatives). Such activities and liaison to include, without limitation, producing Progress Reports (in electronic format as needed by the Buyer), the training described in Clause 9.5 and providing other information and activities related to the Services, including in relation to warranties.

5.4
All amounts in this Agreement are in United States Dollars. Payment shall be made via electronic bank transfer of funds to the following bank account of the Seller:

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE298.GIF

5.5
If the Buyer fails to pay any sum due in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Seller shall have the right to charge interest from the due date at the rate of 6% per annum on such outstanding sums, such interest to accrue from the date of default until the date of the full payment by the Buyer.

5.6 The cost of remitting payments shall be for the account of the payer.

5.7
Payments by either Party to the other under this Agreement, and their receipt, shall not be deemed a waiver of any right or claim either Party may have against the other.

5.8
The payments and any other amounts payable under this Agreement are payable to the Seller without any set- off, diminution, compensation or other deduction whatsoever.

5.9
All the amounts relating to the Purchase Price or any other amounts indicated in this Agreement are gross and the Seller shall be solely responsible for all taxes, duties, charges, tariffs and any other governmental costs of any kind whatsoever which may be due on the sale and purchase of the System and delivery of the Services.

5.10 As a condition of this Agreement and as security for the Purchase Price, the Buyer’s obligations to the Seller
shall be guaranteed by the Guarantor pursuant to the Financial Guarantee.

5.11 All payments shall be based on invoices generated by the Seller in such form as the Buyer may reasonable require together with written confirmation that the relevant milestone has been satisfied and shall be payable within five (5) days of issue.

6. Change Orders

6.1
If the Buyer requests changes to the Services and/or the System after agreement of the Technical Specifications, such changes shall be agreed in writing in the form of a Change Order. A Change Order will only be implemented when signed by both the Buyer and Seller.

All requests for changes to the Services and/or System shall be provided by the Buyer to the Seller in writing. The Seller shall then, within seven (7) Business Days, send the Buyer a proposal for changes to the Purchase Price and/or the Delivery Time and/or the time for completion of any of the Services (as applicable).

6.2
The Seller shall use reasonable commercial efforts to accommodate all requests for a Change Order proposed by the Buyer.

6.3 If there is a change to any Regulations, the Buyer shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Seller in writing.
Thereupon, within ten (10) Business Days after giving the notice to the Seller, the Buyer shall advise the Seller as to the alterations and changes, if any, to be made on the System which the Buyer, in its sole discretion, shall decide.

The Seller shall comply with the said request of the Buyer, provided that the Seller and the Buyer shall first agree to:

(i) any increase in the Purchase Price of the System that is occasioned by such compliance;

(ii) any extension or advancement in the Nominated Delivery Date of the System that is occasioned by such compliance; and

(iii) any other alterations in the terms of this Agreement or of the Technical Specifications, if such compliance makes such alterations of the terms necessary.

Any delay in the construction of the System caused by the Buyer’s delay in making a decision or agreement as above shall constitute a permissible delay under this Agreement. Such agreement by the Buyer shall be effected in the same manner as provided above for in Clause 6.1 above.

6.4
Any additional cost resulting from a Change Order shall be agreed in advance by the Buyer (acting reasonably and without delay) and paid by the Buyer in accordance with the payment terms detailed in Clause 5.1.

7. Compliance and taxes

7.1
The Seller and the Buyer shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the Services under this Agreement, including (without limitation) all applicable laws relating to the prevention of bribery, corruption and modern slavery. The Seller confirms that it has adopted anti-bribery, anti-corruption and anti-slavery policies which shall be in effect throughout the period this Agreement is in effect and shall provide a copy of such policies to the Buyer. The Seller shall secure and pay for all permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Services under this Agreement.
7.2
The Seller shall comply with local tax laws, social security acts, unemployment compensation acts and service compensation acts, insofar as applicable to the performance of the Services under this Agreement.

7.3
The Seller shall take all proper and reasonable safety precautions with respect to the Services to be performed under this Agreement, including only the use of qualified and trained personnel, and shall comply with all standard safety measures and with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public authority for the safety of persons or property.

7.4
The Seller shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, stamps, dues and fees imposed in connection with the manufacture and supply of the System DAP Yard.

7.5
The Buyer shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, stamps and fees incurred in China after Delivery and at all times outside of China in connection with execution and/or performance of this Agreement, except for taxes and duties imposed upon those items to be procured by the Seller for the manufacture and supply of the System or the provision of any Services. The Seller shall bear and pay all taxes levied, if any, on the Seller's personnel or on the provision of any Services.

7.6
If either Party is required to and pays any taxes, duties, stamps, dues and fees for which the other Party is responsible under this Clause, the other Party shall reimburse the paying Party within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of notice to that effect, together with evidence of the amount paid.

8. Progress Reports

8.1
The Seller shall appropriately coordinate its Services to be performed under this Agreement and report to the Buyer’s designated employee(s), whose details will be notified to the Seller, as and when reasonably requested to do so.

8.2
The Buyer is entitled to receive written Progress Reports every 15 days and any actual or anticipated delays in manufacturing or delivery shall be reported to the Buyer as soon as practicable.

9. Testing, Acceptance and Commissioning Deliverables

9.1
The Seller shall be fully responsible for all production, parts testing and trials of the finished System in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement including the Technical Specifications.

9.2
The Seller shall provide seven (7) days’ notice to the Buyer for ITP shop acceptance tests and one (1) day notice for SY tests performed according to the agreed on board test procedures acceptable to the Vessel’s classification society.

9.3
If, on Delivery, the System does not meet the required Technical Specifications the Buyer may (at its sole discretion) either reject the System or accept it under certain conditions.

9.4
The Seller shall be responsible for supervision of Installation and Commissioning of the System in accordance with the Technical Specifications which shall consist of the Seller and PowerChina providing a minimum of
1 technical supervisor to the Buyer during Installation of the System at the Yard.

9.5 The Seller will make available to the Buyer the following items as soon as possible after entry into this
Agreement but always in time for Delivery:

a. System documentation in digital format;

b. Original, licensed software disks and digital copies of all other software for the System;

c. Two complete digital copy sets of technical manuals (suitably indexed);

d. As-built documentation, in digital format, will be delivered to the Buyer not later than sixty (60) days from the date of Commissioning;

e.
All configuration software for the System, all settings, passwords and configurations, and the control system source code (in compiled format);

f. Any and all warranties and guarantees for the System from manufacturers and/ or suppliers of parts and/
or sub-systems; and

g. Asbestos free declaration for all new installed equipment/subassembly/secondary equipment of the
System.

9.6 The Seller will provide Training to the Buyer.

9.7
The Seller shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that all of the Seller’s staff, agents and sub-contractors attending at a Yard (and all other persons who enter such premises with the authority of the Seller) for the purpose of, or in connection with, this Agreement or the provision of the Services and/or the System adhere to the relevant Yards’ security procedures and health and safety regulations, as from time to time may be notified to the Seller or otherwise brought to the attention of the Seller or its representatives.

10. Insurance

10.1 The Buyer confirms that the Vessel:

(A) is entered with a P&I club that is a member of the international group of P&I clubs; and

(B) is insured for H&M (hull and machinery) coverage for her full market value.

These insurances shall be placed with reputable insurers and reasonable deductibles (by reference to the market practice) which deductibles shall not be for the account of the Seller. The Buyer shall upon request furnish the Seller with copies of the cover notes which provide information to verify that the Buyer has complied with the insurances requirements.

10.2 The Seller shall obtain and pay for all forms of insurance for employer’s liability required by applicable law, for itself and for its employees, servants, agents, sub-contractors and suppliers who will attend at the Yard or the premises of any sub-contractors and/or suppliers of parts for the System. The Seller shall furnish evidence satisfactory to the Buyer that it has complied with these requirements upon request.

10.3 Had the Seller retained title to the System following Delivery until full payment of the Purchase Price, the Seller would have insured the System in relation to the perils listed at Schedule 8 to this Agreement (the “Seller’s Insurances”). By entering into this Agreement, the Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it has had an opportunity to review Schedule 8 and accepts the list of perils for purposes of Clause 5.2 herein.

11. Representations and Warranties

11.1 The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer, as at the date of this Agreement and on a continuing basis throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

a. The Seller is a legal entity, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has adequate power to enter into and perform this
Agreement.

b. The entering into, execution and performance of this Agreement by the Seller does not and will not conflict with, violate, result in a breach of, or (where applicable) result in default under the provisions of any law, regulation, agreement, document, indenture, order, writ, injunction, decree, determination or award of any court, or any governmental department, board, commission, tribunal, agency, or instrument to which the Seller is subject.

c.
The Seller is not insolvent nor has it made an assignment in favour of its creditors nor a proposal in bankruptcy to its creditors or any class thereof nor had any petition for a receiving order presented in respect of it. The Seller has not initiated proceedings with respect to a compromise or arrangement with its creditors or for its winding up, liquidation or dissolution. No receiver has been appointed in respect of the Seller, or any of its property or assets and no execution or distress has been levied upon any of the property or assets of the Seller. No act or proceeding has been taken or authorized by or against the Seller with respect to any amalgamation, merger, consolidation, arrangement or reorganization of, or relating to, the Seller nor have any such proceedings been authorized by any other person or entity.

d. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Seller and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms.

e.
All applicable consents licences approvals authorisations or declarations of the governmental authorities or agencies required to make this Agreement legal, valid and enforceable have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

f. It has appropriately trained employees who will perform the Services under this Agreement.

g. It has all the appropriate and necessary rights from Pacific Green Technologies Inc. and its affiliates to design, manufacture and supply the System to the Buyer under the terms of this Agreement.

h. The System shall be designed, manufactured, constructed, tested, surveyed, certified and/or otherwise verified to be capable of reducing SOx emissions to a maximum of 0.1% in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement and the requirements of MARPOL and VGP as at the date of this Agreement and as contemplated by the stricter regulations to be enforced as of 1 January 2020.

i.
It has obtained all national and governmental approvals, authorisations and licenses, including (without limitation) export licenses, which are required from time to time to perform all of the Services and deliver the System in accordance with this Agreement.

j.
None of the software developed and provided for the System shall be subject to ongoing or future usage fees or otherwise, and that none of the software has the ability to be locked remotely so as to render it unusable or inaccessible to or by the Buyer.

k. By the provision of the Services and the System and/or the subsequent use of such System by the Buyer no patents or other Intellectual Property or industrial or design rights of third parties will be infringed.

l.
The Seller has no outstanding and overdue invoices payable to PowerChina or any other party, except for invoices which are being contested in good faith in appropriate proceedings. The Seller shall promptly notify the Buyer of any outstanding and overdue invoices.

11.2 The Buyer represents and warrants to the Seller, as at the date of this Agreement and on a continuing basis throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

a.
the Buyer is a legal entity, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization and has adequate power to enter into and perform this Agreement;

b. the Buyer has all requisite permissions from the owner of the Vessel;

c.
the entering into, execution and performance of this Agreement by the Buyer does not and will not conflict with, violate, result in a breach of, or (where applicable) result in default under the provisions of any law, regulation, agreement, document, indenture, order, writ, injunction, decree, determination or award of any court, or any governmental department, board, commission, tribunal, agency, or instrument to which the Buyer or the Vessel is subject;

d.
the Buyer is not insolvent nor has it made an assignment in favour of its creditors nor a proposal in bankruptcy to its creditors or any class thereof nor had any petition for a receiving order presented in respect of it. The Buyer has not initiated proceedings with respect to a compromise or arrangement with its creditors or for its winding up, liquidation or dissolution. No receiver has been appointed in respect of the Buyer, or any of its property or assets and no execution or distress has been levied upon any of the property or assets of the Buyer.;

e.
this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Buyer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with its terms;

f.
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Buyer has obtained confirmation from the engine manufacturer for each of the Vessels that up to 8” WC of back pressure resulting from Installation and the operation of the System will not cause damage to the Vessel’s engine or any of its systems, including without limitation the exhaust system;

g. the Vessel is insured in accordance with this Agreement; and

h.
all applicable consents licences approvals authorisations or declarations of the governmental authorities or agencies required to make this Agreement legal, valid and enforceable have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

11.3 The Buyer hereby acknowledges and accepts that the Hybrid-ready system is designed to comply with the current requirements of the Regulations, VGP, the MEPC Guidelines and the Regulatory Authorities, as these are in force at the date of this Agreement. The Buyer further acknowledges that the future entry into force of certain legislative changes may require certain vessels to install a closed loop system in order to be compliant with the MEPC Guidelines and the Regulations. By choosing to purchase a Hybrid-ready system, the Buyer agrees to solely bear the risk of such Hybrid-ready system becoming non-compliant with the Regulations, MEPC Guidelines and requirements of the Regulatory Authorities. and the Seller shall not be responsible for the cost of upgrading such System to a closed loop system. The Seller shall under no circumstances be liable for any direct, indirect or consequential loss, damage or expense arising out of or in connection with any actual or contemplated changes in the Regulations.

11.4 The Seller agrees to procure that PGT will issue the PGT Guarantee on the date of this Agreement.

11.5 The Buyer shall, in respect of the Vessel, promptly discharge all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Vessel and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Vessel, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercised of any lien or claim, the Buyer shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require provided that, in relation to a claim which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, promptly instructed and
diligently pursued and where appropriate reserves have been established to the satisfaction of the Seller, the Buyer shall have a period of sixty (60) days from the occurrence of such an event in order to release the Vessel from such arrest.

12. Warranty of System and Services

12.1 The Seller shall and does hereby guarantee and warrant the System as set out in this Clause.

12.2 The Seller warrants the System on the Vessel against any and all defects, breakdowns or failures directly caused by negligent, faulty and/or defective design (excluding as agreed by the Buyer pursuant to the Equipment Design Drawings), workmanship or materials for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the date of Commissioning relating to the Vessel (the " Warranty Period "). In addition, the Seller also provides the Buyer with the PowerChina Warranty.

12.3 In case of any defect, breakdown, or failure of the System during the Warranty Period, entirely at its cost, the Seller shall as soon as practical send suitably qualified technicians to the location of the Vessel, provided the Vessel is at port or in a yard, as notified to the Seller by the Buyer, to carry out the necessary repair or replacement works. The Seller will make every reasonable effort to carry out the repair or replacement works in the shortest time and with as few visits as possible. However, the parties acknowledge that it may not be possible to complete a repair or replacement in one visit. If the Seller cannot send technicians promptly, the Seller shall pay the direct and proven costs for having the repair or replacement carried out by a reputable third- party contractor, subject to prior written approval of the Buyer, which approval is not to be delayed or withheld unreasonably. The Seller shall not in any circumstances be responsible for towage, dockage, wharfage, port charges, the fees of agents at a port and/or any other expenses (whether similar or not in nature or type to the aforesaid items of expenditure, such as the costs of bunkers, gas freeing, work permission, transportation fees, immigration handling fees, etc.) incurred for the Buyer's getting and keeping the Vessel ready for such repairing or replacing.

12.4
The liability of the Seller provided for in this Clause 12 shall be limited to the repair of defects caused by defective materials, construction miscalculation and/or poor workmanship, or negligent, faulty and/or defective design (excluding as agreed by the Buyer pursuant to the Equipment Design Drawings), as above provided. The Seller shall not be obliged to repair, nor be liable for damage to the Vessel or any part of the equipment thereof, which after the Delivery Date, is caused other than by the defects of the nature specified in this Clause 12. The guarantees contained as hereinabove in this Clause 12 replace and exclude any other liability, guarantee, warranty and/or condition imposed or implied by law, customary, statutory or otherwise on the part of the Seller to the Buyer. For the avoidance of doubt, the responsibility and cost of Installation is that of the Buyer and the guarantee and warranty as set out in this Clause does not cover any defect, breakdown, or failure of the System and/or Services which do not arise out of the design, manufacture, sale and delivery of the System DAP Yard.

12.5 The Seller shall under no circumstances be liable for defects to the Vessel or System, or any part of equipment thereof, caused by perils of the sea or rivers, or navigation, or fire, or normal wear and tear or accidents at sea or elsewhere or by mismanagement, accident, negligence, wilful neglect, act or omission, alteration or addition on the part of the Buyer, its employees or agents on or doing work on the Vessel including the Vessel's officers, crew, and passengers. Likewise, the Seller shall not be liable for defects in a Vessel or any part of equipment thereof, that are due to repairs which were made by an entity other than the Seller, its subsidiaries, subcontractors, or their representatives, or authorized third-party contractors.

12.6 The Seller shall be under no obligation with respect to defects of whatsoever nature and howsoever caused discovered after the expiration of the Warranty Period.

12.7 Save as aforesaid, in no event shall the Seller be liable for any direct, indirect or economic loss or damage,
consequential loss or expenses occasioned by or connected with any defect, nor for loss of time in operating the Vessel, loss of profit or earnings or demurrages, salvages and so on due to any defect or repairs caused by such defect, unless such losses are caused by the Seller’s negligence or wilful misconduct.

12.8 THE FOREGOING GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS AND MERCHANTABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY. THE SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS AND ANY REMEDIES THEREUNDER ARE SOLELY AND EXCLUSIVELY AS STATED HEREIN.

13. Delays

13.1
Subjects always to any permissible delays pursuant to Clause 20, in the event of a Delivery Delay, the Buyer shall be entitled to claim liquidated damages for the delay as follows:

The liquidated damages shall be 1% of the Purchase Price per week of delay for the first four (4) weeks of late delivery and 1.5% of the Purchase Price per week of delay beyond the first four (4) weeks. The Sellers cumulative liability for liquidated damages for a Delivery Delay shall be limited to 10% of the Purchase Price.

13.2
If the Buyer has become entitled to be paid the maximum amount of liquidated damages for a Delivery Delay in accordance with Clause 13.1, the Buyers may demand delivery within a final reasonable period, which shall not be less than one (1) week. If the Seller then fails to deliver the System within such final period, then the Buyer may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Clause 14.

13.3 Subjects always to any permissible delays pursuant to Clause 20, in the event of a Supervision Delay, the
Buyer shall be entitled to claim liquidated damages for the delay as follows:

The liquidated damages shall be 0.1% of the Purchase Price per day of delay. The Sellers cumulative liability for liquidated damages for a Supervision Delay shall be limited to 3% of the Purchase Price.

13.4 If the Buyer has become entitled to be paid the maximum amount of liquidated damages for a Supervision
Delay in accordance with Clause 13.3, the Buyer may terminate this Agreement.

14. Termination

14.1
The Buyer shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by notice in writing to the Seller in the event that: (a) the Seller or PowerChina is deemed insolvent pursuant to Clause 14.3; and/or
(b) pursuant to Clause 13.2 or Clause 13.4; and/or

(c) the Seller breaches any material term of this Agreement, which is incapable of remedy, or if capable of remedy remains un-remedied for five (5) Business Days following notice to remedy such breach; and/or

(d) any representation or warranty made by the Seller in this Agreement, or any report, notice or other writing furnished by the Seller or PowerChina in connection herewith proves to have been materially incorrect or misleading when made; and/or

(e) the Buyer becomes entitled to terminate the Framework Agreement pursuant to clause 7.1 (c) of the
Framework Agreement.
Upon the happening of any of the above events, the Buyer, in addition to any remedy provided by law or equity and subject to any applicable prohibition, limitation or condition, shall be:

(A) entitled to immediately terminate this Agreement; and/or

(B) entitled to recover any part of the Purchase Price paid to the Seller. The total compensation to the Buyer shall not exceed 100% of the Purchase Price.

14.2
The Seller shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by notice in writing to the Buyer in the event that: (a) the Buyer is deemed insolvent pursuant to Clause 13.3; .
(b) the Buyer breaches a material term of this Agreement, which is incapable of remedy, or if capable of
remedy remains un-remedied for five (5) Business Days following the notification by the Seller to the Buyer in writing of the occurrence of such breach;

(c) the Buyer fails to accept the System upon Delivery by the Seller in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement provided that the System is fully compliant with the Technical Specifications;

(d) any representation or warranty made by the Buyer in this Agreement, or any report, notice or other writing furnished by the Buyer to the Seller in connection therewith proves to have been materially incorrect or misleading at the time it was made; or

(e) any insurance placed or maintained pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall lapse or be cancelled, and the Buyer does not remedy any such lapse or cancellation with three (3) Business Days of the lapse/cancellation.

Upon the happening of any of the above events, the Seller, shall be:

(A) entitled to immediately terminate this Agreement; and/or

(B) entitled to:

I. the immediate return of the System; or

II.
recover any unpaid part of the Purchase Price (and any interest due thereunder) together with any direct losses they may suffer, or liability to subcontractors they may incur, by reason of the termination.

14.3 The Seller, PowerChina or the Buyer shall be deemed insolvent (the Insolvent Party ) if it:

(a) makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to an administration order or goes into liquidation (otherwise than for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction); or

(b) an encumbrancer takes possession of, or a receiver is appointed in respect of any of the Insolvent Party’s property or assets, excluding any arrest or detention of the Vessel which is released from arrest or detention within sixty (60) days of such arrest or detention; or

(c) has any insolvency or analogous proceedings commenced against it in any part of the world and such proceedings are not waived or lifted within twenty-eight (28) Business Days of commencement; or

(d) has an order made against it by any competent court or other judicial body to appoint a liquidator,
receiver, administrator or similar manager over its assets, or for its restructuring, winding-up (actual or effective) or dissolution,

(e) a Party reasonably apprehends that any of the events mentioned in (a) to (d) above is about to occur in relation to the Insolvent Party and, after notification to the Insolvent Party, is not reasonably satisfied as to its continuing creditworthiness and/or is not provided with suitable guarantees.

14.4 Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any existing rights or liabilities of the Parties which have accrued as at the date of such termination.

14.5 If, at any time, a Party becomes aware that the other Party is subject to any sanction or prohibition imposed by any state, supranational or international governmental organisation, and in their reasonable judgment such sanction or prohibition will expose that Party to any form of censure or liability, then the non-offending Party may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the offending-Party.

15. Transfer Upon Sale

The Seller agrees that the Buyer may sell the Vessel at any time, and the Seller agrees that the Buyer may freely assign or novate this Agreement to any purchaser of the Vessel (the identity of the purchaser to be subject to the consent of the Seller in its sole discretion, it being understood that any subsidiary or affiliate of Scorpio Tankers Inc. or Scorpio Bulkers Inc. shall be acceptable to the Seller), provided that, if the Vessel is sold with any part of the Purchase Price remaining unpaid, the Seller is provided with a payment guarantee in a form acceptable to it with respect to the payment obligations of such purchaser.

16. Notices

16.1 All notices, requests, certificates, demands and other communications made under the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. Unless expressly stated otherwise in this Agreement, any such notices, requests, certificates, demands and other communications may be given either by (i) courier service delivery or (ii) sent by e-mail transmission to:

Buyer:

c/o Scorpio Tankers Inc. Le Millenium
9 boulevard Charles III
MC 98000
Monaco

Email: D rydocking.SSM@scorpiogroup.net
Cc: l egal@scorpiogroup.net

Seller:

Pacific Green Marine Technologies Inc.
5205 Prospect Road
San Jose California 95129 USA Attention: Scott Poulter

Email: s fpoulter@pacificgreen.tv

or such other address as either Party may specify from time to time by written notice to the other.

16.2 Notices and documents delivered by courier service shall be deemed served following actual receipt by the other Party. Notices and documents sent by e-mail transmission shall be deemed served when transmitted, against proof of dispatch.

17. Liabilities

17.1

(a) Any sea trials or movements of the Vessel or acts of the Yard (other than those acts directly caused by the intervention, act or omission of the Seller) shall be at the Buyer's sole risk and responsibility, and the Seller shall not be under any liability whatsoever to the Buyer for any loss, damage or expense resulting from such sea trials or movements or acts of the Yard, unless caused by the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Seller.

(b) In no circumstances shall either Party’s liability to the other Party include any sum in respect of loss of hire, profit, use or business, or any similar direct, indirect or consequential loss, damage or expense arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

(c) The Seller shall not be obliged to repair, nor be liable for damage to the Vessel or any part of the equipment thereof, except for (a) the System pursuant to any warranty provided by the Seller or PowerChina, and (b) in relation to any letters of indemnity entered into by the Seller’s representatives prior to embarkation subject to reasonable advance opportunity for review and consent to the terms of same by the Seller.

17.2 Each Party accepts responsibility and liability for the death or personal injury of its own personnel and the personnel of those entities for whom they are responsible under this Agreement, irrespective of the cause of death or personal injury, and whether or not caused by the negligence or gross negligence of the other Party, or those entities for whom other Party are responsible under this Agreement. Each Party further agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other Party, as regards both liability and legal costs, in the event that the aforesaid personnel or their dependants pursue claims for death or personal injury against the other Party who is not responsible for them under this Agreement.

17.3 Each Party agrees to indemnify the other Party against all claims made against the other Party by third parties (being those individuals and entities for whom neither Party is responsible under this Agreement) in any way related to this Agreement, where such claims are caused by, or to the extent that they are contributed to by the indemnifying party's negligence, gross negligence or wilful default. The indemnifying Party shall bear the expense of investigations and defences of all claims against which the other Party is indemnified under paragraph (a) above and all lawsuits arising therefrom including the legal costs of the indemnified Party.

17.4 The limitations on each Party’s liability herein shall also apply to the liability of those for whom that Party is responsible under this Agreement. Each Party further agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, circumvent the aforesaid limitations and allocation of responsibility by taking legal proceedings against the employees, servants or agents of the other Party, and to this extent each Party shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all such persons.

17.5 Nothing herein contained shall affect any right that the Parties may have to limit their liability under any statutory enactment for the time being in force.

18. Intellectual Property

18.1 The provisions of this Clause 18 shall survive the performance or termination of this Agreement for any reason
whatsoever.

18.2 The Buyer acknowledges that ownership and title to all Intellectual Property related to the System shall remain vested in the Seller. The Buyer shall not use any of the Intellectual Property except for the purposes of operating and maintaining the System. The Seller hereby grants the Buyer a worldwide, royalty-free, fully-paid, non- exclusive, freely-transferrable license to use the Intellectual Property for the purposes of operating and maintaining the System. The Buyer and each Purchaser shall be entitled to sell or charter the Vessel with the System installed, and the Purchaser shall be permitted to assign or transfer the license granted hereby to any such purchaser or charterer.The Buyer shall be entitled to sell or charter the Vessel with the System installed. The Buyer shall at the reasonable request and at the sole expense of the Seller take all such steps as the Seller may reasonably require to assist the Seller in maintaining the validity and enforceability of any Intellectual Property and shall enter into such formal licences as Seller may reasonably request for this purpose. The Buyer shall not represent that it has any title in or right of ownership to any Intellectual Property in the System, or do or suffer to be done any act or thing which may in any way impair the rights of Seller in any of the Intellectual Property or bring into question the validity of its registration of or interests in same. The Buyer shall promptly and fully notify the Seller of any actual infringement of any of the Intellectual Property referred to herein and the patents which come to the Buyer’s notice.

19. Confidentiality

19.1 Confidential Information shall be held in the strictest confidence and not disclosed to any third party unless the disclosure of all or any part of the Confidential Information is required by any applicable law or regulation including any stock exchange rules or permitted by a specific agreement in writing signed by the Buyer and the Seller. The Parties agree to and shall exercise all necessary precautions to prevent the unauthorised disclosure of all or any part of the Confidential Information by their directors, employees, servants, agents, suppliers, or consultants.

19.2 The Parties may only use Confidential Information given to or obtained by it in the course of performing their obligations pursuant to this Agreement and may not pass the same on to third parties, save that they shall be permitted to disclose such Confidential Information, as strictly necessary, to their sub-contractors, suppliers, professional advisers or current or potential lenders and financiers, but only on a strictly “need to know” basis and on the basis that such persons maintain confidentiality to the same standard as set out in this Clause 19.

19.3 The Buyer and the Seller hereby agree that at all times, whether during or after the provision of the Services and the System, Confidential Information shall include the terms of this Agreement or ancillary contracts, the existence of the Agreement itself, the contract price, design, specifications, plans, drawings, technical information, or any data or other information whatsoever relating to the Buyer (or any persons or entities associated therewith) or a vessel nominated by the Buyer.

19.4 Save for the regulatory requirements of the SEC and any stock exchange rules and any other audit, legal or regulatory requirement, neither Party may publicise the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.

19.5 The provisions of this Clause 19 shall survive the performance or termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

20. Force Majeure

Neither Buyer nor Seller shall be responsible for delay or failure to perform hereunder if the reason for such arises from: acts of God(s), fire, explosion, earthquakes, tidal waves, tsunami, floods, typhoons, hurricanes or other named storms and severe weather conditions, which could not have been expected to occur in the relevant location; fire, unless it is caused by the actual fault or privity of a Party; perils, dangers and accidents of the sea
or other navigable waters; act of war, blockade, acts of terrorism, revolution, insurrection; act of public enemies, assailing thieves or pirates, civil commotion, riots or sabotage; seizure under legal process; quarantine restrictions; strikes, lockouts, stoppage or restraint of labour from whatever cause. In the event of a force majeure event which impacts performance under this Agreement, the affected Party must promptly notify the other Party in writing of the occurrence of such event and the steps being taken to mitigate its impact. In no event shall a force majeure event or events excuse a delay or failure to perform under this Agreement for more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days.

21. Law & Jurisdiction

21.1 Any and all disputes or claims arising out of and/or related to this Agreement, its performance, breach, or interpretation thereof (including issues about its validity or enforceability) or otherwise arising out of or in connection with its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

21.2 Any and all disputes or claims arising out of and/or related to this Agreement, its performance, breach, or interpretation thereof (including issues about its validity or enforceability) or otherwise arising out of or in connection with its subject matter or formation (including non- contractual disputes or claims) shall be brought before a three-member arbitration tribunal in London. The arbitration shall be conducted in English and governed by LMAA terms (which are current at the time that the party bringing the claim serves notice of arbitration on the other party).

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A Party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other Party requiring the other Party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other Party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other Party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the Party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other Party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other Party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both Parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the Parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD 50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

21.3 Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law:

(a) the Seller irrevocably appoints Campbell Johnston Clark of 59 Mansell Street, London E1 8AN, England (or otherwise at their registered address from time to time); and

(b) the Buyer irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited of 10 Lower Grosvenor Pl, Westminster, London
SW1W 0EN (or otherwise at their registered address from time to time),

as their agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement. If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process or terminates its appointment as agent for service of process, the relevant Party (as the case may be) must immediately (and in any event within 7 days of such event taking place) appoint another
agent on terms acceptable to the other Party.

22. Miscellaneous

22.1 Time is and shall be in all respects of the essence of this Agreement.

22.2 Neither Party may assign this Agreement or assign, pledge, sell, transfer or otherwise deal with any of its obligations or rights hereunder without the express prior written consent of the other Party.

22.3 This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Parties in relation to the subject matter hereto and supersedes any and all understandings or agreements, whether written or oral, prior to the execution hereof.

22.4 Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any relationship of agency, partnership or joint venture between the parties. A waiver by either party of a breach of any term or condition of this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall not be deemed as continuing waiver or a waiver of any subsequent breach unless so provided by written notice.

22.5 If any Clause or provision of this agreement is or would be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, under applicable law, said Clause or provision shall be deemed severed, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected thereby and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

22.6 This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which shall together constitute one agreement.
Signatures in facsimile form and scanned executed copies sent via electronic mail shall be considered original signatures.



[Signature Page Follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement on the date first above written.



EXECUTED in the presence of: )
)
) PACIFIC GREEN MARINE TECHNOLOGIES INC.
Name )
)
) Per:      Address ) Scott Poulter, Executive Director
)
) Occupation )




EXECUTED in the presence of: )
)
) [ SCORPIO ENTITY TBC]
Name )
)
) Per:      Address ) Name: , Director
)
) Occupation )
Schedule 1

Financial Guarantee



(appended)
Schedule 2


In respect of an Agreement entered into between Pacific Green Marine Technologies Inc. (“ PGMT ”) and [ ] (“ Scorpio ”) on [ ] (the “ Agreement ”) to supply the ENVI-Marine™ exhaust gas cleaning system (the “ System ”) to certain vessels owned or managed directly or indirectly by Scorpio, PowerChina SPEM Company Limited (“ PowerChina ”) as manufacturer of the System hereby irrevocably and unconditionally warrants and covenants to PGMT and Scorpio jointly and severally that:

(a) all raw materials (the “ Materials ”) used or to be used by PowerChina in the manufacturing, engineering and fabrication of the System (the “ Equipment ") will be of merchantable quality;

(b) all Equipment delivered by PowerChina to PGMT will be delivered free from encumbrances;

(c) the manufacture of the Equipment will be undertaken by PowerChina with due care and skill as required for
Equipment of this nature;

(d) with respect to the fabrication of the Equipment, all Materials will have a 24-month manufacturing warranty after Commissioning;

(e) with respect to the pumps, wiring, piping, gauges and accessories, the Equipment will have a 24-month manufacturing warranty after Commissioning;

(f)
Scorpio shall use best endeavours to make the Vessel available for PGMT’s personnel to board at the earliest stage practicable for Scorpio for any warranty work to commence following notification to PGMT of any potential issue without materially affecting the commercial employment of the Vessel;

(g) PowerChina will undertake the manufacture of the System and its work will be undertaken with due care and skill as required for Equipment of this nature;

(h) should PGMT be in default of its obligations under the terms of the Agreement in respect of the System or PGMT become insolvent, PowerChina hereby acknowledges that the obligations and rights of these warranties, obligations and covenants to PGMT shall (as far as it is practicably able to do so) be transferred to Scorpio for its absolute benefit save that PowerChina shall not be responsible at any time for any repairs or failures that are the result of:

1. any unauthorized alteration or modification of the Vessel, the Equipment or any component thereof;
2. any defect arising from ordinary wear and tear and/or lack of maintenance;
3. damage arising outside of ordinary usage or damage arising from conditions of heavy weather; and
4.
any misuse, negligent use or use without normal maintenance or operation of the Equipment contrary to instructions furnished by PGMT and/or PowerChina.

PowerChina shall under no circumstances be liable for defects in the Vessel, or any part of equipment thereof, caused by perils of the sea or rivers, or navigation, or fire, or normal wear and tear, or accidents at sea or elsewhere or by mismanagement, accident, negligence, wilful neglect, alteration or addition on the part of Scorpio, its employees or agents on or doing work on the Vessel including the Vessel's officers, crew, and passengers. Likewise, PowerChina shall not be liable for defects in the Vessel or any part of equipment thereof, that are due to repairs which were made by other than PGMT or PowerChina, its subsidiaries, subcontractors, or their representatives or authorized third-party contractors.

PowerChina shall be under no obligation with respect to defects of whatsoever nature and howsoever caused discovered after the expiration of the Warranty Period.

Save as aforesaid, in no event shall PowerChina be liable for any direct, indirect or economic loss or damage,
consequential loss or expenses occasioned by or connected with any defect, nor for loss of time in operating the
Vessel, loss of profit or earnings or demurrages, salvages and so on due to any defect or repairs caused by such defect.

THE FOREGOING GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS AND MERCHANTABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY. POWERCHINA'S OBLIGATIONS AND ANY REMEDIES THEREUNDER ARE SOLELY AND EXCLUSIVELY AS STATED HEREIN.

All words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall have the same meaning when used herein. SIGNED

--------------------------------------------- PowerChina SPEM Company Limited Director
Schedule 3

Technical Specifications
Schedule 4

Scope of Supply
Schedule 5

PGT Guarantee
Schedule 6
Pricing Curve
Schedule 7
Certificate of Delivery and Acceptance


THE UNDERSIGNED, , on behalf of [SCORPIO ENTITY TBC] , as Buyer under a Purchase Agreement dated , 2018 (the “ Agreement ”) hereby attest that the System was delivered by Pacific Green Technologies Inc., as the Seller under the Agreement and was accepted by
the Buyer at hours this day

of , year     

DAP
Yard pursuant to the terms of the Agreement . The Buyer acknowledges that the System has been delivered by the Seller fully compliant with the Technical Specifications and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the Buyer hereby accepts delivery of the System.



[SCORPIO ENTITY TBC]




per: Its Authorized Signatory




Schedule 8
Named Perils

• Fire
• Explosion
• Flood
• Rain water
• Earthquake
• Lightning
• Theft by forcible entry
• Malicious damage / vandalism
• Riots or civil disturbances
All other risks of physical loss or damage to the System prior to full payment of the Purchase Price in accordance with this Agreement





Schedule 4A The ࿽019 Vessels (appended)

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE299.JPG



Scorpio Entity
Vessel Name
Country of Incorporation
Registered Office
Nominated Delivery Date
SBI Leo Shipping Company Limited
SBI LEO
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Aug‐19
SBI Bravo Shipping Company Limited
SBI BRAVO
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jul‐19
SBI Antares Shipping Company Limited
SBI ANTARES
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jul‐19
SBI Tethys Shipping Company Limited
SBI TETHYS
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Aug‐19
SBI Athena Shipping Company Limited
SBI ATHENA
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jul‐19
SBI Phoebe Shipping Company Limited
SBI PHOEBE
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Aug‐19
SBI Aries Shipping Company Limited
SBI ARIES
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Aug‐19
SBI Gemini Shipping Company Limited
SBI GEMINI
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Sep‐19
SBI Puma Shipping Company Limited
SBI PUMA
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jun‐19
SBI Jaguar Shipping Company Limited
SBI JAGUAR
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jul‐19
SBI Macarena Shipping Company Limited
SBI MACARENA
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Sep‐19
SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited
SBI SWING
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Apr‐19
SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited
SBI JIVE
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Oct‐19
SBI Lynx Shipping Company Limited
SBI LYNX
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Oct‐19
SBI Zumba Shipping Company Limited
SBI ZUMBA
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Apr‐19
SBI Parapara Shipping Company Limited
SBI PARAPARA
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Apr‐19
SBI Mazurka Shipping Company Limited
SBI MAZURKA
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Sep‐19
SBI Samba Shipping Company Limited
SBI SAMBA
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jul‐19






Schedule 4B

The 2020 Initial Vessels

(appended)





Vessel Name
Country of Incorporation
Registered Office
Nominated Delivery Date
SBI Apollo
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Dec‐19
SBI Echo
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jan‐20
SBI Libra
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jan‐20
SBI Lyra
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jan‐20
SBI Phoenix
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jan‐20
SBI Pisces
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Dec‐19
SBI Poseidon
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Dec‐19
SBI Samson
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jan‐20
SBI Taurus
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Dec‐19
SBI Virgo
Marshall Islands
Trust Company Complex
01‐Jan‐20






Schedule 5

Scope of Supply

(appended)




A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE305.GIF




A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE307.GIF Proposal


ENVI-Marine™ Exhaust Gas Cleaning System
Scope of Supply







Submitted to:


Scorpio Tankers Inc.
October 16, 201































PacificGreen
M a r ine







make the difference


A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE309.JPG T ec h nologies I Marketing I Licensi n g







SCOPE OF SUPPLY


ENVI-Marine™ Exhaust Gas Cleaning System


Submitted to: Scorpio Tankers Inc.




Submitted by:


Pacific Green Marine Technologies Limited

In partnership with

PowerChina SPEM









Revision

Description
Rev #
By
Approved
Date
Ver.
1
TS
RD
15/Oct/2018
2.0
Scope of Supply
2
TS
RD
15/Oct/2018
2.0
Scope of Supply Updated

3

TS

RD

16/Oct/2018

2.0
Scope of Supply Updated, approved by Zoran
@ Scorpio 16/Oct/2018











1 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

1.1 Open Mode System Equipment

The following table lists the major equipment and materials to be supplied by PGMT and OTHERS (notably the selected shipyard). Materials, services and equipment supplied by others is not included in the costing of this proposal. Installation of the equipment supplied by PGMT and others is also not included in the costing.


Open Mode Materials and Equipment

PGMT

OTHERS
1
Supply of any structural material such as structural sections, structural enclosures, decks, floors, drains, doors, cable and wire, piping and ducting, supports for cable, piping and ducting, ladders, stairways, catwalks and platforms, etc.








P
2
Bypass dampers, mechanically interlocked so that an exhaust path is always available

P
 
3
Ducting, including elbows, if necessary, from dampers to the Gas
Quench and Conditioning (GQC) ducts




P
4
GQC ducts and inlet box for main engines, auxiliary engines and boilers, as applicable

P
 
5
Scrubber vessel, built-in turbulent heads, distribution nozzles, seawater supply manifold for distribution nozzles with flange connection, mist eliminator with wash system


P
 
6
Surge tank for de-aeration of the scrubber wash water and drain piping connection

P
 
7
Continuous emission monitoring system (CEMS) to monitor SO 2 and
CO 2 concentrations

P
 
8
Supply of scrubber stack
 
Π
9
Sea chest materials, fabrication and installation, sea chest isolation valve, if required, and valves for seawater strainer
 

P
10
Sea water strainer
Π
 
11
Overboard discharge valves and ports
 
Π
12
Seawater pumps to provide the scrubber heads and quench area with water spray, variable frequency drives.

P
 
13
Supply and installation of all piping, piping supports and racks, and expansion joints
 

P
14
Control valves and isolation valves, wiring and pneumatic lines to valves
 


P







Open Mode Materials and Equipment (cont.)

PGMT

OTHERS
15
Electrical cables and wiring, instrument wiring, main circuit breakers to the power distribution panel, cable trays and supports
 

P
16
Lighting fixtures, switches, fire/smoke detectors, wiring and cable trays
 

P
17
Paint and insulation/cladding
 
Π
18
CO2 bottles and manifolds, connection hoses and valves
 
Π
19
Effluent monitoring system to analyze the open-mode effluent for pH, PAHs and turbidity

P
 
20
Sea water booster pump for mist eliminator rinsing, make-up and pipe flushing.

P
 
21
EGC system control instruments
Π
 
22
Control panel and PLC system, communications system
Π
 
23
Scrubber system power distribution panel from generator power feed

P
 
24
Human-machine interface (HMI) for operator monitoring of the scrubbing process

P
 
25
Spare parts – Critical spares
Π
 


Additional Equipment for a Hybrid-Ready Open Mode System

PGMT

OTHERS
1
Recirculation tank in place of scrubber surge tank
Π
 



2 ENGINEERING AND TECHNICAL SERVICES

The contract model for this project is to provide basic design and engineering, scrubber component procurement and supply and technical services for the ENVI-Marine™ EGC System and its associated equipment. PGMT will provide the following according to the specific terms of the scope, and as more specifically defined in the tables to follow:

• Basic engineering design
• Detailed engineering design
• Design and drawings for approval by Classification Society
• Technical support during construction and commissioning
• Control and automation of EGC System
• System approval by Classification Society, including sea trial

2.1 Basic Engineering

During basic engineering work all major design parameters, factors and key design issues influencing engineering design shall be identified. PGMT will develop a preliminary 3D model of the scrubber system, a preliminary specification and a conceptual document package for the Classification Society.




All operating conditions will be finalized. Safety parameters will be identified and provided in the design basis.

Upon the parties agreeing to the conceptual design and specifications presented in the Basic
Engineering package, PGMT will proceed with the detailed engineering of the system.

2.2 Detailed Engineering

PGMT will complete the 3D model and 2D detailed design of the integration of the scrubber system and associated equipment in accordance with the regulation and guidelines outlined by the IMO and Classification Society. Detailed production drawings of the scrubber, recirculation tank, dampers, gas quench ducting, gas quench inlets and spray header piping and electrical diagrams for new or modified systems will be completed.

The following table shows the design, engineering and technical services to be supplied by PGMT and others. Costing of services supplied by others is not included in the cost of this proposal. As stated before, installation of the EGC system is also not included in the costing of this proposal.


Open Mode Design, Engineering and Technical Services

PGMT

OTHERS
1
Project scope of work
Π
 
2
Project schedule to the commencement of installation
Π
 
3
3D Survey of vessel
Π
 
4
Process design criteria and process description
Π
 
5
Conceptual design, finalized PFDs and P&IDs
Π
 
6
Detailed design, 2D drawings and 3D model for the scrubber, and ducting from the bypass damper to the scrubber inlet

P
 
7
Equipment general arrangement and component drawings
Π
 
8
Finalized single-line diagrams (SLDs)
Π
 
9
Electrical equipment and power distribution component drawings
Π
 
10
Equipment datasheets and/or specifications for scrubber, seawater pumps, instruments, CEMS, and wash water monitoring system

P
 
11
Design of the EGC system enclosure and/or modifications, design of supporting structural steel, and material take-offs for structural steel

P
 
12
Control narrative
Π
 
13
System control shutdown keys
Π
 
14
Final engineering lists, including equipment list, piping line list, instrument list, valve list and load list

P
 
15
PLC programming
Π
 
16
Operation and maintenance manual
Π
 
17
Detailed hull drawings for the space where the scrubber vessel will be installed

P
 







Open Mode Design, Engineering and Technical Services (cont’d)

PGMT

OTHERS
18
Scrubber foundation and structural attachment and support to the funnel including scantling, welding details

P
 
19
Detailed drawings for the foundation of principal components
Π
 
20
Strength analysis for the scrubber body under both static and dynamic load due to ship’s movement

P
 
21
Specification of the sea chest capacity
Π
 
22
Design of the overboard discharge arrangement
Π
 
23
Enclosure structural design, material take-offs and drafting
Π
 
24
Site visits, if needed, by the shipyard to the ship as part of the installation process, installation sequence and planning




P
25
Installation supervision – excluding mobilization, accommodation and per diem costs

P
 
26
Update of fire control plan, lifesaving plan, capacity plan and ship general arrangement plan

P
 
27
Documentation detailing the weights and centers of gravity for the major components of the scrubber system

P
 
28
Load line, trim and stability analysis for the installed EGC system, if required

P
 
29
Loading trim and stability software update and approval, if required
 
Π
30
Material take-off list for piping systems for the sea water pump lines and overboard discharge

P
 
31
Design of routing for piping and piping support placement
Π
 
32
Design and layout of electrical cables and cable trays
Π
 
33
Design and layout of drainage systems
Π
 
34
Installation permitting (if required)
 
Π
35
Commissioning plan and checklists
Π
 
36
Equipment and instrument pre-commissioning test plan
Π
 
37
Commissioning work for EGC system, including sea trial
Π
 

Additional Design, Engineering and Technical Services for Open
Mode Hybrid Ready System

PGMT

OTHERS
1
Design of hydrocyclone systems and pump modules
Π
 
2
Allocation of space and layout of hydrocyclone systems and pump modules

P
 
3
Design of caustic reagent tank, overflow tank and pump modules
Π
 



Pacific Green Technologies Marine Limited





Additional Design, Engineering and Technical Services for Open
Mode Hybrid Ready System (cont’d)

PGMT

OTHERS
4
Allocation of space and layout of caustic reagent tank, overflow tank and pump modules

P
 
5
Specification for the recirculated wash water heat exchanger and pump

P
 
6
Allocation of space and layout for the recirculated wash water heat exchanger and pump

P
 
7
Specification for the fresh water booster pump for mist eliminator rinsing

P
 
8
Allocation of space and layout for the fresh water booster pump for mist eliminator rinsing

P
 
9
Specification for the sludge pump for removal of stored sludge to on-shore disposal

P
 
10
Allocation of space and layout for the sludge pump for removal of stored sludge to on-shore disposal

P
 
11
Specification for the treated bleed water pump
Π
 
12
Allocation of space and layout for the treated bleed water pump
Π
 
13
Design of the additional power distribution panel
Π
 
14
Allocation of space and layout for the additional power distribution panel

P
 


.3 Classification Society Documentation

The following table outlines the responsibilities for the provision of documentation to the classification society. All classification society fees for design review, inspections and approvals for Scrubber are the responsibility of PGMT and all the other fees related to installation drawings approval are owner/shipyard responsibility.


Classification Society Documentation

PGMT

OTHERS
1
Hull structural arrangement and reinforcement drawings and integration with vessel system
 
 
a
Detailed hull drawings for the space where the scrubber vessel will be installed

P
 
b
Scrubber foundation, enclosure and attachment to the funnel structure including scantling, welding details

P
 
c
Detailed drawings for the foundation of principal components
Π
 
d
Strength analysis for the scrubber foundation and supporting structures under both static and dynamic load due to ship’s movement

P
 



Pacific Green Technologies Marine Limited






Classification Society Documentation (cont’d)

PGMT

OTHERS
e
Specification of the sea chest capacity and overboard discharge arrangements

P
 
f
Detailed design of interconnecting piping from sea chest to sea water pumps, scrubber, discharge water system and connection of cooling water to overboard discharge


P
 
g
Material specifications for major structures, weld procedures
Π
 
H
Documentation detailing the weights and centers of gravity for the major components of the scrubber system

P
 
i
Load line, trim and stability analysis for the installed EGC system, if required

P
 
j
Recommended materials suitable for marine service for both exterior and interior equipment, including piping, fittings and valves

P
 
2
EGC system configuration and scrubber vessel integration


 
a
Documentation detailing the EGC system and fuel oil combustion units
(FOCU) specifications

P
 
b
Analyses demonstrating compatibility of the scrubber with the FOCUs
Π
 
c
Details of all electrical equipment installed for the EGC system including computer-based systems

P
 
d
Material specifications for the scrubber unit, pumps, valves, storage/process tanks, piping, distribution systems, and associated components


P
 
e
Descriptions and schematic diagrams for the control and monitoring systems, including set points for abnormal conditions and details of the location and position at which exhaust emission monitoring and wash water monitoring are to be located


P
 
f
Failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA) to determine possible failures and their effects in the safe operation of the EGC system

P
 
g
Electrical load analysis
Π
 
h
Emergency shutdown arrangement
Π
 
i
Documentation detailing the redundancy configuration
Π
 
j
Operating and maintenance instruction manuals, including MSDS sheets and details for handling of hazardous and non-hazardous chemicals
used in the EGC system


P
 
k
Testing procedures during installation and commissioning trials
Π
 
3
Exhaust gas system
 
 
a
Details of exhaust gas piping system, including bypass damper arrangement and associated components, materials, design pressures, temperatures, insulation and isolation


P
 

Pacific Green Technologies Marine Limited






Classification Society Documentation (cont’d)

PGMT

OTHERS
4
Drainage System
 
 
a
Arrangement of drainage piping system and associated components and materials

P
 





























Pacific Green Technologies Marine Limited





Appendix 1

2019 Pricing Curve

(appended)

A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE313.JPG



A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE314.GIF

Customer Document Number Pricing date
Pricing validity Equipment Lead time System type Incoterms
Pricing Effective

Scorpio Tankers Inc.
PGMT-SCO-2019-4S-Rev.1
23-Oct-18
31-Dec-19
7 months from confirmation of order
Open Hybrid Ready (OHR)
DAP Yard
Projects delivered in the year 2019

Exhaust Gas
Flow Rate
Price
+
50,000
$1,500,650
60,000
$1,535,250
70,000
$1,570,300




80,000
$1,606,400
90,000
$1,640,000
100,000
$1,675,500
110,000
$1,711,150
120,000
$1,746,800




130,000
$1,790,300
140,000
$1,818,000
150,000
$1,853,500






Appendix II

2020 Pricing Curve

(appended)




A101SCORPIOBULKERSF_IMAGE314.GIF

Customer Document Number Pricing date
Pricing validity Equipment Lead time System type Incoterms
Pricing Effective

Scorpio Tankers Inc.
PGMT-SCO-2020-4S-Rev. 1
17-Oct-18
31-Dec-20
8 months from confirmation of order
Open Hybrid Ready (OHR)
DAP Yard
Projects delivered in the year 2020





Exhaust Gas
Flow Rate
Price
+
50,000
$1,422,800
60,000
$1,440,400
70,000
$1,457,700
80,000
$1,474,800




90,000
$1,490,000
100,000
$1,534,200
110,000
$1,577,600
120,000
$1,621,800
130,000
$1,652,000




140,000
$1,697,300
150,000
$1,727,800





Exhibit 8.1
Scorpio Bulkers Inc.
Subsidiaries
Subsidiary
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
SBI Achilles Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Antares Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Apollo Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Aries Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Athena Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Bolero Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Bravo Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Capoeira Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Carioca Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Chartering and Trading Ltd
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Conga Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Cougar Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Cronos Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Echo Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Gemini Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Hera Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Hercules Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Hermes Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Hydra Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Hyperion Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Jaguar Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Jive Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Lambada Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Leo Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Libra Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Lynx Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Lyra Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Macarena Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Maia Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Mazurka Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Orion Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Parapara Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Pegasus Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Perseus Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Phoebe Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Phoenix Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Pisces Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Poseidon Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Puma Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Reggae Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Rock Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands





Subsidiary
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
SBI Rumba Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Samba Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Samson Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Sousta Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Subaru Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Swing Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Tango Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Taurus Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Tethys Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Thalia Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Ursa Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Virgo Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Zeus Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
SBI Zumba Shipping Company Limited
Republic of the Marshall Islands
Scorpio SALT LLC
Delaware



Exhibit 11.1

SCORPIO BULKERS INC.

CODE OF CONDUCT AND ETHICS

I. Application and Reporting

The Board of Directors of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “ Company ”) has adopted this Code of Conduct and Ethics (the “ Code ”) for all of the Company’s employees, directors, officers and agents (“ Employees ”).
The Company has operations in countries around the world, and our Employees are citizens of these various countries. As a result, our operations are subject to a diverse set of local laws and cultures. You are expected to comply with this Code and all applicable laws and regulations. If local law ever conflicts with this Code, guidance must be sought from the office of the General Counsel for resolution.
The Company relies on your personal integrity to protect and enhance the Company’s reputation. Employees shall take all appropriate action to stop any known misconduct by fellow Employees or other Company personnel that violate this Code. You are expected to immediately report suspected or observed violations of this Code, Company policies or applicable laws and regulations to any of the Company’s management, the Chairman of the Audit Committee or the office of the General Counsel. Failure to follow the provisions of this Code can lead to disciplinary action up to and including termination.
Retaliation against anyone who reports a good faith concern is prohibited and will not be tolerated. Good faith means that your concern is honest and accurate to your knowledge, regardless of whether it is discovered at a later date that you were mistaken. Allegations made maliciously or in bad faith may be subject to disciplinary action.
II. Employment, General

The Company believes that all people should be treated with dignity, and it will not accept conduct that fails to show appropriate respect to others. Any conduct that fails to show appropriate respect to others, including fellow Employees, customers, professional customers, vendors and suppliers, violates the Company’s values. The following are examples of unacceptable conduct: insults; yelling; threats; intimidation; ridicule; vulgarity; slurs, stereotyping, or discrimination; physical, verbal, or non-verbal harassment or abuse; offensive jokes; sexual advances, requests for sexual favors or any other unwelcome visual, verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature; unwelcome touching or invasion of personal space; ignoring the rights of others; slandering or malicious rumors and insensitivity to the beliefs and customs of others.
The Company is committed to providing a safe, healthy and drug-free workplace. Using illegal drugs at any time, consuming alcohol whilst performing your employment duties on Company premises or working under the influence of drugs or alcohol, is strictly prohibited. This prohibition is a condition of your employment. Any Employee found in violation of this condition of employment is subject to immediate termination.
The Company is an equal opportunity employer committed to ensuring Employees work in an environment of mutual respect. We will not discriminate against any associate or applicant with regard to race, color, sex (gender), sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, age, religion or belief, national origin, disability, protected veteran or other uniformed service status or any other



Exhibit 11.1

characteristic or basis protected by applicable law, including but not limited to discrimination by association or perception.
III. Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest occurs when an Employee’s private interests interfere, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. While it is not possible to describe every situation in which a conflict of interest may arise, you must never use or attempt to use your position with the Company to obtain improper personal benefits. Any Employee who is aware of a conflict of interest, or is concerned that a conflict might develop, should discuss the matter with the Audit Committee or the office of the General Counsel immediately.
IV. Corporate Opportunities

Employees shall neither compete with the Company nor shall they take personal advantage of business opportunities that they discover during the course of their employment. Employees owe a duty to advance the legitimate interests of the Company when the opportunities to do so arise.

V. Confidentiality and Privacy

It is important that Employees protect the confidentiality of Company information. Employees may have access to proprietary and confidential information concerning the Company’s business, clients and suppliers. Confidential information includes such items as non-public information concerning the Company’s business, financial results and prospects and potential corporate transactions. You are required to keep such information confidential during your employment as well as thereafter, and not to use, disclose, or communicate that confidential information. The consequences to the Company and the Employee concerned can be severe where there is unauthorized disclosure of any non-public, privileged or proprietary information.

To ensure the confidentiality of any personal information collected and to comply with applicable laws, any Employee in possession of non-public, personal information about the Company’s customers, potential customers, or Employees, must maintain the highest degree of confidentiality and must not disclose any personal information unless express authorization is first obtained.
The restriction on disclosing confidential information is not intended to prevent you from reporting to the Company’s management or directors, a government body or a regulator, concerns of any known or suspected Code violation; or to prevent you from reporting retaliation for reporting such concerns. It is also not the Code’s intention to prevent you from responding truthfully to questions or requests from a government body, a regulator or as required by applicable law.
VI. Director Confidentiality

Pursuant to their fiduciary duties of loyalty and care, directors are required to protect and hold confidential all non-public information obtained due to their directorship position absent the express or implied permission of the board of directors to disclose such information. Accordingly,
(i) no director shall use Confidential Information for his or her own personal benefit or to benefit persons or entities outside the Company; and



Exhibit 11.1

(ii) no director shall disclose Confidential Information outside the Company, either during or after his or her service as a director of the Company, except with authorization of the board of directors or as may be otherwise required by law.
Confidential Information ” for purpose of this Section VI is all non-public information entrusted to or obtained by a director by reason of his or her position as a director of the Company. It includes, but is not limited to, non-public information that might be of use to competitors or harmful to the Company or its customers if disclosed, such as:
non-public information about the Company’s financial condition, prospects or plans, its marketing and sales programs and research and development information, as well as information relating to mergers and acquisitions, stock splits and divestitures;
non-public information concerning possible transactions with other companies or information about the Company’s customers, suppliers or joint venture partners, which the Company is under an obligation to maintain as confidential; and
non-public information about discussions and deliberations relating to business issues and decisions, between and among Employees.
VII. Honest and Fair Dealing

Employees must endeavor to deal honestly, ethically and fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No Employee should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair-dealing practice. Honest conduct is considered to be conduct that is free from fraud or deception. Ethical conduct is considered to be conduct conforming to accepted professional standards of conduct.
VIII. Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

The Company’s assets are only to be used for legitimate business purposes and only by authorized Employees or their designees. This applies to tangible assets (such as office equipment, telephone, copy machines, etc.) and intangible assets (such as trade secrets and confidential information). Employees have a responsibility to protect the Company’s assets from theft and loss and to ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. If you become aware of theft, waste or misuse of the Company’s assets you should report this to your manager.

IX. Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

It is the Company’s policy to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is the personal responsibility of each Employee to adhere to the standards and restrictions imposed by those laws, rules and regulations, and in particular, those relating to accounting and auditing matters.
If you are unsure whether a situation violates any applicable law, rule, regulation or Company policy you should contact the office of the General Counsel.



Exhibit 11.1

X. Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery

Employees must never, directly or through intermediaries, offer or promise any personal or improper financial or other advantage in order to obtain or retain a business or other advantage from a third party, whether public or private. Nor must Employees accept any such advantage in return for any preferential treatment of a third party. Moreover, Employees must refrain from any activity or behaviour that could give rise to the appearance or suspicion of such conduct or the attempt thereof.

The UK Bribery Act 2010 (the “ Bribery Act ”) and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “ FCPA ”) (together the “ Anti-Corruption Legislation ”) prohibit the Company and its employees and agents (and generally any person performing services on behalf of the Company) from offering, promising or giving money or any other item of value to win or retain business or to influence any act or decision of a third party and, in the case of the Bribery Act, regardless of whether such third party is a public official. Violation of the Bribery Act and/ or the FCPA is a crime that can result in severe fines and criminal penalties for both the relevant individual, the Company, its management and directors. The Company takes compliance with the Anti-Corruption Legislation very seriously. Accordingly, in addition to other existing and future measures, the Company has tasked an independent third party auditor to run annual and spot checks aimed at detecting and eventually preventing any impropriety. Employees with specific queries on either the Bribery Act and/ or the FCPA should contact the office of the General Counsel.
XI. Securities Trading

Because we are a public company, we are subject to a number of laws concerning the purchase of our shares and other publicly traded securities. Company policy prohibits Employees and their family members from trading securities while in possession of material, non-public information relating to the Company or any other company, including a customer or supplier that has a significant relationship with the Company.
Information is “material” when there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in deciding whether to buy, hold or sell securities. In short, any information that could reasonably affect the price of securities is material. Information is considered to be “public” only when it has been released to the public through appropriate channels and enough time has elapsed to permit the investment market to absorb and evaluate the information. If you have any doubt as to whether you possess material nonpublic information, you should contact your manager or the office of the General Counsel.
XII. Disclosure

Employees are responsible for ensuring that the disclosure in the Company’s periodic reports is full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. In doing so, Employees shall take such action as is reasonably appropriate to (i) establish and comply with disclosure controls and procedures and accounting and financial controls that are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company is made known to them; (ii) confirm that the Company’s periodic reports comply with applicable law, rules and regulations; and (iii) ensure that information contained in the Company’s periodic reports fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Employees will not knowingly (i) make, or permit or direct another to make, materially false or misleading entries in the Company’s, or any of its subsidiary’s, financial statements or records; (ii)



Exhibit 11.1

fail to correct materially false and misleading financial statements or records; (iii) sign, or permit another to sign, a document containing materially false and misleading information; or (iv) falsely respond, or fail to respond, to specific inquiries of the Company’s independent auditor or outside legal counsel.
XIII. Procedures Regarding Waivers

Because of the importance of the matters involved in this Code, waivers will be granted only in limited circumstances and where such circumstances would support a waiver. Waivers of the Code may only be made by the Audit Committee and will be disclosed by the Company.
XIV. Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement

The Company is committed to acting with integrity for its clients, people, suppliers and the wider community. As a sign of our commitment to respecting human rights, we adhere to the UN’s Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.
In following these principles, the Company:
undertakes to avoid causing or contributing to adverse human rights impacts through its own activities and to address such impacts when they occur; and

seeks to prevent or mitigate adverse human rights impacts that are directly related to its operations, products or services through its business relationships.

As part of our commitment to the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 and eradicating modern slavery, the Company recognizes that we have a responsibility to take a robust approach to slavery and human trafficking. In particular, the Company is committed to ensuring that there is no modern slavery or human trafficking within its business and using suppliers we do not believe engage in such practices. All suppliers are expected to comply with the Company’s values and policies on these matters.












Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Emanuele A. Lauro, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Company”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:
March 20, 2019
 
 
 
/s/ Emanuele A. Lauro
Name:
Emanuele A. Lauro
Title:
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)






Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Hugh Baker, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Company”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date:
March 20, 2019
 
 
 
/s/ Hugh Baker
Name:
Hugh Baker
Title:
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)






Exhibit 13.1
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with this Annual Report of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Emanuele A. Lauro, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.
Date:
March 20, 2019
 
 
 
/s/ Emanuele A. Lauro
Name:
Emanuele A. Lauro
Title:
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)








Exhibit 13.2
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with this Annual Report of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Hugh Baker, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.
Date:
March 20, 2019
 
 
 
/s/ Hugh Baker
Name:
Hugh Baker

Title:
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)




Exhibit 15.1


PWC_LOGO.JPG


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Scorpio Bulkers Inc.

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form F-3 (Nos. 333-221441, 333-222448, 333-222013 and 333-217445) of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. of our report dated March 20, 2019 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20-F.



PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit
PWCSI.JPG
PricewaterhouseCoopers is represented by PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, 63 rue de Villiers - 92200 Neuilly-sur-Seine, France.

March 20, 2019
Marseille, France






CONSENT.JPG



SCORPIO TANKERS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017
1
Consolidated Statements of Income or Loss for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
1
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
1
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
1
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
1
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Scorpio Tankers Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income or loss, of comprehensive income or loss, of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flow for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit
Marseille, France
March 20, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.




F-1

Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2018 and 2017
 
 
 
As of
In thousands of U.S. dollars
Notes
 
December 31, 2018
 
December 31, 2017
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
3
 
$
593,652

 
 
$
186,462
 
Accounts receivable
5
 
69,718
 
 
 
65,458
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
4
 
15,671
 
 
 
17,720
 
Inventories
 
 
8,300
 
 
 
9,713
 
Total current assets
 
 
687,341
 
 
 
279,353
 
Non-current assets
 
 
 
 
 
Vessels and drydock
6
 
3,997,789
 
 
 
4,090,094
 
Vessels under construction
7
 
 
 
 
55,376
 
Other assets
9
 
75,210
 
 
 
50,684
 
Goodwill
8
 
11,539
 
 
 
11,482
 
Restricted cash
10
 
12,285
 
 
 
11,387
 
Total non-current assets
 
 
4,096,823
 
 
 
4,219,023
 
Total assets
 
 
$
4,784,164

 
 
$
4,498,376
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Current portion of long-term debt
13
 
297,934
 
 
 
113,036
 
Finance lease liability
13
 
114,429
 
 
 
50,146
 
Accounts payable
11
 
11,865
 
 
 
13,044
 
Accrued expenses
12
 
22,972
 
 
 
32,838
 
Total current liabilities
 
 
447,200
 
 
 
209,064
 
Non-current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
13
 
1,192,000
 
 
 
1,937,018
 
Finance lease liability
13
 
1,305,952
 
 
 
666,993
 
Total non-current liabilities
 
 
2,497,952
 
 
 
2,604,011
 
Total liabilities
 
 
2,945,152
 
 
 
2,813,075
 
Shareholders’ equity
 
 
 
 
 
Issued, authorized and fully paid-in share capital:
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 150,000,000 and 40,000,000 shares authorized; 51,397,562 and 32,650,755 issued and outstanding shares as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
16
 
5,776
 
 
 
3,766
 
Additional paid-in capital
16
 
2,648,599
 
 
 
2,283,591
 
Treasury shares
16
 
(467,056
 
)
 
(443,816
)
Accumulated deficit
16
 
(348,307
 
)
 
(158,240
)
Total shareholders’ equity
 
 
1,839,012
 
 
 
1,685,301
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
 
 
$
4,784,164

 
 
$
4,498,376
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-2


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income or Loss
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars except per share and share data
 
Notes
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
 
18
 
$
585,047

 
 
$
512,732

 
 
$
522,747

 
Operating expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel operating costs
 
 
 
(280,460
 
)
 
(231,227
 
)
 
(187,120
 
)
Voyage expenses
 
 
 
(5,146
 
)
 
(7,733
 
)
 
(1,578
 
)
Charterhire
 
19
 
(59,632
 
)
 
(75,750
 
)
 
(78,862
 
)
Depreciation
 
6
 
(176,723
 
)
 
(141,418
 
)
 
(121,461
 
)
General and administrative expenses
 
20
 
(52,272
 
)
 
(47,511
 
)
 
(54,899
 
)
Loss on sales of vessels, net
 
6
 
 
 
 
(23,345
 
)
 
(2,078
 
)
Merger transaction related costs
 
2
 
(272
 
)
 
(36,114
 
)
 
 
 
Bargain purchase gain
 
2
 
 
 
 
5,417
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
 
 
 
(574,505
 
)
 
(557,681
 
)
 
(445,998
 
)
Operating income / (loss)
 
 
 
10,542
 
 
 
(44,949
 
)
 
76,749
 
 
Other (expense) and income, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial expenses
 
21
 
(186,628
 
)
 
(116,240
 
)
 
(104,048
 
)
Loss on exchange of convertible notes
 
13
 
(17,838
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realized loss on derivative financial instruments
 
14
 
 
 
 
(116
 
)
 
 
 
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments
 
14
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,371
 
 
Financial income
 
 
 
4,458
 
 
 
1,538
 
 
 
1,213
 
 
Other expenses, net
 
 
 
(605
 
)
 
1,527
 
 
 
(188
 
)
Total other expense, net
 
 
 
(200,613
 
)
 
(113,291
 
)
 
(101,652
 
)
Net loss
 
 
 
$
(190,071

)
 
$
(158,240

)
 
$
(24,903

)
Attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity holders of the parent
 
 
 
$
(190,071

)
 
$
(158,240

)
 
$
(24,903

)
Loss per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
23
 
$
(5.46

)
 
$
(7.35

)
 
$
(1.55

)
Diluted
 
23
 
$
(5.46

)
 
$
(7.35

)
 
$
(1.55

)
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
 
23
 
34,824,311
 
 
 
21,533,340
 
 
 
16,111,865
 
 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
 
23
 
34,824,311
 
 
 
21,533,340
 
 
 
16,111,865
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



F-3


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
 
 
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net loss
 
 
 
$
(190,071

)
 
$
(158,240

)
 
$
(24,903

)
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive loss
 
 
 
$
(190,071

)
 
$
(158,240

)
 
$
(24,903

)
Attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity holders of the parent
 
 
 
$
(190,071

)
 
$
(158,240

)
 
$
(24,903

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
In thousands of U.S. dollars except share data
Number of shares outstanding (2)
 
Share capital
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
Treasury shares
 
(Accumulated deficit) / retained earnings
 
Total
Balance as of January 1, 2016
17,533,540

 
 
$
2,224

 
 
$
1,729,314

 
 
$
(427,311

)
 
$
109,658

 
 
$
1,413,885

 
Net loss for the period

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(24,903
 
)
 
(24,903
 
)
Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures
225,112

 
 
23
 
 
 
(23
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of restricted stock, net of forfeitures

 
 
 
 
 
30,207
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30,207
 
 
Dividends paid, $5.00 per share (1)

 
 
 
 
 
(2,168
 
)
 
 
 
 
(84,755
 
)
 
(86,923
 
)
Purchase of treasury shares
(295,676

)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(16,505
 
)
 
 
 
 
(16,505
 
)
Equity issuance costs

 
 
 
 
 
(24
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(24
 
)
Equity component of repurchase of the Convertible Notes (see Note 13)

 
 
 
 
 
(537
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(537
 
)
Balance as of December 31, 2016
17,462,976

 
 
$
2,247

 
 
$
1,756,769

 
 
$
(443,816

)
 
$

 
 
$
1,315,200

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1, 2017
17,462,976

 
 
$
2,247

 
 
$
1,756,769

 
 
$
(443,816

)
 
$

 
 
$
1,315,200

 
Net loss for the period

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(158,240
 
)
 
(158,240
 
)
Net proceeds from follow on offerings of common stock
8,450,000

 
 
845
 
 
 
287,599
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
288,444
 
 
Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures
1,087,780

 
 
109
 
 
 
(109
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of restricted stock, net of forfeitures

 
 
 
 
 
22,385
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22,385
 
 
Dividends paid, $0.40 per share (1)

 
 
 
 
 
(9,561
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(9,561
 
)
Shares issued as consideration for merger with NPTI, $40.20 per share
5,499,999

 
 
550
 
 
 
220,550
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
221,100
 
 
Warrants exercised relating to merger with NPTI
150,000

 
 
15
 
 
 
5,958
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,973
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2017
32,650,755

 
 
$
3,766

 
 
$
2,283,591

 
 
$
(443,816

)
 
$
(158,240

)
 
$
1,685,301

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1, 2018
32,650,755

 
 
$
3,766

 
 
$
2,283,591

 
 
$
(443,816

)
 
$
(158,240

)
 
$
1,685,301

 
Adoption of accounting standards (IFRS 15)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4
 
 
 
4
 
 
Net loss for the period

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(190,071
 
)
 
(190,071
 
)
Net proceeds from follow-on offerings of common stock
18,216,216

 
 
1,822
 
 
 
317,810
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
319,632
 
 
Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures
1,881,826

 
 
188
 
 
 
(188
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of restricted stock, net of forfeitures

 
 
 
 
 
25,547
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25,547
 
 
Dividends paid, $0.40 per share  (1)

 
 
 
 
 
(15,127
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(15,127
 
)
Purchase of treasury shares
(1,351,235

)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(23,240
 
)
 
 
 
 
(23,240
 
)
Equity component of issuance of Senior Convertible Notes due 2022 (see Note 13)

 
 
 
 
 
36,966
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36,966
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2018
51,397,562

 
 
$
5,776

 
 
$
2,648,599

 
 
$
(467,056

)
 
$
(348,307

)
 
$
1,839,012

 
(1) The Company's policy is to distribute dividends from available retained earnings first and then from additional paid in capital.
(2) On January 18, 2019, the Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split. The Company's shareholders approved the reverse stock split and change in authorized common shares at the Company's special meeting of shareholders held on January 15, 2019. Pursuant to this reverse stock split, the total number of authorized common shares was reduced to 150.0 million shares.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Cash Flow Statements
For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

 
 
 
For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
Notes
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
 
 
$
(190,071

)
 
$
(158,240

)
 
$
(24,903

)
Loss from sales of vessels
6
 
 
 
 
23,345
 
 
 
2,078
 
 
Depreciation
6
 
176,723
 
 
 
141,418
 
 
 
121,461
 
 
Amortization of restricted stock
16
 
25,547
 
 
 
22,385
 
 
 
30,207
 
 
Amortization of deferred financing fees
13
 
10,541
 
 
 
13,381
 
 
 
14,149
 
 
Write-off of deferred financing fees
13
 
13,212
 
 
 
2,467
 
 
 
14,479
 
 
Bargain purchase gain
2
 
 
 
 
(5,417
 
)
 
 
 
Share based transaction costs
2
 
 
 
 
5,973
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments
14
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1,371
 
)
Amortization of acquired time charter contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
65
 
 
Accretion of Convertible Notes
13
 
13,225
 
 
 
12,211
 
 
 
11,562
 
 
Accretion of fair market measurement on debt assumed from merger with NPTI
13
 
3,779
 
 
 
1,478
 
 
 
 
 
Loss on exchange of Convertible Notes
13
 
17,838
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gain on repurchase of Convertible Notes
13
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(994
 
)
 
 
 
70,794
 
 
 
59,001
 
 
 
166,733
 
 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Decrease / (increase) in inventories
 
 
1,535
 
 
 
(1,319
 
)
 
564
 
 
(Increase) / decrease in accounts receivable
 
 
(4,298
 
)
 
(1,478
 
)
 
26,688
 
 
Decrease / (Increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets
 
 
2,227
 
 
 
12,219
 
 
 
(5,546
 
)
(Increase) / decrease in other assets
 
 
(1,226
 
)
 
(22,651
 
)
 
2,045
 
 
(Decrease) / increase in accounts payable
 
 
(1,382
 
)
 
3,694
 
 
 
(2,487
 
)
Decrease in accrued expenses
 
 
(9,860
 
)
 
(7,665
 
)
 
(9,486
 
)
 
 
 
(13,004
 
)
 
(17,200
 
)
 
11,778
 
 
Net cash inflow from operating activities
 
 
57,790
 
 
 
41,801
 
 
 
178,511
 
 
Investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition of vessels and payments for vessels under construction
 
 
(26,057
 
)
 
(258,311
 
)
 
(126,842
 
)
Proceeds from disposal of vessels
 
 
 
 
 
127,372
 
 
 
158,175
 
 
Net cash paid for the merger with NPTI
 
 
 
 
 
(23,062
 
)
 
 
 
Drydock, scrubber and BWTS payments (owned and bareboat-in vessels)
 
 
(26,680
 
)
 
(5,922
 
)
 
 
 
Net cash (outflow) / inflow from investing activities
 
 
(52,737
 
)
 
(159,923
 
)
 
31,333
 
 
Financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt repayments
 
 
(865,594
 
)
 
(546,296
 
)
 
(753,431
 
)
Issuance of debt
 
 
1,007,298
 
 
 
525,642
 
 
 
565,028
 
 
Debt issuance costs
 
 
(23,056
 
)
 
(11,758
 
)
 
(10,679
 
)
Refund of debt issuance costs due to early debt repayment
 
 
2,826
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase in restricted cash
 
 
(897
 
)
 
(2,279
 
)
 
 
 
Repayment of Convertible Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8,393
 
)
Gross proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
 
337,000
 
 
 
303,500
 
 
 
 
 
Equity issuance costs
 
 
(17,073
 
)
 
(15,056
 
)
 
(24
 
)
Dividends paid
 
 
(15,127
 
)
 
(9,561
 
)
 
(86,923
 
)
Redemption of NPTI Redeemable Preferred Shares
 
 
 
 
 
(39,495
 
)
 
 
 
Repurchase of common stock
 
 
(23,240
 
)
 
 
 
 
(16,505
 
)
Net cash inflow / (outflow) from financing activities
 
 
402,137
 
 
 
204,697
 
 
 
(310,927
 
)
Increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
 
407,190
 
 
 
86,575
 
 
 
(101,083
 
)
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1,
 
 
186,462
 
 
 
99,887
 
 
 
200,970
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31,
 
 
$
593,652

 
 
$
186,462

 
 
$
99,887

 
Supplemental information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid (which includes $0.2 million, $4.2 million and $6.3 million of interest capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively)
 
 
$
155,304

 
 
$
92,034

 
 
$
69,008

 



In May 2018 and July 2018, we exchanged an aggregate of $203.5 million in aggregate principal amount of our Convertible Notes due 2019 for an aggregate of $203.5 million in aggregate principal amount of our newly issued Convertible Senior Notes due 2022. These transactions are further described in Note 13.

In June and September 2017, we acquired Navig8 Product Tankers Inc ("NPTI") and its fleet of 12 LR1 and 15 LR2 product tankers for approximately 5.5 million common shares of the Company and the assumption of NPTI's debt. These transactions are described in Note 2.

These transactions represent the significant non-cash transactions incurred during the year ended December 31, 2018
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements


1.
General information and significant accounting policies
Company
Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries (together “we”, “our” or the “Company”) are engaged in the seaborne transportation of refined petroleum products in the international shipping markets. Scorpio Tankers Inc. was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009. On April 6, 2010, we closed on our initial public offering, and the common stock currently trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol STNG.
Our fleet as of December 31, 2018 consisted of 109 owned or finance leased product tankers (14 Handymax, 45 MR, 12 LR1 and 38 LR2) and 11 time or bareboat chartered-in product tankers (seven Handymax and four MR).
Our vessels are commercially managed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM, which is majority owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family of which Mr. Emanuele Lauro, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Filippo Lauro, our Vice President, are members. SCM’s services include securing employment, in pools, in the spot market, and on time charters.
Our vessels are technically managed by Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, which is majority owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family. SSM facilitates vessel support such as crew, provisions, deck and engine stores, insurance, maintenance and repairs, and other services necessary to operate the vessels such as drydocks and vetting/inspection under a technical management agreement.
We also have an administrative services agreement with Scorpio Services Holding Limited, or SSH, which is majority owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family. The administrative services provided under this agreement primarily include accounting, legal compliance, financial, information technology services, and the provision of administrative staff and office space, which are contracted to subsidiaries of SSH. We pay our managers fees for these services and reimburse them for direct or indirect expenses that they incur in providing these services.
Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements have been presented in United States dollars, or USD or $, which is the functional currency of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and all its subsidiaries, and have been authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on March 15, 2019. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and on a historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.
All inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses were eliminated on consolidation.
Reverse stock split
On January 18, 2019, the Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split. The par value was not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split.
Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the going concern basis of accounting as described further in the “Liquidity risk” section of Note 24.

F-5


Table of Contents

Significant Accounting Policies
The following is a discussion of our significant accounting policies that were in effect during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Revenue recognition
Beginning on January 1, 2018, we changed the methodology for recognizing revenue and voyage expenses related to certain revenue streams to comply with the new accounting standards.
IFRS 15,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers, was issued by the International Accounting Standards Board on May 28, 2014. IFRS 15 amends the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition and is based on principles that govern the recognition of revenue at an amount an entity expects to be entitled when products or services are transferred to customers. IFRS 15 applies to an entity's first annual IFRS financial statements for a period beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The standard may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of adoption (the “modified retrospective method”). We have applied the modified retrospective method upon the date of transition.
Revenue earned by our vessels is comprised of pool revenue, time charter revenue and voyage revenue.
(1)
Pool revenue for each vessel is determined in accordance with the profit sharing terms specified within each pool agreement. In particular, the pool manager aggregates the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distributes the net earnings to participants based on:
the pool points attributed to each vessel (which are determined by vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics); and
the number of days the vessel participated in the pool in the period .
(2)
Time charter agreements are when our vessels are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current market rates.
(3)
Voyage charter agreements are charter hires, where a contract is made in the spot market for the use of a vessel for a specific voyage for a specified charter rate.
Of these revenue streams, revenue generated from voyage charter agreements is within the scope of IFRS 15. Revenue generated from pools and time charters is accounted for as revenue earned under operating leases. Accordingly, the implementation of IFRS 15 did not have an effect on the revenue recognized from the pools or time charters, however these arrangements will be impacted by IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 and is discussed further below. The accounting for our different revenue streams is as follows:
Spot market revenue
For vessels operating in the spot market, we recognize revenue ‘over time’ as the customer (i.e. the charterer) is simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits of the vessel. Under IFRS 15, the time period over which revenue is recognized has changed from the previous accounting standard. Prior to the effective date of IFRS 15, revenue from voyage charter agreements was recognized as voyage revenue on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the voyage on a discharge to discharge basis. In the application of this policy, we did not begin recognizing revenue until (i) the amount of revenue could be measured reliably, (ii) it was probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction would flow to the entity, (iii) the transactions stage of completion at the balance sheet date could be measured reliably, and (iv) the costs incurred and the costs to complete the transaction could be measured reliably. However, under IFRS 15, the performance obligation has been identified as the transportation of cargo from one point to another. Therefore, in a spot market voyage under IFRS 15, revenue is now recognized on a pro-rata basis commencing on the date that the cargo is loaded and concluding on the date of discharge.
At December 31, 2017, we had two vessels operating in the spot market and the cumulative effect of the application of IFRS 15 under the modified retrospective method resulted in a $3,888 reduction in the opening balance of accumulated deficit on January 1, 2018.

F-6


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the impact of adopting IFRS 15 on the Company's statement of income or loss and statement of comprehensive income or loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 for each of the line items affected. There was no impact on the Company's balance sheet at December 31, 2018 as the Company did not have any vessels operating in the spot market on that date. Additionally, there was no material impact on the statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018.
In thousands of U.S. dollars
Amounts after adoption of IFRS 15
Adjustments
Amounts without adoption of IFRS 15
Revenue
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
$
585,047
 
$
(173
)
$
584,874
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses
 
 
 
Voyage expenses
(5,146
)
177
 
(4,969
)
Total operating expenses
(574,505
)
177
 
(574,328
)
Net loss
$
(190,071
)
$
4
 
$
(190,067
)
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive loss
$
(190,071
)
$
4
 
$
(190,067
)

Pool revenue
We recognize pool revenue on a monthly basis, when the vessel has participated in a pool during the period and the amount of pool revenue for the month can be estimated reliably. We receive estimated vessel earnings based on the known number of days the vessel has participated in the pool, the contract terms, and the estimated monthly pool revenue. On a quarterly basis, we receive a report from the pool which identifies the number of days the vessel participated in the pool, the total pool points for the period, the total pool revenue for the period, and the calculated share of pool revenue for the vessel. We review the quarterly report for consistency with each vessel’s pool agreement and vessel management records. The estimated pool revenue is reconciled quarterly, coinciding with our external reporting periods, to the actual pool revenue earned, per the pool report. Consequently, in our financial statements, reported revenues represent actual pooled revenues. While differences do arise in the performance of these quarterly reconciliations, such differences are not material to total reported revenues.
Time charter revenue
Time charter revenue is recognized as services are performed based on the daily rates specified in the time charter contract.
Voyage expenses
Voyage expenses primarily include bunkers, port charges, canal tolls, cargo handling operations and brokerage commissions paid by us under voyage charters. Prior to the implementation of IFRS 15 on January 1, 2018, voyage costs were expensed ratably over the estimated length of each voyage, which can be allocated between reporting periods based on the timing of the voyage. The impact of recognizing voyage expenses ratably over the length of each voyage was not materially different on a quarterly and annual basis from a method of recognizing such costs as incurred. Consistent with our revenue recognition for voyage charters prior to the implementation of IFRS 15, voyage expenses were calculated on a discharge-to-discharge basis.
Beginning on January 1, 2018, we changed the methodology for recognizing revenue and voyage expenses to comply with IFRS 15. Under IFRS 15, voyage costs incurred in the fulfillment of a voyage charter are deferred and amortized over the course of the charter commencing on the date that the cargo is loaded and concluding on the date of discharge. Voyage costs are only deferred if they (i) relate directly to such charter, (ii) generate or enhance resources to be used in meeting obligations under the charter and (iii) are expected to be recovered.
The procurement of these services is managed on our behalf by our commercial manager, SCM (see Note 17).
Vessel operating costs

F-7


Table of Contents

Vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lubricating oil consumption, communication expenses, and technical management fees, are expensed as incurred for vessels that are owned, finance leased or bareboat chartered-in. The procurement of these services is managed on our behalf by our technical manager, SSM (see Note 17).
(Loss) / earnings per share
Basic (loss) / earnings per share is calculated by dividing net (loss) / income attributable to equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted (loss) / earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the net (loss) / income attributable to equity holders of the parent and the weighted average number of common shares used for calculating basic (loss) / earnings per share for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares. Such dilutive common shares are excluded when the effect would be to reduce a loss per share or increase earnings per share.
In the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, there were potentially dilutive items as a result of our Equity Incentive Plans (see Note 16), our convertible senior notes due 2019, or Convertible Notes due 2019, and our convertible senior notes due 2022, or Convertible Notes due 2022, (as described in Note 13). Potentially dilutive items related to our Equity Incentive Plans, Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2022 were excluded from the composition of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
We apply the if-converted method when determining diluted (loss) / earnings per share. This requires the assumption that all potential ordinary shares have been converted into ordinary shares at the beginning of the period or, if not in existence at the beginning of the period, the date of the issue of the financial instrument or the granting of the rights by which they are granted. Under this method, once potential ordinary shares are converted into ordinary shares during the period, the dividends, interest and other expense associated with those potential ordinary shares will no longer be incurred. The effect of conversion, therefore, is to increase income (or reduce losses) attributable to ordinary equity holders as well as the number of shares in issue. Conversion will not be assumed for purposes of computing diluted earnings per share if the effect would be anti-dilutive.
Charterhire expense
Charterhire expense is the amount we pay to vessel owners to time or bareboat charter-in vessels.  The amount is usually for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, profit sharing or current market rates.  In a time charter-in arrangement, the vessel’s owner is responsible for crewing and other vessel operating costs, whereas these costs are the responsibility of the charterer in a bareboat charter-in arrangement. Charterhire expense is recognized ratably over the charterhire period.
Operating leases
Costs in respect of operating leases are charged to the consolidated statement of income or loss on a straight line basis over the lease term.
Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which we operate (its functional currency), which in all cases is U.S. dollars. For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, our results and financial position are also expressed in U.S. dollars.
In preparing the financial statements of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries, transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are retranslated into the functional currency at rates ruling at that date. All resultant exchange differences have been recognized in the consolidated statements of income or loss. The amounts charged to the consolidated statements of income or loss during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were not material.
Segment reporting
During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we owned, finance leased or chartered-in vessels spanning four different vessel classes, Handymax, MR, LR1/Panamax and LR2/Aframax, all of which earn revenues in the seaborne

F-8


Table of Contents

transportation of refined petroleum products in the international shipping markets. Each vessel within its respective class qualifies as an operating segment under IFRS. However, each vessel also exhibits similar long-term financial performance and similar economic characteristics to the other vessels within the respective vessel class, thereby meeting the aggregation criteria in IFRS. We have therefore chosen to present our segment information by vessel class using the aggregated information from the individual vessels.
Segment results are evaluated based on reported net income or loss from each segment. The accounting policies applied to the reportable segments are the same as those used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
It is not practical to report revenue or non-current assets on a geographical basis due to the international nature of the shipping market.
Vessels under construction
Vessels under construction are measured at cost and include costs incurred that are directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. These costs include installment payments made to the shipyards, directly attributable financing costs, professional fees and other costs deemed directly attributable to the construction of the asset. We had no vessels under construction as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2017, we had two vessels under construction.
Vessels and drydock
Our fleet is measured at cost, which includes directly attributable financing costs and the cost of work undertaken to enhance the capabilities of the vessels, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to the estimated residual value over the anticipated useful life of the vessel from date of delivery. Vessels under construction are not depreciated until such time as they are ready for use. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the historical four-year average scrap market rates available at the balance sheet date with changes accounted for in the period of change and in future periods.
The vessels are required to undergo planned drydocks for replacement of certain components, major repairs and maintenance of other components, which cannot be carried out while the vessels are operating, approximately every 30 months or 60 months depending on the nature of work and external requirements. These drydock costs are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. In deferred drydocking, we only include direct costs that are incurred as part of the drydocking to meet regulatory requirements, or are expenditures that add economic life to the vessel, increase the vessel’s earnings capacity or improve the vessel’s efficiency. Direct costs include shipyard costs as well as the costs of placing the vessel in the shipyard. Expenditures for normal maintenance and repairs, whether incurred as part of the drydocking or not, are expensed as incurred.
For an acquired or newly built vessel, a notional drydock component is allocated from the vessel’s cost. The notional drydock cost is estimated by us, based on the expected costs related to the next drydock, which is based on experience and past history of similar vessels, and carried separately from the cost of the vessel. Subsequent drydocks are recorded at actual cost incurred. The drydock component is depreciated on a straight-line basis to the next estimated drydock. The estimated amortization period for a drydock is based on the estimated period between drydocks. When the drydock expenditure is incurred prior to the expiry of the period, the remaining balance is expensed.
Business combinations
In May 2017, we entered into definitive agreements to acquire Navig8 Product Tankers Inc. ("NPTI"), including its fleet of 12 LR1 and 15 LR2 product tankers for approximately 5.5 million common shares of the Company and the assumption of NPTI's debt (herein referred to as "the Merger"). On June 14, 2017, we acquired part of NPTI’s business with the acquisition of four LR1 product tankers (the “NPTI Vessel Acquisition”) through the acquisition of entities holding those vessels and related debt for an acquisition price of $42.2 million in cash. On September 1, 2017, all conditions precedent were lifted and we acquired NPTI's remaining business including eight LR1 and 15 LR2 tankers (the "September Closing") when the Merger closed.

F-9


Table of Contents

We have accounted for these transactions as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting as set forth in IFRS 3 Business Combinations, with the Company determined as the accounting acquirer under this guidance. Accordingly, we have measured the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. The consideration transferred has been measured at fair value, with the fair value of the approximately 5.5 million common shares issued in September 2017 based on the price of such shares on the date of acquisition. The difference between the fair value of the net assets acquired and the fair value of the consideration transferred has been recorded as a bargain purchase gain with respect to the acquisition of the four LR1 tankers in June 2017 and goodwill with respect to the acquisition of the remaining fleet in September 2017. Acquisition related costs have been expensed as incurred. This transaction is further described in Note 2.
Impairment of goodwill
Goodwill arising from the September Closing has been allocated to the cash generating units within each of the respective operating segments that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the Merger (LR2s and LR1s). Goodwill is not amortized and is tested annually ('or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise') by comparing the aggregate carrying amount of the cash generating units in each respective operating segment, plus the allocated goodwill, to their recoverable amounts.
Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell ('determined by taking into consideration two independent broker valuations for each vessel within each segment') and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows of the operating segment are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the operating segment for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.
If the recoverable amount is determined to be less than the aggregate carrying amount of the assets in each respective operating segment, plus goodwill, then goodwill is reduced to the lower of the recoverable amount or zero. An impairment loss is recognized as an expense immediately. The carrying value of our vessels, drydock and vessels under construction is reviewed for impairment separately, as described below.
Impairment of vessels, drydock and vessels under construction
At each balance sheet date, we review the carrying amount of our vessels and drydock and vessels under construction to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the vessels and drydock and vessels under construction is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). We treat each vessel and the related drydock as a cash generating unit.
Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell (determined by taking into consideration two independent broker valuations) and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.
If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized as an expense immediately.
Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the cash generating unit is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the cash generating unit in the prior years. A reversal of impairment is recognized as income immediately.
Inventories
Inventories consist of lubricating oils and other items including stock provisions, and are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first in first out method. Stores and spares are charged to vessel operating costs when purchased.

F-10


Table of Contents

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time (for example, the time period necessary to construct a vessel) to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.
To the extent that variable rate borrowings are used to finance a qualifying asset and are hedged in an effective cash flow hedge of interest rate risk, the effective portion of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and released to income or loss when the qualifying asset impacts income or loss. To the extent that fixed rate borrowings are used to finance a qualifying asset and are hedged in an effective fair value hedge of interest rate risk, the capitalized borrowing costs reflect the hedged interest rate.
Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalization.
All other borrowing costs are recognized in the consolidated statement of income or loss in the period in which they are incurred.
Financial instruments
IFRS 9, Financial instruments , sets out requirements for recognizing and measuring financial assets, financial liabilities and some contracts to buy or sell non-financial items. This standard replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on these consolidated financial statements.
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized in our balance sheet when we become a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
Financial assets
All financial assets are recognized and derecognized on a trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, plus transaction costs, except for those financial assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.
Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets "at fair value through profit or loss", or FVTPL, "at fair value through other comprehensive income" or at amortized costs on the basis of the Company’s business model for managing financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset.
Income is recognized on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial assets classified as at FVTPL.
Financial assets at amortized cost
Financial assets are measured at amortized cost if both of the following conditions are met:
the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Financial assets are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if both of the following conditions are met:

F-11


Table of Contents

the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL where the financial asset is held for trading.
A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:
it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near future; or
it is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that we manage together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or
it is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.
Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognized in the statement of income or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in income or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 24.
Accounts receivable
Amounts due from the Scorpio Pools and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments and are not quoted in an active market are classified as accounts receivable. Accounts receivable without a significant financing component are initially measured at their transaction price and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment (as discussed below). Interest income is recognized by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.
Impairment of financial assets
IFRS 9 replaces the 'incurred loss' model in IAS 39 with an 'expected credit loss' (ECL) model to determine and recognize impairments. ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses and are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract and cash flows that the Company expects to receive). ECLs are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset. Under IFRS 9, credit losses are recognized earlier than under IAS 39.
Under the general model to ECLs under IFRS 9, loss allowances are measured in two different ways:
12-month ECLs : 12-month ECLs are the expected credit losses that may result from default events on a financial instrument that are possible within the 12 months after the reporting date. 12-month ECLs are utilized when a financial asset has a low credit risk at the reporting date or has not had a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition.
Lifetime ECLs : these are ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. Lifetime ECLs are determined when an impaired financial asset has been purchased or originated or when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition
However, IFRS 9 requires operational simplifications for trade receivables, contract assets and lease receivables because they are often held by entities that do not have sophisticated credit risk management systems (i.e. the ‘simplified model’). These simplifications eliminate the need to calculate 12- month ECLs and to assess when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred. Under the simplified approach:
For trade receivables or contract assets that do not contain a significant financing component, the loss allowance is required to be measured at initial recognition and throughout the life of the receivable at an amount equal to lifetime ECL.

F-12


Table of Contents

For finance lease receivables, operating lease receivables, or trade receivables or contract assets that do contain a significant financing component, IFRS 9 permits an entity to choose as its accounting policy to measure the loss allowance using the general model or the simplified model (i.e. at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses).
We measure loss allowances for all trade and lease receivables under the simplified model using the lifetime ECL approach. When estimating ECLs, the Company considers reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
The application of the ECL requirements under IFRS 9 did not result in the recognition of an impairment charge under the new impairment model. This determination was made on the basis that most of our vessels operate in the Scorpio Pools and the Company has never experienced a historical credit loss of amounts due from the Scorpio Pools. This determination also considers reasonable and supportable information about current conditions and forecast future economic conditions
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.
Restricted cash
During 2018, we placed deposits in debt service reserve accounts under the terms and conditions set forth under our 2017 Credit Facility. Additionally, as part of the acquisition of NPTI and the assumption of NPTI's indebtedness (as further described in Note 13), we are required to maintain debt service reserve accounts under certain of NPTI's secured credit facilities and sale leaseback arrangements. Funds held in these accounts will be released upon the maturity of such facilities and have accordingly been accounted for as non-current restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheet.
  Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities at amortized cost or financial liabilities at FVTPL.
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
Financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.
Financial liabilities at FVTPL
Financial liabilities not classified at amortized cost are classified as FVTPL.
Financial liabilities at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognized in the Statement of Income or Loss. The net gain or loss recognized in the statement of income or loss incorporates any interest paid on the financial liability. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 24.
Effective interest method
The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset and a financial liability. It allocates interest income and interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash flows (including all fees or points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) over the expected life of the financial asset and financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period.

F-13


Table of Contents

Convertible debt instruments
In June 2014, we completed an offering for $360.0 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes due 2019, or the Convertible Notes due 2019, in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (as further described in Note 13). In May 2018 and July 2018, we exchanged $188.5 million and $15.0 million (out of $348.5 million outstanding), respectively, in aggregate principal amount of our Convertible Notes due 2019 for $188.5 million and $15.0 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of the Company's new 3.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Convertible Notes due 2022”), the terms of which are in Note 13. These exchanges were executed with certain holders of the Convertible Notes due 2019 via separate, privately negotiated agreements.
Under International Accounting Standard 32, or IAS 32, we must separately account for the liability and equity components of convertible debt instruments (such as the Convertible Notes) in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. Under this methodology, the instrument is split between its liability and equity components upon initial recognition. The fair value of the liability is measured first, by estimating the fair value of a similar liability that does not have any associated equity conversion option. This becomes the liability’s carrying amount at initial recognition, which is recorded as part of Debt on the consolidated balance sheet. The equity component (the conversion feature) is assigned the residual amount after deducting the amount separately determined for the liability component from the fair value of the instrument as a whole and is recorded as part of Additional paid-in capital within stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheet. Issuance costs are allocated proportionately between the liability and equity components.
The value of the equity component is treated as an original issue discount for purposes of accounting for the liability component of the Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2022. Accordingly, we are required to record non-cash interest expense as a result of the amortization of the discounted carrying value of the Convertible Notes to their face amount over the term of the Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2022. IAS 32 therefore requires interest to include both the current period’s amortization of the debt discount and the instrument’s coupon interest.    
Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognized as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognized as a financial liability. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in income or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in income or loss depends on the nature of the hedging relationship.
A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months, and it is not expected to be realized or settled within 12 months.
There were no derivative instruments or transactions during the year ended December 31, 2018. Our derivative financial instruments for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of a profit or loss sharing arrangement with a third party on a time chartered-in vessel. See Note 14 for further description of these instruments.
Lease Financing
During the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we entered into sale and leaseback transactions in which certain of our vessels were sold to a third party and then leased back to us under bareboat charter-in arrangements. In certain of these transactions, the criteria necessary to recognize a sale of these vessels were not met as the terms of these transactions were such that we never part with the risks and rewards incident to ownership of the vessel, which includes an assessment of the likelihood of the exercise of purchase options contained within the contracts. Accordingly, these transactions have been accounted for as financing arrangements, with the liability under each arrangement recorded at amortized cost using the effective interest method and the corresponding vessels recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation, on our consolidated balance sheet. All of these arrangements are further described in Note 13.
Conversely, certain of our other sale and leaseback transactions that were entered into during the year ended December 31, 2017 met the criteria as sales and operating leasebacks as set forth under IAS 17, Leases . Accordingly, the losses on the sales

F-14


Table of Contents

of these assets were recognized when the vessels were designated as held for sale. These transactions are further described in Note 6.
Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in our assets after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by us are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.
We had 51,397,562 and 32,650,755 registered shares authorized, issued and outstanding with a par value of $0.01 per share at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. These shares provide the holders with the same rights to dividends and voting rights.
Provisions
Provisions are recognized when we have a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that we will be required to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at our best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.
Dividends
A provision for dividends payable is recognized when the dividend has been declared in accordance with the terms of the shareholder agreement.
Dividends per share presented in these consolidated financial statements are calculated by dividing the aggregate dividends declared by the number of our shares at the record date of such dividend.
Restricted stock
The restricted stock awards granted under our equity incentive plans as described in Note 16 contain only service conditions and are classified as equity settled. Accordingly, the fair value of our restricted stock awards was calculated by multiplying the average of the high and low share price on the grant date and the number of restricted stock shares granted that are expected to vest.  In accordance with IFRS 2 “Share Based Payment,” the share price at the grant date serves as a proxy for the fair value of services to be provided by the individual under the plan.
Compensation expense related to the awards is recognized ratably over the vesting period, based on our estimate of the number of awards that will eventually vest. The vesting period is the period during which an individual is required to provide service in exchange for an award and is updated at each balance sheet date to reflect any revisions in estimates of the number of awards expected to vest as a result of the effect of service vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimate, if any, is recognized in the consolidated statement of income or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.
Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the accounting policies, we are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

F-15


Table of Contents

The significant judgments and estimates are as follows:
Revenue recognition
Our revenue is primarily generated from time charters, spot voyages, or pools (see Note 18 for the components of our revenue generated during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016). Revenue recognition for time charters and pools is generally not as complex or as subjective as voyage charters (spot voyages). Time charters are for a specific period of time at a specific rate per day. For long-term time charters, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter. Pool revenues are determined by the pool managers from the total revenues and expenses of the pool and allocated to pool participants using a mechanism set out in the pool agreement.
We generated revenue from spot voyages during the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. Within the shipping industry, prior to January 1, 2018 (as discussed below under Standards and Interpretations issued and adopted in 2018 ), there were two methods used to account for spot voyage revenue: (1) ratably over the estimated length of each voyage or (2) completed voyage. The recognition of voyage revenues ratably over the estimated length of each voyage was the most prevalent method of accounting for voyage revenues and the method used by us. Under each method, voyages were calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-to-discharge basis. In applying our revenue recognition method, we believed that the discharge-to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately estimated voyage results than the load-to-load basis. In the application of this policy, we did not begin recognizing revenue until (i) the amount of revenue could be measured reliably, (ii) it was probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction would flow to the entity, (iii) the transactions stage of completion at the balance sheet date could be measured reliably and (iv) the costs incurred and the costs to complete the transaction could be measured reliably.
Subsequent to January 1, 2018, we recognize spot market revenue ‘over time’ as the customer (i.e. the charterer) is simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits of the vessel. Under IFRS 15, the performance obligation has been identified as the transportation of cargo from one point to another. Therefore, in a spot market voyage under IFRS 15, revenue is now recognized on a pro-rata basis commencing on the date that the cargo is loaded and concluding on the date of discharge. Moreover, we changed the methodology for recognizing voyage expenses to comply with IFRS 15. Under IFRS 15, voyage costs incurred in the fulfillment of a voyage charter are deferred and amortized over the course of the charter commencing on the date that the cargo is loaded and concluding on the date of discharge. Voyage costs are only deferred if they (i) relate directly to such charter, (ii) generate or enhance resources to be used in meeting obligations under the charter and (iii) are expected to be recovered.
Vessel impairment
We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels and vessels under construction to determine whether there is any indication that those vessels have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of vessels is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).
Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell (determined by taking into consideration two independent broker valuations) and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. The projection of cash flows related to vessels is complex and requires us to make various estimates including future freight rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile. As part of our process of assessing fair value less costs to sell of the vessel, we obtain vessel valuations for our operating vessels from leading, independent and internationally recognized ship brokers on an annual basis or when there is an indication that an asset or assets may be impaired. We generally do not obtain vessel valuations for vessels under construction. If an indication of impairment is identified, the need for recognizing an impairment loss is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the vessels to the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use. Likewise, if there is an indication that an impairment loss recognized in prior periods no longer exists or may have decreased, the need for recognizing an impairment reversal is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the vessels to the latest estimate of recoverable amount.
At December 31, 2018, we reviewed the carrying amount of our vessels to determine whether there was an indication that these assets had suffered an impairment. First, we compared the carrying amount of our vessels to their fair values less costs to sell (determined by taking into consideration two independent broker valuations). We then compare that estimate of market

F-16


Table of Contents

values (less an estimate of selling costs) to each vessel’s carrying value and, if the carrying value exceeds the vessel’s market value, an indicator of impairment exists. We also consider sustained weakness in the product tanker market as an impairment indicator. If we determined that impairment indicators exist, then we prepared a value in use calculation where we estimated each vessel’s future cash flows. These estimates are primarily based on a combination of the latest, published, forecast time charter rates for the next three years, a growth rate of 2.47% in freight rates in each period thereafter (which is based off of historical and forecast inflation rates) and our best estimates of vessel operating expenses and drydock costs. These cash flows were then discounted to their present value, using a pre-tax discount rate of 8.29%.
At December 31, 2018, we owned or financed leased 109 vessels in our fleet. The results of our impairment test were as follows:
34 of our owned or financed leased vessels in our fleet had fair values less costs to sell greater than their carrying amount. As such, there were no indicators of impairment for these vessels.
75 of our owned or finance leased vessels in our fleet had fair values less costs to sell less than their carrying amount. We prepared a value in use calculation for each of these vessels which resulted in no impairment being recognized
Vessel lives and residual value
The carrying value of each of our vessels represents its original cost at the time it was delivered or purchased less depreciation and impairment. We depreciate our vessels to their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 25 years. The estimated useful life of 25 years is management’s best estimate and is also consistent with industry practice for similar vessels. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by a forecast scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated by taking into consideration the historical four-year scrap market rate average at the balance sheet date, which we update annually.
An increase in the estimated useful life of a vessel or in its scrap value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or scrap value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.
When regulations place significant limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, the vessel’s useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective. No such regulations have been identified that would have impacted the estimated useful life of our vessels. The estimated salvage value of the vessels may not represent the fair market value at any one time since market prices of scrap values tend to fluctuate.
Deferred drydock cost
We recognize drydock costs as a separate component of each vessel’s carrying amount and amortize the drydock cost on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. We use judgment when estimating the period between when drydocks are performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of the drydock expense. If the vessel is disposed of before the next drydock, the remaining balance of the deferred drydock is written-off and forms part of the gain or loss recognized upon disposal of vessels in the period when contracted. We expect that our vessels will be required to be drydocked approximately every 30 to 60 months for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Costs capitalized as part of the drydock include actual costs incurred at the drydock yard and parts and supplies used in making such repairs.
Adoption of new and amended IFRS and IFRIC interpretations from January 1, 2018
Standards and Interpretations issued and adopted in 2018
Amendment to IFRS 2 - Share based payment transactions
IFRIC 22 - Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration
IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments
The adoption of these standards did not have a material impact on these consolidated financial statements.

F-17


Table of Contents

IFRS 15,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers, was issued by the International Accounting Standards Board on May 28, 2014. IFRS 15 amends the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition and is based on principles that govern the recognition of revenue at an amount an entity expects to be entitled when products or services are transferred to customers. IFRS 15 applies to an entity's first annual IFRS financial statements for a period beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The standard may be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of adoption (the “modified retrospective method”). We have applied the modified retrospective method upon the date of transition.
Our revenue is primarily generated from time charters, participation in pooling arrangements, and in the spot market. Of these revenue streams, revenue generated in the spot market is within the scope of IFRS 15. Revenue generated from time charters and from pooling arrangements are outside the scope of IFRS 15 as they are considered leases.
The impact of the application of this new accounting standard is discussed above under the heading Significant Accounting Policies.
At December 31, 2017, we had two vessels operating in the spot market and the cumulative effect of the application of this standard under the modified retrospective method resulted in a $3,888 reduction in the opening balance of accumulated deficit on January 1, 2018.
Standards and Interpretations issued yet not adopted
IFRS 16, Leases , was issued by the International Accounting Standards Board on January 13, 2016. IFRS 16 applies to an entity's first annual IFRS financial statements for a period beginning on or after January 1, 2019. IFRS 16 amends the definition of what constitutes a lease to be a contract that conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset if the lessee has both (i) the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset and (ii) the right to direct the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. We have determined that our existing pool and time charter-out arrangements meet the definition of leases under IFRS 16, with the Company as lessor, on the basis that the pool or charterer manages the vessels in order to enter into transportation contracts with their customers, and thereby enjoys the economic benefits derived from such arrangements. Furthermore, the pool or charterer can direct the use of a vessel (subject to certain limitations in the pool or charter agreement) throughout the period of use.
Moreover, under IFRS 16, we are also required to identify the lease and non-lease components of revenue and account for each component in accordance with the applicable accounting standard. In time charter-out or pool arrangements, we have determined that the lease component is the vessel and the non-lease component is the technical management services provided to operate the vessel. These components will be accounted for as follows:
All fixed lease revenue earned under these time charter-out arrangements will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
Lease revenue earned under our pool arrangements will be recognized as it is earned, since it is 100% variable.
The non-lease component will be accounted for as services revenue under IFRS 15. This revenue will be recognized “over time” as the customer (i.e. the pool or the charterer) is simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits of the service.
We expect that the application of the above principles will not result in a material difference to the amount of revenue recognized under our existing accounting policies for pool and time-out charter arrangements.

F-18


Table of Contents

IFRS 16 also amends the existing accounting standards to require lessees to recognize, on a discounted basis, the rights and obligations created by the commitment to lease assets on the balance sheet, unless the term of the lease is 12 months or less. Accordingly, the standard will result in the recognition of right-of-use assets and corresponding liabilities, on the basis of the discounted remaining future minimum lease payments, relating to our existing bareboat chartered-in vessel commitments that are currently reported as operating leases. This standard will not impact the accounting for our existing time chartered-in vessels which are scheduled to expire in the first quarter of 2019, however it will result in the recognition of right of use assets and corresponding liabilities for our three bareboat chartered-in vessels, which are scheduled to expire in April 2025.
Upon transition, a lessee shall apply IFRS 16 to its leases either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (the ‘full retrospective approach’) or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 recognized at the date of initial application (the ‘modified retrospective approach’). We will apply the modified retrospective approach upon transition. The impact of the application of this standard on our opening balance sheet as of January 1, 2019 will be the recognition of a $48.7 million right of use asset, a $50.9 million operating lease liability and a $2.2 million reduction in retained earnings.
Additionally, at the date of authorization of these consolidated financial statements, the following Standards which have not been applied in these consolidated financial statements were issued but not yet effective. We do not expect that the adoption of these standards in future periods will have a material impact on our financial statements.
Annual Improvements for IFRS Standards 2015 - 2017 Cycle, which are summarized as follows:
IFRS 3  Business Combinations  and IFRS 11  Joint Arrangements  - The amendments to IFRS 3 clarify that when an entity obtains control of a business that is a joint operation, it remeasures previously held interests in that business. The amendments to IFRS 11 clarify that when an entity obtains joint control of a business that is a joint operation, the entity does not remeasure previously held interests in that business.
IAS 23  Borrowing Costs  - The amendments clarify that if any specific borrowing remains outstanding after the related asset is ready for its intended use or sale, that borrowing becomes part of the funds that an entity borrows generally when calculating the capitalization rate on general borrowings.
Amendment to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 - Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture . Clarifies the recognition of gains and losses arising on the sale or contribution of assets that constitute a business and assets that do not constitute a business. The effective date is pending.
IAS 19, Employee Benefits - Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to IAS 19): The amendments require an entity to use the updated assumptions from a remeasurement net defined benefit liability or asset resulting from a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement to determine current service cost and net interest for the remainder of the reporting period after the change to the plan.
IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments - The interpretation specifies how an entity should reflect the effects of uncertainties in accounting for income taxes.


2.
Merger with Navig8 Product Tankers Inc
Background
In May 2017, we entered into definitive agreements to acquire NPTI, including its fleet of 12 LR1 and 15 LR2 product tankers for approximately 5.5 million common shares of the Company and the assumption of NPTI's debt. The rationale for the Merger was that both companies operate complementary fleets of modern, fuel efficient product tankers, and the combination of both companies provided an opportunity to materially increase our size and scale so that we are better positioned to benefit from a cyclical recovery, without ordering new vessels and adding to the total supply of the product tankers globally.

F-19


Table of Contents

On June 14, 2017, we acquired part of NPTI’s business with the acquisition of four LR1 product tankers through the acquisition of entities holding those vessels (which we refer to as "NPTI Vessel Acquisition") and related debt for an acquisition price of $42.2 million in cash. On September 1, 2017, all conditions precedent were lifted and we acquired NPTI's remaining business including eight LR1 and 15 LR2 tankers when the Merger closed (which we refer to as the "September Closing"). We assumed NPTI's aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $907.4 million upon the closing of these transactions.
The key events, consideration and corresponding timeline of the Merger were as follows:
On May 30, 2017, we issued 5 million shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering at an offering price of $40.00 per share for net proceeds of approximately $188.7 million, after deducting underwriters' discounts and offering expenses. The completion of this offering was a condition to closing the Merger.
On June 14, 2017, we acquired part of NPTI’s business with the acquisition of four LR1 product tankers through the acquisition of entities holding those vessels and related debt for an acquisition price of $42.2 million in cash.
On September 1, 2017, at the September Closing, all conditions precedent were lifted and we acquired NPTI's remaining business including eight LR1 and 15 LR2 tankers. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, one share in NPTI gave the right to receive 0.1176 of our shares, and we issued a total of 5,499,999 common shares to NPTI's shareholders as Merger consideration. Insignificant transaction costs were incurred as part of this issuance.
We assumed NPTI's aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $907.4 million upon the closing of these transactions.
Accounting for the Merger
With the closing of these transactions, we took control of NPTI’s business. The factors that were considered in determining that we should be treated as the accounting acquirer in the Merger were the relative voting rights in the combined company, the composition of the board of directors in the combined company, the relative sizes of the Company and NPTI, and the composition of senior management of the combined company.
Our original intentions were to acquire NPTI and its entire fleet of 27 vessels. We agreed to acquire the vessels that were part of the NPTI Vessel Acquisition prior to the closing of the Merger in order to provide NPTI with additional liquidity through the closing date of the Merger. The NPTI Vessel Acquisition was negotiated on non-recourse terms that did not allow for this transaction to be rescinded or repriced in the event that the Merger did not close (if, for example, either party exercised their termination rights, as defined in the Merger Agreement, prior to the September Closing). In addition, we gained control of the four entities on June 14, 2017 and were not restricted in the use of these underlying vessels. Accordingly, we have assessed that this first transaction was a separate transaction from an accounting perspective.
As part of this assessment, we determined that the NPTI Vessel Acquisition met the criteria as a business combination under IFRS 3 given the acquisition of the underlying inputs, processes and outputs that accompanied these vessels. The key determinant in this assessment was the acquisition of the processes underlying the entities acquired as we assumed the rights and obligations under the commercial and technical management contracts for these entities. The processes underlying these agreements are summarized as follows:
Commercial management - The NPTI Acquisition Vessels operated under the commercial management of the Navig8 Group (a related party affiliate to NPTI) both prior to and subsequent to closing. This included, but was not limited to, entering into voyage arrangements with the Navig8 Group's existing customers, determining the locations where the vessels traded and the types of cargos that the vessels transported.
Technical management - In addition, the technical management contracts were also maintained subsequent to closing. The processes underlying these contracts included crewing, which includes but is not limited to ensuring that the vessel is appropriately staffed with qualified personnel, payment of crew wages and arrangement of crew travel, repairs and maintenance of the vessel, procurement of supplies and spare parts, safety, quality and environmental compliance services, insurance, and meeting third party quality assurance compliance (including oil major vetting).

F-20


Table of Contents

The assumption of these processes was the distinguishing factor between the accounting for this transaction as a separate business combination, rather than as an asset acquisition. Moreover, the fact pattern was the same for the entities acquired at the September Closing as we acquired the inputs, processes and outputs underlying those entities as well.
Accordingly, the NPTI Vessel Acquisition that closed in June 2017 and the September Closing were accounted for as two separate business combinations.
The following represents the purchase price allocation for both the NPTI Vessel Acquisition and the September Closing. The consideration transferred for the September Closing has been measured at fair value, with the fair value of the common shares issued in September 2017 based on the average of the high and low price of such shares on the date of acquisition.
In thousands of U.S. Dollars
NPTI Vessel Acquisition
September Closing - Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation - December 31, 2017
Measurement Period Adjustments
September Closing - Final Purchase Price Allocation - December 31, 2018
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
6,180

 
$
15,149
 
$

 
$
15,149
 
 
Restricted cash
 
 
13,641
 
 
 
13,641
 
 
Accounts receivables
3,330
 
 
16,323
 
132
 
 
16,455
 
(1)  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
2,932
 
 
19,940
 
 
 
19,940
 
 
Inventories
299
 
 
1,415
 
 
 
1,415
 
 
Restricted cash - non-current
4,000
 
 
6,380
 
 
 
6,380
 
 
Vessels, net
158,500
 
 
972,750
 
 
 
972,750
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(13,720
 
)
(2,966
)
(189
 
)
(3,155
)
(2)  
Debt (current and non-current)
(113,856
 
)
(793,519
)
 
 
(793,519
)
 
Redeemable Preferred Shares
 
 
(39,495
)
 
 
(39,495
)
 
Net assets acquired and liabilities assumed
47,665
 
 
209,618
 
(57
 
)
209,561
 
 
Total purchase price consideration
42,248
 
 
221,100
 
 
 
221,100
 
 
Provisional (bargain purchase) / goodwill
$
(5,417

)
$
11,482
 
$
57

 
$
11,539
 
 
The bargain purchase relating to the NPTI Vessel Acquisition arose primarily as a result of increases in the market prices of secondhand LR1 vessels between the date that the negotiations took place and the closing date of the NPTI Vessel Acquisition, i n addition to our bargaining power during the negotiations given NPTI's immediate need for additional liquidity.
The goodwill arising from the September Closing is attributable to benefits that we expect to realize as a result of the increased size and scale of the combined company and the anticipated benefits that we expect to achieve given this enhanced market position. This purchase price allocation was finalized in September 2018 and the measurement period adjustments are described below:
(1)
The September Closing measurement period adjustments to accounts receivable relates to changes in estimates of revenue earned for vessels operating in the Navig8 Pools (which are owned and operated by the Navig8 Group) during the periods prior to the closing of the Merger. A vessel's share of pool revenues in a particular period can change in subsequent periods as initial voyage results are finalized for items that have initially been estimated (such as demurrage claims).
(2) The September Closing measurement period adjustments to accounts payable and accrued expenses relate to new information obtained regarding certain expense items that relate to the period prior to the closing of the Merger but were not reflected in the initial purchase price allocation.
There were no contingent liabilities assumed as part of the Merger.
Accounts receivables
Accounts receivables primarily represent hire receivables due from the Navig8 Pools, which are owned and operated by the Navig8 Group. The carrying value of accounts receivables acquired has been assessed as their fair value as, at the acquisition date, there was no indication that these amounts will not be collectible.

F-21


Table of Contents

Vessels, Net
Vessels have been valued at fair value after taking into consideration the average of two leading, independent and internationally recognized ship brokers. The brokers assess fair value based on each vessel's age, the shipyard where it was built, its deadweight capacity, and other factors that may influence the selling price between a willing buyer and seller. We consider these valuations to be Level 2 fair value measurements.
Debt (current and non-current)
NPTI’s long-term debt consists of secured borrowings and obligations due under finance leases.
Secured debt - The fair value of NPTI's secured debt was measured using the income approach under IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement , which takes into account the future cash flows that a market participant would expect to receive from holding the liability as an asset. In making this assessment, we estimated each facility's rate of return based on the margin for each facility in addition to the interest rate swap forward curve as published by a third party on the date of acquisition. This rate of return was used to assess whether, in conjunction with other terms of these arrangements (such as the leverage ratio), the economics of each arrangement were consistent with the economics that can be attained in the market by reference to recently executed transactions under similar terms and conditions. Fair value adjustments were made to those arrangements where differences were identified. We consider these valuations to be Level 2 fair value measurements.
Obligations due under sale and leaseback financing facilities - The fair value of NPTI’s sale and leaseback financing arrangements was measured using the income approach under IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement , which takes into account the future cash flows that a market participant would expect to receive from holding the liability as an asset. In making this assessment, the Company estimated each facility's variable interest component based on the interest rate swap forward curve as published by a third party on the date of acquisition. A rate of return was estimated based on these inputs and a terminal value based on either the purchase obligation or the final purchase option (wherever applicable). This rate of return was used to assess whether, in conjunction with other terms of these arrangements (such as the leverage ratio or the existence of a purchase obligation), the economics of each arrangement were consistent with the economics that can be attained in the market by reference to recently executed sale and leaseback arrangements that were entered into under similar terms and conditions. Fair value adjustments were made to those arrangements where differences were identified. We consider these valuations to be Level 2 fair value measurements.
Redeemable Preferred Shares and Other non-current liabilities — As of the date of the September Closing, NPTI had 3 million Series A Redeemable Preferred Shares outstanding. These shares were issued by NPTI in 2016 for gross proceeds of $30 million. According to the terms of the Redeemable Preferred Shares, upon a change of control, NPTI was required to redeem all of the Redeemable Preferred Shares at a redemption price equal to the sum of $10.00 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends, multiplied by a redemption premium of 1.20. The fair value of the redemption shares was determined to be $6.6 million as of the date of closing. Accordingly, the fair value of the aggregate liability was determined to be $39.5 million which reflects the redemption price of $30.0 million, accrued and unpaid dividends of $2.9 million and the redemption premium of $6.6 million. This liability was repaid upon the September Closing.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded $45.3 million in revenue and a net loss of $18.7 million attributable to the operations of NPTI that were acquired, which excludes the impact of general and administrative expenses as these are generally not allocated to our operating segments.
Unaudited Pro Forma Results
If the Merger had occurred on January 1, 2017, unaudited consolidated pro-forma revenue and net loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 would have been $594.5 million and $193.4 million, respectively. These amounts have been calculated using NPTI's results for the year ended December 31, 2017 and adjusted for the following:
Revenue — NPTI was party to a Pool Management Revenue Share Rights agreement with each of the pools that its vessels operated in. This agreement enabled NPTI to receive a 30% share of the net revenues derived from the commercial management of the pools in exchange for 33,696 shares of NPTI common stock. This agreement was cancelled on the date of execution of the Merger Agreement of May 23, 2017 and the shares were returned to NPTI and cancelled.

F-22


Table of Contents

Accordingly, amounts earned under this agreement of $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 were eliminated on a pro forma basis.
Depreciation — Depreciation expense has been adjusted to reflect:
the change in depreciation that would have occurred assuming the fair value adjustments to Vessels had applied beginning on January 1, 2017.
the Company's accounting policy for the depreciation of vessels and drydock whereby (i) depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to the estimated residual value over the anticipated useful life of the vessel from the date of delivery and (ii) for an acquired or newly built vessel, a notional drydock component is allocated from the vessel’s cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis to the next estimated drydock.
Financial expenses - Financial expenses have been adjusted to reflect:
Deferred financing fee amortization — unamortized deferred charges relating to NPTI’s secured debt were eliminated and reflected in the fair value assessment of the debt.
Interest expense - the preliminary purchase price allocates the estimated fair value of NPTI’s secured debt and obligations due under sale leaseback facilities. Accordingly, we adjusted interest expense on a pro forma basis to reflect the amortization of these fair value adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Transaction Costs
We incurred $36.1 million of transactions costs relating to the Merger, which were expensed during the year ended December 31, 2017 and $0.3 million of transaction costs during the year ended December 31, 2018. These costs include $16.1 million of advisory and other professional fees, $17.7 million of costs related to the early termination of NPTI’s existing service agreements and $2.6 million of other costs, which include fees incurred for a back-stop credit facility that was put in place in the event that certain of NPTI's lenders did not consent to the Merger. This facility was cancelled upon the receipt of such consents.
We settled $6.0 million of the fees incurred to terminate NPTI's existing service agreements through the issuance of warrants to the NPTI pool manager, exercisable into 150,000 of our common shares at an exercise price of $0.10 per share, upon the delivery of the vessels acquired from NPTI to the Scorpio Pools. These fees relate to the termination of the applicable pooling arrangements with NPTI, and we issued two warrants to the Navig8 pool manager as consideration for the termination.  The first warrant was issued in June 2017 as part of the NPTI Vessel Acquisition, and was exercisable on a pro-rata basis for an aggregate of 22,222 of our common shares. The second warrant was issued on similar terms to the first warrant on September 1, 2017 and was exercisable on a pro-rata basis for an aggregate of 127,778 of our common shares at an exercise price of $0.10 per share upon the delivery of each of the 23 remaining vessels to the Scorpio Pools.  These warrants were accounted for on the date of issuance and valued based on the average of the high and low price of our common shares on such dates. All of the warrants had been exercised as of December 31, 2017.
For impairment testing of goodwill, refer to Note 8.


3.
Cash and cash equivalents
The following table depicts the components of our cash as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
 
At December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
Cash at banks
$
592,498
 
 
$
185,377
 
Cash on vessels
1,154
 
 
1,085
 
 
$
593,652
 
 
$
186,462
 



F-23


Table of Contents

4.
Prepaid expenses and other assets
The following is a table summarizing our prepaid expenses and other current assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 
At December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
SSM - prepaid vessel operating expenses
2,461
 
 
 
6,391
 
Prepaid insurance - related party
 
 
 
2,428
 
Prepaid expenses from related parties
2,461
 
 
 
8,819
 
 
 
 
 
Prepaid interest
6,870
 
 
 
1,153
 
Prepaid insurance
4,449
 
 
 
1,001
 
Third party - prepaid vessel operating expenses
712
 
 
 
1,255
 
Other prepaid expenses
1,179
 
 
 
5,492
 
 
$
15,671

 
 
$
17,720
 



5.
Accounts receivable
The following is a table summarizing our accounts receivable as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
 
At December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
Scorpio MR Pool Limited
$
33,288
 
 
$
27,720

 
Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited
24,563
 
 
7,026
 
 
Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited
4,559
 
 
6,037
 
 
Scorpio LR1 Pool Limited
3,705
 
 
3,002
 
 
Scorpio Aframax Pool Limited
63
 
 
1,095
 
 
Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M.
2,511
 
 
 
 
Receivables from the related parties
68,689
 
 
44,880
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance receivables
204
 
 
870
 
 
Freight and time charter receivables
22
 
 
2,399
 
 
Receivables from Navig8 Group Pools
17
 
 
14,625
 
 
Other receivables
786
 
 
2,684
 
 
 
$
69,718
 
 
$
65,458

 
Scorpio MR Pool Limited, Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited, Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited, Scorpio LR1 Pool Limited and Scorpio Aframax Pool Limited are related parties, as described in Note 17. Amounts due from the Scorpio Pools relate to income receivables and receivables for working capital contributions which are expected to be collected within one year. The amounts receivable from the Scorpio Pools as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 include $22.9 million and $25.7 million, respectively, of working capital contributions made on behalf of our vessels to the Scorpio Pools.
Receivables from SCM primarily represent amounts due from the agreement to reimburse a portion of the commissions that SCM charges the Company’s vessels (as described in Note 17) to effectively reduce such commissions to 0.85% of gross revenue per charter fixture. This agreement is effective from September 1, 2018 and ending on June 1, 2019 and the amount due at December 31, 2018 represents the reimbursement earned from September 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018.
Receivables from Navig8 Group Pools represent amounts due from the Navig8 LR8 and Alpha8 pools for certain vessels that were acquired from NPTI which operated in such pools during the year ended December 31, 2017. These vessels joined the Scorpio Pools in the fourth quarter of 2017 or first quarter of 2018.

F-24


Table of Contents

Freight and time charter receivables represent amounts collectible from customers for our vessels operating on time charter or in the spot market.
Insurance receivables primarily represent amounts collectible on our insurance policies in relation to vessel repairs.
We consider that the carrying amount of accounts receivable approximates their fair value due to the short maturity thereof. Accounts receivable are non-interest bearing. At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, no material receivable balances were either past due or impaired.


6.
Vessels

Operating vessels and drydock

In thousands of U.S. dollars
Vessels
 
Drydock
 
Total
Cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of January 1, 2018
4,389,648
 
 
 
82,888
 
 
4,472,536
 
 
Additions (1)
79,454
 
 
 
4,964
 
 
84,418
 
 
Write-offs (2)
 
 
 
(1,500
)
 
(1,500
)
 
As of December 31, 2018
4,469,102
 
 
 
86,352
 
 
4,555,454
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of January 1, 2018
(347,703
 
)
 
(34,739
)
 
(382,442
)
 
Charge for the period
(158,740
 
)
 
(17,983
)
 
(176,723
)
 
Write-offs (2)
 
 
 
1,500
 
 
1,500
 
 
As of December 31, 2018
(506,443
 
)
 
(51,222
)
 
(557,665
)
Net book value
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2018
$
3,962,659

 
 
$
35,130
 
 
$
3,997,789
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of January 1, 2017
$
3,126,790

 
 
$
60,089
 
 
$
3,186,879
 
 
Additions  (3)
333,338
 
 
 
12,667
 
 
346,005
 
 
Vessels acquired in merger with NPTI (4)
1,113,618
 
 
 
17,632
 
 
1,131,250
 
 
Disposal of vessels (5)
(184,098
 
)
 
(3,750
)
 
(187,848
)
 
Write-offs  (6)
 
 
 
(3,750
)
 
(3,750
)
 
As of December 31, 2017
4,389,648
 
 
 
82,888
 
 
4,472,536
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of January 1, 2017
(246,210
 
)
 
(27,415
)
 
(273,625
)
 
Charge for the period
(127,369
 
)
 
(14,049
)
 
(141,418
)
 
Disposal of vessels (5)
25,876
 
 
 
2,975
 
 
28,851
 
 
Write-offs  (6)
 
 
 
3,750
 
 
3,750
 
 
As of December 31, 2017
(347,703
 
)
 
(34,739
)
 
(382,442
)
Net book value
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2017
$
4,041,945

 
 
$
48,149
 
 
$
4,090,094
 

(1)
Additions in 2018 primarily relate to (i) the deliveries of STI Esles II and STI Jardins and corresponding calculations of notional drydock on these vessels and (ii) drydock costs incurred on certain of our vessels.
(2)
Represents the write-off of the notional drydock costs of STI Fontvieille and STI Ville which were drydocked in 2018.
(3)
Additions in 2017 primarily relate to (i) the deliveries of eight newbuilding vessels and corresponding calculations of notional drydock on these vessels and (ii) drydock costs incurred on certain of our vessels.
(4)
Represents the fair value of the vessels acquired in the Merger with NPTI as described in Note 2.

F-25


Table of Contents

(5)
Represents the net book value of (i) STI Sapphire and STI Emerald, which were sold during the year ended December 31, 2017 and (ii) STI Beryl , STI Le Rocher and STI Larvotto, which were sold and leased back during the year ended December 31, 2017. These transactions are further described below.
(6)
Represents the write-off of the notional drydock costs of STI Amber, STI Topaz, STI Ruby, STI Garnet and STI Onyx which were drydocked in 2017.


2018 Activity
We took delivery of the following newbuilding vessels during the year ended December 31, 2018 resulting in an increase of $81.0 million in Vessels from December 31, 2017:
 
 
 
Month
 
Vessel
 
Name
 
Delivered
 
Type
1
 
STI Esles II
 
January 2018
 
MR
2
 
STI Jardins
 
January 2018
 
MR
Additionally, we incurred drydock costs during the year ended December 31, 2018. These primarily consisted of:
S TI Fontvieille and STI Ville, which were drydocked in accordance with their scheduled, class required special survey during 2018 for an aggregate cost of $1.9 million and 46 offhire days.
STI Duchessa and STI Opera, which were drydocked in accordance with their class required special survey in December 2018 and these vessels completed these surveys in January 2019. $0.7 million of drydock costs relating to these vessels were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2018.
$0.9 million of drydock costs incurred for vessels that are expected to enter into drydock in 2019.
Ballast Water Treatment Systems and Scrubbers
In July 2018, we executed an agreement to purchase 55 ballast water treatment systems from an unaffiliated third-party supplier for total consideration of $36.2 million. These systems are expected to be installed over the next five years, as each respective vessel under the agreement is due for its International Oil Pollution Prevention, or IOPP, renewal survey.
Additionally, we expect to retrofit the substantial majority of our vessels with exhaust gas cleaning systems, or scrubbers. The scrubbers will enable our ships to use high sulfur fuel oil, which is less expensive than low sulfur fuel oil, in certain parts of the world. From August 2018 through November 2018, we entered into agreements with two separate suppliers to retrofit a total of 77 of our tankers with such systems for total consideration of $116.1 million (which excludes installation costs). These systems are expected to be installed throughout 2019 and 2020. We also obtained options to retrofit additional tankers under these agreements.
The following table is a timeline of future expected payments and dates for our commitments to purchase scrubbers and ballast water treatment systems as of December 31, 2018 (1) :
 
As of December 31,
Amounts in thousands of US dollars
2018
Less than 1 month
$
926

 
1-3 months
19,481
 
 
3 months to 1 year
93,188
 
 
1-5 years
18,279
 
 
5+ years
 
 
Total
$
131,874

 

F-26


Table of Contents

(1)  
These amounts are subject to change as installation times are finalized. The amounts presented exclude installation costs.
2017 Activity
We took delivery of the following newbuilding vessels during the year ended December 31, 2017 resulting in an increase of $346.0 million in Vessels from December 31, 2016:
 
 
 
Month
 
Vessel
 
Name
 
Delivered
 
Type
1
 
STI Selatar
 
February 2017
 
LR2
2
 
STI Rambla
 
March 2017
 
LR2
3
 
STI Galata
 
March 2017
 
MR
4
 
STI Bosphorus
 
April 2017
 
MR
5
 
STI Leblon
 
July 2017
 
MR
6
 
STI La Boca
 
July 2017
 
MR
7
 
STI San Telmo
 
September 2017
 
MR
8
 
STI Donald C Trauscht
 
October 2017
 
MR
Additionally, five of the Company's 2012 built MR product tankers, STI Amber, STI Topaz, STI Ruby, STI Garnet and STI Onyx , were drydocked in accordance with their scheduled, class required special survey during 2017. These vessels were offhire for an aggregate of 102 days and the aggregate drydock cost was $6.4 million.
Vessel Sales
In April 2017, we executed agreements with Bank of Communications Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. (the “Buyers”) to sell and leaseback, on a bareboat basis, three 2013 built MR product tankers, STI Beryl , STI Le Rocher and STI Larvotto . The selling price was $29.0 million per vessel, and we agreed to bareboat charter-in these vessels for a period of up to eight years for $8,800 per day per vessel. Each bareboat agreement has been accounted for as an operating lease. We have the option to purchase these vessels beginning at the end of the fifth year of the agreements through the end of the eighth year of the agreements. Additionally, a deposit of $4.35 million per vessel was retained by the buyers and will either be applied to the purchase price of the vessel if a purchase option is exercised, or refunded to us at the expiration of the agreements. These sales closed in April 2017 and as a result, all amounts outstanding under our 2011 Credit Facility of $42.2 million were repaid and a $14.2 million loss on sales of vessels was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2017.
In April 2017, we executed an agreement with an unrelated third party to sell two 2013 built, MR product tankers,  STI Emerald  and  STI Sapphire , for a sales price of $56.4 million in aggregate. The sale of  STI Emerald  closed in June 2017, and the sale of  STI Sapphire  closed in July 2017.  As a result of this transaction, we recorded an aggregate loss on sale of $9.1 million. Additionally, we repaid the aggregate outstanding debt for both vessels of $27.6 million on the BNP Paribas Credit Facility in June 2017 and wrote-off $0.5 million of deferred financing fees as a result of this repayment.
Collateral agreements
Vessels with an aggregate carrying value of $3,997.8 million at December 31, 2018, have been pledged as collateral under the terms of our secured debt or have been sold under the terms of our lease financing arrangements. The below table is a summary of these vessels, along with the respective borrowing or lease financing facility (which are described in Note 13) as of December 31, 2018:
Credit Facility
 
Vessel Name
$116.0 Million Lease Financing
 
STI Oxford
$116.0 Million Lease Financing
 
STI Selatar
$116.0 Million Lease Financing
 
STI Gramercy
$116.0 Million Lease Financing
 
STI Queens
$157.5 Million Lease Financing
 
STI Alexis
$157.5 Million Lease Financing
 
STI Benicia

F-27


Table of Contents

$157.5 Million Lease Financing
 
STI Duchessa
$157.5 Million Lease Financing
 
STI Mayfair
$157.5 Million Lease Financing
 
STI San Antonio
$157.5 Million Lease Financing
 
STI St. Charles
$157.5 Million Lease Financing
 
STI Yorkville
2017 Credit Facility
 
STI Galata
2017 Credit Facility
 
STI Bosphorus
2017 Credit Facility
 
STI Leblon
2017 Credit Facility
 
STI La Boca
2017 Credit Facility
 
STI San Telmo
2017 Credit Facility
 
STI Donald C Trauscht
2017 Credit Facility
 
STI Esles II
2017 Credit Facility
 
STI Jardins
2018 CMB Lease Financing
 
STI Milwaukee
2018 CMB Lease Financing
 
STI Battery
2018 CMB Lease Financing
 
STI Tribeca
2018 CMB Lease Financing
 
STI Bronx
2018 CMB Lease Financing
 
STI Manhattan
2018 CMB Lease Financing
 
STI Seneca
2018 NIBC Credit Facility
 
STI Memphis
2018 NIBC Credit Facility
 
STI Soho
ABN AMRO / K-Sure Credit Facility
 
STI Precision
ABN AMRO / K-Sure Credit Facility
 
STI Prestige
ABN AMRO / SEB Credit Facility
 
STI Hammersmith
ABN AMRO / SEB Credit Facility
 
STI Westminster
ABN AMRO / SEB Credit Facility
 
STI Winnie
ABN AMRO / SEB Credit Facility
 
STI Lauren
ABN AMRO / SEB Credit Facility
 
STI Connaught
ABN AMRO Credit Facility
 
STI Spiga
ABN AMRO Credit Facility
 
STI Savile Row
ABN AMRO Credit Facility
 
STI Kingsway
ABN AMRO Credit Facility
 
STI Carnaby
AVIC Lease Financing
 
STI Fontvieille
AVIC Lease Financing
 
STI Ville
AVIC Lease Financing
 
STI Brooklyn
AVIC Lease Financing
 
STI Rose
AVIC Lease Financing
 
STI Rambla
BCFL Lease Financing (LR2s)
 
STI Solace
BCFL Lease Financing (LR2s)
 
STI Solidarity
BCFL Lease Financing (LR2s)
 
STI Stability
BCFL Lease Financing (MRs)
 
STI Amber
BCFL Lease Financing (MRs)
 
STI Topaz
BCFL Lease Financing (MRs)
 
STI Ruby
BCFL Lease Financing (MRs)
 
STI Garnet
BCFL Lease Financing (MRs)
 
STI Onyx
China Huarong Lease Financing
 
STI Opera
China Huarong Lease Financing
 
STI Venere
China Huarong Lease Financing
 
STI Virtus
China Huarong Lease Financing
 
STI Aqua
China Huarong Lease Financing
 
STI Dama
China Huarong Lease Financing
 
STI Regina
Citibank / K-Sure Credit Facility
 
STI Excellence
Citibank / K-Sure Credit Facility
 
STI Executive

F-28


Table of Contents

Citibank / K-Sure Credit Facility
 
STI Experience
Citibank / K-Sure Credit Facility
 
STI Express
CMB Lease Financing
 
STI Pride
CMB Lease Financing
 
STI Providence
COSCO Shipping Lease Financing
 
STI Battersea
COSCO Shipping Lease Financing
 
STI Wembley
COSCO Shipping Lease Financing
 
STI Texas City
COSCO Shipping Lease Financing
 
STI Meraux
Credit Agricole Credit Facility
 
STI Exceed
Credit Agricole Credit Facility
 
STI Excel
Credit Agricole Credit Facility
 
STI Excelsior
Credit Agricole Credit Facility
 
STI Expedite
CSSC Lease Financing
 
STI Nautilus
CSSC Lease Financing
 
STI Gallantry
CSSC Lease Financing
 
STI Goal
CSSC Lease Financing
 
STI Guard
CSSC Lease Financing
 
STI Guide
CSSC Lease Financing
 
STI Gauntlet
CSSC Lease Financing
 
STI Gladiator
CSSC Lease Financing
 
STI Gratitude
ING Credit Facility
 
STI Black Hawk
ING Credit Facility
 
STI Rotherhithe
ING Credit Facility
 
STI Pontiac
ING Credit Facility
 
STI Osceola
ING Credit Facility
 
STI Notting Hill
ING Credit Facility
 
STI Jermyn
ING Credit Facility
 
STI Lombard
ING Credit Facility
 
STI Grace
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Acton
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Brixton
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Broadway
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Camden
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Clapham
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Comandante
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Condotti
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Elysees
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Finchley
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Fulham
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Hackney
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Madison
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Orchard
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Park
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Pimlico
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Poplar
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Sloane
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
STI Veneto
Ocean Yield Lease Financing
 
STI Sanctity
Ocean Yield Lease Financing
 
STI Steadfast
Ocean Yield Lease Financing
 
STI Supreme
Ocean Yield Lease Financing
 
STI Symphony




F-29


Table of Contents

7.
Vessels under construction
We did not enter into any contracts for the construction of newbuilding vessels during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.
As of December 31, 2018, we had no newbuilding product tanker orders. As of December 31, 2017, we had two MR newbuilding product tanker orders for an aggregate purchase price of $75.8 million, of which $52.3 million in cash was paid as of that date, which included the final installment payment of $23.5 million for STI Esles II , which was paid in December 2017 in advance of its delivery in January 2018. Additionally, we made the final installment of $23.5 million for the delivery of STI Jardins in January 2018 .
Capitalized interest
In accordance with IAS 23 “Borrowing Costs,” applicable interest costs are capitalized during the period that vessels are under construction. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we capitalized interest expense for the vessels under construction of $0.2 million and $4.2 million, respectively. The capitalization rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization was 5.7% and 4.7% for each of the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We cease capitalizing interest when the vessels reach the location and condition necessary to operate in the manner intended by management.

A rollforward of activity within vessels under construction is as follows:

In thousands of U.S. dollars
 
Balance as of January 1, 2017
$
137,917

 
Installment payments and other capitalized expenses
252,977
 
 
Capitalized interest
4,194
 
 
Transferred to operating vessels and drydock
(339,712
 
)
Balance as of December 31, 2017
$
55,376

 
 
 
Installment payments and other capitalized expenses
25,452
 
 
Capitalized interest
157
 
 
Transferred to operating vessels and drydock
(80,985
 
)
Balance as of December 31, 2018
$

 


8.
Carrying values of vessels, vessels under construction and goodwill
At each balance sheet date, we review the carrying amounts of our goodwill, vessels and related drydock costs to determine if there is any indication that these amounts have suffered an impairment loss. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the vessels and related drydock costs is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. As part of this evaluation, we consider certain indicators of potential impairment, such as market conditions including forecast time charter rates and values for second hand product tankers, discounted projected vessel operating cash flows and the Company’s overall business plans.
Goodwill arising from the September Closing has been allocated to the cash generating units within each of the respective operating segments that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the Merger (LR2s and LR1s). The carrying values of goodwill allocated to these segments were $8.9 million for the LR2 segment and $2.6 million for the LR1 segment. Goodwill is not amortized and is tested annually (or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise) by comparing the aggregate carrying amount of the cash generating units in each respective operating segment, plus the allocated goodwill, to their recoverable amounts. Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell (determined by taking into consideration two independent broker valuations for each vessel within each segment) and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows of the operating segment are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the operating segment for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

F-30


Table of Contents

This test was performed in connection with the assessment of the carrying amount of our vessels and related drydock costs below, and the test did not result in an impairment charge to goodwill at December 31, 2018.
At December 31, 2018, we reviewed the carrying amount of our vessels to determine whether there was an indication that these assets had suffered an impairment. First, we assess the fair value less the cost to sell our vessels taking into consideration vessel valuations from leading, independent and internationally recognized ship brokers. We then compare that estimate of market values (less an estimate of selling costs) to each vessel’s carrying value and, if the carrying value exceeds the vessel’s market value, an indicator of impairment exists. We also consider sustained weakness in the product tanker market as an impairment indicator. If we determined that impairment indicators exist, then we prepared a value in use calculation where we estimated each vessel’s future cash flows. These estimates were primarily based on (i) a combination of the latest forecast, published time charter rates for the next three years and a 2.47% growth rate (which is based on published historical and forecast inflation rates) in freight rates in each period thereafter and (ii) our best estimate of vessel operating expenses and drydock costs, which are based on our most recent forecasts for the next three years and a 2.47% growth rate in each period thereafter. These cash flows were then discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate of 8.29%. The results of these tests were as follows:
At December 31, 2018, we owned or financed leased 109 vessels in our fleet:
34 of our owned or financed leased vessels in our fleet had fair values less costs to sell greater than their carrying amount. As such, there were no indicators of impairment for these vessels.
75 of our owned or finance leased vessels in our fleet had fair values less costs to sell less than their carrying amount. We prepared a value in use calculation for each of these vessels which resulted in no impairment being recognized.
At December 31, 2017, we owned or financed leased 107 vessels in our fleet and two vessels under construction:
Eight of our owned or financed leased vessels in our fleet had fair values less costs to sell greater than their carrying amount. As such, there were no indicators of impairment for these vessels.
99 of our owned or finance leased vessels in our fleet had fair values less costs to sell less than their carrying amount. We prepared a value in use calculation for each of these vessels which resulted in no impairment being recognized.
We did not obtain independent broker valuations for our two vessels under construction. To assess their carrying values for impairment, we prepared value in use calculations for each vessel which resulted in no impairment being recognized.
The impairment test that we conduct is most sensitive to variances in the discount rate and future time charter rates.
Based on the sensitivity analysis performed for December 31, 2018, a 1.0% increase in the discount rate would result in one LR2 vessel being impaired for an aggregate $0.3 million loss. Alternatively, a 5% decrease in forecasted time charter rates would result in two LR2 vessels being impaired for an aggregate $0.4 million loss.
Based on the sensitivity analysis performed for December 31, 2017, a 1.0% increase in the discount rate would result in four MR vessels being impaired for an aggregate $2.3 million loss. Alternatively, a 5% decrease in forecasted time charter rates would also result in thirteen Handymax and MR vessels being impaired for an aggregate $6.9 million loss.




F-31


Table of Contents

9.
Other non-current assets
 
At December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
Scorpio LR2 Pool Ltd. pool working capital contributions (1)
$
31,450

 
 
$
28,050

 
Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Ltd. pool working capital contributions (2)
4,923
 
 
 
6,751
 
 
Scorpio LR1 Pool Ltd. pool working capital contributions (1)
6,600
 
 
 
6,600
 
 
Working capital contributions to Scorpio Pools
42,973
 
 
 
41,401
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits for exhaust gas cleaning system ('scrubbers') (3)
12,221
 
 
 
 
 
Seller's credit on lease financed vessels (4)
9,087
 
 
 
8,581
 
 
Deposits for ballast water treatment systems  (5)
6,365
 
 
 
 
 
Investment in ballast water treatment system supplier  (5)
1,751
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalized loan fees
 
 
 
582
 
 
Deferred drydock costs on bareboat chartered-in vessels  (6)
2,813
 
 
 
120
 
 
 
$
75,210

 
 
$
50,684

 

(1)
Upon entrance into the Scorpio LR2 and LR1 Pools, all vessels are required to make initial working capital contributions of both cash and bunkers. Initial working capital contributions are repaid, without interest, upon a vessel’s exit from the pool. Bunkers on board a vessel exiting the pool are credited against such repayment at the actual invoice price of the bunkers. For all owned vessels, we assume that these contributions will not be repaid within 12 months and are thus classified as non-current within Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. For time chartered-in vessels we classify the amounts as current (within accounts receivable) or non-current (within Other Assets) according to the expiration of the contract.

(2)
Upon entrance into the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool, all vessels are required to make initial working capital contributions of both cash and bunkers. Initial working capital contributions are repaid, without interest, upon a vessel's exit from each pool no later than six months after the exit date. Bunkers on board a vessel exiting the pool are credited against such repayment at the actual invoice price of the bunkers. For all owned vessels, we assume that these contributions will not be repaid within 12 months and are thus classified as non-current within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. For time chartered-in vessels we classify the amounts as current (within Accounts Receivable) or non-current (within Other Assets) according to the expiration of the contract.

(3) From August 2018 through November 2018, we entered into agreements with two separate suppliers to retrofit a total of 77 of our tankers with scrubbers for total consideration of $116.1 million (which excludes installation costs). These scrubbers are expected to be installed throughout 2019 and 2020. Deposits of $12.2 million were made as part of these agreements during the year ended December 31, 2018.

(4) The seller's credit on lease financed vessels represents the present value of the deposits of $4.35 million per vessel ($13.1 million in aggregate) that was retained by the buyer as part of the sale and operating leasebacks of STI Beryl , STI Le Rocher and STI Larvotto , which is described in Note 13. This deposit will either be applied to the purchase price of the vessel if a purchase option is exercised, or refunded to us at the expiration of the agreement. The present value of this deposit has been calculated based on the interest rate that is implied in the lease, and the carrying value will accrete over the life of the lease, through interest income, until expiration. $0.5 million and $0.3 million was recorded as interest income as part of these agreements during years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

(5)
In July 2018, we executed an agreement to purchase 55 ballast water treatment systems from an unaffiliated third party supplier for total consideration of $36.2 million. These systems are expected to be installed over the next five years, as each respective vessel under the agreement is due for its International Oil Pollution Prevention, or IOPP, renewal survey. Upon entry into

F-32


Table of Contents

this agreement, we also obtained a minority equity interest in this supplier for no additional consideration. We have determined that of the total consideration of $36.2 million, $1.8 million is attributable to the minority equity interest.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, an aggregate deposit of $8.1 million was made as part of the entry into this agreement, and we have recorded $1.8 million of this amount as the aforementioned minority equity interest, which is being accounted for as a financial asset under IFRS 9.  Under the terms of the agreement, we were granted a put option, exercisable after one year following the date of the agreement, whereby we can put the shares back to the supplier at a predetermined price. The supplier was also granted a call option, exercisable two years following the date of the agreement, whereby it can buy the shares back from us at a predetermined price, which is greater than the strike price of the put option. Given that the value of this investment is contractually limited to the strike prices set forth in these options, we have recorded the value of the investment at the put option strike price, or $1.8 million in aggregate. The difference in the aggregate value of the investment, based on the spread between the exercise prices of the put and call options, is $0.6 million. We consider this value to be a Level 3 fair value measurement, as this supplier is a private company, and the value has been determined based on unobservable market data (i.e. the proceeds that we would receive if we exercised our put option in full).

(6)
Represents deferred drydock costs that have been incurred on certain of our bareboat chartered-in vessels that are being accounted for as operating leases. These costs are being amortized over the shorter of the lease term, or the time period until the next scheduled drydock.


10.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash for the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily represents debt service reserve accounts that must be maintained as part of the terms and conditions of our 2017 Credit Facility, Citibank/K-Sure Credit Facility, ABN AMRO/K-Sure Credit Facility, and the lease financing arrangements with CMB Financial Leasing Co. Ltd and Bank of Communications Financial Leasing (LR2s). The funds in these accounts will be applied against the principal balance of these facilities upon maturity. These facilities are further described in Note 13.


11.
Accounts payable
The following table depicts the components of our accounts payable as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
 
At December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M. (SSM)
$
545

 
 
$
766

 
Scorpio Services Holding Limited (SSH)
409
 
 
 
190
 
 
Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. (SCM)
389
 
 
 
186
 
 
Amounts due to a port agent - related party
62
 
 
 
60
 
 
Scorpio LR1 Pool Limited
51
 
 
 
22
 
 
Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited
12
 
 
 
 
 
Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited
2
 
 
 
365
 
 
Insurance liabilities - related party
 
 
 
2,163
 
 
Scorpio Aframax Pool Limited
 
 
 
74
 
 
Accounts payable to related parties
1,470
 
 
 
3,826
 
 
 
 
 
 
Suppliers
10,395
 
 
 
9,218
 
 
 
$
11,865

 
 
$
13,044

 
The majority of accounts payable are settled with a cash payment within 90 days. No interest is charged on accounts payable. We consider that the carrying amount of accounts payable approximates fair value.

F-33


Table of Contents


12.
Accrued expenses
The following table depicts the components of our accrued expenses as of December 31, 2018 and 2017:
 
At December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
Accrued expenses to a related party port agent
$
398

 
 
$
35

 
Accrued expenses to SSM
287
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued expenses to a related party insurance broker
 
 
 
26
 
 
Accrued expenses to SCM
 
 
 
5
 
 
Accrued expenses to related parties
685
 
 
 
66
 
 
 
 
 
 
Suppliers
9,147
 
 
 
16,533
 
 
Accrued interest
9,202
 
 
 
13,078
 
 
Accrued short-term employee benefits
2,430
 
 
 
2,325
 
 
Accrued transaction costs relating to the Merger
 
 
 
34
 
 
Other accrued expenses
1,508
 
 
 
802
 
 
 
$
22,972

 
 
$
32,838

 


13.
Current and long-term debt
The following is a breakdown of the current and non-current portion of our debt outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:
 
At December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
Current portion (1)
$
297,934
 
 
$
113,036
 
Finance lease (2)
114,429
 
 
50,146
 
Current portion of long-term debt
412,363
 
 
163,182
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current portion (3)
1,192,000
 
 
1,937,018
 
Finance lease (4)
1,305,952
 
 
666,993
 
 
$
2,910,315
 
 
$
2,767,193
 
(1)
The current portion at December 31, 2018 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $2.1 million. The current portion at December 31, 2017 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $1.7 million.
(2)
The current portion at December 31, 2018 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $0.8 million. The current portion at December 31, 2017 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $0.1 million.
(3)
The non-current portion at December 31, 2018 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $12.0 million. The non-current portion at December 31, 2017 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $33.4 million.
(4)
The non-current portion at December 31, 2018 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $8.7 million. The non-current portion at December 31, 2017 was net of unamortized deferred financing fees of $1.1 million.
The following is a rollforward of the activity within debt (current and non-current), by facility, for December 31, 2018:
 
 
 
 
Activity
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2018 consists of:

F-34


Table of Contents

In thousands of U.S. dollars
 
Carrying Value as of December 31, 2017
 
Drawdowns
 
Repayments
 
Other Activity (1)
 
Carrying Value as of December 31, 2018
Current
Non-Current
K-Sure Credit Facility
 
$
239,919

 
 
$

 
 
$
(239,919

)
 
$

 
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
KEXIM Credit Facility
 
332,950
 
 
 
 
 
 
(33,650
 
)
 
 
 
 
299,300
 
 
33,650
 
 
265,650
 
 
Credit Suisse Credit Facility
 
53,488
 
 
 
 
 
 
(53,488
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABN AMRO Credit Facility
 
113,312
 
 
 
 
 
 
(12,804
 
)
 
 
 
 
100,508
 
 
8,554
 
 
91,954
 
 
ING Credit Facility
 
109,844
 
 
 
38,675
 
 
 
(4,343
 
)
 
 
 
 
144,176
 
 
12,737
 
 
131,439
 
 
BNP Paribas Credit Facility
 
42,550
 
 
 
 
 
 
(42,550
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scotiabank Credit Facility
 
28,860
 
 
 
 
 
 
(28,860
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NIBC Credit Facility
 
34,712
 
 
 
 
 
 
(34,712
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018 NIBC Credit Facility
 
 
 
 
35,658
 
 
 
(807
 
)
 
 
 
 
34,851
 
 
3,230
 
 
31,621
 
 
2016 Credit Facility
 
195,979
 
 
 
 
 
 
(195,979
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017 Credit Facility
 
141,814
 
 
 
21,450
 
 
 
(18,499
 
)
 
 
 
 
144,765
 
 
13,265
 
 
131,500
 
 
HSH Credit Facility
 
15,416
 
 
 
 
 
 
(15,416
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DVB 2017 Credit Facility
 
78,440
 
 
 
 
 
 
(78,440
 
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Agricole Credit Facility
 
103,914
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8,568
 
)
 
865
 
 
 
96,211
 
 
7,745
 
 
88,466
 
 
ABN / K-Sure Credit Facility
 
49,908
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3,851
 
)
 
775
 
 
 
46,832
 
 
3,106
 
 
43,726
 
 
Citibank / K-Sure Credit Facility
 
104,052
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8,416
 
)
 
1,973
 
 
 
97,609
 
 
6,524
 
 
91,085
 
 
ABN / SEB Credit Facility
 
 
 
 
120,575
 
 
 
(5,750
 
)
 
 
 
 
114,825
 
 
11,500
 
 
103,325
 
 
Ocean Yield Lease Financing
 
169,016
 
 
 
 
 
 
(10,458
 
)
 
199
 
 
 
158,757
 
 
10,515
 
 
148,242
 
 
CMBFL Lease Financing
 
65,915
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4,908
 
)
 
191
 
 
 
61,198
 
 
4,725
 
 
56,473
 
 
BCFL Lease Financing (LR2s)
 
104,187
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7,332
 
)
 
599
 
 
 
97,454
 
 
7,005
 
 
90,449
 
 
CSSC Lease Financing
 
269,965
 
 
 
 
 
 
(17,309
 
)
 
(824
 
)
 
251,832
 
 
18,104
 
 
233,728
 
 
BCFL Lease Financing (MRs)
 
109,232
 
 
 
 
 
 
(10,401
 
)
 
 
 
 
98,831
 
 
11,021
 
 
87,810
 
 
2018 CMBFL Lease Financing
 
 
 
 
141,600
 
 
 
(5,057
 
)
 
 
 
 
136,543
 
 
10,114
 
 
126,429
 
 
$116.0 Million Lease Financing
 
 
 
 
114,840
 
 
 
(2,166
 
)
 
 
 
 
112,674
 
 
6,633
 
 
106,041
 
 
AVIC Lease Financing
 
 
 
 
145,000
 
 
 
(5,897
 
)
 
 
 
 
139,103
 
 
11,794
 
 
127,309
 
 

F-35


Table of Contents

China Huarong Lease Financing
 
 
 
 
144,000
 
 
 
(6,750
 
)
 
 
 
 
137,250
 
 
13,500
 
 
123,750
 
 
$157.5 Million Lease Financing
 
 
 
 
157,500
 
 
 
(5,414
 
)
 
 
 
 
152,086
 
 
14,143
 
 
137,943
 
 
COSCO Lease Financing
 
 
 
 
88,000
 
 
 
(3,850
 
)
 
 
 
 
84,150
 
 
7,700
 
 
76,450
 
 
Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2020
 
53,750
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
53,750
 
 
 
 
53,750
 
 
Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2019
 
57,500
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
57,500
 
 
57,500
 
 
 
 
Convertible Notes due 2019 (2)
 
328,717
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(186,537
 
)
 
142,180
 
 
142,180
 
 
 
 
Convertible Notes due 2022 (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
171,469
 
 
 
171,469
 
 
 
 
171,469
 
 
 
 
$
2,803,440

 
 
$
1,007,298

 
 
$
(865,594

)
 
$
(11,290

)
 
$
2,933,854

 
$
415,245

 
$
2,518,609

 
Less: deferred financing fees
 
(36,247
 
)
 
(13,871
 
)
 
 
 
 
26,579
 
 
 
(23,539
 
)
(2,882
 
)
(20,657
 
)
Total
 
$
2,767,193

 
 
$
993,427

 
 
$
(865,594

)
 
$
15,289

 
 
$
2,910,315

 
$
412,363

 
$
2,497,952

 


F-36


Table of Contents


(1)     Relates to non-cash accretion or amortization of (i) obligations assumed as part of the Merger with NPTI, which were recorded at fair value on the closing date (described below) and (ii) accretion of our Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2022.
(2)     In May 2018 and July 2018, we exchanged $188.5 million and $15.0 million (out of $348.5 million outstanding), respectively, in aggregate principal amount of our Convertible Notes due 2019 for $188.5 million and $15.0 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of the Company's new 3.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2022.
Secured Debt
Each of our secured credit facilities contains financial and restrictive covenants, which require us to, among other things, comply with certain financial tests (described below); deliver quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; comply with restrictive covenants, including maintaining adequate insurances; comply with laws (including environmental laws and ERISA); and maintain flag and class of our vessels. Other such covenants may, among other things, restrict consolidations, mergers or sales of our assets; require us to obtain lender approval on changes in our vessel manager; limit our ability to place liens on our assets; limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness; prohibit us from paying dividends if there is a covenant breach under the loan or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of such dividend; prohibit our transactions with affiliates. Furthermore, our debt agreements contain cross-default provisions that may be triggered if we default under the terms of any one of our financing agreements.
These secured credit facilities may be secured by, among other things:
a first priority mortgage over the relevant collateralized vessels;
a first priority assignment of earnings, insurances and charters from the mortgaged vessels for the specific facility;
a pledge of earnings generated by the mortgaged vessels for the specific facility; and
a pledge of the equity interests of each vessel owning subsidiary under the specific facility.
Minimum interest coverage ratio amendment
In February and March 2018, we amended the ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense ratio financial covenant on our secured credit facilities (wherever applicable) for the quarters ended June 30, 2018, September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2018. Under this amendment, the ratio was reduced to greater than 1.50 to 1.00 from 2.50 to 1.00. These amendments have been accounted for as debt modifications.
In September 2018, we entered into agreements with certain credit facility lenders to permanently remove the minimum interest coverage ratio financial covenants from the terms of those credit facilities where such covenants were in place. As a result, the Company is no longer required to maintain a ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense on any of its secured credit facilities or lease financing arrangements.
As part of these agreements, and for certain of the facilities, the minimum threshold for the aggregate fair market value of the vessels as a percentage of the then aggregate principal amount of each facility was revised to be no less than the following:
Facility
Minimum ratio
KEXIM Credit Facility
155%
2017 Credit Facility
155%
ABN Credit Facility
145% through June 30, 2019, 150% thereafter

F-37


Table of Contents

Each of our secured credit facilities are described below.
K-Sure Credit Facility
In February 2014, we entered into a $458.3 million senior secured term loan facility which consisted of a $358.3 million tranche with a group of financial institutions that was 95% covered by Korea Trade Insurance Corporation, or the K-Sure Tranche , and a $100.0 million commercial tranche with a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA, or the Commercial Tranche. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we repaid the outstanding balance of $239.9 million, as a result of the sale and leasebacks of STI Hammersmith , STI Winnie , STI Lauren , STI Connaught, STI Westminster, STI Tribeca , STI Bronx , STI Manhattan , STI Oxford , STI Gramercy, STI Queens, STI Brooklyn, STI Mayfair , STI Battersea , STI Rotherhithe and STI Notting Hill ( see sale leaseback facilities below).
We wrote off an aggregate of $5.9 million of deferred financing fees as a result of the repayment of the outstanding balance.
KEXIM Credit Facility
In February 2014, we executed a senior secured term loan facility for $429.6 million, or the KEXIM Credit Facility, with a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and from the Export-Import Bank of Korea, or KEXIM, a statutory juridical entity established under The Export-Import Bank of Korea Act of 1969, as amended, in the Republic of Korea.  This KEXIM Credit Facility includes commitments from KEXIM of $300.6 million, or the KEXIM Tranche, and a group of financial institutions led by DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) of $129.0 million, or the Commercial Tranche.
Drawdowns under the KEXIM Credit Facility occurred in connection with the delivery of 18 newbuilding vessels as specified in the loan agreement.
In addition to KEXIM’s commitment of up to $300.6 million, KEXIM also provided an optional guarantee for a five-year amortizing note of $125.25 million, the proceeds of which reduced the $300.6 million KEXIM Tranche. These notes were issued on July 18, 2014 when Seven and Seven Ltd., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands completed an offering of $125,250,000 in aggregate principal amount of floating rate guaranteed notes due 2019, or the KEXIM Notes, in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to the Securities Act and in offshore transactions complying with Regulation S under the Securities Act. The KEXIM Notes were issued in connection with the KEXIM Tranche and reduced KEXIM's funding obligations and our borrowing costs under the KEXIM Tranche by 1.55% per year. Seven and Seven Ltd. is an unaffiliated company that was incorporated for the purpose of facilitating this transaction and servicing the bonds until maturity.
Payment of 100% of all regularly scheduled installments of principal of, and interest on, the KEXIM Notes are guaranteed by KEXIM. The vessels in the loan are the collateral for the KEXIM Credit Facility, which includes the KEXIM Notes. The KEXIM Notes are currently listed on the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited. The KEXIM Notes are not listed on any other securities exchange, listing authority or quotation system.
The Commercial Tranche matures on the sixth anniversary of the delivery date of the last vessel specified under the loan (January 2021), and the KEXIM Tranche matures on the 12th anniversary of the weighted average delivery date of the vessels specified under the loan assuming the Commercial Tranche is refinanced through that date (September 2026).
Repayments will be made in ten equal consecutive semi-annual repayment installments in accordance with a 15-year repayment profile under the Commercial Tranche and a 12-year repayment profile under the KEXIM Tranche (which includes the KEXIM Notes). Repayments under the KEXIM Tranche will first be applied to the KEXIM Notes until the maturity of those notes in September 2019 and all subsequent repayments will be applied to the remaining amounts outstanding under KEXIM Tranche until the maturity of that tranche in September 2026 (assuming the Commercial Tranche is refinanced through that date). Repayments commenced in March 2015 for the KEXIM Tranche and in July 2015 for the Commercial Tranche.

F-38


Table of Contents

Borrowings under the KEXIM Tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25%. Borrowings under the Commercial Tranche bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.25% from the effective date of the agreement to the fifth anniversary thereof and 3.75% thereafter until the maturity date in respect of the Commercial Tranche.
Our KEXIM Credit Facility contains certain financial covenants which require us to maintain:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of any new equity issues occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $500,000 per each owned vessel plus $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The minimum threshold for the aggregate fair market value of the vessels as a percentage of the then aggregate principal amount in the facility shall at all times be no less than 155%.
The amounts outstanding relating to this facility (which includes the KEXIM Notes) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $299.3 million and $333.0 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of those dates.
Credit Suisse Credit Facility
In October 2015, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with Credit Suisse AG, Switzerland. The proceeds of this facility of $58.4 million were used to finance a portion of the purchase price of STI Selatar and STI Rambla . During the year ended December 31, 2018, we repaid the outstanding balance of $53.5 million, as a result of the sale and leaseback of STI Selatar and STI Rambla.
We wrote off an aggregate of $1.5 million of deferred financing fees as a result of the repayment.
ABN AMRO Credit Facility
In July 2015, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and DVB Bank SE for up to $142.2 million. This facility was fully drawn in 2015 to partially finance the purchases of STI Savile Row, STI Kingsway and STI Carnaby and to refinance the existing indebtedness on STI Spiga. We refer to this credit facility as our ABN AMRO Credit Facility.
Repayments under the ABN AMRO Credit Facility will be made in equal consecutive quarterly repayment installments in accordance with a 15-year repayment profile. Repayments commenced three months after the drawdown date of each vessel. Each tranche matures on the fifth anniversary of the initial drawdown date and a balloon installment payment is due on the maturity date of each tranche. Borrowings under the ABN AMRO Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 2.15%.
Our ABN AMRO Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $677.3 million plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after October 1, 2013 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issues occurring on or after October 1, 2013.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $500,000 per each owned vessel.
The aggregate of the fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall at all times be no less than 145% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the loans under the credit facility through June 30, 2019 and 150% thereafter.
During the year ended December 31, 2018, we made scheduled principal payments of $8.8 million and an unscheduled prepayment of $4.0 million on this credit facility. The amounts outstanding relating to this facility as of December 31, 2018 and

F-39


Table of Contents

2017 were $100.5 million and $113.3 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of those dates.
ING Credit Facility
In June 2015, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with ING Bank N.V., London Branch for a credit facility of up to $52.0 million. In September 2015, we amended and restated the facility to increase the borrowing capacity to $87.0 million, and in March 2016, we amended and restated the facility to further increase the borrowing capacity to $132.5 million. In June 2018, we executed another agreement to further increase the borrowing capacity to $171.2 million. The 2018 upsized portion of the loan facility was fully drawn in September 2018 and was used to refinance the existing outstanding indebtedness relating to one Handymax product tanker ( STI Rotherhithe ) and one MR product tanker ( STI Notting Hill ), which were previously financed under the Company’s K-Sure Credit Facility.
Repayments on borrowings up to $132.5 million are being made in equal quarterly installments, in accordance with a 15-year repayment profile, and a balloon installment payment due on the maturity dates of March 4, 2021 for STI Lombard and STI Osceola and June 24, 2022 for STI Grace, STI Jermyn, STI Black Hawk , STI Pontiac , STI Rotherhithe and STI Notting Hill . The 2018 upsized portion of the loan for STI Rotherhithe and STI Notting Hill will be repaid in equal quarterly installments of $1.0 million per quarter, in aggregate, for the first eight installments and $0.8 million per quarter, in aggregate, thereafter, with a balloon payment due upon the maturity date of June 24, 2022.
Borrowings under the ING Credit Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.95% per annum for the STI Lombard , STI Osceola, STI Grace, STI Jermyn, STI Black Hawk and STI Pontiac tranches. The STI Rotherhithe and STI Notting Hill tranches bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.4% per annum.
Our ING Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of not less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the positive consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issues occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $500,000 per each owned vessel plus $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The aggregate of the fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall at all times be no less than 160% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the loans under the credit facility.
The amounts outstanding relating to this facility as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $144.2 million and $109.8 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of those dates.
BNP Paribas Credit Facility
In December 2015, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with BNP Paribas SA for up to $34.5 million, and in December 2016, we amended and restated the facility to increase the borrowing capacity by a further $27.6 million to $62.1 million. This upsized portion was drawn in January and February 2017 as part of the refinancing of the amounts borrowed for STI Sapphire and STI Emerald and fully repaid in June 2017 when these vessels were sold. Furthermore, in December 2017 we amended and restated the facility to increase the borrowing capacity by a further $13.2 million as part of the refinancing of the amounts borrowed for STI Soho (which was previously financed under our K-Sure Credit Facility). During the year ended December 31, 2018, we repaid the outstanding balance of $42.6 million in connection with the refinancing of the amounts borrowed for STI Memphis , STI Battery and STI Soho.
We wrote off an aggregate of $0.4 million of deferred financing fees as a result of these transactions.

F-40


Table of Contents

Scotiabank Credit Facility
In June 2016, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with Scotiabank Europe plc. The loan facility was fully drawn in June 2016, and the proceeds of $33.3 million were used to refinance the existing indebtedness on STI Rose. In September 2018, we refinanced the outstanding amounts borrowed under this facility by repaying $28.9 million and drawing down $36.5 million from the AVIC Lease Financing agreement (described below). We wrote off an aggregate of $0.1 million of deferred financing fees as a result of this transaction.
NIBC Credit Facility
In June 2016, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with NIBC Bank N.V. This facility was fully drawn in July 2016, and the aggregate proceeds of $40.8 million were used to refinance the existing indebtedness on STI Ville and STI Fontvieille , which were previously financed under our 2013 Credit Facility. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we repaid the outstanding balance of $34.7 million primarily in connection with the refinancing of the amounts borrowed for STI Fontvieille and STI Ville.
We wrote off an aggregate of $0.5 million of deferred financing fees as a result of these transactions.
2018 NIBC Credit Facility
In June 2018, we executed an agreement with NIBC Bank N.V. for a $35.7 million term loan facility. We refer to this facility as our 2018 NIBC Credit Facility. This facility was fully drawn in August 2018 and the proceeds were used to refinance the existing indebtedness related to two MR product tankers ( STI Memphis  and  STI Soho ), which were previously financed under the BNP Paribas Credit Facility.
The loan facility has a final maturity of June 2021, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5% per annum and will be repaid in equal quarterly installments of $0.8 million, in aggregate, with a balloon payment due upon maturity.  Our 2018 NIBC Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issuances occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $500,000 per each owned vessel plus $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The aggregate of the fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall be: 130% from the first drawdown date and ending on the second anniversary of the first drawdown date; 135% from the second anniversary of the first drawdown date and expiring on the fourth anniversary of the first drawdown date; and 140% at all times thereafter.
The amount outstanding relating to this facility was $34.9 million as of December 31, 2018, and we were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of that date.
2016 Credit Facility

F-41


Table of Contents

In August 2016, we executed a senior secured loan facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB. The loan facility was fully drawn in September 2016, and the aggregate proceeds of $288.0 million were used to refinance the existing indebtedness on 16 MR product tankers, which were previously financed under the 2013 Credit Facility . This credit facility was comprised of a term loan up to $192.0 million and a revolver up to $96.0 million. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we repaid the outstanding balance of $196.0 million as a result of the refinancing of the amounts borrowed for all of the vessels collateralized under this facility.
We wrote off $2.2 million in deferred financing fees as a result of these transactions.
2017 Credit Facility
In March 2017, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with a group of financial institutions led by Macquarie Bank Limited (London Branch) for up to $172.0 million, or the 2017 Credit Facility. The 2017 Credit Facility consists of five tranches, including two commercial tranches of $15.0 million and $25.0 million, a KEXIM Guaranteed Tranche of $48.0 million, a KEXIM Funded Tranche of $52.0 million, and a GIEK Guaranteed Tranche of $32.0 million.
$145.5 million was drawn during the year ended December 31, 2017 to partially finance the purchases of seven newbuilding MRs and we made the following drawdown to partially finance the purchase of one newbuilding MR during the year ended December 31, 2018:
Drawdown amount
 
 
 
 
(in millions of U.S. dollars)
 
Drawdown date
 
Collateral
$
21.5
 
 
January 2018
 
STI Jardins
There are no remaining amounts available under this facility. Other key terms are as follows:
The first commercial tranche of $15.0 million has a final maturity of six years from the drawdown date of each vessel, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% per annum, and has a 15 year repayment profile.
The second commercial tranche of $25.0 million has a final maturity of nine years from the drawdown date of each vessel (assuming KEXIM or GIEK have not exercised their option to call for prepayment of the KEXIM and GIEK funded and guaranteed tranches by the date falling two months prior to the maturity of the first commercial tranche and in the event that the first commercial tranche has not been extended), bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25% per annum, and has a 15 year repayment profile.
The KEXIM Funded Tranche and GIEK Guaranteed Tranche have a final maturity of 12 years from the drawdown date of each vessel (assuming the commercial tranches are refinanced through that date), bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.15% per annum, and have a 12 year repayment profile.
The KEXIM Guaranteed Tranche has a final maturity of 12 years from the drawdown date of each vessel (assuming the commercial tranches are refinanced through that date), bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.60% per annum, and has a 12 year repayment profile.
Our 2017 Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issues occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $500,000 per each owned vessel and $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
Concurrent with the amendment on the ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense financial covenant in September 2018, the security cover ratio under the 2017 Credit Facility was revised such that the aggregate of the fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall at all times be no less than 155% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the loans under the credit facility.

F-42


Table of Contents

Additionally, we have an aggregate of $5.0 million on deposit in a debt service reserve account as of December 31, 2018 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this facility. The funds deposited in this account are not freely available and will be released upon maturity. The balance in this account has been recorded as non-current Restricted Cash on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
During the year ended December 31, 2018, we made scheduled principal payments of $10.5 million and an unscheduled prepayment of $8.0 million on this credit facility. The amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $144.8 million and $141.8 million. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of those dates.
HSH Nordbank Credit Facility
In January 2017, we executed a senior secured credit facility agreement with HSH Nordbank AG for $31.1 million, or the HSH Credit Facility. In February 2017, we refinanced the outstanding indebtedness related to STI Duchessa and STI Onyx by repaying an aggregate of $23.7 million on our 2011 Credit Facility and drawing down an aggregate of $31.1 million from this facility. In October 2017, we repaid $13.8 million relating to the amounts borrowed for STI Onyx in connection with the sale and leaseback of this vessel.
In September 2018, we repaid the remaining outstanding balance of $14.2 million in connection with the sale and leaseback of STI Duchessa.
We wrote off $0.2 million in deferred financing fees as a result of this transaction.
DVB 2017 Credit Facility
In March 2017, we executed a senior secured term loan facility of up to $81.4 million with DVB Bank SE, or the DVB 2017 Credit Facility, to refinance our previous facility with DVB Bank SE. The DVB 2017 Credit Facility was used to refinance the existing indebtedness on four product tankers, STI Wembley, STI Milwaukee, STI Seneca and STI Alexis in April 2017. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2018, we repaid the outstanding balance of $78.4 million primarily as a result of the refinancing of the amounts borrowed for these vessels.
We wrote off $1.2 million in deferred financing fees as a result of the repayment of this facility.
Credit Agricole Credit Facility
As part of the closing of the NPTI Vessel Acquisition in June 2017, we assumed the outstanding indebtedness under NPTI's senior secured term loan with Credit Agricole. STI Excel, STI Excelsior, STI Expedite and STI Exceed are pledged as collateral under this facility. Repayments are being made in equal quarterly installments of $2.1 million in aggregate in accordance with a 15-year repayment profile with a balloon payment due upon maturity, which occurs between November 2022 and February 2023 (depending on the vessel). The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75%.
Our Credit Agricole Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issues occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $500,000 per each owned vessel and $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The aggregate of the fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall at all times be no less than 135% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the loans under the credit facility.
The carrying values of the indebtedness related to this facility (which includes the discount recorded to write the value down of its fair value as part of the purchase price allocation for the Merger) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $96.2 million and $103.9 million. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of those dates.

F-43


Table of Contents

ABN AMRO/K-Sure Credit Facility
We assumed the outstanding indebtedness under NPTI's senior secured credit facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Korea Trade Insurance Corporation, or K-Sure, which we refer to as the ABN AMRO/K-Sure Credit Facility, upon the closing of the Merger with NPTI in September 2017. Two LR1s ( STI Precision and STI Prestige ) are collateralized under this facility and the facility consists of two separate tranches, an $11.5 million commercial tranche and a $43.8 million K-Sure tranche (which represents the amounts assumed from NPTI).
The commercial tranche bears interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%, and the K-Sure tranche bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.80%. Repayments on the K-Sure tranche are being made in equal quarterly installments of $1.0 million in accordance with a 12-year repayment profile from the date of delivery from the shipyard, with a balloon payment due upon maturity, and the commercial tranche is being repaid via a balloon payment upon maturity in September and November 2022 (depending on the vessel). The K-Sure tranche fully matures in September and November 2028 (depending on the vessel), and K-Sure has an option to require repayment upon the maturity of the commercial tranche if the commercial tranche is not refinanced by its maturity dates.
Our ABN AMRO/K-Sure Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issues occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $500,000 per each owned vessel and $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The aggregate of the fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall at all times be no less than 135% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the loans (less any amounts held in a debt service reserve account as described below) under the credit facility.
Additionally, we have an aggregate of $0.5 million on deposit in a debt service reserve account as of December 31, 2018 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this facility. The funds deposited in this account are not freely available and will be released upon maturity. The balance in this account has been recorded as non-current Restricted Cash on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
The carrying values of the indebtedness related to this facility (which includes the discount recorded to write the value down of its fair value as part of the purchase price allocation for the Merger) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $46.8 million and $49.9 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of those dates.
Citibank/K-Sure Credit Facility
We assumed the outstanding indebtedness under NPTI's senior secured credit facility with Citibank N.A., London Branch, Caixabank, S.A., and K-Sure, which we refer to as the Citibank/K-Sure Credit Facility, upon the closing of the Merger with NPTI in September 2017. Four LR1s ( STI Excellence , STI Executive , STI Experience , and STI Express ) are collateralized under this facility. The facility consists of two separate tranches, a $25.1 million commercial tranche and a $91.2 million K-Sure tranche (which represents the amounts assumed from NPTI).
The commercial tranche bears interest at LIBOR plus 2.50% and the K-Sure tranche bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.60%. Repayments on the K-Sure tranche are being made in equal quarterly installments of $2.1 million in accordance with a 12-year repayment profile from the date of delivery from the shipyard, with a balloon payment due upon maturity and the commercial tranche is scheduled to be repaid via a balloon payment upon the maturity which occurs between March and May 2022 (depending on the vessel). The K-Sure tranche fully matures between March and May 2028 (depending on the vessel), and K-Sure has an option to require repayment upon the maturity of the commercial tranche if the commercial tranche is not refinanced by its maturity dates.
Our Citibank/K-Sure Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:

F-44


Table of Contents

The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issues occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $500,000 per each owned vessel and $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The aggregate of the fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall at all times be no less than 135% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the loans (less any amounts held in a debt service reserve account as described below) under the credit facility.
Additionally, we have an aggregate of $4.0 million on deposit in a debt service reserve account as of December 31, 2018 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this facility. The funds deposited in this account are not freely available and will be released upon maturity. The balance in this account has been recorded as non-current Restricted Cash on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
The carrying values of the indebtedness related to this facility (which includes the discount recorded to write the value down of its fair value as part of the purchase price allocation for the Merger) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 were $97.6 million and $104.1 million, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of those dates.
ABN AMRO / SEB Credit Facility
In June 2018, we executed a senior secured term loan facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB for up to $120.6 million.  We refer to this facility as our ABN AMRO / SEB Credit Facility. This loan was fully drawn in June 2018 and the proceeds were used to refinance the existing indebtedness of $87.6 million under our K-Sure Credit Facility relating to five vessels consisting of one Handymax product tanker ( STI Hammersmith ), one MR product tanker ( STI Westminster ), and three LR2 product tankers ( STI Connaught, STI Winnie  and  STI Lauren ).
The ABN/SEB Credit Facility has a final maturity of June 2023 and bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.6% per annum.  The loan will be repaid in equal quarterly installments of $2.9 million per quarter, in aggregate, for the first eight installments and $2.5 million per quarter, in aggregate, thereafter, with a balloon payment due upon maturity.
Our ABN AMRO / SEB Credit Facility includes financial covenants that require us to maintain:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.65 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $1,265,728,005 plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2018 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issuances occurring on or after January 1, 2018.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million and $500,000 per each owned vessel plus $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The aggregate of the fair market value of the vessels provided as collateral under the facility shall be: 130% from the date of this agreement and ending on the second anniversary thereof and 140% at all times thereafter.
The amount outstanding as of December 31, 2018 was $114.8 million and we were in compliance with the financial covenants as of that date.
Lease financing arrangements

F-45


Table of Contents

The below lease financing arrangements were entered into during 2017 and 2018 or were assumed as part of the Merger with NPTI.  For each arrangement, we have evaluated whether, in substance, these transactions are leases or merely a form of financing.  As a result of this evaluation, we have concluded that each agreement is a form of financing on the basis that the terms and conditions are such that we never part with the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of each vessel for the remainder of its useful life.  This conclusion was reached, in part, as a result of the existence within each agreement of either a purchase obligation or a purchase option that will almost certainly be exercised.  Accordingly, the liability under each arrangement has been recorded at amortized cost using the effective interest method, and the corresponding vessels have been recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation, on our consolidated balance sheet.
The obligations set forth below are secured by, among other things, assignments of earnings and insurances and stock pledges and account charges in respect of the subject vessels. All of the financing arrangements contain customary events of default, including cross-default provisions.
Bank of Communications Financial Leasing MR financing, or the BCFL Lease Financing (MR)
In September 2017, we entered into finance lease agreements to sell and lease back five 2012 built MR product tankers ( STI Amber , STI Topaz , STI Ruby , STI Garnet and STI Onyx ) with Bank of Communications Finance Leasing Co Ltd., or BCFL, for a sales price of $27.5 million per vessel. The financing for STI Topaz , STI Ruby and STI Garnet closed in September 2017, the financing for STI Onyx closed in October 2017, and the financing for STI Amber closed in November 2017. Each agreement is for a fixed term of seven years at a bareboat rate of $9,025 per vessel per day, and we have three consecutive one-year options to extend each charter beyond the initial term. Furthermore, we have the option to purchase these vessels beginning at the end of the fifth year of the agreements through the end of the tenth year of the agreements. A deposit of $5.1 million per vessel was retained by the buyers and will either be applied to the purchase price of the vessel if a purchase option is exercised, or refunded to us at the expiration of the agreement (as applicable).
Our BCFL Lease Financing (MR) includes a financial covenant that requires us to maintain that the aggregate of the fair market value of each vessel leased under the facility plus the aforementioned $5.1 million deposit shall at all times be no less than 100% of the then outstanding balance plus the aforementioned $5.1 million deposit.
The aggregate outstanding balances under this arrangement were $98.8 million and $109.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants as of those dates.
Bank of Communications Financial Leasing LR2 financing, or the BCFL Lease Financing (LR2)
In connection with the Merger, we assumed the obligations under NPTI’s finance lease arrangement with Bank of Communications Finance Leasing Co Ltd., or BCFL, for three LR2 tankers ( STI Solace , STI Solidarity , and STI Stability ) upon the September Closing. Under the arrangement, each vessel is subject to a 10-year bareboat charter, which expire in July 2026. Charterhire under the arrangement is determined in advance, on a quarterly basis and is calculated by determining the payment based off of the then outstanding balance, the time to expiration and an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.50%. Using the forward interest swap curve at December 31, 2018, future monthly principal payments are estimated to be $0.2 million per vessel gradually increasing to $0.3 million per vessel per month until the expiration of the agreement. We have purchase options to re-acquire each of the subject vessels during the bareboat charter period, with the first of such options exercisable at the end of the fourth year from the delivery date of the respective vessel. There is also a purchase obligation for each vessel upon the expiration of the agreement.
Additionally, we have an aggregate of $0.8 million on deposit in a deposit account as of December 31, 2018 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this facility. The funds deposited in this account are not freely available and will be released upon maturity. The balance in this account has been recorded as non-current Restricted Cash on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
The carrying values of the amounts due under this arrangement (which reflect fair value adjustments made as part of the purchase price allocation) were $97.5 million and $104.2 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants as of those dates.
CSSC Shipping Lease Financing

F-46


Table of Contents

In connection with the Merger, we assumed the obligations under NPTI’s finance lease arrangement with CSSC (Hong Kong) Shipping Company Limited, or CSSC, for eight LR2 tankers ( STI Gallantry, STI Nautilus, STI Guard, STI Guide, STI Goal, STI Gauntlet, STI Gladiator and STI Gratitude ) upon the September Closing. Under the arrangement, each vessel is subject to a 10-year bareboat charter which expire throughout 2026 and 2027 (depending on the vessel). Charterhire under the arrangement is comprised of a fixed repayment amount of $0.2 million per month per vessel plus a variable component calculated at LIBOR plus 4.60%. We have purchase options to re-acquire each of the subject vessels during the bareboat charter period, with the first of such options exercisable at the end of the fourth year from the delivery date of the respective vessel. There is also a purchase obligation for each vessel upon the expiration of the agreement.
Our CSSC finance lease arrangement includes a financial covenant that requires the fair market value of each vessel that is leased under this facility to at all times be no less than 125% of the applicable outstanding balance for such vessel. In September 2017, we made a $10.9 million aggregate prepayment on this arrangement to maintain compliance with this covenant. This prepayment was released from restricted cash that was assumed from NPTI at the closing date of the Merger.
The carrying values of the amounts due under this arrangement (which reflect fair value adjustments made as part of the purchase price allocation) were $251.8 million and $270.0 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants as of those dates.
CMBFL Lease Financing
In connection with the Merger, we assumed the obligations under NPTI’s finance lease arrangement with CMB Financial Leasing Co. Ltd, or CMBFL, for two LR1 tankers ( STI Pride and STI Providence ) upon the September Closing. Under this arrangement, each vessel is subject to a seven-year bareboat charter, which expires in July or August 2023 (depending on the vessel). Charterhire under the arrangement is comprised of a fixed, quarterly repayment amount of $0.6 million per vessel plus a variable component calculated at LIBOR plus 3.75%. We have purchase options to re-acquire each of the subject vessels during the bareboat charter period, with the first of such options exercisable on the third anniversary from the delivery date of the respective vessel. There is also a purchase obligation for each vessel upon the expiration of the agreement. We are subject to certain terms and conditions, including financial covenants, under this arrangement which are summarized as follows:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issues occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $500,000 per each owned vessel and $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The fair market value of each vessel leased under the facility shall at all times be no less than 115% of the outstanding balance for such vessel.
Additionally, we have an aggregate of $2.0 million on deposit in a deposit account as of December 31, 2018 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this facility. The funds deposited in this account are not freely available and will be released upon maturity. The balance in this account has been recorded as non-current Restricted Cash on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
The carrying values of the amounts due under this arrangement (which reflect fair value adjustments made as part of the purchase price allocation) were $61.2 million and $65.9 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants as of those dates.
Ocean Yield Lease Financing

F-47


Table of Contents

In connection with the Merger, we assumed the obligations under NPTI’s finance lease arrangement with Ocean Yield ASA for four LR2 tankers ( STI Sanctity , STI Steadfast , STI Supreme , and STI Symphony ) upon the September Closing. Under this arrangement, each vessel is subject to a 13-year bareboat charter, which expires between February and August 2029 (depending on the vessel). Charterhire, which is paid monthly in advance, includes a fixed payment in addition to a quarterly adjustment based on prevailing LIBOR rates.
Monthly principal payments are approximately $0.2 million per vessel gradually increasing to $0.3 million per vessel per month until the expiration of the agreement. The interest component of the leases approximates LIBOR plus 5.40%. We also have purchase options to re-acquire each of the vessels during the bareboat charter period, with the first of such options exercisable beginning at the end of the seventh year from the delivery date of the subject vessel.
We are subject to certain terms and conditions, including financial covenants, under this arrangement which are summarized as follows:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issues occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million or $500,000 per each owned vessel and $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The carrying values of the amounts due under this arrangement (which reflect fair value adjustments made as part of the purchase price allocation) were $158.8 million and $169.0 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We were in compliance with the financial covenants as of those dates.
China Huarong Lease Financing
In May 2018, we reached an agreement to sell and leaseback six 2014 built MR product tankers,  (STI Opera, STI Virtus, STI Venere, STI Aqua, STI Dama, and STI Regina) to China Huarong Shipping Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. The borrowing amount under the arrangement is $144.0 million in aggregate. These agreements closed in August 2018, and the proceeds were utilized to repay $92.7 million of the outstanding indebtedness under our 2016 Credit Facility.
Each agreement is for a fixed term of eight years, and the Company has options to purchase the vessels beginning at the end of the third year of each agreement. The leases bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.5% per annum and will be repaid in equal quarterly principal installments of $0.6 million per vessel. Each agreement also has a purchase obligation at the end of the eighth year, which is equal to the outstanding principal balance at that date. We are subject to certain terms and conditions under this arrangement, including the financial covenant that the Company will maintain consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $650.0 million.
The amount outstanding was $137.3 million as of December 31, 2018, and we were in compliance with the financial covenant relating to this facility as of that date.
$116.0 million Lease Financing
In August 2018, we executed an agreement to sell and leaseback two MR product tankers ( STI Gramercy and STI Queens ) and two LR2 product tankers ( STI Oxford and STI Selatar ) in two separate transactions to an international financial institution. The net borrowing amount (which reflect the selling price less deposits and commissions to the lessor) under the arrangement was $114.8 million in aggregate, consisting of $23.8 million per MR and $33.7 million per LR2. The proceeds were utilized to repay $26.5 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our Credit Suisse Credit Facility and $46.6 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our K-Sure Credit Facility for these vessels.
Under the terms of these agreements, the Company will bareboat charter-in the vessels for a period of seven years at $7,935 per day for each MR and $11,040 per day for each LR2 (which includes both the principal and interest components of the lease). In addition, we have purchase options beginning at the end of the third year of each agreement, and a purchase obligation for each vessel upon the expiration of each agreement.

F-48


Table of Contents

We are subject to certain terms and conditions, including a financial covenant that requires us to maintain that the aggregate of the fair market value of each vessel leased under the facility plus the aforementioned deposits shall at all times be no less than 111% of the then outstanding balance plus the aforementioned deposits.
The amount outstanding was $112.7 million as of December 31, 2018, and we were in compliance with the financial covenant as of that date.
2018 CMB Lease Financing
In July 2018, we executed an agreement to sell and leaseback six MR product tankers (STI Battery, STI Milwaukee, STI Tribeca, STI Bronx, STI Manhattan, and STI Seneca ) to CMB Financial Leasing Co., Ltd. The borrowing amount under the arrangement is $141.6 million in aggregate and the sales closed in August 2018. The proceeds were utilized to repay $33.5 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our DVB 2017 Credit Facility, $39.7 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our K-Sure Credit Facility and $14.4 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our BNPP Credit Facility for these vessels.
Each agreement is for a fixed term of eight years, and the Company has options to purchase the vessels at the start of the fourth year of each agreement. The lease bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.2% per annum and will be repaid in quarterly principal installments of $0.4 million per vessel. Each agreement also has a purchase obligation at the end of the eighth year, which is equal to the outstanding principal balance at that date. We are subject to certain terms and conditions, including financial covenants, under this arrangement which are summarized as follows:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issuances occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million and $500,000 per each owned vessel plus $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The fair market value of each vessel leased under the facility shall at all times be no less than 115% of the outstanding balance for such vessel.
The amount outstanding was $136.5 million as of December 31, 2018, and we were in compliance with the financial covenants as of that date.
AVIC Lease Financing
In July 2018, we executed an agreement to sell and leaseback three MR product tankers ( STI Ville, STI Fontvieille and STI Brooklyn) and two LR2 product tankers (STI Rose and STI Rambla) to AVIC International Leasing Co., Ltd. The borrowing amounts under the arrangement are $24.0 million per MR and $36.5 million per LR2 ($145.0 million in aggregate). These transactions closed in August and September 2018. The proceeds were utilized to repay $32.7 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our NIBC Credit Facility, $13.0 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our K-Sure Credit Facility, $28.3 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our Scotiabank Credit Facility and $26.1 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our Credit Suisse Credit Facility for these vessels.
Each agreement is for a fixed term of eight years, and the Company has options to purchase the vessels beginning at the end of the second year of each agreement. The leases bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.7% per annum and will be repaid in quarterly principal installments of $0.5 million per MR and $0.8 million per LR2. Each agreement also has a purchase obligation at the end of the eighth year, which is equal to the outstanding principal balance at that date. We are subject to certain terms and conditions, including financial covenants, under this arrangement which are summarized as follows:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.70 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $650.0 million.
The fair market value of each grouped vessels (MRs or LR2s) leased under the facility shall at all times be no less than 110% of the outstanding balance for such grouped vessels (MRs or LR2s).

F-49


Table of Contents

The amount outstanding was $139.1 million as of December 31, 2018, and we were in compliance with the financial covenants as of that date.
COSCO Shipping Lease Financing
In September 2018, we executed an agreement to sell and leaseback two Handymax product tankers ( STI Battersea and STI Wembley ) and two MR product tankers ( STI Texas City and STI Meraux ) to Oriental Fleet International Company Limited ("COSCO Shipping"). The borrowing amounts under the arrangement are $21.2 million for the Handymax vessels and $22.8 million for the MR vessels ($88.0 million in aggregate). The proceeds were utilized to repay $14.8 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our DVB 2017 Credit Facility, $12.6 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our K-Sure Credit Facility, and $30.0 million of the outstanding indebtedness on our 2016 Credit Facility relating to these vessels.
Each agreement is for a fixed term of eight years, and the Company has options to purchase the vessels beginning at the end of the second year of each agreement. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.6% per annum and will be repaid in quarterly installments of $0.5 million per vessel. Each agreement also has a purchase obligation at the end of the eighth year, which is equal to the outstanding principal balance at that date. We are subject to certain terms and conditions, including financial covenants, under this arrangement which are summarized as follows:
The ratio of total liabilities (less cash and cash equivalents) to total assets no greater than 0.65 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2018 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issuances occurring on or after January 1, 2018.
The fair market value of each vessel leased under the facility shall at all times be no less than 110% of the outstanding balance for such vessel.
The amount outstanding was $84.2 million as of December 31, 2018, and we were in compliance with the financial covenants as of that date.
$157.5 million Lease Financing
In July 2018, we agreed to sell and leaseback six MR product tankers ( STI San Antonio, STI Benicia, STI St. Charles, STI Yorkville, STI Mayfair and STI Duchessa ) and one LR2 product tanker ( STI Alexis ) to an international financial institution. The borrowing amount under the arrangement was $157.5 million in aggregate, and these sales closed in October 2018. In September 2018, we repaid the outstanding indebtedness for two vessels consisting of $14.2 million on the HSH Credit Facility and $13.6 million on the K-Sure Credit Facility, in advance of the October closing of these transactions. Upon closing, the proceeds were utilized to repay the remaining outstanding indebtedness of $59.2 million on our 2016 Credit Facility and the remaining outstanding indebtedness of $25.8 million on our DVB 2017 Credit Facility for the remaining five vessels.
Each agreement is for a fixed term of seven years, and we have options to purchase the vessels beginning at the end of the third year of each agreement. The leases bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% per annum and will be repaid in equal quarterly principal installments of $0.5 million per MR and $0.6 million for the LR2. Each agreement also has a purchase obligation at the end of the seventh year (which is equal to the outstanding principal balance at that date). We are subject to certain terms and conditions, including financial covenants, under this arrangement which are summarized as follows:
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
Consolidated tangible net worth of no less than $1.0 billion plus (i) 25% of the cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter commencing on or after January 1, 2016 and (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of new equity issuances occurring on or after January 1, 2016.
Minimum liquidity of not less than the greater of $25.0 million and $500,000 per each owned vessel plus $250,000 per each time chartered-in vessel.
The fair market value of each vessel leased under the facility shall at all times be no less than 115% of the outstanding balance for such vessel.

F-50


Table of Contents

The amount outstanding was $152.1 million as of December 31, 2018, and we were in compliance with the financial covenants as of that date.
Unsecured debt
Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2020
On May 12, 2014, we issued $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% Senior Notes due May 2020, or our "Senior Notes Due 2020," and on June 9, 2014, we issued an additional $3.75 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes Due 2020 when the underwriters partially exercised their option to purchase additional Senior Notes Due 2020 on the same terms and conditions. The net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes Due 2020 were $51.8 million after deducting the underwriters’ discounts, commissions and offering expenses.
The Senior Notes Due 2020 bear interest at a coupon rate of 6.75% per year, payable quarterly in arrears on the 15th day of February, May, August and November of each year. Coupon payments commenced on August 15, 2014. The Senior Notes Due 2020 are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after May 15, 2017 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.
The Senior Notes Due 2020 are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all of our existing and future senior unsecured and unsubordinated debt and are effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. No sinking fund is provided for the Senior Notes Due 2020. The Senior Notes Due 2020 were issued in minimum denominations of $25.00 and integral multiples of $25.00 in excess thereof and are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “SBNA.”
The Senior Notes Due 2020 require us to comply with certain covenants, including financial covenants, restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets and prohibitions on paying dividends or returning capital to equity holders if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of such payment. If we undergo a change of control, holders may require us to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their notes at a change of control repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the change of control purchase date.
The financial covenants under our Senior Notes Due 2020 include:
Net borrowings shall not equal or exceed 70% of total assets.
Net worth shall always exceed $650.0 million.
The outstanding balance was $53.75 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and we were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to the Senior Notes Due 2020 as of those dates.
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2019
In June 2014, we issued $360.0 million in aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes due 2019, or the "Convertible Notes due 2019," in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. This amount includes the full exercise of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase an additional $60.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes due 2019 in connection with the offering. The net proceeds we received from the issuance of the Convertible Notes due 2019 after the exercise of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase additional Convertible Notes due 2019 were $349.0 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts, commissions and offering expenses of $11.0 million. As part of the transaction, we used a portion of the net proceeds to repurchase $95.0 million of our common stock, or 1,012,760 shares, at $93.80 per share in a privately negotiated transaction.
The Convertible Notes due 2019 bear interest at a coupon rate of 2.375% per annum, and are payable semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year beginning on January 1, 2015. The Convertible Notes due 2019 will mature on July 1, 2019, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased. At issuance, the Convertible Notes due 2019 were convertible in certain circumstances and during certain periods at an initial conversion rate of 8.20075 shares of common stock per $1,000 (which

F-51


Table of Contents

represents an initial conversion price of approximately $121.94 per share of common stock), subject to adjustment in certain circumstances as set forth in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes due 2019. Adjustments were made during years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 to the initial conversion rate as a result of the issuance of dividends to our common stockholders. The table below details the dividends declared from the issuance of the Convertible Notes due 2019 through December 31, 2018 and their corresponding effect to the conversion rate of the Convertible Notes due 2019 (as adjusted for the reverse stock split that was effective in January 2019). The conversion rate as of December 31, 2018 was 10.05396.
Record Date
 
Dividends per share
 
Share Adjusted Conversion Rate  (1)
August 22, 2014
 
$
1.000
 
 
8.28556
November 25, 2014
 
$
1.200
 
 
8.40184
March 13, 2015
 
$
1.200
 
 
8.52216
May 21, 2015
 
$
1.250
 
 
8.63738
August 14, 2015
 
$
1.250
 
 
8.74349
November 24, 2015
 
$
1.250
 
 
8.86790
March 10, 2016
 
$
1.250
 
 
9.05311
May 11, 2016
 
$
1.250
 
 
9.25323
September 15, 2016
 
$
1.250
 
 
9.49345
November 25, 2016
 
$
1.250
 
 
9.77039
February 23, 2017
 
$
0.100
 
 
9.79316
May 11, 2017
 
$
0.100
 
 
9.81588
September 25, 2017
 
$
0.100
 
 
9.84450
December 13, 2017
 
$
0.100
 
 
9.87742
March 12, 2018
 
$
0.100
 
 
9.92056
June 6, 2018
 
$
0.100
 
 
9.95277
September 20, 2018
 
$
0.100
 
 
10.00515
December 5, 2018
 
$
0.100
 
 
10.05396
(1)  Per $1,000 principal amount.

Holders could convert their notes at their option at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 1, 2019 only under the following circumstances:
during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2014 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the common stock for at least 15 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 25 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day;
during the five-business day period after any five consecutive trading day period, or the Measurement Period, in which the trading price (as defined in the indenture) per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes due 2019 for each trading day of the Measurement Period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day;
if the Company calls any or all of the Convertible Notes due 2019 for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or
upon the occurrence of specified corporate events as defined in the indenture (e.g. consolidations, mergers, a binding share exchange or the transfer or lease of all or substantially all of our assets).
We were not permitted to redeem the Convertible Notes due 2019 prior to July 6, 2017. Effective July 6, 2017, we may redeem for cash all or any portion of the notes, at our option if the last reported sale price of our common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 15 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 25 consecutive trading day period (including the last trading day of such period) ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding

F-52


Table of Contents

the date on which we provide notice of redemption at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. No sinking fund is provided for the Convertible Notes due 2019.
The Convertible Notes due 2019 require us to comply with certain covenants such as restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets. Additionally, if we undergo a fundamental change, holders may require us to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.
Upon issuance, we determined the initial carrying value of the liability component of the Convertible Notes due 2019 to be $298.7 million based on the fair value of a similar liability that does not have any associated conversion feature. We used our Senior Notes Due 2020 issued in May 2014 as the basis for this determination. The difference between the fair value of the liability component and the face value of the Convertible Notes due 2019 is being amortized over the term of the Convertible Notes under the effective interest method and recorded as part of financial expenses. The residual value of $61.3 million (the conversion feature) was recorded to Additional paid-in capital upon issuance.
In July 2015, we repurchased $1.5 million face value of our Convertible Notes due 2019 at an average price of $1,088.10 per $1,000 principal amount. As a result of this transaction, we reduced the liability and equity components of the Convertible Notes due 2019 by $1.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively and we recorded a gain of $46,273, which is recorded within financial income of consolidated statement of income or loss. We also wrote off $30,880 of deferred financing fees as a result of this transaction.
In March 2016, we repurchased $5.0 million face value of our Convertible Notes due 2019 at an average price of $831.05 per $1,000 principal amount, or $4.2 million. As a result of this transaction, we reduced the liability and equity components of the Convertible Notes due 2019 by $4.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively and we recorded a gain of $0.6 million, which is recorded within financial income of the consolidated statement of income or loss. We also wrote off $0.1 million of deferred financing fees as a result of this transaction.
In May 2016, we repurchased $5.0 million face value of our Convertible Notes due 2019 at an average price of $847.50 per $1,000 principal amount, or $4.2 million. As a result of this transaction, we reduced the liability and equity components of the Convertible Notes due 2019 by $4.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively and we recorded a gain of $0.4 million, which is recorded within financial income of the consolidated statement of income or loss. We also wrote off $0.1 million of deferred financing fees as a result of this transaction.
In May 2018 and July 2018, we exchanged $188.5 million and $15.0 million (out of $348.5 million outstanding), respectively, in aggregate principal amount of our Convertible Notes due 2019 for $188.5 million and $15.0 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of the Company's new 3.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Convertible Notes due 2022”), the terms of which are described below. These exchanges were executed with certain holders of the Convertible Notes due 2019 via separate, privately negotiated agreements.
The carrying values of the debt component of the Convertible Notes due 2019 that were part of exchanges were $180.4 million and $14.5 million on the dates of the exchanges, respectively. These values were also determined to approximate the fair value (including the debt and equity components) on the dates of the exchanges. As these transactions were accounted for as extinguishments of debt, an aggregate loss of $17.8 million ($17.0 million in May 2018 and $0.8 million in July 2018) was recorded representing the difference between the carrying values on the dates of exchanges and (i) the aggregate consideration exchanged of $188.5 million in May 2018 and $15.0 million in July 2018 of newly issued Convertible Notes due 2022 and (ii) all transaction costs incurred.
The carrying values of the liability component of the Convertible Notes due 2019 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, were $142.2 million and $328.7 million, respectively. We incurred $5.3 million of coupon interest and $8.3 million of non-cash accretion of our Convertible Notes due 2019 during the year ended December 31, 2018. We incurred $8.3 million of coupon interest and $12.2 million of non-cash accretion of our Convertible Notes due 2019 during the year ended December 31, 2017.

F-53


Table of Contents

We were in compliance with the covenants related to the Convertible Notes as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.
Convertible Senior Notes due 2022
As discussed above, in May 2018 and July 2018, we exchanged $188.5 million and $15.0 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of our Convertible Notes due 2019 for $188.5 million and $15.0 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of newly issued Convertible Notes due 2022. The Convertible Notes due 2022 issued in July 2018 have identical terms, are fungible with and are part of the series of Convertible Notes due 2022 issued in May 2018. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on November 15 and May 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2018. The Convertible Notes due 2022 will mature on May 15, 2022, unless earlier converted or repurchased in accordance with their terms.
The conversion rate of the Convertible Notes due 2022 was initially 25 common shares per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes due 2022 (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $40.00 per share of the Company’s common stock), and is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in the indenture governing the Convertible Notes due 2022 (such as the payment of dividends).
The table below details the dividends issued during the year ended December 31, 2018 and the corresponding effect on the conversion rate of the Convertible Notes due 2022:
Record Date
 
Dividends per share
 
Share Adjusted Conversion Rate  (1)
June 6, 2018
 
$
0.10
 
 
25.08
 
September 20, 2018
 
$
0.10
 
 
25.21
 
December 5, 2018
 
$
0.10
 
 
25.34
 

(1) Per $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes.
The Convertible Notes due 2022 are freely convertible at the option of the holder on or after January 1, 2019 and prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date, and could be converted at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 1, 2019 only under the following circumstances:
during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on March 31, 2018 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the common stock for at least 15 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 25 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day;
during the five-business day period after any five consecutive trading day period, or the Measurement Period, in which the trading price (as defined in the indenture) per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes for each trading day of the Measurement Period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day; or
upon the occurrence of specified corporate events as defined in the indenture (e.g. consolidations, mergers, a binding share exchange or the transfer or lease of all or substantially all of our assets).
Upon conversion of the Convertible Notes due 2022, holders will receive shares of the Company’s common stock. The Convertible Notes due 2022 are not redeemable by the Company.
The Convertible Notes due 2022 require us to comply with certain covenants such as restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets. Additionally, if we undergo a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture), holders may require us to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

F-54


Table of Contents

Upon the May and July 2018 issuances, we determined the initial carrying values of the liability components of the Convertible Notes due 2022 to be $154.3 million and $12.2 million, respectively, based on the fair value of a similar liability that does not have any associated conversion feature. We utilized recent pricing (with adjustments made to align the tenor) on (i) our Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019, (ii) Senior Unsecured Notes due 2020 and (iii) the pricing on recently issued unsecured bonds in the shipping sector as the basis for this determination. The difference between the fair value of the liability component and the face value of the Convertible Notes due 2022 is being amortized over the term of the Convertible Notes due 2022 under the effective interest method and recorded as part of financial expenses. The residual value (the conversion feature) of $34.2 million and $2.8 million, respectively, were recorded to Additional paid-in capital upon issuance.
The carrying value of the liability component of the Convertible Notes due 2022 (consisting of both the May 2018 and July 2018 issuances) as of December 31, 2018 was $171.5 million, and we incurred $3.8 million of coupon interest and $4.9 million of non-cash accretion during the year ended December 31, 2018. We were in compliance with the covenants related to the Convertible Notes due 2022 as of December 31, 2018.
Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2019
In March 2017, we issued $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.25% Senior Notes due June 2019, or our Senior Notes Due 2019, in an underwritten public offering and in April 2017, we issued an additional $7.5 million of Senior Notes due 2019 when the underwriters fully exercised their option to purchase additional notes under the same terms and conditions. The net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes Due 2019 were $55.3 million after deducting the underwriters’ discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses. Interest payments, which commenced on June 1, 2017, are payable quarterly in arrears on the 1st day of March, June, September and December of each year.
The Senior Notes Due 2019 are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after December 1, 2018 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. The Senior Notes Due 2019 are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all of our existing and future senior unsecured and unsubordinated debt and are effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future debt and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. No sinking fund is provided for the Senior Notes Due 2019. The Senior Notes Due 2019 were issued in minimum denominations of $25.00 and integral multiples of $25.00 in excess thereof and are listed on the NYSE under the symbol SBBC.
The Senior Notes Due 2019 require us to comply with certain covenants, including financial covenants, restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets and prohibitions on paying dividends or returning capital to equity holders if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of such payment. If we undergo a change of control, holders may require us to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their notes at a change of control repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the change of control purchase date.
The financial covenants under our Senior Notes Due 2019 include:

Net borrowings shall not equal or exceed 70% of total assets.
Net worth shall always exceed $650.0 million.
The amount outstanding as of December 31, 2018 was $57.5 million, and we were in compliance with the financial covenants relating to this facility as of that date. On March 18, 2019 ("the Redemption Date"), we redeemed the entire outstanding balance of our Senior Notes Due 2019.  The redemption price of the Senior Notes Due 2019 was equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.




F-55


Table of Contents

14.
Derivative financial instruments
Profit or loss sharing agreements
In February 2015, we took delivery of an LR2 product tanker, Densa Crocodile , on a time charter-in arrangement for one year at $21,050 per day with an option to extend the charter for an additional year at $22,600 per day. We also entered into a profit and loss sharing agreement whereby 50% of the profits and losses relating to this vessel above or below the charterhire rate were shared with a third party who neither owns nor operates this vessel. The option to extend the charter was declared in February 2016, and the profit and loss agreement was also extended for the optional period. This agreement was settled in January 2017.
This profit and loss agreement was recorded as a derivative, recorded at fair value through profit or loss, with any resultant gain or loss recognized in the consolidated statement of income or loss. Changes in fair value were recorded as unrealized gains or losses and actual earnings were recorded as realized gains or losses on derivative financial instruments within the consolidated statement of income or loss. The fair value of this instrument was determined by comparing published time charter rates to the charter rate in the agreement and discounting these cash flows to their present value.
The following has been recorded as realized and unrealized gains or losses on our derivative financial instruments during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016:
 
Fair value adjustments
 
Statement of income
 
 
Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars
Realized (loss) / gain
 
Unrealized gain / (loss)
 
Recognized in equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit and loss agreement
$
(116

)
 
$

 
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total year ended December 31, 2017
$
(116

)
 
$

 
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit and loss agreement
$

 
 
$
1,371

 
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total year ended December 31, 2016
$

 
 
$
1,371

 
 
$

 

There was no derivative activity during the year ended and as of December 31, 2018.

15.
Segment reporting

Information about our reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

For the year ended December 31, 2018
In thousands of U.S. dollars
 
LR1/Panamax
 
Handymax
 
LR2
 
MR
 
Reportable segments subtotal
 
Corporate and eliminations
 
Total
Vessel revenue
 
$
47,722

 
 
$
95,188

 
 
$
203,414

 
 
$
238,723

 
 
$
585,047

 
 
$

 
 
$
585,047
 
Vessel operating costs
 
(28,942
 
)
 
(48,249
 
)
 
(91,975
 
)
 
(111,294
 
)
 
(280,460
 
)
 
 
 
 
(280,460
)
Voyage expenses
 
(591
 
)
 
(440
 
)
 
(3,225
 
)
 
(890
 
)
 
(5,146
 
)
 
 
 
 
(5,146
)
Charterhire
 
 
 
 
(19,223
 
)
 
(7,883
 
)
 
(32,526
 
)
 
(59,632
 
)
 
 
 
 
(59,632
)
Depreciation
 
(19,290
 
)
 
(18,190
 
)
 
(72,610
 
)
 
(66,633
 
)
 
(176,723
 
)
 
 
 
 
(176,723
)
General and administrative expenses
 
(1,173
 
)
 
(2,195
 
)
 
(3,790
 
)
 
(4,771
 
)
 
(11,929
 
)
 
(40,343
 
)
 
(52,272
)
Merger transaction related costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(272
 
)
 
(272
)
Financial expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(186,628
 
)
 
(186,628
)
Loss on exchange of convertible notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(17,838
 
)
 
(17,838
)
Financial income
 
111
 
 
 
16
 
 
 
22
 
 
 
515
 
 
 
664
 
 
 
3,794
 
 
 
4,458
 
Other expenses, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(605
 
)
 
(605
)
Segment income or loss
 
$
(2,163

)
 
$
6,907

 
 
$
23,953

 
 
$
23,124

 
 
$
51,821

 
 
$
(241,892

)
 
$
(190,071
)



For the year ended December 31, 2017

In thousands of U.S. dollars
 
LR1/Panamax
 
Handymax
 
LR2
 
MR
 
Reportable segments subtotal
 
Corporate and eliminations
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vessel revenue
 
$
22,573

 
 
$
95,098

 
 
$
157,123

 
 
$
237,938

 
 
$
512,732

 
 
$

 
 
$
512,732
 
Vessel operating costs
 
(12,561
 
)
 
(50,145
 
)
 
(67,254
 
)
 
(101,267
 
)
 
(231,227
 
)
 
 
 
 
(231,227
)
Voyage expenses
 
(1,018
 
)
 
(3,087
 
)
 
(2,642
 
)
 
(986
 
)
 
(7,733
 
)
 
 
 
 
(7,733
)
Charterhire
 
(2,230
 
)
 
(24,560
 
)
 
(6,258
 
)
 
(42,702
 
)
 
(75,750
 
)
 
 
 
 
(75,750
)
Depreciation
 
(7,828
 
)
 
(18,159
 
)
 
(54,922
 
)
 
(60,509
 
)
 
(141,418
 
)
 
 
 
 
(141,418
)
General and administrative expenses
 
(479
 
)
 
(2,170
 
)
 
(2,805
 
)
 
(4,569
 
)
 
(10,023
 
)
 
(37,488
 
)
 
(47,511
)
Loss on sales of vessels
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(23,345
 
)
 
(23,345
 
)
 
 
 
 
(23,345
)
Merger transaction related costs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(36,114
 
)
 
(36,114
)
Bargain purchase gain
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,417
 
 
 
5,417
 
Financial expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(116,240
 
)
 
(116,240
)
Realized loss on derivative financial instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(116
 
)
 
 
 
 
(116
 
)
 
 
 
 
(116
)
Financial income
 
26
 
 
 
214
 
 
 
15
 
 
 
338
 
 
 
593
 
 
 
945
 
 
 
1,538
 
Other expenses, net
 
 
 
 
1,876
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,876
 
 
 
(349
 
)
 
1,527
 
Segment income or loss
 
$
(1,517

)
 
$
(933

)
 
$
23,141

 
 
$
4,898

 
 
$
25,589

 
 
$
(183,829

)
 
$
(158,240
)






For the year ended December 31, 2016

In thousands of U.S. dollars
LR1/Panamax
 
Handymax
 
LR2
 
MR
 
Reportable segments subtotal
 
Corporate and eliminations
 
Total
Vessel revenue
$
5,843

 
 
$
85,578

 
 
$
165,256

 
 
$
265,020

 
 
$
521,697

 
 
$
1,050

 
 
$
522,747
 
Vessel operating costs
(33
 
)
 
(32,817
 
)
 
(50,028
 
)
 
(104,242
 
)
 
(187,120
 
)
 
 
 
 
(187,120
)
Voyage expenses
(19
 
)
 
(479
 
)
 
(375
 
)
 
(705
 
)
 
(1,578
 
)
 
 
 
 
(1,578
)
Charterhire
(5,657
 
)
 
(26,292
 
)
 
(16,025
 
)
 
(30,888
 
)
 
(78,862
 
)
 
 
 
 
(78,862
)
Depreciation
 
 
 
(18,014
 
)
 
(41,900
 
)
 
(61,547
 
)
 
(121,461
 
)
 
 
 
 
(121,461
)
General and administrative expenses
(7
 
)
 
(1,410
 
)
 
(1,983
 
)
 
(4,485
 
)
 
(7,885
 
)
 
(47,014
 
)
 
(54,899
)
Loss on sales of vessels
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,078
 
)
 
(2,078
 
)
 
 
 
 
(2,078
)
Financial expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(104,048
 
)
 
(104,048
)
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,371
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,371
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,371
 
Financial income
 
 
 
6
 
 
 
37
 
 
 
47
 
 
 
90
 
 
 
1,123
 
 
 
1,213
 
Other expenses, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(9
 
)
 
(9
 
)
 
(179
 
)
 
(188
)
Segment income or loss
$
127

 
 
$
6,572

 
 
$
56,353

 
 
$
61,113

 
 
$
124,165

 
 
$
(149,068

)
 
$
(24,903
)













Revenue from customers representing greater than 10% of total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, within their respective segments was as follows:

In thousands of U.S. dollars
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31,
Segment
 
Customer
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
MR
 
Scorpio MR Pool Limited (1)
 
$
225,181

 
 
$
217,141
 
 
$
248,974
 
LR2
 
Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited (1)
 
188,890
 
 
 
136,514
 
 
156,503
 
Handymax
 
Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited (1)
 
82,782
 
 
 
78,510
 
 
73,683
 
Panamax
 
Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited  (1)
 
 
 
 
1,515
 
 
5,843
 
 
 
 
 
$
496,853

 
 
$
433,680
 
 
$
485,003
 

(1)
These customers are related parties as described in Note 17.


F-56


Table of Contents

16.
Common shares

Follow-on Offerings of Common Shares
In October 2018, we closed on the sale of 18.2 million newly issued shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering at an offering price of $18.50 per share. We received aggregate net proceeds of $319.6 million after deducting underwriters' discounts and offering expenses. Of the 18.2 million common shares issued, 5.4 million and 0.54 million shares were issued to Scorpio Bulkers Inc., and SSH, each a related party affiliate, respectively, at the offering price.
In December 2017, we closed on the sale of 3.45 million newly issued shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering at an offering price of $30.00 per share. We received aggregate net proceeds of $99.6 million after deducting underwriters' discounts and offering expenses. Of the 3.45 million common shares issued, 0.67 million shares were issued to SSH, a related party affiliate, at the offering price.
In May 2017, we closed on the sale of 5.0 million newly issued shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering at an offering price of $40.00 per share. We received aggregate net proceeds of $188.7 million, after deducting underwriters' discounts and offering expenses. The completion of this offering was a condition to closing the Merger with NPTI.
Merger with NPTI
On September 1, 2017, we issued a total of 5,499,999 common shares to NPTI's shareholders as consideration for the Merger.
Additionally, as a part of the Merger, we issued 0.2 million of warrants to the NPTI pool manager (a former related party affiliate of NPTI), exercisable into our common shares at an exercise price of $0.10 per warrant, upon the delivery of the vessels acquired from NPTI to the Scorpio Pools. The first warrant was issued in June 2017 as part of the NPTI Vessel Acquisition for an aggregate of 22,222 of the Company's common shares, and the second warrant was issued on similar terms to the first warrant on September 1, 2017 for an aggregate of 127,778 of the Company's common shares at an exercise price of $0.10 per share upon the delivery of each of the 23 remaining vessels to the Scorpio Pools. This transaction is further described in Note 2. All of the warrants had been exercised as of December 31, 2017.
2013 Equity Incentive Plan
In April 2013, we adopted an equity incentive plan, which was amended in March 2014 and which we refer to as the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, under which directors, officers, employees, consultants and service providers of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common stock. We initially reserved a total of 500,000 common shares for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan which was increased by an aggregate of 1,286,971 common shares through December 31, 2016 and subsequently revised as follows:
In October 2017, we reserved an additional 950,180 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, for issuance pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. All other terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan remained unchanged.
In February 2018, we reserved an additional 512,244 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, for issuance pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. All other terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan remained unchanged.
In June 2018, we reserved an additional 210,140 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, for issuance pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. All other terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan remained unchanged.
In December 2018, we reserved an additional 1,383,248 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, for issuance pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. All other terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan remained unchanged
Under the terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.

F-57


Table of Contents

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Following the vesting of a restricted stock unit, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of vested restricted stock units multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.
Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.
Our Board of Directors may amend or terminate the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will expire ten years from the date the plan was adopted.
In December 2017, we issued 997,380 shares of restricted stock to our employees, 60,000 shares to our independent directors and 34,900 shares to SSH employees for no cash consideration. The share price on the issuance date was $30.90 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock issued to our employees is as follows:
Number of restricted shares
Vesting date
36,043
 
September 5, 2019
67,026
 
March 2, 2020
125,857
 
June 1, 2020
139,576
 
September 4, 2020
67,026
 
March 1, 2021
125,858
 
June 1, 2021
139,577
 
September 3, 2021
67,026
 
March 1, 2022
125,858
 
June 1, 2022
103,533
 
September 2, 2022
997,380
 
 
The vesting schedule of the restricted stock issued to SSH employees is (i) one-third of the shares vest on June 1, 2020, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on June 1, 2021, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on June 1, 2022. The vesting schedule of the restricted shares issued to our independent directors is (i) one-third of the shares vested on September 5, 2018, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on September 5, 2019, and (iii) one-third shares vest on September 4, 2020.
In March 2018, we issued 500,245 shares of restricted stock to our employees and 12,000 shares to our independent directors for no cash consideration. The share price on the issuance date was $22.15 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock issued to our employees is as follows:

F-58


Table of Contents

Number of restricted shares
Vesting date
123,518
 
September 4, 2020
21,750
 
November 4, 2020
21,479
 
March 1, 2021
123,518
 
September 3, 2021
21,750
 
November 5, 2021
21,480
 
March 1, 2022
123,519
 
September 2, 2022
21,751
 
November 4, 2022
21,480
 
March 1, 2023
500,245
 
 
The vesting schedule of the restricted stock issued to our independent directors is: (i) one-third of the shares vested on March 1, 2019, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on March 2, 2020, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on March 1, 2021.
In September 2018, we issued 198,141 shares of restricted stock to our employees and 12,000 shares to our independent directors for no cash consideration. The share price on the issuance date was $19.75 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock issued to our employees is (i) one-third of the shares vest on June 9, 2021, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on June 9, 2022, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on June 8, 2023. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock issued to our independent directors is (i) one-third of the shares vest on June 10, 2019, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on June 10, 2020, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on June 9, 2021.
In December 2018, we issued 1,103,248 shares of restricted stock to our employees and 60,000 shares to our independent directors for no cash consideration. The share price on the issuance date was $19.55 per share. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock issued to our employees is (i) one-third of the shares vest on September 23, 2021, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on September 26, 2022, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on September 25, 2023. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock issued to our independent directors is (i) one-third of the shares vest on September 25, 2019, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on September 24, 2020, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on September 23, 2021.
There were 226,107 shares eligible for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2018.
The following is a summary of activity for awards of restricted stock during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:
 
 
 
Number of Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Outstanding and non-vested, December 31, 2016
 
1,261,358
 
 
$
85.21
 
 
Granted
 
1,092,280
 
 
30.90
 
 
Vested
 
(423,697
)
 
89.92
 
 
Forfeited
 
(4,500
)
 
75.87
 
Outstanding and non-vested, December 31, 2017
 
1,925,441
 
 
53.39
 
 
Granted
 
1,885,633
 
 
20.28
 
 
Vested
 
(447,380
)
 
89.13
 
 
Forfeited
 
(3,807
)
 
52.59
 
Outstanding and non-vested, December 31, 2018
 
3,359,887
 
 
$
30.05
 
Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting periods for each tranche using the straight-line method.
Assuming that all the restricted stock will vest, the stock compensation expense in future periods, including that related to restricted stock issued in prior periods will be:

F-59


Table of Contents

In thousands of U.S. dollars
 
Employees
 
Directors
 
Total
For the year ending December 31, 2019
 
24,440
 
 
1,393
 
 
 
25,833
 
For the year ending December 31, 2020
 
18,554
 
 
539
 
 
 
19,093
 
For the year ending December 31, 2021
 
11,465
 
 
119
 
 
 
11,584
 
For the year ending December 31, 2022
 
4,858
 
 
 
 
 
4,858
 
For the year ending December 31, 2023
 
1,235
 
 
 
 
 
1,235
 
 
 
$
60,552
 
 
$
2,051

 
 
$
62,603
 

  Dividend Payments
The following dividends were paid during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
Dividends
 
Date
per share
 
Paid
$1.250
 
March 30, 2016
$1.250
 
June 24, 2016
$1.250
 
September 29, 2016
$1.250
 
December 22, 2016
$0.100
 
March 30, 2017
$0.100
 
June 14, 2017
$0.100
 
September 29, 2017
$0.100
 
December 28, 2017
$0.100
 
March 27, 2018
$0.100
 
June 28, 2018
$0.100
 
September 27, 2018
$0.100
 
December 13, 2018
2015 Securities Repurchase Program
In May 2015, our Board of Directors authorized a new Securities Repurchase Program to purchase up to an aggregate of $250 million of our common stock and bonds, the latter of which currently consists of our (i) Convertible Notes due 2019, (ii) Senior Notes Due 2020 (NYSE: SBNA), and (iii) Convertible Notes due 2022.
During the year ended December 31, 2018, we purchased an aggregate of 1,351,235 of our common shares that are being held as treasury shares at an average price of $17.20 per share.
We had $123.8 million remaining under our Securities Repurchase Program as of December 31, 2018. We expect to repurchase any securities in the open market, at times and prices that are considered to be appropriate, but we are not obligated under the terms of the program to repurchase any securities.
There were 6,349,294 and 4,998,059 common shares held in treasury at each of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
Shares outstanding
We currently have 175,000,000 registered shares of which 150,000,000 are designated as common shares with a par value of $0.01 and 25,000,000 designated as preferred shares with a par value of $0.01.
As of December 31, 2018, we had 51,397,562 common shares outstanding. These shares provide the holders with rights to dividends and voting rights.


17.
Related party transactions
On September 29, 2016, we agreed to amend our master agreement, or the Master Agreement, with SCM and SSM under a deed of amendment, or the Deed of Amendment. Pursuant to the terms of the Deed of Amendment, on November 15, 2016, we entered into definitive documentation to memorialize the agreed amendments to the Master Agreement, or the Amended and Restated Master Agreement.
On February 22, 2018, we entered into definitive documentation to memorialize agreed amendments to the Amended and Restated Master Agreement under a deed of amendment, or the Amendment Agreement. The Amended and Restated Master Agreement as amended by the Amendment Agreement, or the Revised Master Agreement, is effective as from January 1, 2018.
Pursuant to the Revised Master Agreement, the fixed annual technical management fee was reduced from $250,000 per vessel to $175,000 per vessel, and certain services previously provided as part of the fixed fee are now itemized.  The aggregate cost, including the costs that are now itemized, for the services provided under the technical management agreement, did not materially differ from the annual technical management fee charged prior to the amendment.
Transactions with entities controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family (herein referred to as related party affiliates) in the consolidated statements of income or loss and balance sheets are as follows:    
 
For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
2017
2016
Pool revenue (1)
 
 
 
Scorpio MR Pool Limited
$
225,181

 
$
217,141
 
$
248,974

 
Scorpio LR2 Pool Limited
188,890
 
 
136,514
 
156,503
 
 
Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool Limited
82,782
 
 
78,510
 
73,683
 
 
Scorpio LR1 Pool Limited
46,823
 
 
13,895
 
 
 
Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited
 
 
1,515
 
5,843
 
 
Scorpio Aframax Pool Limited
 
 
1,170
 
 
 
Voyage expenses (2)
(1,290
 
)
(1,786
)
(1,128
 
)
Vessel operating costs (3)
(34,272
 
)
(27,601
)
(22,526
 
)
Administrative expenses (4)
(12,475
 
)
(10,744
)
(9,462
 
)

(1)
These transactions relate to revenue earned in the Scorpio Pools. The Scorpio Pools are related party affiliates. When our vessels are in the Scorpio Pools, SCM, the pool manager, charges fees of $300 per vessel per day with respect to our LR1/Panamax and Aframax vessels, $250 per vessel per day with respect to our LR2 vessels, and $325 per vessel per day with respect to each of our Handymax and MR vessels, plus a commission of 1.50% on gross revenue per charter fixture.  These are the same fees that SCM charges other vessels in these pools, including third party owned vessels. In September 2018, we entered into an agreement with SCM whereby SCM will reimburse a portion of the commissions that SCM charges the Company’s vessels to effectively reduce such to 0.85% of gross revenue per charter fixture, effective from September 1, 2018 and ending on June 1, 2019.

(2)
Related party expenditures included within voyage expenses in the consolidated statements of income or loss consist of the following:
Expenses due to SCM, a related party affiliate, for commissions related to the commercial management services provided by SCM under the commercial management agreement for vessels that are not in one of the Scorpio Pools. SCM’s services include securing employment, in the spot market and on time charters, for our vessels. When not in one of the Scorpio Pools, each vessel pays (i) flat fees of $250 per day for LR1/Panamax and LR2/Aframax vessels and $300 per day for Handymax and MR vessels and (ii) commissions of 1.25% of their gross revenue per charter fixture.  These expenses are included in voyage expenses in the consolidated statements of income or loss. In September 2018, we entered into an agreement with SCM whereby SCM will reimburse a portion of the commissions that SCM charges the Company’s vessels to effectively reduce such to 0.85% of gross revenue per charter fixture, effective from September 1, 2018 and ending on June 1, 2019.

F-60


Table of Contents

Voyage expenses of $25,747 charged by a related party port agent during the year ended December 31, 2018. SSH has a majority equity interest in a port agent that provides supply and logistical services for vessels operating in its regions. No voyage expenses were charged by this port agent during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The fees and rates charged by this port agent are based on the prevailing market rates for such services in each respective region.
(3)
Related party expenditures included within vessel operating costs in the consolidated statements of income or loss consist of the following:
Technical management fees of $30.1 million, $22.9 million, and $19.5 million charged by SSM, a related party affiliate, during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 respectively. SSM’s services include day-to-day vessel operations, performing general maintenance, monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance, customer vetting procedures, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants, and providing technical support.
Insurance related expenses of $2.6 million, $4.3 million and $3.0 million incurred through a related party insurance broker during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In 2016, an Executive Officer of the Company acquired a minority interest, which in 2018 increased to a majority interest, in an insurance broker which arranges hull and machinery and war risk insurance for certain of our owned and finance leased vessels. This broker has arranged such policies for the Company since 2010 and the extent of the coverage and the manner in which the policies are priced did not change as a result of this transaction. In September 2018, the Executive Officer disposed of his interest in the insurance broker in its entirety to a third party not affiliated with the Company. The amounts recorded reflect the amortization of the policy premiums through September 2018, which are paid directly to the broker, who then remits the premiums to the underwriters.
Vessel operating expenses of $1.6 million and $0.4 million charged by a related party port agent during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. SSH has a majority equity interest in a port agent that provides supply and logistical services for vessels operating in its regions. The fees and rates charged by this port agent are based on the prevailing market rates for such services in each respective region.
(4)
We have an Amended Administrative Services Agreement with SSH for the provision of administrative staff and office space, and administrative services, including accounting, legal compliance, financial and information technology services. SSH is a related party to us. We reimburse SSH for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses that are incurred on our behalf. SSH also arranges vessel sales and purchases for us. The services provided to us by SSH may be sub-contracted to other entities within Scorpio.  The expenses incurred under this agreement were as follows, and were recorded in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income or loss.
The expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $12.5 million included (i) administrative fees of $11.1 million charged by SSH, (ii) restricted stock amortization of $1.3 million, which relates to the issuance of an aggregate of 114,400 shares of restricted stock to SSH employees for no cash consideration in May 2014, September 2014, July 2015, July 2016 and December 2017, and (iii) the reimbursement of expenses of $46,535.
The expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 of $10.7 million included (i) administrative fees of $9.0 million charged by SSH, (ii) restricted stock amortization of $1.2 million, which relates to the issuance of an aggregate of 114,400 shares of restricted stock to SSH employees for no cash consideration in May 2014, September 2014, July 2015, July 2016 and December 2017 and (iii) the reimbursement of expenses of $0.5 million.
The expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 of $9.5 million included (i) administrative fees of $7.3 million charged by SSH, (ii) restricted stock amortization of $1.6 million, which relates to the issuance of an aggregate of 79,500 shares of restricted stock to SSH employees for no cash consideration in May and September 2014, July 2015 and July 2016 and (iii) the reimbursement of expenses of $0.6 million.

F-61


Table of Contents

We had the following balances with related party affiliates, which have been included in the consolidated balance sheets:
 
As of December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
Assets:
 
 
 
Accounts receivable (due from the Scorpio Pools) (1)
$
66,178

 
 
$
44,880

 
Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses (SSM) (2)
2,461
 
 
 
6,391
 
 
Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses (SCM)  (3)
2,511
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses (related party insurance broker) (4)
 
 
 
2,428
 
 
Other assets (pool working capital contributions) (5)
42,973
 
 
 
41,401
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (SSM)
832
 
 
 
766
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (related party port agent)
459
 
 
 
95
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (SSH)
409
 
 
 
190
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (SCM)
389
 
 
 
191
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (owed to the Scorpio Pools)
66
 
 
 
462
 
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (related party insurance broker)
 
 
 
2,190
 
 

(1)
Accounts receivable due from the Scorpio Pools relate to hire receivables for revenues earned and receivables from working capital contributions. The amounts as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 include $22.9 million and $25.7 million, respectively, of working capital contributions made on behalf of our vessels to the Scorpio Pools. Upon entrance into such pools, all vessels are required to make working capital contributions of both cash and bunkers. Additional working capital contributions can be made from time to time based on the operating needs of the pools. These amounts are accounted for and repaid as follows:
For vessels in the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool, the initial contribution amount is repaid, without interest, upon a vessel’s exit from the pool no later than six months after the exit date. Bunkers on board a vessel exiting the pool are credited against such repayment at the actual invoice price of the bunkers. For all owned or finance leased vessels we assume that these contributions will not be repaid within 12 months and are thus classified as non-current within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. For time or bareboat chartered-in vessels we classify the initial contributions as current (within accounts receivable) or non-current (within other assets) according to the expiration of the contract. Any additional working capital contributions are repaid when sufficient net revenues become available to cover such amounts.
For vessels in the Scorpio MR Pool and Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, any contributions are repaid, without interest, when such vessel has earned sufficient net revenues to cover the value of such working capital contributed.  Accordingly, we classify such amounts as current (within accounts receivable).
For vessels in the Scorpio LR2 Pool, Scorpio Aframax Pool and Scorpio LR1 Pool, the initial contribution amount is repaid, without interest, upon a vessel’s exit from each pool. Bunkers on board a vessel exiting the pool are credited against such repayment at the actual invoice price of the bunkers. For all owned or finance leased vessels we assume that these contributions will not be repaid within 12 months and are thus classified as non-current within other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. For time or bareboat chartered-in vessels we classify the initial contributions as current (within accounts receivable) or non-current (within other assets) according to the expiration of the contract. Any additional working capital contributions are repaid when sufficient net revenues become available to cover such amounts and are therefore classified as current.
(2)
Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses from SSM relate to advances made for vessel operating expenses (such as crew wages) that will either be reimbursed or applied against future costs.
(3)
Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses from SCM primarily relate to the reduction of commission rebate to 0.85% of gross revenue per charter fixture as described above.

F-62


Table of Contents

(4) Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses from related-party insurance brokerage firm (as discussed above) relate to premiums which have been prepaid and are being amortized over the term of the respective policy. In September 2018, the Executive Officer who had an ownership interest in this firm disposed of their interest in its entirety to a third party not affiliated with the Company.
(5)
Represents the non-current portion of working capital receivables as described above.
Prior to September 29, 2016, we paid SSH a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales, on our behalf, equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. This fee was eliminated for all vessel purchase or sale agreements entered into after September 29, 2016. These fees are capitalized as part of the carrying value of the related vessel for a vessel purchase and are included as part of the gain or loss on sale for a vessel disposal.
During the year ended December 31, 2018, we paid SSH an aggregate fee of $0.7 million in connection with the purchase and delivery of STI Esles II and STI Jardins. The agreements to acquire the aforementioned vessels were entered into prior to the September 29, 2016 amendments to the Administrative Services Agreement.
During the year ended December 31, 2017, we paid SSH an aggregate fee of $2.2 million in connection with the purchase and delivery of STI Galata, STI Bosphorus, STI Leblon, STI La Boca, STI San Telmo and STI Donald C. Trauscht . Additionally, we paid SCM an aggregate termination fee of $0.2 million that was due under the commercial management agreements and we paid SSM an aggregate termination fee of $0.2 million that was due under the technical management agreements as a result of the sales of STI Emerald and STI Sapphire which have been recorded within loss on sales of vessels within the consolidated statement of income or loss. The agreements to acquire the aforementioned vessels were entered into prior to the September 29, 2016 amendments to the Master Agreement and Administrative Services Agreement.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, we paid SSH an aggregate fee of $1.7 million in connection with the sales of STI Lexington, STI Mythos, STI Chelsea, STI Powai, and  STI Olivia  and a fee of $0.6 million for the purchase and delivery of STI Lombard . Additionally, we paid SCM an aggregate termination fee of $2.7 million that was due under the commercial management agreements and we paid SSM an aggregate termination fee of $2.5 million that was due under the technical management agreements as a result of the aforementioned vessel sales. The agreements to acquire the aforementioned vessels were entered into prior to the September 29, 2016 amendments to the Master Agreement and Administrative Services Agreement. The aggregate fees paid to SCM, SSH and SSM as they relate to the aforementioned vessel sales, are recorded within loss on sales of vessels within the consolidated statement of income or loss.
In 2011, we entered into an agreement to reimburse costs to SSM as part of its supervision agreement for newbuilding vessels. There were no costs incurred under this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. We also have an agreement with SSM to supervise the eight MR product tankers that were under construction at HMD and delivered throughout 2017 and in January 2018. We paid SSM $0.7 million under this agreement during the year ended December 31, 2017. There were no costs incurred under this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2016.
  Key management remuneration
The table below shows key management remuneration for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:
 
For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Short-term employee benefits (salaries)
$
5,436
 
 
$
6,614
 
 
$
8,786
 
Share-based compensation (1)
20,316
 
 
19,113
 
 
25,575
 
Total
$
25,752
 
 
$
25,727
 
 
$
34,361
 

(1)  
Represents the amortization of restricted stock issued under our equity incentive plans as described in Note 16.

F-63


Table of Contents

For the purpose of the table above, key management are those persons who have authority and responsibility for making strategic decisions, and managing operating, financial and legal activities.
There are no material post-employment benefits for our executive officers or directors. By law, our employees in Monaco are entitled to a one-time payment of up to two months salary upon retirement if they meet certain minimum service requirements.


18.
Vessel revenue

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we had five, five, and six vessels that earned revenue through long-term time-charter contracts (with initial terms of one year or greater), respectively. The remaining vessels earned revenue from the Scorpio Pools or in the spot market.

Revenue Sources
 
For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Pool revenue
$
543,784

 
 
$
458,730

 
 
$
485,003

 
Time charter revenue
34,015
 
 
 
37,411
 
 
 
36,694
 
 
Voyage revenue (spot market)
7,248
 
 
 
16,591
 
 
 
 
 
Other revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,050
 
 
 
$
585,047

 
 
$
512,732

 
 
$
522,747

 


19.
Operating Leases

Time and Bareboat Chartered-In Vessels

The following table depicts our time or bareboat chartered-in vessel commitments during the year ended December 31, 2018:
 
Name
 
Year built
 
Vessel class
 
Charter type
 
Delivery  (1)
 
Charter Expiration
 
Rate ($/ day)
 
 
Active as of December 31, 2018
 
1
 
Silent
 
2007
 
Handymax
 
Bareboat
 
January-17
 
March-19
 
7,500
 
 
2
 
Single
 
2007
 
Handymax
 
Bareboat
 
January-17
 
March-19
 
7,500
 
 
3
 
Star I
 
2007
 
Handymax
 
Bareboat
 
January-17
 
March-19
 
7,500
 
 
4
 
Steel
 
2008
 
Handymax
 
Bareboat
 
January-17
 
March-19
 
6,000
 
 
5
 
Sky
 
2008
 
Handymax
 
Bareboat
 
January-17
 
March-19
 
6,000
 
 
6
 
Stone I
 
2008
 
Handymax
 
Bareboat
 
January-17
 
March-19
 
6,000
 
 
7
 
Style
 
2008
 
Handymax
 
Bareboat
 
January-17
 
March-19
 
6,000
 
 
8
 
Miss Benedetta
 
2012
 
MR
 
Time Charter
 
March-18
 
January-19
 
14,000
 
 
9
 
STI Beryl
 
2013
 
MR
 
Bareboat
 
April-17
 
April-25
 
8,800
 
(2)  
10
 
STI Le Rocher
 
2013
 
MR
 
Bareboat
 
April-17
 
April-25
 
8,800
 
(2)  
11
 
STI Larvotto
 
2013
 
MR
 
Bareboat
 
April-17
 
April-25
 
8,800
 
(2)  
 
Time or bareboat charters that expired in 2018
 
1
 
Krisjanis Valdemars
 
2007
 
Handymax
 
Time Charter
 
February-11
 
March-18
 
11,250
 
 
2
 
Vukovar
 
2015
 
MR
 
Time Charter
 
May-15
 
April-18
 
17,034
 
 
3
 
Kraslava
 
2007
 
Handymax
 
Time Charter
 
January-11
 
May-18
 
11,250
 
 
4
 
Zefyros
 
2013
 
MR
 
Time Charter
 
July-16
 
May-18
 
13,250
 
 
5
 
CPO New Zealand
 
2011
 
MR
 
Time Charter
 
September-16
 
August-18
 
15,250
 
 
6
 
CPO Australia
 
2011
 
MR
 
Time Charter
 
September-16
 
August-18
 
15,250
 
 
7
 
Densa Alligator
 
2013
 
LR2
 
Time Charter
 
February-18
 
August-18
 
14,300
 
 
8
 
Ance
 
2006
 
MR
 
Time Charter
 
October-16
 
September-18
 
13,500
 
 
9
 
Gan-Trust
 
2013
 
MR
 
Time Charter
 
January-13
 
December-18
 
13,950
 
 
10
 
Densa Crocodile
 
2015
 
LR2
 
Time Charter
 
June-18
 
December-18
 
14,800
 
 

(1)
Represents delivery date or estimated delivery date.
(2)
In April 2017, we sold and leased back this vessel, on a bareboat basis, for a period of up to eight years for $8,800 per day. The sales price was $29.0 million, and we have the option to purchase this vessel beginning at the end of the fifth year of the agreement through the end of the eighth year of the agreement, at market-based prices. Additionally, a deposit of $4.35 million was retained by the buyer and will either be applied to the purchase price of the vessel if a purchase option is exercised, or refunded to us at the expiration of the agreement.

The undiscounted remaining future minimum lease payments under these arrangements as of December 31, 2018 are $65.4 million. The obligations under these agreements will be repaid as follows:
 
As of December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
Less than 1 year
$
14,241
 
 
$
52,532
 
1 - 5 years
38,570
 
 
42,839
 
5+ years
12,628
 
 
22,264
 
Total
$
65,439
 
 
$
117,635
 
During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, our charterhire expense was $59.6 million, $75.8 million and $78.9 million, respectively. These lease payments include payments for the non-lease elements in our time chartered-in arrangement that expired in January 2019. Moreover, the accounting for the bareboat charter-in arrangements for STI Beryl, STI Larvotto and STI Le Rocher will change in future periods as a result of the transition to IFRS 16, Leases , the impact of which is described in Note 1.
Time Chartered-Out Vessels

The following table summarizes the terms of our time chartered-out vessels that were in place during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.
 
Name
 
Year built
 
Type
 
Delivery Date to the Charterer
 
Charter Expiration
 
Rate ($/ day)
 
1
 
STI Pimlico
 
2014
 
Handymax
 
February-16
 
March-19
 
$
18,000
 
 
2
 
STI Poplar
 
2014
 
Handymax
 
January-16
 
February-19
 
$
18,000
 
 
3
 
STI Notting Hill
 
2015
 
MR
 
November-15
 
October-18
 
$
20,500
 
 
4
 
STI Westminster
 
2015
 
MR
 
December-15
 
October-18
 
$
20,500
 
 
5
 
STI Rose
 
2015
 
LR2
 
February-16
 
February-19
 
$
28,000
 
 


Payments received include payments for the non-lease elements in these time chartered-out arrangements.
The future minimum payments due to us under these non-cancellable leases are set forth below. These minimum payments are shown net of address commissions, which are deducted upon payment.
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
Less than 1 year
$
2,581

 
 
$
35,992

 
1 - 5 years
 
 
 
2,176
 
 
5+ years
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
2,581

 
 
$
38,168

 



F-64


Table of Contents

20.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses primarily represent employee benefit expenses, professional fees and administrative fees payable to SSH under our administrative services agreement (as described in Note 17).
Employee benefit expenses consist of:
 
For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Short term employee benefits (salaries)
$
9,605
 
 
$
9,196
 
 
$
12,330
 
Share based compensation (see Note 16)
25,547
 
 
22,385
 
 
30,207
 
 
$
35,152
 
 
$
31,581
 
 
$
42,537
 


21.
Financial expenses

Financial expenses consist of:
 
For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Interest expense on debt (1)
$
145,871
 
 
$
86,703
 
 
$
63,858

 
Amortization of deferred financing fees
10,541
 
 
13,381
 
 
14,149
 
 
Write-off of deferred financing fees (2)
13,212
 
 
2,467
 
 
14,479
 
 
Accretion of convertible notes (as described in Note 13)
13,225
 
 
12,211
 
 
11,562
 
 
Accretion of premiums and discounts on assumed debt (3)
3,779
 
 
1,478
 
 
 
 
Total financial expenses
$
186,628
 
 
$
116,240
 
 
$
104,048

 

(1)
The increase in interest expense is primarily attributable to increases in the Company’s average carrying value of debt balance in addition to increases in LIBOR rates throughout 2018. Average carrying value of our debt outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $2,806.9 million, $2,265.7 million and $1,986.6 million, respectively. The increase in average carrying value of our debt balance during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily the result of the Merger and the assumption of NPTI's indebtedness of $907.4 million in aggregate in addition to a series of initiatives to refinance the existing indebtedness on certain of the vessels in our fleet (as described in Note 13). Interest payable during those periods was offset by interest capitalized from vessels under construction (as described in Note 7) of $0.2 million, $4.2 million and $6.3 million, during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 respectively.

(2)
The write-off of deferred financing fees in the year ended December 31, 2018 include (i) $1.2 million related to the exchange of our Convertible Notes due 2019 in May and July 2018 (as described in Note 11), and (ii) $12.0 million related to the initiatives to refinance the existing indebtedness on certain of the vessels in our fleet (as described in Note 13). The write-off of deferred financing fees in the year ended December 31, 2017 includes (i) $0.5 million related to the repayment of debt as a result of the sales of two vessels (as described in Note 6), (ii) $0.1 million related to the repayment of debt as a result of the sale and operating leasebacks of three vessels (as described in Note 19), (iii) $1.1 million related to the repayment of debt as a result of the finance lease arrangements for five vessels (as described in Note 13), and (iv) $0.8 million related to the refinancing and repayment of various secured and unsecured borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2017. The write-off of deferred financing fees in the year ended December 31, 2016 includes (i) $3.2 million related to the repayment of debt as a result of the sales of five vessels, and (ii) $11.2 million related to the refinancing of outstanding borrowings under various credit facilities and the repurchase of our Convertible Notes due 2019 as described in Note 13.

(3)
The accretion of premiums and discounts represent the accretion or amortization of the fair value adjustments relating to the indebtedness assumed from NPTI that have been recorded since the closing dates of the NPTI Vessel Acquisition and the September Closing.
      

F-65


Table of Contents


22.
Tax
Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and in accordance with the income tax laws of the Marshall Islands, are not subject to Marshall Islands’ income tax. Based upon review of applicable laws and regulations, and after consultation with counsel, we do not believe we are subject to material income taxes in any jurisdiction, including the United States of America. Therefore, we did not have any income tax charges, benefits, or balances as of or for the periods ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.


23.
(Loss) / earnings per share
The calculation of both basic and diluted (loss) / earnings per share is based on net income or loss attributable to equity holders of the parent and weighted average outstanding shares of:
 
For the year ended December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars except for share data
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Net loss attributable to equity holders of the parent - basic
$
(190,071

)
 
$
(158,240

)
 
$
(24,903

)
Convertible notes interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible notes deferred financing amortization
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to equity holders of the parent - diluted
$
(190,071

)
 
$
(158,240

)
 
$
(24,903

)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average number of shares
34,824,311
 
 
 
21,533,340
 
 
 
16,111,865
 
 
Effect of dilutive potential basic shares:
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted weighted average number of shares
34,824,311
 
 
 
21,533,340
 
 
 
16,111,865
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss Per Share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
(5.46

)
 
$
(7.35

)
 
$
(1.55

)
Diluted
$
(5.46

)
 
$
(7.35

)
 
$
(1.55

)

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we incurred net losses and as a result, the inclusion of potentially dilutive shares relating to unvested shares of restricted stock and our Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2022 were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.  Accordingly, interest expense, deferred financing amortization and the potentially dilutive securities relating to the conversion of the Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2022 (representing 6,613,733, 3,442,282, and 3,404,979 shares of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively) along with the potentially dilutive impact of 3,359,887 and 1,925,441 and 1,261,358 unvested shares of restricted stock were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.


F-66




24.
Financial instruments - financial and other risks
Funding and capital risk management
We manage our funding and capital resources to ensure our ability to continue as a going concern while maximizing the return to the shareholder through optimization of the debt and equity balance.
IFRS 13 requires classifications of fair value measures into Levels 1, 2 and 3. Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
The fair values and carrying values of our financial instruments at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, are shown in the table below.
Categories of Financial Instruments
 
 
As of December 31, 2018
 
As of December 31, 2017
Amounts in thousands of U.S. dollars
 
Fair value
Carrying Value
 
Fair value
Carrying Value
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents  (1)
 
$
593,652
 
$
593,652
 
 
$
186,462

 
$
186,462

 
Restricted cash (2)
 
12,285
 
12,285
 
 
11,387
 
 
11,387
 
 
Accounts receivable (3)
 
69,718
 
69,718
 
 
65,458
 
 
65,458
 
 
Investment in ballast water treatment supplier (4)
 
1,751
 
1,751
 
 
 
 
 
 
Working capital contributions to Scorpio Pools (5)
 
42,973
 
42,973
 
 
41,401
 
 
41,401
 
 
Seller's credit on sale leaseback vessels (6)
 
9,087
 
9,087
 
 
8,581
 
 
8,581
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts payable (7)
 
$
11,865
 
$
11,865
 
 
$
13,044

 
$
13,044

 
Accrued expenses (7)
 
22,972
 
22,972
 
 
32,838
 
 
32,838
 
 
Secured bank loans (8)
 
1,066,452
 
1,066,452
 
 
1,615,248
 
 
1,615,248
 
 
Finance lease liability  (9)
 
1,420,381
 
1,420,381
 
 
717,139
 
 
717,139
 
 
Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2020  (10)
 
52,584
 
53,750
 
 
53,449
 
 
53,750
 
 
Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2019 (10)
 
58,029
 
57,500
 
 
58,466
 
 
57,500
 
 
Convertible Notes due 2019  (11)
 
140,267
 
145,000
 
 
316,184
 
 
348,500
 
 
Convertible Notes due 2022 (11)
 
163,842
 
203,500
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Cash and cash equivalents are considered Level 1 items as they represent liquid assets with short-term maturities.
(2)
Restricted cash are considered Level 1 items due to the liquid nature of these assets.
(3)
We consider that the carrying amount of accounts receivable approximate their fair value due to the relative short maturity of these instruments.
(4)
We consider the value of our minority interest in our ballast water treatment system supplier (as described in Note 9) to be a Level 3 fair value measurement, as this supplier is a private company and the value has been determined based on unobservable market data (i.e. the proceeds that we would receive if we exercised the put option set forth in the agreement in full). Moreover, we consider that its carrying value approximates fair value given that the value of this investment is contractually limited to the strike prices set forth in the put and call options prescribed in the agreement and the difference between the two prices is not significant. The difference in the aggregate value of the investment, based on the spread between the exercise prices of the put and call options is $0.6 million.
(5) Non-current working capital contributions to the Scorpio Pools are repaid, without interest, upon a vessel’s exit from the pool. For all owned vessels, we assume that these contributions will not be repaid within 12 months and are thus classified as non-current

F-67




within Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets.  We consider that their carrying values approximate fair value given that the amounts due are contractually fixed based on the terms of each pool agreement.
(6) The seller's credit on lease financed vessels represents the present value of the deposits of $4.35 million per vessel ($13.1 million in aggregate) that was retained by the buyer as part of the sale and operating leasebacks of STI Beryl , STI Le Rocher and STI Larvotto , which is described in Note 13.  This deposit will either be applied to the purchase price of the vessel if a purchase option is exercised, or refunded to us at the expiration of the agreement.  This deposit has been recorded as a financial asset measured at amortized cost.  The present value of this deposit has been calculated based on the interest rate that is implied in the lease, and the carrying value will accrete over the life of the lease using the effective interest method, through interest income, until expiration.  We consider that its carrying value approximates fair value given that its value is contractually fixed based on the terms of each lease.
(7)
We consider that the carrying amounts of accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate the fair value due to the relative short maturity of these instruments.
(8)
The carrying value of our secured bank loans are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. We consider that their carrying value approximates fair value because the interest rates on these instruments change with, or approximate, market interest rates. Accordingly, we consider their fair value to be a Level 2 measurement. These amounts are shown net of $12.6 million and $29.9 million of unamortized deferred financing fees as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
(9)
The carrying value of our obligations due under finance lease arrangements are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. We consider that their carrying value approximates fair value because the interest rates on these instruments change with, or approximate, market interest rates. These amounts are shown net of $9.5 million and $1.2 million of unamortized deferred financing fees as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
(10) The carrying value of our Unsecured Senior Notes Due 2020 and 2019 are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The carrying values shown in the table are the face value of the notes. These notes are shown net of $0.5 million and $0.5 million of unamortized deferred financing fees, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018. These notes are shown net of $0.8 million and $1.5 million of unamortized deferred financing fees, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017. Our Senior Notes Due 2020 and 2019 are quoted on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols 'SBNA' and 'SBBC', respectively. We consider their fair values to be Level 1 measurements due to their quotation on an active exchange.
(11) The carrying value of our Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes 2022 shown in the table above are their face value. The liability component of the Convertible Notes due 2019 has been recorded within Long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, net of $0.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of unamortized deferred financing fees. The equity component of the Convertible Notes due 2019 has been recorded within Additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheet, net of $1.9 million, of unamortized deferred financing fees. These instruments are traded in inactive markets and are valued based on quoted prices on the recent trading activity. Accordingly, we consider its fair value to be a Level 2 measurement.
Financial risk management objectives
We identify and evaluate significant risks on an ongoing basis with the objective of managing the sensitivity of our results and financial position to those risks. These risks include market risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and foreign exchange risk.
The use of financial derivatives is governed by our policies as approved by the Board of Directors.
Market risk
Our activities expose us to the risks inherent with the tanker industry, which has historically been volatile, and financial risks of changes in interest rates.
Spot market rate risk

F-68




The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue that we earn from our vessels, particularly those vessels that operate in the spot market or participate in pools that are concentrated in the spot market such as the Scorpio Pools. Additionally, we have the ability to remove our vessels from the pools on relatively short notice if attractive time charter opportunities arise. A $1,000 per day increase or decrease in spot rates for all of our vessel classes would have increased or decreased our operating income by $43.7 million, $36.6 million and $31.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Interest rate risk
The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for non-derivative instruments at the balance sheet date. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of liability outstanding at the balance sheet date was outstanding for the entire year.
If interest rates had been 1% higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 would have decreased/increased by $22.8 million. This is mainly attributable to our exposure to interest rate movements on our variable interest rate credit facilities and lease financing arrangements as described in Note 13.
If interest rates had been 1% higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, our net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 would have decreased/increased by $17.9 million. This is mainly attributable to our exposure to interest rate movements on our variable interest rate credit facilities and lease financing arrangements as described in Note 13.
If interest rates had been 1% higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, our net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 would have decreased/increased by $14.8 million. This is mainly attributable to our exposure to interest rate movements on our variable interest rate credit facilities that were in place during that year.
Credit risk
Credit risk is the potential exposure of loss in the event of non-performance by customers and derivative instrument counterparties.
We only place cash deposits with major banks covered with strong and acceptable credit ratings.
Accounts receivable are generally not collateralized; however, we believe that the credit risk is partially offset by the creditworthiness of our counterparties including the commercial manager. We did not experience any credit losses on our accounts receivables portfolio in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
The carrying amount of financial assets recognized on our consolidated financial statements represents the maximum exposure to credit risk without taking into account the value of any collateral obtained. We did not experience any impairment losses on financial assets in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
We monitor exposure to credit risk, and believe that there is no substantial credit risk arising from counterparties.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in raising funds to meet commitments associated with financial instruments.
We manage liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and borrowing facilities and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows.
Economic conditions in the product tanker market were challenging during the year ended December 31, 2018, with freight rates at their lowest levels since 2009, resulting in the incurrence of significant losses during that period. In the month of December 2018 and into the first quarter of 2019, economic conditions in the product tanker market have improved, and, as described in Note 16, we have also raised $319.6 million in additional liquidity in an underwritten offering of our common shares. Our Senior Unsecured Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2019 are scheduled to mature in June and July of 2019, respectively. While we believe our current financial position is adequate to address the maturity of these instruments, a deterioration in economic conditions could cause us to pursue other means to raise liquidity, such as through the sale of vessels, to meet these obligations. Moreover, a deterioration

F-69




in economic conditions could cause us to breach our debt covenants, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition
Based on internal forecasts and projections, which take into account reasonably possible changes in our trading performance, we believe that we have adequate financial resources to continue in operation and meet our financial commitments (including but not limited to newbuilding installments, debt service obligations and charterhire commitments) for a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of these consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, we continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing our financial statements.
Remaining contractual maturity on secured and unsecured credit facilities
The following table details our remaining contractual maturity for our secured and unsecured credit facilities and lease financing arrangements. The amounts represent the future undiscounted cash flows of the financial liability based on the earliest date on which we can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows.
As the interest cash flows are not fixed, the interest amount included has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the reporting date.
 
As of December 31,
In thousands of U.S. dollars
2018
 
2017
Less than 1 month
$
18,994
 
 
$
24,868
 
1-3 months
140,710
 
 
65,294
 
3 months to 1 year
419,070
 
 
219,144
 
1-3 years
1,049,739
 
 
1,215,144
 
3-5 years
1,095,717
 
 
1,222,889
 
5+ years
910,050
 
 
684,330
 
Total
$
3,634,280
 
 
$
3,431,669
 
All other current liabilities fall due within less than one month.
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. Dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues and the majority of our operating expenses are in U.S. Dollars. However, we incur some of our combined expenses in other currencies, particularly the Euro. The amount and frequency of some of these expenses (such as vessel repairs, supplies and stores) may fluctuate from period to period. Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies will increase the U.S. dollar cost of us paying such expenses. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations.
There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. We have not entered into any hedging contracts to protect against currency fluctuations. However, we have some ability to shift the purchase of goods and services from one country to another and, thus, from one currency to another, on relatively short notice. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future.



F-70


Table of Contents

25.
Subsequent events
January 2019 Reverse Stock Split
On January 18, 2019, the Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split. The Company's shareholders approved the reverse stock split including the change in authorized common shares at the Company's special meeting of shareholders held on January 15, 2019. Pursuant to this reverse stock split, the total number of authorized common shares was reduced to 150,000,000 shares and the number of common shares outstanding was reduced from 513,975,324 shares to 51,397,470 shares (which reflects adjustments for fractional share settlements). The par value of the common shares was not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. All share and per share information contained in these consolidated financial statements has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.
Declaration of Dividend
On February 13, 2019, the Company's Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.10 per common share payable on or about March 28, 2019 to all shareholders of record as of March 13, 2019 (the record date). As of March 15, 2019, there were 51,396,970 common shares outstanding.
Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2022
On March 13, 2019, the conversion rates of the Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2022 were adjusted to reflect the Company's expected payment of a cash dividend on or about March 28, 2019 to all shareholders of record as of March 13, 2019. The new conversion rates for the Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2022 are 10.1110 and 25.4799 shares, respectively, of the Company's common shares representing an increase of the prior conversion rate of 0.0570 and 0.1437 shares, respectively, for each $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes due 2019 and Convertible Notes due 2022.
2013 Equity Incentive Plan
On February 28, 2019, the Company's Board of Directors approved the reloading of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and reserved an additional 86,977 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, for issuance pursuant to the plan.
Securities Repurchase Program
In March 2019, the Company repurchased $2.3 million face value of its Convertible Notes due 2019 at an average price of $990.00 per $1,000 principal amount, or $2.3 million. The Company had $121.6 million remaining under the Securities Repurchase Program as of March 15, 2019.  The Company expects to repurchase any securities in the open market, at times and prices that are considered to be appropriate, but it is not obligated under the terms of the program to repurchase any securities.
Redemption of Senior Notes due 2019
On March 18, 2019 ("the Redemption Date"), the Company redeemed the entire outstanding balance of the Senior Notes Due 2019.  The redemption price of the Senior Notes Due 2019 was equal to 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.


F-71